@Preamble{
"\hyphenation{
Chris-to-pher
Firm-ware
Ha-ber-le
Hough-ton
Schwei-kardt
Schwie-bert
Small-talk
firm-ware
}"
}
@String{ack-nhfb = "Nelson H. F. Beebe,
University of Utah,
Department of Mathematics, 110 LCB,
155 S 1400 E RM 233,
Salt Lake City, UT 84112-0090, USA,
Tel: +1 801 581 5254,
FAX: +1 801 581 4148,
e-mail: \path|beebe@math.utah.edu|,
\path|beebe@acm.org|,
\path|beebe@computer.org| (Internet),
URL: \path|http://www.math.utah.edu/~beebe/|"}
@String{j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J = "Hew\-lett-Pack\-ard Journal: technical
information from the laboratories of
Hew\-lett-Pack\-ard Company"}
@Article{Ohme:1967:LE,
author = "W. E. Ohme",
title = "Loudness evaluation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "19",
number = "3",
pages = "2--14",
month = nov,
year = "1967",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4350 (Acoustic noise, its effects and control)",
keywords = "acoustic noise; noise abatement",
}
@Article{Blasser:1967:ALA,
author = "H. Blasser and H. Finckh",
title = "Automatic loudness analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "19",
number = "3",
pages = "12--15",
month = nov,
year = "1967",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4385 (Acoustical measurements and instrumentation)",
keywords = "acoustic analysis; acoustic intensity measurement",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1967:LAA,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Loudness analyzer aids noise reduction, production
testing, speech analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "19",
number = "3",
pages = "15--19",
month = nov,
year = "1967",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4385 (Acoustical measurements and instrumentation)",
keywords = "noise abatement; speech",
}
@Article{Poulter:1968:PTC,
author = "T. C. {Poulter, Jr.}",
title = "A practical time-shared computer system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "19",
number = "11",
pages = "2--7",
month = jul,
year = "1968",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C6150J
(Operating systems)",
keywords = "time-sharing programs; time-sharing systems",
}
@Article{Throne:1968:RFS,
author = "D. H. Throne",
title = "A rubidium-vapor frequency standard for systems
requiring superior frequency stability",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "19",
number = "11",
pages = "8--14",
month = jul,
year = "1968",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7130 (Measurement standards and calibration)",
keywords = "atomic clocks; measurement standards",
}
@Article{Grisell:1968:DTR,
author = "T. L. Grisell and I. H. {Hawley, Jr.} and B. D. Unter
and P. G. Winninghoff",
title = "Design of a third-generation {RF} spectrum analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "19",
number = "12",
pages = "8--14",
month = aug,
year = "1968",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310G (Frequency measurement)",
keywords = "display instruments; frequency measurement",
}
@Article{Hearn:1968:NCS,
author = "J. R. Hearn and D. C. Spreng",
title = "New concepts in signal generation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "19",
number = "12",
pages = "15--19",
month = aug,
year = "1968",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators)",
keywords = "signal sources; swept-frequency oscillators",
}
@Article{Unter:1968:FCF,
author = "B. D. Unter",
title = "Fully calibrated frequency-domain measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "19",
number = "12",
pages = "27--??",
month = aug,
year = "1968",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
keywords = "cathode-ray oscilloscopes; frequency-domain analysis",
}
@Article{Monnier:1968:NEC,
author = "R. E. Monnier",
title = "A new electronic calculator with computerlike
capabilities",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "1",
pages = "3--9",
month = sep,
year = "1968",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
keywords = "special purpose computers",
}
@Article{Osborne:1968:HDM,
author = "T. E. Osborne",
title = "Hardware design of the model {9100A} calculator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "1",
pages = "10--13",
month = sep,
year = "1968",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
keywords = "special purpose computers",
}
@Article{Cochran:1968:IPC,
author = "D. S. Cochran",
title = "Internal programming of the {9100A} calculator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "1",
pages = "14--16",
month = sep,
year = "1968",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
keywords = "special purpose computers",
}
@Article{Near:1968:CHM,
author = "C. W. Near",
title = "Computer-testing the {HP} model {9100A} calculator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "1",
pages = "17--19",
month = sep,
year = "1968",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C7430 (Computer
engineering)",
keywords = "computers; electronics applications of computers;
special purpose",
}
@Article{Wade:1968:RTV,
author = "J. M. Wade",
title = "Recording true-rms voltages over wide dynamic ranges",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "2",
pages = "9--14",
month = oct,
year = "1968",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310B (Voltage measurement)",
keywords = "recorders; voltmeters",
}
@Article{Peterson:1968:LTS,
author = "G. L. Peterson",
title = "The language of time sharing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "3",
pages = "2--8",
month = nov,
year = "1968",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6140D (High level languages)",
keywords = "programming languages; time-sharing programs",
}
@Article{Whatley:1968:RAL,
author = "L. A. Whatley",
title = "Rapid analysis of low frequency spectra",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "4",
pages = "2--7",
month = dec,
year = "1968",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments)",
keywords = "waveform analysis",
}
@Article{Talle:1968:HDP,
author = "O. S. {Talle, Jr.}",
title = "High dynamic performance {X-Y} recorder",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "4",
pages = "8--11",
month = dec,
year = "1968",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); C5590 (Other computer peripheral
equipment)",
keywords = "recorders",
}
@Article{Colwell:1968:LGO,
author = "J. M. Colwell and P. F. Febvre",
title = "A low-cost, general-purpose oscillator with low
distortion and high stability",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "4",
pages = "12--15",
month = dec,
year = "1968",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators)",
keywords = "oscillators",
}
@Article{Adam:1969:BPC,
author = "S. F. Adam and G. R. Kirkpatrick and R. A. Lyon",
title = "Broadband passive components for microwave network
analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "5",
pages = "2--10",
month = jan,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments);
B7310N (Microwave measurement techniques)",
keywords = "microwave measurement; network analysers",
}
@Article{Bauhaus:1969:MHT,
author = "R. H. Bauhaus",
title = "Measuring high-frequency transistor parameters",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "5",
pages = "11--14",
month = jan,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2560J (Bipolar transistors); B7310G (Frequency
measurement)",
keywords = "microwave measurements; transistors",
}
@Article{Steinmetz:1969:RDC,
author = "W. J. Steinmetz and R. L. Knapp",
title = "Recording data for computer analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "5",
pages = "15--20",
month = jan,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
keywords = "data communication equipment",
}
@Article{Bordon:1969:SD,
author = "H. C. Bordon and G. P. Pighini",
title = "Solid-state displays",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "6",
pages = "2--12",
month = feb,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7260 (Display technology and systems); C3210B
(Recorders and indicators for control systems); C5530
(Pattern recognition and computer vision equipment)",
keywords = "display systems; indicators; integrated circuits",
}
@Article{Zettler:1969:HHC,
author = "R. A. Zettler and A. M. Cowley",
title = "Hybrid hot carrier diodes",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "6",
pages = "13--20",
month = feb,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2550E (Surface treatment for semiconductor devices);
B2560H (Junction and barrier diodes)",
keywords = "semiconductor diodes; semiconductor junctions",
}
@Article{Kay:1969:TFN,
author = "B. Kay and J. L. Harmon",
title = "Twelve functions in a new digital meter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "7",
pages = "2--13",
month = mar,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1260 (Pulse circuits); B1265 (Digital electronics);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
C5180 (A/D and D/A convertors)",
keywords = "analogue-digital conversion; digital instrumentation;
digital readout",
}
@Article{Cargile:1969:CST,
author = "W. P. Cargile",
title = "A computer-controlled system for testing digital logic
modules",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "7",
pages = "14--20 (or 2--20??)",
month = mar,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5100 (Circuits and devices); C7430 (Computer
engineering); C7410D (Electronic engineering
computing)",
keywords = "logic devices; production",
}
@Article{Donn:1969:GWD,
author = "E. Donn",
title = "Generating words for digital testing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "8",
pages = "8--13",
month = apr,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230 (Signal generators); B7250E (Signal generators);
C5120 (Logic and switching circuits)",
keywords = "equipment; logic circuits; pulse generators; signal
generators; test",
}
@Article{Linkwitz:1969:FON,
author = "S. Linkwitz",
title = "Frequency-domain oscilloscope now measures to 1250
{MHz}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "8",
pages = "14--20",
month = apr,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1130 (General circuit analysis and synthesis
methods); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7210X (Other instrumentation and
measurement systems)",
keywords = "analysis; display instruments; frequency measurement;
frequency-domain; oscillographs",
}
@Article{Gordon:1969:ICC,
author = "G. B. Gordon and G. A. Reeser",
title = "Introducing the Computing Counter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "9",
pages = "2--8",
month = may,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310G (Frequency measurement); C3110G
(Frequency control); C3240D (Electric transducers and
sensing devices)",
keywords = "counters; digital readout; electric sensing devices;
frequency measurement; indicators",
}
@Article{Band:1969:ACI,
author = "I. T. Band",
title = "Automatic counter inverts period to get frequency",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "9",
pages = "17--19",
month = may,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7310G (Frequency measurement); B7320C (Spatial
variables measurement); C3110G (Frequency control);
C3120C (Spatial variables control)",
keywords = "digital readout; electric sensing devices; frequency;
measurement",
}
@Article{Lowe:1969:PRC,
author = "R. D. Lowe",
title = "Portable, rugged cable fault locator for {VHF}
communications and {CATV}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "10",
pages = "2--8",
month = jun,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6240 (Transmission line links and equipment)",
keywords = "analysis; fault location; telecommunication cables;
time-domain",
}
@Article{Gordon:1969:ILC,
author = "G. B. Gordon",
title = "{IC} logic checkout simplified",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "10",
pages = "14--16",
month = jun,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2220 (Integrated circuits); B2570 (Semiconductor
integrated circuits)",
keywords = "integrated circuit testing; logic circuits",
}
@Article{Kapuskar:1969:RMO,
author = "W. T. Kapuskar and C. J. Balmforth",
title = "Real-time measurement and on-line processing of
acoustical and other audio-frequency spectra",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "11",
pages = "2--10",
month = jul,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6130 (Speech analysis and processing techniques);
B6450 (Audio equipment and systems); B7320K (Time
measurement); B7620 (Aerospace test facilities and
simulation); C3120H (Time control); C7410F
(Communications computing)",
keywords = "acoustic variables measurement; acoustics; aerospace
test; analysis; communications applications of
computers; facilities; speech; testing",
}
@Article{Kapuskar:1969:MAN,
author = "W. T. Kapuskar and C. J. Balmforth",
title = "Monitoring airport noise",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "11",
pages = "11--15",
month = jul,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7650 (Ground support systems); B7320Z (Other
nonelectric variables measurement); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems)",
keywords = "acoustic variables measurement; aerospace;
applications of computers; noise measurement",
}
@Article{Kingsford-smith:1969:NAA,
author = "C. A. Kingsford-smith",
title = "Network analysis at low frequencies",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "11",
pages = "16--20",
month = jul,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments)",
keywords = "network analysers",
}
@Article{Grimm:1969:AT,
author = "R. A. Grimm",
title = "Automated testing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "12",
pages = "2--6",
month = aug,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); C3340H
(Control of electric power systems); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems)",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; automatic testing;
electronic; equipment testing",
}
@Article{Ewy:1969:CAT,
author = "M. D. Ewy and S. C. Shank",
title = "Choosing an automatic test system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "12",
pages = "7--10",
month = aug,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); C3340H
(Control of electric power systems); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems)",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; automatic testing;
electronic; equipment testing",
}
@Article{Ewy:1969:BAA,
author = "M. D. Ewy",
title = "Building at automatic test system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "12",
pages = "11--20",
month = aug,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); C3340H
(Control of electric power systems); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems)",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; automatic testing;
electronic; equipment testing",
}
@Article{Colpitts:1969:GOC,
author = "R. W. Colpitts and D. Allen and T. Vos",
title = "Graphical output for the computing calculator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "13",
pages = "2--7",
month = sep,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
keywords = "computer graphics; plotters",
}
@Article{Smith:1969:HTR,
author = "J. H. Smith",
title = "High-resolution time-domain reflectometry with a
portable 30-lb instrument",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "13",
pages = "8--14",
month = sep,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310N (Microwave measurement
techniques)",
keywords = "microwave measurements; time-domain analysis",
}
@Article{Perkinson:1969:PDC,
author = "J. C. Perkinson and W. C. {Pierce, Jr.}",
title = "Precision dc current sources",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "13",
pages = "15--20",
month = sep,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
circuits)",
keywords = "power supply circuits",
}
@Article{Itoh:1969:DMT,
author = "H. Itoh and K. L. Knudsen",
title = "Direct measurement of transistor noise voltage, noise
current and noise figure",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "2",
pages = "2--7",
month = oct,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments)",
keywords = "noise measurement; transistors",
}
@Article{Mantena:1969:SNT,
author = "N. R. Mantena",
title = "Sources of noise in transistors",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "2",
pages = "8--11",
month = oct,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2560J (Bipolar transistors)",
keywords = "noise; transistors",
}
@Article{Horth:1969:PHP,
author = "T. C. Horth",
title = "Premonitory heartbeat patterns recognized by
electronic monitor",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "2",
pages = "12--20",
month = oct,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8770G (Patient care and treatment); B7510D
(Bioelectric signals); B7520 (Patient care and
treatment)",
keywords = "biomedical electronics; electrocardiography;
monitoring; patient",
}
@Article{Rex:1969:CSA,
author = "R. L. Rex and G. T. Roberts",
title = "Correlation, signal averaging, and probability
analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "3",
pages = "2--8",
month = nov,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); C1260
(Information theory)",
keywords = "correlation theory; probability; signal processing",
}
@Article{Anderson:1969:CRC,
author = "G. C. Anderson and M. A. Perry",
title = "A calibrated real-time correlator\slash averager\slash
probability analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "3",
pages = "9--16",
month = nov,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); C1260
(Information theory)",
keywords = "correlators; digital signals; display instruments;
processing; signal",
}
@Article{Rytand:1969:NAR,
author = "W. A. Rytand and D. R. Gildea",
title = "Network analysis in the range 100 {kHz} to 110 {MHz}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "4",
pages = "2--11",
month = dec,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments)",
keywords = "display instruments; network analysers",
}
@Article{Zellmer:1969:HIP,
author = "J. Zellmer",
title = "High impedance probing to 500 {MHz}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "4",
pages = "12--16",
month = dec,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments);
B7310B (Voltage measurement)",
keywords = "electrical impedance; probes; voltage measurement",
}
@Article{Pettit:1970:DO,
author = "J. Pettit",
title = "A d.c.-to-v.h.f. oscilloscope",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "5",
pages = "2--8",
month = jan,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
keywords = "cathode-ray oscilloscopes",
}
@Article{Chaffee:1970:FHC,
author = "D. Chaffee",
title = "A fast-writing, high-frequency cathode-ray tube",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "5",
pages = "9--10",
month = jan,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2360 (Electron beam scanned tubes)",
keywords = "cathode-ray tubes",
}
@Article{DeVilbiss:1970:WOA,
author = "A. J. DeVilbiss",
title = "A wideband oscilloscope amplifier",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "5",
pages = "11--14",
month = jan,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1220 (Amplifiers); B2570 (Semiconductor integrated
circuits)B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
keywords = "cathode-ray oscilloscopes; monolithic integrated
circuits; wideband amplifiers",
}
@Article{Brooksby:1970:MTA,
author = "M. Brooksby and R. D. Pering",
title = "Monolithic transistor arrays for high-frequency
applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "5",
pages = "15--16",
month = jan,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2560J (Bipolar transistors); B2570 (Semiconductor
integrated circuits)",
keywords = "monolithic integrated circuits; transistors",
}
@Article{Mordan:1970:FTB,
author = "W. Mordan",
title = "A fast time base for a high-frequency oscilloscope",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "5",
pages = "17--20",
month = jan,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1290 (Other analogue circuits); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments)",
keywords = "cathode-ray oscilloscopes; time bases",
}
@Article{Rytting:1970:SAN,
author = "D. K. Rytting and S. N. Sanders",
title = "A system for automatic network analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "6",
pages = "2--10",
month = feb,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments); C5450
(Analogue and hybrid computers and systems)",
keywords = "error compensation; network analysers",
}
@Article{Ray:1970:SAN,
author = "W. A. Ray and W. W. Williams",
title = "Software for the automatic network analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "6",
pages = "11--15",
month = feb,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5450 (Analogue and hybrid computers and systems);
C6150Z (Other systems operation programs)",
keywords = "network analysers; programming",
}
@Article{Schmidhauser:1970:MNT,
author = "R. Schmidhauser",
title = "Measuring nanosecond time intervals by averaging. What
kind of resolution can you get and how do you get it?
What about accuracy?",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "8",
pages = "11--13",
month = apr,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210 (Instrumentation and measurement systems);
B7310G (Frequency measurement); B7320K (Time
measurement); C3110G (Frequency control); C7300
(Natural sciences computing)",
keywords = "computer applications; computer-aided design;
counters; measurement; time",
}
@Article{Hanson:1970:HAA,
author = "F. L. Hanson",
title = "High accuracy a.c. calibration to 1100 volts",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "8",
pages = "14--17",
month = apr,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310B (Voltage measurement)",
keywords = "calibration; voltmeters",
}
@Article{Paxton:1970:NCH,
author = "D. Paxton",
title = "A new camera for high-speed oscilloscope recording",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "8",
pages = "18--20",
month = apr,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2360 (Electron beam scanned tubes); C3370N (Control
applications in photography and cinematography); C3380D
(Control of physical instruments)",
keywords = "cathode-ray oscilloscopes; instrumentation;
photography; recording",
}
@Article{Cowley:1970:DAS,
author = "A. M. Cowley",
title = "Design and application of silicon {IMPATT} diodes",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "9",
pages = "2--13",
month = may,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2560H (Junction and barrier diodes)",
keywords = "avalanche diodes; transit time devices",
}
@Article{Noguchi:1970:MCA,
author = "H. Noguchi and T. Shimizu and K. Maeda",
title = "Measuring capacitance automatically",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "9",
pages = "14--20",
month = may,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2130 (Capacitors); B7250J (Bridge instruments);
B7310J (Impedance and admittance measurement); B7310Z
(Other electric variables measurement); C3110Z (Other
electric variables control)",
keywords = "bridge instruments; capacitance measurement; electric;
variables measurement",
}
@Article{Roth:1970:DFA,
author = "P. R. Roth",
title = "Digital {Fourier} analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "10",
pages = "2--9",
month = jun,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0220 (Mathematical analysis); C1120 (Mathematical
analysis)",
keywords = "integration",
}
@Article{Kiss:1970:CCF,
author = "A. Z. Kiss",
title = "A calibrated computer-based {Fourier} analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "10",
pages = "10--20",
month = jun,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments);
C7410B (Power engineering computing)",
keywords = "applications; communications applications of
computers; computer; digital instrumentation",
}
@Article{Barrett:1970:AMP,
author = "P. J. Barrett and R. R. Hay and P. G. Winninghoff",
title = "Adding more precision to spectrum analyzer
measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "11",
pages = "10--12",
month = jul,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments);
B7310G (Frequency measurement)",
keywords = "frequency measurement",
}
@Article{Dukes:1970:TYG,
author = "J. N. Dukes and G. B. Gordon",
title = "A two-hundred-foot yardstick with graduations every
microinch",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "12",
pages = "2--8",
month = aug,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0630C (Spatial variables measurement); A0760L
(Optical interferometry); A4210J (Optical interference
in homogeneous media); A4220 (Optical propagation and
transmission in inhomogeneous media); A4260K (Laser
beam applications); B4330 (Laser beam interactions and
properties); B4360 (Laser applications); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems); B7250 (Bench
and portable instruments); B7320C (Spatial variables
measurement); C3120C (Spatial variables control)",
keywords = "distance measurement; laser beam applications; length;
light interferometers; measurement",
}
@Article{Anderson:1970:PMB,
author = "G. F. Anderson",
title = "A programmable, modular, bidirectional data coupler",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "1",
pages = "2--6",
month = sep,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
keywords = "data communication equipment",
}
@Article{Walko:1970:ISC,
author = "N. E. Walko",
title = "Instrumentation systems controlled by time-shared
computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "1",
pages = "7--9",
month = sep,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C5600 (Data
communication equipment and techniques)",
keywords = "data communication equipment; time-sharing systems",
}
@Article{Zeller:1970:OCR,
author = "G. Zeller",
title = "Optical card reader for fast calculator programming",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "2",
pages = "8--12",
month = oct,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5560 (Data preparation equipment)",
keywords = "optical character recognition; punched card
equipment",
}
@Article{Bathiany:1970:SMS,
author = "R. H. Bathiany and C. J. Enlow and P. G. Foster and S.
Vitkovits",
title = "Sweeping the microwave spectrum with solid-state
sources",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "3",
pages = "2--8",
month = nov,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1350F (Solid-state microwave circuits and devices);
B7250E (Signal generators); B7310N (Microwave
measurement techniques)",
keywords = "microwave oscillators; swept-frequency oscillators",
}
@Article{Pratt:1970:MMS,
author = "R. E. Pratt and R. W. Austin and A. Dethiefsen",
title = "Microcircuits for the microwave sweeper",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "3",
pages = "9--16",
month = nov,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1350F (Solid-state microwave circuits and devices);
B2220J (Hybrid integrated circuits); B7250E (Signal
generators)",
keywords = "frequency oscillators; hybrid integrated circuits;
microwave oscillators; swept-",
}
@Article{Martin:1970:CMS,
author = "D. Martin",
title = "Computing-counter measurement systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "4",
pages = "2--6",
month = dec,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210 (Instrumentation and measurement systems); C3350
(Control in industrial production systems)",
keywords = "automatic control; control; counters; measurement
systems; process",
}
@Article{Ingman:1970:PKC,
author = "E. M. Ingman",
title = "Programmer is key to computing-counter systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "4",
pages = "7--12",
month = dec,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
keywords = "digital systems; programming",
}
@Article{Plumb:1970:MNL,
author = "J. Plumb and J. Holtzinger",
title = "Measuring noise and level on international telephone
systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "4",
pages = "13--16",
month = dec,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210D (Telephony); B7210 (Instrumentation and
measurement systems); B7310F (Power and energy
measurement); C3110E (Power and energy control); C3370C
(Control applications in telephony)",
keywords = "level measurement; level meters; noise; noise
measurement; power measurement; signal generators;
telephone systems; telephony",
}
@Article{Walter:1971:NHM,
author = "C. Walter and H. M. Juneau and L. Thompson",
title = "A new high-speed multifunction {DVM}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "5",
pages = "1--15",
month = jan,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310B (Voltage measurement); C3110B
(Voltage control)",
keywords = "capability; DC readings speed of 1000 per second;
digital voltmeters; high speed multifunction digital
voltmeter; ohms; readings speed of 1000 per second;
true RMS AC; voltage measurement",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ansley:1971:HC,
author = "W. G. Ansley and S. D. Edwards",
title = "{HP\slash CAI}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "6",
pages = "2--3",
month = feb,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C7810C
(Computer-aided instruction)",
keywords = "computer aided instruction; computer assisted
instruction system; language; standard computer; time
shared computer; time-sharing systems",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Oliver:1971:DCC,
author = "B. M. Oliver",
title = "Distortion in complementary-pair class-{B}
amplifiers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "6",
pages = "11--16",
month = feb,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1220 (Amplifiers)",
keywords = "amplifiers; complementary pair class B amplifiers;
crossover distortion; difference distortion; electric
distortion; feedback distortion suppression; negative;
transistor beta",
treatment = "P Practical; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}
@Article{Cross:1971:ODR,
author = "J. R. Cross and J. A. Doub and J. M. Stedman",
title = "On-line data reduction for nuclear analyzers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "7",
pages = "2--3",
month = mar,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C3340F (Control of nuclear systems)",
keywords = "multichannel nuclear analysers; nuclear
instrumentation; on-line data reduction; online
operation; radioactivity detection",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kameoka:1971:VHV,
author = "Y. Kameoka and J. E. Bonhomme",
title = "Very high and very low resistances --- why and how
they are measured",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "7",
pages = "11--16",
month = mar,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4100 (Electricity and magnetism; fields and charged
particles); B2120 (Resistors); B7310J (Impedance and
admittance measurement); C3110J (Impedance and
admittance control)",
keywords = "electrical conductivity measurement; materials
properties; measurement; quality; resistance
measurement; semiconductor contact; very high
resistance; very low resistance measurement",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Donn:1971:MDP,
author = "E. S. Donn",
title = "Manipulating digital patterns with a new binary
sequence generator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "8",
pages = "2--8",
month = apr,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators)",
keywords = "digital instrumentation; digital pattern manipulation;
pseudorandom binary sequence generator; sequence
generating; shift register",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Upshinsky:1971:HMN,
author = "S. Upshinsky",
title = "How to make a nuclear spectrum hold still",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "8",
pages = "9--11",
month = apr,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A2930 (Radiation spectrometers and spectroscopic
techniques); B7440 (Particle spectrometers); C3380D
(Control of physical instruments)",
keywords = "digital instrumentation; digital spectrum stabilizer;
drift compensation; instrumentation; multichannel
analyser; particle; spectrometers",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Shergalis:1971:AFO,
author = "L. D. Shergalis",
title = "Astronomers find optical timing of pulsars more
accurate",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "8",
pages = "12--13",
month = apr,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A9575 (Astronomical techniques); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems); B7250 (Bench
and portable instruments); B7320K (Time measurement)",
keywords = "astronomical instruments; circuits; optical pulse
measurement; pulsars; time measurement; timing",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Adam:1971:PSA,
author = "S. F. Adam",
title = "Programmable step attenuators use
distributed-thin-film attenuator cards",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "8",
pages = "14--16",
month = apr,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7310N (Microwave measurement techniques)",
keywords = "attenuators; distributed thin films; microwave
measurement; programmable step attenuators; thin film
circuits; waveguide",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Kirkpatrick:1971:ESD,
author = "G. R. Kirkpatrick",
title = "Effective stripline device characterization",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "9",
pages = "12--16",
month = may,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1320 (Waveguide components); B7310N (Microwave
measurement techniques)",
corpsource = "State Polytech. Coll., CA, USA",
keywords = "analyzer; components; high frequency circuitry design;
microwave measurement; microwave network; network
analysers; optimum design; strip line; stripline device
characterisation",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Harrington:1971:RRM,
author = "H. W. Harrington and J. R. Hearn and R. F. Rauskolb",
title = "The routine rotational microwave spectrometer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "10",
pages = "2--3",
month = jun,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0758 (Magnetic resonance spectrometers, auxiliary
instruments and techniques); B7310N (Microwave
measurement techniques); B7440 (Particle
spectrometers)",
keywords = "centimetric; microwave devices; microwave measurement;
radiofrequency; routine rotational microwave
spectrometer; spectrometers; wavelength",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Gudnitz:1971:GTS,
author = "L. Gudnitz and H. Tsuda",
title = "General-purpose test system gets digital capability",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "11",
pages = "2--9",
month = jul,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); C7410D
(Electronic engineering computing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "applications; applications of computers; automatic
test equipment; automatic testing; computer; digital
device; electron device testing; electronics;
functional logic test; general purpose computer aided
test system; measurement systems; testing",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Hicks:1971:OPM,
author = "C. L. Hicks and M. R. Mellon",
title = "Optical power measurements made easy",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "11",
pages = "10--16",
month = jul,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0760 (Optical instruments and techniques); A4280
(Optical devices, techniques and applications); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7310F
(Power and energy measurement); B7320P (Optical
variables measurement); C3120M (Optical variables
control); C3240D (Electric transducers and sensing
devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "direct radiometric measurements; electric sensing
devices; fluxmeters; infrared; optical instruments;
optical variables measurement; power measurement;
radiant flux meter; radiometers; ultraviolet",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Band:1971:LMS,
author = "I. T. Band and H. J. Jekat and E. E. May",
title = "Lilliputian measuring system does much, costs little",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "12",
pages = "2--12",
month = aug,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlette-Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "circuits; counters; digital instrumentation;
electronic; emitting diode displays; frequency and time
measurements; high speed bipolar integrated; large
scale integration; logic circuits; MOS; read only
memory; solid state light",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1971:PPS,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "A package for portability and serviceability",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "12",
pages = "9--??",
month = aug,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170J (Product packaging)",
keywords = "5300 system; cast aluminum case; delay; IC; in between
module; LSI; oscilloscope; packaging; plastic clips;
snap on concept",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Michener:1971:AAS,
author = "C. K. Michener",
title = "An almost all solid-state strip-chart recorder",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "12",
pages = "13--16",
month = aug,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B8510 (Drives)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "complex servo system; drives; electromagnetic loud;
linear motor; linear motors; low; pen drive; recorders;
silhouette recorders; speaker; strip chart recorder",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Keiter:1971:FCS,
author = "R. C. Keiter",
title = "A fully calibrated, solid state microwave spectrum
analyzer. Microwave spectrum analysis with performance
advantages previously associated only with lower
frequency instruments",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "1",
pages = "4--9",
month = sep,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments);
B7310N (Microwave measurement techniques)",
keywords = "0.01-40 GHz; frequency stability; integrated circuit;
microwave measurement; microwave spectrum analyzer;
mixer; optimum harmonic mixing; spectral analysers",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Page:1971:TG,
author = "J. Page",
title = "Tracking generators",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "1",
pages = "10--11",
month = sep,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250E (Signal generators); B7250 (Bench and
portable instruments); B7310G (Frequency measurement)",
keywords = "frequency; frequency measurement; loss measurement;
response measurement; return loss measurement; signal
generators; spectral analysers; spectrum analyzer;
tracking signal generator",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hawley:1971:LFS,
author = "I. H. {Hawley, Jr.}",
title = "A low frequency spectrum analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "1",
pages = "12--15",
month = sep,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments);
B7310G (Frequency measurement)",
keywords = "20 Hz to 300 kHz; built in; crystal markers; frequency
measurement; low frequency spectrum analyzer; spectral
analysers; tracking generator",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Coury:1971:PPA,
author = "F. F. Coury",
title = "Price, performance, architecture and the {2100A}
computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "2",
pages = "2--3",
month = oct,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
keywords = "general purpose computers; Hewlett Packard Model 2100A
computer; minicomputers",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Leis:1971:MRF,
author = "C. T. Leis",
title = "Microprogramming, {ROMs}, firmware and all that",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "2",
pages = "4--9",
month = oct,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture)",
keywords = "computer architecture; firmware; Hewlett Packard Model
2100A; microprocessor; microprogramming; minicomputer;
minicomputers; only storage; read only memory; read-",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Frankenberg:1971:LMS,
author = "R. J. Frankenberg",
title = "A lot of memory in a small space",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "2",
pages = "10--12",
month = oct,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320E (Storage on stationary magnetic media)",
keywords = "32K words; core memory; Hewlett Packard Model 2100A;
magnetic core stores; memory core stack design;
minicomputer; minicomputers; reliability; sense
amplifiers",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Crawford:1971:BPS,
author = "R. D. Crawford and G. Justice",
title = "A bantam power supply for a minicomputer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "2",
pages = "13--15",
month = oct,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
circuits); C0310 (EDP management); C5420 (Mainframes
and minicomputers)",
keywords = "apparatus; computer facilities; Hewlett Packard Model
2100A; miniaturization techniques; minicomputer;
minicomputers; power supplies to; power supply",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1971:UTS,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "{UTC} time scale to change in 1972",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "2",
pages = "16--??",
month = oct,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0630F (Time and frequency measurement); B7130
(Measurement standards and calibration); B7310G
(Frequency measurement); B7320K (Time measurement);
C3110G (Frequency control)",
keywords = "atomic clocks; clocks; Coordinated Universal Time
scale; measurement standards; standards; time
measurement",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Martin:1971:FSM,
author = "D. Martin",
title = "Frequency stability measurements by computing counter
system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "3",
pages = "9--14",
month = nov,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230B (Oscillators); B7210 (Instrumentation and
measurement systems); B7310G (Frequency measurement);
C3110G (Frequency control); C5450 (Analogue and hybrid
computers and systems)",
keywords = "computer applications; computer counter system;
computers; counters; frequency domain; frequency
stability; frequency stability measurements; high
resolution; hybrid; measurement systems; oscillators;
time domain",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Botka:1971:MII,
author = "J. K. Botka",
title = "More informative impedance measurements, swept from
0.5 to 100 {MHz}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "3",
pages = "15--19",
month = nov,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1200 (Electronic circuits); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems); B7210
(Instrumentation and measurement systems); B7310J
(Impedance and admittance measurement)",
keywords = "circuit; circuits; complex impedance versus frequency;
design; electric impedance measurement; impedance
measuring system; instantaneous; measurement; network
analysers; probe; probes; swept display; systems;
vector",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Shanahan:1971:USG,
author = "J. C. Shanahan",
title = "Uniting signal generation and signal synthesis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "4",
pages = "2--13",
month = dec,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators)",
keywords = "optimization; signal generators; synthesized signal
generator",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Baldwin:1971:RLI,
author = "R. R. Baldwin and G. B. Gordon and A. F. Rude",
title = "Remote laser interferometry",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "4",
pages = "14--20",
month = dec,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4260K (Laser beam applications); B4330 (Laser beam
interactions and properties); B4360 (Laser
applications); B7320C (Spatial variables measurement)",
keywords = "distance measurement; interferometry; laser beam
applications; laser interferometry; light; linear and
angular measurements; optical systems; remote",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fanton:1972:CHS,
author = "J. L. Fanton",
title = "A computer-aided hospital system for cardiac
catheterization procedures",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "5",
pages = "2--7",
month = jan,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6130 (Data handling techniques); C7330 (Biology and
medical computing)",
keywords = "cardiac catheterization; computer reduction of data;
data acquisition; data reduction and analysis;
medicine",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Baker:1972:CCF,
author = "M. Baker and J. Pipkin",
title = "Clip-and-read comparator finds {IC} failures",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "5",
pages = "8--12",
month = jan,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1290 (Other analogue circuits); B2220 (Integrated
circuits); B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits)",
keywords = "analysis; comparators (circuits); digital IC failure;
digital integrated circuits; failure; integrated
circuit testing; Model 10529A Logic comparator",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Cunningham:1972:IAS,
author = "M. Cunningham and L. Wheelwright",
title = "Introducing the automatic spectrum analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "6",
pages = "2--6",
month = feb,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments);
C7410D (Electronic engineering computing); C7420
(Control engineering computing)",
keywords = "10 kHz to 18 GHz; automatic control; automatic
spectrum analyzer; computer applications; control;
engineering applications of computers; graphics;
interactive; spectral analysers",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Shaffer:1972:OAS,
author = "W. H. Shaffer",
title = "Organizing the automatic spectrum analyzer system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "6",
pages = "7--9",
month = feb,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments)",
keywords = "0.01 to 18 GHz; 0.1; automatic control; automatic
spectrum analyzer system; computer applications; model
8553B; model 8555A; party line control bus; RF
converters; spectral analysers; to 110 MHz",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Sanders:1972:AR,
author = "S. N. Sanders",
title = "Automating the {10-MHz-to-18-GHz} receiver",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "6",
pages = "10--13",
month = feb,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments)",
keywords = "0.01 to 18 GHz; absolute; amplitude calibration;
automatic control; computer applications; frequency
response flatness; HP Model 8555A; IF; intermodulation
distortion; local oscillators; microwave tuning; Model
8552B; quadrupole conversion receiver; receivers;
spectral analysers",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{McGrath:1972:FTR,
author = "W. R. McGrath and A. Miller",
title = "Fine-line thermal recording on {Z}-fold paper",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "6",
pages = "17--19",
month = feb,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
keywords = "fine line thermal recording; paper; recording; strip
chart recorders",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Ware:1972:TDR,
author = "G. A. Ware",
title = "Time domain reflectometry in narrowband systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "7",
pages = "2--7",
month = mar,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6250D (Point-to-point radio systems); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems); B7250 (Bench
and portable instruments)",
keywords = "burst width; carrier frequency; detectable
reflections; fault location; from impedance differences
as small as 1\%; microwave links; narrowband systems;
new time domain; reflectometry system; short burst of
RF for incident pulse; test equipment",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Kameoka:1972:MHC,
author = "Y. Kameoka",
title = "Measuring high-value capacitors",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "7",
pages = "8--13",
month = mar,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2130 (Capacitors); B7250G (Display, recording and
indicating instruments); B7310J (Impedance and
admittance measurement); C3110J (Impedance and
admittance control)",
keywords = "1 microfarad to 300 millifarad measurements;
capacitance measurement; electric variables
measurement; electrolytic capacitors; four terminal
measurements; indicators; leakage currents; maximum;
resolution 0.02 microfarads",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Folsom:1972:MTR,
author = "J. B. Folsom",
title = "Measuring true {RMS AC} voltages to 100 {MHz}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "7",
pages = "14--19",
month = mar,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310B (Voltage measurement); C3110B
(Voltage control); C3210B (Recorders and indicators for
control systems)",
keywords = "1000 V maximum input voltage; and control; bandwidth;
BCD outputs; DC to 100 MHZ; HP 3403A, 3403B;
indicators; input impedance 10 megohm in parallel with
19; picofarad; remote programming; true RMS AC
voltmeters; voltage measurement; voltmeters",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Larsen:1972:EET,
author = "J. L. Larsen and R. F. Dillman and A. M. Nardizzi and
R. N. Tverdoch",
title = "An effective {ECG} telemetry system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "8",
pages = "2--8",
month = apr,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8770G (Patient care and treatment); B6210J
(Telemetry); B7510D (Bioelectric signals); B7520
(Patient care and treatment); C3385 (Biological and
medical control systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "effective ECG telemetry system; electrocardiography;
instruments; patient monitoring; telemetering systems",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fox:1972:HIA,
author = "K. A. Fox and M. P. Pasturel and P. S. Showman",
title = "A human interface for automatic measurement systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "8",
pages = "10--17",
month = apr,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210 (Instrumentation and measurement systems); C5610
(Computer interfaces)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "automatic control; automatic measurement systems;
computer interfaces; interactive graphic display;
magnetic tape cassette; man-machine systems;
measurement systems",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Riggen:1972:AGD,
author = "J. Riggen and D. Fogg",
title = "An agile graphic display device",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "8",
pages = "18--23",
month = apr,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7260 (Display technology and systems); C5540
(Terminals and graphic displays)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "agile graphic display device; computer graphic
equipment; display; display instruments; economics;
systems",
treatment = "E Economic; P Practical",
}
@Article{Herlinger:1972:FTD,
author = "J. E. Herlinger and J. R. Barnes",
title = "A faster, tougher disc drive for small computer
systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "9",
pages = "2--5",
month = may,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B8510 (Drives); C3260B (Electric actuators and final
control equipment); C5320 (Digital storage)",
keywords = "cartridge disc drive; drives; magnetic storage
devices; magnetic storage systems; peripheral memory
device",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Herlinger:1972:IDD,
author = "J. E. Herlinger and W. J. Lloyd",
title = "Inside the 7900 Disc Drive",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "9",
pages = "6--11",
month = may,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B8510 (Drives); C3260B (Electric actuators and final
control equipment); C5320 (Digital storage)",
keywords = "accuracy; cartridge disc drive; design features;
drives; magnetic storage devices; magnetic storage
systems; reliability; ruggedness; speed",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Girdner:1972:RWF,
author = "W. I. Girdner and W. H. Overton",
title = "Reading and writing on the fast disc",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "9",
pages = "12--14",
month = may,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
keywords = "data transfer; heads; magnetic storage devices; phase
locked loop; phase-locked loops; read/write system",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Bowman:1972:EDD,
author = "D. J. Bowman",
title = "An efficient disc drive\slash computer interface",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "9",
pages = "15--16",
month = may,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B8510 (Drives); C3260B (Electric actuators and final
control equipment); C5320 (Digital storage); C5610
(Computer interfaces)",
keywords = "computer interfaces; disc drive/computer interface;
drive; drives; I/O structure; magnetic storage systems;
performance",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Hanson:1972:NNI,
author = "R. C. Hanson",
title = "Narrowband noise immunity in a broadband gain-phase
meter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "9",
pages = "17--20",
month = may,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7310H
(Phase and gain measurement); C1260 (Information
theory)",
keywords = "gain measurement; narrowband noise immunity; noise;
phase meters; wideband gain phase meter",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Whitney:1972:PEC,
author = "T. M. Whitney and F. Rode and C. C. Tung",
title = "The `powerful pocketful': an electronic calculator
challenges the slide rule",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "10",
pages = "2--9",
month = jun,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 16:47:34 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/72jun/ju72a1.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
keywords = "calculator; digits; exponential functions; logarithmic
functions; minicomputers; significant; slide rule;
trigonometric functions",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Cochran:1972:AAH,
author = "D. S. Cochran",
title = "Algorithms and accuracy in the {HP-35}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "10",
pages = "10--11",
month = jun,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 16:47:32 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/72jun/ju72a2.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
keywords = "accuracy; electronic calculator; minicomputers;
resolution; sine algorithm",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Liljenwall:1972:PPC,
author = "E. T. Liljenwall",
title = "Packaging the pocket calculator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "10",
pages = "12--13",
month = jun,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 16:47:31 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/72jun/ju72a3.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170J (Product packaging); C5220 (Computer
architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
keywords = "computer architecture; design engineering; industrial
design; minicomputers; packaging; pocket calculator",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Cline:1972:NCD,
author = "S. G. Cline and N. D. Marschke",
title = "New capabilities in digital low-frequency spectrum
analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "10",
pages = "14--20",
month = jun,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 16:47:24 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/72jun/ju72a4.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments); C5420
(Mainframes and minicomputers)",
keywords = "analysers; digital circuits; digital instrumentation;
fast transform; Fourier analyzer; peripherals;
spectral; spectrum analysis",
}
@Article{Tuttle:1972:STO,
author = "R. K. Tuttle",
title = "The synthesized test oscillator --- a new signal
source for the 0.1 {Hz}---13 {MHz} range",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "11",
pages = "2--8",
month = jul,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230B (Oscillators); B7250E (Signal generators)",
keywords = "0.1 Hz to 13 MHz range; 3320B frequency synthesizer;
accurate level setting; frequency synthesizers; high
frequency stability; indirect synthesis; Model; Model
3320A frequency synthesizer; oscillators; precision
levelling circuit; programmable; synthesized test
oscillator; through BCD inputs",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Kingsford-Smith:1972:ISG,
author = "C. A. Kingsford-Smith",
title = "The incremental sweep generator --- point-by-point
accuracy with swept-frequency convenience",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "11",
pages = "9--15",
month = jul,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators)",
keywords = "0.1 Hz to 13 MHz; automatic; automatic frequency
synthesizer; automatic test equipment; digital
controller; frequency oscillators; frequency range;
frequency synthesizers; HP; incremental frequency;
incremental sweep generator; incremental sweeping;
Keyboard tuning; millisecond to 3 seconds; model
3330A/B; residual FM less 1 Hz RMS; steps from 0.1 Hz
to 9.99 MHz; sweep linearity; swept-; testing; time per
step from 1",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Coury:1972:MWC,
author = "F. F. Coury",
title = "Microprogramming and writable control store",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "11",
pages = "16--20",
month = jul,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture)",
keywords = "applications; computer architecture; computer systems
design; HP2100A minicomputer; microprogramming;
microprograms testing and debugging; minicomputers;
writable control store",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Gookin:1972:CVN,
author = "A. Gookin",
title = "Compactness and versatility in a new plug-together
digital multimeter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "12",
pages = "2--6",
month = aug,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
keywords = "and field use; bench; digital instrumentation; digital
multimeter; model 34701A; test equipment; testing
equipment",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Thompson:1972:NFM,
author = "L. Thompson",
title = "A new five-digit multimeter that can test itself",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "12",
pages = "7--12",
month = aug,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
keywords = "digital instrumentation; digital processor; five digit
multimeter; memories; model 3490A; ready only; self
test capability",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kasson:1972:FMH,
author = "J. M. Kasson",
title = "Functional modularity helps designer and user of new
measurement and control subsystem",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "12",
pages = "13--19",
month = aug,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210F (Telemetering systems); B7210G (Data
acquisition systems); C3250 (Telecontrol and
telemetering components)",
keywords = "automatic; control systems; data acquisition;
measurement; measurement and control subsystem;
measurement systems; model 2440A analogue/digital
interface; modules; physical process; printed circuit
cards; sensing; telecontrol equipment; telemetering
equipment",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Mickowski:1972:MMM,
author = "J. Mickowski",
title = "Multiprogrammer magnifies minicomputer {I/O}
capacity",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "12",
pages = "20--23",
month = aug,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5600 (Data communication equipment and techniques)",
keywords = "acquisition; architecture; automatic test systems;
computer; data communication equipment; digital data;
direct digital control; driving X-Y and chart
recorders; I/O capacity; minicomputer; minicomputers;
model 6940A multiprogrammer; model 6941A extender;
multiprogramming; process control systems",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Adler:1972:LPP,
author = "R. Adler and J. R. Hofland",
title = "Logic pulser and probe: a new digital troubleshooting
team",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "1",
pages = "2--7",
month = sep,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1260 (Pulse circuits); B1265 (Digital electronics);
B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250 (Bench
and portable instruments); C3200 (Control equipment and
instrumentation)",
keywords = "automatic testing; bad levels; circuits; digital
circuit nodes; digital circuits; digital integrated;
integrated circuit testing; integrated circuits; logic
pulser; open; probe; probes; pulse circuits; pulses",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Urquhart:1972:NML,
author = "R. Urquhart",
title = "A new microwave link analyzer with high-frequency test
tones",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "1",
pages = "8--9",
month = sep,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6270 (Other telecommunication systems and equipment);
B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250 (Bench
and portable instruments); B7310N (Microwave
measurement techniques); C3200 (Control equipment and
instrumentation)",
keywords = "baseband output; electric variables measurement; high
frequency test tones; intermodulation noise;
measurement; measurements; microwave; microwave link
analyzer; microwave links; noise measurement; swept;
test tone probing; thermal noise; white noise tests",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fisher:1972:MRC,
author = "J. Fisher",
title = "Microwave radio communications and performance
measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "1",
pages = "10--11",
month = sep,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6270 (Other telecommunication systems and equipment);
B7310N (Microwave measurement techniques)",
keywords = "baseband signal; electric variables measurement;
measurement; microwave; microwave link analyser;
microwave links; microwave radio communications",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Crabtree:1972:MMR,
author = "M. Crabtree",
title = "{MLA} measures {RF} performance with down converter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "1",
pages = "17--18",
month = sep,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6270 (Other telecommunication systems and equipment);
B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250 (Bench
and portable instruments); B7310N (Microwave
measurement techniques); C3200 (Control equipment and
instrumentation)",
keywords = "distortions; down converter; electric variables
measurement; FM linearity; frequency convertors; group
delay; local oscillator; microwave link analyzer;
microwave links; microwave measurement; mixer; RF
performance; sweep; test tone",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Dethlefsen:1972:CMS,
author = "A. E. Dethlefsen",
title = "Communications-oriented microwave solid-state
sweeper",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "1",
pages = "19--20",
month = sep,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1350F (Solid-state microwave circuits and devices);
B6270 (Other telecommunication systems and equipment);
B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250E (Signal
generators)B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310N (Microwave measurement
techniques); C3210B (Recorders and indicators for
control systems)",
keywords = "electric variables measurement; IF swept; measurement;
microwave; microwave communication bands; microwave
links; microwave oscillators; microwave solid state
sweeper; oscillators; source; sweep oscillator;
swept-frequency; up converter",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Nelson:1972:PIS,
author = "G. E. Nelson and D. W. Ricci",
title = "A practical interface system for electronic
instruments",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "2",
pages = "2--7",
month = oct,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers);
B7250 (Bench and portable instruments); C3200 (Control
equipment and instrumentation)",
keywords = "common communications structure; digital; electronic
instruments; I/O circuit cards; instruments; passive
cabling; practical interface system; processing
circuits",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Loughry:1972:CDI,
author = "D. C. Loughry",
title = "A common digital interface for programmable
instruments: The evolution of a system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "2",
pages = "8--11",
month = oct,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers);
B7250 (Bench and portable instruments); C3200 (Control
equipment and instrumentation)",
keywords = "common digital interface; evolution; instruments;
programmable instruments",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Nelson:1972:FGM,
author = "G. E. Nelson and P. L. Thomas and R. L. Atchley",
title = "Faster gain-phase measurements with new automatic
{50Hz-to-13MHz} network analyzers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "2",
pages = "12--19",
month = oct,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers);
B7250 (Bench and portable instruments); B7310H (Phase
and gain measurement); C3200 (Control equipment and
instrumentation); C5490 (Other aspects of analogue and
digital computers)",
keywords = "analysers; analyzers; automatic 50 HZ to 13 MHZ
network; comparator; digital instrumentation; gain;
gain measurement; gain phase measurements; insertion
loss; network; phase measurement; phase shift; signal
response; two port devices",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Vifian:1972:ME,
author = "H. Vifian and F. K. David and W. L. Frederick",
title = "A `voltmeter' for the microwave engineer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "3",
pages = "2--7",
month = nov,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7310N (Microwave measurement techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "loss; losses; microwave frequencies; microwave
measurement; return; swept insertion; wide band",
}
@Article{Morrison:1972:VDU,
author = "D. J. Morrison and B. W. Finnie and R. S. Patel and K.
H. Edwards",
title = "Versatile display unit extends correlator capability",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "3",
pages = "8--15",
month = nov,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6100 (Information and communication theory); B7230
(Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
(Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Ltd., West Lothian, UK",
keywords = "correlator; display instruments; frequency domains;
spectrum display; time",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Emmermann:1972:VPH,
author = "G. G. Emmermann",
title = "Voltage precision and high current capability-both in
one power supply",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "3",
pages = "16--19",
month = nov,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
circuits)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Rockaway, NJ, USA",
keywords = "high current capability; power supplies to apparatus;
power supply; voltage precision",
}
@Article{Spangler:1972:NSP,
author = "R. M. Spangler",
title = "A new series of programmable calculators",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "4",
pages = "2--4",
month = dec,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0790 (Other topics in specialised instrumentation)",
keywords = "calculating apparatus; HP 9800 series; programmable
calculators",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Brown:1972:MMC,
author = "C. D. Brown and J. M. Walden",
title = "Model 10 maintains compatibility, expands capability",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "4",
pages = "5--8",
month = dec,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0790 (Other topics in specialised instrumentation)",
keywords = "arithmetic; calculating apparatus; HP 9810; internally
expanding memory; LED display; operations; plug in
function blocks; programmable calculators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{James:1972:IMS,
author = "R. L. James and F. J. Yockey",
title = "Interactive model 20 speaks algebraic language",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "4",
pages = "8--13",
month = dec,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0790 (Other topics in specialised instrumentation)",
keywords = "algebraic language; calculating apparatus; interactive
mode; LED display; model 20; natural algebraic
language; plug in modules",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Spangler:1972:BMC,
author = "R. M. Spangler",
title = "{BASIC-language} model 30 can be calculator, computer,
or terminal",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "4",
pages = "14--18",
month = dec,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0790 (Other topics in specialised instrumentation)",
keywords = "9800 series; BASIC; calculating apparatus; computer
terminal; desktop computer; model 30; programmable
calculator; remote",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kohoutek:1972:PIM,
author = "H. J. Kohoutek",
title = "9800 processor incorporates {8-MHz} microprocessor",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "4",
pages = "19--22",
month = dec,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture)",
keywords = "9800 processor; logic circuitry; microprocessor
section; microprogramming; read only memories",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Finn:1972:AMS,
author = "C. L. Finn",
title = "All-semiconductor memory system includes read-only and
read\slash write chips",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "4",
pages = "22--24",
month = dec,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320G (Semiconductor storage)",
keywords = "all semiconductor memory; calculating apparatus; HP
9800; read only; read/write; semiconductor storage
devices; series",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Egan:1972:VIO,
author = "G. L. Egan",
title = "Versatile input\slash output structure welcomes
peripheral variety",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "4",
pages = "24--26",
month = dec,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0790 (Other topics in specialised instrumentation)",
keywords = "calculating apparatus; HP 9800 series; input/output
structure",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Forbes:1973:EFM,
author = "B. E. Forbes and M. D. Green",
title = "An economical full-scale multipurpose computer
system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "5",
pages = "2--8",
month = jan,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers)",
keywords = "16 bit computer system; architecture; computer
architecture; general purpose computers; hardware
stack; multipurpose; virtual memory",
}
@Article{Basiji:1973:CBL,
author = "J. Basiji and A. B. Bergh",
title = "Central bus links modular {HP} 3000 hardware",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "5",
pages = "9--14",
month = jan,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5610 (Computer
interfaces)",
keywords = "computer architecture; computer interfaces; HP 3000
hardware",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Foster:1973:SMC,
author = "W. E. Foster",
title = "Software for a multilingual computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "5",
pages = "15--19",
month = jan,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6140D (High level languages)",
keywords = "analysis; BASIC; COBOL; FORTRAN; high level language;
multilingual computer; procedure oriented languages;
software; SPL; systems",
}
@Article{Shannon:1973:SSV,
author = "R. M. Shannon and K. L. Astrof and M. S. Marzalek and
L. C. Sanders",
title = "A solid state {VHF} signal generator for today's
exacting requirements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "6",
pages = "2--13",
month = feb,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250E
(Signal generators)",
keywords = "signal generator; signal generators; solid state;
VHF",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Pierce:1973:CDM,
author = "W. C. {Pierce, Jr.} and J. S. Gallo and W. T. Walker",
title = "Computer-aided design of modular power supplies",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "6",
pages = "4--19",
month = feb,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
circuits); C7410D (Electronic engineering computing)",
keywords = "circuit; circuits; computer aided design;
computer-aided circuit design; modular power supplies;
modules; power supply; universal",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Smith:1973:HPF,
author = "D. H. Smith",
title = "High performance flame-ionization detector system for
gas chromatography",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "7",
pages = "2--10",
month = mar,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8280B (Chromatography)",
keywords = "chromatography; design; electrometer circuit;
electrometers; flame ionisation detector; mechanical",
}
@Article{Hassun:1973:SSG,
author = "R. Hassun and M. Humpherys and D. Scherer and D. K.
Young and B. Stribling and C. Cook",
title = "Synthesized signal generation to 1.3 {GHz}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "7",
pages = "11--19",
month = mar,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230B (Oscillators); B1350F (Solid-state microwave
circuits and devices); B7230 (Sensing devices and
transducers); B7250E (Signal generators)",
keywords = "1.3 GHZ; detectors; frequency synthesis; frequency
synthesizers; microwave; microwave generation;
oscillators; wide capture range phase",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Gardner:1973:GRC,
author = "R. Gardner and A. Dumont and S. Venzke",
title = "A greater range of capabilities for the compact,
plug-on digital multimeter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "7",
pages = "20--24",
month = mar,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
(Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
keywords = "3470 system; 5 digit resolution; digital
instrumentation; digital multimeter; digital
voltmeters; display; indicators; instruments; plug on;
resistance; voltage",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Schneider:1973:HAM,
author = "R. F. Schneider",
title = "A high-performance automatic microwave counter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "8",
pages = "2--9",
month = apr,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0750 (Electrical instruments and techniques); B7230
(Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments); B7310G
(Frequency measurement); B7310N (Microwave measurement
techniques); C3210B (Recorders and indicators for
control systems); C3240D (Electric transducers and
sensing devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "10 HZ to 18 GHZ; automatic frequency counter;
frequency meters; high sensitivity; microwave;
microwave measurement; systems compatible",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Merkelo:1973:DTS,
author = "J. Merkelo",
title = "A {dc-to-20-GHz} thin-film signal sampler for
microwave instrumentation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "8",
pages = "10--13",
month = apr,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1350F (Solid-state microwave circuits and devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Santa Clara, CA, USA",
keywords = "DC to 20GHZ; devices; microwave thin film circuit;
mixers (circuits); model 5340A microwave counter;
signal sampler; solid-; solid-state microwave circuits;
state microwave devices; thin film; thin film
circuits",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Aikin:1973:ACL,
author = "E. R. Aikin and J. L. Minck",
title = "Automating the calibration laboratory",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "8",
pages = "14--17, 20--23",
month = apr,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0620H (Measurement standards and calibration); B7130
(Measurement standards and calibration); C7410D
(Electronic engineering computing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "automation; calibration; calibration laboratory;
hardware; laboratory apparatus and technique;
software",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Crowley:1973:PAM,
author = "W. L. Crowley and F. Rode",
title = "A pocket-sized answer machine for business and
finance",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "9",
pages = "2--9",
month = may,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
keywords = "electronic calculator for business and finance;
minicomputers",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Zamborelli:1973:TFW,
author = "T. Zamborelli",
title = "Thick films widen attenuator response",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "9",
pages = "9--??",
month = may,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
(Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
keywords = "attenuator response; cathode-ray oscilloscopes;
conductors; high frequency oscilloscopes; thick film;
thick film resistors; thick films; thick films for
widening",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Brunetti:1973:MRC,
author = "L. Brunetti",
title = "A more rugged, cleaner writing oscillographic ink
recorder",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "9",
pages = "10--17",
month = may,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
(Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
keywords = "ink recorder; oscillographic recording system;
recorders",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Barney:1973:QLH,
author = "D. B. Barney and J. R. Drehle",
title = "A quiet, low-cost, high-speed line printer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "9",
pages = "18--22",
month = may,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
keywords = "printers; thermal printer",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Lepoff:1973:SDS,
author = "J. H. Lepoff and R. A. Morris",
title = "Schottky-barrier diodes structured for better
high-frequency performance",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "10",
pages = "2--6",
month = jun,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2560H (Junction and barrier diodes)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "high frequency performance; Schottky barrier diodes;
Schottky-barrier diodes",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Horner:1973:DDM,
author = "J. F. Horner and L. W. Masters and P. T. Mingle",
title = "{DMM} and {DAC} modules expand low-cost measuring
system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "10",
pages = "7--15",
month = jun,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5180 (A/D and D/A convertors)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "5300; DAC modules; digital-analogue conversion; DMM
modules; Measuring System; multimeter/counter module",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Herreman:1973:LCS,
author = "G. O. Herreman",
title = "Laser\slash calculator system improves encoder plate
measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "10",
pages = "16--18",
month = jun,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0790 (Other topics in specialised instrumentation);
A4260 (Laser systems and laser beam applications);
A4285 (Optical testing and workshop techniques); B4320M
(Laser accessories and instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "calculating apparatus; encoder; laser/calculator
system; lasers; moving head disc drives; optical
instruments; plate measurements",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Kelly:1973:SES,
author = "M. A. Kelly and C. E. Tyler",
title = "A second-generation {ESCA} spectrometer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "11",
pages = "2--14",
month = jul,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A2930 (Radiation spectrometers and spectroscopic
techniques); A8280D (Electromagnetic radiation
spectrometry (chemical analysis)); B7440 (Particle
spectrometers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "compensated electron optical system; dispersion;
electron spectroscopy; ESCA spectrometer; improved
detection; monochromatized X-rays; particle
spectrometers; resolution; sensitivity; spectrochemical
analysis; system",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Heflin:1973:CFG,
author = "E. H. Heflin",
title = "Compact function generator with enhanced
capability\slash cost ratio",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "11",
pages = "15--20",
month = jul,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B7230
(Sensing devices and transducers); B7250E (Signal
generators)C7410D (Electronic engineering computing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "automatic testing; capability/cost ratio; electronics
applications of computers; function generator; function
generators; production testing; sine waves; source of
test signals; square waves; triangular; waves",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Bobroff:1973:ATT,
author = "D. A. Bobroff",
title = "Automated transceiver testing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "12",
pages = "2--7",
month = aug,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B6250D
(Point-to-point radio systems); B7210B (Automatic test
and measurement systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and
transducers)C7410F (Communications computing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "10 MHz to 1000 MHz; automatic test equipment;
communications applications of; computerized system;
computers; EIA standards; Hewlett Packard 9540 system;
mobile; radio receivers; radio transmitters; receivers;
tests; transceivers; transmitters",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Huenemann:1973:SPT,
author = "R. G. Huenemann",
title = "Signal processing techniques for automatic transceiver
testing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "12",
pages = "8--13",
month = aug,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B6140
(Signal processing and detection); B6250D
(Point-to-point radio systems); C1260 (Information
theory)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "automatic testing; automatic transceiver testing;
counter; EIA standards; Hewlett Packard 9540 system;
radio receivers; radio transmitters; signal processing;
signal processing techniques; voltmeter",
treatment = "X Experimental",
}
@Article{Peerboom:1973:DCS,
author = "R. Peerboom",
title = "Digitally-controlled current sources for new ways of
making automatic measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "12",
pages = "14--19",
month = aug,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers);
B7250E (Signal generators)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "advantages; automatic measurements; automatic test
equipment; automatic test systems; controlled; current
sources; digital control; digitally; electric current;
operation",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Hale:1973:LSA,
author = "W. L. Hale and G. E. Weibel",
title = "A low-frequency spectrum analyzer that makes slow
sweeps practical",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "1",
pages = "2--13",
month = sep,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers);
B7250 (Bench and portable instruments); C3200 (Control
equipment and instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "1 Hz bandwidth; 5 Hz to 50 kHz; analysers; slow
sweeping; spectral; spectral analysers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hyatt:1973:HBT,
author = "R. C. Hyatt and L. F. Mueller and T. N. Osterdock",
title = "A high-performance beam tube for cesium beam frequency
standards",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "1",
pages = "14--23",
month = sep,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0620H (Measurement standards and calibration); A0630F
(Time and frequency measurement); A0750 (Electrical
instruments and techniques); A0790 (Other topics in
specialised instrumentation); B7130 (Measurement
standards and calibration); B7310G (Frequency
measurement)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "atomic beam tube; atomic beams; atomic clocks;
caesium; Cs; frequency measurement; frequency standard;
measurement standards",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Adler:1973:LAN,
author = "R. Adler and M. Baker and H. D. Marshall",
title = "The logic analyzer: a new instrument for observing
logic signals",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "2",
pages = "2--16",
month = oct,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
C3210B (Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
keywords = "combinatorial triggering; delay; digital design;
digital sequence comparison; display; display
instruments; instrument; logic analyzer; logic design",
}
@Article{Falke:1973:PGT,
author = "R. Falke and H. Link",
title = "A pulse generator for today's digital circuits",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "2",
pages = "17--23",
month = oct,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230 (Signal generators)",
keywords = "16V offset; 16V pulses; digital circuits; high
repetition rate; pulse generators",
}
@Article{Dudley:1973:SHD,
author = "R. L. Dudley and V. L. Laing",
title = "A self-contained, hand-held digital multimeter --- a
new concept in instrument utility",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "3",
pages = "2--9",
month = nov,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0660 (Laboratory techniques); A0750 (Electrical
instruments and techniques); B7210 (Instrumentation and
measurement systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and
transducers)",
keywords = "digital multimeter; electric variables measurement;
hand held; laboratory apparatus and; self contained;
techniques",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{MacLeod:1973:PHC,
author = "K. J. MacLeod",
title = "A portable high-resolution counter for low-frequency
measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "3",
pages = "10--15",
month = nov,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0790 (Other topics in specialised instrumentation);
B7310G (Frequency measurement)",
keywords = "frequencies between 0.833 Hz and 2 MHz; frequency
measurement; functional module; high resolution
counter; low frequency measurement",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Crawford:1973:HPG,
author = "T. Crawford and J. Robertson and J. Stinson and I.
Young",
title = "A high-speed pattern generator and an error detector
for testing digital systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "3",
pages = "16--24",
month = nov,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5310 (Storage system design)",
keywords = "Data; digital systems; error detection; error
detector; Generator; pattern generator",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Merrill:1973:GSR,
author = "H. L. Merrill and R. A. Warp",
title = "A go-anywhere strip-chart recorder that has laboratory
accuracy",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "4",
pages = "2--8",
month = dec,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
(Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., San Diego, CA, USA",
keywords = "data loggers; portable recorder; strip chart
recorder",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Graham:1973:TCF,
author = "T. R. Graham and J. M. Hood",
title = "Telecommunication cable fault location from the test
desk",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "4",
pages = "9--14",
month = dec,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170L (Inspection and quality control); B7230
(Sensing devices and transducers); B7250J (Bridge
instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Mountain view, CA, USA",
keywords = "bridge instruments; fault location; fault locator;
telecommunication cable fault location;
telecommunication cables; Wheatstone bridge method",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Dudley:1973:HEM,
author = "B. W. Dudley and R. D. Peck",
title = "High efficiency modular power supplies using switching
regulators",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "4",
pages = "15--20",
month = dec,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1290 (Other analogue circuits); B8110B (Power system
management, operation and economics)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Rockaway, NJ, USA",
keywords = "load regulation; modular power supplies; power
supplies; power systems; switching circuits; switching
regulator",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Farnbach:1974:LSA,
author = "W. A. Farnbach",
title = "The {Logic State Analyzer} --- displaying complex
digital processes in understandable form",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "5",
pages = "2--9",
month = jan,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
(Recorders and indicators for control systems); C6150G
(Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
systems)",
keywords = "computer testing; digital processes; digital
processors; display; display instruments; Logic State
Analyser; monitoring program flow; troubleshooting",
treatment = "X Experimental",
}
@Article{Baldwin:1974:LIM,
author = "R. R. Baldwin and B. E. Grote and D. A. Harland",
title = "A laser interferometer that measures straightness of
travel",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "5",
pages = "10--20",
month = jan,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0630C (Spatial variables measurement); A0760L
(Optical interferometry)",
keywords = "laser interferometer; light interferometers; optical
flat; straightness of travel; submicron resolution over
ranges up to 100 feet",
treatment = "X Experimental",
}
@Article{Duerr:1974:DEA,
author = "J. R. Duerr",
title = "A data error analyzer for tracking down problems in
data communications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "6",
pages = "11--20",
month = feb,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210D (Telephony)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "data communication systems; data error analyzer; data
reduction and analysis; error analysis; simultaneous
measurements; telephone equipment",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Maeda:1974:APD,
author = "K. Maeda",
title = "An automatic, precision {1-MHz} digital {LCR} meter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "7",
pages = "2--9",
month = mar,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0670E (Testing equipment); A0750 (Electrical
instruments and techniques); B0170E (Production
facilities and engineering); B2220 (Integrated
circuits); B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits);
B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7310J
(Impedance and admittance measurement); C3210B
(Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "1 MHz; automatic digital meter; capacitance
measurement; circuits; digital instrumentation;
inductance; integrated; integrated circuit testing; LCR
meter; measurement; reactance",
}
@Article{Krauss:1974:MPP,
author = "G. Krauss and R. Eggert",
title = "A moderately priced {20-MHz} pulse generator with
16-volt output",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "7",
pages = "10--15",
month = mar,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250E
(Signal generators)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "16 V; 20 MHz; model 8011A; pulse generators",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Jeremiasen:1974:LAA,
author = "R. Jeremiasen",
title = "Logarithmic amplifier accepts {100-dB} signal range",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "7",
pages = "16--17",
month = mar,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1220 (Amplifiers); B1260 (Pulse circuits); B1265
(Digital electronics)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "100 dB signal range; circuits; hybrid; logarithmic
amplifier; monolithic integrated circuits; pulse
amplifiers; thin film",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Hay:1974:VVS,
author = "R. R. Hay",
title = "Versatile {VHF} signal generator stresses low cost and
portability",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "7",
pages = "18--23",
month = mar,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250E
(Signal generators)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "low cost; portability; signal generator; signal
generators; VHF",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Bradley:1974:MMS,
author = "H. E. Bradley and C. J. Christopher",
title = "Mass memory system broadens calculator applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "8",
pages = "2--12",
month = apr,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320 (Digital storage); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers)C6120 (File organisation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Loveland, CO, USA",
keywords = "applications; calculator applications; control; data
handling; desktop calculator; disc organisation;
electronic calculators; file organisation; inventory;
large data base; magnetic disc and drum storage; mass
memory system; order processing; payroll; software",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Foster:1974:ECV,
author = "T. E. Foster",
title = "An easily calibrated, versatile platinum resistance
thermometer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "8",
pages = "13--17",
month = apr,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0720D (Thermometry); B7230 (Sensing devices and
transducers)B7320R (Thermal variables measurement);
C3240D (Electric transducers and sensing devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "-100 C to 200 C; -200 C to; 600 C; battery pack;
digital instrumentation; digital output; digital
thermometer; dual range instrument; expanded
resolution; interchangeable probes; linear analogue;
normal resolution; output; platinum; platinum
resistance thermometer; Pt resistance thermometer;
resistance thermometers",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Tung:1974:CFP,
author = "C. C. Tung",
title = "The `Personal computer': {A} fully programmable pocket
calculator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "9",
pages = "2--7",
month = may,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers)",
keywords = "addressable data registers; arithmetic and register
circuit; built in mathematical; calculator; card
reader; comparison tests; computer architecture;
control and timing circuit; data; electronic
calculators; four register operational stack;
functions; Hewlett Packard HP 65; keys; magnetic;
magnetic card writer; personal computer; preprogrammed
cards; program branching; program flags; program
storage circuit; programmable pocket calculator; read
only memory circuit; register circuit; user definable",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Stockwell:1974:PPC,
author = "R. K. Stockwell",
title = "Programming the personal computer ({HP-65})",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "9",
pages = "8--14",
month = may,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C6110 (Systems
analysis and programming)",
keywords = "algorithm; branching; calculator; coding; colour;
definable keys; electronic calculators; file protect;
functions of the keys; Hewlett Packard HP 65
calculator; implementation; irreducible equations; key
conditioning; magnetic card reader; microcode;
microinstructions; microprogramming; personal computer;
problem solving; programmable pocket; programming; read
only memory; reverse Polish keyboard language; system;
user",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Taggart:1974:DTM,
author = "R. B. Taggart",
title = "Designing a tiny magnetic card reader",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "9",
pages = "15--17",
month = may,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320 (Digital storage); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers)",
keywords = "design engineering; drives; electronic calculators;
file protect system; Hewlett Packard HP 65 calculator;
magnetic; magnetic card reader; miniature electric
motor; personal computer; polyurethane rubber drive
roller; programmable pocket calculator; storage
devices",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Peterson:1974:THL,
author = "K. W. Peterson",
title = "Testing the {HP-65} logic board",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "9",
pages = "18--20",
month = may,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170L (Inspection and quality control); C5420
(Mainframes and minicomputers); C7430 (Computer
engineering)",
keywords = "automatic test system; automatic testing;
computer-aided circuit analysis; computerized testing;
electronic calculators; Hewlett Packard HP 65
calculator; logic board; logic circuits; personal
computer; production testing; programmable pocket
calculator; quality control; reference; tester
architecture; troubleshooting; unit",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kirkpatrick:1974:EPS,
author = "G. R. Kirkpatrick and D. R. Veteran",
title = "Economical precision step attenuators for {RF} and
microwaves",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "9",
pages = "21--24",
month = may,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6240D (Waveguide and coaxial cable systems); B6240
(Transmission line links and equipment)",
keywords = "attenuators; beryllium copper leaf springs; design
engineering; edgeline; film devices; film techniques;
microwave devices; microwaves; pads; precision step
attenuators; residual attenuation; RF; sapphire
substrates; single conductor switching; thin; thin film
tantalum; transmission structures; wideband step
attenuators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Sorden:1974:NGF,
author = "J. L. Sorden",
title = "A new generation in frequency and time measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "10",
pages = "2--8",
month = jun,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A2960 (Counting circuits and nuclear electronics);
B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7310G
(Frequency measurement); B7320K (Time measurement);
B7430 (Counting circuits and electronics for particle
physics); C3210B (Recorders and indicators for control
systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "50 microHz to 500 MHz; 500 MHz E/sup 2/L; clock;
counting circuits; DC amplifiers; digital
instrumentation; electronic counter; frequency
measurement; frequency measurements; high sensitivity
d.c. coupled; input amplifiers; logic; logic circuits;
resolution; ROM controlled reciprocal; time base; time
measurement; time measurements; white noise modulation;
wideband digital",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Felsenstein:1974:PES,
author = "R. E. Felsenstein",
title = "The {5345A} processor: an example of state machine
design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "10",
pages = "9--11",
month = jun,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "commands; computer architecture; flow diagram; HP
5345A processor; processor functions; qualifier; state;
state machine design",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Chu:1974:TIA,
author = "D. C. Chu",
title = "Time interval averaging: theory, problems, and
solutions",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "10",
pages = "12--15",
month = jun,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A2960 (Counting circuits and nuclear electronics);
B7320K (Time measurement); B7430 (Counting circuits and
electronics for particle physics)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "5345A counter; counting circuits; measuring
repetitive; resolution; time interval averaging; time
intervals; time measurement",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Muto:1974:TIC,
author = "A. S. Muto",
title = "Third input channel increases counter versatility",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "10",
pages = "16--18",
month = jun,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A2960 (Counting circuits and nuclear electronics);
B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7310G
(Frequency measurement); B7430 (Counting circuits and
electronics for particle physics); C3210B (Recorders
and indicators for control systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "10; 5353A channel C plug in; counting circuits; d.c.
to 500 MHz; duplication facilities; electronic counter;
frequency; frequency measurement; measurements; mV
r.m.s. sensitivity; nulling technique",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Bologlu:1974:CAH,
author = "A. Bologlu",
title = "A completely automatic {4-GHz} heterodyne frequency
converter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "10",
pages = "19--21",
month = jun,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A2960 (Counting circuits and nuclear electronics);
B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7310G
(Frequency measurement); B7430 (Counting circuits and
electronics for particle physics); C3240D (Electric
transducers and sensing devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "4GHz; counting circuits; electronic counter; frequency
convertors; frequency range; heterodyne frequency
convertor",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Jeppsen:1974:IBE,
author = "B. E. Jeppsen and S. E. Schultz",
title = "Interface bus expands instrument utility",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "10",
pages = "22--24",
month = jun,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A2960 (Counting circuits and nuclear electronics);
B7430 (Counting circuits and electronics for particle
physics); C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "communication systems; communications systems;
computer interfaces; counting circuits; digital;
electronic counter; instrument calculator systems;
interface bus system; noise; pulse; width jitter",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{McIntire:1974:PDB,
author = "R. E. McIntire",
title = "Powerful data base management systems for small
computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "11",
pages = "2--10",
month = jul,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6120 (File organisation); C7100 (Business and
administration)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "base inquiry facility; data; data base management
systems; file organisation; hp 2100; hp 3000; image;
management information systems; query; small
computers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Masters:1974:QFC,
author = "L. W. Masters and W. J. O'Buch",
title = "Quality frequency counters designed for minimum cost",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "11",
pages = "11--14",
month = jul,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170C (Project and design engineering); B1260 (Pulse
circuits); B1265 (Digital electronics); B7230 (Sensing
devices and transducers); B7250G (Display, recording
and indicating instruments); C3210B (Recorders and
indicators for control systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "cost; counting circuits; design engineering; design to
cost approach; digital; frequency counters;
instrumentation; performance; production; quality;
servicing",
treatment = "E Economic; P Practical",
}
@Article{Pecchio:1974:VBP,
author = "S. Pecchio",
title = "A versatile bipolar power supply\slash amplifier for
lab and systems use",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "11",
pages = "15--19",
month = jul,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
circuits); B1220 (Amplifiers); C3380B (Control of
electronic instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "bipolar; current limiting amplifier; distortion; gain
control; operational amplifiers; power amplifier; power
supply; power supply circuits; programmable gain;
programmable power supply; programmed control; voltage
control",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Brewster:1974:AEC,
author = "J. L. Brewster",
title = "An automatic exposure control for a lab-bench {X}-ray
camera",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "11",
pages = "20--24",
month = jul,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); C3380D
(Control of physical instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "automatic exposure control; cameras; checking pad
alignment; control; electronic equipment testing; IC
testing; integrated circuit; locating shorted bonding
wires; multilayer circuit boards; NDT; nondestructive
testing; physical instrumentation; testing; X-ray
applications; X-ray camera",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Damon:1974:MAP,
author = "N. E. Damon",
title = "Measuring analog parameters of voiceband data
channels",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "12",
pages = "2--7",
month = aug,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210Z (Other data transmission); B7210
(Instrumentation and measurement systems); B7230
(Sensing devices and transducers)C5600 (Data
communication equipment and techniques)",
corpsource = "Univ. California, Los Angeles, CA, USA",
keywords = "analogue parameters; communication channels; data
communication systems; data communications; measurement
systems; networks; TIMS; transmission impairment
measuring set; voiceband data channels; voiceband
telephone lines",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Winninghoff:1974:TM,
author = "P. F. Winninghoff",
title = "Transient measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "12",
pages = "8--9",
month = aug,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210Z (Other data transmission); B7210
(Instrumentation and measurement systems); B7230
(Sensing devices and transducers)B7310Z (Other electric
variables measurement)",
corpsource = "Montana State Univ., Bozeman, MT, USA",
keywords = "4940A TIMS; communication channels; data channel
characterization; data communication; data
communication systems; dropouts; gain hits; impulse
noise; phase hits; TIMS; transient analysers",
treatment = "A Application; N New Development",
}
@Article{Lee:1974:SWT,
author = "R. T. Lee",
title = "The {4940A} sine wave transmitter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "12",
pages = "9--11",
month = aug,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210Z (Other data transmission); B6240 (Transmission
line links and equipment); B7230 (Sensing devices and
transducers)B7250E (Signal generators)",
corpsource = "Stanford Univ., CA, USA",
keywords = "4940A sine wave transmitter; beat frequency oscillator
circuit technique; BFO circuit; communication channels;
frequency; frequency synthesizers; modulation links;
PCM systems; pulse-code; synthesizer; test equipment",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Dresch:1974:NDM,
author = "D. A. Dresch",
title = "Nonlinear distortion measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "12",
pages = "12--13",
month = aug,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210D (Telephony); B7210 (Instrumentation and
measurement systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and
transducers); B7310Z (Other electric variables
measurement)",
corpsource = "Univ. Illinois, Chicago, IL, USA",
keywords = "distortion measurements; electric distortion
measurement; harmonic; intermodulation; intermodulation
technique; measurement; measurement systems; NLD
measurement; nonlinear distortion measurements",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Fowles:1974:EDD,
author = "R. G. Fowles and J. J. Heinzl",
title = "Envelope delay distortion measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "12",
pages = "14--16",
month = aug,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210D (Telephony); B7210 (Instrumentation and
measurement systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and
transducers); B7310Z (Other electric variables
measurement)",
corpsource = "Pomona Con., Claremont, CA, USA",
keywords = "distortion; electric distortion measurement; envelope
delay distortion; envelope delay distortion
measurements; measurement systems; phase delay;
voiceband measurement",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Ketelsen:1974:PRM,
author = "E. Ketelsen",
title = "Peak-to-average ratio measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "12",
pages = "17--18",
month = aug,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210D (Telephony); B7210 (Instrumentation and
measurement systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and
transducers); B7310Z (Other electric variables
measurement)",
corpsource = "California State Univ., Fullerton, CA, USA",
keywords = "4940A TIMS; electric distortion measurement;
equipment; measurements; peak to average ratio
measurements; telephone station; telephone systems;
TIMS",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Hall:1974:MIC,
author = "J. A. Hall and D. J. Mellor and R. D. Pering and A.
Fong",
title = "Microwave integrated circuits solve a transmission
problem in educational {TV}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "12",
pages = "20--24",
month = aug,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1350F (Solid-state microwave circuits and devices);
B2220J (Hybrid integrated circuits); B6250G (Satellite
relay systems); B6430 (Television equipment, systems
and applications)",
corpsource = "North Carolina State Univ., Raleigh, NC, USA",
keywords = "educational TV; hybrid integrated circuits; low-noise
S-band; MIC; microwave circuits; microwave integrated
circuits; receiver; satellite links; satellite
transmission; solid-state; television broadcasting;
transmission problem; TRF principle; tuned radio
frequency principle",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Globas:1974:PGT,
author = "G. Globas and J. Zellmer and E. Cornish",
title = "A {250-MHz} pulse generator with transition times
variable to less than 1 ns",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "1",
pages = "2--7",
month = sep,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0750 (Electrical instruments and techniques); B7230
(Sensing devices and transducers); B7250E (Signal
generators)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
keywords = "250 MHz pulse generator; microcircuit techniques;
pulse; pulse generators; repetition rate; transition
time variability",
treatment = "X Experimental",
}
@Article{Hardage:1974:ODH,
author = "P. K. Hardage and S. R. Kushnir and T. J. Zamborelli",
title = "Optimizing the design of a high-performance
oscilloscope",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "1",
pages = "8--14",
month = sep,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0750 (Electrical instruments and techniques); B7230
(Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
(Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "cathode-ray oscilloscopes; cost; design optimization;
high performance wideband oscilloscope; measurement
accuracy",
treatment = "X Experimental",
}
@Article{Jackson:1974:TST,
author = "W. H. Jackson",
title = "A thin-film\slash semiconductor thermocouple for
microwave power measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "1",
pages = "16--18",
month = sep,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0750 (Electrical instruments and techniques); B2220E
(Thin film circuits); B2560Z (Other semiconductor
devices); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers);
B7310F (Power and energy measurement); B7310N
(Microwave measurement techniques); C3240D (Electric
transducers and sensing devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8481A Power Sensor; burnout levels; devices; frequency
range; measurements; microwave measurement; microwave
power; parasitic reactances; power measurement;
semiconductor; thermocouples; thin film devices; thin
film semiconductor thermocouple",
treatment = "N New Development; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Lamy:1974:MET,
author = "J. C. Lamy",
title = "Microelectronics enhances thermocouple power
measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "1",
pages = "19--23",
month = sep,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0750 (Electrical instruments and techniques); B2220E
(Thin film circuits); B2560Z (Other semiconductor
devices); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers);
B7310F (Power and energy measurement); B7310N
(Microwave measurement techniques); C3240D (Electric
transducers and sensing devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "435A/8481A; devices; hot junction; low level DC
voltage; measurement; microelectronics; microwave
measurement; microwave power; power measurement;
semiconductor; Thermocouple Power Meter System;
thermocouples; thin film devices",
treatment = "N New Development; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Stedman:1974:UFM,
author = "J. M. Stedman",
title = "A user-oriented family of minicomputers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "2",
pages = "2--6",
month = oct,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
keywords = "21MX processor; choice of semiconductor memories;
customised instruction sets; design; microprogrammable
processors; microprogramming; minicomputers; modular
construction; semiconductor storage; systems; user
oriented",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Gordon:1974:MCP,
author = "P. Gordon and J. R. Jacobs",
title = "Microprogrammable central processor adapts easily to
special user needs",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "2",
pages = "7--9, 11--14",
month = oct,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers)",
keywords = "21MX processor; central processor; I/O compatibility;
instruction set; microinstruction format;
microprogramming; minicomputers; program
compatibility",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Riggins:1974:TP,
author = "C. C. Riggins and R. L. Hammons",
title = "Testing the {21MX} processor",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "2",
pages = "10--11",
month = oct,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C6150G
(Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
systems)",
keywords = "21MX processor; automatic test equipment; automatic
test system; computer testing; minicomputers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Frankenberg:1974:ASM,
author = "R. J. Frankenberg",
title = "All semiconductor memory selected for new minicomputer
series",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "2",
pages = "15--19, 20",
month = oct,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320G (Semiconductor storage); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers)",
keywords = "21MX series; 4K RAM; cost; density; minicomputer
series; minicomputers; power; random-access storage;
reliability; semiconductor memory; semiconductor
storage systems; speed",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Elward:1974:MMM,
author = "J. S. Elward",
title = "The million-word minicomputer main memory",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "2",
pages = "19--20",
month = oct,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers); C6120 (File organisation)",
keywords = "1048576 word memory; 21MX series; computer
architecture; Dynamic Mapping System; file
organisation; firmware; hardware; maximum main memory
size; minicomputer main memory; minicomputers; speed",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{VanBrunt:1974:CPS,
author = "R. C. {Van Brunt}",
title = "A computer power system for severe operating
conditions",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "2",
pages = "21--24",
month = oct,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5150 (Other circuits for digital computers); C5420
(Mainframes and minicomputers)",
keywords = "21MX series computers; AC line conditions;
minicomputers; power; power supplies to apparatus;
severe operating conditions; supply system",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Dickey:1974:DCS,
author = "S. Dickey",
title = "Distributed computer systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "3",
pages = "2--11",
month = nov,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5620 (Computer networks and techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "central computer system; data collection; data
communication systems; distributed computer;
management; minicomputers; process control; reports;
satellite computers; systems",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Marrocco:1974:QCD,
author = "J. A. Marrocco and B. Bronson",
title = "A quality course in digital electronics",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "3",
pages = "12--14",
month = nov,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0120 (Education and training); B1260 (Pulse
circuits); B1265 (Digital electronics)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "digital electronics; digital ICs; digital integrated
circuits; educational courses; teaching",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Guest:1974:SDC,
author = "D. H. Guest",
title = "Simplified data-transmission channel measurements
(amplitude\slash delay distortion analyser)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "3",
pages = "15--24",
month = nov,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6240 (Transmission line links and equipment); B7230
(Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments); B7310 (Electric
and magnetic variables measurement); C3210B (Recorders
and indicators for control systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "attenuation distortion; digital communication systems;
dual time interval; electric variables; grade telephone
lines; group delay; measurement; synthesized signal
generation; transmitting digital data; voice",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fischer:1974:IAC,
author = "W. A. Fischer and W. B. Risley",
title = "Improved accuracy and convenience in oscilloscope
timing and voltage measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "4",
pages = "2--9",
month = dec,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7310B
(Voltage measurement); B7320K (Time measurement);
C3210B (Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "accuracy; alternate sweep mode; cathode-ray
oscilloscopes; D/A convertor; direct readout;
measurement; measurements; microprocessor;
oscilloscope; rate multiplier; stability; time
measurement; timing measurement; voltage",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Guest:1974:ALD,
author = "D. H. Guest",
title = "An active loop-holding device",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "4",
pages = "11--??",
month = dec,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1290 (Other analogue circuits); B6230B (Electronic
switching systems and exchanges)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "active loop holding device; Darlington pair; DC
holding current; distortion analyser; filter; RC low
pass; telephone switching equipment",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Mack:1974:SBT,
author = "N. Mack and L. E. Shar",
title = "A supersystem for {BASIC} timesharing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "4",
pages = "12--17",
month = dec,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C6140D (High
level languages); C6150J (Operating systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "analysis; BASIC; BASIC interpreter; BASIC timesharing
system; batch processing; batch-processing; executive
programs; language; multiprogramming; queuing; segment
trace system; session initiation time; supervisory and;
time-sharing systems",
treatment = "A Application; G General Review",
}
@Article{Stefanski:1974:DRC,
author = "A. Stefanski",
title = "Deriving and reporting chromatograph data with a
microprocessor-controlled integrator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "4",
pages = "18--24",
month = dec,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0650 (Data handling and computation); A0670T (Servo
and control devices); A8280B (Chromatography); A8280
(Chemical analysis and related physical methods of
analysis); C3380D (Control of physical instruments);
C7320 (Physics and chemistry computing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "automated slope sensitivity; automatic sampler;
chromatogram; chromatograph data; chromatography;
computers; control engineering applications of; merged
peaks; microprocessor controlled integrator; peak
criteria; peaks; plotter; retention times",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Loughry:1975:HIB,
author = "D. C. Loughry",
title = "The {Hewlett--Packard Interface Bus}: current
perspectives",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "5",
pages = "2--4",
month = jan,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7200 (Measurement equipment and instrumentation
systems); C3200 (Control equipment and
instrumentation); C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
keywords = "data communication; data communication equipment;
instrumentation; interface bus; international standard;
standards",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Ricci:1975:PTI,
author = "D. W. Ricci and P. S. Stone",
title = "Putting together instrumentation systems at minimum
cost",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "5",
pages = "5--11",
month = jan,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7200 (Measurement equipment and instrumentation
systems); B7210 (Instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers);
C3200 (Control equipment and instrumentation); C5610
(Computer interfaces)",
keywords = "data communication equipment; instrumentation;
instrumentation systems; interface bus; minimum cost;
system assembly",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Schultz:1975:FGA,
author = "S. E. Schultz and C. R. Trimble",
title = "Filling in the gaps-modular accessories for instrument
systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "5",
pages = "12--13, 15--18",
month = jan,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7200 (Measurement equipment and instrumentation
systems); C3200 (Control equipment and
instrumentation); C3380B (Control of electronic
instruments)",
keywords = "automated systems; D/A conversion; instrumentation;
measurement pacing; modules; programmable modules;
programmed control; remote display; switching; timing",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Nadig:1975:QHC,
author = "H. J. Nadig",
title = "A quiet, {HP-IB} compatible printer that listens to
both {ASCII} and {BCD}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "5",
pages = "14--15",
month = jan,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
(Recorders and indicators for control systems); C5550
(Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
keywords = "ASCII; BCD; bus compatible printer; internal data bus;
option based architecture; printers",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Wolpert:1975:MSC,
author = "D. L. Wolpert",
title = "A {Multifunction Scanner} for calculator-based data
acquisition systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "5",
pages = "17--??",
month = jan,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
(Recorders and indicators for control systems); C5600
(Data communication equipment and techniques)",
keywords = "calculator based data acquisition systems;
connections; data acquisition; data communication
equipment; matrix switching; multichannel;
multifunction scanner; multiple switch closures;
programmable switch",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Sasaki:1975:MCM,
author = "G. D. Sasaki and L. P. Johnson",
title = "Minimal cost measuring instruments for systems use",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "5",
pages = "18--??",
month = jan,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210 (Instrumentation and measurement systems); B7230
(Sensing devices and transducers)",
keywords = "automatic systems; counters; instrumentation;
measurement systems; minimal cost measuring
instruments; modules; multimeter; systems use; timers",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Dietrich:1975:VIB,
author = "H. E. Dietrich",
title = "Visualizing interface bus activity",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "5",
pages = "19--24",
month = jan,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7200 (Measurement equipment and instrumentation
systems); C3200 (Control equipment and
instrumentation); C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
keywords = "bus compatible; bus compatible systems; bus line
status; data communication equipment; instrumentation;
instruments; interface bus activity; internal memory;
system analyser",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Huff:1975:HXR,
author = "D. W. Huff and D. E. Johnson and J. M. Wade",
title = "High-sensitivity {X-Y} recorder has few input
restrictions",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "6",
pages = "2--9",
month = feb,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1220 (Amplifiers); B7230 (Sensing devices and
transducers); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); C3210B (Recorders and indicators for
control systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "130 dB of common mode; amplifier circuit; amplifiers;
common driver; high sensitivity X-Y recorder;
internally driven guard; one pen laboratory recorder;
recorders; rejection",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Osada:1975:DHM,
author = "K. Osada and J. Suehiro",
title = "Digital high-capacitance measurements to one farad",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "6",
pages = "10--16",
month = feb,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B7230
(Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments); B7310J
(Impedance and admittance measurement); C3210B
(Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "capacitance measurement; digital high capacitance
measurements; digital instrumentation; digital output;
four digit readout; incoming inspection systems;
inspection; laboratory; metering; production testing;
remote programmability",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Snyder:1975:CPI,
author = "D. C. Snyder",
title = "Computer performance improvement by measurement and
microprogramming",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "6",
pages = "17--24",
month = feb,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C6140B
(Machine-oriented languages)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "computer based Fourier analyser; computer performance;
firmware; improvement; instructions; machine language;
machine oriented languages; microprogramming;
performance measurements",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hernday:1975:HS,
author = "P. R. Hernday and C. J. Enlow",
title = "A high-performance {2-to-18-GHz} sweeper",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "7",
pages = "2--14",
month = mar,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230B (Oscillators); B1350F (Solid-state microwave
circuits and devices)",
keywords = "2 to 18 GHz sweeper; amplifier; compact broadband
sweeper; frequency oscillators; harmonic multiplier;
high performance; microwave oscillators; oscillator;
power; RF plug in; single oscillator; solid-state
microwave circuits; swept-; YIG tuned; YIG tuned
multiplier",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Dupre:1975:BSN,
author = "J. J. Dupre and C. J. Yansouni",
title = "Broadband swept network measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "7",
pages = "15--17",
month = mar,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230B (Oscillators); B7230 (Sensing devices and
transducers)B7250E (Signal generators); B7310N
(Microwave measurement techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Santa Rosa, CA, USA",
keywords = "2 to 18 GHz; broadband swept network measurements;
frequency oscillators; microwave instruments; microwave
measurement; microwave oscillators; scalar
measurements; sweep oscillator; swept-; vector
measurements",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Riedel:1975:DFG,
author = "R. J. Riedel and D. D. Danielson",
title = "The dual function generator: {A} source of a wide
variety of test signals",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "7",
pages = "18--24",
month = mar,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230 (Signal generators); B7230 (Sensing devices and
transducers); B7250E (Signal generators)",
keywords = "AM signals; amplitude modulation; bursts; DC levels;
dual function; FM signals; frequency modulation;
function; generator; generators; pulse generators;
pulses; ramp generators; ramps; sine waves; square
waves; square-wave; test signals; tone; triangular
waves",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Jekat:1975:PFC,
author = "H. J. Jekat",
title = "A portable {1100-MHz} frequency counter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "8",
pages = "2--8",
month = apr,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6250F (Mobile radio systems); B6330 (Radionavigation
and direction finding); B7230 (Sensing devices and
transducers); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310G (Frequency measurement); C3210B
(Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Santa Clara, CA, USA",
keywords = "1100 MHz frequency counter; 5300 measuring system;
aeronautical navigation equipment; frequency meters;
land; mobile communication systems; mobile
communications; radionavigation; test equipment",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{MacLeod:1975:BTC,
author = "K. J. MacLeod",
title = "Big timer\slash counter capability in a portable
package",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "8",
pages = "9--10, 11--13",
month = apr,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7310G
(Frequency measurement); C3210B (Recorders and
indicators for control systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "5300 Measuring System; 75 MHz eight function universal
timer; battery pack; bus modules; counter; counters;
frequency measurement; HP interface; metering; snap on
module",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{DiFrancesco:1975:HPS,
author = "M. DiFrancesco",
title = "A high-current power supply for systems that use
5-volt {IC} logic extensively",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "8",
pages = "14--19",
month = apr,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
circuits); C5150 (Other circuits for digital
computers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "100A at 5V; compactness; digital integrated circuits;
heat removal system; power supplies to apparatus; power
supply circuits; reliability",
}
@Article{McKinney:1975:BFA,
author = "H. W. McKinney",
title = "Band-selectable {Fourier} analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "8",
pages = "20--24",
month = apr,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers);
B7250 (Bench and portable instruments); B7310G
(Frequency measurement); C3200 (Control equipment and
instrumentation); C7890 (Other special applications of
computing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "band selectable Fourier analysis; computer; computer
aided analysis; Fourier analysis; frequency; frequency
resolution; measurement; power spectrum; spectral
analysers; spectral lines",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Aken:1975:UTS,
author = "M. B. Aken and D. K. Deaver",
title = "An understandable test set for making basic
measurements on telephone lines",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "9",
pages = "2--9",
month = may,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210D (Telephony); B7210 (Instrumentation and
measurement systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and
transducers); B7310D (Current measurement)",
keywords = "digital instrumentation; digital processor; direct
reading autoranged measurements; frequency; frequency
measurement; level measurement; lines; measurement;
portable test set; telephone; telephone line
measurements; test equipment",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Cline:1975:CSA,
author = "S. G. Cline and R. H. Perdriau and R. F. Rauskolb",
title = "A computer system for analog measurements on voiceband
data channels",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "9",
pages = "10--17",
month = may,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); B7210
(Instrumentation and measurement systems); B7230
(Sensing devices and transducers)C7410F (Communications
computing)",
keywords = "analogue measurements; communication channels;
communications applications of; computer system;
computers; data channel performance tests; data
channels; data transmission systems; measurement
systems; transmission parameter analyser; voiceband",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Daniels:1975:PSA,
author = "J. W. Daniels and R. L. Atchley",
title = "A precision spectrum analyzer for the
{10-Hz-to-13-MHz} range",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "9",
pages = "18--24",
month = may,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers);
B7250 (Bench and portable instruments); C3200 (Control
equipment and instrumentation)",
keywords = "0.01 dB; 10 Hz to 13; 3 Hz passbands; 70 dB dynamic
range; automatic systems; measurement resolution; MHz
range; precision spectrum analyser; spectral
analysers",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Doub:1975:CRC,
author = "J. A. Doub",
title = "Cost-effective, reliable {CRT} terminal is first of a
family",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "10",
pages = "2--5",
month = jun,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Data Systems Div., Sunnyvale, CA,
USA",
keywords = "cathode-ray tube displays; design; interactive
computer terminal; interactive terminals;
microprocessor control; modular; reliable CRT
terminal",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Lane:1975:FML,
author = "A. B. Lane",
title = "A functionally modular logic system for a {CRT}
terminal",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "10",
pages = "6--10",
month = jun,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C5540 (Terminals
and graphic displays)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Data Systems Div., Sunnyvale, CA,
USA",
keywords = "2640A CRT terminal; cathode-ray tube displays;
computer terminal; functionally modular logic system;
interactive; interactive terminals; single chip
microcomputer; terminal bus",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Roy:1975:HRS,
author = "J.-C. Roy",
title = "A high-resolution raster scan display",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "10",
pages = "11--15",
month = jun,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Data Systems Div., Sunnyvale, CA,
USA",
keywords = "2640A CRT terminal; cathode-ray tube displays; high
resolution; interactive terminal; interactive
terminals; raster scan display",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Waitman:1975:FMC,
author = "T. F. Waitman",
title = "Firmware for a microprocessor-controlled {CRT}
terminal",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "10",
pages = "16--19",
month = jun,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
displays)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Data Systems Div., Sunnyvale, CA,
USA",
keywords = "firmware; interactive CRT; interactive terminals;
microprocessor programs; microprogramming; ROM;
terminal",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Blazek:1975:MK,
author = "O. Blazek",
title = "A microprocessor-scanned keyboard",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "10",
pages = "20--21",
month = jun,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
keywords = "2640A keyboard; bounce; contactless ferrite core
switches; double triggering; firmware; interactive
terminals; keyboards; microprocessor scanned keyboard;
n-key rollover; reliability; software",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Pierce:1975:PFM,
author = "R. B. Pierce",
title = "Packaging for function, manufacturability, and
service",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "10",
pages = "22--24",
month = jun,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "assembly; display; fabrication; function switches;
human factors; I/O cables; interactive terminals;
keyboard; manufacturability; packaging; repair times;
service; testing; viewing angle",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Horner:1975:MMM,
author = "J. F. Horner and B. S. Corya",
title = "Modularity means maximum effectiveness in medium-cost
universal counter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "11",
pages = "2--8",
month = jul,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7310B
(Voltage measurement); B7310G (Frequency measurement);
B7320K (Time measurement); C3210B (Recorders and
indicators for control systems)",
keywords = "counters; frequency measurement; instrumentation;
measurement; modular design; optional timer; time;
universal counter; voltage measurement",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Langguth:1975:UMU,
author = "A. Langguth and W. D. Jackson",
title = "Using a modular universal counter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "11",
pages = "9--14",
month = jul,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7310B
(Voltage measurement); B7310G (Frequency measurement);
B7320K (Time measurement); C3210B (Recorders and
indicators for control systems)",
keywords = "counters; frequency; frequency measurement;
instrumentation; measurement; modular universal
counter; time; time measurement; voltage measurement",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Hall:1975:SSG,
author = "J. A. Hall and Young Dae Kim",
title = "Synthesized signal generator operation to 2.6 {GHz}
with wideband phase modulation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "11",
pages = "15--20",
month = jul,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6240 (Transmission line links and equipment); B7230
(Sensing devices and transducers); B7250E (Signal
generators)",
keywords = "frequency range 1 MHz to 2.6 GHz; phase modulation;
signal generators; synthesized signal generator;
wideband phase modulation",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Hall:1975:APS,
author = "J. A. Hall",
title = "Applications of a phase-modulated signal generator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "11",
pages = "21--24",
month = jul,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230 (Signal generators); B7230 (Sensing devices and
transducers); B7250E (Signal generators)",
keywords = "phase lock loops; phase modulated signal generator;
phase-locked loops; signal generators",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Small:1975:LSA,
author = "C. T. Small and J. S. {Morrill, Jr.}",
title = "The logic state analyzer, a viewing port for the data
domain",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "12",
pages = "2--11",
month = aug,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); C5210 (Logic
design methods)",
keywords = "analyser; capabilities; computer debugging; data
domain; digital instrumentation; display; instruments;
logic state; model 1600A",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Wagner:1975:UPD,
author = "W. E. Wagner",
title = "Unravelling problems in the design of
microprocessor-based systems (test instruments)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "12",
pages = "12--16",
month = aug,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); C5210 (Logic
design methods); C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
keywords = "based systems; computer debugging; data; design
problems detection; digital instrumentation; display;
domain; instruments; logic state analyses; logic
testing; microcomputers; microprocessor; model 1600S;
typical applications",
treatment = "A Application; G General Review",
}
@Article{Pannach:1975:MWG,
author = "A. Pannach and W. Kappler",
title = "A multichannel word generator for testing digital
components and systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "12",
pages = "17--24",
month = aug,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250E
(Signal generators); C5210 (Logic design methods)",
keywords = "32 bit; 32 bit serial words; 50 MHz clock rate; 8 bit
parallel words; digital; digital instrumentation;
electronic equipment testing; generators; logic
testing; model 8016A; multichannel word generator;
pattern generator; pulse; serial words; system testing;
testing digital components",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Finch:1975:AUO,
author = "W. R. Finch and R. B. Grady",
title = "{ATLAS}: a unit-under-test oriented language for
automatic test systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "1",
pages = "2--13",
month = sep,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B7200
(Measurement equipment and instrumentation systems);
B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); C3200 (Control
equipment and instrumentation); C3380B (Control of
electronic instruments); C6140D (High level languages);
C6150C (Compilers, interpreters and other processors)",
corpsource = "Stanford Univ., Stanford, CA, USA",
keywords = "ATLAS; ATLAS compiler; automatic test equipment;
automatic test systems; language; problem oriented
languages; program compilers; standard test; unit under
test oriented language",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Bologlu:1975:ACP,
author = "A. Bologlu",
title = "Automatic {4.5-GHz} counter provides {1-Hz}
resolution",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "1",
pages = "14--18",
month = sep,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers);
B7250 (Bench and portable instruments); B7310G
(Frequency measurement); B7310N (Microwave measurement
techniques); C3200 (Control equipment and
instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Stanford Univ., Stanford, CA, USA",
keywords = "1 Hz; automatic 4.5 GHz counter; built in diagnostics;
counting circuits; frequency counter; frequency
measurement; measurement; microwave; resolution",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Inhelder:1975:NIE,
author = "A. E. Inhelder",
title = "A new instrument enclosure with greater convenience,
better accessibility, and higher attenuation of {RF}
interference",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "1",
pages = "19--24",
month = sep,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170J (Product packaging); B5230 (Electromagnetic
compatibility and interference)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "accessibility; attenuation; convenience; instrument
enclosure; instrumentation; packaging; radiofrequency
interference; RF interference",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Edwards:1975:DPM,
author = "A. P. Edwards",
title = "Digital power meter offers improved accuracy,
hands-off operation, systems compatibility
(microwave)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "2",
pages = "2--7",
month = oct,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210 (Instrumentation and measurement systems); B7230
(Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments); B7310F (Power
and energy measurement); B7310N (Microwave measurement
techniques); C3210B (Recorders and indicators for
control systems)",
corpsource = "Stanford Univ., Stanford, CA, USA",
keywords = "0.01 dB resolution; 0.02 dB accuracy; 100 kHz to 18
GHz; 436A; absolute readings; autoranging; digital
instrumentation; digital power meter; four digit meter;
hands off operation; measurement; measurement systems;
microwave; microwave power meter; model; power
measurement; power meter; power range of -70 dBm to +35
dBm; relative readings; RF; systems compatibility;
wattmeters",
treatment = "G General Review; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Pratt:1975:VMP,
author = "R. E. Pratt",
title = "Very-low-level microwave power measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "2",
pages = "8--10",
month = oct,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2560H (Junction and barrier diodes); B7230 (Sensing
devices and transducers); B7310F (Power and energy
measurement); B7310N (Microwave measurement
techniques); C3240D (Electric transducers and sensing
devices)",
corpsource = "Newark Coll. of Engng., Newark, NJ, USA",
keywords = "10 MHz to 18 GHz; 100 pW; electric sensing devices;
low barrier; measurement; microwave; microwave
detectors; microwave power measurements; power
measurement; Schottky diode; Schottky diode power
sensor; Schottky-barrier diodes; very low level
measurements",
treatment = "G General Review; N New Development; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Offermann:1975:API,
author = "R. W. Offermann and S. E. Schultz and C. R. Trimble",
title = "Active probes improve precision of time interval
measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "2",
pages = "11--16",
month = oct,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7320K (Time
measurement); C3240D (Electric transducers and sensing
devices)",
corpsource = "California Inst. of Technol., Pasadena, CA, USA",
keywords = "active probes; instrumentation; precision measurement;
probes; probes model 5363A; time interval counters;
time interval measurements; time interval probes; time
measurement",
treatment = "G General Review; N New Development; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Schrenker:1975:FCH,
author = "H. Schrenker",
title = "Flow control in high-pressure liquid chromatography",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "2",
pages = "17--24",
month = oct,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0670T (Servo and control devices); A0735 (High
pressure production and techniques); A8280B
(Chromatography); C3120T (Level, flow and volume
control); C3210B (Recorders and indicators for control
systems); C3380D (Control of physical instruments)",
keywords = "chromatography; flow control; gradient elution; high;
high pressure; high-pressure techniques; HPLC;
hydraulic capacitors; liquid chromatography; precision
solvent mixing; pressure techniques; pulsating flow
smoothing; system",
treatment = "G General Review; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Neff:1975:TNP,
author = "R. B. Neff and L. Tillman",
title = "Three new pocket calculators: Smaller, less costly,
more powerful",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "3",
pages = "2--7",
month = nov,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Rice Univ., Houston, TX, USA",
keywords = "business and financial model; electronic calculators;
HP 21 scientific model; HP 22; HP 25 programmable
scientific; HP-21; model; pocket calculators",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Cook:1975:INP,
author = "M. J. Cook and G. M. Fichter and R. E. Whicker",
title = "Inside the new pocket calculators",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "3",
pages = "8--12",
month = nov,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Univ. Southampton, Southampton, UK",
keywords = "architecture; computer; computer architecture;
electronic calculators; HP-21 model; HP-22 model; HP-25
model; pocket calculators",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Christensen:1975:NML,
author = "S. Christensen and I. Matthews",
title = "A new microwave link analyzer for communications
systems carrying up to 2700 telephone channels",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "3",
pages = "13--23",
month = nov,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B0170L
(Inspection and quality control); B0170N (Reliability);
B6210D (Telephony); B6230Y (Other switching centres);
B6250D (Point-to-point radio systems)",
corpsource = "Teknikum, Sonderborg, Denmark",
keywords = "140 MHz IF measurements; 2700 telephone channels;
analyser; band measurements; base; carrier telephony;
communications systems; dual trace CRT display;
electronic equipment testing; links; microwave;
microwave link; model 3790A; multiplexing equipment;
receiver; receiver model 3792A; test equipment; test
signals; transmitter",
treatment = "N New Development; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Best:1975:AOD,
author = "A. I. Best",
title = "A {100-MHz} analog oscilloscope for digital
measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "4",
pages = "2--7",
month = dec,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
(Recorders and indicators for control systems); C5210
(Logic design methods)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CA, USA",
keywords = "100 MHz analogue oscilloscope; cathode-ray
oscilloscopes; channel magnification; computer;
debugging oscilloscope; digital measurements; dual;
general purpose oscilloscope; logic domain; logic
testing; third channel trigger display",
treatment = "G General Review; N New Development",
}
@Article{Millard:1975:OVA,
author = "J. K. Millard",
title = "An oscilloscope vertical-channel amplifier that
combines monolithic, thick-film hybrid, and discrete
technologies",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "4",
pages = "8--11",
month = dec,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1220 (Amplifiers); B2220G (Thick film circuits);
B2220J (Hybrid integrated circuits); B7230 (Sensing
devices and transducers); B7250G (Display, recording
and indicating instruments); C3210B (Recorders and
indicators for control systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "cathode-ray oscilloscopes; combined IC technologies;
film circuits; hybrid; hybrid integrated circuits;
Model 1740A Oscilloscope; thick; thick film technology;
vertical channel amplifier; wideband amplifiers",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Anzinger:1975:ROS,
author = "G. A. Anzinger and A. M. Gadol",
title = "A real-time operating system with multi-terminal and
batch\slash spool capabilities",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "4",
pages = "12--20",
month = dec,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
corpsource = "Data Systems Div., Hewlett--Packard, Cupertino, CA,
USA",
keywords = "2100 Series computers; batch capability; batch
processing (computers); capability; executive system;
multiprogramming; multiterminal; online; operation;
real time; real time executive systems; real time
systems; RTE-II; spool capability",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Averett:1975:RES,
author = "L. W. Averett",
title = "Real-time executive system manages large memories",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "4",
pages = "21--24",
month = dec,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "21MX computers; 256K words; buffer area; dynamic
mapping system; hardware fence; large memory
management; memory protect feature; multiprogramming;
multiprogramming system; online operation; program
area; program linkage area; protection; real; RTE-III;
system; time executive system; user",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Urquhart:1976:ASL,
author = "J. R. Urquhart",
title = "An automatic selective level measuring set for
multichannel communications systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "5",
pages = "2--7",
month = jan,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0160 (Plant engineering, maintenance and safety);
B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B6230
(Switching centres and equipment); B7210
(Instrumentation and measurement systems); B7230
(Sensing devices and transducers); C1260 (Information
theory); C7410F (Communications computing)",
keywords = "automatic measuring set; communications applications
of computers; design; FDM systems; frequency division;
maintenance engineering; maintenance tool;
microprocessor control; model 3745 A/B; multichannel
communications; multiplexed communications systems;
multiplexing; receiver design; selective level
measuring set; synthesizer; systems",
treatment = "G General Review; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Walker:1976:DPS,
author = "H. P. Walker",
title = "Designing precision into a selective level measuring
set",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "5",
pages = "8--12",
month = jan,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0160 (Plant engineering, maintenance and safety);
B0170C (Project and design engineering); B6230
(Switching centres and equipment); B7210
(Instrumentation and measurement systems); B7230
(Sensing devices and transducers)",
keywords = "3.1 kHz voice channels; adjacent; attenuators;
background noise measurement; channel rejection;
communications system; conversion; design engineering;
FDM systems; frequency; frequency division
multiplexing; maintenance engineering; measurement
errors; measurement systems; model 3745A; multichannel;
precision; selective level measuring set; selectivity",
treatment = "G General Review; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Coster:1976:DQF,
author = "J. H. Coster",
title = "Designing a quiet frequency synthesizer for a
selective level measuring set",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "5",
pages = "13--15",
month = jan,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170C (Project and design engineering); B1230B
(Oscillators)B6230 (Switching centres and equipment);
B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250E (Signal
generators)",
keywords = "10 Hz resolution; design engineering; divider loops;
FDM system; frequency division multiplexing; frequency
synthesizer; frequency synthesizers; high spectral
purity; high stability; indirect synthesis technique;
multichannel communication; oscillators; quartz crystal
oscillator; reference loop; selective level measuring
set; summing loops; systems",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Dack:1976:MMM,
author = "D. G. Dack",
title = "Making the most of microprocessor control",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "5",
pages = "16--18",
month = jan,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6230 (Switching centres and equipment); B7230
(Sensing devices and transducers); B7250E (Signal
generators); C7410F (Communications computing); C7420
(Control engineering computing)",
keywords = "3745A; 8-bit microcomputer system; automatic
sequencing of measurements; communication systems;
communications applications of computers; FDM;
frequency division; frequency plans; human; interface;
microprocessor control; Model; multiplexing; pipeline
processing; Selective Level Measuring Set; system
architecture; systems",
treatment = "A Application; G General Review; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Schultz:1976:RMB,
author = "J. T. Schultz",
title = "Real-time multi-user {BASIC}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "5",
pages = "19--24",
month = jan,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6140D (High level languages); C6150J (Operating
systems)",
keywords = "BASIC; HP computer; interactive BASIC; multiuser
BASIC; online operation; programming language; real
time executive operating; RTE-II; RTE-III; systems",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Rude:1976:LTS,
author = "A. F. Rude and M. J. Ward",
title = "Laser transducer systems for high-accuracy machine
positioning",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "6",
pages = "2--6",
month = feb,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4260K (Laser beam applications); B4360 (Laser
applications); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers);
B7320C (Spatial variables measurement); C3120C (Spatial
variables control); C3240D (Electric transducers and
sensing devices); C3355C (Control applications in
machining processes and machine tools)",
keywords = "control; frequency laser head; Hewlett Packard
equipment; high accuracy positioning; interferometric;
laser beam applications; laser interferometers; laser
transducer; machine; machine positioning; machine tool
control; machine tools; measuring machine; modular
systems; optics; permanent installation; position;
position control; position measurement; tools;
transducer; transducers; two",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Olson:1976:ELT,
author = "W. E. Olson and R. B. Smith",
title = "Electronics for the laser transducer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "6",
pages = "7--18",
month = feb,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4260K (Laser beam applications); B4360 (Laser
applications); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers);
B7320C (Spatial variables measurement); C3120C (Spatial
variables control); C3240D (Electric transducers and
sensing devices); C3355C (Control applications in
machining processes and machine tools)",
keywords = "digital instrumentation; flexibility; Hewlett Packard
equipment; laser beam applications; laser
interferometers; laser transducer; machine; machine
tool control; measuring machines; position control;
position measurement; position transducer; tools;
transducers",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Carlson:1976:UPC,
author = "J. E. Carlson and R. L. Stickle",
title = "Using a programmable calculator as a data
communications terminal",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "6",
pages = "19--24",
month = feb,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C5540 (Terminals
and graphic displays); C5600 (Data communication
equipment and techniques)",
keywords = "9830A calculator; BASIC language calculator; binary
synchronous remote batch terminal; calculator to
calculator communication; communication ROMs; data
communication equipment; data communications terminal;
electronic calculators; HP; interactive terminals;
programmable calculator; terminal; terminal
communication; time sharing; timesharing",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Heger:1976:CBF,
author = "C. E. Heger and R. C. Hyatt and G. A. Seavey",
title = "A cesium beam frequency reference for severe
environments",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "7",
pages = "2--10",
month = mar,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0620H (Measurement standards and calibration); B7130
(Measurement standards and calibration)",
keywords = "accuracy; atomic beams; caesium; Cs beam; frequency;
measurement standards; reference; severe environments;
stability; time reference",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Collison:1976:CFC,
author = "R. R. Collison and R. E. Kmetovicz",
title = "Calibrated {FM}, crystal stability, and counter
resolution for a low-cost signal generator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "7",
pages = "11--17",
month = mar,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230 (Signal generators); B7230 (Sensing devices and
transducers); B7250E (Signal generators)",
keywords = "counter resolution; crystal stability; frequency
stability; signal generator; signal generators;
stability; synchronisation; synchronizer counter",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Young:1976:PGE,
author = "I. R. Young and R. Pearson and P. M. Scott",
title = "A 50-mbit\slash s pattern generator and error detector
for evaluating digital communications system
performance",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "7",
pages = "18--24",
month = mar,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6120B (Codes); B6210 (Telecommunication
applications)",
keywords = "50 Mbit/s; bit error rate; clock frequency offset;
coding; digital communication systems; digital
communications system performance; error detection;
error detector; errors; fixed clock rates; interface
levels; modulation; pattern generator; PCM systems;
pulse-code",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bullock:1976:ETS,
author = "M. L. Bullock and R. E. Warren",
title = "Electronic total station speeds survey operations",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "8",
pages = "2--12",
month = apr,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A9385 (Instrumentation and techniques for geophysical,
hydrospheric and lower atmosphere research); B7320C
(Spatial variables measurement); B7710 (Geophysical
techniques and equipment)",
keywords = "3810A Total Station; angular measurement; built in;
calculator; display system; distance measurement;
electronic surveying instrument; equipment;
geophysical; horizontal angle; modulated light beam;
surveying; surveying horizontal distance; vertical
distance",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Poole:1976:DED,
author = "J. S. Poole and L. Bilen",
title = "Designing efficiency into a digital processor for an
analytical instrument",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "8",
pages = "13--19",
month = apr,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0670T (Servo and control devices); A8280B
(Chromatography); A8280 (Chemical analysis and related
physical methods of analysis); C3380D (Control of
physical instruments); C7320 (Physics and chemistry
computing)",
keywords = "analytical instrument; chromatography; digital
processor; gas chromatograph; hardware control; I/O
system; model 5840A gas chromatograph; natural sciences
applications of computers; operating convenience;
physical instrumentation control",
treatment = "A Application; G General Review",
}
@Article{Nordman:1976:NCT,
author = "R. G. Nordman and R. L. Smith and L. A. Witkin",
title = "New {CRT} terminal has magnetic tape storage for
expanded capability",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "9",
pages = "2--5, 7--11, 13--14",
month = may,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320 (Digital storage); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
displays)",
keywords = "cathode-ray tube displays; charges; computer
resources; costs; CRT terminal; line; magnetic tape
storage; online time; remote operations; tape drives",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Richards:1976:MDC,
author = "A. J. Richards",
title = "Mini data cartridge: a convincing alternative for
low-cost, removable storage",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "9",
pages = "6--7",
month = may,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320 (Digital storage)",
keywords = "access; data reliability; elastomer belt; electric
drives; head access; magnetic tape storage; mini data
cartridge; plastic scraper; precision guides; removable
storage; times; transfer rates",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Morris:1976:TGP,
author = "D. E. Morris and C. J. Christopher and G. W. Chance
and D. B. Barney",
title = "Third generation programmable calculator has
computer-like capabilities",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "10",
pages = "2--14",
month = jun,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "abilities; computer like capabilities; control
capabilities; desk top programmable calculator;
electronic calculators; generation calculator; HP 9825A
Calculator; interfacing; programmable calculator; stand
alone computing tool; system; third",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Eads:1976:HNL,
author = "W. D. Eads and D. S. Maitland",
title = "High-performance {NMOS LSI} processor",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "10",
pages = "15--18",
month = jun,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); C5420
(Mainframes and minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "bidirectional buffer; chips; electronic calculators;
HP 9825A calculator; hybrid circuit; hybrid integrated
circuits; large; NMOS LSI processor; scale
integration",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Bump:1976:CIP,
author = "R. B. Bump and G. R. Paulson",
title = "Character impact printer offers maximum printing
flexibility",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "10",
pages = "19--23",
month = jun,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "30 characters per second; 9871A printer; calculator;
character impact printer; draw charts; graphs; page
width printer; plot; printer; printers; printing
flexibility; program control",
treatment = "N New Development; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Clifford:1976:MCD,
author = "D. M. Clifford and F. T. Hickenlooper and A. C.
Mortensen",
title = "Mid-range calculator delivers more power at lower
cost",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "10",
pages = "24--31",
month = jun,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "electronic calculators; HP9815A calculator; internal;
peripherals; single chip calculator",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Vifian:1976:DNA,
author = "H. Vifian",
title = "A direct-reading network analyzer for the
{500-kHz-to-1.3-GHz} frequency range",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "11",
pages = "2--6",
month = jul,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
(Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
keywords = "500 kHz to 1.3 GHz; all in one test set; deviation
from linear phase; direct reading network analyser;
display instruments; electrical length; equivalent;
frequency range; gain; group delay; loss; phase shift;
reflection coefficient; shift",
treatment = "G General Review; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Lawson:1976:PWN,
author = "W. S. Lawson and D. D. Sharrit",
title = "Processing wide-range network analyzer signals for
analog and digital display",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "11",
pages = "8--11",
month = jul,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7220 (Signal
processing and conditioning equipment and techniques);
B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); C1260
(Information theory); C3210B (Recorders and indicators
for control systems)",
keywords = "analogue signals; conditioning for display; digital
display; display instruments; displaying; Model 8505A
network analyzer; processing network analyser; signal;
signal processing; signals; two quantities
simultaneously; wide range analysers",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Dalichow:1976:PRS,
author = "R. Dalichow and D. R. Harkins",
title = "A precision {RF} source and down-converter for the
{Model 8505A} network analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "11",
pages = "12--16",
month = jul,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230B (Oscillators); B1290 (Other analogue circuits);
B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
(Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
keywords = "display instruments; down convertor; frequency
convertors; microwave; Model 8505A network analyzer;
oscillators; precision RF source; signal; tracking",
}
@Article{Shar:1976:SIG,
author = "L. E. Shar",
title = "Series {II} general-purpose computer systems: designed
for improved throughput and reliability",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "12",
pages = "2--7",
month = aug,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
keywords = "error correction; error logging; expanded; faster
central processor; faster memory system; general;
general purpose computers; HP 3000 Series II Computer
Systems; improved reliability; improved throughput;
instruction set; larger memory; purpose computer
system; system",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Toschi:1976:AMF,
author = "E. A. Toschi and T. Watanabe",
title = "An all-semiconductor memory with fault detection,
correction, and logging",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "12",
pages = "8--13",
month = aug,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320G (Semiconductor storage); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers)",
keywords = "4K MOS RAMs; fault correction; fault logging; general
purpose computers; HP 3000 Series II computer; memory
system; semiconductor memory with fault detection;
semiconductor storage systems; systems",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Anderson:1976:PRT,
author = "G. C. Anderson and G. T. Roberts",
title = "Pseudo-random and random test signals",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "??",
pages = "??--??",
month = "????",
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 08:24:22 1996",
bibsource = "Distributed/QLD.bib;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
bydate = "Le",
byrev = "Le",
country = "USA",
date = "15/01/88",
descriptors = "RNG; shift register sequences",
enum = "104",
location = "PKI-OG: Li-Ord.Le",
references = "0",
revision = "21/04/91",
}
@Article{Harrison:1976:EVS,
author = "V. Harrison",
title = "An easier-to-use variable-persistence\slash storage
oscilloscope with brighter, sharper traces",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "1",
pages = "2--8",
month = sep,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
(Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
keywords = "5 mV/cm; bright sharp trace; cathode-ray
oscilloscopes; DC to 100 MHz response; delaying sweep
oscilloscopes; display characteristics; dual channel
oscilloscope; easy to use oscilloscope; Model 1741A;
operating modes; oscilloscope; sensitivity; variable
persistence/storage",
treatment = "G General Review; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Hashimoto:1976:AWD,
author = "S. Hashimoto and T. Tamamura",
title = "An automatic wide-range digital {LCR} meter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "1",
pages = "9--15",
month = sep,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
(Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
keywords = "0.2\%; 1 kHz and 120 Hz measurement frequencies; 3.5
digit display; accuracy; automatic wide range
instrument; digital instrumentation; digital LCR meter;
display instruments; dissipation factor measurement;
four readings/second; metering; Model 4261A; universal
impedance bridge",
treatment = "G General Review; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Merrick:1976:CNM,
author = "E. B. Merrick and T. J. Hayes",
title = "Continuous, non-invasive measurements of arterial
blood oxygen levels",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "2",
pages = "2--9",
month = oct,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8770E (Patient diagnostic methods and
instrumentation); A8780 (Biophysical instrumentation
and techniques); B7320T (Chemical variables
measurement); B7510 (Biomedical measurement and
imaging)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "arterial blood oxygen levels; biomedical measurement;
blood; chemical variables; continuous noninvasive
measurement; measurement; multiwavelength; optical
instruments; optical technique; oximeter; oxygen",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Ainsworth:1976:ALD,
author = "G. Ainsworth and R. Pope",
title = "An accurate, low-noise discriminator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "2",
pages = "10--??",
month = oct,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1260 (Pulse circuits)",
keywords = "discriminators; high Q; low noise; pulse circuits;
pulse count discriminator; pulse forming network; time
standards",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Reid-Urquhart:1976:SR,
author = "J. Reid-Urquhart",
title = "A signal-level reference",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "2",
pages = "10--??",
month = oct,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0630L (Measurement of basic electric and magnetic
variables)A0670 (General instrumentation); A0750
(Electrical instruments and techniques); B1290 (Other
analogue circuits); B7250E (Signal generators); B7310B
(Voltage measurement)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Ltd., South Queensferry, UK",
keywords = "calibration; generators; instruments; reference
circuits; RF signal level reference; signal; stable
amplitude level; voltage measurement",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ingman:1976:CDI,
author = "E. M. Ingman",
title = "Card-programmable digital {IC} tester simplifies
incoming inspection",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "2",
pages = "11--18",
month = oct,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170L (Inspection and quality control); B1265
(Digital electronics); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems)C3380B (Control of electronic
instruments); C5100 (Circuits and devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Ltd., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; card programmable digital IC
tester; digital integrated circuits; inspection;
integrated circuit testing",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Dickinson:1976:PPP,
author = "P. D. Dickinson and W. E. Egbert",
title = "A pair of program-compatible personal programmable
calculators",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "3",
pages = "2--8",
month = nov,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "briefcase portable HP 97; buffered keyboard;
compatible; easy to read display; electronic
calculators; fully programmable personal calculators;
magnetic cards; pocket sized HP 67; programme; thermal
printer",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Musch:1976:PSC,
author = "B. E. Musch and R. B. Taggart",
title = "Portable scientific calculator has built-in printer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "3",
pages = "9--18",
month = nov,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "desk top sized keyboard; electronic calculators; HP
91; line current; printing calculators; rechargeable
batteries; thermal printer",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kuhlman:1976:HSS,
author = "L. J. {Kuhlman, Jr.}",
title = "High-power solid-state {5.9-12.4-GHz} sweepers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "3",
pages = "19--24",
month = nov,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230B (Oscillators); B1350F (Solid-state microwave
circuits and devices); B7250E (Signal generators);
B7310N (Microwave measurement techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "100 mW GaAs FET amplifier; 12.4 GHz range; 5.9 to; 5.9
to 9.0 GHz; 8.0 to 12.4 GHz; 8620C sweep oscillator;
microwave; microwave circuits; microwave measurement;
microwave oscillators; solid state sweeper;
solid-state; swept-frequency oscillators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Beckwith:1976:CTN,
author = "J. F. Beckwith",
title = "Current tracer: {A} new way to find low-impedance
logic-circuit faults",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "4",
pages = "2--8",
month = dec,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170L (Inspection and quality control); B1265B (Logic
circuits); C5120 (Logic and switching circuits)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "current pulses; display instrumentation; fault
location; integrated circuit; integrated logic
circuits; logic circuit testing; logic testing; probe;
testing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Quenelle:1976:NLP,
author = "R. C. Quenelle",
title = "New logic probe troubleshoots many logic families",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "4",
pages = "9--11",
month = dec,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170L (Inspection and quality control); B1265B (Logic
circuits); C5120 (Logic and switching circuits)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co. Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "bad levels; CMOS; digital circuit nodes; display
instrumentation; fault location; integrated circuit;
integrated logic circuits; logic circuit; logic levels;
logic probe; logic testing; MOS; open circuits;
testing; TTL",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bronson:1976:MML,
author = "B. Bronson and A. Y. Chan",
title = "A multifunction, multifamily logic pulser",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "4",
pages = "12--17",
month = dec,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170L (Inspection and quality control); B1230J (Pulse
generators); B1265B (Logic circuits); B7250E (Signal
generators); C5120 (Logic and switching circuits)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "bursts; circuits; fault location; integrated circuit
testing; integrated logic; logic circuit testing; logic
testing; microprogrammed pulse generator; probe; pulse;
pulse generators; pulse streams; single pulses",
}
@Article{Priebe:1976:MLC,
author = "D. Priebe",
title = "Multifamily logic clip shows all pin states
simultaneously",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "4",
pages = "18--20",
month = dec,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265B (Logic circuits); B7250G (Display, recording
and indicating instruments); C5120 (Logic and switching
circuits)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "display instrumentation; dual inline IC package; IC
circuit testing; integrated circuit testing; integrated
logic circuits; logic clip; logic states; logic
testing; simultaneous LED pin state display",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Morrill:1976:IPL,
author = "J. S. {Morrill, Jr.}",
title = "Interfacing a parallel-mode logic state analyzer to
serial data",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "4",
pages = "21--24",
month = dec,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265B (Logic circuits); B7210X (Other instrumentation
and measurement systems); C5120 (Logic and switching
circuits)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "convertors; logic testing; mode logic state analyser;
parallel; serial data systems; serial to parallel
convertor; test equipment",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Smith:1977:LSA,
author = "J. H. Smith",
title = "A logic state analyzer for microprocessor systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "5",
pages = "2--11",
month = jan,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265B (Logic circuits); B7250G (Display, recording
and indicating instruments); C5210 (Logic design
methods)",
corpsource = "HP Oscilloscope Div., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
keywords = "computer debugging; debugging; display; keyboard
control; logic state analyzer; logic testing;
microprocessor systems; mnemonic; systems; test
equipment; triggering capabilities",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Saponas:1977:FMA,
author = "T. A. Saponas",
title = "Firmware of a microprocessor analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "5",
pages = "12--15",
month = jan,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); C5210 (Logic design methods)",
corpsource = "HP Automatic Measurements Div., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "firmware; keyboard; logic state analyzer; logic
testing; microprocessor analyzer; test equipment",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Courtin:1977:VSF,
author = "E. Courtin and W. Ruchay and P. Salfeld and H.
Sommer",
title = "A versatile, semiautomatic fetal monitor for
non-technical use",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "5",
pages = "16--23",
month = jan,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8770E (Patient diagnostic methods and
instrumentation); B7510 (Biomedical measurement and
imaging)",
keywords = "cardiology; cardiotocograph; foetal heartbeat monitor;
monitor; nontechnical operators; patient monitoring;
semiautomatic",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Gookin:1977:FHV,
author = "A. Gookin",
title = "A fast-reading, high-resolution voltmeter that
calibrates itself automatically",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "6",
pages = "2--10",
month = feb,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0650M (Computing devices and techniques); A0670H
(Display, recording, and indicating instruments); A0750
(Electrical instruments and techniques); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7310B
(Voltage measurement); C3380B (Control of electronic
instruments); C7410D (Electronic engineering
computing)",
keywords = "autocalibration; calibration; computerised
instrumentation; digital; digital voltmeter; HP
interface bus; integrating capability; microprocessor;
resolution; versatility; voltmeters",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{McDermid:1977:HSV,
author = "J. E. McDermid and J. B. Vyduna and J. M. Gorin",
title = "A high-speed system voltmeter for time-related
measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "6",
pages = "11--19",
month = feb,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0670H (Display, recording, and indicating
instruments); A0750 (Electrical instruments and
techniques); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310B (Voltage measurement)",
keywords = "analogue storage; characteristics; DC levels;
programmable trigger delay; sample and hold; system
voltmeter; time related measurements; voltmeters;
waveform",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Barker:1977:CDP,
author = "R. D. Barker and V. L. Laing and J. E. Marriott and H.
M. Juneau",
title = "Contemporary design practice in general-purpose
digital multimeters",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "6",
pages = "20--28",
month = feb,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0670H (Display, recording, and indicating
instruments); A0750 (Electrical instruments and
techniques); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310B (Voltage measurement); B7310D
(Current measurement); B7310J (Impedance and admittance
measurement)",
keywords = "current measurement; design engineering; design
practice; digital instrumentation; electric; electric
resistance measurement; general purpose digital;
multimeters; universality; voltage measurement",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Johnson:1977:NSS,
author = "L. Johnson",
title = "A new series of small computer systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "7",
pages = "2--6",
month = mar,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "HP 1000 systems; management; minicomputers;
operations; small computer systems",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Snow:1977:HOS,
author = "D. L. Snow and K. F. Hahn",
title = "{HP} 1000 operating system is enhanced real-time
executive",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "7",
pages = "7--14",
month = mar,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "communication; disc cartridge backup; disc cartridge
distribution; HP 1000 computer system; I/O error
management; III software; mini cartridge distribution;
minicomputers; online operation; operating system; real
time executive; RTE; RTE II software; string;
supervisory programs",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Drake:1977:DAM,
author = "H. D. Drake",
title = "Development and application of microprograms in a
real-time environment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "7",
pages = "15--17",
month = mar,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "cross reference generator; editor; interactive
programming; microassembler; microdebug; microprogram
application; microprogram development;
microprogramming; PROM tape generator; RTE
microprogramming package; WCS driver; WCS load
utility",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Riggins:1977:EDC,
author = "C. C. Riggins",
title = "{E}-series doubles {21MX} computer performance",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "7",
pages = "18--19",
month = mar,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "21 MX E-series processor; HP 1000 computer system;
minicomputers; multiprogramming; real time",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Stallard:1977:HEP,
author = "S. J. Stallard",
title = "How the {E}-series performance was attained",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "7",
pages = "20--23",
month = mar,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "21 MX E-series computer; central processing unit;
computer architecture; low power Schottky device;
microprogrammed bus oriented processor; minicomputers;
TTL Schottky device",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Lane:1977:MFE,
author = "T. A. Lane",
title = "Microprogrammed features of the {21MX E}-series",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "7",
pages = "24--27",
month = mar,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "21 MX E-series processor; block I/O; load;
microprogrammable; microprogrammable processor port;
microprogramming; minicomputers; remote program; self
test firmware diagnostic",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Rytand:1977:OIL,
author = "W. A. Rytand",
title = "{OPNODE}: interactive linear circuit design and
optimization",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "7",
pages = "28--31",
month = mar,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
C7410D (Electronic engineering computing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "circuit CAD; interactive graphics console;
minicomputer; OPNODE; optimisation; software package",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Forbes:1977:STP,
author = "B. E. Forbes",
title = "Silicon-on-Sapphire technology produces high-speed
single-chip processor",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "8",
pages = "2--8",
month = apr,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); B2570D
(CMOS integrated circuits); C3220 (Controllers); C5420
(Mainframes and minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "16-bit parallel device; controller applications;
controllers; field effect integrated circuits; JC
processor; microprocessor chips; static CMOS/SOS",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Finch:1977:MOP,
author = "C. M. Finch and M. F. Estes and L. A. Gammill",
title = "Miniature oscilloscope probes for measurements in
crowded circuits",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "8",
pages = "9--12",
month = apr,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "2.4 mm diameter; cathode-ray oscilloscopes; miniature
oscillator probes; probes",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Uebbing:1977:SSA,
author = "J. T. Uebbing and P. B. Ashkin and H. L. Hines",
title = "A small, solid-state alphanumeric display",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "8",
pages = "13--20",
month = apr,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B4260D (Light emitting diodes); B7260 (Display
technology and systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "display devices; dot matrix; HDSP 2000; LED; light
emitting diodes; solidstate alphanumeric display",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Frohwerk:1977:SAN,
author = "R. A. Frohwerk",
title = "Signature analysis: a new digital field service
method",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "9",
pages = "2--8",
month = may,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250Z (Other bench instruments)",
keywords = "digital instrumentation; logic; logic testing; test
equipment; testing; troubleshooting by signature
analysis",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Chan:1977:ESA,
author = "A. Y. Chan",
title = "Easy-to-use signature analyzer accurately
troubleshoots complex logic circuits",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "9",
pages = "9--14",
month = may,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
keywords = "circuit troubleshooting; detection; digital
instrumentation; digital test equipment; fault; HP
5004A; logic; logic testing; signature analyser;
signature analysis technique; test equipment",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Nadig:1977:SAE,
author = "H. J. Nadig",
title = "Signature analysis-concepts, examples, and
guidelines",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "9",
pages = "15--21",
month = may,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310B (Voltage measurement)",
keywords = "designer guideline; signature analysis concept;
voltmeter; voltmeters",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Egbert:1977:PCAa,
author = "W. E. Egbert",
title = "Personal calculator algorithms. {I}. Square roots",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "9",
pages = "22--23",
month = may,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C7310
(Mathematics computing)",
keywords = "electronic calculators; HP personal calculator; square
root algorithm",
treatment = "A Application; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}
@Article{Bailey:1977:WPS,
author = "P. W. Bailey and J. W. Hyde and W. T. Walker",
title = "A wide-ranging power supply of compact dimensions",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "10",
pages = "2--9",
month = jun,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0750 (Electrical instruments and techniques); B1210
(Power electronics, supply and supervisory circuits);
C7410D (Electronic engineering computing)",
keywords = "0 to 50 V range; 200W; computerised instrumentation;
laboratory apparatus and; power supplies to apparatus;
programmable power supply; techniques",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Kirkpatrick:1977:CCA,
author = "G. R. Kirkpatrick and D. R. Chambers and R. E. Pratt",
title = "Coaxial components and accessories for broadband
operation to 26.5 {GHz}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "10",
pages = "10--16",
month = jun,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1320 (Waveguide components); B2160D (Cable
accessories); B2180E (Connectors)",
keywords = "broadband operation; coaxial cables; coaxial
connector; electric connectors; up to 26.5 GHz",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Egbert:1977:PCAb,
author = "W. E. Egbert",
title = "Personal calculator algorithms. {II}. Trigonometric
functions",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "10",
pages = "17--20",
month = jun,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5230 (Digital arithmetic methods); C5420 (Mainframes
and minicomputers)",
keywords = "electronic calculators; Howlett Packard calculator;
trigonometric function algorithm",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical; T Theoretical or
Mathematical",
}
@Article{VanBree:1977:SCS,
author = "K. A. {Van Bree}",
title = "Small computer system supports large-scale multi-user
{APL}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "11",
pages = "2--5",
month = jul,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6140D (High level languages)",
keywords = "large scale; multi use APL; multilingual HP 3000
Series II Computer System; procedure oriented
languages",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Munsey:1977:ADV,
author = "G. J. Munsey",
title = "{APL} data: virtual workspaces and shared storage",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "11",
pages = "6--10",
month = jul,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6120 (File organisation)",
keywords = "APL data; file organisation; shared storage;
workspaces",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Johnston:1977:ASP,
author = "R. L. Johnston",
title = "{APLGOL}: structured programming facilities for
{APL}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "11",
pages = "11--13",
month = jul,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6140D (High level languages)",
keywords = "APLGOL; procedure oriented languages; structured
programming; structured programming facilities",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{VanDyke:1977:DIC,
author = "E. J. {Van Dyke}",
title = "A dynamic incremental compiler for an interpretive
language",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "11",
pages = "17--20",
month = jul,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150C (Compilers, interpreters and other
processors)",
keywords = "APL-3000 dynamic incremental compiler; interactive
compiler; interpreter hybrid; program compilers;
program interpreters",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{VanBree:1977:CDC,
author = "K. A. {Van Bree}",
title = "A controller for the dynamic compiler",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "11",
pages = "21--23",
month = jul,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150C (Compilers, interpreters and other
processors)",
keywords = "APL; controller; dynamic compiler; error handling;
function; function calling; handling; program
compilers; returning; sequencing; use input",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Leong:1977:CTP,
author = "W. W. Leong",
title = "{CRT} terminal provides both {APL} and {ASCII}
operation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "11",
pages = "25--28",
month = jul,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays); C5600 (Data
communication equipment and techniques)",
keywords = "2641A; APL-3000; ASCII operation; cathode-ray tube
displays; CRT terminal; data communication equipment;
data communications; display station",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Stickel:1977:NDD,
author = "H. P. Stickel",
title = "New {50-Megabyte} disc drive: high performance and
reliability from high-technology design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "12",
pages = "2--12, 14--15",
month = aug,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media); C5320
(Digital storage)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo-Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "50 M byte disc drive; coil actuated head; direct
spindle drive motor; feedback control; magnetic disc
and drum storage; reliability; storage devices; voice",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Hentschel:1977:IPW,
author = "C. Hentschel and G. Riebesell and J. Zellmer and V.
Eberle",
title = "An individualized pulse\slash word generator system
for subnanosecond testing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "12",
pages = "16--22",
month = aug,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators)",
corpsource = "Inst. fur Theoretische Elektrotechnik, Univ. Aachen,
Aachen, West Germany",
keywords = "1 GHz; module; pulse word generator; repetition rate;
signal generators; subnanosecond testing",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Brunetti:1977:NFI,
author = "L. G. Brunetti",
title = "A new family of intelligent multi-color {X-Y}
plotters",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "1",
pages = "2--4",
month = sep,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., San Diego, CA, USA",
keywords = "intelligent multi colour X-Y plotter; plotters;
precision; programmable plotters",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Daniels:1977:EIL,
author = "Thomas H. Daniels and Larry W. Hennessee",
title = "Easy-to-Use Interface Language Controls {HP-IB}
Plotter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "1",
pages = "5--9",
month = sep,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Graphics/siggraph/77.bib;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., San Diego, CA, USA",
keywords = "binary; controllers; interface language controls;
parameter storage; plotter; plotter, programming,
language; plotters; processor; RAM; ROM; stack
operations",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bones:1977:RTP,
author = "D. A. Bones and M. L. Patterson",
title = "Remote terminal plotter offers simple programming and
efficient communications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "1",
pages = "9--13",
month = sep,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., San Diego, CA, USA",
keywords = "plotters; remote terminal plotter",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Patterson:1977:SPS,
author = "M. L. Patterson and R. D. Haselby and R. M. Kemplin",
title = "Speed, precision, and smoothness characterize
four-color plotter pen drive system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "1",
pages = "13--19",
month = sep,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B8510 (Drives); C3380 (Control
applications in instrumentation systems and laboratory
techniques); C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., San Diego, CA, USA",
keywords = "control; electric drives; four colour plotter; pen
drive system; plotters; precision",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Balazer:1977:PIS,
author = "L. P. Balazer and G. W. Lynch and R. M. Kemplin and L.
W. Hennessee",
title = "Pen and ink system helps assure four-color plotter
line quality",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "1",
pages = "20--25",
month = sep,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., San Diego, CA, USA",
keywords = "designs; four colour plotter; ink system; pen;
plotters",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Grobstein:1977:BEM,
author = "S. R. Grobstein and R. D. Gatzke",
title = "A battery-powered {ECG} monitor for emergency and
operating room environments",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "1",
pages = "26--31",
month = sep,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8728 (Bioelectricity); A8770G (Patient care and
treatment); B7510D (Bioelectric signals); B7520
(Patient care and treatment)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "battery power; biomedical equipment;
electrocardiography; monitoring; nonfade portable ECG
monitor; patient; patient monitoring; surgery",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Grote:1977:ADS,
author = "R. H. Grote and H. {Webber McKinney}",
title = "Advanced digital signal analyzer probes low-frequency
signals with ease and precision",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "2",
pages = "2--9",
month = oct,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3380B
(Control of electronic instruments)",
keywords = "5420A; analyser; analysers; digital instrumentation;
digital signal analyser; LF signals; signal processing;
spectral",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Patkay:1977:FDD,
author = "J.-P. D. Patkay and F. R. F. Chu and H. A. M.
Wiggers",
title = "Front-end design for digital signal analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "2",
pages = "9--14",
month = oct,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3380B
(Control of electronic instruments)",
keywords = "5420A digital signal analyzer; analysers; band
selectable analysis; digital instrumentation; input
channels; preprocessing; signal processing; spectral;
spectral analysers",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Edgerley:1977:DSS,
author = "W. M. {Edgerley, Jr.} and D. C. Snyder",
title = "Display and storage systems for a digital signal
analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "2",
pages = "14--17",
month = oct,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3380B
(Control of electronic instruments)",
keywords = "5420A; analysers; digital instrumentation; digital
signal analyser; display; signal processing; spectral;
spectral analyser; storage systems",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Donahue:1977:DSA,
author = "T. L. Donahue and J. P. Oliverio",
title = "Digital signal analyzer applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "2",
pages = "17--21",
month = oct,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3380B
(Control of electronic instruments)",
keywords = "5420A digital signal analyser; acoustics; analysers;
design; digital instrumentation; electronic speed
controller; filter; mechanical structure; phase noise
analysis; signal processing; spectral; spectral
analysers; underwater sound",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Martin:1977:PFC,
author = "R. E. Martin",
title = "Printing financial calculator sets new standards for
accuracy and capability",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "2",
pages = "22--28",
month = oct,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C7120 (Financial
computing)",
keywords = "electronic calculators; financial calculator;
financial data processing; HP 92; printing electronic
calculator",
treatment = "A Application; E Economic; P Practical",
}
@Article{Thomason:1977:ESS,
author = "J. L. Thomason",
title = "Expanding synthesized signal generation to the
microwave range",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "3",
pages = "2--8",
month = nov,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230 (Signal generators); B1350 (Microwave circuits
and devices); B7250E (Signal generators); C3380B
(Control of electronic instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8671A; 8672A; broadband; frequency synthesizers;
generator; microwave range; programmable; signal
synthesis; synthesized signal",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Astrof:1977:FSM,
author = "K. L. Astrof",
title = "Frequency synthesis in a microwave signal generator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "3",
pages = "8--15",
month = nov,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230 (Signal generators); B1350 (Microwave circuits
and devices); B7250E (Signal generators)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8671A; 8672A synthesized signal generator; frequency
synthesizers; microwave signal generator; spectral
purity; synthesizer",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Stribling:1977:SGF,
author = "B. C. Stribling",
title = "Signal generator features for a microwave
synthesizer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "3",
pages = "15--16, 18--19, 21",
month = nov,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230 (Signal generators); B1350 (Microwave circuits
and devices); B7250E (Signal generators)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8672A; frequency synthesizers; microwave synthesizer;
signal generator features; synthesized signal
generator",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Egbert:1977:PCAc,
author = "W. E. Egbert",
title = "Personal calculator algorithms. {III}. Inverse
trigonometric functions",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "3",
pages = "22--23",
month = nov,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C7310 (Mathematics computing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "algorithms; calculators; electronic; electronic
calculators; inverse trigonometric functions;
mathematics; subroutines",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{DeWeese:1977:NPH,
author = "J. E. DeWeese and T. R. Ligon",
title = "An {NMOS} process for high-performance {LSI}
circuits",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "3",
pages = "26--29, 31",
month = nov,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265B (Logic circuits); B1265D (Memory circuits);
B2570F (Other MOS integrated circuits); C5120 (Logic
and switching circuits); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "desk top calculators; electronic calculators; field
effect integrated circuits; integrated logic circuits;
integrated memory circuits; large; LSI circuits; NMOS
process; scale integration",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Marion:1977:WIO,
author = "A. F. Marion and E. A. Heinsen and R. Chin and B. E.
Helmso",
title = "Wrist instrument opens new dimension in personal
information",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "4",
pages = "2--10",
month = dec,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265Z (Other digital circuits); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments); B7320K (Time
measurement); C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Ltd., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "clocks; digital electronic wristwatch; electronic
calculators; HP 01; personal calculator",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Westlund:1977:HPO,
author = "R. C. Westlund",
title = "Higher precision in oscilloscope measurements of very
short time intervals",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "4",
pages = "11--17",
month = dec,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0630F (Time and frequency measurement); A0670H
(Display, recording, and indicating instruments);
B7320K (Time measurement)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Ltd., Palo-Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "cathode-ray oscilloscopes; oscilloscope; time
measurement; very short time intervals",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Yokokawa:1977:WAL,
author = "M. Yokokawa and K. Kanafuji",
title = "A wide-ranging, automatic {LCR} meter for stand-alone
or systems applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "4",
pages = "18--23",
month = dec,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
B7310J (Impedance and admittance measurement); C3380B
(Control of electronic instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Ltd., Palo-Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "automatic LCR meter; computerised instrumentation;
electric; electric impedance; electric reactance
measurement; measurement; microprocessor; multimeters;
resistance measurement",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Dickinson:1978:VLG,
author = "P. D. Dickinson",
title = "Versatile low-cost graphics terminal is designed for
ease of use",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "5",
pages = "2--6",
month = jan,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
keywords = "2648A; alphanumeric capabilities; automatic; computer
graphic equipment; graphics terminal; interactive;
plotters; plotting",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Blazek:1978:RSG,
author = "O. Blazek and M. B. Raynham",
title = "Raster scan graphics with zoom and pan",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "5",
pages = "6--12",
month = jan,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
keywords = "2648A graphics terminal; computer graphic equipment;
pan; raster array; zoom",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Moyer:1978:FCM,
author = "J. J. Moyer",
title = "Firmware control of a microprocessor-based graphics
terminal",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "5",
pages = "12--16",
month = jan,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5430 (Microcomputers);
C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
keywords = "2648A; computer graphic equipment; firmware control;
graphics terminal; microcode; microcomputers;
microprocessor",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Roos:1978:ADS,
author = "M. D. Roos and J. H. Egbert and R. P. Oblad and J. T.
Barr",
title = "Add-on digital signal processing enhances the
performance of network and spectrum analyzers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "5",
pages = "17--24",
month = jan,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning
equipment and techniques); B7250G (Display, recording
and indicating instruments); C1260 (Information
theory); C7410D (Electronic engineering computing)",
keywords = "analyser; analysers; computerised signal processing;
digital signal processing; digital storage; error
correction; network; network analysers; spectral;
spectral analysers",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Haag:1978:LSA,
author = "G. A. Haag",
title = "A logic state analyzer for evaluating complex state
flow",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "6",
pages = "2--10",
month = feb,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265B (Logic circuits); B7250G (Display, recording
and indicating instruments); C5210 (Logic design
methods)",
keywords = "32-bit; complex program flow; digital instrumentation;
logic state analyser; logic testing",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Scharrer:1978:ILS,
author = "J. A. Scharrer and R. G. {Wickliff, Jr.} and W. D.
Martin",
title = "Interactive logic state and timing analyses for
tracking down problems in digital systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "6",
pages = "14--20",
month = feb,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5210 (Logic design methods)",
keywords = "asynchronous; automatic test equipment; digital
systems; logic state; logic testing; synchronous
events; timing analyses",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Small:1978:ELL,
author = "C. T. Small and A. J. DeVilbiss",
title = "Entry level logic state analyzer has high-level
capability",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "6",
pages = "21--27",
month = feb,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5210 (Logic design methods)",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; logic state analyser; logic
testing; portable",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Ogden:1978:ALS,
author = "D. J. Ogden",
title = "Adapting the {1611A} logic state analyzer to work with
the {F8} microprocessor family",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "6",
pages = "28--32",
month = feb,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5210 (Logic design methods); C5280 (Other digital
techniques)",
keywords = "1611A logic state analyser; F8 microprocessor family;
logic testing; microcomputers",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Schwager:1978:HDS,
author = "A. O. Schwager",
title = "The {Hewlett--Packard} distributed system network",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "7",
pages = "2--6",
month = mar,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); C5620 (Computer
networks and techniques)",
keywords = "computer networks; data communication systems; design
objectives; distributed; distributed processing;
distributed systems products; HP-DSN; processing",
treatment = "A Application; G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Sakakihara:1978:DS,
author = "P. M. Sakakihara",
title = "Distributed systems\slash 3000",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "7",
pages = "7--14",
month = mar,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); C5610 (Computer
interfaces)C5620 (Computer networks and techniques)",
keywords = "cables; computer interfaces; computer networks; data
communication; distributed processing; distributed
systems; DS/3000; handwired coaxial; HP 1000; HP 2026;
HP 3000; modem lines; modems; systems",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Shatzer:1978:DS,
author = "R. R. Shatzer",
title = "Distributed systems\slash 1000",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "7",
pages = "15--20",
month = mar,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); C5610 (Computer
interfaces)C5620 (Computer networks and techniques)",
keywords = "computer interfaces; computer networks; data
communication; data communication equipment;
distributed data processing; distributed processing;
DS/1000; HP 1000 Computer Systems; HP 3000 Series II;
Systems; systems",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Nielsen:1978:DEC,
author = "J. R. Nielsen and D. S. Kaplan",
title = "Data entry and communications systems have network
capabilities",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "7",
pages = "21--26",
month = mar,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); C5520 (Data
acquisition equipment and techniques)",
keywords = "communications; computer networks; data; data
acquisition; data communication; data entry;
distributed data capture; distributed processing; HP
2026 system; local file inquiry; operating system;
systems",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Williams:1978:ESC,
author = "R. W. Williams",
title = "Experimenting with satellite-linked computer
networks",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "7",
pages = "27--32",
month = mar,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); B6250G (Satellite
relay systems); C5620 (Computer networks and
techniques)",
keywords = "computer communications; computer networks; data
communication systems; experiment; HP 3000 Series II
Computer systems; Project Prelude; relay systems;
satellite",
treatment = "A Application; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Eads:1978:HID,
author = "W. D. Eads and J. M. Walden",
title = "A highly integrated desktop computer system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "8",
pages = "2--11",
month = apr,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Loveland, CO, USA",
keywords = "HP 9800; integrated desktop computer system;
minicomputers; Series; System 45",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Keith:1978:SHD,
author = "J. C. Keith and L. T. Schulte and A. K. Vogen",
title = "System 45 hardware design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "8",
pages = "11--22",
month = apr,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Loveland, CO, USA",
keywords = "CRT display terminal; desktop computers; external tape
memory; minicomputers; printer; System 45 hardware",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Cozzens:1978:ATP,
author = "R. J. Cozzens",
title = "Advanced thermal page printer has high-resolution
graphics capability",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "8",
pages = "22--??",
month = apr,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Loveland, CO, USA",
keywords = "desktop computer; printers; System 45; thermal
printer/plotter",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Egbert:1978:PCA,
author = "W. E. Egbert",
title = "Personal calculator algorithms. {IV}. Logarithmic
functions",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "8",
pages = "29--32",
month = apr,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C7310 (Mathematics computing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Corvallis, OR, USA",
keywords = "algorithms; HP pocket calculators; logarithmic
functions; subroutines",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Bologlu:1978:MHH,
author = "A. Bologlu and V. A. Barber",
title = "Microprocessor-controlled harmonic heterodyne
microwave counter also measures amplitudes",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "9",
pages = "2--4, 6--7, 9--12, 14--16",
month = may,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7310G (Frequency measurement); B7310N (Microwave
measurement techniques); C3380B (Control of electronic
instruments); C7410F (Communications computing)",
keywords = "automatic amplitude; computerised instrumentation;
discrimination; FM; frequency measurement; harmonic
heterodyne frequency measuring technique; high
sensitivity; microprocessor control; microwave
measurement; tolerance",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Ellsworth:1978:GHC,
author = "A. L. Ellsworth and K. Hasebe",
title = "Generating high-speed {CRT} displays from digital
data",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "9",
pages = "17--23",
month = may,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning equipment
and techniques); B7250G (Display, recording and
indicating instruments); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
displays)",
keywords = "analogue; cathode-ray tube displays; computer graphic
equipment; CRT displays; digital data; digital-analogue
conversion; graphics translator; signals",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Holdaway:1978:NGR,
author = "S. N. Holdaway and M. D. Humpherys",
title = "The next generation {RF} spectrum analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "10",
pages = "2--7",
month = jun,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems); C3380B
(Control of electronic instruments)",
keywords = "100 Hz to 1500 MHz; analysers; annotation;
computerised instrumentation; digital control; digital
processors; digital storage; display; Interface Bus
compatibility; log; microprocessor control;
radiofrequency spectrum analyser; resolution
bandwidths; spectral; spectral purity; synthesizer
controlled tuning; tuning range",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Holdaway:1978:SPM,
author = "S. N. Holdaway and D. H. Molinari and S. H. Linkwitz
and M. J. Neering",
title = "Signal processing in the {Model 8568 A} spectrum
analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "10",
pages = "9--10, 12--16",
month = jun,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems); B7220 (Signal
processing and conditioning equipment and techniques)",
keywords = "frequency conversion path; local oscillators; lock
system; measurement signal path; phase; phase noise;
radiofrequency spectral analyser; signal processing;
spectral analysers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Marzalek:1978:DDC,
author = "M. S. Marzalek and L. M. Wheelwright",
title = "Developing the digital control system for the {Model
8568 A} spectrum analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "10",
pages = "16--17, 19--20",
month = jun,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems); C3380B
(Control of electronic instruments)",
keywords = "analysers; computerised instrumentation; digital
control; digital control system; display system; IC;
microprocessor; radiofrequency spectral analyser;
spectral",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Sharrit:1978:DSM,
author = "D. D. Sharrit",
title = "Designing serviceability into the {Model 8568 A}
spectrum analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "10",
pages = "20--21, 23--24",
month = jun,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems); B7220 (Signal
processing and conditioning equipment and techniques);
C5260 (Digital signal processing)",
keywords = "digitally stored display; integrated circuit testing;
keyboard front panel; maintenance engineering;
microcomputer control; pilot signal phase lock loop;
processing; radiofrequency spectral analyser;
serviceability; signal; signature analysis; spectral
analysers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Brubaker:1978:IPM,
author = "R. H. {Brubaker, Jr.}",
title = "An intelligent peripheral for measurement and
control",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "11",
pages = "2--6, 8--9",
month = jul,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); C3300 (Control
applications); C5600 (Data communication equipment and
techniques); C7420 (Control engineering computing)",
keywords = "computerised control; data communication equipment;
data link; I/O interface; intelligent peripheral",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Klaiss:1978:FIM,
author = "D. E. Klaiss",
title = "Firmware intelligence for measurement and control
processing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "11",
pages = "10--12, 14--15, 17--18",
month = jul,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); C3380
(Control applications in instrumentation systems and
laboratory techniques); C7420 (Control engineering
computing)",
keywords = "computerised instrumentation; control processing;
firmware intelligence; HP 2240A; HP-IB; instruments;
measurement; process computer control",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ripert:1978:EDC,
author = "J. A. Ripert and D. C. Berthier and M. E. Bernard",
title = "An easy-to-use data capture terminal for industrial
operations",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "11",
pages = "19--23",
month = jul,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210G (Data acquisition systems); C5520 (Data
acquisition equipment and techniques)",
keywords = "compact terminal; computer link; data acquisition",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Chu:1978:UCR,
author = "D. C. Chu and M. S. Allen and A. S. Foster",
title = "Universal counter resolves picoseconds in time
interval measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "12",
pages = "2--11",
month = aug,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0630F (Time and frequency measurement); A0660J
(High-speed techniques (microsecond or shorter));
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
B7320K (Time measurement)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "20 picosecond resolution; dual vernier interpolation;
oscillator; time interval measurements; time
measurement; triggered phase locked; universal time
interval counter",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ferguson:1978:TSG,
author = "K. M. Ferguson and L. R. Dickstein",
title = "Time synthesizer generates precise pulse widths and
time delays for critical timing applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "12",
pages = "12--19",
month = aug,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230J (Pulse generators); B7250E (Signal generators);
B7320K (Time measurement)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "calibration; generation; precise pulse width; pulse
generators; time delay generation; time measurement;
time synthesizer",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Bradford:1978:RRS,
author = "K. J. Bradford",
title = "Remotely-controlled {RF} switch for multipoint tests
in communications systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "12",
pages = "20--22",
month = aug,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210 (Telecommunication applications); C3250
(Telecontrol and telemetering components); C3260B
(Electric actuators and final control equipment)",
corpsource = "Heriot Watt Univ., Edinburgh, UK",
keywords = "10 kHz to 25 MHz; access switch; communications
systems; multipoint tests; remotely controlled RF
switch; switches; telecontrol equipment; test
equipment",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Pendergrass:1978:HLS,
author = "N. A. Pendergrass and J. S. Farnbach",
title = "A high-resolution, low-frequency spectrum analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "13",
pages = "2--9, 11--13",
month = sep,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems); C3380B
(Control of electronic instruments)",
keywords = "0 to 25.5 kHz; computerised instrumentation; digital
computation; microprocessor control; spectral
analysers; spectrum analyzer",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Schmidt:1978:DPD,
author = "L. A. Schmidt",
title = "Designing programmable digital filters for {LSI}
implementation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "13",
pages = "15--23",
month = sep,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1270F (Digital filters); B2570F (Other MOS integrated
circuits); B6140 (Signal processing and detection);
C5130 (Microprocessor chips); C5240 (Digital filters)",
keywords = "digital filters; digital signal; field effect
integrated circuits; large; LSI; microprocessor chip;
microprocessor chips; NMOS; processing; programmable
digital filters; scale integration; signal processing;
spectral analyser",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Azmoon:1978:DPP,
author = "M. Azmoon and J. H. Bohorquez and R. A. Warp",
title = "Desktop plotter\slash printer does both vector graphic
plotting and fast text printing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "13",
pages = "24--25, 27--32",
month = sep,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0650D (Data gathering, processing, and recording,
data displays including digital techniques); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); C5540
(Terminals and graphic displays); C5550 (Printers,
plotters and other hard-copy output devices)",
keywords = "bidirectional paper drive; character sets;
computerised instrumentation; graph rotation; graphics;
plotter; plotters; printer; printers; text printing;
unit scaling; vector graphic plotting",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Trego:1978:PPI,
author = "M. P. Trego",
title = "Plotter\slash Printer Interface Languages: {HP-GL} and
{ASCII}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "13",
pages = "26--26",
month = sep,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Feb 04 12:04:31 1997",
bibsource = "Graphics/siggraph/78.bib;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
keywords = "plotter and programming and language",
}
@Article{Juncker:1978:HHC,
author = "R. K. Juncker",
title = "Higher-performance {HP} 1000 computer systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "14",
pages = "2--5",
month = oct,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
keywords = "executive operating system; general purpose computers;
HP 1000 computer systems; real time; software modules",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Wong:1978:RMO,
author = "E. J. Wong and C. M. Manley",
title = "{RTE-IV}: the megaword-array operating system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "14",
pages = "6--11",
month = oct,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
keywords = "megaword data arrays; multiterminal handling software;
operating system; operating systems (computers); real
time executive RTE-IV; up to 54K bytes",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Cates:1978:FEC,
author = "J. A. Cates",
title = "{F}-Series extends computing power of {HP} 1000
computer family",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "14",
pages = "12--17",
month = oct,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
keywords = "F-Series; floating point; general purpose computers;
HP 1000 computer family; instructions; intensive
program; transcendental functions",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Geber:1978:MSI,
author = "C. R. Geber",
title = "Microcoded scientific instruction set enhances speed
and accuracy of {F}-Series computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "14",
pages = "18--22",
month = oct,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
keywords = "F-Series computers; floating point; general purpose
computers; HP 1000 computer; instruction set;
microcoded scientific; processor; standard
instruction",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Christensen:1978:NMS,
author = "A. H. Christensen and D. C. Salomaki",
title = "New memory systems for {HP} 1000 computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "14",
pages = "23--27",
month = oct,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320G (Semiconductor storage)",
keywords = "16K dynamic RAM; HP 1000 computers; memory array;
random-access storage",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Anderson:1978:MTH,
author = "D. B. Anderson and M. B. Bain and G. Johnson",
title = "Multipoint terminals for {HP} 1000 systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "14",
pages = "28--32",
month = oct,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
keywords = "addressed poll; binary synchronous communications
procedure; error correction; error detection; HP 1000
computer system; interactive terminals; multipoint
terminal; select sequences",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Woodcock:1978:PPT,
author = "T. M. Woodcock",
title = "Printer and printing terminal grain versatility and
mechanical simplicity with microprocessor control",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "15",
pages = "2--7",
month = nov,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
keywords = "computerised control; dot matrix printing; flexible
interfacing; horizontal pitch; mechanism;
microprocessor control; printers; printing; terminal
grain versatility; variable",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Ignoffo:1978:MDP,
author = "J. J. Ignoffo and M. J. Sproviero and P. R. Luque and
K. B. Wade",
title = "Managing dot-matrix printing with a microprocessor",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "15",
pages = "8--19",
month = nov,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
keywords = "computerised control; control system; controlled
velocity; dot matrix printing; hardware; HP 2631A; HP
2631G; HP 2635A; HP 2639A; microprocessor control;
printers; printhead carriage; velocity servo loop",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Terry:1978:VLP,
author = "F. D. Terry",
title = "Versatile {400-Ipm} line printer with a friction-free
mechanism that assures long life",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "15",
pages = "20--22",
month = nov,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
keywords = "dot matrix alphanumerics; friction free mechanism;
graphics; HP 2608A; line printer; printers; versatile",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Baily:1978:OPE,
author = "E. M. Baily and W. A. McIlvanie and W. T. Thrash and
D. B. Winterrowd",
title = "Optimizing the performance of an electromechanical
print mechanism",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "15",
pages = "23--31",
month = nov,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
keywords = "electromechanical print mechanism; hammer mechanism;
HP 2608A; line printer; print; printers; printing
speed",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Carua:1978:EHD,
author = "F. P. Carua",
title = "Easy-to-use, high-resolution digitizer increases
operator efficiency",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "16",
pages = "2--13",
month = dec,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1290B (Convertors); C5600 (Data communication
equipment and techniques); C7410D (Electronic
engineering computing)",
keywords = "analogue-digital conversion; computer peripheral
equipment; convertors; electronic engineering
computing; graphic data; microcomputer controlled
digitizer; transformation",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Schad:1978:MMS,
author = "T. Schad and D. Kible and P. Brunner",
title = "1 {mHz}-to-50 {MHz} signal source combines synthesizer
accuracy, multimode operation, and easy programming",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "16",
pages = "19--27",
month = dec,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230 (Signal generators); B7250E (Signal generators);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments)",
keywords = "ATE; automatic test equipment; programmable signal
generator; signal generators; signal source; signal
sources",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Scruggs:1978:CLM,
author = "J. E. Scruggs and M. L. Faber and D. L. Wolpert",
title = "A compact logging multimeter that can manipulate
data",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "16",
pages = "28--32",
month = dec,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7210G (Data acquisition systems); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments); C3380B (Control
of electronic instruments); C7410D (Electronic
engineering computing)",
keywords = "ATE; automatic test equipment; data loggers; data
logging multimeter; digital; electric resistance
measurement; instrumentation; measurement;
microcomputer control; multimeters; resistance
measurement; temperature measurement; voltage; voltage
measurement",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Masters:1979:LMM,
author = "L. W. Masters and K. M. Blankenship and M. J. Ward",
title = "A low-cost, microprocessor-based, 100 {MHz} universal
counter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "1",
pages = "2--7, 9--11",
month = jan,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310G (Frequency measurement); C3380B
(Control of electronic instruments); C7410D (Electronic
engineering computing)",
keywords = "computerised instrumentation; counting circuits; data
acquisition; digital; frequency counter; frequency
measurement; IC; instrumentation; integrated display
driver chip; LSI chip; microcomputer control",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Wong:1979:HBL,
author = "B. W. Wong and W. D. Jackson",
title = "A high-performance bipolar {LSI} counter chip using
{EFL} and {I$^2$L} circuits",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "1",
pages = "12--17",
month = jan,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265B (Logic circuits); B1265F (Microprocessors and
microcomputers); B2570B (Bipolar integrated circuits);
C5130 (Microprocessor chips)",
keywords = "bipolar integrated circuits; bipolar LSI; EFL; I/sup
2/L; integrated logic circuits; large scale
integration; microprocessor chip; microprocessor chips;
multiple; register counter chip; registers; shift;
universal counter",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Danielson:1979:SSS,
author = "D. D. Danielson and S. E. Froseth",
title = "A synthesized signal source with function generator
capabilities",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "1",
pages = "18--26",
month = jan,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230G (Function generators); B7250E (Signal
generators); C3380B (Control of electronic
instruments); C7410D (Electronic engineering
computing)",
keywords = "computerised instrumentation; frequency synthesizers;
function generator; function generators; programmable;
signal generator; signal source; synthesized signal
source",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fenoglio:1979:HDX,
author = "J. A. Fenoglio and B. W. C. Chin and T. R. Cobb",
title = "A high-quality digital {X-Y} plotter designed for
reliability, flexibility and low cost",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "2",
pages = "2--7",
month = feb,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C7410D
(Electronic engineering computing)",
keywords = "computerised instrumentation; digital X-Y plotter;
microprocessor control; plotters; recorders",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Tsai:1979:LSM,
author = "Lung-Wen Tsai and R. L. Ciardella",
title = "Linear step motor design provides high plotter
performance at low cost",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "2",
pages = "7--9, 12--14",
month = feb,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B8340 (Small and special purpose electric
machines)",
keywords = "linear step motor; plotters; recorders; stepping
motors; X-Y plotter",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Royce:1979:SEE,
author = "W. G. Royce and P. Chu",
title = "Simple, efficient electronics for a low cost {X-Y}
plotter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "2",
pages = "14--18",
month = feb,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
circuits); B1290B (Convertors); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments); B8340 (Small and
special purpose electric machines); C3380B (Control of
electronic instruments)",
keywords = "ADC; analogue-digital conversion; controllers;
convertors; current; electric drives; linear step
motor; plotters; power supplies to apparatus;
recorders; regulator; stepping motors; switching
driver; X-Y plotter",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Maiorca:1979:CSS,
author = "P. P. Maiorca and N. H. MacNeil",
title = "A closed-loop system for smoothing and matching step
motor responses",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "2",
pages = "18--23",
month = feb,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B8340 (Small and special purpose electric machines);
C3120C (Spatial variables control); C3260B (Electric
actuators and final control equipment)",
keywords = "closed loop system; closed loop systems; control
servomechanism; linear step motor; plotters; position;
position control; recorders; servomechanisms; stepping
motors; X-Y plotter",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Maeda:1979:MLM,
author = "K. Maeda and Y. Narimatsu",
title = "Multi-frequency {LCR} meters test components under
realistic conditions",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "2",
pages = "24--31",
month = feb,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310B (Voltage measurement); B7310G
(Frequency measurement); B7310J (Impedance and
admittance measurement); C3380B (Control of electronic
instruments)",
keywords = "automatic LCR meters; automatic test equipment;
digital; digital instrumentation; electric; frequency
measurement; impedance; impedance measurement;
instrumentation; measurement; signal level
measurement",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Stone:1979:CBT,
author = "P. S. Stone and J. F. McDermid",
title = "Circuit board testing: cost-effective production test
and troubleshooting",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "3",
pages = "2--8",
month = mar,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2210 (Printed circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); C3380B (Control of electronic
instruments); C7410D (Electronic engineering
computing)",
keywords = "ATE; automatic test equipment; digital printed circuit
board test system; fault location; integrated circuit;
PCB testing; printed circuits; production; testing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Groves:1979:RDF,
author = "W. A. Groves",
title = "Rapid digital fault isolation with {FASTRACE}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "3",
pages = "8--13",
month = mar,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2210 (Printed circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); C7410D (Electronic engineering
computing)",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; digital fault isolation;
digital PCB test system; integrated circuit testing;
printed circuits",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Parker:1979:SSS,
author = "K. P. Parker",
title = "Software simulator speeds digital board test
generation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "3",
pages = "13--16, 18--19",
month = mar,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5120 (Logic and switching circuits); C5210 (Logic
design methods); C7410D (Electronic engineering
computing)",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; circuit testing; digital PCB
testing; digital simulation; integrated; logic
operator; logic testing; printed circuits; SIMUL;
software simulator; TESTAID",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Baskins:1979:VMT,
author = "D. L. Baskins",
title = "Virtual memory for {TESTAID} and {FASTRACE} (printed
circuit board testing programs)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "3",
pages = "17--18",
month = mar,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320 (Digital storage); C6120 (File organisation);
C7410D (Electronic engineering computing)",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; board testing; computer
memory; page replacement algorithm; printed circuit;
virtual memory system; virtual storage",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Crook:1979:AIC,
author = "D. T. Crook",
title = "Analog in-circuit component measurements: problems and
solutions",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "3",
pages = "19--22",
month = mar,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2210 (Printed circuits); B7110 (Measurement theory);
B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
B7310 (Electric and magnetic variables measurement)",
keywords = "circuits; constant current; constant voltage
techniques; digital PCB test; incircuit component
measurement; integrated circuit testing; lead errors;
measurement errors; printed; system; technique",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Schlotzhauer:1979:USA,
author = "E. O. Schlotzhauer",
title = "User-oriented software for an automatic circuit-board
tester",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "3",
pages = "22--27",
month = mar,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C7410D (Electronic engineering computing)",
keywords = "analysis; automatic printed circuit; automatic test
equipment; board tester; circuit component; computer
program generation; functional analog tests; functional
digital tests; integrated circuit testing; printed
circuits; signature; testing; user oriented software",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Crook:1979:HDA,
author = "D. T. Crook and B. M. Wood and F. L. Fiedler and K.
Firooz and R. H. Burger",
title = "Hardware design of an automatic circuit board tester",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "3",
pages = "27--32",
month = mar,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2210 (Printed circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); C3380B (Control of electronic
instruments); C7410D (Electronic engineering
computing)",
keywords = "automatic circuit board tester; automatic test
equipment; integrated circuit testing; PCB testing;
printed circuits",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hamilton:1979:HSC,
author = "A. P. Hamilton",
title = "A human-engineered small-business computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "4",
pages = "3--??, 5",
month = apr,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C1270 (Man-machine systems); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "business computer; design engineering; HP 250; human
factors; interactive terminals; minicomputer;
minicomputers",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Mathis:1979:HSC,
author = "B. Mathis",
title = "Human-engineering the small-business computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "4",
pages = "4--5",
month = apr,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C1270 (Man-machine systems); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
displays)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "HP 250; human engineering; human factors; interactive
terminals; minicomputers; small business computer",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Meyer:1979:CES,
author = "G. L. Meyer and V. {Delloy Forbes}",
title = "Cost-effective electronics for the small-business
computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "4",
pages = "6--10, 12--14",
month = apr,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "16 bit processor; business computer; cost;
effectiveness; HP 250; minicomputer; minicomputers;
NMOS",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Peery:1979:HIO,
author = "D. L. Peery",
title = "{HP} 250 input\slash output system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "4",
pages = "11--12",
month = apr,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "asynchronous serial interface; computer interfaces;
computer peripheral equipment; HP 250; input/output
system; intelligent; interface",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Peery:1979:HBF,
author = "D. L. Peery",
title = "{HP} 250 {BASIC}: a friendly, interactive, powerful
system language",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "4",
pages = "14--19",
month = apr,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6140D (High level languages)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "BASIC; HP 250; interaction system; interactive
systems",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hetrick:1979:LDB,
author = "M. V. Hetrick",
title = "Low-cost data base management",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "4",
pages = "19--25",
month = apr,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6120 (File organisation); C6150E (General utility
programs); C6160 (Database management systems (DBMS))",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "BASIC; database; database management systems; HP 250
computer; IMAGE/25; management system; utility
programs",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Wang:1979:ASS,
author = "S. W. Y. Wang and L. F. Nelson",
title = "Applications software for the small-business
computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "4",
pages = "25--28",
month = apr,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6160 (Database management systems (DBMS)); C7120
(Financial computing); C7160 (Manufacturing and
industrial administration)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "applications software; business; database management
systems; distribution industries; distributive data
processing; financial data processing; HP 250; life
stream functions; management; manufacturing data
processing; manufacturing industries; service
industries",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Forbes:1979:CCD,
author = "L. Forbes and U. Kaempf",
title = "Capacitance and conductance deep-level transient
spectroscopy using {HP-IB} instruments and a desktop
computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "4",
pages = "29--32",
month = apr,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0650D (Data gathering, processing, and recording,
data displays including digital techniques); A0765
(Optical spectroscopy and spectrometers); B0170E
(Production facilities and engineering); B2560
(Semiconductor devices); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); C3380D (Control of physical
instruments); C7320 (Physics and chemistry computing)",
corpsource = "Univ. of California, Davis, CA, USA",
keywords = "absorption spectra of solids; capacitance measurement;
computerised spectroscopy; conductance measurement;
deep; deep level transient spectroscopy; electric
admittance measurement; impurity and defect; levels;
semiconductor device testing; semiconductor materials;
testing",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Huttemann:1979:PPP,
author = "W. Huttemann and L. Kristen and P. Aue",
title = "A precision, programmable pulse generator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "5",
pages = "3--10",
month = may,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230J (Pulse generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B7250E (Signal generators);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C7410D
(Electronic engineering computing)",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; computerized
instrumentation; programmable pulse generator; pulse
generators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Chumbley:1979:EPD,
author = "S. L. Chumbley",
title = "Extending possibilities in desktop computing
({Hewlett--Packard} model {9835A/B} computer)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "5",
pages = "11--13",
month = may,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5250 (Microcomputer techniques)",
keywords = "acquisition; assembly language programming; BASIC;
data; desktop computer; microcomputer; microcomputers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ujvarosy:1979:PEE,
author = "D. R. Ujvarosy and D. T. Shaffer",
title = "Processor enhancements expand memory
({Hewlett--Packard 9835A/B} desktop computer)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "5",
pages = "13--15",
month = may,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265D (Memory circuits); B1265F (Microprocessors and
microcomputers); C5130 (Microprocessor chips); C5250
(Microcomputer techniques)",
keywords = "address extension chip; computer memory; desktop
computer; microcomputer; microcomputers; microprocessor
chips; processor; ROM",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Becker:1979:DME,
author = "J. C. Becker",
title = "Designing to meet electromagnetic interference
requirements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "5",
pages = "16--17",
month = may,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B5230 (Electromagnetic compatibility and
interference)",
keywords = "electromagnetic compatibility; electromagnetic
interference",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Hallissy:1979:APC,
author = "R. M. Hallissy",
title = "Assembly programming capability in a desktop computer
(Hewlett--Packard model {9835A/B} computer)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "5",
pages = "18--20",
month = may,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5250 (Microcomputer techniques); C6150C (Compilers,
interpreters and other processors)",
keywords = "assembly language system; debugging; desktop computer;
microcomputers; program assembler; program assemblers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Clark:1979:BC,
author = "G. R. Clark",
title = "A business computer for the 1980s",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "6",
pages = "3--5",
month = jun,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C7100 (Business
and administration)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "administrative data processing; business computer;
business data; Hewlett Packard; HP 300 computer; office
system; processing; special purpose computers",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Ha:1979:IDS,
author = "E. P. L. Ha and J. R. Groff",
title = "The integrated display system and terminal access
method ({HP} 300)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "6",
pages = "6--9",
month = jun,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C5540 (Terminals
and graphic displays)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "computer graphic equipment; computer operating
procedures; HP 300; HP 300 operation; IDS; integrated
display system; interactive terminals",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Clegg:1979:RCP,
author = "F. W. Clegg",
title = "Reducing the cost of program development",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "6",
pages = "9--15",
month = jun,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150C (Compilers, interpreters and other
processors)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "compiler; HP 300; interactive programming;
interpreter; language facilities; program development;
program processors",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Taylor:1979:MDH,
author = "P. N. Taylor and A. T. Pare and J. R. Groff",
title = "Managing data: {HP} 300 files and data bases",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "6",
pages = "16--19",
month = jun,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6120 (File organisation); C6160 (Database management
systems (DBMS))",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "AMIGO/300 file system; database management systems;
file organisation; files and data bases; HP 300;
IMAGE/300",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Cheng:1979:EUR,
author = "Tu-Ting Cheng and W. Peikes",
title = "An easy-to-use report generation language",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "6",
pages = "20--23",
month = jun,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6140D (High level languages)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "problem oriented languages; report generation
language",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Kovalick:1979:HBB,
author = "M. Y. Kovalick",
title = "{HP} 300 business {BASIC}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "6",
pages = "23--26",
month = jun,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6140D (High level languages)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "BASIC; BASIC/300; business application language;
problem oriented languages",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Horine:1979:IPD,
author = "D. A. Horine",
title = "Innovative package design enhances {HP} 300
effectiveness",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "6",
pages = "26--30",
month = jun,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C0310 (EDP management)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "computer facilities; computer installation; HP 300;
human factors; package design; safety",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Bergh:1979:CHC,
author = "A. B. Bergh and K. C. Y. Mei",
title = "Cost-effective hardware for a compact integrated
business computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "7",
pages = "3--8",
month = jul,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers)",
keywords = "300; architectural capabilities; computer
architecture; hardware; HP; integrated business
computer; minicomputers; stack machine",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Matheson:1979:CIO,
author = "W. G. Matheson",
title = "A computer input\slash output system based on the {HP
Interface Bus}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "7",
pages = "9--10, 12--13",
month = jul,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
keywords = "computer interfaces; HP 300; HP Interface Bus; I/O
channels; input-output programs; input/output system;
minicomputers",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Smith:1979:SLF,
author = "R. L. Smith",
title = "A small, low-cost 12-megabyte fixed disc drive",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "7",
pages = "11--12",
month = jul,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320 (Digital storage)",
keywords = "design; disc drive; HP 300; magnetic disc and drum
storage; objectives; small disc drive; system memory",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Knoll:1979:IPO,
author = "A. F. Knoll and N. D. Marschke",
title = "An innovative programming and operating console",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "7",
pages = "13--17",
month = jul,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
keywords = "display management; editing features; HP 300; HP 300's
integrated display system; interactive terminals;
operating console; program development station",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Carpenter:1979:AFO,
author = "R. L. Carpenter",
title = "{AMIGO\slash} 300: a friendly operating system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "7",
pages = "17--24",
month = jul,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
keywords = "AMIGO/300; HP 300; man/machine interface; operating
system; operating systems (computers)",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Wise:1979:CLA,
author = "D. M. Wise and J. C. McCullough",
title = "Configuring and launching the {AMIGO\slash} 300
system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "7",
pages = "20--21",
month = jul,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
keywords = "AMIGO/300 system; computer operating procedures;
programs; startup; supervisory and executive; SYSTEM
BUILD; system generation; SYSTEM STARTUP; systems
programs",
}
@Article{Amin:1979:MSP,
author = "D. A. Amin and T. Kriegel",
title = "A multiple-output switching power supply for computer
applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "7",
pages = "25--28",
month = jul,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
circuits); C5150 (Other circuits for digital
computers)",
keywords = "HP 300; HP Model 63312F; power supply; power supply
circuits; supervisory circuits",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Linkwitz:1979:NPS,
author = "S. H. Linkwitz",
title = "New performance standards in microwave spectrum
analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "8",
pages = "3--7",
month = aug,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310N (Microwave measurement
techniques); C3380B (Control of electronic
instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "analysers; computerised instrumentation; low;
microwave spectra; microwave spectrum analysis; model
8566A; phase noise; spectral; spectrum analyser;
stability",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Lamy:1979:BIM,
author = "J. C. Lamy and F. K. David",
title = "Broadband input mixers for a microwave spectrum
analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "8",
pages = "8--13",
month = aug,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1250 (Modulators, demodulators, discriminators and
mixers); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310N (Microwave measurement
techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "analyser; dual front end approach; input mixers;
microwave measurement; mixers (circuits); model 8566A;
spectral analysis; spectrum; YIG technology",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Martin:1979:SML,
author = "L. R. Martin and K. L. Lange and S. T. Sparks",
title = "A synthesized microwave local oscillator with
continuous-sweep capability",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "8",
pages = "13--19",
month = aug,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230B (Oscillators); B1350 (Microwave circuits and
devices); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310N (Microwave measurement
techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "10 Hz resolution; 100 Hz to 22 GHz; 8566A spectrum
analyser; analysers; continuous sweep capability;
frequency conversion chain; frequency range; frequency
synthesizers; HP; microwave oscillators; model 8566A;
spectral; synthesized microwave local oscillator",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Riebesell:1979:DPG,
author = "G. Riebesell and U. Hubner and B. Moravek",
title = "A digital pattern generator for functional testing of
bus-oriented digital systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "8",
pages = "20--25",
month = aug,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
keywords = "computer interfaces; data buses; digital pattern
generator; functional testing; hardware; multichannel
digital hardware; test equipment; testing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Guest:1979:HED,
author = "D. H. Guest",
title = "An {HP-IB} extender for distributed instrument
systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "8",
pages = "26--32",
month = aug,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Ltd., South Queensferry, UK",
keywords = "computer interfaces; computerised instrumentation;
distributed instrument systems; HP model 37201A HP;
HP-IB; interface bus extenders",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Edwards:1979:STY,
author = "R. C. Edwards",
title = "{SOS} technology yields low-cost {HP} 3000 computer
system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "9",
pages = "3--6, 8",
month = sep,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
keywords = "administrative data processing; business data
processing; EDP system; general purpose computers; HP
3000 Series 33; interactive systems; SOS technology;
system",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Robinson:1979:AME,
author = "C. {Robinson, Jr.}",
title = "Adapting the {Multiprogramming Executive} to a new
hardware environment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "9",
pages = "7--8",
month = sep,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
keywords = "HP 3000 Series 33; MPE; Multiprogramming Executive;
operating system; operating systems (computers); OS",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Matsui:1979:FEC,
author = "Y. Matsui and M. Kohli",
title = "A friendly, easy-to-service computer ({HP 3000 Series
33})",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "9",
pages = "9--12",
month = sep,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
keywords = "design; ergonomics; general purpose computers; HP 3000
Series 33; low audio noise level; operator oriented;
space effectiveness",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Nelson:1979:RCT,
author = "D. L. Nelson",
title = "A remote computer troubleshooting facility",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "9",
pages = "13--14, 16",
month = sep,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
systems)",
keywords = "computer debugging; computer maintenance; computer
troubleshooting; hardware maintenance; HP 3000 Series
33; maintenance; remote console; remote maintenance;
software",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Holl:1979:PHS,
author = "J. H. Holl",
title = "Philosophy of {HP 3000 Series 33} diagnostics",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "9",
pages = "15--16",
month = sep,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
systems)",
keywords = "computer debugging; computer maintenance; diagnostics;
HP 3000 Series 33; maintenance; remote; self testing",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Wong:1979:CEI,
author = "D. T. Y. Wong",
title = "Controlling electromagnetic interference generated by
a computer system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "9",
pages = "17--19",
month = sep,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5280 (Other digital techniques)",
keywords = "33; computer design; electromagnetic interference; EMI
control; EMI emissions; HP 3000 Series; interference
suppression",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Blais:1979:APF,
author = "M. R. Blais and J. L. Fanton",
title = "Automated pulmonary function measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "9",
pages = "20--24",
month = sep,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8745H (Haemodynamics, pneumodynamics); A8770
(Biomedical engineering); C3385 (Biological and medical
control systems); C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers);
C7330 (Biology and medical computing)",
keywords = "47804A Pulmonary measurement System; biomedical
equipment; biomedical measurement; Hewlett--Packard
Model; pneumodynamics; pulmonary function measurements;
pulmonary testing; special purpose computers",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Howard:1979:TXO,
author = "P. G. Howard",
title = "Triggered {X-Y} oscilloscope displays",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "9",
pages = "25--28",
month = sep,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
keywords = "100-MHz oscilloscope; cathode-ray oscilloscopes; CRO;
Model 1741; oscilloscope; triggered X Y",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Bronson:1979:MLT,
author = "B. Bronson and M. Slater",
title = "Microprocessor lab teaches operation and
troubleshooting",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "10",
pages = "3--8",
month = oct,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C0220 (Computing education and training)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Santa Clara, CA, USA",
keywords = "computer science education; home study; microprocessor
course",
treatment = "A Application; G General Review",
}
@Article{Zellers:1979:ENA,
author = "J. R. Zellers",
title = "An economical network analyzer for the {4-to-1300-MHz}
frequency range",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "10",
pages = "9--17",
month = oct,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); C5450 (Analogue and hybrid computers and
systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "magnitude ratio swept; measurement; network analysers;
network analyzer; phase angle swept measurement;
receiver; sweeping source; two channel",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Wickliff:1979:ELA,
author = "R. G. {Wickliff, Jr.} and R. A. {Nygaard, Jr.}",
title = "Expanding logic analyzer capabilities by means of the
{HP-IB}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "10",
pages = "18--22",
month = oct,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5210B (Computer-aided logic design)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
keywords = "assembly language; logic analyzer; logic testing;
logic timing",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Erdmann:1979:SDA,
author = "R. E. {Erdmann, Jr.}",
title = "A serial data analyzer for locating faults in
decentralized digital systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "10",
pages = "23--28",
month = oct,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5210 (Logic design methods)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
keywords = "CPU; data; decentralized digital system; logic
testing; modem; serial data analyzer; traffic",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Edwards:1979:PCA,
author = "A. P. Edwards",
title = "Precise, convenient analysis of modulated signals",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "11",
pages = "3--9, 11--18",
month = nov,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
B7310F (Power and energy measurement); B7310G
(Frequency measurement)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; computerised signal
processing; frequency measurement; Hewlett Packard;
model 8901A modulation analyzer; modulation; modulation
analyzer; power measurement",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Naegeli:1979:IFM,
author = "A. H. Naegeli",
title = "{IF} filters for the {8901A Modulation Analyzer}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "11",
pages = "10--11",
month = nov,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1270 (Filters and other networks); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Stanford, CA, USA",
keywords = "8901A Modulation Analyzer; band; band-pass filters; IF
filters; intermediate frequency filters; low pass
filter; low-pass filters; pass filter; radiofrequency
filters",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Riley:1979:NTF,
author = "R. B. Riley",
title = "A new type of {FM} demodulator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "11",
pages = "13--??",
month = nov,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1250 (Modulators, demodulators, discriminators and
mixers); B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems)",
keywords = "8901A modulation analyser; demodulators; FM
demodulator; noise FM demodulator; wideband low",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Edwards:1979:MAA,
author = "A. P. Edwards",
title = "Modulation analyzer applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "11",
pages = "19--21",
month = nov,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8901A modulation analyzer; automatic test equipment;
computerised; computerised signal processing; signal
processing; transmitter measurements",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Brubaker:1979:AAM,
author = "L. E. Brubaker",
title = "Assuring accuracy in modulation measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "11",
pages = "22--26",
month = nov,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7130 (Measurement standards and calibration); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments)",
keywords = "8901A; AM depth; automatic test equipment;
calibration; calibration facility; calibration
standard; FM deviation measurement; measurement;
modulation; Modulation Analyzer; modulation
measurements",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Lingane:1979:IMA,
author = "P. J. Lingane",
title = "Interactive modulation analyzer control",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "11",
pages = "26--30",
month = nov,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8901A modulation analyser; automatic test equipment;
computerised instrumentation modulation analyser
control; microprocessor control",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Brubaker:1979:SSS,
author = "L. E. Brubaker",
title = "Special signal source tests {Modulation Analyzer}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "11",
pages = "30--32",
month = nov,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250E (Signal generators); B7250G (Display, recording
and indicating instruments)",
keywords = "8901A; automatic test equipment; Model 11715A AM/FM
Test Source; performance testing; signal generators;
signal source",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hanson:1979:RFL,
author = "D. C. Hanson",
title = "A ready-to-use fiber-optic link for data
communications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "12",
pages = "5--6",
month = dec,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6260 (Optical links and equipment)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "data; data communication equipment; data
communications; fibre optic link; Hewlett Packard;
links; optical fibres; optical links",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Kahan:1979:PCK,
author = "William M. Kahan",
title = "Personal calculator has key to solve any equation $
f(x) = 0 $",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "12",
pages = "20--26",
month = dec,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
MRclass = "65-01 (65G05 65H05)",
MRnumber = "81k:65002",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C7310
(Mathematics computing)",
corpsource = "Univ. of California, Berkeley, CA, USA",
keywords = "electronic calculators; equation solving; finding;
handheld calculator; HP 34C; linear algebra; personal
calculator; root; SOLVE",
reviewer = "R. P. Brent",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Azmoon:1979:FPE,
author = "M. Azmoon and R. A. Coverstone and R. M. Kemplin",
title = "Four-color plotters enhanced for unattended
operation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "12",
pages = "29--32",
month = dec,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "7220S; 7221S; 9872S; automatic paper advance; computer
graphic equipment; four colour plotters; HP
programmable plotters; integrated paper advance;
plotters",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ichino:1980:VIA,
author = "T. Ichino and H. Ohkawara and N. Sugihara",
title = "Vector impedance analysis to 1000 {MHz}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "1",
pages = "22--31",
month = jan,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310J (Impedance and admittance
measurement)",
corpsource = "Yokogawa--Hewlett--Packard Ltd., Tokyo, Japan",
keywords = "4191A; computerised instrumentation; digital
instrumentation; electric impedance measurement;
Hewlett Packard; impedance; measurement; vector
impedance analyser",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Willis:1980:DPH,
author = "B. G. Willis and G. E. James",
title = "Design and performance of a highly integrated parallel
access spectrophotometer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "2",
pages = "3--11",
month = feb,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0760D (Photometry and radiometry); A0765E (UV and
visible spectroscopy and spectrometers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8450A; Hewlett Packard; parallel access
spectrophotometer; spectrophotometer;
spectrophotometers; ultraviolet/visible",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Schleifer:1980:TAS,
author = "A. Schleifer and B. G. Willis",
title = "A task-oriented approach to spectrophotometry",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "2",
pages = "11--17",
month = feb,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0760D (Photometry and radiometry); A0765E (UV and
visible spectroscopy and spectrometers); C3380D
(Control of physical instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8450A UV/Vis spectrophotometer; computerised
instrumentation; Hewlett; Packard; spectrophotometers;
spectrophotometry; user interface",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hopkins:1980:OSF,
author = "G. W. Hopkins and A. Schwartz",
title = "An optical system for full-spectrum measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "2",
pages = "17--20",
month = feb,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0760D (Photometry and radiometry); A0765E (UV and
visible spectroscopy and spectrometers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8450A UV/Vis spectrophotometer; electrooptical
detector; optical system; optical systems;
spectrophotometer; spectrophotometers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Knudsen:1980:LDM,
author = "K. L. Knudsen and R. W. Widmayer",
title = "Light detection and measurement in a high-performance
spectrophotometer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "2",
pages = "20--24",
month = feb,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0760D (Photometry and radiometry); A0765E (UV and
visible spectroscopy and spectrometers); B7230C
(Photodetectors)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8450A spectrophotometer; input section; light
detection; light measurement; photodetector;
photodetectors; spectrophotometers; transducers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Morgenthaler:1980:SBD,
author = "M. P. Morgenthaler and L. Weber",
title = "Servo-controlled beam director provides major benefits
(spectrophotometer)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "2",
pages = "24--28",
month = feb,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0760D (Photometry and radiometry); A0765E (UV and
visible spectroscopy and spectrometers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8450A spectrophotometer; beam director;
spectrophotometers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Steiner:1980:MSS,
author = "G. C. Steiner",
title = "A microcomputer system for spectrophotometer data
processing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "2",
pages = "29--31",
month = feb,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0760D (Photometry and radiometry); A0765E (UV and
visible spectroscopy and spectrometers); C3380D
(Control of physical instruments); C7320 (Physics and
chemistry computing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8450A spectrophotometer; computerised instrumentation;
Hewlett Packard; MC5; microcomputer system; SOS
processor; spectrophotometer data processing;
spectrophotometers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Musch:1980:PPC,
author = "B. E. Musch and J. J. Wong and D. R. Conklin",
title = "Powerful personal calculator system sets new
standards",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "3",
pages = "3--6, 8--12",
month = mar,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Corvallis, OR, USA",
keywords = "electronic calculators; handheld calculator; Hewlett
Packard; HP 41 C; personal calculator system",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Steiger:1980:PH,
author = "G. W. Steiger",
title = "Packaging the {HP-41C}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "3",
pages = "7--??",
month = mar,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Corvallis, OR, USA",
keywords = "calculator design; display assembly; electronic
calculators; Hewlett; HP 41C; mechanical design;
packaging design; Packard",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Lowe:1980:CRO,
author = "D. J. Lowe and P. V. Boyd",
title = "Card reader offers compatibility and expanded
capability",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "3",
pages = "12--15",
month = mar,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320 (Digital storage)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Corvallis, OR, USA",
keywords = "82104A; card reader design; compatibility; Hewlett
Packard; HP 41C; magnetic storage systems; model 82104A
card reader",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Quick:1980:EPP,
author = "R. D. Quick and D. L. Morris",
title = "Evolutionary printer provides significantly better
performance",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "3",
pages = "15--20",
month = mar,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Corvallis, OR, USA",
keywords = "82143A; calculator printer; HP 41C; Model 82143A;
printer; printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Johnson:1980:BCT,
author = "N. L. Johnson and V. V. Marathe",
title = "Bulk {CMOS} technology for the {HP-41C}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "3",
pages = "20--22",
month = mar,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2570D (CMOS integrated circuits); C5110C
(Semiconductor logic elements); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Corvallis, OR, USA",
keywords = "bulk CMOS; CMOS; CMOS in silicon; digital integrated
circuits; effect integrated circuits; electronic
calculators; field; Hewlett Packard; HP 41C; HP
products; integrated circuit technology",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Maze:1980:FHL,
author = "C. Maze",
title = "The first {HP} liquid crystal display",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "3",
pages = "22--24",
month = mar,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B4150D (Liquid crystal devices); B7260 (Display
technology and systems); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Corvallis, OR, USA",
keywords = "calculator displays; devices; display devices;
electronic calculators; HP 41C; LCD; liquid crystal;
liquid crystal display; nematic liquid crystals;
twisted nematic LCD",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fleming:1980:HDL,
author = "J. H. Fleming and R. N. Low",
title = "High density and low cost with printed circuit hybrid
technology",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "3",
pages = "25--26",
month = mar,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170J (Product packaging); B2210B (Printed circuit
layout and design); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Corvallis, OR, USA",
keywords = "circuit hybrid technology; electronic calculators; HP
41C; hybrid packaging; IC package; packaging; packaging
density; printed; printed circuits",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Molinari:1980:EPM,
author = "D. H. Molinari and R. L. Belding",
title = "An economical, portable microwave spectrum analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "3",
pages = "27--32",
month = mar,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310N (Microwave measurement
techniques)",
keywords = "Hewlett Packard; microwave measurement; microwave
spectrum analyzer; model 8559A; spectral analysers;
spectrum analyser",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Schneider:1980:MCP,
author = "R. F. Schneider and R. E. Felsenstein and R. W.
Offermann",
title = "Microwave {CW} and pulse frequency measurements to 40
{GHz}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "4",
pages = "3--5, 7--12, 13--14",
month = apr,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310G (Frequency measurement); B7310N
(Microwave measurement techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "5355A automatic frequency converter; 5356A/B/C
frequency converter heads; computerised
instrumentation; convertors; counting circuits; CW;
frequency; frequency measurement; frequency meters;
Hewlett Packard; HP 5345A; measurement; microwave
counter; microwave measurement; pulse frequency
measurements",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Jekat:1980:P,
author = "H. J. Jekat",
title = "A {400-to-1600-MHz\slash} 8 prescaler",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "4",
pages = "5--6",
month = apr,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1260 (Pulse circuits); B7250G (Display, recording and
indicating instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Santa Clara, CA, USA",
keywords = "5355A automatic frequency convertor; frequency
convertors; prescaler; scaling circuits",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Koepke:1980:AMF,
author = "L. L. Koepke",
title = "An automatic microwave frequency counter test system
to 40 {GHz}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "4",
pages = "11--12",
month = apr,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "5343A microwave; 5355A automatic frequency converter;
5356A/B/C frequency converter heads; automatic test
equipment; automatic test system; counting circuits;
frequency; frequency counter; meters; microwave
frequency counter test system",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Sayed:1980:FCH,
author = "M. M. Sayed",
title = "{40-GHz} frequency converter heads",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "4",
pages = "14--19",
month = apr,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310N (Microwave measurement
techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Santa Clara, CA, USA",
keywords = "CW; frequency convertor heads; frequency convertors;
HP 5356A/B/C; measurement; microwave frequencies; pulse
measurements; sampling; technique",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bologlu:1980:AFC,
author = "A. Bologlu",
title = "A {26.5-GHz} automatic frequency counter with enhanced
dynamic range",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "4",
pages = "20--22",
month = apr,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
B7310G (Frequency measurement); B7310N (Microwave
measurement techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "26.5 GHz; automatic frequency counter; counting
circuits; enhanced dynamic range; frequency
measurement; frequency meters; HP Model 5343A;
microwave frequency counter; microwave measurement",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Schneider:1980:MCM,
author = "R. F. Schneider",
title = "Microwave counter measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "4",
pages = "23--25",
month = apr,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7310N (Microwave measurement techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "5345A counter; automatic measurement; counter
measurements; counting circuits; frequency meters;
microwave counters; microwave measurement",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Felsenstein:1980:FSD,
author = "R. E. Felsenstein",
title = "A flexible software development technique",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "4",
pages = "25--26",
month = apr,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5250 (Microcomputer techniques); C6110 (Systems
analysis and programming)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "5355A automatic frequency converter; computerised
instrumentation; firmware; microcomputers; ROMs;
software; software development technique",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Thomas:1980:PSL,
author = "P. L. Thomas",
title = "A programmable selective level meter (wave analyzer)
with synthesized tuning, autoranging, and automatic
calibration",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "5",
pages = "3--8",
month = may,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6230 (Switching centres and equipment); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); B7310B
(Voltage measurement)",
corpsource = "Loveland Instrument Div., Hewlett--Packard Co.,
Loveland, CO, USA",
keywords = "50 Hz; automatic; autoranging; calibration;
computerised instrumentation; HP Model 3586A/B/C
selective level meter; programmable selective level
meter; synthesised; telecommunication equipment; to
32.5 MHz; tuned voltmeter; tuning; wave analysers; wave
analyzer",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Winslow:1980:PSL,
author = "P. D. Winslow",
title = "Precision synthesizer\slash level generator has high
spectral purity for telecommunications testing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "5",
pages = "9--11, 13",
month = may,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6230 (Switching centres and equipment); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems)",
corpsource = "Loveland Instrument Div., Hewlett Packard Co.,
Loveland, CO, USA",
keywords = "3336A/B/C; FDM systems; frequency division
multiplexing; Hewlett Packard; high spectral purity;
Model; synthesizer/level generator; telecommunications
testing; test equipment",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{ONeill:1980:MTC,
author = "P. M. O'Neill",
title = "A monolithic thermal converter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "5",
pages = "12--??",
month = may,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1290B (Convertors); B7220 (Signal processing and
conditioning equipment and techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Loveland, CO, USA",
keywords = "convertor; convertors; monolithic; monolithic
integrated circuits; thermal convertor; thermal RMS to
DC convertor",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Morrill:1980:IVV,
author = "J. S. {Morrill, Jr.} and J. D. Hansen",
title = "Increased versatility for a versatile logic state
analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "5",
pages = "14--18",
month = may,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); C5210 (Logic design methods)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
keywords = "analysis; computerised instrumentation; HP 1610B;
logic; logic state analyser; logic testing; multiphase
clocking",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ogden:1980:GMA,
author = "D. J. Ogden",
title = "General-purpose module adapts dedicated logic state
analyzer to almost any microprocessor",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "5",
pages = "19--24",
month = may,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); C5210 (Logic design methods); C5250
(Microcomputer techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
keywords = "computer testing; general purpose module; Hewlett
Packard; logic state analyser; logic testing;
microcomputer testing; microcomputers; Model 1611A",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Smith:1980:EDM,
author = "D. E. Smith",
title = "Electronic distance measurement for industrial and
scientific applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "6",
pages = "3--11",
month = jun,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7320C (Spatial variables measurement);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Loveland, CO, USA",
keywords = "computerised instrumentation; distance measurement;
EDM; electronic distance measurement; Hewlett;
industrial distance; measurement; Model 3850A;
Packard",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Smith:1980:IDM,
author = "D. E. Smith and T. L. Brown",
title = "Industrial distance meter applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "6",
pages = "11--19",
month = jun,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7320C (Spatial variables measurement)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Loveland, CO, USA",
keywords = "3850A; automated position control; computerised
instrumentation; distance measurement; dynamic
monitoring; Hewlett; industrial distance meter;
Packard; static monitoring",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Hanna:1980:MSM,
author = "W. A. Hanna",
title = "Mass storage management --- a unified approach",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "6",
pages = "20--24",
month = jun,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150 (Systems software)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Loveland, CO, USA",
keywords = "computing HP; desktop; mass storage management;
storage management",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Lynch:1980:NWP,
author = "T. R. Lynch",
title = "A new world of personal\slash professional
computation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "7",
pages = "3--7",
month = jul,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
keywords = "HP 85; microcomputer system; microcomputers; personal
computer; personal computing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Nairn:1980:AIC,
author = "J. H. Nairn and T. I. Mikkelsen and D. J. Sweetser",
title = "Adding {I/O} capability to the {HP-85}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "7",
pages = "7--14",
month = jul,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
keywords = "computer interfaces; HP 85; I/O features; interfacing;
personal computer system; techniques",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Collins:1980:CTT,
author = "D. J. Collins and B. G. Spreadbury",
title = "A compact tape transport subassembly designed for
reliability and low cost",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "7",
pages = "14--19",
month = jul,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320 (Digital storage)",
keywords = "98200A data cartridge; Hewlett; HP 85; magnetic tape
equipment; magnetic tape transports; Packard; tape
transport",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bausch:1980:HCD,
author = "J. F. Bausch",
title = "A high-quality {CRT} display for a portable computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "7",
pages = "19--22",
month = jul,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
keywords = "cathode-ray tube displays; CRT display; CRT
subassembly; personal computers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Lo:1980:CTP,
author = "C. C. Lo and R. W. Keil",
title = "A compact thermal printer designed for integration
into a personal computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "7",
pages = "22--26",
month = jul,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
keywords = "HP 85 personal computer; printer/plotter; printers;
thermal; thermal printer",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Mills:1980:EBL,
author = "N. A. Mills and H. C. Russell and K. R. Henscheid",
title = "Enhanced {BASIC} language for a personal computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "7",
pages = "26--32",
month = jul,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6140D (High level languages)",
keywords = "BASIC; computer; enhanced implementation; HP 85 BASIC;
HP 85 personal",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Foote:1980:CSA,
author = "J. D. Foote",
title = "A complete self-contained audio measurement system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "8",
pages = "3--7",
month = aug,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6450 (Audio equipment and systems); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments); C3380B (Control
of electronic instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8903A Audio Analyzer; audio equipment; audio
measurement system; automatic audio analyser; automatic
test equipment; computerised; Hewlett; instrumentation;
Packard",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Boyan:1980:MMM,
author = "C. J. Boyan",
title = "Making the most of a microprocessor-based instrument
controller ({HP 8903A} audio analyser)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "8",
pages = "8--9",
month = aug,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C7420
(Control engineering computing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8903 audio; analyser; automatic test equipment;
computerised; computerised control; HP 8903A audio
analyser; instrument controller; instrumentation;
microprocessor based",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Pontis:1980:DLF,
author = "G. D. Pontis",
title = "Design for a low-distortion, fast-settling source",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "8",
pages = "10--11",
month = aug,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230B (Oscillators); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8903A Audio Analyzer; audio equipment; low distortion
source; oscillators; RC oscillator; state variable
oscillator",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Pontis:1980:FSO,
author = "G. D. Pontis",
title = "Floating a source output",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "8",
pages = "12--17",
month = aug,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8903A Audio analyser; automatic test equipment;
floating power supply; power supply circuits",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Lau:1980:DTN,
author = "C. Y. Lau",
title = "A digitally tuned notch filter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "8",
pages = "14--15",
month = aug,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1270E (Active filters and other active networks)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8903A Audio; active filter; active filters; Analyzer;
digitally tuned notch filter; notch filter; state
variable filter",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Lynch:1980:CLA,
author = "T. R. Lynch",
title = "A custom {LSI} approach to a personal computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "8",
pages = "18--22",
month = aug,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "custom chips; custom LSI; digital computers; HP 85;
personal computer",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Kahan:1980:HCE,
author = "William M. Kahan",
title = "Handheld calculator evaluates integrals",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "8",
pages = "23--32",
month = aug,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
MRclass = "65-04 (65D30)",
MRnumber = "82d:65001",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C4160 (Numerical integration and differentiation);
C5230 (Digital arithmetic methods)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "34C; digital arithmetic; handheld calculator; HP;
integrals; integration; numerical integration;
numerical methods",
reviewer = "S. Dubuc",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Gort:1980:FIM,
author = "A. F. Gort",
title = "A fully integrated, microprocessor-controlled total
station",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "9",
pages = "3--11",
month = sep,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0630C (Spatial variables measurement); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); B7230
(Sensing devices and transducers); B7320C (Spatial
variables measurement); C3380B (Control of electronic
instruments); C7420 (Control engineering computing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "angle measuring functions; angular measurement;
computerised instrumentation; distance; electronic
total station; Hewlett Packard; measurement; Model
3820A; second order theodolite",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kerschner:1980:MDC,
author = "R. K. Kerschner",
title = "Mechanical design constraints for a total station",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "9",
pages = "12--14",
month = sep,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0630C (Spatial variables measurement); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); B7230
(Sensing devices and transducers); B7320C (Spatial
variables measurement)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "3820A Total Station; angle; angular measurement;
computerised instrumentation; distance; distance
measurement system; geometrical constraints; Hewlett
Packard; measurement; measurement system; total
station; trunnion axis; vertical axis",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Moore:1980:COS,
author = "C. E. Moore and D. J. Sims",
title = "A compact optical system for portable distance and
angle measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "9",
pages = "14--16",
month = sep,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0630C (Spatial variables measurement); A0760 (Optical
instruments and techniques); A4278D (Optical system
design); B7230C (Photodetectors); B7320C (Spatial
variables measurement)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "3820A Total Station; angular measurement; catadioptric
Cassegrain; combined optical system; distance
measurement; distance meter; instrument; optical
system; optical systems; portable field; structure;
telescope; telescopes",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Johnson:1980:ALN,
author = "D. R. Johnson",
title = "An approach to large-scale non-contact coordinate
measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "9",
pages = "16--17, 19--20",
month = sep,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0630C (Spatial variables measurement); B7230 (Sensing
devices and transducers); B7320C (Spatial variables
measurement)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "3820A coordinate determination system; angular
measurement; coordinate determination; digital
instrumentation; digital theodolite; distance;
measurement; measurements; noncontact; position
measurement; triangulation",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Wasinger:1980:IH,
author = "G. F. Wasinger",
title = "Interfacing the {3820A} via the {HP-IB}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "9",
pages = "18--19",
month = sep,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "38001A Distance Meter Interface; 3820A; BCD; bit
serial data; computer; computer interfaces; HPIB;
interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Sasaki:1980:AMH,
author = "G. D. Sasaki and R. C. Jensen",
title = "Automatic measurements with a high-performance
universal counter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "9",
pages = "21--23, 25--27, 29--31",
month = sep,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7310
(Electric and magnetic variables measurement); C3380B
(Control of electronic instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "automatic measurement; computerised instrumentation;
counters; cycle; duty; HP Model 5335A; phase; pulse
width; universal counter",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{DiPietro:1980:TIE,
author = "D. M. DiPietro",
title = "Third input extends range to 1300 {MHz}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "9",
pages = "24--25",
month = sep,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "5335A Universal Counter; channel C; computerised
instrumentation; counters; prescaler; protection",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{McOmber:1980:VUC,
author = "V. D. McOmber",
title = "A voltmeter for a universal counter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "9",
pages = "28--29",
month = sep,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7310B (Voltage measurement); C3380B (Control of
electronic instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "5335A; computerised instrumentation; counters; systems
voltmeter; universal counter; voltmeter; voltmeters",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{LaFollette:1980:STD,
author = "R. J. LaFollette",
title = "{5335A} self test and diagnostics",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "9",
pages = "30--??",
month = sep,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "5335A; computerised instrumentation; counters;
diagnostics; electronic equipment; Hewlett; Packard;
self test; testing; universal counter",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Saponas:1980:LDS,
author = "T. A. Saponas and B. W. Kerr",
title = "Logic development system accelerates microcomputer
system design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "10",
pages = "3--10, 12--13",
month = oct,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5250 (Microcomputer techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
keywords = "64000 logic; 64100 A development station; development
system; Hewlett--Packard; logic design; microcomputer
system design; microcomputers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{DeVilbiss:1980:RSL,
author = "A. J. DeVilbiss",
title = "Resource sharing in the logic development system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "10",
pages = "7--8",
month = oct,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5600 (Data communication equipment and techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
keywords = "64000; computer peripheral equipment;
Hewlett--Packard; logic development system; protocols;
resource sharing protocol; shared resources",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Donnelly:1980:EMS,
author = "J. B. Donnelly and G. A. Greenley and M. E.
Muterspaugh",
title = "Emulators for microprocessor system development",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "10",
pages = "13--20",
month = oct,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5250 (Microcomputer techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
keywords = "64000 emulation system; digital simulation; emulation
processor architecture; emulation tool; microcomputers;
microprocessor system development",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Alonso-Velez:1980:PC,
author = "I. I. Alonso-Velez and J. G. Bourque",
title = "The {Pascal\slash 64000} compiler",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "10",
pages = "20--21, 23--24, 26--28",
month = oct,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6140D (High level languages); C6150C (Compilers,
interpreters and other processors)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
keywords = "code generation; compiler; high-level language;
Pascal; Pascal/64000; program compilers;
space-efficient",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{McDonley:1980:PDP,
author = "P. A. McDonley",
title = "Program debugging with {Pascal\slash 64000}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "10",
pages = "22--23",
month = oct,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6140D (High level languages); C6150G (Diagnostic,
testing, debugging and evaluating systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
keywords = "64000 logic development system; debug phase; Pascal;
Pascal/64000; program debugging; relocatable symbolic
information",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Stewart:1980:L,
author = "J. B. Stewart",
title = "The 64000 linker",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "10",
pages = "25--26",
month = oct,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150C (Compilers, interpreters and other
processors)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
keywords = "64000 development system; 64000 linker; files; Hewlett
Packard; linker; microprocessor systems; program
processors; relocatable",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Yackle:1980:AAM,
author = "B. E. Yackle",
title = "An assembler for all microprocessors",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "10",
pages = "28--30",
month = oct,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5250 (Microcomputer techniques); C6150C (Compilers,
interpreters and other processors)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
keywords = "64000 assembler; 64000 logic development system;
microcomputers; program assemblers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Blancke:1980:PME,
author = "T. B. Blancke and L. L. Nielsen",
title = "Patient monitoring enhanced by new central station",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "11",
pages = "3--11",
month = nov,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7510 (Biomedical measurement and imaging); C3385
(Biological and medical control systems); C7140
(Medical administration)",
keywords = "78500; computerised monitoring; Hewlett Packard;
patient information centers; patient monitoring; series
PIC",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Stettiner:1980:HRT,
author = "R. L. Stettiner and G. L. Adleman",
title = "High-speed raster technique provides flexible
display",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "11",
pages = "11--15",
month = nov,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7260 (Display technology and systems)",
keywords = "cathode-ray tube displays; display system; flexible
display; HP 78500; raster technique; system; waveform
smoothing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Rueter:1980:MAC,
author = "J. M. Rueter",
title = "Multi-processor architecture and communications for
patient monitoring",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "11",
pages = "15--18",
month = nov,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5600 (Data communication equipment and techniques);
C7330 (Biology and medical computing)",
keywords = "78511A equipment cabinet; communications; Hewlett
Packard; HP MC5; multiprocessing systems;
multiprocessor architecture; patient information
centers; patient monitoring",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Goldberg:1980:SSD,
author = "J. M. Goldberg",
title = "Self-test and serviceability for dependable central
patient monitoring",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "11",
pages = "19--23",
month = nov,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0160 (Plant engineering, maintenance and safety);
B0170N (Reliability); B7510 (Biomedical measurement and
imaging)",
keywords = "biomedical equipment; central patient monitoring;
electronic equipment testing; fast servicing; HP 78500
Patient Information Centers; maintenance engineering;
patient monitoring; reliability; selftesting; service
plan; serviceability",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hanna:1980:FPM,
author = "K. L. Hanna",
title = "Firmware for a patient monitoring station",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "11",
pages = "23--28",
month = nov,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C7330 (Biology and
medical computing)",
keywords = "78501A; 78502A; firmware; Hewlett Packard;
microprogramming; Patient Information Centers; patient
monitoring; patient monitoring station",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ishida:1980:IHI,
author = "C. J. Ishida",
title = "An interactive {HP} 3000\slash {IBM} mainframe link",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "11",
pages = "29--32",
month = nov,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5600 (Data communication equipment and techniques)",
keywords = "data communication systems; HP 3000/IBM mainframe
link; IML/3000; inquiry and development facility;
interactive data; interchange",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Frost:1980:CEC,
author = "J. B. Frost and W. L. Hale",
title = "Color enhances computer graphics system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "12",
pages = "3--5",
month = dec,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
displays)",
keywords = "187 Kbyte read/write memory; 9845T mainframe; computer
graphic equipment; Hewlett Packard; high-speed;
integrated color-graphics computer system; light pen;
microcomputers; model 9845C; System 45C; thermal line
printer",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Jewett:1980:SUF,
author = "R. A. Jewett and R. W. Fredrickson",
title = "The {System 45C} user's firmware interface",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "12",
pages = "6--9",
month = dec,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
displays); C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
keywords = "9845 enhanced; BASIC; color display; color/area fill;
computer graphic equipment; computer interfaces;
firmware interface; graphical input; microcomputers;
System 45C",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Porter:1980:LPA,
author = "F. J. Porter",
title = "Light pen aids user interaction with display",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "12",
pages = "10--19",
month = dec,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
displays)",
keywords = "9111A Graphics Tablet; 9872A Plotter; 9874A;
Digitizer; graphics; graphics input devices;
Hewlett--Packard System 45C; interactive terminals;
light pen; light pens; microcomputers; output devices;
raster-scan CRT; softkeys",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Pratt:1980:PCR,
author = "W. C. Pratt",
title = "A precision color raster-scan display for graphics
applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "12",
pages = "19--24",
month = dec,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
displays)",
keywords = "color CRT; color raster-scan display; computer graphic
equipment; CRT screen; deflection; delta-gun; display
instrumentation; microcomputers; raster-scan; scanning;
serial data; shadow-mask; System 45C; technology;
yoke",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Baeverstad:1980:DSD,
author = "H. L. {Baeverstad, Jr.} and C. C. Bruderer",
title = "Display system designed for color graphics",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "12",
pages = "25--27",
month = dec,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
displays)",
keywords = "96K-; based state machine; byte graphics memory;
computer graphic equipment; dedicated controller;
display instrumentation; high-speed bit-slice vector
generator; line typing/area shading logic;
microcomputers; picture generation; ROM-; System 34C
graphics architecture",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Becker:1980:SPS,
author = "J. S. Becker",
title = "System {45C} power supply considerations",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "12",
pages = "28--??",
month = dec,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
keywords = "color display; computer graphic equipment;
convergence; display logic; high-; linear supply;
mainframe; microcomputers; sweep; switching supplies;
System 45C; voltage flyback transformer",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Uebbing:1981:HSM,
author = "J. J. Uebbing and D. L. Lubin and E. G. {Weaver,
Jr.}",
title = "Handheld scanner makes reading bar codes easy and
inexpensive",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "1",
pages = "3--10",
month = jan,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5530 (Pattern recognition and computer vision
equipment)",
corpsource = "Univ. of Notre Dame, Notre Dame, IN, USA",
keywords = "bar codes; character recognition equipment; Digital
Bar Code Wand; handheld wand; HEDS-3000;
Hewlett--Packard; printed",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Conklin:1981:RBC,
author = "D. R. Conklin and T. L. {Revere, III}",
title = "Reading bar codes for the {HP-41C} programmable
calculator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "1",
pages = "11--14",
month = jan,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5530 (Pattern recognition and computer vision
equipment)",
corpsource = "Univ. of California, Berkeley, CA, USA",
keywords = "bar-; character recognition equipment; code formats;
HEDS-3000 Digital Bar Code Wand; HP-41C; wand
interface",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Stavely:1981:HLG,
author = "D. J. Stavely",
title = "A high-quality, low-cost graphics tablet",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "1",
pages = "15--24",
month = jan,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
corpsource = "Univ. of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI, USA",
keywords = "computer graphic equipment; graphics tablet; Hewlett
Packard; HP 9111A; human-engineered package; peripheral
device",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Cardwell:1981:CSD,
author = "S. M. Cardwell",
title = "Capacitive stylus design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "1",
pages = "17--18",
month = jan,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
corpsource = "MIT, Cambridge, MA, USA",
keywords = "9111A; capacitive stylus; computer graphic equipment;
graphics tablet; requirements; rugged; stringent
design; stylus",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bartlett:1981:PGT,
author = "D. S. Bartlett",
title = "Programming the graphics tablet",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "1",
pages = "20--21",
month = jan,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays); C6110 (Systems
analysis and programming)",
corpsource = "Purdue Univ., Lafayette, IN, USA",
keywords = "9111A; 9845B; computer graphic equipment; firmware;
graphics tablet; high-level programming; HP;
interrupts; programming; softkeys",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kinsell:1981:TDC,
author = "D. A. Kinsell",
title = "Tablet\slash display combination supports interactive
graphics",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "1",
pages = "22--23",
month = jan,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
corpsource = "Purdue Univ., Lafayette, IN, USA",
keywords = "9111T; computer graphic equipment; graphics; Graphics
Translator; interactive graphics; interactive
terminals; tablet",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Richard:1981:PPF,
author = "S. H. Richard",
title = "Programming for productivity: factory data collection
software",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "1",
pages = "25--29",
month = jan,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5520 (Data acquisition equipment and techniques)",
keywords = "1000 Computer System; data acquisition; data
collection networks; DATACAP/1000; factory data
collection; HP; software tool",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Gaullier:1981:TMT,
author = "F. Gaullier",
title = "A terminal management tool",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "1",
pages = "30--31",
month = jan,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5520 (Data acquisition equipment and techniques);
C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
corpsource = "Ecole Speciale de Mecanique, Paris, France",
keywords = "data acquisition; DATACAP/1000; interactive terminals;
management tool; multi-user applications; reentrant
environment; RTE-IVB; terminal",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hassun:1981:HFS,
author = "R. Hassun",
title = "A high-purity, fast-switching synthesized signal
generator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "2",
pages = "3--7",
month = feb,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250E (Signal generators); C3380B (Control of
electronic instruments); C7420 (Control engineering
computing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "10 kHz-1280; computerised instrumentation;
Hewlett--Packard; MHz; Model 8662A; signal generators;
spectral purity; switched-inductance oscillator;
synthesized signal generator",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Chisholm:1981:DCH,
author = "H. C. Chisholm",
title = "Digital control for a high-performance programmable
signal generator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "2",
pages = "8--??, 10--11",
month = feb,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250E (Signal generators); C3380B (Control of
electronic instruments); C7420 (Control engineering
computing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "6800 microprocessor; 8662A; computerised
instrumentation; digital control; digital control unit;
generators; Hewlett; Packard; programmable signal
generator; signal",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kovalick:1981:PSS,
author = "A. W. Kovalick",
title = "{8662A} power-on and self-test sequences",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "2",
pages = "9--10",
month = feb,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250E (Signal generators); C3380B (Control of
electronic instruments); C7420 (Control engineering
computing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8662A; computerised instrumentation; Hewlett;
integrated circuit testing; Packard; power-on; RAM
testing; ROM testing; self-test sequences; signal
generators; synthesized signal generator",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Scherer:1981:LRS,
author = "D. Scherer and B. S. Chan and F. H. Ives and W. J.
{Crilly, Jr.} and D. W. Mathiesen",
title = "Low-noise {RF} signal generator design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "2",
pages = "12--22",
month = feb,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250E (Signal generators)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8662A; computerised instrumentation; high frequency
agility; low phase noise; low spurious; RF signal
generator; signal generators; signals",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ainsworth:1981:SPS,
author = "G. L. Ainsworth",
title = "A switching power supply for a low-noise signal
generator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "2",
pages = "20--??",
month = feb,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
circuits); B7250E (Signal generators)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "Hewlett-; high-temperature shutdown system; low-noise
signal generator; Packard 8662A; power supply circuits;
signal generators; switching circuits; switching power
supply",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Platt:1981:HSG,
author = "D. L. Platt and D. T. Borowski",
title = "A high-purity signal generator output section",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "2",
pages = "22--26",
month = feb,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250E (Signal generators); B7310Z (Other electric
variables measurement)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8662A; AM noise measurement; amplitude; computerised
instrumentation; electric noise measurement; levelling;
modulation; output section; signal generator; signal
generators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{DeVries:1981:PDP,
author = "R. L. DeVries",
title = "Product design for precision and purity",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "2",
pages = "28--30",
month = feb,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); C3380B (Control of
electronic instruments); C7420 (Control engineering
computing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8662A; computerised instrumentation; decoupling;
environmental testing; grounding; human factors;
modularity; power consumption; product design;
reliability; serviceability; shielding; signal
generators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Richardson:1981:VHS,
author = "J. W. Richardson",
title = "Verifying high spectral purity and level accuracy in
production",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "2",
pages = "30--32",
month = feb,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250E (Signal generators)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8662A signal; computerised instrumentation;
distributed test system; generator; HP-IB test system;
production testing; signal generators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Staas:1981:NDS,
author = "G. C. Staas",
title = "New display station offers multiple screen windows and
dual data communications ports",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "3",
pages = "3--8",
month = mar,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7260 (Display technology and systems); C5540
(Terminals and graphic displays)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "cathode-ray tube displays; communications ports; CRT
terminal; dual data; Hewlett Packard; interactive
terminals; Model 2626A Display Station",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Graham:1981:DSU,
author = "G. C. Graham",
title = "Display station's user interface is designed for
increased productivity",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "3",
pages = "8--12",
month = mar,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7260 (Display technology and systems); C5540
(Terminals and graphic displays)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "alphanumeric; display station; HP 2626A; interactive
terminals; man-machine systems; terminals; user
interface",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Sukumar:1981:HFS,
author = "S. Sukumar and J. D. Wiese",
title = "Hardware and firmware support for four virtual
terminals in one display station",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "3",
pages = "13--15",
month = mar,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "2626A display station; display station; Hewlett
Packard; interactive terminals; virtual terminals",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Roy:1981:SIV,
author = "J.-C. Roy",
title = "A silicon-on-sapphire integrated video controller",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "3",
pages = "16--19",
month = mar,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7260 (Display technology and systems); C5540
(Terminals and graphic displays)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "cathode-ray tube displays; computer graphic equipment;
display system; Hewlett; integrated video controller;
interactive terminals; Packard's 2626A;
silicon-on-sapphire; video control chip",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Burgoon:1981:SQO,
author = "J. R. Burgoon and R. L. Wilson",
title = "{SC-cut} quartz oscillator offers improved
performance",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "3",
pages = "20--21, 23--25, 28--29",
month = mar,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2860 (Piezoelectric and ferroelectric devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "Crystal Oscillator; crystal resonators; frequency
reference; HP Model 10811A/B; quartz; quartz
oscillator",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Adams:1981:SCB,
author = "C. A. Adams and J. A. Kusters",
title = "The {SC} cut, a brief summary",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "3",
pages = "22--23",
month = mar,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2860 (Piezoelectric and ferroelectric devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "10811A/B oscillator; crystal resonators; quartz; SC
crystals; SC cut",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Steinmetz:1981:FCP,
author = "J. H. Steinmetz",
title = "Flexible circuit packaging of a crystal oscillator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "3",
pages = "26--28",
month = mar,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170J (Product packaging); B2860 (Piezoelectric and
ferroelectric devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "10811A/B oscillator; circuit packaging; crystal
oscillator; crystal resonators; packaging; selectively
stiffened flexible circuitry",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Estes:1981:NTP,
author = "M. F. Estes and D. {Zimmer, Jr.}",
title = "New temperature probe locates circuit hot spots",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "3",
pages = "30--32",
month = mar,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7320R
(Thermal variables measurement)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "Hewlett Packard; HP 10023 A; probes; temperature
measurement; temperature probe",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Federman:1981:IMP,
author = "N. C. Federman and R. M. Steiner",
title = "An interactive material planning and control system
for manufacturing companies",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "4",
pages = "3--12",
month = apr,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C7160 (Manufacturing and industrial administration)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "application systems; Hewlett--Packard; manufacturing
companies; manufacturing data processing; material
planning; Materials Management/3000; stock control data
processing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Winston:1981:NAC,
author = "L. E. Winston",
title = "A novel approach to computer application system design
and implementation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "4",
pages = "13--18",
month = apr,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6110 (Systems analysis and programming)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "Application; Application Monitor; application system
design; Computer; Customizer; Hewlett--Packard; HP
3000; software engineering; software systems",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kurtz:1981:AAS,
author = "B. D. Kurtz",
title = "Automating application system operation and control",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "4",
pages = "19--22",
month = apr,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6110 (Systems analysis and programming); C6150J
(Operating systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "Application Monitor; application scheduling;
automatic; Hewlett--Packard; monitor; software
engineering; supervisory and executive programs",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Jones:1981:PDW,
author = "L. T. Jones and J. J. Ressmeyer and C. A. Clark",
title = "Precision {DVM} has wide dynamic range and high
systems speed",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "4",
pages = "23--31",
month = apr,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310 (Electric and magnetic variables
measurement)",
keywords = "digital voltmeter; digital voltmeters; DVM;
measurement problems; Model 346A; voltage and
resistance",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Edison:1981:PHE,
author = "J. C. Edison and W. C. Haase and R. K. Scudder",
title = "A precision high-speed electron beam lithography
system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "5",
pages = "3--13",
month = may,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2550 (Semiconductor device technology); B2550G
(Lithography)B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits);
C3355Z (Control applications in other manufacturing
processes); C7420 (Control engineering computing)",
keywords = "computer control; electron beam; electron beam
lithography; Hewlett Packard; integrated circuit;
integrated circuit technology; process computer
control; production",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Kelly:1981:PHH,
author = "J. Kelly and T. R. Groves and Huei Pei Kuo",
title = "A precision, high-current, high-speed electron beam
lithography column",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "5",
pages = "14--15, 18--20",
month = may,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2550 (Semiconductor device technology); B2550G
(Lithography)B2570 (Semiconductor integrated
circuits)",
keywords = "cathodes; electron beam column; electron beam
lithography; field-emission cathode; Hewlett Packard;
high-current; HP; integrated circuit; system;
technology; two-lens",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Lindberg:1981:PXS,
author = "E. E. Lindberg and C. L. Merja",
title = "A precision {X-Y} stage and substrate handling system
for electron beam lithography",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "5",
pages = "16--18",
month = may,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2550 (Semiconductor device technology); B2550G
(Lithography)B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits);
C3320 (Control applications to materials handling);
C3355Z (Control applications in other manufacturing
processes); C7420 (Control engineering computing)",
keywords = "computer controlled; computerised materials handling;
electron beam; electron beam lithography;
Hewlett--Packard; integrated circuit technology;
lithography; pallet; precision materials handling;
process computer control; substrate handling system;
X-Y stage",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Hamilton:1981:SCH,
author = "B. Hamilton",
title = "Software control for the {HP} electron beam
lithography system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "5",
pages = "21--23",
month = may,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2550 (Semiconductor device technology); B2550G
(Lithography)B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits);
C3355Z (Control applications in other manufacturing
processes); C7420 (Control engineering computing)",
keywords = "electron beam lithography; event sequencing; Hewlett;
integrated circuit technology; modes of system;
operation; Packard; process computer control; software
control; software package; system calibration",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Cannon:1981:PDF,
author = "M. J. Cannon and H. F. Lee and R. B. Lewis",
title = "Pattern data flow in the {HP} electron beam system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "5",
pages = "24--26",
month = may,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2550 (Semiconductor device technology); B2550G
(Lithography)B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits);
C6130 (Data handling techniques); C7410D (Electronic
engineering computing)",
keywords = "conversion software; data handling; data storage and;
electron beam lithography; electronic; engineering
computing; format conversion path; Hewlett Packard; HP
1000 F-; HP 7906; HP 7925; integrated circuit
technology; pattern data flow; Series Computer;
transformation",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bugely:1981:CHE,
author = "F. L. Bugely and I. F. Osborne and G. Owen and R. B.
Schudy",
title = "Calibration of the {HP} electron beam lithography
system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "5",
pages = "27--33",
month = may,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2550 (Semiconductor device technology); B2550G
(Lithography)B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits);
B7130 (Measurement standards and calibration)",
keywords = "automatic; calibration; electron beam lithography;
electron beam lithography system; Hewlett Packard; HP;
integrated circuit; large scale integration;
procedures; technology",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hsu:1981:DAM,
author = "Tsen-gong Jim Hsu",
title = "Digital adaptive matched filter for fiducial mark
registration (in electron beam lithography system)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "5",
pages = "34--36",
month = may,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1270F (Digital filters); B2550 (Semiconductor device
technology); B2550G (Lithography); B2570 (Semiconductor
integrated circuits)",
keywords = "adaptive matched filters; calibration; detection of
fiducial marks; digital; digital filters; electron beam
lithography; equipment calibration; fiducial mark
registration; integrated circuit technology; matched
filters; signal detection",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Negrete:1981:MNS,
author = "M. Negrete",
title = "{Marco Negrete} on structured {VLSI} design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "6",
pages = "3--4",
month = jun,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits)",
keywords = "artwork; design rule; integrated design; large scale
integration; monolithic integrated circuits; structured
VLSI design; VLSI design",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Haydamack:1981:VDS,
author = "W. J. Haydamack and D. J. Griffin",
title = "{VLSI} design strategies and tools",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "6",
pages = "5--7, 10--12",
month = jun,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits)",
keywords = "design; design tools; Hewlett--Packard; integrated
circuit technology; large scale integration;
methodologies; monolithic integrated circuits; VLSI
design",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Black:1981:ASA,
author = "K. M. Black and P. K. Hardage",
title = "Advanced symbolic artwork preparation ({ASAP})",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "6",
pages = "8--9",
month = jun,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); C7410D
(Electronic engineering computing)",
keywords = "advanced symbolic artwork preparation; ASAP; circuit
layout CAD; Hewlett-; IC design; IC design system;
integrated circuit technology; large; Packard; scale
integration",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Scheffer:1981:DSV,
author = "L. K. Scheffer and R. I. Dowell and R. M. Apte",
title = "Design and simulation of {VLSI} circuits",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "6",
pages = "12--15, 17--18",
month = jun,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); C5210B
(Computer-aided logic design); C7410D (Electronic
engineering computing)",
keywords = "digital simulation; integrated circuit design; large
scale integration; logic CAD; logic design; VLSI
circuits",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Khalily:1981:TEC,
author = "E. Khalily",
title = "Transistor electrical characterization and analysis
program ({TECAP})",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "6",
pages = "16--17",
month = jun,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
B2570H (Other field effect integrated circuits)",
keywords = "9845B; analysis program; characterization; circuit
analysis computing; circuits; desktop computers;
electrical characterization and analysis program; field
effect integrated; HP; large scale integration;
simulation; TECAP; transistor; VLSI",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bracken:1981:IGS,
author = "D. F. Bracken and W. J. McCalla",
title = "An interactive graphics system for structured design
of integrated circuits",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "6",
pages = "18--19, 21--25",
month = jun,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C5540 (Terminals
and graphic displays); C7410D (Electronic engineering
computing)",
keywords = "circuit layout CAD; color graphics; computer graphic
equipment; custom integrated circuits; integrated
circuit design; interactive; interactive graphics
system; large scale integration; LSI; systems; VLSI
circuits; workstation",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Baker:1981:ILD,
author = "T. H. Baker",
title = "{IC} layout on a desktop computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "6",
pages = "20--21",
month = jun,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); C5420
(Mainframes and minicomputers); C7410D (Electronic
engineering computing)",
keywords = "9845C desk top computer; circuit layout CAD; desktop
computer; Hewlett--Packard; HP's; IC layout system;
integrated circuit technology; minicomputers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Tucker:1981:VDA,
author = "M. G. Tucker and W. J. Haydamack",
title = "{VLSI} design and artwork verification",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "6",
pages = "25--29",
month = jun,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); C7410D
(Electronic engineering computing)",
keywords = "artwork verification; check; checking; circuit CAD;
circuit level; design rule; EXTRACT system; geometrical
check; integrated circuit; large scale integration",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Brooksby:1981:UIC,
author = "M. W. Brooksby and P. L. Castro",
title = "University and industrial cooperation for {VLSI}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "6",
pages = "29--??, 32--33",
month = jun,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0120 (Education and training); B2570 (Semiconductor
integrated circuits)",
keywords = "California; educational courses; efforts;
Hewlett--Packard; Institute of Technology; integrated
circuit technology; large; scale integration; Stanford
University; UC Berkeley; university; University of
Illinois; VLSI",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Clare:1981:PCN,
author = "C. R. Clare",
title = "A process control network",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "6",
pages = "30--31",
month = jun,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C3355Z (Control applications in other manufacturing
processes); C7420 (Control engineering computing)",
keywords = "computer control; direct digital control; distributed;
distributed control; Hewlett--Packard; process; process
control; process control network",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Brooksby:1981:BQI,
author = "M. W. Brooksby and P. L. Castro and F. L. Hanson",
title = "Benefits of quick-turnaround integrated circuit
processing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "6",
pages = "33--35",
month = jun,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2220C (General integrated circuit fabrication
techniques)",
keywords = "fast turnaround; Hewlett--Packard; IC process cycle
times; integrated circuit processing; integrated
circuit technology; production; quick-turnaround
operation; research and development",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Laing:1981:ISP,
author = "V. L. Laing",
title = "Instrument system provides precision measurement and
control capabilities",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "7",
pages = "3--8",
month = jul,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7210G (Data acquisition systems); C3380B (Control of
electronic instruments); C5520 (Data acquisition
equipment and techniques)",
keywords = "3497A; acquisition; Automatic Data Acquisition/Control
System; computerised instrumentation; computerised
monitoring; data; Data Acquisition/Control Unit;
Hewlett--Packard; HP-IB-based system; model 3054A;
precision measurement",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Heyl:1981:PDA,
author = "L. E. Heyl",
title = "Precision data acquisition teams up with computer
power",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "7",
pages = "6--??",
month = jul,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5520 (Data acquisition equipment and techniques);
C7420 (Control engineering computing)",
keywords = "acquisition instrumentation; computerised control;
data; data acquisition; HP 1000 Computer; HP Model
3054C",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Wolpert:1981:DLE,
author = "D. L. Wolpert",
title = "Data logging is easy with an {HP-85\slash 3054A}
combination",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "7",
pages = "7--8",
month = jul,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7210G (Data acquisition systems); C3380B (Control of
electronic instruments)",
keywords = "3054DL; 3497A Data Acquisition/Control Unit;
computerised instrumentation; data; data acquisition;
data loggers; HP-85; logging",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Epstein:1981:VIM,
author = "J. S. Epstein and T. J. Heger",
title = "Versatile instrument makes high-performance
transducer-based measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "7",
pages = "9--15",
month = jul,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7210G (Data acquisition systems); C3380B (Control of
electronic instruments)",
keywords = "Acquisition/Control Unit; assemblies; computerised
instrumentation; Data; data acquisition; data
acquisition instrumentation; HP Model 3497A; plug-in;
precision measurement",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Heger:1981:PAV,
author = "T. J. Heger and P. A. Redding and R. L. Hester",
title = "Plug-in assemblies for a variety of data
acquisition\slash control applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "7",
pages = "16--22",
month = jul,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7210G (Data acquisition systems); C3380B (Control of
electronic instruments)",
keywords = "3497A; computerised instrumentation; data acquisition;
Data Acquisition/Control Unit; HP Model; modules;
plug-in assemblies",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Jones:1981:DCR,
author = "V. C. Jones",
title = "Desktop computer redesigned for instrument
automation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "7",
pages = "23--31",
month = jul,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C7420 (Control engineering
computing)",
keywords = "9915A; computerised control; computerised
instrumentation; instrument automation; instrumentation
system; microcomputers; modular desktop computer;
production test automation",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Watts:1981:UAD,
author = "K. F. Watts",
title = "A unifying approach to designing for reliability",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "7",
pages = "24--25",
month = jul,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170C (Project and design engineering)",
keywords = "design engineering; designing; environment; product
quality; product reliability; production-line;
reliability",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Sweetser:1981:DTS,
author = "D. J. Sweetser",
title = "Designing testability and serviceability into the
{9915A}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "7",
pages = "27--28",
month = jul,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
keywords = "9915A; automated testing; computer testing; design
engineering; diagnostic software; hardware test
features; microcomputers; serviceability; testability",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Gilbert:1981:OID,
author = "R. A. Gilbert",
title = "Operator interface design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "7",
pages = "29--30",
month = jul,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
keywords = "9915A; computer interfaces; computerised
instrumentation; displays; keyboards; machine systems;
man-; OIC; operator interface card; video",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Clarke:1981:CIP,
author = "E. L. Clarke",
title = "Cost-effective industrial packaging",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "7",
pages = "31--??",
month = jul,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170J (Product packaging)",
keywords = "9915A; controller; Hewlett--Packard; industrial
environment; industrial packaging; instrument;
packaging; studies; tests",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Myers:1981:PFT,
author = "R. Myers and R. D. Peck",
title = "{200-kHz} power {FET} technology in new modular power
supplies",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "8",
pages = "3--7, 10",
month = aug,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
circuits); B7630B (Aerospace and avionic power
supplies)",
keywords = "apparatus; fast switching power supplies; FET
circuits; field effect transistor circuits; modular
power supplies; power supplies; power supplies to; to
apparatus",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Seipel:1981:MCH,
author = "W. Seipel",
title = "Magnetic components for high-frequency switching power
supplies",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "8",
pages = "8--9",
month = aug,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
circuits)",
keywords = "coil loss; control reactor; European safety;
high-frequency switching power; magnetic components;
power; power supplies to apparatus; resonating
inductor; specifications; standards; supplies;
transformer",
treatment = "A Application; G General Review",
}
@Article{Gyma:1981:LAP,
author = "D. W. Gyma and P. W. Bailey and J. W. Hyde and D. R.
Schwartz",
title = "Laboratory-performance autoranging power supplies
using power {MOSFET} technology",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "8",
pages = "11--17",
month = aug,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
circuits); B2560R (Insulated gate field effect
transistors); C3110E (Power and energy control)",
keywords = "autoranging power supplies; DC power supply; insulated
gate field effect transistors; power control; power
supplies to apparatus",
treatment = "A Application; G General Review",
}
@Article{Tiefert:1981:VPM,
author = "K. H. Tiefert and Dah Wen Tsang and R. L. Myers and V.
Li",
title = "The vertical power {MOSFET} for high-speed power
control",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "8",
pages = "18--23",
month = aug,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
circuits); B2560R (Insulated gate field effect
transistors); C3110E (Power and energy control)",
keywords = "drivers; insulated gate field effect transistors;
MOSFET circuit; power control; power supplies; power
supplies to apparatus; pulse; switching amplifiers;
vertical power MOSFET",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Duell:1981:PLD,
author = "A. W. Duell and W. V. Roland",
title = "Power line disturbances and their effect on computer
design and performance",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "8",
pages = "25--32",
month = aug,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B5230 (Electromagnetic compatibility and
interference); B8130F (Overhead power lines)",
keywords = "AC power line; grounding bus; interference (signal);
lightning; machinery; power overhead lines",
treatment = "A Application; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Solomon:1981:RAC,
author = "R. J. Solomon",
title = "A reliable, accurate {CO\slash} sub 2\slash{} analyzer
for medical use (using {IR})",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "9",
pages = "3--7",
month = sep,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7510B (Radiation and radioactivity applications in
biomedicine); C3385 (Biological and medical control
systems)",
keywords = "biomedical electronics; biomedical equipment;
capnometer; carbon dioxide; CO/sub 2/ analyzer;
computerised; HP model 47210A; instrumentation; IR
measurement system; medical diagnostic tool",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Merrick:1981:MMC,
author = "E. B. Merrick",
title = "A miniature motor for the {CO$_2$} sensor (with thanks
to {Kettering})",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "9",
pages = "8--9",
month = sep,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7510B (Radiation and radioactivity applications in
biomedicine); B8340 (Small and special purpose electric
machines)",
corpsource = "Hospital Supplies Operations, Hewlett Packard,
Chelmsford, MA, USA",
keywords = "47210A capnometer; biomedical equipment; CO/sub 2/
sensor; HP; IR sensor; miniature motor; step motor;
stepping motors",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Krieger:1981:ERA,
author = "J. J. Krieger",
title = "An end-tidal\slash respiration-rate algorithm",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "9",
pages = "12--15, 18, 20, 21",
month = sep,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C7330 (Biology and medical computing)",
keywords = "47210A capnometer; end-tidal/respiration-rate
algorithm; HP; medical computing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Parker:1981:ICS,
author = "R. A. Parker and R. J. Solomon",
title = "In-service {CO\slash} sub 2\slash{} sensor
calibration",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "9",
pages = "16--18",
month = sep,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7130 (Measurement standards and calibration); B7230C
(Photodetectors); B7510B (Radiation and radioactivity
applications in biomedicine)",
keywords = "14360A sensor; biomedical electronics; calibration;
calibration stick; CO/sub 2/ sensor; gas standard;
gas-cell; infrared detectors; medical sensor",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Krieger:1981:MAC,
author = "J. J. Krieger",
title = "Making accurate {CO}$_2$ measurements (using {IR})",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "9",
pages = "19--20",
month = sep,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sat Jan 13 08:31:00 2001",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7510B (Radiation and radioactivity applications in
biomedicine)",
keywords = "biomedical equipment; calibration; capnometer;
different partial pressures; HP 47210A; performance
verification; standards; static gas station",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Narimatsu:1981:VLI,
author = "Y. Narimatsu and K. Yagi and T. Shimizu",
title = "A versatile low-frequency impedance analyzer with an
integral tracking gain-phase meter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "9",
pages = "22--28",
month = sep,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
B7310H (Phase and gain measurement); B7310J (Impedance
and admittance measurement); C3380B (Control of
electronic instruments); C7420 (Control engineering
computing)",
keywords = "4192A; computerised instrumentation; electric
impedance; gain; gain measurement; gain-phase; group
delay; Hewlett--Packard; impedance; impedance analyser;
integral tracking; measurement; meter; parameters;
phase; phase meters",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Aue:1981:FPP,
author = "P. Aue",
title = "A fast, programmable pulse generator output stage",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "9",
pages = "29--32",
month = sep,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230J (Pulse generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B7250E (Signal generators);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C5210
(Logic design methods); C7420 (Control engineering
computing)",
keywords = "computerised instrumentation; fast logic families;
fast-transition pulses; generator; generators; Hewlett
Packard; logic testing; model 8161A; programmable pulse
generator; pulse; test equipment",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Baron:1981:DHL,
author = "W. D. Baron and L. LaBarre and C. E. Tyler and R. G.
Younge",
title = "Development of a high-performance, low-mass,
low-inertia plotting technology",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "10",
pages = "3--7",
month = oct,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
keywords = "Hewlett Packard; high-performance; inexpensive
graphics products; low-inertia; low-mass; plotter;
plotter technology; plotters; vector",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Lo:1981:PSE,
author = "C. C. Lo",
title = "Plotter servo electronics contained on a single {IC}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "10",
pages = "8--9",
month = oct,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C3260B (Electric actuators and final control
equipment); C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
hard-copy output devices)",
keywords = "Hewlett Packard; plotters; servo control electronics;
servomotors; vector plotter; X-Y plotter technology",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Epstein:1981:IOS,
author = "H. C. Epstein and M. G. Leonard and J. J. Uebbing",
title = "An incremental optical shaft encoder kit with
integrated optoelectronics",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "10",
pages = "10--15",
month = oct,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C3120C (Spatial variables control); C3240D (Electric
transducers and sensing devices)",
keywords = "closed loop systems; HP HEDS-5000; integrated; optical
shaft encoder; optoelectronics; photodetectors;
plotters; position control; position sensing; printers;
small electric motors",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Dorward:1981:NPT,
author = "P. H. Dorward and S. J. Koerper and M. K. Mason and S.
A. Scampini",
title = "New plotting technology leads to a new kind of
electrocardiograph",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "10",
pages = "16--24",
month = oct,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7510D (Bioelectric signals); C5550 (Printers,
plotters and other hard-copy output devices); C7330
(Biology and medical computing)",
keywords = "biomedical equipment; Cardiography;
electrocardiograph; electrocardiography; Hewlett
Packard; HP Model 4700A; Page Writer; plotters;
plotting technology",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Patterson:1981:DLD,
author = "M. L. Patterson and G. W. Lynch",
title = "Development of a large drafting plotter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "11",
pages = "3--7",
month = nov,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "7580A; computer graphic equipment; drafting plotter;
Hewlett Packard; HP Model; plotters; X-Y plotter",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Stewart:1981:AMI,
author = "L. J. Stewart and D. W. Schaper and N. J. Martini and
H. E. Mostafa",
title = "Aspect microprocessor and {I/O} design for a drafting
plotter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "11",
pages = "7--11",
month = nov,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "computer graphic equipment; computerised
instrumentation; drafting plotter; HP Model 7580A;
plotters; Z8002 microprocessor",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Flower:1981:MDM,
author = "T. L. Flower and M. Son",
title = "Motor drive mechanics and control electronics for a
high-performance plotter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "11",
pages = "12--15",
month = nov,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C3260B (Electric actuators and final control
equipment); C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
hard-copy output devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "control electronics; drafting plotter; drives;
high-performance plotter; Model 7580A; motor-driven
systems; plotters",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hennessee:1981:FDP,
author = "L. W. Hennessee and A. K. Frankel and M. A. Overton
and R. B. Smith",
title = "Firmware determines plotter personality",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "11",
pages = "16--24",
month = nov,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "7580A; firmware; plotter; plotters; Z8002
microprocessor",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Haselby:1981:YPH,
author = "R. D. Haselby and D. J. Perach and S. R. Haugh",
title = "{Y}-axis pen handling system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "11",
pages = "25--32",
month = nov,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "7580A; drafting plotter; HP Model; pen handling
system; plotters; Y-axis pen handling system",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kaplan:1981:XMD,
author = "R. J. Kaplan and R. S. Townsend",
title = "{X}-axis micro-grip drive and platen design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "11",
pages = "33--36",
month = nov,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "7580A drafting plotter; HP; micro-grip drive; platen
design; plotters",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ishak:1981:SDL,
author = "W. S. Ishak and H. E. Karrer and W. R. Shreve",
title = "Surface-acoustic-wave delay lines and transversal
filters",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "12",
pages = "3--8",
month = dec,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1270D (Passive filters and other passive networks);
B2860C (Acoustic wave devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "band-pass filters; bandpass filters; delay lines;
devices; low-loss; passive filters; surface acoustic
wave; surface acoustic wave devices; transversal
filters; ultrasonic delay lines",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Cross:1981:SR,
author = "P. S. Cross and S. S. Elliott",
title = "Surface-acoustic-wave resonators",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "12",
pages = "9--11, 13--14, 16--17",
month = dec,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230B (Oscillators); B2860C (Acoustic wave devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "acoustic-wave; Fabry--Perot resonator; lines;
resonators; SAW delay line; SAW oscillator; SAW
resonator; surface acoustic wave devices; surface-;
ultrasonic delay",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Bray:1981:SF,
author = "R. C. Bray and Y. C. Chu",
title = "{SAWR} fabrication",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "12",
pages = "11--13",
month = dec,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2860C (Acoustic wave devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "Al; aluminium; fabrication; film techniques;
photolithography; piezoelectric quartz crystal;
piezoelectric transducers; resonators; surface acoustic
wave devices; surface-acoustic-wave resonators; thin-;
thin-film interdigital; transducers",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Mierzwinski:1981:PS,
author = "M. E. Mierzwinski and M. E. Terrien",
title = "{280-MHz} production {SAWR}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "12",
pages = "15--16",
month = dec,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2860C (Acoustic wave devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "280-MHz; acoustic-wave resonator; dual-transducer
device; Hewlett--Packard; resonators; single port
device; surface acoustic wave devices; surface-",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Dias:1981:PSU,
author = "J. Fleming Dias",
title = "Physical sensors using {SAW} devices",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "12",
pages = "18--20",
month = dec,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2860C (Acoustic wave devices); B7230 (Sensing devices
and transducers); B7320C (Spatial variables
measurement); B7320G (Mechanical variables
measurement); B7320R (Thermal variables measurement);
B7320V (Pressure and vacuum measurement)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "characteristics; construction; displacement
measurement; displacement sensors; electric sensing
devices; force; force transducer; measurement;
piezoelectric transducers; pressure; pressure
transducers; SAW delay lines; surface acoustic; surface
acoustic wave devices; temperature; temperature
sensors; wave sensors",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Rissman:1981:PEC,
author = "P. Rissman and M. P. C. Watts",
title = "Proximity effect corrections by means of processing:
theory and applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "12",
pages = "21--23, 25--27",
month = dec,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2550 (Semiconductor device technology); B2550G
(Lithography)B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits);
C7410D (Electronic engineering computing)",
keywords = "circuit; digital simulation; electron beam; electron
beam lithography; electron scattering; electronic;
engineering computing; integrated; integrated circuit
technology; lithography; model; multilayer resist;
processing; proximity effect; small beam; substrate",
treatment = "X Experimental",
}
@Article{Neukermans:1981:MCS,
author = "A. P. Neukermans and S. G. Eaton",
title = "{Monte Carlo} simulations for electron beam
exposures",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "12",
pages = "24--25",
month = dec,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0240G (Monte Carlo methods); B2550 (Semiconductor
device technology); B2550G (Lithography); B2570
(Semiconductor integrated circuits); C1140G (Monte
Carlo methods); C7410D (Electronic engineering
computing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "assembly language; beam lithography; Berkeley; Carlo
methods; digital simulation; electron; electron beam
lithography; electronic; engineering computing;
FORTRAN; integrated circuit technology; Monte; Monte
Carlo methods; proximity effect; SAMPLE; simulation",
treatment = "G General Review; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}
@Article{Shreve:1982:SPU,
author = "William R. Shreve",
title = "Signal Processing Using Surface Acoustic Waves",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "1",
pages = "3--8",
month = jan,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The surface-acoustic-wave (SAW) devices are considered
that convert electrical signals into minute acoustic
waves on the surface of a piezoelectric crystal for
various electronic applications. Such devices are
small, rugged, and are fabricated using microelectronic
techniques. Dispersive delay lines, fixed correlators,
and programmable correlators and convolvers are
described that can be used for radio data links.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2860C (Acoustic wave devices); B6140 (Signal
processing and detection); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems); B7220 (Signal
processing and conditioning equipment and techniques)",
classification = "708; 716; 752",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "acoustic surface wave devices; analogue signal
processing; compression; convolvers; dispersive delay
lines; filtering; fixed correlators; matched;
piezoelectric materials --- Applications; pulse; SAW
devices; signal processing; surface acoustic wave
devices; surface acoustic waves; telecommunication
links, radio; variable-bandwidth filtering",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Rhodes-Burke:1982:RSA,
author = "Robert Rhodes-Burke",
title = "Retrofitting for Signature Analysis Simplified",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "1",
pages = "9--16",
month = jan,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Four versions of Microprocessor Exerciser are
introduced that make it possible to apply signature
analysis trouble-shooting techniques to
microprocessor-based products not originally designed
for signal analysis methods, by providing preprogrammed
external stimulus routines and monitoring circuits.
Model 5001A for 6800-microprocessor is illustrated and
its operating modes are described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5130 (Microprocessor chips); C5210 (Logic design
methods)",
classification = "722; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "5001A; computers, microprocessor; external; fault
location; Hewlett--Packard; logic testing;
microprocessor chips; microprocessor exerciser;
microprocessor-based systems; signature analysis;
stimulus routines; troubleshooting; troubleshooting
techniques",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hasebe:1982:FCH,
author = "Kunio Hasebe and William R. Mason and Thomas J.
Zamborelli",
title = "A fast, compact, high-quality digital display for
instrumentation applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "1",
pages = "20--28",
month = jan,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "HP1345A Graphics Display is introduced as a module
that produces vector graphics on its screen in response
to digital commands from a host processor. Its
interfacing to popular microprocessors via a 16-bit
digital bus makes it a versatile peripheral module.
Small size, low cost, and a simple digital interface
permits this directed-beam CRT display to be easily
used in various instruments. The components are
described and the system interface explained, including
line generation and other functions.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7260 (Display technology and systems)",
classification = "714; 723; 741; 942",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "1345A; cathode-ray tube displays; CRT display module;
digital display; directed-beam vector display; display
devices; display instrumentation; electron tubes,
cathode ray; Graphics Display; Hewlett--Packard;
instruments, digital --- Modular Construction; vector
memory; vector processor",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Dalichow:1982:BFP,
author = "Rolf Dalichow and Douglas E. Fullmer",
title = "A broadband, fully programmable microwave sweep
oscillator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "2",
pages = "3--10",
month = feb,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A microprocessor-controlled, fully programmable
sweeper, HP 8350A Sweep Oscillator, is presented. Its
design, second generation compatibility, instrument
control, plug-in interface, sweep generation and
scaling, and other characteristics and interfaces are
described. Nearly thirty RF and microwave plug-in
modules are available to tailor this high-performance
swept signal source to a wide range of applications in
the frequency range from 10 MHz to 26.5 GHz.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250E (Signal generators); C3380B (Control of
electronic instruments); C7420 (Control engineering
computing)",
classification = "713; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "8350A; computerised instrumentation; computers,
microprocessor --- Applications; Hewlett Packard; HP;
microwave sweep oscillator; Model 8350A; oscillators,
microwave --- Computer Applications; oscillators, swept
frequency; programmable; programmable microwave sweep
oscillator; signal generators; Sweep Oscillator;
sweeper",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Holmlund:1982:NSP,
author = "G. W. Holmlund and G. E. Elmore and D. C. Wood",
title = "A new series of programmable sweep oscillator
plug-ins",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "2",
pages = "11--21",
month = feb,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250E (Signal generators)",
keywords = "83500 Series plug-ins; 8350A; computerised
instrumentation; modules; plug-in functions;
programmable sweep oscillator; signal sources; Sweep
Oscillator",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Bennett:1982:PDC,
author = "Paul I. Bennett and Victor C. Jones",
title = "Portable Defibrillator-Monitor for Cardiac
Resuscitation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "2",
pages = "22--28",
month = feb,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A portable defibrillator is presented that monitors
the patient, measures its effectiveness in delivering a
high-voltage pulse to the patient, and provides a
permanent record of the resuscitation procedure. The
resuscitation procedure in a cardiac arrest is reviewed
and the defibrillation procedure described. The 78660
defibrillator is introduced, and a block diagram of the
basic components used, and a schematic diagram of the
basic discharge circuit are given.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8770G (Patient care and treatment); B7520 (Patient
care and treatment); C3385 (Biological and medical
control systems)",
classification = "461; 462",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "biomedical engineering --- Cardiology; biomedical
equipment; cardiac resuscitation; defibrillator;
defibrillator-monitor; defibrillators; Hewlett Packard;
HP; Model 78660 A; patient monitoring; portable;
portable defibrillator-monitor",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Amerson:1982:HCD,
author = "Frederic C. Amerson and Mark S. Linsky and Elio A.
Toschi",
title = "High-Performance Computing with Dual {ALU}
Architecture and {ECL} Logic",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "3",
pages = "3--4, 7--11",
month = mar,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The increased performance of HP3000 series 64 computer
system is introduced and its dual arithmetic and logic
unit (ALU) architecture and a high-speed emitter
coupled logic (ECL) are described, together with a
cache memory, and a three-rank pipelined data path, all
components of a central processing unit (CPU). The
design for reliability, supportability and flexibility
due to the additional ALU are examined, and the signal
propagation importance in ECL design is explained.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers)",
classification = "721; 722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "central processing unit (cpu); computer architecture;
computer systems, digital; dual ALU architecture; dual
arithmetic logic unit (ALU); ECL logic; general purpose
computers; high performance computer; high-end machine;
HP 3000 Series 64; logic circuits, emitter coupled;
Series 64",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Murillo:1982:DAM,
author = "R. D. Murillo",
title = "Dual {ALU} micromachine has powerful development
tools",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "3",
pages = "5--6",
month = mar,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture)",
keywords = "architecture; computer architecture; dual ALU; HP 3000
Series 64; microcode; micromachine; microprogrammed;
microprogramming; Series 64 microcode processor",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ashkenas:1982:PDP,
author = "David J. Ashkenas and Richard F. {De Gabriele}",
title = "Powerful Diagnostic Philosophy Reduces Downtime",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "3",
pages = "11--14",
month = mar,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The availability of a computer system is considered
and the location and isolation of a faulty circuit in
order to replace it is examined. The swapping of
printed circuit (PC) boards as a conventional method of
fault isolation is rejected as time consuming and
expensive. An innovative failure diagnosis philosophy
is formulated and adhered to throughout the design and
development of the computer. The resultant system is
easy to use and provides for remote diagnosis and
broad-level isolation of mainframe failures. A
combination of hardware and software is presented with
the diagnostics written in microcode to exercise
maximum isolation and control of the hardware being
tested. The fault-locating diagnostics are packaged so
that they obtain failure information while requiring no
special training or knowledge by the trouble shooter.
In fact, the diagnostics are designed to be run either
on-site by the customer or remotely from a field office
so that the customer engineer has an understanding of
which replacement boards may be needed before traveling
to the computer site.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
classification = "713; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "board-level isolation; broad-level isolation; computer
downtime; computer systems, digital; diagnosis; failure
diagnosis philosophy; fault; fault isolation; fault
location; fault tolerant computing; Hewlett Packard;
mainframe failures; printed circuits --- Failure;
remote; remote diagnosis; Series 64",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hodor:1982:HMS,
author = "Ken M. Hodor and Malcolm E. Woodward",
title = "A high-performance memory system with growth
capability",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "3",
pages = "15--17",
month = mar,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The memory module for the HP3000 series 64 computer is
introduced that consists of main memory arrays (MMAs)
and cache memory array (CMA), all based on dynamic
random access memory (RAM). The basic data transfer is
illustrated and described, including the bus system and
formation of data.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5310 (Storage system
design)",
classification = "722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "adapters; basic; cache memory; cache memory array;
central processor; central system bus; computer
architecture; CSB; data storage, digital;
high-performance memory system; HP 3000 Series 64;
input/output; IOA; main memory arrays (MMA); MEM;
memory module; modules; storage units",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Matheson:1982:IOS,
author = "W. Gordon Matheson and J. Marcus Stewart",
title = "An input\slash output system for a {1-MIPS} computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "3",
pages = "18--21",
month = mar,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "In order to interface the HP3000 series 64 computer to
its peripherals an intermodule bus (IMB) and a central
system bus (CSB) are used. Both buses are described and
their characteristics are tabulated. The input\slash
output (I/O) adapters used for the interface of IMB and
CSB with I/O buses are also presented. The hardware
used is mostly the same as in other series of HB
computers, with minor changes in I/O software. The
adaptability for future I/O requirement is also
considered.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
classification = "723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "30144A; Advanced Terminal Processor; central system
bus (CSB); computer interfaces; HP 3000; I/O channels;
IMB; input/output (I/O) bus; input/output system;
intermodule bus; intermodule bus (IMB); multiple I/O
buses; robin priority scheme; round; Series 64",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Beetem:1982:ATP,
author = "J. E. Beetem",
title = "The advanced terminal processor: a new terminal {I/O}
controller for the {HP} 3000",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "3",
pages = "22--25",
month = mar,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays); C5610
(Computer interfaces)",
keywords = "advanced terminal; ATP; computer interfaces; HP 3000;
interactive terminals; intermodule bus; processor;
Series 64; terminal I/O controller",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Holland:1982:GSA,
author = "Edward R. Holland and James L. Robertson",
title = "{GUEST} --- a Signature Analysis Based Test System for
{ECL} Logic",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "3",
pages = "26--29",
month = mar,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A special printed circuit board tester is developed,
the Gemini Universal ECL Signature Test (GUEST) system,
that can apply a signature analysis based tests to the
emitter coupled logic (ECL). The tester functions at
real-time clock rates up to 25 MHz and generates test
vectors algorithmically in real time by hardware for a
given unit-under-test (UUT). The hardware test vector
generation is illustrated and described, including
go\slash no go testing, fault backtracking, and
feedback loop breaking. A UUT test file is created and
verified for the accuracy of test generation.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265B (Logic circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); C5210 (Logic design methods)",
classification = "713; 721",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; ECL logic; Gemini Universal
ECL Signature; GUEST; HP 3000; logic circuits, emitter
coupled; logic testing; printed circuits; Series 64
boards; signature analysis; test system; Test system;
tester; unit-under-test (UUT)",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Meinert:1982:DTG,
author = "K. L. Meinert",
title = "Designing for testability with {GUEST}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "3",
pages = "28--??",
month = mar,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); C5210
(Logic design methods)",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; design issues; GUEST system;
GUEST testability; HP 3000 Series 64; logic testing;
Series 64 printed circuit assembly; testability",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kohli:1982:PHS,
author = "Manmohan Kohli and Bennie E. Helmso",
title = "Packaging the {HP} 3000 Series 64",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "3",
pages = "30--32",
month = mar,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The packaging of the HP 3000 series 64 microcomputer
is considered. New tubular welded frames, newly
designed printed circuit board (PCB) connectors,
complete access to various assemblies, separate cooling
systems for PCBs and power supplies are the most
important components for cost-effective package and
higher reliability. Other characteristics of the
electromagnetic compatibility design are also
described. A gas-tight board-to-backplane connection
method that eliminates soldering is illustrated.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
classification = "722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computers, microprocessor; cooling scheme; digital
computers; HP 3000 Series 64; package design;
packaging; reliability; tubular welded frames",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Roberts:1982:ITS,
author = "Richard J. Roberts",
title = "An integrated test set for microwave radio link
baseband analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "4",
pages = "3--7",
month = apr,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "To save on qualified personnel and reduce test time an
HP Baseband Analyzer is introduced which contains all
of the test instruments that are used on the baseband
of a radio link (up to 18.6 MHz) and links them to a
common CRT display and keyboard. An instrument is
described that provides a high degree of user
flexibility, very high measurement accuracy, and new
ways of doing measurements. Large time savings can be
made when commissioning radio links, greater throughput
can be achieved in manufacturers' final system tests,
and there is less dependence on operator skill in
achieving high accuracy measurements.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6250 (Radio links and equipment); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems)",
classification = "716; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "50 Hz-18.6 MHz; analysis; ATE; automatic test
equipment; automatic testing; baseband; baseband
analysis; electronic equipment testing; HP Model 3724A;
integrated test set; microwave links; microwave radio
link; telecommunication links, radio --- Microwaves",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Douglas:1982:DPR,
author = "J. Guy Douglas and David Stockton",
title = "Design of a Precision Receiver for an Integrated Test
Set",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "4",
pages = "8--17",
month = apr,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A versatile receiver for HP baseband analyzer is
introduced and its functions are reviewed. Various
components are described and a block diagram is used to
describe its operation. The total input power to the
receiver's front end is defined, and both first mixer
and first local oscillators are described in detail.
The IF stage, programmable-gain detector, selective
detector and tracking calibration amplifiers are also
examined.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6420D (Radio and television receivers); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems)",
classification = "711; 716",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "3724A/25A/26A Baseband Analyzer; automatic test
equipment; baseband analyzer; electronic equipment
testing; HP Model; integrated test set; microwave radio
equipment; precision receiver; radio receivers;
receiver; signal receivers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Lowe:1982:CDS,
author = "Lawrence Lowe and Brian W. Woodroffe",
title = "Control and Display System for a Baseband Analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "4",
pages = "18--20, 22",
month = apr,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The microprocessor based control and computational
system, and CRT display system of HP baseband analyzer
are considered, and their components and
characteristics are described. Multiplexed memory
system, including memory map, input\slash output (I/O)
interrupts, and the self-test and trouble shooting
features for both subsystems are also examined.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C7420
(Control engineering computing)",
classification = "731; 751",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "3724A/25A/26A Baseband Analyzer; 68B00 microprocessor;
automatic test equipment; baseband analyzer; control
system; control systems, digital; display devices;
display instrumentation; display system; HP Model",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Pottinger:1982:CTW,
author = "J. R. Pottinger and S. A. Biddle",
title = "A combined tracking and white-noise generator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "4",
pages = "22--25",
month = apr,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230 (Signal generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B7250E (Signal generators)",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; Baseband Analyzer;
electronic equipment testing; HP Model 3724A/25A/26A;
microwave; noise generators; radio equipment; tracking
sine wave source; white noise; white-noise generator",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Oldfield:1982:WFO,
author = "Danny J. Oldfield and James F. Haley",
title = "Wideband, Fast-Writing Oscilloscope Solves Difficult
Measurement Problems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "4",
pages = "26--32 (or 26--31??)",
month = apr,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "An oscilloscope is introduced which is characterized
by a new expansion storage cathode ray tube and a
wideband amplifier design that extends the writing rate
frontier to 2000 cm/ mu s. The measurement of a very
fast transition that occurs only once every few seconds
is shown. Expansion storage, transmission-line
deflection plates, expansion lens optimization, and
auto-intensity circuit design are described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
classification = "715",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "cathode-ray oscilloscopes; expansion; fast transition
measurements; fast-writing oscilloscope;
Hewlett--Packard; high-bandwidth signal fidelity; HP
Model 1727A Oscilloscope; oscilloscopes, cathode ray;
storage technology",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bidwell:1982:AMC,
author = "John L. Bidwell and David W. Palermo",
title = "Advanced Multilingual Computer Systems for Measurement
Automation and Computer-Aided Engineering
Applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "5",
pages = "3--7",
month = may,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A fourth-generation desktop computers are introduced
that blend traditional desktop computer friendliness,
powerful computer features, and a state-of-the-art
microprocessor with a choice of three programming
languages. Their most important applications are
examined, and applications programs for developing and
running a test, measurement and control, or
computer-aided engineering system are available or can
be adapted from other computers. BASIC, MPL, and Pascal
are the three programming languages that can be used.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722; 723; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer programming languages --- Applications;
computer-aided engineering; computers, microprocessor;
desktop computer; electric measuring instruments;
measurement automation",
}
@Article{Stewart:1982:HDI,
author = "Don D. Stewart and Robert J. Horning and Ken L.
Burgess and Ronald G. Rogers and James W. McLucas",
title = "Hardware Design for an Integrated Instrumentation
Computer System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "5",
pages = "7--17",
month = may,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The features of HP 9826A microcomputer system, a
desktop computer used for instrumentation, are
described, and a block diagram of the hardware system
is given. Illustrated are: input and output control
signals, the memory map, and address bit assignments
for internal and external input\slash output accesses.
The timing diagram for autolocating circuitry, a
simplified diagram of autolocating electrodes for CPU
memory block, block diagrams of 256K-byte random access
memory (RAM) board and power supplies circuitry, and a
timing diagram of a transfer from internal flexible
disc storage are also furnished.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722; 723; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer architecture; computer systems, digital ---
Design; desktop computer; input/output access;
instruments --- Computer Applications; integrated
instrumentation computer; memory map",
}
@Article{Nelson:1982:IPA,
author = "Loyd F. Nelson",
title = "{I/O} Philosophy and Architecture for Instrument
Control",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "5",
pages = "17--21",
month = may,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The applications for HP microcomputer systems as smart
controllers is considered and the design of new
input\slash output (I/O) cards to interface these
machine to various instruments is studied. The
advantages of new I/O cards over existing ones are
reviewed, and the design of the new card as selected.
Three types of I/O interfaces is selected, programmed
I/O, interrupt I/O and direct memory access (DMA), and
all three are described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "723; 732",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer interfaces; computers, microprocessor ---
Applications; instruments --- Control; smart
controllers",
}
@Article{Sproviero:1982:LPC,
author = "Michael J. Sproviero",
title = "Low-Cost Printers for the {9826A} and {9836A}
Computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "5",
pages = "22--24",
month = may,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A low cost printer for HP microcomputer is presented
that does alphanumeric printing at medium-performance
speed and print quality, and is also capable of
duplicating graphic displays. Its thermal printing
mechanism controlled by a microcomputer is described;
and the accessibility of features, interface
flexibility, and other capabilities are examined.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722; 745",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "alphanumeric printing; computer peripheral equipment",
}
@Article{Kwinn:1982:LS,
author = "Kathryn Y. Kwinn and Robert M. Hallissy and Roger E.
Ison",
title = "{9826A}/{9836A} Language Systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "5",
pages = "24--32",
month = may,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The capabilities of three language systems, BASIC, HPL
and Pascal, are outlined. These languages are available
for use with MP 9826A\slash 9836A computer systems, and
some of their technical challenges are explained that
arose while providing these capabilities. The languages
are described, including their enhancement, and all
software tools used to develop them indicated. Some of
the implementations are also discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer programming languages; computers,
microprocessor",
}
@Article{Dierschow:1982:DCC,
author = "Carl M. Dierschow and Robert P. Uhlrich",
title = "Data Communications for the {9826A} and {9836A}
Computer Systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "5",
pages = "33--36",
month = may,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The communication path for HP 9826A \& 9836A
microcomputers is provided by a data communication
card, a special interface that handles many
asynchronous protocols, and is able to drive a variety
of peripherals supported by BASIC and Pascal languages.
It contains three independent data and address buses.
At power-up the card's firmware runs a self-test and
signals any failure to the user.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "713; 722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "communication path; computer interfaces --- Protocols;
computers; printed circuits",
}
@Article{Hall:1982:LPS,
author = "James A. Hall",
title = "Laser Printing System Provides Flexible, High-Quality,
Cost-Effective Computer Output",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "6",
pages = "3--5, 7--8",
month = jun,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP2680 Laser Printing System is introduced and its
printing flexibility, quality and speed are emphasized.
Combining the 2680A laser page printer with powerful
interactive output design software it is fully
integrated with the HP3000 computer family of on-line
distributed data processing and database management.
The system is defined, the laser page printer with two
microprocessors used for monitoring and control is
illustrated, and the software package is described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722; 744; 745",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer peripheral equipment --- Printers; laser page
printer; output printing; printing",
}
@Article{Fitzgerald:1982:ISI,
author = "Kathleen A. Fitzgerald",
title = "Interactive Software for Intelligent Printers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "6",
pages = "10--16",
month = jun,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A printer support software package for use with HP
2680A laser printer is presented that permits its users
to take advantage of the printer's special features,
such as downloadable character fonts, electronic forms,
logical pages, and electronic vertical forms controls.
The support package is reviewed and two available
application programs are discussed. The compatibility
of the package, its easy use, extensibility, coding
standards and debugging are also discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer peripheral equipment --- Printers; computer
software; computer systems, digital --- Interactive
Operation; intelligent printer",
}
@Article{Schwiebert:1982:EIF,
author = "Erwin H. Schwiebert and Paul R. Spencer",
title = "Electrostatic Image Formation in a Laser Printer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "6",
pages = "16--19",
month = jun,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The producing of electrical images on the drum in
electrophotography is considered. The imaging process
is described using conveniently a simplified ideal
electric circuit model, with some departures from this
ideal. The formation of the image in three stages is
shown, and the corona devices are explained which
produce the charges used to make the electrostatic
image. The electrostatic potential control system is
also described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "701; 722; 741; 744; 745",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer peripheral equipment --- Printers; corona
devices; electrostatic image formation; electrostatics;
photoconductor drum; printing --- Laser Applications",
}
@Article{Gordon:1982:SHE,
author = "Philip Gordon",
title = "Specialized High-Speed Electronics for Document
Preparation Flexibility",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "6",
pages = "30--35",
month = jun,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The features of the electrophotographic technology
behind the laser printing process are examined.
Included are: rotation of the print page in any of four
orientations, multiple pages of text per physical sheet
of paper (i. e., page reduction made possible by the
small dot size), completely variable character set
sizes and fonts alterable on a character-by-character
basis, proportional spacing, overlapping and
superposition of character elements, electronic forms
overlay, and complete freedom to place a character of
any orientation at any position on the page. The
digital system that implements these features is called
the data control system (DCS).",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722; 732; 741; 744; 745",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer peripheral equipment; control systems,
digital --- Computer Applications; electrophotography;
high-speed electronics; image processing --- Control;
printing --- Laser Applications",
}
@Article{Lewis:1982:OSD,
author = "John R. Lewis and Laurence M. {Hubby, Jr.}",
title = "Optical system design for the {Laser Printing
System}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "7",
pages = "3--4, 6--7, 9--10",
month = jul,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The optical system of the 2680 Laser Printing System
is designed to provide the highest resolution and
printing speed possible consistent with reasonable
economy of production, the data rate capability of the
digital electronics, and the properties of the
electrophotographic process. A variety of factors that
influenced the choice of each component and the
configuration chosen for each portion of the design is
discussed. The laser process characteristics, scanning
methods, wobble correction, and the optical system are
described, mechanical design considerations are
examined, and scanning, including the scanner drive,
and mirror mounts are reviewed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4260K (Laser beam applications); A4278 (Optical lens
and mirror systems); A4280 (Optical devices, techniques
and applications); B4360 (Laser applications); C5550
(Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "741; 744; 745",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "2680; electrographic process; electrophotography;
high-resolution raster scan; HP; laser beam
applications; Laser Printing System; optical devices;
optical systems; photoconductor drum; printers;
printing --- Laser Applications; scan lens",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Holland:1982:LPO,
author = "G. L. Holland",
title = "Laser printer optics control and diagnostic circuit",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "7",
pages = "5--??",
month = jul,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1290 (Other analogue circuits); C3370Z (Other control
applications in telecommunications); C5550 (Printers,
plotters and other hard-copy output devices); C7420
(Control engineering computing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Boise, ID, USA",
keywords = "acoustooptic modulator; analogue; computerised
control; control and diagnostic circuit; data
alignment; driver; HP 2680A; Laser Printer;
microprocessor; modulation; monitoring; optics;
printers; synchronisation; variable RF power",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Holland:1982:SMD,
author = "G. L. Holland",
title = "A synchronous mirror-motor drive for the {Laser
Printer}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "7",
pages = "8--9",
month = jul,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B4360 (Laser applications); B8510 (Drives); C5550
(Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Boise, ID, USA",
keywords = "2680A; drive; electric drives; HP; Laser; laser
printing; optics assembly; polygonal mirror; Printer;
printers; scanner motor",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Crumly:1982:LPM,
author = "James D. Crumly and Von L. Hansen",
title = "{Laser Printer} machine control system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "7",
pages = "11--15",
month = jul,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A block diagram of the Machine Control System (MCS)
illustrates how the HP 2680A Laser Printer uses the
microprocessor to control the printing process, paper
movement, the operation interface, the
electrophotographic process, diagnostic and most
machine functions. The MCS operation data structures
are also furnished. Keyboard commands are provided to
serve as flexible tools.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C3370Z (Other control applications in
telecommunications); C5550 (Printers, plotters and
other hard-copy output devices)C6150J (Operating
systems); C7420 (Control engineering computing)",
classification = "723; 731; 745",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Boise, ID, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "16-bit microprocessor; 2680; computer peripheral
equipment --- Printers; computerised control; control
programs; control system; HP; laser; laser printing
system; machine; MC5; microprocessor-based system;
monitoring; multitasking; operating system; operating
systems (computers); printers; printing; printing
system; real-time operating system",
treatment = "P Practical",
xxauthor = "J. D. Crumly and L. Hansen",
}
@Article{Holland:1982:SPJ,
author = "G. L. Holland",
title = "Sensing paper jams",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "7",
pages = "13--??",
month = jul,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B8510
(Drives); C3120E (Velocity, acceleration and rotation
control); C3240D (Electric transducers and sensing
devices); C3370Z (Other control applications in
telecommunications); C5550 (Printers, plotters and
other hard-copy output devices); C7420 (Control
engineering computing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Boise, ID, USA",
keywords = "2680A; computerised control; devices; electric drives;
electric sensing; HP; Laser Printer; laser printing;
monitoring; paper control and detection; paper drive
mechanism; paper jams; printers; system; velocity
control",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Chambers:1982:SMS,
author = "Donald R. Chambers and Steven N. Sanders",
title = "Solid-State Microwave Signal Generators for Today'{S}
Exacting Requirements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "7",
pages = "16--20 (or 16--19??)",
month = jul,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Four solid state cavity-tuned signal generators are
introduced that have increased capability and the
performance required by today's systems while retaining
the characteristics of the klystron signal generators
so highly valued. The desired accuracies are obtained
by making a microprocessor part of automatic level
control system. System organization is explained using
a block diagram and diagnosis and self-test examples
are furnished.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230B (Oscillators); B1350F (Solid-state microwave
circuits and devices); B7250E (Signal generators)",
classification = "711; 714; 715; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "8683; 8684; cavity turning; cavity-tuned signal
generators; communications; computers, microprocessor
--- Applications; generators; HP; microwave circuits;
microwave oscillators; microwave signal; pulse
modulation; radar; signal generators; solid state
devices; solid-state; solid-state signal generator",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Cristal:1982:HWC,
author = "Edward G. Cristal and Arthur N. Woo and Philip G.
Foster and Ronald F. Stiglich",
title = "High-Performance Wideband Cavity-Tuned Solid-State
Oscillators",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "7",
pages = "20--26",
month = jul,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Cavity-tuned microwave solid-state oscillator is
presented that uses quarter-wavelength TEM cavity for
tuning over frequency ranges of approximately 2.8:1,
and semiconductor devices, GaAs Schottky-barrier FSTs
and bipolar transistors to achieve the frequency
ranges. The oscillator circuits are described, and the
schematic circuitry is shown. Frequency modulation,
performance data, the mechanical design of FM
microcircuit, substrate mounting, precision frequency
control and other characteristics are also reviewed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230B (Oscillators); B1350F (Solid-state microwave
circuits and devices); B7250E (Signal generators)",
classification = "713",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "8683; 8684; cavity tuning; cavity-tuned oscillators;
HP; microwave oscillators; oscillators; oscillators,
microwave --- Design; oscillators, solid state; signal
generators; solid-state oscillators;
variable-frequency",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Catlin:1982:WPL,
author = "J. F. Catlin",
title = "A wide-dynamic-range pulse leveling scheme",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "7",
pages = "26--27, 29, 32",
month = jul,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Spokane, WA, USA",
keywords = "8683; 8684; automatic level control; feedback;
generators; HP; level vernier; microwave generators;
microwave oscillators; power control; pulse leveling;
sampled feedback; signal; signal generators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kihlstrom:1982:MSA,
author = "K. P. Kihlstrom",
title = "Microwave solid-state amplifiers and modulators for
broadband signal generators",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "7",
pages = "30--31",
month = jul,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1220 (Amplifiers); B1250 (Modulators, demodulators,
discriminators and mixers); B1350F (Solid-state
microwave circuits and devices); B2220J (Hybrid
integrated circuits); B7250E (Signal generators)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Stanford, CA, USA",
keywords = "8683A; 8683B; 8684A; 8684B; amplitude modulation;
automatic level; broadband; control; generators; HP;
hybrid integrated circuits; integrated circuits;
microwave; microwave amplifiers; microwave signal
generators; modulators; power control; pulse
modulation; signal; signal generators; solid-state
amplifiers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Schwettmann:1982:IPT,
author = "F. N. Schwettmann and J. L. Moll",
title = "{IC} process technology: {VLSI} and beyond",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "8",
pages = "3--4",
month = aug,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2550 (Semiconductor device technology); B2550G
(Lithography)B2570F (Other MOS integrated circuits)",
keywords = "circuit technology; device scaling; etching; field
effect integrated circuits; IC; IC technology;
integrated; interconnections; large scale integration;
lithography; low-temperature processing; materials; MOS
process technology; photolithography; plasma
deposition; process technology; VLSI",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{OToole:1982:OIL,
author = "Michael M. O'Toole and E. David Liu and Gary W. Ray",
title = "Optical {IC} Lithography Using Trilayer Resist",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "8",
pages = "5--9",
month = aug,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Thu Apr 10 09:58:37 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A composite photoresist layer is developed to reduce
exposure effects that degrade pattern definition and
reduce resolution in optical IC lithography. A sample
output of the simulation program is given which shows
the nominal exposure required for a periodic 1-$ \mu $
m-wide line-and-space pattern as a function of positive
resist thickness on a silicon substrate, and an
aluminum substrate.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2550G (Lithography); B2570 (Semiconductor integrated
circuits)",
classification = "713; 745",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "aligner; composite; IC photolithography; integrated
circuits, VLSI; large scale integration; layer;
lithography; maximum resolution; nonreflecting bottom;
optical IC lithography; pattern definition;
photoresist; photoresist layer; photoresists;
planarised surface; projection; substrate; thick bottom
polymer layer; trilayer resist; VLSI",
treatment = "X Experimental",
}
@Article{Kamins:1982:SIC,
author = "Theodore I. Kamins",
title = "Silicon Integrated Circuits Using Beam-Recrystallized
Polysilicon",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "8",
pages = "10--13",
month = aug,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The recent fabrication of metal-oxide-semiconductor
(MOS) devices in layers of laser-or
electron-beam-recrystallized polysilicon offers the
possibility of freeing integrated circuit structures
from the constraints of conventional, single-crystal
silicon technology. The characteristics of
recrystallized polysilicon are described that make it
useful for transistor fabrication and the behavior of
the resulting devices. A recently fabricated
complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS)
structure that incorporates these transistors is
discussed along with potential future applications in
three-dimensional integrated circuits and other uses.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4260K (Laser beam applications); A7280C (Conductivity
of elemental semiconductors); A8110J (Growth from solid
phases); B2520C (Elemental semiconductors); B2550
(Semiconductor device technology); B2560R (Insulated
gate field effect transistors); B2570D (CMOS integrated
circuits); B4360 (Laser applications)",
classification = "712; 713",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "annealing; beam-recrystallized polysilicon; CMOS;
complementary MOS (CMOS); effect integrated circuits;
electron beam; electron beam applications; elemental
semiconductors; field; IC technology; insulated gate
field effect; integrated circuit manufacture;
integrated circuit technology; integrated circuits;
laser annealing; laser beam; poly-Si;
recrystallisation; recrystallised; semiconductor device
fabrication; semiconductor devices, MOS; silicon;
three-dimensional; transistors; vertical device
structures",
treatment = "X Experimental",
}
@Article{Garrettson:1982:XL,
author = "Garrett A. Garrettson and Armand P. Neukermans",
title = "{X-Ray} Lithography",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "8",
pages = "14--19 (or 14--18??)",
month = aug,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "With the shrinking linewidth for VLSI circuitry the
only viable lithographic technologies are the X-ray
stepper and electron beam, with the X-ray lithography
considered a complementary extension of electron beam
pattern generator. A complete X-ray lithography
technology is demonstrated as simple,
length-performance and cost effective for submicrometer
devices in VLSI circuit production the state-of-the-art
capabilities for mask technology and process
development are also described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B2550G
(Lithography); B2570 (Semiconductor integrated
circuits); B7450 (X-ray and gamma-ray equipment)",
classification = "713; 745; 932",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Be window; integrated circuits, VLSI; large scale
integration; lithography; photolithography; proximity
printing; shadow mask; soft X-rays; system; VLSI;
X-ray; X-ray apparatus; X-ray applications; X-ray
exposure; x-ray lithography; X-ray sensitive resist;
x-rays --- Applications",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Marcoux:1982:DEO,
author = "P. J. Marcoux",
title = "Dry etching: an overview",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "8",
pages = "19--23",
month = aug,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2550E (Surface treatment for semiconductor devices)",
keywords = "anisotropic etching; automatic; dry etching; endpoint
detection; IC processing; overview; plasma etching;
reviews; semiconductor technology; sputter etching",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Ilic:1982:TFF,
author = "Dragan B. Ilic",
title = "Thin Films Formed by Plasma Enhanced Chemical Vapor
Deposition",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "8",
pages = "24--27",
month = aug,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Electrically exciting the gases used in a chemical
vapor deposition process can reduce the sensitivity to
temperature variations and allow deposition at lower
temperatures. Plasma enhanced (PD) deposition of thin
films in IC processing using chemical vapor deposition
(CVD) techniques is considered. Some films produced by
this technique are discussed. The results of initial
applications of films developed in a modern PECVD
reactor are reported.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8115H (Chemical vapour deposition); B0520F (Vapour
deposition); B2550E (Surface treatment for
semiconductor devices)",
classification = "713; 932",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "chemical vapour deposition; CVD; CVD coatings;
deposition at lower temperatures; enhanced chemical
vapor deposition; integrated circuit manufacture;
integrated circuits, VLSI --- Manufacture; PECVD;
plasma; plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition
(PACVD); plasmas --- Applications; semiconductor;
semiconductor technology; sensitivity to; silicon
compounds; technology; temperature variations; thin
films",
treatment = "X Experimental",
}
@Article{Merchant:1982:EOV,
author = "P. P. Merchant",
title = "Electromigration: an overview ({VLSI} metallisation)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "8",
pages = "28--31",
month = aug,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170N (Reliability); B2550F (Metallisation and
interconnection technology); B2570 (Semiconductor
integrated circuits)",
keywords = "alloys; current density; electromigration; large scale
integration; lifetime; metallic composition;
metallisation; predicted lifetimes; reliability;
reviews; thin conductors; VLSI circuits",
treatment = "G General Review; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Chiu:1982:SZE,
author = "Kuang Yi Chiu",
title = "{SWAMI}: a zero-encroachment local oxidation process",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "8",
pages = "31--32",
month = aug,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2550E (Surface treatment for semiconductor devices);
B2550G (Lithography); B2570 (Semiconductor integrated
circuits)",
keywords = "anisotropic plasma; conventional LSI processing
techniques; etching; fabrication process; fully
recessed isolation structure; integrated circuit
technology; isolation structure; large scale
integration; novel sequence of conventional processing;
oxidation; oxide-isolated; sequence of steps;
side-wall-masked isolation; SWAMI process; techniques;
VLSI circuits; zero-encroachment local oxidation
process",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Brown:1982:HOS,
author = "W. A. Brown",
title = "High-pressure oxidation (Si {IC} thermal oxidation)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "8",
pages = "34--36",
month = aug,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2520C (Elemental semiconductors); B2550E (Surface
treatment for semiconductor devices)",
corpsource = "Integrated Circuit Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Santa
Clara, CA, USA",
keywords = "elemental semiconductors; IC; large scale integration;
oxidation; process temperature reduction; semiconductor
technology; Si; silicon; thermal oxidation; time
reduction",
treatment = "X Experimental",
}
@Article{Risley:1982:OMS,
author = "William B. Risley",
title = "{Oscilloscope Measurement System} is programmable and
autoranging",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "9",
pages = "3--4",
month = sep,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 1980A/B Oscilloscope Measurement System is an
automated-compatible with IEEE standard 488 described
as an instrument that makes significant contributions
to the viewing, measuring, and processing of
time-domain waveforms. With its microprocessor-based
computer architecture, the 1980A/B is a multifunction,
multifaceted instrument divided into eight functional
blocks that interface with each other by means of a bus
structure. The concept of combining a broad range of
oscilloscope capabilities, full programmability, and
digital waveform storage into a highly flexible,
interactive measurement system provides a new tool for
computer-aided applications.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments)",
classification = "715; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "autoranging; cathode-ray oscilloscopes; compatibility;
computer architecture; computerised instrumentation;
computers, microprocessor --- Applications; digital;
digital control; firmware expandability; hardware
expandability; HP 1980A/B; HP-IB; microprocessor-based
architecture; multifunction instrument; oscilloscope;
Oscilloscope Measurement System; oscilloscopes, cathode
ray; programmability; waveform storage",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Harding:1982:DOM,
author = "Russell J. Harding and Monte R. Campbell and William
E. Watry and John R. Wilson and Wilhelm Taylor",
title = "Designing the {Oscilloscope Measurement System}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "9",
pages = "5--14",
month = sep,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "In the 1980A/B Oscilloscope Measurement System, the
microprocessor brings the added dimension of
programmability to the oscilloscope, making automatic
waveform measurements possible. Rise time, voltage,
width, and delay measurements and event detection can
be attained through firmwave and software. A simplified
block diagram illustrates the architecture of the
measuring system. The hardware consists of a digital
control section, an analog measurement and display
section, and the interfaces between these sections. The
memory allocation, and both horizontal and vertical
systems are explained.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments)",
classification = "715; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "analogue; architecture; automatic waveform;
cathode-ray oscilloscopes; computerised
instrumentation; computers, microprocessor ---
Applications; digital control; display; He 1980A/B;
interfaces; measurement; measurements; microprocessor;
oscilloscope; Oscilloscope Measurement System;
oscilloscopes, cathode ray; programmability; waveform
analysis",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Evel:1982:DWS,
author = "Eddie A. Evel and Robert M. Landgraf",
title = "Digital waveform storage for the {Oscilloscope
Measurement System}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "9",
pages = "15--20",
month = sep,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A digital waveform storage option is added to HP
1980A/B Oscilloscope Measurement System that increases
its usefulness by digitizing one or two displayed
waveforms and storing them within the instrument for
later display or data output. The digitizer, consisting
of a sample-and-hold circuit analog-to-digital
converter, data storage, display memory, two
display-digital-to analog converters, and control
logic, is shown in a block diagram and described.
Repetitive and single sweep sampling and sample timing
are also described. The digitized window is defined and
the anticalibration is explained.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments)",
classification = "715; 722; 723; 942",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "19860A; cathode-ray oscilloscopes; computerised
instrumentation; data storage, digital; digital
waveform storage; Digital Waveform Storage; HP 1980
A/B; HP-IB; Measurement System; Option; Oscilloscope;
oscilloscopes, cathode ray --- Computer Applications;
programmable oscilloscope; waveform analysis ---
Equipment",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Karin:1982:PMS,
author = "M. J. Karin",
title = "Putting the Measurement System on the Bus ({HP 1980A/B
Oscilloscope Measurement System} on {HP-IB})",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "9",
pages = "21--24",
month = sep,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C5610
(Computer interfaces)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
keywords = "automatic test; bus-controlled oscilloscopes;
cathode-ray oscilloscopes; computer interfaces;
computerised; external controller; HP 1980A/B; HP-IB;
instrumentation; interface; microprocessor;
Oscilloscope Measurement System; programming; systems",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Campbell:1982:MDO,
author = "J. W. Campbell",
title = "Mechanical design of the oscilloscope measurement
system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "9",
pages = "24--26",
month = sep,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170C (Project and design engineering); B0170J
(Product packaging); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B7250G (Display, recording and
indicating instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
keywords = "bench style; cathode-ray oscilloscopes; computerised
instrumentation; design engineering; HP 1980A/B;
Measurement System; mechanical design; microprocessor;
Oscilloscope; packaging; programmable oscilloscopes;
rack version",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Pecenco:1982:HBI,
author = "Irene V. Pecenco and Albert S. Wang",
title = "A high-performance bipolar integrated circuit
process",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "9",
pages = "27--29",
month = sep,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A high-speed, high-density integrated circuits are
presented that are easily designed and can be
fabricated quickly. To supply this need, a new
high-performance bipolar process is introduced that is
capable of producing parts for high-speed amplifiers,
counters, analog-to-digital converters, and semicustom
logic applications where emitter-coupled logic (ECL)
circuitry is expected to perform at clock rates greater
than 1.25 GHz. In addition to speed and density, the
reduction of power consumption is obtained by
horizontally scaling down device size. The simplified
process sequence and the device design and fabrication
are described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2570B (Bipolar integrated circuits)",
classification = "713; 714",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Santa Clara, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "analogue-to-digital converters; bipolar integrated
circuit; bipolar integrated circuits; bipolar process;
circuit layout design; circuitry; counters; dielectric
isolation; ECL; high-speed amplifiers; HP; IC Division;
integrated circuit manufacture; integrated circuit
technology; integrated circuits; integration; ion
implantation; large scale; logic circuits, emitter
coupled; LSI; metallisation; multilevel metallic;
process; semiconductor devices, bipolar --- Design;
semicustom logic",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Barber:1982:SAU,
author = "V. Alan Barber",
title = "Synthesizer Accuracy for Unsynthesized Microwave
Sources",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "9",
pages = "30--36",
month = sep,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Among general-purpose microwave signal sources the
synthesizers are considered as generators that offer
the ultimate in frequency accuracy and phase-noise
performance. A new HP 5344S source synchronizer is
introduced that can give it the superior frequency
accuracy of the synthesizer and add some new
capabilities never before available in a
general-purpose microwave signal source. The basic
architecture is illustrated in a block diagram. Both
traditional divide-by-N and fractional-N synthesizers
are described, including system organization, and the
phase-locked loop, which ultimately provides the
synchronization of the source. The lock algorithm,
phase-noise lock-and-roll operation and the
sweep-detection are also explained.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230 (Signal generators); B1350 (Microwave circuits
and devices); B7250E (Signal generators)",
classification = "711; 713; 714",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "CW synchronization; frequency synthesizers; generator;
HP 5344S; lock algorithm; lock-and-roll operation;
microwave oscillators; microwave signal sources;
microwave sources; microwaves; phase locked loops;
signal; Source Synchronizer; sources; sweep oscillator;
synchronisation; synthesizer",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Maeda:1982:IIS,
author = "Kohichi Maeda and Jin-ichi Ikemoto and Fumiro Tsurada
and Teruo Takeda",
title = "Intelligent Instrument Streamlines {DC} Semiconductor
Parameter Measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "10",
pages = "3--15",
month = oct,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Precise device parameter measurements are essential
for computer-aided design and semiconductor research
and development, for real-time feedback on wafer
evaluations to improve the semiconductor process and
increase yields on the production line, and for
incoming inspection by end users of semiconductor
products. The need for an instrument capable of such
measurements that can be used by itself or can be
easily incorporated into an automated test system led
to development of HP 4145A Semiconductor Parameter
Analyzer to provide an attractive alternative to a
curve tracer or an expensive test system, and to
satisfy the measurement and evaluation needs of the
semiconductor industries. It is a fully automatic,
high-performance instrument designed to measure,
analyze, and graphically display the dc parameters and
characteristics of diodes, transistors, ICs, solar
cells and semiconductor materials.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2550 (Semiconductor device technology); B2570
(Semiconductor integrated circuits); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems); C3380B (Control of
electronic instruments); C7410D (Electronic engineering
computing); C7420 (Control engineering computing)",
classification = "714; 723; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Analyzer; automatic test equipment; characteristics
measurement; computer aided design; curve tracer;
high-performance; HP 4145A; instrument; integrated
circuit testing; intelligent instrument; parameter
analysis; semiconductor device testing; semiconductor
devices; semiconductor materials --- Research;
Semiconductor Parameter; test system",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Takagi:1982:PSM,
author = "S. Takagi and H. Sakayori and T. Takeda",
title = "Programmable stimulus\slash measurement units simplify
device test setups",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "10",
pages = "15--20",
month = oct,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2550 (Semiconductor device technology); B2570
(Semiconductor integrated circuits); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems); C3380B (Control of
electronic instruments); C7410D (Electronic engineering
computing); C7420 (Control engineering computing)",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; characteristics measurement;
HP 4145A; integrated circuit testing; Parameter
Analyzer; programmable stimulus/measurement;
Semiconductor; semiconductor device testing; SMU",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fu:1982:HHN,
author = "Horng-Sen Fu and Roger To-Hoi Szeto and Anders T.
Dejenfelt and Devereaux C. Chen",
title = "{HQMOS}: a High-Performance {NMOS} Technology",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "10",
pages = "21--27",
month = oct,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Innovative processing methods are used to fabricate a
scaled-down version of a standard n-channel MOS (N MOS)
process, resulting in lower power consumption and
higher speed. A sequence of HQ MOS process is
described, the nominal process parameters are given,
key process development areas are indicated, and the
device characteristics examined.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2570F (Other MOS integrated circuits)",
classification = "714",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "field effect integrated circuits; high-performance;
HQMOS process; lower power consumption; n-channel MOS
(N MOS); NMOS technology; semiconductor devices, MOS",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Oh:1982:MDP,
author = "Soo-Young Oh",
title = "{MOS} Device and Process Design Using Computer
Simulations",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "10",
pages = "28--32",
month = oct,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Conventional process and device designs for integrated
circuit technologies have been based on the use of a
trial-and-error approach and simple analytical modeling
to achieve the desired electrical characteristics and
circuit performance. This approach is not adequate,
however, for small-geometry MOSFETs where process
complexity (especially patterning and tolerance
requirements) and two-dimensional field coupling
prevent the use of a simple one-dimensional analysis
for obtaining accurate quantitative information. In
addition, the purely experimental approach yields
little physical insight into the factors governing
device operation. However, it is well suited for later
design cycles where final parameter adjustment can be
accommodated. A complementary analysis and design path
using process, device, and circuit simulations is
proposed. Compared to laboratory experimentation, the
design path via simulation is less costly and faster.
More important, it produces detailed information about
device operation in a well-controlled environment. A
two-dimensional simulation system is described and
application examples in VLSI circuits are presented.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
B2560B (Semiconductor device modelling and equivalent
circuits); B2570F (Other MOS integrated circuits);
C7410D (Electronic engineering computing)",
classification = "713; 714; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "analysis and design path; CADDET; computer; computer
simulations; digital simulation; field effect
integrated circuits; GEMINI; HP 1000; IC device
performance; integrated circuits, VLSI --- Processing;
models; MOS device; process design; semiconductor
device models; semiconductor devices, MOSFET; SOAP;
SUPRA; TECAP; two-dimensional simulation;
two-dimensional simulation system",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Sorden:1982:WRH,
author = "James L. Sorden and Mark S. Allen",
title = "Waveform Recording with a High-Dynamic-Performance
Instrument",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "11",
pages = "3--9",
month = nov,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Waveform recorders are general-purpose, time-domain
measuring instruments that take samples of analog
waveforms and store the sample values as digital data
suitable for analysis by a computer. This new waveform
recorder digitizes and stores single-shot or repetitive
signals. Its ten-bit, 20-MHz analog-to-digital
converter delivers performance that is fully specified
and characterized under realistic operating
conditions.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
classification = "941; 942; 943",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Santa Clara Div., Santa Clara,
CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "digital instrumentation; high-dynamic-performance
instrument; HP 5180A; recorder; recorders; waveform;
waveform analysis; waveform recorder",
}
@Article{Muto:1982:DTT,
author = "Arthur S. Muto and Bruce E. Peetz and Robert C.
{Rehner, Jr.}",
title = "Designing a Ten-Bit, Twenty-Megasample-Per-Second
Analog-To-Digital Converter System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "11",
pages = "9--20",
month = nov,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Authors report on converter capable of 20 million
conversions per second with 10-bit (2-mV) amplitude
resolution, equivalent to 60 dB of dynamic range.
Performance typically degrades by only one bit from dc
to the Nyquist or `folding' frequency (input frequency
equal to one-half the conversion rate). Performance
reliability is ascribed to two hybrid substrate
assemblies that contain 12 custom integrated
circuits.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments)",
classification = "713; 714; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard, Santa Clara Div., Santa Clara, CA,
USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "5180A; ADC; analogue-digital conversion;
analogue-digital convertor; converter; data conversion,
analog to digital; digital instrumentation; dynamic
range; high-performance; HP; integrated circuits ---
Applications; recorders; second; ten-bit;
twenty-megasample-per-; waveform analysis; waveform
recorder",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Peetz:1982:MWR,
author = "Bruce E. Peetz and Arthur S. Muto and J. Martin Neil",
title = "Measuring Waveform Recorder Performance",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "11",
pages = "21--29",
month = nov,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The key to confidence in the quality of a waveform
recorder is assurance that the analog-to-digital
converter (ADC) encodes the signal without degrading
it. Dynamic tests that cover the frequency range over
which the converter is expected to operate can provide
that assurance. The results of the dynamic tests give
the user a model of resolution versus frequency for the
recorder. More elaborate models of failure mechanisms
can be obtained by varying the conditions of the
tests.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
classification = "723; 941; 942; 943",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "5180A waveform recorder; analysis; beat frequency
testing; data conversion, analog to digital ---
Equipment; digital instrumentation; discrete finite
Fourier; dynamic tests; electronic equipment testing;
histogram; performance measurement; recorders; sine
wave curve fitting; transform; waveform analysis;
waveform recorder; waveform recorders",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bird:1982:TBR,
author = "Steven C. Bird and Jack A. Folchi",
title = "Time Base Requirements for a Waveform Recorder",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "11",
pages = "29--34",
month = nov,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "For an analog-to-digital converter (ADC) to digitize
an input waveform accurately, there must be a time base
or reference oscillator to provide a continuous,
stable, sampling or ENCODE clock. The 5180A Waveform
Recorder contains a room-temperature, low-noise,
fundamental-mode crystal oscillator operating at a
frequency of 20 MHz. There is also provision for
selecting an external, user-supplied ENCODE clock.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230B (Oscillators); B7250G (Display, recording and
indicating instruments)",
classification = "713; 723; 941; 942; 943",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard, Santa Clara Div., Santa Clara, CA,
USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "5180A; analysis; data conversion, analog to digital
--- Equipment; digital instrumentation;
fundamental-mode crystal oscillator; oscillators,
crystal --- Equipment; recorders; reference oscillator;
room-temperature; time base; time bases; waveform;
waveform analysis; waveform recorder; waveform
recorders",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Szeto:1982:DMS,
author = "Christina M. Szeto and Michael C. Detro",
title = "Display and Mass Storage for Waveform Recording",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "11",
pages = "34--36",
month = nov,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The 5181A display\slash tape storage module, is a
companion instrument to the 5180A Waveform Recorder. It
provides a high-resolution CRT for waveform display and
a cartridge tape unit for recording digitized waveforms
onto magnetic tape data cartridges. The 5181A is
designed for both bench and field use. With mass
storage and a display, it is possible to make
measurements on location and bring them back into a lab
for analysis.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7260 (Display technology and systems)",
classification = "941; 942; 943",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard, Santa Clara Div., Santa Clara, CA,
USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "5181A; cartridge tape unit; cathode-ray tube displays;
digital instrumentation; high-resolution CRT; mass
storage; recorders; waveform analysis; waveform
display; waveform recorders; waveform recording",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Eaton:1982:EMM,
author = "John T. Eaton and Andrew W. Davidson and William R.
Frolik",
title = "Extended memory and modularity are added to the
{Series 80} computer family",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "12",
pages = "3--7",
month = dec,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "To expand the memory of Hewlett Packard microcomputers
HP-86 and HP-87 beyond the available number of bytes a
special technique modularly extended memory controllers
(EMCs) is introduced. Each EMC can control either 32K,
64K or 128K bytes of dynamic random access memory
(RAM). Since the total memory space is broken into
32K-byte banks, this represents either one, two or four
memory banks per EMC. A select-code input into each EMC
determines where the RAM it controls is located in the
overall 24-bit memory address space. The EMC
architecture and its memory features are described and
the internal interfaces of the microcomputers
explained.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "722; 723; 731",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "built-in; computers, microprocessor --- Modular
Construction; control systems --- Equipment; data
storage, digital; extended memory controller (EMC);
Hewlett--Packard Series 80; HP-86; HP-87XM; interfaces;
microcomputers; modular system configuration",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Harper:1982:MBC,
author = "T. V. Harper",
title = "Module brings {CP/M} to {HP}'s latest {Series 80}
computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "12",
pages = "8--11",
month = dec,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5250 (Microcomputer techniques); C5590 (Other
computer peripheral equipment); C6150J (Operating
systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "computer peripheral equipment; CP/M-compatible
software; HP-86; HP-87XM; microcomputer;
microcomputers; operating; personal computer; systems
(computers)",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Azmoon:1982:DLH,
author = "M. Azmoon",
title = "Development of a low-cost, high-quality graphics
plotter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "12",
pages = "12--15",
month = dec,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "graphics plotter; HP 7470A; plotters; plotting
technology; X-Y plotter",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Miller:1982:CGP,
author = "Robert M. Miller and Randy A. Coverstone",
title = "Controlling a Graphics Plotter with a Handheld
Programmable Calculator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "12",
pages = "16--18",
month = dec,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A Hewlett--Packard plotter module is described that
transforms the HP-41C microcomputer with
Hewlett--Packard Interface Loop (HP-IL) into a computer
graphics instrument. The module is an 8K-word unit
(word length is 10 bits) which adds 52 microcoded
commands to the HP-41C's function set, along with a
sophisticated interactive plotting program written in
RPN (reverse Polish notation). Many of the command
names and functions are based on the graphic command
sets of the HP 9845 Computer and the HP-85 Personal
Computer. This allows users familiar with these
products to master the plotter module's commands
quickly. Plotting primitives, bar-code primitives and
interactive plotting program are described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5250 (Microcomputer techniques); C5550 (Printers,
plotters and other hard-copy output devices); C7830
(Home computing)",
classification = "722; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "bar-code; computer graphic equipment; computer
graphics --- Computer Interfaces; computer peripheral
equipment; graphics plotter; handheld programmable
calculator; HP 7470A graphics plotter; HP 82184A
plotter module; HP41C; HPIL interface loop; interactive
plotting program; microcoded commands; NEWPLOT;
personal computing; Polish notation; primitives;
reverse; reverse Polish notation (RPN)",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Martini:1982:LPE,
author = "N. J. Martini and D. M. Ellement and P. L. Ma",
title = "Low-cost plotter electronics design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "12",
pages = "23--26",
month = dec,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "circuit board; custom LSI; electronics; HP 7470A
Graphics Plotter; plotters; printed",
treatment = "G General Review; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}
@Article{Wilson:1982:PDM,
author = "A. K. Wilson and D. E. Johnson",
title = "Plotter drive motor encoder design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "12",
pages = "26--27",
month = dec,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C3120C (Spatial variables control); C3260B (Electric
actuators and final control equipment); C3370Z (Other
control applications in telecommunications); C5550
(Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "DC motor drive; electric drives; encoder design;
encoding; feedback; optical encoders; plotter drive;
plotters; position; position control",
treatment = "T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}
@Article{Kemplin:1982:GPM,
author = "R. M. Kemplin and D. M. Petersen and C. Ta. Chuong and
D. C. Tribolet and R. J. Porcelli",
title = "Graphics plotter mechanical design for performance and
reliability at low cost",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "12",
pages = "28--33",
month = dec,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "HP 7470A; paper handling; pen carriage; pen
positioning; plotter mechanical design; plotters",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Robertson:1982:IAP,
author = "R. A. Robertson",
title = "An improved {AC} power switch",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "12",
pages = "34--40",
month = dec,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B8140C (Protection apparatus); B8370 (Switchgear);
C3110B (Voltage control); C3220 (Controllers); C3340H
(Control of electric power systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "controllers; digitally controlled; distribution
system; electromagnetic interference; facilities; HP
model 14570A AC power controller; line switch;
multiprogrammers; power control; relay protection;
reliability; safety; switches; test",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Quick:1983:HLD,
author = "Roger D. Quick and Steven L. Harper",
title = "{HP-IL}: a Low-Cost Digital Interface for Portable
Applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "1",
pages = "3--7, 9--10",
month = jan,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The Hewlett--Packard Interface Loop (HP-IL) is a
bit-serial interface bringing many capabilities
formerly reserved for much larger computer systems to
the growing repertoire of portable computers and
handheld calculators. The HP-IL system architecture is
introduced, the interface electronics and the functions
are described, and the message encoding explained.
Functional definitions, interface functions and
components and the documentation are also furnished.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
classification = "722; 723; 921",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "bit serial interface; bit-serial interface;
capabilities; computer interfaces; computers;
computers, microprocessor; data communication systems;
handheld calculators; hardware; Hewlett Packard
interface loop (HP-IL); Hewlett--Packard; HP-IL; loop;
mathematical instruments --- Pocket Calculators;
network controller; operation; portable; protocol;
protocols",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fleming:1983:HIS,
author = "J. H. Fleming",
title = "{HP-IL} interconnect system ({Hewlett--Packard
Interface Loop})",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "1",
pages = "8--??",
month = jan,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2180E (Connectors)",
keywords = "bit-serial interface; computer interfaces; computers;
connectors; data communication equipment; electric;
handheld calculators; HP-IL; loop; portable",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Landsness:1983:EIH,
author = "C. J. Landsness",
title = "The electronics interface for the {Hewlett--Packard
Interface Loop}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "1",
pages = "11--16",
month = jan,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5610 (Computer interfaces); C6130 (Data handling
techniques)",
keywords = "battery-operated devices; cables; cables (electric);
CMOS IC; codes; computer interfaces; discharge;
electronics interface; electrostatic; EMI; encoding;
field effect integrated circuits; Hewlett-; HP-41C;
interface media; interference (signal); loop; low-power
serial interface; Packard Interface Loop; portable
computer; programmable calculator; small pulse
transformers; three-level code; transceivers;
two-wire",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Harper:1983:CIC,
author = "Steven L. Harper",
title = "A {CMOS} integrated circuit for the {HP-IL}
interface",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "1",
pages = "16--22",
month = jan,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A complementary MOS (CMOS) LSI circuit is considered
as the only technology that effectively satisfies
objectives of Hewlett--Packard Interface-Loop (HP-IL)
system. It is designed with an eight-bit data bus that
can mate directly with most common microprocessors. In
this way, the HP-IL interface simply becomes another
component in a device's microprocessor system. The
important advantages of the system are reviewed, the
register map illustrated and the device interaction
with the interface IC described. The HP-IL state
diagrams and the simplified flow chart of the response
of the idle device on the HP-IL are also presented.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2570D (CMOS integrated circuits); C5610 (Computer
interfaces)",
classification = "713; 714; 722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "block circuit diagram; circuit; CMOS integrated;
complementary MOS (CMOS); computer interfaces;
computers, microprocessor --- Computer Interfaces;
designer-friendliness; field effect integrated
circuits; handheld calculators; hardware architecture;
HP-IL; integrated circuits, LSI; interface loop (IL);
large; low cost; low power consumption; LSI; portable
computers; register map; scale integration;
semiconductor devices, MOS; small size; state diagrams;
user-friendliness",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hackleman:1983:CLT,
author = "David E. Hackleman and Norman L. Johnson and Craig S.
Lage and John J. Vietor and Robert L. Tillman",
title = "{CMOSC}: Low-Power Technology for Personal Computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "1",
pages = "23--29 (or 23--28??)",
month = jan,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "An improved high-volume CMOS (complementary
metal-oxide-semiconductor) process developed at
Hewlett--Packard's facility in Corvallis, Oregon is
presented. Required by the increasing integrated
circuit complexity of personal computers, CMOSC meets
several objectives that affect all phases of IC design
and development. The objectives include: low power
consumption, high device density, low circuit cost,
high reliability, improved latch-up and electrostatic
discharge (ESD) protection, and standardization process
models with design rule checks. The development of a
new bulk CMOS technology, and new concepts in IC
facility design are presented.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2550 (Semiconductor device technology); B2570D (CMOS
integrated circuits)",
classification = "714",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "CMOS; CMOSC; complementary MOS process (CMOSC); cost;
design rule checks; electrostatic discharge; field
effect integrated circuits; high device density; high
reliability; integrated circuit; large scale
integration; latch-up; low circuit; low power
consumption; LSI; personal computers; semiconductor
devices, MOS; standardised process models; technology",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Dryden:1983:AOA,
author = "P. C. Dryden and H. R. {Johnson, Jr.} and D. H.
Smith",
title = "Advanced oven assures repeatability in new gas
chromatograph",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "1",
pages = "30--31, 33--34",
month = jan,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8280B (Chromatography); C3380D (Control of physical
instruments); C7320 (Physics and chemistry computing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Avondale, PA, USA",
keywords = "5790A; 6803 microprocessor; calibration; chemical
variables measurement; chemistry computing;
chromatography; computer; computerised instrumentation;
control methods; fused silica capillary columns; gas
chromatograph; Hewlett--Packard; Model; oven; ovens;
RS-232-C; serial communications port; temperature
control; troubleshooting aids; value programs",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Rowland:1983:WGC,
author = "F. W. Rowland",
title = "What is gas chromatography?",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "1",
pages = "32--33",
month = jan,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8280B (Chromatography)",
keywords = "chromatography; column; gas chromatography",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Augenblick:1983:EFC,
author = "K. B. Augenblick and M. A. Casale and J. E. Cusack and
A. J. Murphy",
title = "Electronic flow control: a new level of automation for
gas chromatography",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "1",
pages = "35--40",
month = jan,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8280B (Chromatography); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and
transducers)B7320W (Level, flow and volume
measurement); C3120R (Pressure and vacuum control);
C3120T (Level, flow and volume control); C3220
(Controllers); C3240D (Electric transducers and sensing
devices); C3380D (Control of physical instruments);
C7320 (Physics and chemistry computing)",
keywords = "chromatography; computerised instrumentation;
controller; controllers; electric sensing devices;
electronic flow control; flow control; flow
measurement; flow sensor; gas chromatograph; gas flow;
HP 5880A; mass flow control; microprocessor-based unit;
pressure control",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Trautman:1983:PLH,
author = "Jack P. Trautman and Lawrence A. DesJardin",
title = "A portable, low-cost, high-performance digital
multimeter for the {HP-IL}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "2",
pages = "3--10",
month = feb,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A portable digital multimeter (DMM) is introduced
which is using a low-cost serial interface, the
Hewlett--Packard Interface Loop (HP-IL) to be coupled
to the advanced computational power of a hand held
computer. This DMM electronically calibrates itself,
measures ac and dc voltages and currents, makes
four-wire and two-wire resistance measurements, and
uses a liquid-crystal display to output data,
measurement units, and alphanumeric messages. The
design is described, including the electronic
calibration, microprocessor and analog circuits.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C5590
(Other computer peripheral equipment); C7410D
(Electronic engineering computing)",
classification = "723; 942",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Loveland, CO, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "AC; alphanumeric display; computer peripheral
equipment; computerised instrumentation; computers,
microprocessor; currents; DC; digital instrumentation;
digital multimeter; electric measuring instruments;
electronic engineering computing; four-wire resistance
measurements; HP 3478A; HP-IB; HP-IL; instruments,
digital --- Computer Interfaces; liquid-crystal
display; multimeters; portable digital multimeter;
portable multimeter; two-; voltages; wire resistance
measurements",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ressmeyer:1983:LPC,
author = "James J. Ressmeyer",
title = "Low-cost and portability come to data
acquisition\slash control products",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "2",
pages = "10--12, 15--16",
month = feb,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A new data acquisition and control scanner is
presented that uses Hewlett--Packard Interface Loop
(HP-IL), and with the addition of HP-41 handheld
computer allows a complete measurement system easily
transported and operated in the laboratory or field.
The key features of the instrument are described,
including the multiplexer\slash actuator and digital
input\slash output assemblies and their design. The
instrument friendliness and low-power operation are
emphasized.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210G (Data acquisition systems); C5520 (Data
acquisition equipment and techniques)",
classification = "723; 942",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Loveland, CO, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Acquisition/Control Unit; battery-powered unit;
computer peripheral equipment; control; Data; data
acquisition; data control scanner; data processing;
electric measuring instruments --- Computer Interfaces;
Hewlett--Packard; HP 3421A; HP-; HP-41 Handheld
Computer; HP-IL; IB interface; portability; scanner",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Leonard:1983:DAC,
author = "D. F. Leonard",
title = "Data acquisition and control software for the {3421A}
using the {HP-85} computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "2",
pages = "13--14",
month = feb,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5520 (Data acquisition equipment and techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Loveland, CO, USA",
keywords = "3056DL System; 3421A Data; Acquisition/Control Unit;
control; data acquisition; data loggers; data logging;
digital simulation; graphics programs; HP-85;
instrument diagnostic; instrument-front-panel
emulation; Personal Computer; programs; software
package; temperature transducer linearisation",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Wolpert:1983:LIC,
author = "David L. Wolpert",
title = "Low-Cost Instrument Control: a New {ROM} for the
{HP-41} Handheld Computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "2",
pages = "16--19",
month = feb,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A custom read only memory (ROM) and a keyboard
overlays are presented to be used with HP-41 handheld
computer in order to control a digital multimeter. A
measurement example and a simple program for the
measurement of ac voltage are introduced, miscellaneous
routines are described, and an example of a
mathematical routine is given.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7210G (Data acquisition systems); C5520 (Data
acquisition equipment and techniques)",
classification = "722; 723; 732; 942",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Loveland, CO, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "3421A; 41 handheld computers; 82160A HP-IL Module; and
Control Package; computerised instrumentation; custom
ROM; DA/C Pac ROM; Data Acquisition; data acquisition;
Data Acquisition/Control Unit; data storage, digital;
HP 44468A; HP-; HP-IL; instrument control; instruments,
digital --- Control; keyboard overlays; low-cost
measurement systems; microprogramming; read only
memory; read-only storage",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fuller:1983:EMI,
author = "Ian J. Fuller",
title = "Electronic Mail for the Interactive Office",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "2",
pages = "20--29",
month = feb,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "An electronic mail system HPMAIL is implemented using
Hewlett--Packard HP 6000 Computer system. It is
designed to enable users who may not be familiar with
computers and their associated technology to
interchange information effectively throughout their
organization. With HPMAIL, messages, documents,
business charts and graphs, and HP 3000 system files
can be exchanged both locally and remotely. The system,
its functions, software components implementation,
development techniques and database system are
described. An example of search is given and various
user interfaces are explained. An overview of the
transport system is also given.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210G (Electronic mail); C7100 (Business and
administration)",
classification = "723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Pinewood, UK",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "business charts; computer systems, digital; documents;
electronic mail; files; graphs; Hewlett--Packard 3000
Computer; HP 125 Personal Office Computer; HP 2382A; HP
2626W Word Processing Station; HP 3000 system; HPMAIL;
interactive office; messages; Office Terminal; System",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Shenoy:1983:ITI,
author = "A. K. Shenoy and C. M. Bircher",
title = "Integrated tools improve programmer productivity",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "2",
pages = "30--36",
month = feb,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6110 (Systems analysis and programming); C6150C
(Compilers, interpreters and other processors); C6150G
(Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "COBOL II; command interpreter; development
environment; editing; HP 3000 Computer System;
HPToolset; integrated program; MPE operating system;
program compilers; program debugging; programming;
programming tools; software subsystem; text; user
interface",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Davis:1983:ELD,
author = "Michael W. Davis and John A. Scharrer and Robert G.
{Wickliff, Jr.}",
title = "Extensive Logic Development and Support Capability in
One Convenient System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "3",
pages = "3--5, 7, 9--10",
month = mar,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Authors report on facilities for hardware timing
analysis, state\slash software analysis, and software
performance overview which provide debugging and
integrating tools that improve the designers'
efficiency. These analysis tools can be used
independently or in conjunction with the Hewlett
Richard 64000's emulation and software development
features. As a result of recent architectural
enhancements, the 64000 System can be used in different
development environments where the user may work
independently, with a team, or at a station connected
to a larger system.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5210 (Logic design methods); C5250 (Microcomputer
techniques)",
classification = "721; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "data processing; Development System; Hewlett Packard;
HP 64000; Logic; logic design; logic development
system; microcomputers; real time emulation",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bame:1983:HTS,
author = "Paul D. Bame",
title = "{HP} 64000 Terminal Software",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "3",
pages = "6--??, 9--10",
month = mar,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The need for rudimentary communication between the HP
64000 Logic Development System and other devices was
recognized at the inception of the system. To handle
this need, an RS-232-C/V. 24 port was designed into the
development station, and a simple copy command was
implemented in the system monitor. When used with the
RS-232-C/V. 24 port, the copy command allows the user
to transfer files between the 64000 System and a remote
device. All 64000 file types can be transferred.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150E (General utility programs)",
classification = "721; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer software; conversational terminal; data
processing; file; HP 64000; input-output programs;
interactive terminals; logic design; logic development
system; programs; terminal software; transfer;
utility",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fulghum:1983:HMS,
author = "Kipper K. Fulghum",
title = "The {HP} 64000 measurement system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "3",
pages = "8--9",
month = mar,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "One of the major contributions introduced by the HP
64000 Logic Development System is the integration of
software and hardware development tools with software
and hardware analysis tools. Specifically,
microprocessor emulation allows the designer to
exercise software and hardware in the target system,
while internal analysis provides unobtrusive testing
and debug facilities. With the introduction of the
64620SL Logic State Analyzer and the 64600S Logic
Timing Analyzer, the 64000 System now has extensive
external analysis capabilities as well.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5210 (Logic design methods); C5250 (Microcomputer
techniques)",
classification = "721; 722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Analyzer; computer aided analysis; computer
architecture; development tools; digital; external
analysis capabilities; HP 64000; logic design; Logic
Development System; logic state analyzer; Logic State
Analyzer; Logic Timing; logic timing analyzer;
measurement system; microcomputers; microprocessor
emulation",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Smith:1983:MDI,
author = "Jeffrey H. Smith and Carlton E. Glitzke and Alan J.
DeVilbiss",
title = "Mainframe Design for an Integrated Engineering
Workstation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "3",
pages = "11--15",
month = mar,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 64110A and upgraded HP 64100A Development
Stations are the second-generation main-frames for
Hewlett--Packard's 64000 Logic Development System. They
allow the system to be used in many different ways,
ranging from cluster to stand-alone applications.
Rather than creating completely new stations, the task
was to design a smaller, portable mainframe, the
64110A, while retaining absolute compatibility with
existing 64100A mainframe. At the same time, the 64100A
was upgraded with a new power supply to handle new
option cards. Both mainframes also received a dual
flexible disc drive system that is compatible with the
existing base of 64000 System hardware and software.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
classification = "722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer peripheral equipment; Development Stations;
HP 64100A; HP 64110A; integrated engineering
workstation; logic design; mainframe; portable;
second-generation mainframes; special purpose
computers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Nygaard:1983:MAS,
author = "Richard A. {Nygaard, Jr.} and Fredrick J. Palmer and
Bryce S. {Goodwin, Jr.} and Stan W. Bowlin and Steven
R. Williams",
title = "A modular analyzer for software analysis in the 64000
system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "3",
pages = "16--23",
month = mar,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Authors report on a microprocessor-based design with
directed-syntax softkey commands. Its displays include
program symbols as well as mnemonics and numerical
data. It assists programmers in high-level languages
with a full feature set that includes software
performance measurements and extensive program
tracing.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
systems)",
classification = "721; 722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer aided analysis; computer software ---
Analysis; computers, microprocessor; HP 64620S; logic
design; logic state/software analyzer; Logic
State/Software Analyzer; program tracing; software
analysis; software engineering; software performance
measurements",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Zellmer:1983:MLT,
author = "Joel A. Zellmer and John E. Hanna and David L.
Neuder",
title = "A modular logic timing analyzer for the 64000 system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "3",
pages = "23--30",
month = mar,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Logic timing analyzer asynchronously samples data flow
in the system under test and is primarily used to
troubleshoot hardware-related problems in digital
circuitry. It is optimized for showing time
relationships between digital signals, an area where
oscilloscopes are often used. Timing analyzers,
however, offer features not found in most
oscilloscopes, making them especially useful in testing
digital circuitry.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5210 (Logic design methods)",
classification = "721; 722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "64000; computer aided analysis; HP 64600S; logic
design; logic development system; logic testing; logic
timing analyzer; timing analyser",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Richey:1983:EM,
author = "David B. Richey and John P. Romano",
title = "Emulators for 16-Bit Microprocessors",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "3",
pages = "31--38",
month = mar,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "An emulator provide information concerning the inner
operation of a microprocessor and simulates its
activity, giving designers the feedback and control
necessary for development work. 16-bit processors
increase the need for an emulator to work symbolically
with compilers, to be flexible enough to accommodate
the diverse systems in which 16-bit processors are
used, and to be included in cross-coupled measurements
with other emulators or other instruments. The new
64000 16-bit emulators use the 64000's directed-syntax
user interface, which includes the capabilility to
create command macros using command files.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5250 (Microcomputer techniques)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "16-bit; computer software; computers, microprocessor;
emulators; HP 64000; Logic Development System;
microcomputers; microprocessor emulation;
microprocessors",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Smith:1983:HLC,
author = "Martin W. Smith and Joel D. Tesler",
title = "High-Level Language Compilers for Developing
Microprocessor Systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "3",
pages = "38--40",
month = mar,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The term `Universal,' when applied to a microprocessor
development system, should apply to the software
provided with the system as well as to the hardware.
That is, if a compiler for high-level language X is
supported by the development system, and if the system
provides hardware support for microprocessors A, B and
C, then the compiler for language X should be able to
generate code for microprocessors, A, B and C.
Conversely, if the development system provides hardware
support for microprocessor A, then any high-level
language compiler supported by the system should be
able to generate code for A. These requirements suggest
a structure for the high-level language compilers
supported by the 64000 Logic Development System.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5250 (Microcomputer techniques); C6150C (Compilers,
interpreters and other processors)",
classification = "721; 722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "compiler; computers, microprocessor; high-level;
language compiler; language compilers; logic design;
microcomputers; microprocessor development system;
program compilers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Quenelle:1983:NML,
author = "Robert C. Quenelle and Lawrence J. Wuerz",
title = "A new microcomputer-controlled laser dimensional
measurement and analysis system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "4",
pages = "3--4, 6--13",
month = apr,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Microcomputer control simplifies machine tool
calibration. Other applications are in research and
development, general-purpose metrology, and surface
plate calibration. Instruments for precise distance and
angle measurements are described. One family of these
instruments uses interferometer techniques to make
high-resolution measurements. The first product in this
family was a laser interferometer that could measure
large distances with a resolution of 10** minus **8
meter or 10** minus **6 inch. This first interferometer
found acceptance in the machine tool industry as a
means of certifying and calibrating machine tool
positioning systems and distance readouts.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0630C (Spatial variables measurement); A4260K (Laser
beam applications); B4360 (Laser applications); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); B7320C
(Spatial variables measurement); C3380D (Control of
physical instruments); C7420 (Control engineering
computing)",
classification = "723; 732; 744; 941; 943",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard and Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "5528A Laser Measurement; analysis system; calibration;
computerised instrumentation; computers, microprocessor
--- Applications; flatness; Hewlett--Packard;
instruments; interferometers --- Applications; large
distances measurements; laser beam; laser
interferometer; linear position; machine tool
positioning systems; measurement by; measurements ---
Calibration; metrology; microcomputer-controlled laser
dimensional measurement and; parallelism; pitch;
spatial variables measurement; squareness;
straightness; System; yaw",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Wuerz:1983:DMS,
author = "L. J. Wuerz and C. Burns",
title = "Dimensional metrology software eases calibration",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "4",
pages = "4--5",
month = apr,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C3380D (Control of physical instruments); C7420
(Control engineering computing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "calibration; Computer; computerised instrumentation;
Dimensional Metrology Analysis System; HP 5528A; HP-85
Personal; machine tool calibration; machine tools;
metrology software; spatial variables measurement",
treatment = "P Practical; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}
@Article{Gardner:1983:ACL,
author = "D. A. Gardner",
title = "Automatic compensation (for laser beam measurement
system)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "4",
pages = "12--??",
month = apr,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0630C (Spatial variables measurement); A0670D
(Sensing and detecting devices); A4260K (Laser beam
applications); B4360 (Laser applications); B7230
(Sensing devices and transducers); B7320C (Spatial
variables measurement); B7320R (Thermal variables
measurement); B7320V (Pressure and vacuum measurement);
B7320W (Level, flow and volume measurement); C3380D
(Control of physical instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "air; atmospheric conditions; calibrator control unit;
compensation; electric sensing devices; HP 5528A Laser
Measurement; humidity; measurement; measurement by
laser beam; pressure; sample temperature; sensor;
spatial variables measurement; System; temperature",
treatment = "P Practical; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Baldwin:1983:LOC,
author = "Richard R. Baldwin and Larry E. Truhe and David C.
Woodruff",
title = "Laser Optical Components for Machine Tool and Other
Calibrations",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "4",
pages = "14--16, 18, 20--22",
month = apr,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A machine tool calibration device should be capable of
completely describing the motion of a rigid body such
as a machine tool slide. This requires six independent
measurements, since any moving object has six degrees
of freedom of motion: it can translate in three
orthogonal directions and rotate about three orthogonal
axes. The applications of Linear Interferometers,
Angular Optics, Straightness Optics, Leveling Plate
Mount for Turning Mirror, and Computer Modeling of
Laser Measurement Systems are discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0630C (Spatial variables measurement); A0760L
(Optical interferometry); A4260K (Laser beam
applications); A4278 (Optical lens and mirror systems);
B4320M (Laser accessories and instrumentation); B4360
(Laser applications)",
classification = "603; 741; 744; 941",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "elements; flatness mirror; HP 5528A Laser;
interferometers; levelling plate mount; light
interferometers; linear interferometer; machine tool
calibration; machine tools --- Calibration; measurement
by laser beam; Measurement System; optical; optical
components; optical instruments; optical square; optics
positioning; orthogonal axes; orthogonal directions;
straightness; turning mirror",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Grote:1983:MLT,
author = "Richard H. Grote",
title = "Manufacturing the Laser Tube",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "4",
pages = "17--18",
month = apr,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A concept that has recently become widely accepted in
manufacturing circles is that producing a high-quality
product is a matter of adequately controlling its
manufacturing process. This means that the
manufacturing process must be designed to ensure that
every product is manufactured in exactly the same way.
This concept is particularly significant in building a
very high-technology product such as a He-Ne laser.
Early in the development of the thermally tuned 5518A
laser tube it was decided to make the necessary
investment in manufacturing equipment to ensure that
the process would be under control.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4255F (Inert gas lasers); A4260B (Design of specific
laser systems); B0170G (General fabrication
techniques); B4320C (Gas lasers)",
classification = "714; 744",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "5528A Laser Measurement System; electron tube
manufacture; gas lasers; He-Ne laser; HP; laser tube;
lasers, gas; manufacture; quality control; thermally
tuned laser",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Steinmetz:1983:MDF,
author = "Charles R. Steinmetz",
title = "Mechanical Design Features of the Laser Head",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "4",
pages = "19--20",
month = apr,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The product definition for the new 5528A Laser
Measurement System placed particular emphasis on low
manufacturing cost and ease of use. The laser head is a
major component of the system, and requires many
complicated mechanical parts. Emphasis was put on low
part costs for as many of these mechanical components
as possible. Fabrication processes were selected with
this in mind. An important design goal was that these
instruments be easy to repair in the field. The main
subassemblies are designed to be easily replaceable in
the field without disturbing any fixed alignments.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4260B (Design of specific laser systems); B4320C (Gas
lasers)",
classification = "744; 943",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "design; fabrication; fixed alignments; gas lasers; HP
5528A Laser; instruments --- Repair; laser head;
lasers; Measurement System; mechanical components;
mechanical parts",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Swain:1983:NFM,
author = "Howard L. Swain and Rick M. Cox",
title = "Noise Figure Meter Sets Records for Accuracy,
Repeatability, and Convenience",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "4",
pages = "23--25, 27, 29--34",
month = apr,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Noise figure is a widely used figure of merit for the
noise performance of devices, subassemblies, and
complete systems. As performance requirements have
increased, it has become increasingly important to be
able to measure noise figure accurately and
conveniently. A 0.34-db difference in the noise figure
of low-noise amplifiers for satellite earth stations
can translate into a fivefold difference in price. The
new HP model 8970A Noise Figure Meter makes outstanding
contributions to this field in accuracy, convenience,
and flexibility. The use of a microprocessor enables it
to correct several of the errors that have been
accepted as part of the measurement uncertainty in the
past.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
B7310Z (Other electric variables measurement); C3110Z
(Other electric variables control); C3380B (Control of
electronic instruments); C7420 (Control engineering
computing)",
classification = "701; 713; 723; 941; 942",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computerised instrumentation; computers,
microprocessor --- Applications; digital
instrumentation; electric noise measurement; electronic
equipment --- Measurements; excess noise ratio;
external local oscillators; Hewlett-; high sensitivity;
instruments; low-noise amplifiers;
microprocessor-based; Model 8970A noise figure meter;
Packard; second-; stage noise figure; temperature
errors; tuning range",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ikemoto:1983:MSU,
author = "J. Ikemoto",
title = "Mass storage unit exerciser",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "4",
pages = "35--36",
month = apr,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C5320
(Digital storage); C7420 (Control engineering
computing)",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; automatic testing;
electronic equipment testing; EXERCISER mode; flexible
disc drive; HP 4145A semiconductor; interface
self-test; magnetic disc and drum storage; mass storage
unit; parameter analyser",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Heinz:1983:SSG,
author = "William W. Heinz and Paul A. Zander",
title = "2-to-26.5-{GHz} Synthesized Signal Generator has
Internally Leveled Pulse Modulation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "5",
pages = "3--6, 8--9",
month = may,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A second-generation instrument is described which
features microprocessor control, sophisticated sweep
capabilities, programmability, and enhanced
serviceability. The operation of the digital control
unit is discussed, along with the electromagnetic
compatibility and reliability.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250E (Signal generators); C3380B (Control of
electronic instruments); C7420 (Control engineering
computing)",
classification = "713; 715",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "2-to-; 26.5-GHz; 8673A; computerised instrumentation;
Hewlett Packard; microcomputer control; pulse
modulation capability; signal generators; synthesized
signal generator",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Larson:1983:SLS,
author = "R. K. Larson",
title = "Sample-and-hold leveling system (in signal
generator)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "5",
pages = "7--??",
month = may,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1290 (Other analogue circuits); B7250E (Signal
generators)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co. Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8673A; automatic level control; Hewlett Packard; HP
8673A; leveling; sample and hold circuits; signal
generator; signal generators; system",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Larson:1983:WYM,
author = "Ronald K. Larson and Lawrence A. Stark",
title = "A wideband {YIG-tuned} multiplier and pulsed signal
generation system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "5",
pages = "10--11, 13--16",
month = may,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A YIG-tuned multiplier (YTM) is described which is
used in conjunction with a 2.0-to-26.5-GHz frequency
range synthesized signal generator. The operating
frequency range of the YTM is divided into four bands,
which correspond to frequency multiplication ratios of
1, 2, 3, and 4. The bias control, YIG filter and pulse
modulation system are discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230 (Signal generators); B1290 (Other analogue
circuits); B3120W (Other magnetic material applications
and devices)",
classification = "708; 713; 715",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "8673A; frequency; multiplying circuits; range; signal
generation system; signal generators; Synthesized
Signal Generator; tuning; YIG-tuned multiplier; YTM",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Zander:1983:A,
author = "P. A. Zander",
title = "Autopeaking",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "5",
pages = "12--13",
month = may,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1290 (Other analogue circuits)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "autopeaking; differentiating circuits; tuning;
YIG-tuned multiplier; YTM",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Buskirk:1983:CDC,
author = "William A. Buskirk and Charles W. Gilson and David J.
Shelly",
title = "Compact Digital Cassette Drive for Low-Cost Mass
Storage",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "5",
pages = "17--24",
month = may,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A portable battery-operated unit is described which
uses minicassettes to store program and data
inexpensively for HP-IL systems. The storage medium is
a removable minicassette that can store up to 128K
bytes of information. Portability is achieved by the
use of a four-cell nickel-cadmium battery pack,
recharger, and power supply system.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media); C5320
(Digital storage)",
classification = "714; 721; 722",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "data storage, digital; Hewlett-; HP 82161A; magnetic
tape storage; mass storage peripheral; minicassette;
Packard Interface Loop; portable",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Evett:1983:SPC,
author = "Eric A. Evett and Paul J. McClellan and Joseph P.
Tanzini",
title = "Scientific Pocket Calculator Extends Range of Built-In
Functions",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "5",
pages = "25--35",
month = may,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A new scientific programmable calculator is described.
All arithmetic, logarithmic, exponential,
trigonometric, and hyperbolic functions operate on
complex numbers as well as real numbers. Built-in
matrix operations are provided, including addition,
subtraction, multiplication, system solution,
inversion, transposition, and norms.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
classification = "715; 921",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "electronic calculators; functions; Hewlett--Packard;
HP-15C; mathematical; mathematical instruments;
Scientific Programmable Calculator",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Evett:1983:PCC,
author = "Eric A. Evett",
title = "A pocket calculator for computer science
professionals",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "5",
pages = "36--39",
month = may,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A compact, yet powerful pocket calculator, is
described. It was designed for technical professionals
working in computer science and digital electronics.
Boolean operations and bit manipulation are some of its
capabilities.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
classification = "715; 921",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "bit; Boolean operations; computer; digital
electronics; electronic calculators; Hewlett--Packard;
HP-16C; manipulation; mathematical instruments; pocket
calculator; science",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Morris:1983:PCF,
author = "Donald E. Morris and Anthony S. Ridolfo and Donald L.
Morris",
title = "A portable computer for field, office, or bench
applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "6",
pages = "3--4, 6--7, 9",
month = jun,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A lightweight, battery-powered computer is presented.
The computer has features that make it an ideal tool
for the traveling professional. It weighs only 26
ounces and with other small HP battery-operated
peripherals such as an acoustic modem, a digital
cassette drive, and a printer\slash plotter, can fit
easily into a briefcase to form a complete, yet
portable information management system.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "721; 722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "character editor; command set; computers, miniature;
display; file; firmware design; HP-75 Portable
Computer; microcomputers; packaging; portable
computers; system",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Snell:1983:TIH,
author = "Sidnee Snell and Brian G. Spreadbury",
title = "A telephone interface for {HP-IL} controllers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "6",
pages = "5--7 (or 5--6??)",
month = jun,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The ability to access remote data bases and programs
via standard telephone lines enhances the usefulness of
a portable computer. This feature allows field sales
personnel to access their office computer for the
latest ordering information. To provide this ability to
access remote information, an acoustically coupled
modem is required because direct-connection modems
cannot be used with telephones in public booths and
most hotel or motel rooms. This modem also must be
portable and battery-powered. With these requirements
in mind, HP developed the 82168A Acoustic Coupler, an
acoustically coupled, full-duplex, originate-only modem
with an HP-IL (Hewlett--Packard Interface Loop)
interface. Transmitting at 300 baud, it uses FSK. The
mark and space transmit frequencies are 1070 Hz and
1270 Hz, respectively.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1250 (Modulators, demodulators, discriminators and
mixers)",
classification = "718; 722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "82168A Acoustic Coupler; computer interfaces; Hewlett
Packard; Hewlett--Packard interface; HP-IL controllers;
HP-IL interface; loop; modem; modems; telephone
interface; telephone interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{York:1983:HHP,
author = "D. C. York",
title = "{HP-IL} and the {HP-75 Portable Computer}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "6",
pages = "8--9",
month = jun,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
keywords = "access; computer interfaces; Hewlett--Packard
Interface Loop; HP-75; HP-IL; interfacing;
microcomputers; Portable Computer",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Brooks:1983:HES,
author = "Elizabeth Brooks and Robert J. Livengood and Rex C.
Smith and Timothy F. Myers",
title = "High-Capability Electronics System for a Compact,
Battery-Operated Computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "6",
pages = "10--15",
month = jun,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The electronics system used in the HP-75 portable
computer combines the processing capability of the
HP-85 personal computer with the CMOS technology of the
HP-41 handheld computer. Nine custom CMOS integrated
circuits, a liquid-crystal display (LCD), commercially
available CMOS static RAMs, and HP-IL (Hewlett--Packard
Interface Loop**1) interface, and a hand-pulled
magnetic card reader form a complete computer system in
a small, portable package. The power supply, keyboard,
card reader, clock system and memory organization are
described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "715; 722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "CMOS technology; computers, miniature; electronics
system; HP-75 Portable Computer; microcomputers;
portable computers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hoecker:1983:HMC,
author = "Kenneth R. Hoecker and James R. Schwartz and Francis
A. Young and Dean R. Johnson",
title = "Handpulled Magnetic Card, Mass Storage System for a
Portable Computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "6",
pages = "15--19, 21--23",
month = jun,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP-75 portable computer is discussed. It features
a built-in handpulled magnetic card reader\slash writer
that can store 1.3K bytes of user data or programs per
card. The cards are 10 in. long and 0.375 in. wide.
Handpulled refers to the lack of a motor for
transporting the cards past the head. Instead, this
function is performed by the user. The user initiates a
card operation with the appropriate command, inserts
the card into the card reader, tells the HP-75 that the
card is ready by pressing a key, and then pulls the
card through the card reader.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media); C5320
(Digital storage)",
classification = "721; 722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computers, miniature; data storage, magnetic;
handpulled magnetic card; HP-75 Portable Computer;
magnetic card; magnetic card reader; magnetic card
storage system; magnetic card writer; magnetic storage;
mass storage system; microcomputers; portable
computers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Patton:1983:HPC,
author = "D. B. Patton",
title = "The {HP-75} production card recorder",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "6",
pages = "20--21",
month = jun,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; card recorder; data tracks;
Hewlett-; HP-75 Portable Computer; HP-75 production
card reader; magnetic cards; magnetic storage; Packard;
testing; timing; tracks",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Arnold:1983:IHH,
author = "Thomas J. Arnold and Billy E. Thayer",
title = "Integration of the {HP-75}'s Handpulled Card Reader
Electronics in {CMOS}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "6",
pages = "24--26",
month = jun,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "One of the original goals in the development of the
HP-75 portable computer was to provide inexpensive mass
storage capability. The decision was made to implement
a handpulled magnetic card reader. Since the product
was to be portable and operate on battery power,
low-power CMOS technology was chosen to implement the
internal functions. The approach taken in the
development of the handpulled card reader IC was to
design and lay out the digital circuit and analog
circuit portions independently and then merge them into
a single IC layout.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media); C5320
(Digital storage)",
classification = "713; 714; 721; 722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "card reader; circuit design; CMOS; computers,
miniature; data storage, magnetic; electronics; field
effect integrated circuits; handpulled card reader;
HP-75 Portable Computer; integrated circuit; integrated
circuits; magnetic card; magnetic storage; mass
storage; portable computers; reader",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fleischer:1983:NFP,
author = "Michael Fleischer and Helmut Rossner and Uwe Newmann",
title = "A new family of pulse and pulse\slash function
generators",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "6",
pages = "27--32",
month = jun,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Three compact, easy-to-use instruments are presented.
They feature the versatility needed for analog and
digital applications over wide frequency and amplitude
ranges. Use is made of custom IC design. The
user-friendly operating concept and the user-friendly
HP-IB interface are discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230G (Function generators); B1230J (Pulse
generators); B7250E (Signal generators)",
classification = "713; 714; 715",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "8111A pulse/function; 8112A pulse/function generator;
8116A pulse/function generator; function generators;
generator; generators; Hewlett--Packard; pulse
generators; pulse/function",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hentschel:1983:DBI,
author = "Christian Hentschel and Adolf Leiter and Stephan Traub
and Horst Schweikardt and Volker Eberle",
title = "Designing bipolar integrated circuits for a
pulse\slash function generator family",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "6",
pages = "33--38",
month = jun,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The heart of a pulse\slash function or pulse generator
always consists of the same few functions. These
functions are discussed. They are normally realized
with conventional discrete circuits and have a high
component count. Three different circuits were thought
to be the best compromise and they are described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230J (Pulse generators); B2570B (Bipolar integrated
circuits); B7250E (Signal generators)",
classification = "713; 714; 715",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "bipolar integrated; bipolar integrated circuits;
circuits; function generators; Hewlett Packards;
integrated circuits; pulse generators; pulse/function
generator",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Wilbs:1983:HSA,
author = "Andreas Wilbs and Klaus-Peter Behrens",
title = "A high-speed system for {AC} parametric digital
hardware analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "7",
pages = "3--7",
month = jul,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 8180A\slash 81A\slash 82A Stimulus\slash
Response System offers both device stimulation and
response analysis, and consists of the 8180A Data
Generator, the 8181A Extender, which expands the number
of stimulus channels, and the 8182A Data Analyzer. Each
of the units can be configured for different numbers of
channels. In addition, provision has been made for the
synchronous operation of two systems in parallel. This
expands the channel count with a minimum of skew.
Generator\slash analyzer synchronization and
interaction with the device under test are assured by
various control inputs and outputs.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C7410D
(Electronic engineering computing)",
classification = "713; 714",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "50-MHz; 8180A data; 8181 extender; 8182A data
analyser; AC parametric digital hardware analysis;
comprehensive characterisation; computerised
instrumentation; digital circuits; generator;
high-speed; HP 8180A/81A/82A; integrated circuits,
digital; rapid characterization; stimulus system;
system",
treatment = "A Application; N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Hubner:1983:HSD,
author = "Ulrich H{\"u}bner and Werner Berkel and Heinz Nuessle
and Josef Becker",
title = "A high-speed data generator for digital testing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "7",
pages = "7--14",
month = jul,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP8180A Data Generator is a high-speed data
generator which offers high timing accuracy, precise
pulse-level definition, ease of operation with either
manual or remote control, and flexibility on the bench
and in the rack. The 8180A consists of a power supply
module, a display module, and eleven printed circuit
boards, which plug into a motherboard.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250E (Signal generators); C3380B (Control of
electronic instruments); C7410D (Electronic engineering
computing)",
classification = "713; 714",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "8181A data generator extender; computerised
instrumentation; data generators; digital testing;
display module; generator; high-speed data generator;
HP 8180A data; integrated circuit testing ---
Equipment; integrated circuits, digital; power supply
module; precise pulse-level definition; printed circuit
boards; signal generators; timing accuracy",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Kible:1983:HDA,
author = "Dieter Kible and Bernhard Roth and Martin Dietze and
Ulrich Sch{\"o}ttmer",
title = "High-Speed Data Analyzer Tests Threshold and Timing
Parameters",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "7",
pages = "14--25",
month = jul,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The 8182A Data Analyzer is optimized for testing
threshold and timing parameters at high speeds. It has
two innovative features-programmable sampling-point
delay and real-time compare mode. New,
specially-developed active probes with a wide range of
accessories facilitate the capture of data with minimum
influence on the device under test. All analog
parameters, such as threshold voltages and the sampling
point delay, are implemented with high resolution and
accuracy. Instead of setup and hold times, a sampling
time accuracy with respect to the external clock input
is specified.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C7410F
(Communications computing)",
classification = "713; 714; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "6809 processor; active probes; CMOS RAM; computerised
instrumentation; data analyzers; data processing; high
speed data analyser; HP 8182A; integrated circuit
testing --- Equipment; point delay; programmable
sampling-; real-time compare mode; ROM; sampling time
accuracy; spectral analysers; threshold parameters;
timing parameters",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Mottola:1983:DAS,
author = "Roberto Mottola and Eckhard Paul",
title = "Data analyzer software\slash firmware design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "7",
pages = "25--28",
month = jul,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Local programming of the 8182A Data Analyzer is done
by means of front-panel softkeys. As selections are
made, the functions of the softkeys change and are
displayed on the CRT. The programming concept provides
eight pages of information, four pages for programming
instrument parameters, three for displaying the results
of a measurement, and an eighth page for use as an
alphanumeric display to aid the operator a of
computer-controlled system. For remote programming, the
8182A is provided with an HP-IB (IEEE 488) interface,
giving it two remote operating modes, ASCII and binary,
with different addresses.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C7410F
(Communications computing)",
classification = "713; 714; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "8182A data analyzer; ASCII; binary; computer software;
computerised instrumentation; CRT; data analyser
software/firmware design; data analyzers; data
processing; front-panel softkeys; HP-IB interface;
integrated circuit testing --- Equipment; programming;
remote; spectral analysers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Otto:1983:PSS,
author = "Ulrich Otto and Horst Link",
title = "Power supplies for the stimulus\slash response
system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "7",
pages = "28--31",
month = jul,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "In designing power supplies for the 8180A Data
Generator, 8181A Extender, and 8182A Data Analyzer the
most important objectives were high load current
capability and serviceability within a restricted
space. The sizes of the instrument cabinets were
limited by the desire to produce a system suitable for
benchtop operation. The card rack in the generator
holds eleven printed circuit boards with a spacing of
20 mm between boards. The analyzer has thirteen boards
with 17-mm spacing. Because both cabinets also
accommodate a CRT display, the space available for
power supplies is severely restricted.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems)",
classification = "713; 714; 715",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "8180A data generator; 8181A extender; 8182A data
analyser; computerised instrumentation; electric power
supplies to apparatus; integrated circuit testing ---
Equipment; power supplies to apparatus",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Wakasugi:1983:NML,
author = "Tomio Wakasugi and Takeshi Kyo and Toshio Tamamura",
title = "New multi-frequency {LCZ} meters offer higher-speed
impedance measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "7",
pages = "32--38",
month = jul,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Many instruments used for production-line impedance
measurements have only one or two test frequencies,
usually 1 kHz and\slash or 1 MHz. But electronic
components, once installed in a piece of equipment,
must operate at other frequencies where their
parameters can be quite different. Therefore, component
users want to measure components at the actual
operating frequencies. HP's new LCZ Meters, Models 4277
and 4276A were developed to satisfy these
requirements.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310J (Impedance and admittance
measurement)",
classification = "942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "component handler; discrete electronic components;
electric impedance measurement; electric measurements;
higher-speed impedance; LCZ meters; measurements;
multifrequency; multimeters; optional interface;
production-line measurements",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Beyers:1983:VTP,
author = "Joseph W. Beyers and Eugene R. Zeller and S. Dana
Seccombe",
title = "{VLSI} Technology Packs 32-Bit Computer System into a
Small Package",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "8",
pages = "3--6",
month = aug,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The packaging of a 32-bit computer system into a
compact desktop machine is presented. The integration
of the system is described that is based on five VLSI
circuits and on the development of three key
technologies: advanced 32-bit architecture, NMOS VLSI
process optimized for density and performance, and a
new circuit board. The dissipation of the generated
heat is also considered.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5100 (Circuits and devices); C5250 (Microcomputer
techniques); C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "713; 714; 715; 722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "32-bit computer; computers, microprocessor --- Modular
Construction; digital integrated circuits; HP 9000
computer; integrated circuits; integrated circuits,
VLSI; large scale integration; microcomputers; NMOS
process; special purpose computers; VLSI technology",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Burkhart:1983:VM,
author = "Keven P. Burkhart and Mark A. Forsyth and Mark E.
Hammer and Darius F. Tanksalvala",
title = "An {18-MHz}, 32-bit {VLSI} microprocessor",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "8",
pages = "7--8, 10--11",
month = aug,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The new Hewlett--Packard's 32-bit VLSI computer system
is described, with special attention on the
Memory\slash Processor Module. The central processing
unit (CPU) in this module is an NMOS circuit containing
450,000 transistors on a single chip operating at a
clock frequency of 18 MHz. This compact CPU chip, which
implements a 32-bit version of the HP 3000 Computer's
stack-based architecture, is designed and
microprogrammed to support multiple-CPU operations
within a single Memory\slash Processor Module. Each CPU
is capable of one-MIPS (million instructions per
second) performance with very little performance
degradation in multiple-CPU configurations.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5100 (Circuits and devices); C5250 (Microcomputer
techniques); C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "713; 714; 722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "18-MHz; 32-bit; 32-bit microprocessor; computers,
microprocessor; digital integrated circuits; integrated
circuits, VLSI --- Applications; large scale
integration; memory/processor; microcomputers;
microprocessor; module; NMOS circuit; stack-based
architecture; VLSI",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fiasconaro:1983:ISS,
author = "J. G. Fiasconaro",
title = "Instruction set for a single-chip 32-bit processor",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "8",
pages = "9--10",
month = aug,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5130 (Microprocessor chips); C5220 (Computer
architecture); C6140B (Machine-oriented languages)",
keywords = "32-; 32-bit registers; 32-bit shifter; 9K 38-bit
words; bit ALU; hardware; instruction set; iterations;
machine oriented languages; microcode control store;
microprocessor chips; microprogramming; optimizing;
single-chip 32-bit processor",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Gross:1983:VIP,
author = "Fred J. Gross and William S. Jaffe and Donald R.
Weiss",
title = "{VLSI I/O} Processor for a 32-Bit Computer System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "8",
pages = "11--14",
month = aug,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The design objectives for the input\slash output (I/O)
data path for Hewlett--Packard's 32-bit computer are
established, and an I/O processor (IOP) is introduced
that is able to control most I/O transactions without
interference with the Central Processing Unit (CPU).
The design and operation of IOP are described, and the
timing diagrams for multiplex and burst I/O cycles and
the block diagram for the processor chip are given. IOP
self-test is also presented.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5100 (Circuits and devices); C5250 (Microcomputer
techniques); C6150J (Operating systems)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "32-bit computer; circuits; computers, microprocessor;
CPU; digital integrated circuits; Hewlett--Packard; HP;
I/O processor; input-output programs; input/output data
path; input/output processor (IOP); integrated
circuits, VLSI --- Applications; large; microcomputers;
reliability; scale integration; shared; system; VLSI",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Lob:1983:HVM,
author = "Clifford G. Lob and Mark J. Reed and Joseph P.
Fucetola and Mark A. Ludwig",
title = "High-Performance {VLSI} Memory System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "8",
pages = "14--20",
month = aug,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The full potential of VLSI architecture of the 32-bit
Hewlett--Packard computer system without the
implementation of a dense resident memory system, is
considered, including the ability to do flexible memory
operations such as byte, half-word, word, semaphore
transfer, and refresh functions. A memory card is
illustrated by a block diagram with its key elements:
the memory processor bus (MPB), MPB interface, memory
controller chip, 128K-bit dynamic random access memory
(RAM) chips, and clock chip. The cards, the memory
controller and the operation of the system are
described, including system's timing, read, write,
semaphore and healer operations, internal register
access, refresh, memory management and self-test.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265D (Memory circuits); C5100 (Circuits and
devices); C5320G (Semiconductor storage)",
classification = "713; 714; 722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "byte; CPU; data storage, digital --- Random Access;
data storage, semiconductor; dense resident memory;
digital integrated circuits; half-word; I/O processors;
integrated circuits, VLSI; integrated memory circuits;
IOP; large scale integration; memory system; operating
systems; random access memory (RAM); refresh functions;
semaphore; semiconductor storage; transfer; virtual
address; VLSI; word",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Lob:1983:CDS,
author = "C. G. Lob and A. O. Elkins",
title = "{18-MHz} clock distribution system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "8",
pages = "17--??",
month = aug,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5100 (Circuits and devices); C5130 (Microprocessor
chips); C5320G (Semiconductor storage)",
keywords = "32-bit VLSI processor; capacitive; clock distribution
system; digital integrated circuits; high-frequency
distribution; HP; large scale integration; loading
components; microprocessor chips; RAM chips;
semiconductor storage; system",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Wheeler:1983:NDR,
author = "John K. Wheeler and John R. Spencer and Dale R.
Beucler and Charlie G. Kohlhardt",
title = "{128K-Bit NMOS} Dynamic {RAM} with Redundancy",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "8",
pages = "20--24",
month = aug,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The design of VLSI NMOS Random Access Memory (RAM) is
presented that is a basic block of Hewlett--Packard's
32-bit computer's memory system. The memory array
containing 128K-four transistor cells and its
organization are described, and the peripheral
circuitry and memory cell are examined. The physical
layout of the array is shown. The performance and
characteristics of the RAM and storage cell are
tabulated. A functional description follows.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5100 (Circuits and devices); C5200 (Logic design and
digital techniques); C5320G (Semiconductor storage)",
classification = "714; 722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "bits per chip; computers, microprocessor --- Modular
Construction; data storage, digital; data storage,
semiconductor; density; dissipation; dynamic RAM;
dynamic random access memory (RAM); fast cycle times;
field effect integrated circuits; Hewlett--Packard;
memory; NMOS; power; redundancy; semiconductor;
semiconductor devices, MOS; semiconductor
random-access; storage; VLSI NMOS RAM",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Malhotra:1983:FNC,
author = "Arun K. Malhotra and Glen E. Leinbach and Jeffrey J.
Straw and Guy R. Wagner",
title = "Finstrate: a New Concept in {VLSI} Packaging",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "8",
pages = "24--26",
month = aug,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A new packaging method is introduced for the VSLI
chips used in the design of Hewlett--Packard's 32-bit
computer to meet the speed, interconnect and cooling
requirements. The fin substrated (finstrate) board is
used that combines a copper fin for heat conduction and
dissipation with a multilayer substrate for
low-capacitance interconnection between ICs. The
fabrication of finstrate is described and the
cross-sections during the fabrication sequence are
shown. The assembly of a large hybrid IC is
illustrated. The thermal analysis of the module is also
presented.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170J (Product packaging); B2570 (Semiconductor
integrated circuits); C5100 (Circuits and devices)",
classification = "713; 714; 715",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "copper fin; digital integrated circuits; finstrate;
heat conduction; integrated circuits, VLSI; large scale
integration; low-capacitance interconnection;
multilayer; packaging; substrate; VLSI",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Mikkelson:1983:NPT,
author = "James M. Mikkelson and Fung-Sun Fei and Arun K.
Malhotra and S. Dana Seccombe",
title = "{NMOS-III} Process Technology",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "8",
pages = "27--30",
month = aug,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The major technological innovation required for the
design and manufacture of the 32-bit HP 9000 Computer
System was the development of NMOS III, a high-density,
high-speed IC process. This eight-mask, n-channel,
silicon-gate process uses optical lithography to print
minimum features of 1.5-$ \mu $ m-wide lines and 1.0-$
\mu $ m spaces on all critical levels. Both enhancement
and depletion devices are available. The devices are
fabricated with 40-nm-thick gate oxides and shallow
implanted sources and drains to reduce short-channel
effects. Major departures from conventional MOS
processes include external contacts to gates, drains,
and sources, and two layers of refractory metallization
for interconnecting devices.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2220C (General integrated circuit fabrication
techniques); B2550 (Semiconductor device technology);
B2550G (Lithography)B2570F (Other MOS integrated
circuits); C5100 (Circuits and devices)",
classification = "714",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "contacts; drains; external; field effect integrated
circuits; gates; HP 9000 computer system; IC process;
interconnecting devices; MOS processes; NMOS III;
NMOS-II process; optical lithography; process;
refractory metallization; semiconductor devices, MOS;
semiconductor technology; silicon-gate; sources",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Roland:1983:TRM,
author = "James P. Roland and Norman E. Hendrickson and Daniel
D. Kessler and Donald E. {Novy, Jr.} and David W.
Quint",
title = "Two-Layer Refractory Metal {IC} Process",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "8",
pages = "30--32",
month = aug,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Apr 08 21:44:29 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The heavy emphasis on reducing device dimensions
(scaling) affects not only the width of the metal
lines, but also the material chosen and the processing
used. Even though the total current through a
minimum-dimension metal interconnect line is small in
absolute terms, the current density in these lines is
on the order of one million amperes per square
centimeter because of their small cross-sectional area.
Two tungsten layers of low-resistance interconnect are
selected for the circuits using NMOS-III technology.
Its design rules are given and the process is
described. The atmospheric chemical vapor deposition
(CVD) of oxide layers and tungsten layers, and the
etching process are described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); B2220C
(General integrated circuit fabrication techniques);
B2550 (Semiconductor device technology); B2570F (Other
MOS integrated circuits); C5100 (Circuits and devices);
C5130 (Microprocessor chips)",
classification = "543; 713; 812",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "field effect integrated circuits; high-resistance
polysilicon layer; III; integrated circuit chip;
integrated circuit manufacture; microprocessor chips;
NMOS-; refractory metal IC process; semiconductor
technology; topological puzzles; tungsten and alloys
--- Vapor Deposition; two-layer refractory metal",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Abraham:1983:NP,
author = "Howard E. Abraham and Keith G. Bartlett and Gary L.
Hillis and Mark Stolz and Martin S. Wilson",
title = "{NMOS-III} Photolithography",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "8",
pages = "34--37",
month = aug,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The step-and-repeat optical aligner is shown that is
used in NMOS-III photolithography process. A new
multilayer photoresist process is introduced to obtain
necessary process control. The exposure system is
described and production control by means of a desktop
computer is highlighted. A block diagram explains the
step-and-align optical wafer exposure.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2220C (General integrated circuit fabrication
techniques); B2550 (Semiconductor device technology);
B2550G (Lithography)B2570F (Other MOS integrated
circuits); C5100 (Circuits and devices)",
classification = "714; 742; 745",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "chips; field effect integrated circuits; lithography;
multilayer photoresist; NMOS-III; NMOS-III
photolithography; NMOS-III production; optical; optical
aligner; photolithography; photoresists; process;
semiconductor devices, MOS; semiconductor technology;
step-and-repeat optical aligner",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Mead:1983:CPG,
author = "Sharon O. Mead and William R. Taylor and Kenneth A.
Mintz and Catherine M. Potter",
title = "A Color Presentation Graphics Workstation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "9",
pages = "3--9",
month = sep,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 2700 family of high-performance color graphics
workstations is presented which offers local graphics
design and output features that enable users to create
professional presentation graphics and graphic art at a
fraction of the cost of manual methods of design and
preparation. The workstation's powerful features are
accessible by a host computer so that it is possible to
implement demanding graphics applications that do not
require the computer to perform complex transformation
calculations or transmit copious amounts of data to the
workstation. The HP 2700 can also function as a
block-mode computer terminal, making it a suitable
display station for many general graphics applications.
It has a high-quality color display, a keyboard with
many specialized functions, a graphics input device
consisting of a pair of thumbwheels and a button, and
an optional graphics tablet.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
classification = "722; 723; 741",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "application; color --- Applications; color
presentation graphics workstation; computer graphic
equipment; computer graphics; computer peripheral
equipment --- Remote Consoles; computer software ---
Applications; decision support graphics; design; full
block-mode terminal capabilities; graphic art;
graphics; graphics workstation; HP 2700; interactive
terminals; software",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Burns:1983:DSH,
author = "Robert R. Burns and Dale A. Luck",
title = "Designing Software for High-Performance Graphics",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "9",
pages = "9--14",
month = sep,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The design of a color lookup table, or color map, is
introduced that is standard for Hewlett--Packard color
graphics displays. The interactive changes of color
map, and thus the colors in the picture, by the user is
described. The vector list, polygon area fill,
double-buffered graphics memory, fonts and labels,
pick, hard copy and other graphics features of HP 2700
color graphics workstation are presented, and their
implementation illustrated. The use of matrix
arithmetic to calculate local object and viewing
transformations are also indicated.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
classification = "723; 741; 921",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "color --- Applications; computer graphic equipment;
computer graphics --- Interactive; computer software;
computer systems programming --- Table Lookup;
engineering; fonts; graphics commands; host computer;
HP 2700 color graphics workstation; interactive
terminals; mathematical techniques --- Matrix Algebra;
polygon-area fill; software; software design; vector
list",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Diserens:1983:LDG,
author = "Craig W. Diserens and Curtis L. Dowdy and William R.
Taylor",
title = "Logic Design for a Graphics Subsystem",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "9",
pages = "15--18",
month = sep,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Three plug-in hardware modules, graphics controller,
graphics image memory, and color mapper, are introduced
as the hardware pipeline of the HP 2700 color graphics
workstation that delivers graphics information to the
color monitor. An additional path from the graphics
image memory to an external raster device such as a
hardcopy camera or another display monitor is provided
by a fourth optional plug-in module called the external
video interface. The raster scan address logic,
alphanumeric color mapping and external video interface
are described that lead to a red-green-blue (RGB) video
output.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5210 (Logic design methods); C5540 (Terminals and
graphic displays)",
classification = "721; 722; 723; 741",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "color --- Monitoring; color mapper; color mapping;
computer graphic equipment; computer graphics ---
Imaging Techniques; CRT; display monitor; graphics;
graphics control; graphics controller; graphics
subsystem; hardcopy camera; hardware pipeline; HP 2700;
image memory; local vector list; logic design; plug-in
hardware modules; raster graphics; raster scan address
logic; response time",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hanlon:1983:HCM,
author = "M. Hanlon and G. G. Moyer and P. G. Winninghoff",
title = "A high-resolution color monitor",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "9",
pages = "18--21",
month = sep,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
keywords = "alignment; color monitor; computer graphic equipment;
converter; delta-gun CRT; digital information;
digital-to-analog; electronic signals; high-resolution;
HP 2700; interactive terminals; monitoring; raster-scan
deflection; television-type monitor",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Tang:1983:GWE,
author = "Edward Tang and Otakar Blazek and Thomas K. Landgraf
and Paula H. Ng and Stephen P. Pacheco",
title = "The graphics workstation as an extensible computer
terminal",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "9",
pages = "22--25",
month = sep,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The extensibility and compatibility are considered in
the design of a computer graphics terminal. In order
that the terminal can incorporate new technologies as
they become available, and at the same time be
compatible with other existing HP terminals, various
design objectives of HP 2700 color graphics workstation
are examined. The main processing unit (MPU) and the
associated software, access devices, disk patcher
utility, intelligent subsystems, alphanumeric video
controller (AVC), Keyboard\slash Datacom controller,
tablet interface, shared peripheral controller, and
minifloppy controller are considered.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "alphanumeric display; alphanumeric video controller
(AVC); color graphics work station; compatibility;
computer graphic equipment; computer graphics; computer
peripheral equipment --- Remote Consoles; data
communications; extensibility; extensible computer
terminal; graphics workstation; HP 2700; input;
intelligent I/O controllers; interactive terminals;
interface; keyboard; local device control; main
processing unit (MPU); minifloppy; software",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Perkins:1983:CTT,
author = "Michael R. Perkins and Susan Snitzer and Charles W.
Andrews",
title = "A computer-aided test and tracking system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "9",
pages = "25--28",
month = sep,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A testing system is introduced to test the printed
circuit assemblies (PCAs) for the HP 2700 Color
Graphics Workstation. It provides quick sorting of
functional and nonfunctional PCAs, PCA burn-in,
terminal test, and a station for technicians to
reproduce failures that occur elsewhere in the system.
The system also collects data and checks for trends.
This information can be fed back to the appropriate
group to help prevent recurrence of the failure in
future assemblies.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C5540
(Terminals and graphic displays); C7430 (Computer
engineering)",
classification = "703; 713; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; burn-in system; computer
aided manufacturing; computer graphic equipment;
computer graphics --- Equipment; computer-aided
testing; computer-aided tracking system; HP 2700;
printed circuit assemblies (PCAS); printed circuit
assembly testing; printed circuits; temperature
stress",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Thompson:1983:PDF,
author = "D. C. Thompson and K. D. Boetzer and M. A. D. Bona and
B. M. Mousa",
title = "Product design of a friendly color graphics
workstation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "9",
pages = "28--30",
month = sep,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
keywords = "computer graphic equipment; HP 2700 colour graphics
workstation; local intelligence; memory; user
interface",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Balazer:1983:ASA,
author = "S. A. Balazer and J. M. Perry",
title = "{AUTOPLOT\slash} 2700: a simple approach to custom
chart generation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "9",
pages = "31--34",
month = sep,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
keywords = "2700 color graphics workstation; AUTOPLOT/2700; bar
charts; computer graphic equipment; custom chart
generation; high-; HP; line charts; log charts;
menu-driven interface; pie charts; quality decision
support graphics; scattergrams; software engineering;
software package",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Alburger:1983:PGP,
author = "J. R. Alburger and J. L. Davis and D. A. Rodriguez and
B. A. Stanley",
title = "{PAINTBRUSH\slash} 2700: a general-purpose picture
creator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "9",
pages = "34--37",
month = sep,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
keywords = "application program; color graphics workstation;
computer graphic equipment; general-purpose graphics;
general-purpose picture creator; HP 2700;
PAINTBRUSH/2700; software engineering",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Karrer:1983:UIO,
author = "H. Edward Karrer and Arthur M. Dickey",
title = "Ultrasound Imaging: an Overview",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "10",
pages = "3--6",
month = oct,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The useful capabilities of ultrasound in medical
imaging are considered as the mechanical properties of
tissues (i. e parameters such as density and
elasticity) are represented by the ultrasound image.
The ultrasound diagnostic imaging technique is
described, the physical principles are explained, and a
block diagram of a basic imaging system using a
phase-array transducer is illustrated to prove how it
is possible to look at organs and other structures
inside the human body without breaking the skin.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0130R (Reviews and tutorial papers; resource
letters); A8760B (Sonic and ultrasonic radiation
(medical uses)); A8770E (Patient diagnostic methods and
instrumentation); B7510B (Radiation and radioactivity
applications in biomedicine); B7820 (Sonic and
ultrasonic applications)",
classification = "461; 741; 753",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "biomedical engineering --- Diagnosis; biomedical
ultrasonics; human body; imaging techniques;
noninvasive imaging; organs; overview; physical;
principles; reviews; ultrasonic imaging; ultrasonics;
ultrasound imaging",
}
@Article{Banks:1983:UIS,
author = "Lawrence W. Banks",
title = "An ultrasound imaging system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "10",
pages = "6, 9--11",
month = oct,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "An instrument is presented that views the internal
organs and tissues of the human body in real time by
directing a beam of short ultrasound pulses into the
body and then receiving and processing the acoustic
echoes to form a displayed image. The HP77020A
Ultrasound Imaging System is introduced as a real-time
phased-array imaging system offering a 90 degree sector
image constructed with a polar-to-rectangular
conversion algorithm that minimizes artifacts in the
image. The operator can select either a sector-only
display or a small-sector display with one or two
M-mode traces. The system provides the operator with a
variety of capabilities which include stop action,
hard-copy reproduction, and quantitative analysis.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8760B (Sonic and ultrasonic radiation (medical
uses)); A8770E (Patient diagnostic methods and
instrumentation); B7510B (Radiation and radioactivity
applications in biomedicine); B7820 (Sonic and
ultrasonic applications)",
classification = "461; 741; 753",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "acoustic echoes; biomedical equipment; biomedical
ultrasonics; HP 77020A; human body; imaging techniques;
internal organs; tissues; ultrasonics --- Medical
Applications; ultrasound imaging; ultrasound imaging
system",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kinicki:1983:QAU,
author = "R. M. Kinicki",
title = "Quantitative analysis for ultrasound imaging",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "10",
pages = "8--9",
month = oct,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8760B (Sonic and ultrasonic radiation (medical
uses)); A8770E (Patient diagnostic methods and
instrumentation); B7510B (Radiation and radioactivity
applications in biomedicine); B7820 (Sonic and
ultrasonic applications)",
keywords = "analysis packages; biomedical equipment; biomedical
ultrasonics; calculations; functional information; HP
77020A; patient history data; qualitative anatomical
information; standard; system calipers; ultrasound
imaging; Ultrasound Imaging System",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Popp:1983:PVE,
author = "Richard L. Popp",
title = "Physician'{S} View of Echocardiographic Imaging",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "10",
pages = "13--16",
month = oct,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Medical imaging obtained by ultrasound is considered
that gives physician more information to help care for
patient by providing data not available by other means,
more complete or accurate, at less risk and less cost
to the patient and\slash or physician. The ability to
observe the heart or other structures inside the body
in many details, like heart valves and walls, without
any risk to the patient, is portrayed as the most
important feature of echocardiographic imaging. M-mode
and two-dimensional methods are described, the latter
offering expanded anatonic information. The equipment
is described and the guidelines of the American Society
of Echocardiography for the training of physicians and
technicians are indicated.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8760B (Sonic and ultrasonic radiation (medical
uses)); A8770E (Patient diagnostic methods and
instrumentation); B7510B (Radiation and radioactivity
applications in biomedicine); B7820 (Sonic and
ultrasonic applications)",
classification = "461; 741; 753",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "biomedical engineering; biomedical equipment;
biomedical ultrasonics; diagnosis; echocardiographic
imaging; echocardiographic testing; patient;
ultrasonics --- Imaging Techniques; ultrasound
imaging",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Larson:1983:ATA,
author = "John D. {Larson, III}",
title = "An acoustic transducer array for medical imaging.
{I}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "10",
pages = "17--22",
month = oct,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The acoustic transducer array is described that is the
analog front end of an ultrasound imaging system. It
provides a large number of independent channels,
transduces electric signals to acoustic pressure, and
generates sufficient acoustic energy to illuminate the
various structures in the human body. In turn, it
converts the weak returning acoustic echoes to a set of
electric signals which can be processed into an image.
The key transducer requirements are listed and the
fabrication of a transducer array for medical imaging
and some of the basic principles and design constraints
that must be considered are discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4388 (Transduction; devices for the generation and
reproduction of sound); A8760B (Sonic and ultrasonic
radiation (medical uses)); A8770E (Patient diagnostic
methods and instrumentation); B7510B (Radiation and
radioactivity applications in biomedicine); B7810C
(Sonic and ultrasonic transducers)",
classification = "461; 741; 752; 753",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "acoustic; acoustic pressure; acoustic transducer
array; acoustic transducers; biomedical; biomedical
equipment; ceramic piezoelectric materials; design
constraints; echoes; fabrication; human body; imaging
system; imaging techniques --- Ultrasonic Applications;
medical imaging; principles; ultrasonics; ultrasound",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Miller:1983:ATA,
author = "David G. Miller",
title = "An acoustic transducer array for medical imaging.
{II}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "10",
pages = "22--26",
month = oct,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "High sensitivity and a short pulse are considered as
important, but conflicting requirements for an acoustic
transducer used in diagnostic imaging systems. The
design of the transducer for the HP77020A Ultrasound
Imaging System is a compromise between these two
requirements. The transducer element and its acoustic
impedance are discussed and the equivalent circuit
model of the piezoelectric transducer is developed. The
acoustic lens design is also presented.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4388 (Transduction; devices for the generation and
reproduction of sound); A8760B (Sonic and ultrasonic
radiation (medical uses)); A8770E (Patient diagnostic
methods and instrumentation); B7510B (Radiation and
radioactivity applications in biomedicine); B7810C
(Sonic and ultrasonic transducers)",
classification = "461; 741; 751; 752",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "acoustic transducer array; acoustic transducers;
acoustic transducers --- Medical Applications;
biomedical; biomedical equipment; diagnostic imaging;
HP 77020A; medical imaging; ultasound imaging system;
ultrasonics; ultrasound imaging system",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Szabo:1983:RPC,
author = "Thomas L. Szabo and Gary A. Seavey",
title = "Radiated Power Characteristics of Diagnostic
Ultrasound Transducers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "10",
pages = "26--29",
month = oct,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Definitions and measurement recommendations outlined
in `Safety Standard for Diagnostic Ultrasound
Equipment' are considered by Hewlett--Packard Medical
Group for characterization of ultrasound transducers
and systems. The safe ultrasound intensity levels are
suggested that are based on the lowest levels at which
biological effects have been reported in tissues.
Various measurement techniques and definitions are
explained.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4388 (Transduction; devices for the generation and
reproduction of sound); A8760B (Sonic and ultrasonic
radiation (medical uses)); A8770E (Patient diagnostic
methods and instrumentation); B7510B (Radiation and
radioactivity applications in biomedicine); B7810C
(Sonic and ultrasonic transducers)",
classification = "461; 622; 753",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "bioeffects; biomedical ultrasonics; diagnostic
imaging; diagnostic ultrasound; radiated power
characteristics; radiation effects --- Measurements;
transducers; ultrasonic intensity; ultrasonic power
level safety; ultrasonic transducers; ultrasonics ---
Medical Applications",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Leavitt:1983:SCA,
author = "Steven C. Leavitt and Barry F. Hunt and Hugh G.
Larsen",
title = "A scan conversion algorithm for displaying ultrasound
images",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "10",
pages = "30--34",
month = oct,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "In the HP 77020A Ultrasound Imaging System, the
signals received by the 64 acoustic transducer elements
and processed by the electronic scanner correspond to
the return echoes from an acoustic beam focused in a
direction that changes with time in a predetermined
manner. The digital scan converter in this system
processes this information to present a visual image of
the acoustically scanned region. This converter uses a
novel two-dimensional interpolation algorithm in a
process referred to as R-Theta reconstruction. Using
this technique, the acoustic image is reproduced from
the echo values in an essentially error-free manner.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8760B (Sonic and ultrasonic radiation (medical
uses)); A8770E (Patient diagnostic methods and
instrumentation); B7510B (Radiation and radioactivity
applications in biomedicine); B7820 (Sonic and
ultrasonic applications)",
classification = "741; 752; 753; 921",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "77020A ultrasound imaging system; acoustic transducer;
acoustic transducers; acoustic transducers ---
Applications; biomedical; biomedical equipment; digital
scan converter; electronic scanner; HP; image
processing --- Reconstruction; mathematical models;
R-Theta; r-theta reconstruction; reconstruction; scan
conversion algorithm; two-dimensional interpolation
algorithm; ultrasonics; ultrasound images display;
visual image",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Snyder:1983:UIQ,
author = "Richard A. Snyder and Richard J. Conrad",
title = "Ultrasound Image Quality",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "10",
pages = "34--38",
month = oct,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Image quality is a measure of the diagnostic utility
of an ultrasound image to a physician. Generally the
physician uses ultrasound to examine the internal
organs of a patient noninvasively. Hence, the
ultrasound image must be an accurate representation of
structures in the body. The resolution of the
ultrasonic image obtained using a phased-array scanner
is discussed. The effects of sidelobes and grating
lobes, the clutter suppression, depth of penetration,
tissue representation, image intensity, and other
characteristics of image quality are discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8760B (Sonic and ultrasonic radiation (medical
uses)); A8770E (Patient diagnostic methods and
instrumentation)",
classification = "461; 741; 753",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "acoustic imaging --- Medical Applications; biomedical
ultrasonics; body; clutter suppression; depth of
penetration; diagnostic utility; human; image quality;
organs; patient diagnosis; representation; resolution;
tissue; ultrasonics; ultrasound image quality",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Magnin:1983:CSU,
author = "P. A. Magnin",
title = "Coherent speckle in ultrasound images",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "10",
pages = "39--40",
month = oct,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8760B (Sonic and ultrasonic radiation (medical
uses)); A8770E (Patient diagnostic methods and
instrumentation)",
keywords = "biomedical ultrasonics; coherence; coherent speckle;
high-spatial-frequency; mask; speckle; tissues;
ultrasound images",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Temple:1983:DSB,
author = "Y. Temple",
title = "Device-independent software for business graphics",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "11",
pages = "3--4",
month = nov,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6130B (Graphics techniques); C7100 (Business and
administration); D2010 (Business and professional);
D2020 (Design and graphics); D5000 (Office automation -
computing)",
keywords = "2680A Graphics Package; administrative data
processing; business graphics; colour palettes;
computer graphics; Computer System; datafile handling;
decision support chartmaker; device dependent;
DSG/3000; figure design system; figure files; font
files; Hewlett Packard; HP; HP 17623A Graphics Tablet;
HP 2680A Laser Printer; HP 3000; HPDRAW; HPEASYCHART;
interactive chartmaker; interactive systems; office
automation; packages; software; software packages",
treatment = "A Application; G General Review",
}
@Article{Morris:1983:DSC,
author = "Janet Elich Morris and Richard J. {Simms, Jr.}",
title = "A decision support chartmaker",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "11",
pages = "5--9",
month = nov,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A comprehensive business graphics software package is
presented that produces bar, line, and pie charts, and
slides. The design, production and storage of charts
generated from information kept in data file are
considered. The basic capabilities of this software
tool and its flexibility are emphasized in creating
several charts on a periodic basis or a single chart of
one-time publication. The accessing of the design
features is described, the chat file and data
manipulations are introduced, and the design standards
are indicated. The adaptation of the user interface to
various languages is mentioned.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6130B (Graphics techniques); C7100 (Business and
administration); D2010 (Business and professional);
D2020 (Design and graphics); D5000 (Office automation -
computing)",
classification = "723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "administrative data processing; applications; bar
chart; business graphics software package; chart;
charts; computer graphics; computer software; data
file; data manipulation; data processing, business ---
File Organization; decision support; DSG/3000; HP 3000
Computer System; Interactive Office; interactive
systems; layouts; line chart; office automation;
one-time; pie charts; programmatic interfaces;
projection; restriction; slides; software packages;
sorting; transformation",
treatment = "A Application; G General Review",
}
@Article{Seaver:1983:EC,
author = "M. Seaver and R. W. Dea and R. J. {Simms, Jr.}",
title = "An easy-to-use chartmaker",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "11",
pages = "10--12",
month = nov,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6130B (Graphics techniques); C7100 (Business and
administration); D2010 (Business and professional);
D2020 (Design and graphics); D5000 (Office automation -
computing)",
keywords = "administrative data processing; computer graphics;
driven interface; DSG/3000; electronic office system;
HPDRAW; HPEASYCHART; HPWORD; interactive chartmaker;
interactive systems; menu-; office automation; software
packages; software system; stand-alone graphics;
TDP/3000",
treatment = "A Application; G General Review",
}
@Article{Purnaveja:1983:CCM,
author = "Chayaboon Purnaveja and Janet Swift",
title = "Convenient Creation and Manipulation of Presentation
Aids",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "11",
pages = "13--17",
month = nov,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A highly interactive graphics design system, HPDRAW,
is introduced that allows data to be entered through
direct graphics or menu interfaces. The editing and
manipulation of freehand drawings, symbols, and
signatures is accomplished by point and push operations
using a graphics cursor instead of the typical
coordinate point designation method. A basic functional
outline of the design is shown to allow parallel
development of independent capabilities and to
accommodate new software modules as they become
available.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6130B (Graphics techniques); C7100 (Business and
administration); D2010 (Business and professional);
D2020 (Design and graphics); D5000 (Office automation -
computing)",
classification = "723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "administrative data processing; and push operations;
computer graphics; computer interfaces; editing;
facility; freehand drawings; graphics cursor; Help;
Hewlett Packard; HP 17623A Graphics Tablet; HP 3000
computer system; HPDRAW; interactive graphics design
system; interactive systems; manipulation; menu
interfaces; office automation; point; signatures;
software packages; visual aids",
treatment = "A Application; G General Review",
}
@Article{Baker:1983:GCL,
author = "Tamara C. Baker and William T. Toms and James C.
Bratnober and Gerald T. Wade",
title = "Graphics Capabilities on a Laser Printer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "11",
pages = "17--22",
month = nov,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 2680A Laser Printer is presented as a raster
image device similar in some ways to a black and white
television CRT screen. A page of printer output is
composed of small circular black dots analogous to the
picture elements (pixels) on a CRT. There are 180 of
these dots per inch in both the horizontal and vertical
directions. Patterns of dots are grouped together into
rectangular cells that form characters. A set of these
characters is downloaded into the printer's memory and
used to generate the text of the printed image on the
page. The difference between raster generation and
vector generation approaches is found to be the reason
why graphics output cannot be efficiently printed. An
interactive formatting system, IFS\slash 3000 is
applied that adds the graphics capability to the
printer.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays); C5550
(Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer graphic equipment; computer graphics ---
Interactive; computer peripheral equipment; document
format; formatting; generated output; graphics;
graphics capability; HP2680A laser printer; IFS/2680;
IFS/3000; interactive definition; interactive
formatting system/3000; lasers --- Applications;
printers; programmatic control; raster generation;
raster image device; vector; vector generation",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Jundanian:1983:CHU,
author = "Richard H. Jundanian and Janet R. Accettura and John
N. Dukes",
title = "Control Hardware for an Ultrasound Imaging System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "12",
pages = "3--5",
month = dec,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 77900A Ultrasound Controller is described that
provides the interface between the user and the HP
77020A Ultrasound Imaging System. It houses the primary
video display, the front control panels, the system
processing unit (CPU). and the input\slash output (I/O)
system. The CPU interfaces the 77020A to the operator
by scanning the front-panel controls. Three printed
circuit assemblies provide the interface hardware
required to support the video cassette recorder (VCR),
various physiological amplifiers, the stripchart
recorder, and the video camera. A block diagram shows
the assemblies that are included in the Controller.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
B7510B (Radiation and radioactivity applications in
biomedicine); B7810 (Sonic and ultrasonic equipment);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C3385
(Biological and medical control systems); C7330
(Biology and medical computing); C7420 (Control
engineering computing)",
classification = "731; 741; 753",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "biomedical equipment; biomedical ultrasonics; central
processing unit (cpu); computerised; computerised
instrumentation; computerised picture; control; control
systems; controllers; CPU; front control panels;
HP77020A ultrasound imaging; HP77900A ultrasound
controller; I/O system; input/output (I/O) system;
physiological amplifiers; primary video display;
printed circuit assemblies; processing; recorder;
stripchart recorder; system; ultrasonic equipment;
ultrasonics --- Imaging Techniques; ultrasound imaging
system; video cassette",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Luszcz:1983:USS,
author = "Joseph M. Luszcz and William A. Koppes and David C.
Hempstead and Robert J. Kunz",
title = "Ultrasound System Software",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "12",
pages = "6--13",
month = dec,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Three subsystems of the HP 77020A Ultrasound Imaging
System are considered: the scanner, display and
controller, each containing its own 16-bit proprietary
microprocessor. The comprehensive software coordinating
these subsystems is described that sets up the
hardware, controls image acquisition, and processes
physiological data, using an internal bus. In addition
to hardware control and system coordination, the
ultrasound system software also provides a variety of
data processing capabilities such as the sampling,
compression, smoothing and display of physiological
waveforms.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7510B (Radiation and radioactivity applications in
biomedicine); C3385 (Biological and medical control
systems); C7330 (Biology and medical computing)",
classification = "461; 723; 741; 753",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "16-bit microprocessor; 77200A scanner; 77400A display
subsystem; 77900A; analysis; biomedical engineering ---
Computer Aided Diagnosis; biomedical equipment;
biomedical ultrasonics; cardiac analysis; computer
software; computers, microprocessor --- Applications;
computing; controller; ECG; heart sound waveforms; HP
77020A ultrasound imaging system; image acquisition;
imaging acquisition; internal bus; medical; obstetric;
physiological data; proprietary microprocessor;
software engineering; ultrasonic equipment; ultrasonics
--- Imaging Techniques; ultrasound imaging system",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Gatzke:1983:ESP,
author = "Ronald D. Gatzke and James T. Fearnside and Sydney M.
Karp",
title = "Electronic Scanner for a Phased-Array Ultrasound
Transducer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "12",
pages = "13--15, 17--20",
month = dec,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A subsystem is presented that controls the
transmission and reception of ultrasound pulses by 64
tranducer elements to scan a 90 degree sector and
collect data for an ultrasound image. The beam of these
pulses is directed and focused by controlling the
timing of the excitation and received signal for each
transducer element. The hypothetical phased-array
system is shown, that consists of n parallel channels,
each with its own transmitter and receiver. Each
transmitter outputs a short-duration ultrasound pulse
into the human body. This pulse is partially reflected
back to the transducer array by various structures and
tissues in the body. The receivers detect the reflected
acoustic energy and send the resulting signal from each
element to a delay mechanism and a summing junction.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4388 (Transduction; devices for the generation and
reproduction of sound); B7230G (Image sensors); B7810C
(Sonic and ultrasonic transducers)",
classification = "461; 741; 753",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "delay; electronic scanner; HP 77020A ultrasound
imaging system; image sensors; mechanism; parallel
channels; phased array; phased array ultrasound
transducer; receiver; summing junction; tissues;
transmitter; ultrasonic transducers; ultrasonics ---
Imaging Techniques; ultrasound pulses",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{McKnight:1983:MSF,
author = "R. N. McKnight",
title = "A mixing scheme to focus a transducer array
dynamically",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "12",
pages = "16--17",
month = dec,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4388 (Transduction; devices for the generation and
reproduction of sound); B7810C (Sonic and ultrasonic
transducers)",
keywords = "acoustic echo; human body; mixing scheme; transducer
array focusing; ultrasonic transducers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{OConnell:1983:DSU,
author = "Raymond G. O'Connell and James R. Mniece and Alwyn P.
D'Sa",
title = "Display System for Ultrasound Images",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "12",
pages = "20--28",
month = dec,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A subsystem is described that collects digital data
from ultrasound scanning and physiological waveforms
from other amplifiers, and processes them for display
in a rectangular raster-seam format. The input and
output of data is illustrated. The design goals and the
design proper are presented, including video recording,
high speed search playback and phaser supply. Examples
of heart beat waveforms are presented, and a scan shows
a cross section of the heart.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230G (Image sensors); B7260 (Display technology and
systems); B7810 (Sonic and ultrasonic equipment)",
classification = "461; 741; 753",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "77900A; ASCII command messages; control; display
devices; display instrumentation; display system; HP
77020A ultrasound imaging system; HP 77400A display
subsystem; image sensors; images; physiological
waveforms; raster-scan; supervisory; ultrasonic
equipment; ultrasonics --- Medical Applications;
ultrasound; ultrasound scanning",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Larson:1983:FSC,
author = "Paul A. Larson and Bruce L. Ryder and Thomas J.
Stark",
title = "Fused Silica Capillary Columns for Gas
Chromatography",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "12",
pages = "35--40",
month = dec,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The development of this technique is summarized going
back to its beginnings for a look at the early
promising results. The present state of the art is
examined and the trends that may determine the future
are described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "801",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "chromatographic analysis; fused silica capillary
columns; gas chromatography",
}
@Article{Wilken:1984:THD,
author = "Kent Wilken",
title = "Two high-capacity disc drives ({HP} 7933 and {HP}
7935)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "1",
pages = "3--6",
month = jan,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The development of two new high-capacity disk drives
is reported, and various areas in the design
improvement are considered, including magnetic media
and read\slash write heads. The dubbed automatic head
alignment (AHA) technique is introduced and an increase
in compensation is obtained for media defects in the
area where data is stored. Particle contamination
control, and diagnostics and serviceability methods are
also obtained.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media); C5320
(Digital storage)",
classification = "722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "7935; data error correction; data storage, magnetic;
diagnostics; disc drives; disc pack; electric drive;
HP; HP 7933; magnetic disc and drum storage",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Voigt:1984:CLI,
author = "D. L. Voigt",
title = "A command language for improved disc protocol",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "1",
pages = "5--6",
month = jan,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); C5610 (Computer
interfaces)",
keywords = "7933/35 Disc Drive; command language; command phase;
Command Set 80; computer interfaces; CPU; disc; disc
protocol; execution phase; host computer; phase;
protocols; report; transactions",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Batey:1984:SDR,
author = "Robert M. Batey and James D. Becker",
title = "Second-generation disc read\slash write electronics
({HP} 7933 and 7935 disc products)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "1",
pages = "7--12",
month = jan,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Earlier coding techniques, the modified frequency
modulation (MFM) and Manchester code, are described and
the code used in the new disk products, called VLFM, is
introduced. The VLFM encoding table is discussed, the
minimum and maximum number of data windows between
recorded transitions are determined, and the analog
signal processing illustrated. The operation of a pulse
qualifying circuit and the clock recovery techniques
are described. The error-rate of the drive and methods
used to improve it are also considered.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media); C5320
(Digital storage)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "7933 disc product; 7935 disc; codes, symbolic ---
Encoding; coding; data storage, magnetic; disc
products; frequency modulation; Hewlett-; magnetic disc
and drum storage; Manchester code; modified frequency
modulation (MFM); Packard; products; track densities",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Galen:1984:DDE,
author = "Peter M. Galen",
title = "Disk Drive Error Detection and Correction Using
{VLSI}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "1",
pages = "12--13",
month = jan,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The improvement of the integrity and recoverability of
data stored on disk are considered and the error
correction and detection methods are described. Placing
error correction entirely within the disc drive
eliminates the need for delay in the case of most
errors and thereby improves the system performance. As
the same linear feedback shift registers (LFSRs) are
used for both encoding and decoding, a real-time
correction method is used requiring two LFSRs. A 28-pin
VLSI circuit is described that is used as the error
correction function.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); B6120B
(Codes); C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media);
C5320 (Digital storage)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "codes, symbolic; correlated noise; data storage,
magnetic --- Disk; disc drive; disk drive error
detection and correction; error correction; error
detection; integrated circuits, VLSI --- Applications;
large scale integration; LSI; magnetic disc and drum
storage; random noise; system performance; VLSI",
treatment = "P Practical; G General Review",
}
@Article{Bell:1984:HPL,
author = "R. Frank Bell and Eric W. Johnson and R. Keith
Whitaker and Roger V. Wilcox",
title = "Head Positioning in a Large Disc Drive",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "1",
pages = "14--20",
month = jan,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The head position system in the new Hewlett--Packard
disk drive is presented. The system controls the
position of the data heads to follow the data tracks
within approximately one tenth of the track width. It
also moves the heads from one cylinder to another in a
minimum amount of time. A new approach to data head
alignment techniques is introduced. To minimize the
effects of thermal drifts and other low-frequency
changes, the drive automatically aligns the data heads
to prewritten alignment tracks existing on every data
pack. Special electronics to implement the automatic
head alignment is illustrated and the interaction of
the drive control with a microprocessor is described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media); C5320
(Digital storage)",
classification = "722; 723; 731",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "alignment techniques; alignment tracks; automatic head
alignment; computers, microprocessor --- Applications;
control, mechanical variables; data head; data head
positioning system; data heads; data storage, magnetic
--- Disk; data tracks; date; disc drive; head; HP 7933
disc drive; HP 7935 disc drive; magnetic disc and drum
storage; pack; positioning system; thermal drifts",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Smith:1984:MDL,
author = "James H. Smith",
title = "Mechanical Design of a Large Disc Drive",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "1",
pages = "20--22",
month = jan,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A new mechanical design approach is presented for disk
drives that is based on modularity and on a molded
cabinet with a maximum amount of molded-in details.
Four major assemblies or modules are described: the
spindle base, the power supply, the card cage, and the
cabinet itself. A performance comparison with an older
design is made.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media); C5320
(Digital storage)",
classification = "705; 722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "actuator spindle; base; card cage; data storage,
magnetic --- Disk; design; disc drive; electric drive;
HP 7933 disc drive; HP 7935 disc drive; magnetic disc
and drum storage; mechanical design; modular
construction; molded cabinet; power supply",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Edwards:1984:HDD,
author = "Stephen A. Edwards",
title = "High-Capacity Disc Drive Servomechanism Design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "1",
pages = "23--27",
month = jan,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The actuator spindle base assembly (ASB) is
introducing the major mechanical design project for the
disc drives. Two of the fundamental design
considerations for the ASB, modularity and primary
functionality are considered. The separation of all the
mechanically critical components is mentioned,
specifically the spindle, linear actuator,
carriage\slash rail systems, and the base which
supports them, from structural constraints and
concentrate on the complicated servo performance
issues. By eliminating many of the smaller extraneous
subassemblies from the main base, several potentially
annoying vibrational modes are avoided. As an added
benefit, a single high-precision assembly is introduced
which requires fewer tools and less assembly space and
is fairly simple to monitor and troubleshoot.
Subassemblies are pretested before reaching the final
assembly station, resulting in higher yields.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C3260B (Electric actuators and final control
equipment); C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media);
C5320 (Digital storage)",
classification = "705; 722; 732",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "actuator; actuator spindle base (ASB) assembly;
actuator spindle base assembly; actuators; base; data
storage, magnetic --- Disk; design; disc drive; drive;
HP 7933 disc; HP 7935 disc drive; magnetic disc and
drum storage; mechanical design; modularity; primary
functionality; servomechanism; servomechanisms;
subassemblies",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Koehler:1984:SOH,
author = "Loren M. Koehler and Timothy C. Mackey",
title = "Speech Output for {HP} Series 80 Personal Computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "1",
pages = "29--33, 35--36",
month = jan,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The speech synthesis module for Hewlett--Packard's
personal computers is introduced that allows these
machines to output audible information to prompt
operators, sound alarms, indicate error conditions, or
request service. The module is accompanied by enough
vocabulary and software to provide a variety of tools
for using speech. Some possible applications of
computer-generated speech are discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5585 (Speech recognition and synthesis equipment)",
classification = "723; 752",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computers, microprocessor --- Components; HP 1000; HP
27201A; HP 3000; HP 82967A; HP series 80 personal
computers; personal computer (PC); speech; speech
synthesis; speech synthesis module",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hueftle:1984:SOH,
author = "E. R. Hueftle and J. R. Murphy",
title = "Speech output for {HP} 1000 and {HP} 3000 computer
systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "1",
pages = "34--35",
month = jan,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5585 (Speech recognition and synthesis equipment)",
keywords = "232-C/V.24 computer systems; HP 1000; HP 27201A Speech
Output Module; HP 27203A Speech Library; HP 27205A
Speech Library; HP 3000; interfacing; limited internal
speech data storage; method; RS-; speech output; speech
synthesis",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Allan:1984:NSH,
author = "Marlu E. Allan and Nancy Schoendorf and Craig B.
Chatterton and Don M. Cross",
title = "A new series of high-performance real-time computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "2",
pages = "3--6",
month = feb,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The new HP 1000 A-series family of computers is
designed to provide solutions to specific real-time
needs in manufacturing, automation, and other
performance-critical environments. Implemented with
state-of-the-art technology, the new computers offer
major new capabilities to meet the challenging demands
of original equipment manufacturers, end users, and
system designers. Three compatible processors, A600,
A700 and A900, are introduced that are available in
board, box, and system configurations and offer
configuration flexibility for OEMs and end users across
a wide spectrum of applications. The operating system
is described, the performance of the processors is
verified in benchmarks run against their predecessors
and other current products, and specific results are
discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5130 (Microprocessor chips); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers); C6150J (Operating systems); D5010
(Computers and work stations)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "(computers); automation; benchmarks; board
configuration; box configuration; compatible
processors; computer systems, digital --- Real Time
Operation; computers, microprocessor; critical
environments; end users; Hewlett Packard;
high-performance real-time computers; HP 1000-A series;
manufacturing; microprocessor chips; minicomputers;
OEMs; operating system; operating systems; Performance;
performance verification; performance-;
performance-critical environments; real-time executive;
system configuration; system designers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fotland:1984:ARC,
author = "David A. Fotland and Lee S. Moncton and Leslie E.
Neft",
title = "An adaptable {1-MIPS} real-time computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "2",
pages = "7--12",
month = feb,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The A700 midrange Hewlett--Packard processor is
discussed as the first member of the A-series product
line. It incorporates the high-performance silicon on
sapphire (SOS) floating-point chip set and it
implements the dynamic mapping system for large address
space access. The processor is considered to be the
pioneer and the development processor for large-program
support provided by code and data separation hardware
and the enhancement to the operating system, and the
first to be easily user-microprogrammable through the
use of the microparaphraser microprogramming language.
The microarchitecture of the processor, its performance
and ease in microprogramming and other characteristics
are described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Data Systems Div, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Data Systems Div, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5250 (Microcomputer techniques); C5430
(Microcomputers)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "1-MIPS real-time computer; A700; bit-slice; code and
data separation hardware; computer architecture;
computer architecture --- Microprogramming; computer
systems, digital; computers, microprocessor; dynamic
mapping system; enhancement; floating-point chip set;
Hewlett--Packard's HP 1000 A; high-performance SOS
floating-point chip set; large address space access;
large-; microarchitecture; microcomputers;
microparaphraser microprogramming language; program
support; Real Time Operation; Real-Time Executive
operating system; RTE-A operating system; series;
technology; user-microprogrammable; VC+",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Williamson:1984:DLC,
author = "Donald A. Williamson and Steven C. Steps and Bruce A.
Thompson",
title = "Designing a Low-Cost 3-{MIPS} Computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "2",
pages = "12--17",
month = feb,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The design of a microprogrammed Hewlett--Packard A900
microcomputer is considered where each machine language
instruction (macroinstruction) is emulated by a
sequence of microstructions. The sequences, pipelined
data path, memory system, cache memory and other
performance improving design characteristics of the
computer are described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5320G (Semiconductor
storage)C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "A900 computer; buffer circuits; cache; cache memory;
compatibility; computer architecture; computer
architecture --- Microprogramming; computer programming
--- Macros; computers --- Performance; computers,
microprocessor; Design; HP 1000 A-Series;
macroinstruction; memory; microcomputers;
microinstruction sequence; pipeline processing;
pipelined data path; pipelined micromachine; software",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{McAllister:1984:FCS,
author = "William H. McAllister and John R. Carlson",
title = "Floating-Point Chip Set Speeds Real-Time Computer
Operation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "2",
pages = "17--23",
month = feb,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Floating-point arithmetic performance is a prime
concern in technically oriented computers. Using
Hewlett--Packard's silicon-on-sapphire CMOS process a
set of three monolithic floating-point processor chips
is designed for use in two HP 1000 A-Series Computers,
the A900 and A700. The chip set provides a
cost-effective, high-performance solution for
high-speed computation. The set consists of three
chips, one each for addition, multiplication, and
division. Each chip can perform arithmetic operations
on 32-bit and 64-bit floating-point numbers and on
32-bit integers. The primary design objective was to
maximize the speed of floating-point scalar
(single-element) operations.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); B2570D
(CMOS integrated circuits); C5130 (Microprocessor
chips); C5220 (Computer architecture); C5230 (Digital
arithmetic methods)",
classification = "713; 714; 723; 921",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "A700; A900; complementary MOS (CMOS) process; computer
architecture; computer systems, digital --- Real Time
Operation; design objectives; digital arithmetic; fast
vector; field effect; floating point arithmetic;
floating-point; floating-point arithmetic;
floating-point chip set; high-speed computation; HP
1000 A-Series Computers; integrated circuits;
mathematical techniques --- Computer Applications;
microprocessor chips; Processing; processor chips;
real-; scale; semiconductor devices, MOS; Si-on
sapphire CMOS process; three monolithic floating-point;
time computer operation",
treatment = "P Practical; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}
@Article{Winters:1984:CFD,
author = "Michael T. Winters and John F. Shelton",
title = "Comprehensive, friendly diagnostics aid {A}-series
troubleshooting ({HP} 1000 computers)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "2",
pages = "23--26",
month = feb,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Diagnostics for the A-series of HP 1000 Computers are
characterized by a planned systematic progression of
testing, features designed into the hardware for
diagnostics, and the use of an operator-oriented
diagnostic design language. Two basic sections of
testing, the self-test (pretest) and kernel and
interface diagnostics are described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C6150G (Diagnostic, testing,
debugging and evaluating systems)",
classification = "723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Automatic Testing; computer debugging; computer
interfaces --- Testing; computer programming languages
--- Applications; computer testing; computers,
microprocessor; diagnostic aids; diagnostics; HP 1000
computers; interface; kernel diagnostics; microcoded
self-test; microcomputers; operator-oriented diagnostic
design language; pretest; self-test; testing;
troubleshooting",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hartman:1984:NRT,
author = "Douglas O. Hartman and Steven R. Kusmer and Elizabeth
A. Clark and Douglas V. Larson and Billy Chu",
title = "New {Real-Time Executive} supports large programs and
multiple users",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "2",
pages = "26--31",
month = feb,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Apr 08 21:44:34 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Standard software found on all HP 1000 A-Series
Computer Systems is described. This includes the
operating system and a large number of utility programs
and libraries. It also includes an optional package
that extends the software's capabilities to include
virtual code, spooling, and multiple users.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C6150E (General utility programs); C6150J (Operating
systems)",
classification = "723; 902",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "A-Series Computer Systems; computer operating systems;
computer software; computer systems, digital --- Real
Time Operation; HP 1000; large programs; libraries;
modern program development environment; multiple;
multiple users; multiprogramming; operating system;
operating systems (computers); programs; Real-Time
Executive; RTE-A; software packages; spooling;
Standards; users; utility; utility programs; VC+;
virtual code",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Neuder:1984:NSI,
author = "David L. Neuder",
title = "New Software Increases Capabilities of Logic Timing
Analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "2",
pages = "32--38",
month = feb,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "An upgraded operating software package is presented
that increases the capabilities of an already powerful
logic timing analyzer system. The new features provided
by this package include: Finding specified events in
the data acquisition memory; automatic marking of
specified events in data acquisition memory;
calculating statistics on marked events; using marked
events to qualify execution rerun; processing
asynchronous trace list data into pseudosynchronous
state listings; storing measurement data along with the
system configuration; and visually comparing stored and
current measurements.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B1265B (Logic circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B7210X (Other instrumentation and
measurement systems); C5210B (Computer-aided logic
design)",
classification = "713; 721; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "altering analyzer operation; Applications; channels;
computer software; computerised instrumentation;
electronic circuits, timing --- Analysis; HP 64600S
Timing Analyzer; logic circuits --- Analysis; logic
testing; logic timing analyzer; precise sampling of
data; processing captured trace data; signal flow;
statistics; timing diagram; tracing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hetrick:1984:NVC,
author = "Michael V. Hetrick and Michael L. Kolesar and J. D.
Cooley",
title = "A new 32-bit {VLSI} computer family. {II}. Software",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "3",
pages = "3--6 (or 3--5??)",
month = mar,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "https://www.hpl.hp.com/hpjournal/pdfs/IssuePDFs/1984-03.pdf",
abstract = "The Series 500 software system development is
presented for the current HP9000 family of
microcomputers. The modularity of the system is
illustrated. An enhanced version of BASIC, run-time
compiling technique, the compatibility with UNIX
operating system, and extensions are also discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C6140D (High level languages);
C6150C (Compilers, interpreters and other processors);
C6150J (Operating systems)",
classification = "723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "32-bit VLSI; 32-bit VLSI computer family; BASIC;
computer operating systems; computer programming
languages --- basic; computer software; computers;
computers, microprocessor; HP 9000 Series 500; HP-UX;
local area networking; microcomputers; Model 520
integrated workstation; multiprocessing systems;
multiprocessor; multiprocessor computer system;
NMOS-III technology; operating; program compilers;
run-; SUN operating system; systems (computers); time
compiling; UNIX; UNIX operating system",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Wang:1984:HIU,
author = "Scott W. Y. Wang and Jeff B. Lindberg and M. V.
Hetrick and M. L. Connor",
title = "{HP-UX}: implementation of {UNIX} on the {HP 900
Series 500} computer systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "3",
pages = "7--8, 10--11, 13--15",
month = mar,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/unix.bib",
URL = "https://www.hpl.hp.com/hpjournal/pdfs/IssuePDFs/1984-03.pdf",
abstract = "An implementation of the UNIX operating system kernel
has been layered on top of an existing operating system
kernel for the HP 9000 Series 500 Computer Systems. The
mapping of UNIX functional requirements onto the
capabilities of the underlying operating system is
discussed, along with the implementation of UNIX
commands and libraries. These pieces of UNIX, along
with other extensions added by HP, make up the HP-UX
operating system.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "(computers); computer operating systems; computers,
microprocessor; HP 900 Series 500 computer systems;
HP-UX; HP-UX operating system; microcomputers;
multiprocessing programs; operating system kernel;
operating systems; SUN kernel; UNIX; UNIX commands;
UNIX operating system",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Landers:1984:IRC,
author = "David M. Landers and Timothy W. Tillson and Jack D.
Cooley and Richard R. Rupp and G. L. Shults",
title = "An interactive run-time compiler for enhanced {BASIC}
language performance",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "3",
pages = "15--19, 21",
month = mar,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "https://www.hpl.hp.com/hpjournal/pdfs/IssuePDFs/1984-03.pdf",
abstract = "The interactive run-time compiling of Model 520 BASIC
is discussed. The compiling that takes place at run
time is very fast since syntax is checked as lines are
entered and the intermediate code produced is optimized
for compiling. For large programs, the intermediate
code and object code are each about the same size as
the source. (This does not include run-time support
routines which are considered part of the system. )
Because of the ability to throw away code when no more
memory is available, a program can run (slowly) in just
slightly more memory than is required for the
intermediate code and variables. Furthermore, the
system provides the ability to produce and execute
compiled code without any associated intermediate code
by using the COMPILE command.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6140D (High level languages); C6150C (Compilers,
interpreters and other processors)",
classification = "723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "BASIC; compiler technology; computer operating
systems; computer programming languages --- basic;
enhanced BASIC language; HP 9000 series; HP 9845;
interactive run-time compiler; Model 520; program
compilers; run-time compiler",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Balza:1984:LAN,
author = "John J. Balza and H. Michael Wenzel and James L.
Willits",
title = "A local area network for the {HP 9000 Series 500}
computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "3",
pages = "22--23, 25--27",
month = mar,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "https://www.hpl.hp.com/hpjournal/pdfs/IssuePDFs/1984-03.pdf",
abstract = "Local area network LAN 9000 is introduced and its
capability to cluster various microcomputers for
resource and information sharing is considered. The
structure of both hardware and software follows the
International Standard Organization (ISO) open system
interconnect (OSI) model, which divides network
functionality into seven layers. The layers, their
protocols and the supporting network architecture are
discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); C5620 (Computer
networks and techniques)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "clusters; computer architecture; computer networks;
computers, microprocessor; HP 9000 Series 500
computers; ISO; LAN 9000; local area network; network
architecture; network layers; OSI",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Jones:1984:DCC,
author = "V. C. Jones",
title = "Data communication for a 32-bit computer workstation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "3",
pages = "24--25",
month = mar,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "https://www.hpl.hp.com/hpjournal/pdfs/IssuePDFs/1984-03.pdf",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); C5620 (Computer
networks and techniques)",
keywords = "32-bit computer workstation; computer interfaces;
computer networks; data communication; data
communications; HP 9000 Series 500 computers;
interactive mainframe access; LAN 9000; local
networking capability; reliable file transfer;
systems",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Georg:1984:GOS,
author = "Dennis D. Georg and Benjamin D. Osecky and Stephan D.
Scheid",
title = "A general-purpose operating system kernel for a 32-bit
computer system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "3",
pages = "28--29, 31--34",
month = mar,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "https://www.hpl.hp.com/hpjournal/pdfs/IssuePDFs/1984-03.pdf",
abstract = "The SUN general-purpose operating system kernel for HP
9000 Series 500 microcomputers is introduced and its
components are described. The kernel provides efficient
support for multiple processors, a process model that
supports a large user process virtual address space, a
virtual memory system that supports both paged and
segmented virtual memory, memory and buffer management,
and a device-independent file system which has the
capability of supporting multiple directory formats. A
clean interface between the underlying hardware and the
application-level systems is presented.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "32-bit computer; buffer; computer operating systems;
computers, microprocessor --- Computer Interfaces;
device-independent file system; directory formats;
extended BASIC; general-purpose operating system
kernel; HP 9000 Series 500 computers; HP-UX; language
environment; management; memory management; multiple;
multiple processors; multiprocessing programs;
multiuser requirements; operating systems (computers);
paged virtual memory; program contact; segmented
virtual memory; SUN; sun operating system; system; user
process virtual address space; virtual memory system",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Osecky:1984:DGM,
author = "Benjamin D. Osecky and Dennis D. Georg and Robert J.
Bury",
title = "The design of a general-purpose multiple-processor
system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "3",
pages = "34--38",
month = mar,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "https://www.hpl.hp.com/hpjournal/pdfs/IssuePDFs/1984-03.pdf",
abstract = "A fully symmetric multiprocessor architecture of the
HP9000 series 500 microcomputers is examined. The
symmetry implies that a program can execute on any of
the system's processors without any changes to the way
the system addresses either memory or input\slash
output (I/O) devices. Perhaps equally important is the
fact that all I/O processors have an equally symmetric
view of CPUs and memory. This makes it possible for a
program to initiate an I/O operation on one processor,
for the interrupt service routine to execute on the
same or a different processor, and for the user program
to continue on a third processor, all with complete
transparency. This symmetry is also exploited to
improve system reliability.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5430 (Microcomputers);
C6150 (Systems software)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer architecture; computer architecture ---
Design; computer systems, digital; computers,
microprocessor; controllers; CPUs; fully symmetric
multiple-; general-purpose multiple-processor system;
HP 9000 Series 500 computers; I/O processors;
identically addressable resources; interrupt service;
memory; memory processor bus; microcomputers;
multiprocessing; processor architecture; routine;
symmetric multiple-processor architecture; systems;
systems software; task control block; transparency",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Lenk:1984:ISC,
author = "R. M. Lenk and C. E. {Mear, Jr.} and M. E. Meier",
title = "An {I/O} subsystem for a 32-bit computer operating
system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "3",
pages = "38--41",
month = mar,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "https://www.hpl.hp.com/hpjournal/pdfs/IssuePDFs/1984-03.pdf",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
keywords = "32-bit computer operating system; access to disc
storage; BASIC; computers; device drivers; device-;
file system; HP 9000 Series 500; HP-UX; I/O language;
I/O subsystem; independent I/O interface; input-output
programs; input/output processing; managing virtual
memory; Model 520 computer; rapid; SUN",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Jonker:1984:LLC,
author = "Robert J. Jonker and Gerard P. Rozing",
title = "Low-Dispersion Liquid Chromatography",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "4",
pages = "3--6, 8",
month = apr,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Liquid chromatography (LC) is introduced as an
analytical technique that gives qualitative and
quantitative information about nonvolatile substances
in mixtures. Information processing, dispersion during
separation, and instrumental demands are explained. A
new low-dispersion LC system is introduced that makes
contribution in four areas important to the chemist.
The integrated modules and the application of
microcompressors in each module that permit intelligent
communication with the system to provide fully
synchronized automation are described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0650 (Data handling and computation); A8280B
(Chromatography); C3380D (Control of physical
instruments); C7320 (Physics and chemistry computing)",
classification = "723; 801; 802",
corpsource = "Waldbronn Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Waldbronn, West
Germany",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "chemical equipment --- Computer Applications;
chromatographic analysis; chromatography; computerised
instrumentation; computers, microprocessor ---
Applications; high-performance LC system; information;
low dispersion; low dispersion liquid chromatography;
processing",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Wiederoder:1984:DHC,
author = "Herbert Wiederoder and Roland Martin and Juergen
Ziegler",
title = "Design of the {HP} 1090 control system (liquid
chromatography)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "4",
pages = "8--13",
month = apr,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Apr 08 21:44:44 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "An intelligent control system is presented for
coordinating various modules of HP 1090 liquid
chromatograph (LC). Key objectives of the system are
spelled out, and its general architecture is
illustrated, including the solvent delivery system
(SDS), injection system and autosamples (ISAS), the
column compartment and filter-photometric detector
(FPD). The communication between components at three
distribution levels of the system and from one level to
another is described. LC controller and the associated
software, two microprocessors used, data acquisition
processor (DAD) and communication processor (COM), the
diode array detector and other components are also
described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C3210 (Control systems and instrumentation); C3380D
(Control of physical instruments)",
classification = "723; 731; 802",
corpsource = "Waldbronn Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Waldbronn, West
Germany",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "analyses; automatic multiple; chromatographic analysis
--- Liquid; chromatography; computerised
instrumentation; computers, microprocessor ---
Applications; control; control systems; controller;
detector; diode array; hierarchical; HP 1090 control
system; HP 1090 LC system; HP-85 personal computer;
HP-IB devices; injection system and autosampler (ISAS);
intelligent control system; LC controller; liquid
chromatograph; multiprocessing systems; software;
solvent delivery system (SDS); structure; system
communications; systems",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Geiger:1984:NSD,
author = "Wolfgang Geiger and Heinrich V{\"o}llmer",
title = "A new solvent delivery system (liquid
chromatography)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "4",
pages = "13--21",
month = apr,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "In a liquid chromatograph (LC), the quality of the
solvent delivery system (SOS) determines the quality of
the analytical results. If reproducible results are
required, the solvent delivery pump must provide a flow
stability better than 1\% for all flow rates,
gradients, solvents, and column backpressures. SDS for
HP 1090 LC is described that is based on the concept of
physically separating the function of flow metering
from that of pressure generation. It delivers any flow
rate from 1$ \mu $ l/min to 5000$ \mu $ l/min with
better than 1\% precision at 100$ \mu $ l/min or more.
It can run 1\% to 99\% gradients and meter up to three
solvents. It is designed for minimum pump response time
and total delay volume.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C3120T (Level, flow and volume control); C3380D
(Control of physical instruments)",
classification = "618; 631; 802; 803; 804",
corpsource = "Waldbronn Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Waldbronn, West
Germany",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "79835A Solvent Delivery System; Chromatograph;
chromatographic analysis --- Liquid; chromatography;
damping; flow control; flow metering; flow of fluids;
flow rate; flowmeters; from 1$\mu$l/min to 5000 mu
l/min; high pressure pump; HP 1090 Liquid; low-pressure
compliance; metering pump; monitoring; motor driver
board; pressure generation; rotary; servo control
board; solvent delivery system (SDS); solvents; system;
unit; valve",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Kretz:1984:ALC,
author = "Wolfgang Kretz and Hans-Georg H{\"a}rtl",
title = "Automatic Liquid Chromatograph Injection and
Sampling",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "4",
pages = "21--24",
month = apr,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "For high sample throughput and reduced operating
costs, a modern liquid chromatograph (LC) needs
automatic sample handling and injection capabilities.
The Autoinjection Module for the HP 1090 LC System is
designed to make sample injection easy, accurate, and
automatic, thereby freeing the laboratory staff from
routine manipulations. An optimal automatic sampling
device makes it possible to load up to 100 samples and
let the system operate unattended --- for example,
overnight. Thus the HP 1090 gives the user a choice of
sampling modes --- fully automatic, manual loading with
automatic injection, or entirely manual.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8280B (Chromatography); C3380D (Control of physical
instruments)",
classification = "802; 931",
corpsource = "Waldbronn Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Waldbronn, West
Germany",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic sample handling; automatic sampling;
automatic test equipment; chromatographic analysis ---
Liquid; chromatography; computerised; device; fluids;
flushing valve; HP 1090 LC System; HP 79846A
Autoinjection Module; HP 79847A; materials handling;
metering device; rotary valve unit; sample injection;
sampling unit",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Schrenker:1984:MPP,
author = "Helge Schrenker",
title = "Mobile Phase Preheater Ensures Precise Control of {LC}
Column Temperature",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "4",
pages = "24--26",
month = apr,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The use of conventional air-bath thermostats as a
means of controlling column temperature in
high-performance liquid chromatography (LC) is limited
to a relatively narrow temperature range if full column
efficiency is to be maintained. A new type of column
thermostat, including a highly efficient, small-volume
mobile phase preheater, is used. Suitable adjustment of
the heat transfer in the mobile phase heater and the
air heater results in nearly identical temperatures of
the mobile phase entering the column and of the air
flowing around the column. Thus axial and radial
temperature gradients in the column are minimized,
leading to a marked improvement of column performance
at elevated temperatures.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0670T (Servo and control devices); A8280B
(Chromatography); C3120N (Thermal variables control);
C3380D (Control of physical instruments)",
classification = "731; 801; 944",
corpsource = "Waldbronn Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Waldbronn, West
Germany",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "air-bath thermostats; chromatographic analysis;
chromatography; column performance; column thermostat;
HP 1090 Liquid Chromatograph; mobile phase preheater;
radial temperature gradients; small-; temperature
control; thermostats --- Design; volume mobile phase
preheater",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Wiese:1984:LLF,
author = "Axel Wiese and Bernhard Dehmer and Thomas D{\"o}rr and
Guenter H{\"o}schele",
title = "A low-cost {LC} filterphotometric detection system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "4",
pages = "26--30",
month = apr,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A common type of detector for liquid chromatography is
the UV\slash Vis (ultraviolet\slash visible) absorbance
detector. Light of known spectral characteristics is
directed to a flow cell where it passes through the
liquid coming from the column. A photodiode is used to
measure the light absorbed by the sample. A plot of
absorbance versus time, the chromatogram, shows the
desired result of the analysis.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0760D (Photometry and radiometry); A8280B
(Chromatography); C7320 (Physics and chemistry
computing)",
classification = "714; 741; 802; 944",
corpsource = "Waldbronn Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Waldbronn, West
Germany",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "absorbance detector; chromatogram; chromatographic
analysis --- Liquid; chromatography; data acquisition;
data processing; filter photometric detection system;
flow cell; HP 1090 LC system; HP 79881A; LC
filterphotometric detection; optical filters ---
Applications; optics; photometers; semiconductor
diodes, photodiode --- Applications; system;
ultraviolet detectors; ultraviolet/visible;
ultraviolet/visible absorbance; variable wavelength
detector",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Leyrer:1984:HSS,
author = "Joachim Leyrer and G{\"u}nter E. Nill and Detlev
Hadbawnik and G{\"u}nter Hoeschele and Joachim
Dieckmann",
title = "A high-speed spectrophotometric {LC} detector",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "4",
pages = "31--41",
month = apr,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Apr 08 21:45:14 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The development of the spectrophotometric detector, a
stand-alone diode array detection system for operation
with any liquid chromatograph is reported. Some of the
possibilities offered by the detection system range
from the analysis of pharmaceutical formulations,
general chemical products, and environmental pollutants
to clinical and biomedical methodology, thus
contributing to such exciting new developments as, for
example, genetic engineering.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0760D (Photometry and radiometry); A8280B
(Chromatography); C5520 (Data acquisition equipment and
techniques); C7320 (Physics and chemistry computing)",
classification = "941",
corpsource = "Waldbronn Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Waldbronn, West
Germany",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "bit-; chromatographic analysis --- Liquid;
chromatography; data acquisition; data acquisition
processor; diode array detection system; front-end data
path; high-speed spectrophotometric LC detector; HP
1040A; HP 1090 LC; HP 79880A; integrated detector;
liquid chromatograph; modules; photodetectors;
photodiode array; slice processor system; spectrometer;
spectrophotometers; spectrophotometric detector;
Spectrophotometric Detector",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Burkman:1984:PCS,
author = "Jack L. Burkman and Robert L. Brooks and Ronald P.
Dean and Paul F. Febvre and Michael K. Bowen and S. R.
Anderson and J. R. Milner",
title = "Putting a 32-Bit Computer System in a Desktop
Workstation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "5",
pages = "3--5, 7--9, 11",
month = may,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A workstation is introduced that uses a modular
packaging approach to provide engineers and designers
with a personal 32-bit computer system capable of
performing many of the CAD (computer-aided design) and
CAE (computer-aided engineering) applications normally
requiring a large mainframe computer system. The
hardware system's modular design and assembly are
described. Ideal electrical connections between various
models and components are detailed to show how they can
be completed or broken automatically when a module is
inserted or removed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Fort Collins, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Fort Collins, CO, USA",
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "722; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "32-bit computer system; 32-bit computer workstation;
520; CAD; computer aided design; computer aided
engineering (CAE); computer-aided design; computers,
microprocessor; cooling; CRT display tilt mounting;
desktop; desktop computer; electrical connections; EMI
suppression; engineering --- Computer Applications; HP
9000 series 500 computers; interconnection; mechanical
design; microcomputers; Model; Modular Construction;
modular design; modular packaging; modules; packaging;
personal computer; screw fastners; system;
workstation",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Schmidt:1984:CGD,
author = "Daniel G. Schmidt and M. K. Bowen",
title = "Color graphics display for an engineering workstation
(and detaching the keyboard)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "5",
pages = "12, 14--15",
month = may,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A color graphics display subsystem is designed for the
HP 9000 Model 520 Computer that can display both
alphanumeric (alpha) and graphics information on its
13-inch-diagonal color CRT using a raster-scan format.
The alpha and graphics rasters are separate and can be
displayed individually or together. The system software
supports new features such as color map graphics and
raster size, and emulates displays of earlier
systems.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Fort Collins, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Fort Collins, CO, USA",
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C6130B (Graphics techniques)",
classification = "722; 723; 741",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "(Option G02); 13-inch-diagonal; 32-bit workstation;
alphanumeric information; color CRT; color graphics
display subsystem; color map graphics; computer
graphics; detached; display devices; engineering
workstation; German ergonomic requirements; graphics
information; graphics raster; HP 9000; HP 98760A;
Imaging Techniques; keyboard; keyboards;
microcomputers; Model 520 Computer; Monitor Assembly;
raster-scan format; ZH1/618 standard",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Lewis:1984:BLG,
author = "Kenneth W. Lewis and Alan D. Ward and Xuan Bui and R.
J. Bury",
title = "{BASIC} language graphics subsystem for a 32-bit
workstation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "5",
pages = "16--21",
month = may,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Apr 08 21:45:22 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The Graphics Language Subsystem for the HP 9000 Model
520 Computer provides high-performance,
device-independent, interactive graphics via BASIC
language keywords. The rich set of features and the
friendly BASIC environment facilitate construction of
such applications as data display, graphical monitoring
of real-time events, two-and three-dimensional drafting
systems, and CAD modeling systems.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Fort Collins, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Fort Collins, CO, USA",
classcodes = "C6130B (Graphics techniques); C6140D (High level
languages)",
classification = "723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "32-bit workstation; ACM SIGGRAPH CORE standard; BASIC;
basic; BASIC language keywords; CAD modeling systems;
computer graphics; computer programming languages;
computers, microprocessor; data display; device
independent graphics; graphical monitoring; HP 9000;
HP-UX; keywords; language graphics subsystem; Model 520
Computer; multiprogramming; three-dimensional drafting
systems",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Fritz:1984:IFM,
author = "G. D. Fritz and M. L. Kolesar",
title = "{I/O} features of model 520 {BASIC}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "5",
pages = "21--24",
month = may,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5620 (Computer networks and techniques); C6140D (High
level languages); C6150J (Operating systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "32-bit computer; BASIC; compatible; computational
power; Computer; computer interfaces; environment; HP
9000 Model 520; HP-UX; I/O; I/O features; input-output
programs; language; model 520 BASIC; Model 520 I/O
commands; multitasking",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Burkman:1984:CRP,
author = "Jack L. Burkman and Howell R. Felsenthal and Thomas O.
Meyer and Warren C. Pratt",
title = "A compact, reliable power supply for an advanced
desktop computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "5",
pages = "24--31",
month = may,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Apr 08 21:45:32 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "In the design of HP 9000 model 520 microcomputer, a
design goal for its power supply module is the
provision for flexibility in output currents and power.
These configurations include the various combinations
of central processing unit (CPU), input\slash output
(I/O) processor, and random access memory (RAM)
finstrates that can be installed in the twelve slots of
the Model 520's Memory\slash Processor Module and the
set of internal peripherals. The set of peripherals can
include up to four I/O adapters, two mass memory
devices, a high-speed thermal printer, a keyboard, and
a graphics display subsystem. These widely varying
configurations, in addition to requiring large
variations in total output power, greatly affected the
design of individual supply outputs. Other key design
goals include a power density commensurate with the
volume available in a desktop workstation, regulation
and output protection consistent with the requirements
of the technology used for the 32-bit chip set,
compliance with environmental specification for
industrial and commercial environments, and high
reliability.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Fort Collins, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Fort Collins, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
circuits); C5150 (Other circuits for digital
computers)",
classification = "715; 722",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "advanced desktop computer; circuits; computer
peripheral equipment; computers, microprocessor;
desktop workstation; Electric Power Supplies; HP 9000;
individual supply outputs; memory/processor unit;
microcomputers; Model 520 computer; power density;
power density of 1.4 W per cubic inch; power supplies
to apparatus; power supply; power supply module;
power-up; reliable power supply; sequencing",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Allen:1984:CSP,
author = "Kevin W. Allen and Paul C. Christofanelli and Robert
E. Kuseski and Ronald D. Larson and David Maitland and
Larry J. Thayer",
title = "Compact 32-Bit System Processing Units",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "5",
pages = "31--38",
month = may,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Two packaging styles of Hewlett Packard System
Processing Unit (SPU) are introduced that offer
adaptability to customer needs. Both are based on the
single chip 32-bit central processing unit (CPU). The
Model 530 fits into an industry standard rack. The
Model 540 matches a wide selection of HP computer
peripherals. Both models also include an I/O processor,
I/O card cage, power supply, real-time clock, and
hardware self-test. System performance and capabilities
can be altered to meet individual requirements by
adding more CPUs for more performance, more RAM for
more memory space, or more I/O processors for
additional I/O cards. These SPUs can be configured with
either single-user or multiuser HP-UX operating
systems.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Fort Collins, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Fort Collins, CO, USA",
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
classification = "713; 714; 722; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "32-; 32-bit system; 32-bit system processing units;
540; architecture; bit VLSI NMOS-111 circuits; central
processing unit (cpu); computers, microprocessor;
cooling; diagnostics; Electronics Packaging; EMI
testing; environmental testing; HP 9000 Series 500
family; integrated circuits, VLSI --- Applications;
minicomputers; Model; Model 530; rack-mount; system
environments; system processing unit (SPU); System
Processing Units",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Narimatsu:1984:PTS,
author = "Yoh Narimatsu and Keiki Kanafuji",
title = "A Parametric Test System for Accurate Measurement of
Wafer-Stage {ICs}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "6",
pages = "3--8",
month = jun,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Apr 08 21:45:41 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A semiconductor parametric test system is introduced
to provide greater measurement flexibility and to
eliminate inconsistencies associated with the
measurement of semiconductor wafers, chips, and
packaged devices. The design is based on the
state-of-the-art technologies in low-current and
capacitance measurements. Overall system measurement
performance (test instruments, cables, and the
switching matrix) is completely specified, electrically
and mechanically, to obtain dependable measurement
results. The dc and ac measurement characteristics are
fully specified up to the measurement pins of the
switching matrix. Since the switching matrix (acting as
the test head of the wafer prober) is placed close to
the device under test, residual parasitics are very
small and are readily predictable.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); B7310D
(Current measurement); B7310J (Impedance and admittance
measurement); C3110D (Current control); C3110J
(Impedance and admittance control); C3380B (Control of
electronic instruments)",
classification = "714; 723; 942",
corpsource = "Yokogawa--Hewlett--Packard Ltd., Tokyo, Japan",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "4062A's controller; admittance measurement; automatic
test equipment; capacitance measurement; conductance;
DC measurement; device under test; electric; electric
current measurement; hardware architecture; HP 4062A
semiconductor Parametric Test System; HP 900; IC
testing; integrated circuit testing; integrated
circuits --- Measurements; measurement; measurements;
MHz test frequency; model 236 computer; parametric test
system; semiconductor devices; semiconductor wafer
testing; subsystem; switching matrix; switching matrix
subsystem; systems",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Banno:1984:PTS,
author = "Takuo Banno",
title = "Powerful Test System Software Provides Extensive
Parametric Measurement Capability",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "6",
pages = "9--11",
month = jun,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Apr 08 21:45:46 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "An easy-to-use set of test instructions, `dry'
switching of test relays, and a utility for specifying
wafer probing patterns are used to provide powerful
support for users of a semiconductor test system.
Parametric testing has become widely adopted as a
method for monitoring semiconductor processing, and
many test method approaches have been considered. A
version of BASIC test programming language is presented
that is not only powerful, but also very easy to use.
Its on-line editing and debugging capability makes it
easier for users to create, modify, and try test
programs.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); C3380B
(Control of electronic instruments); C7410D (Electronic
engineering computing)",
classification = "714; 723",
corpsource = "Yokogawa--Hewlett--Packard Ltd., Tokyo, Japan",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; BASIC; BASIC language;
computer programming languages --- basic; computer
software; debugging; HP 4062A Semiconductor; HP 9000
Model 236 Computer; integrated circuit testing; on-line
editing; parametric measurement; Parametric Test
System; parametric testing; programs; semiconductor
device manufacture --- Monitoring; test; test
instruction set; test programs; test system software;
wafer probe pattern generators",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Akiyama:1984:HCC,
author = "Tomoyuki Akiyama and Kenzo Ishiguro",
title = "High-speed 1-{MHz} Capacitance\slash Conductance Meter
for Measuring Semiconductor Parameters",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "6",
pages = "12--24",
month = jun,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A plotter is presented to satisfy the requirements of
semiconductor device\slash material characterization.
Besides being a traditional high-frequency
capacitance\slash conductance meter, it can also
perform capacitance-versus-voltage (C-V) and
capacitance-versus-time(C-t) measurements using its
internal dc bias source and timer, and its analog
output capability allows results to be plotted on an
X-Y recorder. The C-t measurement capability combined
with the other functions in one box contributes to
improved measurement accuracy, speed, and sweep range,
ease of operation, and performance\slash cost ratio.
All bias parameters required for a C-V measurement and
all time and bias parameters required for a C-t
measurement can be remotely controlled.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0590 (Materials testing); B2550 (Semiconductor device
technology); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310J (Impedance and admittance
measurement); C3110J (Impedance and admittance
control); C3380B (Control of electronic instruments)",
classification = "714; 732; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "admittance measurement; C-HIGH; C-t; C-V sweep mode;
cable compensation; capacitance measurement;
capacitance-versus-time (C-T);
capacitance-versus-voltage (C-V); correction modes;
device testing; digital instrumentation; electric;
electric measuring instruments --- Remote Control;
error correction; high-frequency
capacitance/conductance meter; HP 4280A 1-MHz C
Meter/C-; internal dc bias source and timer; materials
testing; measurements; measuring semiconductor
parameters; operation; RESOLN; semiconductor;
semiconductor device/material characterization;
semiconductor devices; stand alone feature; V Plotter",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Hamilton:1984:ETA,
author = "Gail E. Hamilton and Andrew J. Blasciak and Joseph A.
Hawk and Brett K. Carver",
title = "An electronic tool for analyzing software
performance",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "6",
pages = "26--32",
month = jun,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A logic development system is introduced that permits
measurement of program activity and duration under
different conditions, thus improving software
performance. The software performance analysis provides
a nonintrusive view of software executed in real time,
thus helping to locate bottlenecks, and to improve
software efficiency early in the development cycle. The
operation of the software performance analyzer is
described, including data sampling and acquisition,
graphic displays, user interface, measurement control,
data transfer and the emulation system.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6110 (Systems analysis and programming); C7430
(Computer engineering)",
classification = "723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "activity; analyzing software performance; automatic
configuration; code; computer programming --- Analysis;
computer software; emulation system; HP 6400 Logic
Development System; HP 64310A Software; logic
development system; measurement; module execution
times; Performance Analyzer; program activity; program
testing; sampling theory; statistical information;
symbolic interface; time distribution measurement; user
interface",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Smith:1984:CMS,
author = "Donald J. Smith and Johnnie L. Hancock and Thomas K.
Bohley",
title = "Counter Module Simplifies Measurements on Complex
Waveforms",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "6",
pages = "33--40",
month = jun,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A gated universal counter and an oscilloscope
measurement system are used for measurements of
frequency, time interval and events on complex
waveforms. This combination offers the accuracy and
numerous counting modes of a universal counter with the
signal conditioning, dynamic range, triggering, gating,
and display functions of an oscilloscope. Three arming
modes allow the user to start a measurement at a
specified point, window a specific portion of a
waveform, or make a measurement asynchronously.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
C3380D (Control of physical instruments)",
classification = "942",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "100-MHz universal counter expansion; cathode-ray
oscilloscopes; complex waveforms; computerised
instrumentation; gated universal counter; Gated
Universal Counter; HP 1965A; HP 1980A/B Oscilloscope
Measurement; module; modules; oscilloscopes, cathode
ray --- Applications; System; wave analysers; waveform
analysis; waveform parameter measurements; waveform
timing measurement; windowing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Wechsler:1984:NHC,
author = "Susan L. Wechsler and S. Abell and N. Zelle and J.
Hunt",
title = "A new handheld computer for technical professionals
({HP-71B})",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "7",
pages = "3--10",
month = jul,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Programmable in BASIC, the HP-71B can control
instruments and peripherals and talk to other
computers. It also can be used as an algebraic
calculator.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Corvallis, OR, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "algebraic calculator; built-in 240-keyword BASIC
programming language; calculator mode; computer
programming languages --- basic; computers, miniature;
electronic calculators; file management system; file
security; handheld computer; HP-71B computer; HP-IL
interface module; key redefinition; keyboard;
microcomputers",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Meyers:1984:SCE,
author = "Nathan Meyers",
title = "Soft configuration enhances flexibility of handheld
computer memory ({HP-71B})",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "7",
pages = "10--13",
month = jul,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "This technique allows the CPU to reassign a device's
address space and lets the user dedicate portions of
RAM for independent use.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5320G (Semiconductor
storage)C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "721; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "address space; bus architecture; computer
architecture; computers, miniature; configuration; data
storage, digital --- Random Access; determining memory
layout; electronic calculators; handheld computer;
HP-71B handheld computer; microcomputers; semiconductor
storage; soft memory",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Dickie:1984:CCA,
author = "James P. Dickie",
title = "Custom {CMOS} Architecture for a Handheld Computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "7",
pages = "14--17",
month = jul,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A 4-bit CPU provides a 512K-byte address space and
uses a 64-bit internal word size.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5610 (Computer
interfaces)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "bus commands; CMOS; computer architecture; computer
interfaces; custom CMOS integrated circuits; data
transfer; display devices --- Liquid Crystal; handheld
computer; HP-71B handheld computer; microcomputers;
semiconductor devices, MOS; service poll; shutdown;
system bus; wakeup",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Lindberg:1984:PHH,
author = "Thomas B. Lindberg",
title = "Packaging the {HP-71B} Handheld Computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "7",
pages = "17--20",
month = jul,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The packaging of the HP-71B computer is heavily based
on the proven designs of the HP Series 10 Calculators
and the earlier HP-75 Computer. The styling follows a
similar horizontal format, offering a block QWERTY
keyboard with a numeric pad on the right side. An
innovative combination of standard manufacturing
techniques allows a very compact design.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Portable Computer Div, Corvallis,
OR, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Portable Computer Div,
Corvallis, OR, USA",
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "715; 722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "card; computers, miniature; electronic calculators;
Electronics Packaging; handheld computer; HP-71B
handheld computer; HP-IL module; microcomputers;
modules; packaging; plug-in modules; reader/recorder",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Blascow:1984:MAC,
author = "Stanley M. {Blascow, Jr.} and James A. Donnelly",
title = "Module Adds Curve-Fitting and Optimization
Capabilities to the {HP-71B}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "7",
pages = "22--24",
month = jul,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Fitting observed data to a mathematical model and
finding the optimum values for a multivariable function
are common engineering needs. To aid the engineer in
performing such calculations, a special plug-in ROM
module was developed for the HP-71B Computer. This
plug-in ROM can fit data to a variety of built-in
functions or, given a function of up to 20 variables,
find values for local minima or maxima.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Portable Computer Div, Corvallis,
OR, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Portable Computer Div,
Corvallis, OR, USA",
classcodes = "C1180 (Optimisation techniques); C6130 (Data handling
techniques); C7310 (Mathematics computing)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "BASIC programs; binary; computer; computers,
miniature; curve fitting; curve-fitting; data storage,
digital --- Fixed; Fletcher-Powell method; HP-71B;
optimisation; plug-in ROM module; read-only storage;
ROM; subprograms",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Grodd:1984:REN,
author = "Laurence W. Grodd and Charles M. Patton",
title = "{ROM} extends numerical function set of handheld
computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "7",
pages = "25--36",
month = jul,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The plug-in math PAC for HP's new HP-71B Handheld
Computer further extends the HP-71B's comprehensive
standard numerical function set to provide a
mathematical tool of unprecedented capability and power
in a personal machine. Full use of complex variables,
integration, matrix algebra, and polynomial root
finding are some of the capabilities provided by this
plug-in module.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
classcodes = "C7310 (Mathematics computing)",
classification = "723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "complex; complex variables; computers, miniature; data
storage, digital --- Fixed; data type; extended I/O
functions; fast Fourier transform; handheld computer;
HP-71B hand-held computer; matrix operations; numerical
analysis; numerical function set; polynomial; read-only
storage; ROM; root finder",
treatment = "P Practical; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Miller:1984:PMA,
author = "Robert M. Miller",
title = "Plug-in module adds {Forth} language and assembler to
a handheld computer ({HP-71B})",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "7",
pages = "37--40",
month = jul,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Apr 08 21:46:06 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The Forth\slash Assembler PAC for the HP-71B Computer
provides users with an alternate programming language
and allows them and third-party software suppliers to
customize the machine for special applications. This
ROM adds an alternate programming language and the
ability to define new BASIC keywords or FORTH
primitives.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
classcodes = "C6140D (High level languages)",
classification = "723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "71B computer; computer programming languages;
computers, miniature; data storage, digital --- Fixed;
editor; forth; forth language; forth/assembler pac;
handheld computer; high level languages; HP-; modules;
read-only storage; remote keyboard capability; ROM",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Sukumar:1984:TPC,
author = "Srinivas Sukumar",
title = "{Touchscreen Personal Computer} offers ease of use and
flexibility",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "8",
pages = "4--6",
month = aug,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A personal computer is introduced that consists of
three modules: a system processing unit (SPU) with an
integrated display, a disc unit, and a keyboard. The
SPU and the disc unit occupy only one square foot of
desk space. The entire computer including the keyboard
occupies only 1.7 square feet. The SPU and keyboard are
usable without the disc unit as a graphics terminal.
This powerful 16-bit computer offers an industry
standard operating system, many integrated software
packages, high-resolution graphics, sophisticated data
communications, built-in terminal capabilities, and the
touchscreen.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Saratoga, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Saratoga, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "722; 723; 902",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "16-bit microcomputer; computer operating systems ---
Standards; computers, microprocessor; disc unit; DOS
2.11 operating system; Graphics Terminal; HP 150
Touchscreen Personal Computer; HP 2623A; integrated
display; Intel 8088 microprocessor; keyboard;
microcomputers; Microsoft's MS-; Modular Construction;
personal computer; system processing; system processing
unit (SPU); touchscreen; touchscreen personal computer;
unit",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Wood:1984:OSF,
author = "Laurie E. Pollero Wood and Charles H. Whelan",
title = "Operating System and Firmware of the {HP} 150 Personal
Computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "8",
pages = "6--10",
month = aug,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Two operating systems, Microsoft's disc operating
system (MS-DOS 2.11) and terminal operating system
(TOS) are presented that are used in the initialization
of HP 150 Personal Computer. The first one, MS-DOS, is
the industry standard operating system and is written
to be ported to various hardware systems. Porting it to
a new piece of hardware requires writing device drivers
and linking them into the MS-DOS code supplied by
Microsoft. The other, TOS, is used by both terminal and
the personal computer to control the terminal emulator.
It maintains a task queue. Both operating systems and
their interfaces are explained.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Sunnyvale, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Sunnyvale, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5600 (Data communication equipment and techniques);
C6150J (Operating systems)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "BIOS; Computer Interfaces; computer operating systems;
computers, microprocessor; hardware drivers; HP 150
operating system; HP 150 Personal Computer; HP 2623A;
HP graphics terminal capabilities; microcomputers;
Microsoft's disc operating system; Microsoft's disc
operating system (MS-DOS); MS-DOS; MS-DOS 2.11;
multitasking operating system; operating system;
operating systems (computers); Personal Applications
Manager; personal computer; Terminal; terminal
emulator; terminal operating system; terminal operating
system (TOS); terminal personality; TOS",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Straton:1984:HTI,
author = "Peter R. Straton and Scott R. McClelland and Thomas E.
Kilbourn",
title = "The {HP 150 Touchscreen}: an interactive user input
device for a personal computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "8",
pages = "11--15",
month = aug,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Various technologies have been used in touchscreen
designs. The method chosen for the HP 150 touchscreen
design is a scanned infrared array. Capable of medium
resolution at a moderate cost, the nonvisible light
does not degrade the display, and the solid-state
design provides high reliability. The scanning
controlled by a microcomputer is described, the
scanning algorithm is illustrated, and the touchscreen
control firmware is introduced. Touchscreen control and
data paths, and the block diagram of the mechanism for
mapping touch position to control and data operations
are also illustrated.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Rocklin, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Rocklin, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
classification = "722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer graphic equipment; computer peripheral
equipment; computer systems, digital --- Interactive
Operation; computers, microprocessor; design; detector;
device; display instrumentation; firmware; HP 150
Touchscreen; interactive terminals; interactive user
input; interactive user input device; IR diode matrix;
light emitting diodes; medium; personal computer;
phototransistor; phototransistors; power on
initialisation sequence; resolution; scanned infrared
array; scanning algorithm; touchscreen; touchscreen
design",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Showman:1984:AST,
author = "Peter S. Showman and Karl W. Pettis and Karlie J.
Arkin and Jeffrey A. Spoelstra and John Price and W.
Bruce Culbertson and Robert D. {Shurtleff, Jr.}",
title = "Applications software for the {Touchscreen Personal
Computer}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "8",
pages = "15--24",
month = aug,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 150 Personal Applications Manager (PAM)
addresses operating concerns of the personal computer
user by helping him manage both application programs
and disc files. The PAM screen is what the user
normally sees after turning on the personal computer.
It presents a list of the application programs
available on the discs currently in the system, and
allows the user to run any of them simply by touching
the program name on the screen and then touching the
Start Application softkey label. There is no need to
remember either what programs are on the disc or what
command sequence is needed to run each program. The
user can even change the name displayed by PAM if
another name seems to make more sense. The display is
kept simple by not showing other filenames on this
screen, an important consideration since they typically
outnumber the applications by more than ten to one. The
file manager, touchscreen applications, text editor
softkeys, and other software packages are described.
The applications of graphics features and business
applications are also presented.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Cupertino, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Cupertino, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C6130B (Graphics techniques); C6130D (Document
processing techniques); C7100 (Business and
administration)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "application programs; Applications; applications
programs; applications software; calculator; card file;
computer graphics; computer peripheral equipment;
computer software; computer systems, digital ---
Interactive Operation; editing; financial data
processing; graphics; HP 150; manager; microcomputer;
packages; personal applications; processing;
spreadsheet; text; touchscreen personal computer;
Touchscreen Personal Computer; word",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Watkins:1984:HDH,
author = "J. E. Watkins and P. A. Brown and G. Syeman and S. E.
Carrier",
title = "Hardware design of the {HP 150 Personal Computer}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "8",
pages = "25--30",
month = aug,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
displays)",
keywords = "8088; accessory; alpha display; bit-mapped graphics;
business machine; HP 150 Personal Computer; HP-IB; IEEE
488; interactive terminals; microcomputers;
microprocessor; real-time clock; slots; softkey; status
line; terminal; touchscreen",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Barbera:1984:PCP,
author = "Joseph D. Barbera",
title = "Personal Computer Printer is User Installable",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "8",
pages = "30--31",
month = aug,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 2674A PRINTER is designed specifically for use
as an option for the HP 150 Personal Computer. It
features quiet printing, autoloading of roll paper,
user installability, and a zero footprint. The printer
is a wedge-shaped device that fits into the top of the
HP 150 cabinet and straddles the yoke of the HP 150's
cathode-ray tube. One cable connects the printer to the
computer. Thermal printing was chosen for its inherent
simplicity and quietness. The printhead, which is
already used in another HP printer, was modified for
12V service, and an additional interstitial wear layer
was added to provide life in excess of 100 million
characters.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Portland, OR, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Portland, OR, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer peripheral equipment; HP; HP 150 Personal
Computer; HP 2674A printer; interstitial wear layer;
personal computer; printer; Printers; printers;
printhead; thermal printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Dunn:1984:SKF,
author = "L. Dunn and M. R. Perkins",
title = "A standard keyboard family for {HP} computer
products",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "8",
pages = "34--36",
month = aug,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C5540 (Terminals
and graphic displays); C5590 (Other computer peripheral
equipment)",
keywords = "Computer; HP 150 Touchscreen Personal; HP 46010
family; keyboards; low profile; standard keyboard
family; switches; tactile feedback",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Novotny:1984:TIM,
author = "David R. Novotny and Jeffrey Tomberlin and Charles P.
Hill and James P. Quan and Gordon A. Jensen and Jerry
D. Morris and K. R. Goldsmith",
title = "Transmission {Impairment Measuring Set} simplifies
testing of complex voice and data circuits",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "9",
pages = "4--12",
month = sep,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A new transmission impairment measuring set (TIMS) is
introduced that is designed to meet the changing needs
of data communication industry and users. A variety of
measurement environments served by the test equipment
is indicated and its comprehensive measuring
capabilities are described that permit the user to
install, maintain or troubleshoot any voice,
voice-grade data, program (used by the broadcast
industry) or wideband data circuit.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Telecommunication Div, Colorado
Springs, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Telecommunication Div,
Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B6210D
(Telephony); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B7310Z (Other electric variables
measurement); C3380B (Control of electronic
instruments); C7410F (Communications computing)",
classification = "718; 722; 723; 942",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic; automatic testing --- Equipment; complex
voice and data circuits (TIMS); comprehensive
measurement set; computers --- Data Communication
Equipment; control; data communication systems; data
communications; data transmission; electric distortion
measurement; equipment; HP 4945A TIMS; Measurements;
processor; receiver; signal processing equipment;
system; telephone interference; test; test industry;
test signal; transmission impairment measuring set;
Transmission Impairment Measuring Set; transmitter;
voice-grade data; wideband data circuit",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Reh:1984:MST,
author = "Teresa L. Reh",
title = "Master\slash slave {TIMS} operation increases
productivity",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "9",
pages = "13--15",
month = sep,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A master\slash slave mode of operation of a
transmission impairment measuring set (TIMS) is
described that allows a single skilled operator to
perform all necessary measurements from a central
location. Two TIMS instruments are still necessary, but
the one at the remote site only needs to be turned on
and connected to the channel to be tested. An
autocapture feature allows the master to capture the
instrument on the other end of the line without even
putting the remote instrument into slave mode. This
means that the person setting up the remote TIMS
doesn't need to know how to operate the instrument at
all. Nor does that person have to remain at the remote
site. The additional channel previously needed for
communication is no longer necessary.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard CO, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard CO, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7210F (Telemetering systems); B7310Z (Other electric
variables measurement); C3380B (Control of electronic
instruments); C7410F (Communications computing)",
classification = "718; 913; 942",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; data transmission; electric
distortion measurement; electric noise measurement; HP
4945A TIMS; information theory --- Communication
Channels; master/slave mode; master/slave TIMS
operation; Measurements; productivity; remote
instrument; telemetering equipment; Transmission
Impairment Measuring Set; transmission impairment
measuring set (TIMS)",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Dodge:1984:TTT,
author = "Allan W. Dodge and Scott S. Neal and Kurt R.
Goldsmith",
title = "Testing the {TIMS} ({Transmission Impairment Measuring
Set})",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "9",
pages = "15--18",
month = sep,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The key objectives in testing the transmission
impairment measuring set (TIMS) were to measure its
benchtop performance, to test its software, and to
ensure high reliability. An IEEE 488-based test system
is presented that completely tests the hardware and
much of the software of stand-alone programs are
indicated to test the software fully. In parallel with
this effort goes development of a comprehensive
environmental and reliability test plan.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Telecommunication Div, Colorado
Springs, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Telecommunication Div,
Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); C3380B
(Control of electronic instruments)",
classification = "718; 723; 942",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; automatic testing; automatic
testing system; Bell standards; benchtop performance;
computer software --- Testing; data transmission;
electronic; environmental test; equipment testing; HP
4945A TIMS; instruments --- Testing; Measurements;
production tests; reliability; reliability test; Set;
software verification; system; test; Transmission
Impairment Measuring; transmission impairment measuring
set (TIMS); voice and data telephone circuits",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Smit:1984:HAH,
author = "Paul R. Smit",
title = "A hyphenation algorithm for {HPWord}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "9",
pages = "26--30",
month = sep,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A hyphenation algorithm for pattern recognition is
described that has been developed as a subprogram of
the HPWord word processing software for HP 3000
Computer Systems. HPWord has multilingual capabilities,
that is, documents can be produced in different
languages. This affects some layout features as well as
the hyphenation of words, which is done automatically.
The main advantage of the algorithm is its flexibility;
the linguistic rules can be changed without changing
the program. This makes it possible to use the program
for other languages as well. The same program is being
implemented in the Danish version of HPWord. It can
also be implemented easily in other text processing
programs. It is, for instance, easy to convert he the
algorithm to other programming languages such as
Pascal. Moreover, the problem of efficiency and of
hierarchy in the linguistic rules has been completely
solved by using a tree structure and an extra data
segment to store all linguistic rules. This way
searching takes place in main memory instead of on
disc.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Dutch Application Cent at
Amstelveen, Amstelveen, Neth",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Dutch Application Cent at
Amstelveen, Amstelveen, Neth",
classcodes = "C7106 (Word processing); C7820 (Humanities
computing)",
classification = "723; 901; 921",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Algorithms; computer programming; data processing ---
Word Processing; exception dictionary; HPWord;
hyphenation algorithm; information science --- Language
Translation and Linguistics; layout features;
linguistic rules; linguistics; mathematical techniques
--- Trees; multilingual; multilingual capability;
pattern recognition; pattern recognition ---
Mathematical Models; processing software; set theory;
syllable recognition; text processing; tree structure;
word; word processing",
treatment = "P Practical; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}
@Article{Wilson:1984:DSI,
author = "Heather Wilson and Michael J. Shaw",
title = "Designing Software for the International Market",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "9",
pages = "31--35",
month = sep,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The adaptation of word-processing office software for
use in different countries or environments is
considered. Software products are presented that are
designed with localization in mind. Message lengths,
character sets, time and data formats, and the syntax
of commands are all taken into account. All of these
and more easy to change without having to touch the
source code of the product.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co, Office Productivity Div, Reading,
Engl",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett Packard Co, Office Productivity Div,
Reading, Engl",
classcodes = "C6100 (Software techniques and systems)",
classification = "723; 901",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "character sets; computer software; data processing,
business --- Word Processing; Design; HP Application
Centres; HP software products; information science ---
Language Translation and Linguistics; international
applications; localization; menus; message lengths;
office software; representation standard; Roman 8
European character; software engineering; software
localization; source code; spelling; syntax; user
interfaces",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Fay:1984:HBT,
author = "Thomas R. Fay and John E. McDermid",
title = "The {HP} 3065 board test family: a system overview",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "10",
pages = "4--9",
month = oct,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 3065 Board Test Family provides printed circuit
board manufacturers with a combination of high
throughput, excellent test quality, and low programming
costs for evaluating complex digital and analog circuit
boards. The basic configuration consists of a
measurement section, an instrument section, and a
programming station.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Fort Collins, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Fort Collins, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B2210 (Printed circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); C3380B (Control of electronic
instruments); C7410D (Electronic engineering
computing)",
classification = "703; 713; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; Automatic Testing; digital
board testing; generation; high digital IC throughput;
HP 3065 board test family; menu-driven automatic test;
multiple test stations; networking capability;
overdrive; printed circuit testing; printed circuits;
protection",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Balliew:1984:ATP,
author = "Robert E. Balliew",
title = "Automatic Test Program Generation for Digital Board
Testing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "10",
pages = "11--14",
month = oct,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "This article discusses the digital test generation
methods used by IPG-II. The major tasks done by the
digital portion of the program generator are scanner
card pin assignment for digital nodes, modifying
digital library tests affected by the board topology,
and disabling other devices on the same bus with the
device under test. Typically, IPG-II can write more
than 90\% of the tests for a circuit board without any
user intervention other than data entry.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Loveland, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Loveland, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B1265B (Logic circuits); B2570 (Semiconductor
integrated circuits); C7410D (Electronic engineering
computing)",
classification = "703; 713; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic test program generation; Automatic Testing;
board test system; computing; digital board testing;
digital integrated circuits; digital test; electronic
engineering; generation methods; generator; HP 3065
board test system; incircuit program; integrated
circuit testing; IPG-II; printed circuit; printed
circuits",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Snook:1984:DSB,
author = "Matthew L. Snook and Michael A. Teska",
title = "Digital Subsystem for a Board Test System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "10",
pages = "14--20",
month = oct,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The digital hardware subsystem for the HP 3065H Test
Station of the HP 3065 Board Test System was designed
to address universal test needs in the areas of fault
coverage, cost, performance, ease of operation, and
throughput in addition to a multitude of specific
digital in-circuit test needs. These needs include long
complex pattern sets, a high pattern rate to meet the
minimum clock rate required by dynamic devices, short
test duration to minimize the potential for damage for
overdriven devices, high throughput to minimize testing
costs, and a set of test vectors known as a homing
sequence to initialize some sequential devices to a
known state before testing.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Loveland, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Loveland, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B2210 (Printed circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); C3380B (Control of electronic
instruments); C7410D (Electronic engineering
computing)",
classification = "703; 713; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; Automatic Testing; board
test system; cost; digital board testing; digital
subsystem; fault coverage; homing; HP 3065 board test;
HP 3065 test station; long complex; pattern sets;
performance; printed circuit testing; printed circuits;
sequence; short test duration; system; test vectors",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Harwood:1984:SDA,
author = "Vance R. Harwood",
title = "Safeguarding Devices Against Stress Caused by
In-Circuit Testing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "10",
pages = "20--22",
month = oct,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A team of engineers was assigned the task of
understanding the impact of in-circuit digital testing
on logic devices and recommending a course of action to
the rest of the design team. The group amassed a list
of possible damage mechanisms and analyzed them one by
one. Some damage mechanisms such as electromigration
and dielectric breakdown were found to be insignificant
in regard to in-circuit testing. Three items on the
list --- CMOS latch-up, bond-wire heating, and junction
heating --- seemed to have the potential to damage
devices during a test, so these became the focus of
attention.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Manufacturing Test Div, Loveland,
CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Manufacturing Test Div,
Loveland, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); C3380B
(Control of electronic instruments); C7410D (Electronic
engineering computing)",
classification = "703; 713; 721",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; bond-wire heating; CMOS
latch-up; damage mechanisms; dielectric breakdown;
digital integrated circuits; digital testing;
electromigration; HP 3065 board test system; in-circuit
testing; incircuit testing; integrated circuit testing;
junction heating; logic devices; logic devices ---
Testing; stresses --- Protection",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Holmberg:1984:ELS,
author = "Randy W. Holmberg",
title = "Extensive Library Simplifies Digital Board Test
Setup",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "10",
pages = "23--25",
month = oct,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Apr 08 21:45:59 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "When testing in-circuit digital devices, costs can be
significantly reduced by using a library of
preprogrammed tests. Having device information and test
safeguard data readily available in a permanently
stored library makes it much easier for a test engineer
to set up a test sequence for a printed circuit board.
One of the major design objectives of the HP 3065 Board
Test System was to make ownership economical. For this
reason, development of a large, comprehensive device
test library was crucial to the success of the
project.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Atlanta Sales Office, Atlanta,
GA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Atlanta Sales Office,
Atlanta, GA, USA",
classcodes = "B2210 (Printed circuits); B2570 (Semiconductor
integrated circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); C3380B (Control of electronic
instruments); C7410D (Electronic engineering
computing)",
classification = "703; 713; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; Automatic Testing; circuit
board; digital board test; digital board test strip;
digital devices --- Testing; HP 3065 board test system;
in-circuit testing; incircuit digital devices;
integrated circuit testing; library of preprogrammed
tests; preprogrammed test library; printed; printed
circuit testing; printed circuits; test sequence;
testing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Mathieu:1984:IBT,
author = "Mark A. Mathieu",
title = "An interpreter-based board test programming
environment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "10",
pages = "25--28",
month = oct,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Since an automatic in-circuit test program generator
(IPG-II) in the HP 3065 builds most of the test
programs for each circuit board, most of the board test
programmer's time can be spent debugging and optimizing
programs instead of developing them. To provide a
strong debugging capability, an interpreter-based
system is used. As an added advantage of an
interpreter-based system, the use of system-dependent
compilers and linkers can be avoided. Hence, the
operating system of the underlying machine --- RTE-6/VM
on an HP 1000 E-Series Computer --- can be more easily
hidden behind a programming environment shell.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Loveland, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Loveland, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B2210 (Printed circuits); C6150C (Compilers,
interpreters and other processors); C7410D (Electronic
engineering computing)",
classification = "703; 713; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "1000 E-Series Computer; 3065; automatic test
equipment; Automatic Testing; compilers; debugging;
digital board testing; HP; incircuit test program
generator; incircuit testing; interpreter-based board
test programming environment; interpreters; operating
system; printed circuit testing; printed circuits;
program; RTE-6/VM",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hendricks:1984:TSF,
author = "T. Michael Hendricks",
title = "Testing for Short-Circuit Failures",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "10",
pages = "28--30",
month = oct,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 3065's Shorts test is done in two stages. The
first, or learning, stage is intended to locate the
known short circuits. During the learning stage, the
Shorts test is run on a known good board. Any short
circuits found during the learning stage are assumed to
be inherent in the design of the board and not caused
by production problems. A list of these known short
circuits is stored internally in the HP 3065 file
system for use during the second, or testing, stage.
The two purposes of this stage are to locate any
additional short circuits (which presumably are caused
by production defects) and (optionally) to confirm that
all of the known short circuits are actually present.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Loveland, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Loveland, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B2210 (Printed circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); C3380B (Control of electronic
instruments); C7410D (Electronic engineering
computing)",
classification = "703; 713; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; Automatic Testing; bent
pins; digital board testing; file system; HP 3065 board
test system; printed circuit boards; printed circuit
testing; printed circuits; resistors; short circuit
failures testing; short-circuit failures; Shorts test;
small; solder splashes",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{McDermid:1984:REA,
author = "John E. McDermid",
title = "Reducing Errors in Automated Analog In-Circuit Test
Program Generation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "10",
pages = "31--36",
month = oct,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "This article discusses seven major error sources in
automated analog test program generation and the
application of the results of this type of error
analysis for improving board test throughput and
simplifying program maintenance. These results guided
the design of the analog test portion of the in-circuit
program generator (IPG-II) used in the HP 3065 Board
Test System.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Loveland, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Loveland, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B2210 (Printed circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); C3380B (Control of electronic
instruments); C7410D (Electronic engineering
computing)",
classification = "703; 713; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "3065 board test system; analog in-circuit test;
analysis; automated analogue incircuit test program
generation; automatic test equipment; Automatic
Testing; board test throughput; circuit board test
system; error; error analysis; error sources; errors;
HP; incircuit program generator; integrated circuit
testing; printed circuit; printed circuits; program
maintenance; reduction; testing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Witte:1984:ANA,
author = "Robert A. Witte and Jerry W. Daniels",
title = "An advanced {5-Hz-to-200-MHz} network analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "11",
pages = "4--16",
month = nov,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A complete network analysis system is presented that
contains an integrated three-input receiver subsystem,
a graphics display, and a synthesized signal source.
The instrument's vector math capabilities not only
increase its power in traditional network analysis, but
also extend its usefulness to less-traditional
measurement areas. In contrast to the trace math
functions of earlier analyzers, which simply manipulate
an instrument's display, vector math performs complex
calculations involving the actual measured data. The
results are then displayed and can be scaled in
virtually any form the user desires. The measurement of
quartz crystal parameters provides an excellent example
of vector math at work.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C7410D
(Electronic engineering computing)",
classification = "703; 722; 921; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "5 Hz to 200 MHz network analyser; calibration;
computerised instrumentation; electric measurements;
electric measuring instruments; electric network
analyzers; graphics display; HP 35677A/B S-parameter
test set; HP 3577A; mathematical techniques ---
Vectors; measurement capabilities; network analysers;
network analyzer; parameters; S-; softkey menus;
synthesized signal source; vector-math capabilities",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Spaulding:1984:BTS,
author = "William M. Spaulding",
title = "A broadband two-port {S}-parameter test set",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "11",
pages = "17--20",
month = nov,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The scattering matrices formed by N-port network's
S-parameters can be used to evaluate network matching
under loaded conditions or can be easily combined to
form one overall scattering matrix that characterizes a
complex network formed of many smaller networks whose
individual scattering matrices have been determined
separately. A special test set is introduced to obtain
these useful parameters with the HP 3577A network
analyzer. Based on a standard reflectometer bridge
configuration, the set is implemented as a `slave' unit
by tapping the circuitry of the HP 3577A for power and
control. A very simple, rear-panel, four-wire
interconnect is used as the complete interface. This
approach provides the foundation for a very
cost-effective instrument, and allows the designers to
focus on optimizing the RF design over a wide frequency
range of 100 kHz to 200 MHz as the major development
effort.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C7410D
(Electronic engineering computing)",
classification = "703; 715; 722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "broadband two-port S-parameter test; broadband
two-port s-parameter test set; computerised
instrumentation; electric network analyzers ---
Applications; electric networks, communication; HP
35677A/B S-parameter test set; HP 3577A; loaded N-port;
network; network analysers; network analyzer; network
designers; network matching; parameters; reflection
behavior; reflectometer bridge configuration;
reflectometers --- Applications; S-; scattering
matrices; scattering matrix determination; set;
standard; Testing; transmission behaviour",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Baker:1984:ANA,
author = "Alan J. Baker",
title = "An {ADC} for a network analyzer receiver",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "11",
pages = "21--23",
month = nov,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The high accuracy and resolution of the HP 3577A
Network Analyzer are features that are made possible in
part by the digital IF section and the
analog-to-digital conversion scheme used in the
receivers. Hence, resolution, linearity, and dynamic
range of the HP 3577A are directly related to the
performance of the analog-to-digital converter (ADC)
used in its receivers. The design and operation of the
ADC is described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems); C5180 (A/D
and D/A convertors)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "12-bit; A/D convertor; amplifier; analog to digital
converter (ADC); analogue-digital conversion; analyzer;
data conversion, analog to digital; Design; dynamic
range; electric network analyzers; HP 3577A network;
linearity; network analysers; network analyzer
receiver; prescaling; resolution;
successive-approximation A-to-D converter",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bounaix:1984:IWT,
author = "Jean Bounaix and Jean-Claude Dureau and Jacques
Firdmann",
title = "An industrial workstation terminal for harsh
environments",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "11",
pages = "25--29",
month = nov,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "An industrial workstation terminal is introduced to
help production people in their decision processes
using application programs that provide real-time data
synthesis with data picked up right at the source ---
the production line. It can go into hostile
environments characterized by dust, humidity, liquid
jets, chemical pollution, repetitive vibrations or
shocks, and strong electromagnetic disturbances. Its
excellent resistance to the environment, especially to
dust and liquids, makes it suitable for most industrial
applications. The only limitations are temperatures
below 0 degree C, or explosive atmospheres (the
terminal is not gas-tight). The design characteristics,
and installation of the terminal are described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
classification = "722; 912; 913",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "application programs; chemical; computer peripheral
equipment; data processing, business --- Manufacturing
Applications; decision processes; dust; electromagnetic
disturbances; factories; harsh environments; hostile
environment; HP 3081A; humidity; industrial management
--- Computer Applications; industrial workstation
terminal; interactive terminals; liquid jets;
pollution; production control --- Computer
Applications; production line; real-time data; Remote
Consoles; repetitive vibrations; rugged terminals;
shocks; strong; synthesis; workstations",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{DiVittorio:1984:HDI,
author = "Mark J. DiVittorio",
title = "High-Quality, Dot-Matrix Impact Printer Family",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "11",
pages = "30--32",
month = nov,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Three HP 293X family printers are introduced that are
reliable, fast and easy to use. All are 136-column,
bidirectional, dot-matrix impact printers. Common to
the family is the ability to print at 200 characters
per second (cps) on one-to-six-part forms up to 400 mm
(15.75 inches) wide. The standard symbol font is
designed to a 9 multiplied by 12 symbol cell matrix,
with a horizontal and vertical resolution of 90 dots
per inch (dpi). All three of the printers have the
ability to print graphics at 21,600 dots per second.
There are two standard character styles resident in all
the printers --- Courier (serif) and Cubic (sans
serif). In addition, there are three standard pitches
and ten resident languages, all of which can be
selected from the printer's front panel or under host
computer control. The architecture and applications of
the printers are described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "character styles; charts; computer peripheral
equipment; Courier; Cubic; dot-matrix impact printer;
dot-matrix impact printer family; forms;
Hewlett--Packard; HP 2932A; HP 2933A; HP 2934A; HP
293X; matrix printers; memos; order; printer family;
Printers; program listings; reports; symbol font",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Pritchard:1984:CIC,
author = "Thomas B. Pritchard and David S. Lee",
title = "Custom {IC} Controls Dot-Matrix Impact Printers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "11",
pages = "33--36",
month = nov,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The electronics used in the HP 293X Printer family
includes a custom integrated circuit to interface
between the microprocessor and the printhead and its
carriage motor. The special characteristics of the
printhead require much parallel processing with timing
resolution and accuracy down to one microsecond. In
addition, the open-loop stepping of the carriage motor
and the open-loop firing of dots are not performed at
the same time, so a method of synchronization is
necessary. These features cannot be implemented in a
single general-purpose microprocessor and would be
uneconomical if implemented with multiple parallel
processors or discrete logic. A custom IC fills these
requirements while providing many other beneficial
features.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); C5550
(Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "705; 713; 714; 722; 731",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "293X printer family; Applications; carriage; computer
peripheral equipment --- Control Systems; computers,
microcomputer --- Computer Interfaces; custom
integrated circuits; dot-matrix impact printers;
electric motors, stepping type --- Control; HP;
integrated circuits; matrix printers; microprocessor;
monolithic integrated circuits; motor; open-loop;
parallel processing; printhead; printhead carriage
motor; printwires; stepping; synchronization; timing
resolution",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Epstein:1984:VIS,
author = "James S. Epstein",
title = "Versatile Instrument Simplifies Dynamic Signal
Analysis at Low Frequencies",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "12",
pages = "4--11",
month = dec,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Analysis of low-frequency signals is considered for
many uses in electronic design, vibration studies, and
acoustic measurements. An easy-to-use
multi-microprocessor based analyzer is introduced that
covers the range from 125$ \mu $Hz to 100 kHz and
displays the data in several useful formats. The HP
3561 A dynamic signal analyzer is designed to provide
high-performance dynamic measurement and analysis
capability in a small portable package. The analysis of
the data may consist of examining the time waveform
directly or examining the evenly spaced intervals or in
1/3- or full-octave intervals. In addition,
mathematical operations can be performed on the data to
look at differences, ratios, and other computed
results. The key features and applications of the
instrument are presented and an example of a dynamic
signal analysis for machinery maintenance is
described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
classification = "722; 723; 941; 942; 943",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "analyzer; Computer Applications; computers,
microprocessor --- Applications; data analysis; dynamic
signal analysis; fast Fourier transforms; HP 3561A; low
frequency signals; low-frequency signals; spectral
analysers; spectrum analyzers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Epstein:1984:HDD,
author = "James S. Epstein and Glenn R. Engel and Donald R.
Hiller and Glen L. {Purdy, Jr.} and Bryan C. {Hoog,
Jr.} and Eric J. Wicklund",
title = "Hardware Design for a Dynamic Signal Analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "12",
pages = "12--17",
month = dec,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The hardware design of HP 3561A Dynamic Signal
Analyzer is presented that involves the constraints of
portability, adequate shielding of the signal
processing circuits against electrical noise, a compact
power supply, high-speed digital circuitry, and an
accurate clear display of data and calculated results.
Described are: the front end that performs the signal
conditioning, digital filters, analog to digital (A/D)
converter, the processor, the nonvolatile memory, the
display, the power supply and the packaging and
shielding.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
classification = "713; 715; 722; 941; 942; 943",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "compact power supply; Components; computers,
microprocessor; data conversion, analog to digital;
digital circuitry; dynamic signal analyzer; Dynamic
Signal Analyzer; electric filters, digital; electric
power supplies to apparatus; electronics packaging;
hardware design; HP 3561A; nonvolatile memory;
portability; shielding; spectral analysers; spectrum
analyzers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Engel:1984:ISD,
author = "Glenn R. Engel and Donald R. Hiller",
title = "Instrument Software for Dynamic Signal Analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "12",
pages = "17--19",
month = dec,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The software for a microprocessor-controlled
instrument determines the instrument's usefulness and
personality --- how it interacts with the user and how
easy it is for a new user to understand and use
effectively. Because there are many variables in
dynamic signal analysis measurements, the software for
the HP 3561A Dynamic Signal Analyzer is particularly
important. Some of the key features provided by its
operating system are: Friendly user interface;
Autocalibration; Overlapped processing for quick
display updates; Spectral map display; Direct output to
HP-IB (IEEE 488) printers and plotters; Nonvolatile
memory storage; Self-tests and service tests. The tasks
of the operating system and the architecture are also
considered.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, WA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, WA, USA",
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C7420
(Control engineering computing)",
classification = "723; 941; 942; 943",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "3561A; autocalibration; computer operating systems ---
Calibration; computer software; computerised
instrumentation; computers, microprocessor; dynamic
signal analysis; Dynamic Signal Analyzer; HP;
instrument software; memory storage;
microcomputer-controlled instrument; signal analysis;
spectral analysers; spectrum analyzers --- Computer
Interfaces; user interface",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Panek:1984:CDF,
author = "Charles R. Panek and Steven F. Kator",
title = "Custom Digital Filters for Dynamic Signal Analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "12",
pages = "28--36",
month = dec,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Digital filtering offers some powerful advantages when
used with a fast Fourier transform (FFT), because it
can perform frequency domain analysis in a narrow band
around some arbitrary center frequency. To understand
the need for a digital filter in dynamic signal
analysis, the basics of FFT analysis and sampled
systems are reviewed. A design of HP 3561A dynamic
signal analyzer is presented and its basic signal
processing block diagram is illustrated.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, WA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, WA, USA",
classcodes = "B1270F (Digital filters); C5240 (Digital filters)",
classification = "713; 921",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "custom digital filters; Design; digital filters;
dynamic signal analysis; electric filters, digital;
fast Fourier; HP 3561A; mathematical techniques ---
Frequency Domain Analysis; mathematical transformations
--- Fast Fourier Transforms; sampled systems; signal
processing --- Digital Techniques; transform",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Eckert:1985:OSR,
author = "Achim Eckert and Wolfgang Schmid",
title = "Optical Stimulus and Receivers for Parametric Testing
in Fiber Optics",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "1",
pages = "4--7",
month = jan,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The testing of fiber optic systems designed and
produced for various applications is considered. An
optical signal source and an optical pulse power meter,
both calibrated and programmable, provide reliable
device and system testing. The parametric
characteristics of these instruments are described as
well as high precision and capabilities not previously
commercially available. Hence, thorough testing of
fiber optic components, modules, and systems can be
performed at high confidence levels. The design goals
for the instruments are also given.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Boeblingen Instruments Div,
Boeblingen, West Ger",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Boeblingen Instruments Div,
Boeblingen, West Ger",
classcodes = "A0670H (Display, recording, and indicating
instruments); A4278F (Performance and testing of
optical systems); A4281 (Fibre optics and fibre
waveguides); A4285F (Optical testing techniques); B4125
(Fibre optics); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7320P (Optical variables measurement)",
classification = "741; 941",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "8151A Optical Pulse Power Meter; Calibration;
computerised instrumentation; design verification;
fiber optic systems; fiber optics --- Testing; fibre
optics; HP; HP 8150A Optical Signal Source; optical
instruments; optical pulse power meter; optical signal
source; optical stimulus; optical testing; optical
variables measurement; parametric testing; test
equipment",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Schmid:1985:PPO,
author = "Wolfgang Schmid and Bernhard Flade and Klaus Hoeing
and Rainer Eggert",
title = "A precise, programmable 850-nm optical signal source",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "1",
pages = "7--18",
month = jan,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 8150A optical signal source is described. It is
a general-purpose stimulus source for various kinds of
fiber optic measurements. It produces optical power
over a range of 1 nW to 2 mW, a dynamic range of 63 db.
Hence one can measure from the sensitivity limits of
optical receivers at very low light powers up to their
saturation limits at high powers. This optical power
output can be modulated by electrical signals in a
broad frequency range of dc to 250 MHz, allowing
real-time measurements of fast components. Other
performance highlights are presented, operating
concepts are indicated and various components are
illustrated. The electrical-to-optical transducer,
laser gain control, attenuator control, optical bench
and laser protection and safety circuits are described
in detail.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, West Ger",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, West Ger",
classcodes = "A4272 (Optical sources and standards); A4278F
(Performance and testing of optical systems); A4281
(Fibre optics and fibre waveguides); A4285F (Optical
testing techniques); B4125 (Fibre optics); B4320M
(Laser accessories and instrumentation); B7250E (Signal
generators); B7320P (Optical variables measurement)",
classification = "741; 744; 941",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "applications; attenuator control; calibrated optical;
computerised instrumentation; fiber optics ---
Measurements; fibre optic measurement; fibre optic
measurements; fibre optics; general-purpose stimulus
source; HP 8150A Optical; infrared laser diode;
internal modulation generator; laser beam; laser diode
emission control; laser protection and safety; lasers,
semiconductor --- Control; light sources; optical
communication; optical instruments; optical signal
source; Performance; programmable 850-nm optical signal
source; Signal Source; signals; testing optical cables;
testing optical connectors; transducers ---
Applications",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Berkel:1985:VPO,
author = "Werner Berkel and Hans Huning and Volker Eberle and
Josef Becker and Bernd Maisenbacher and Wilfried Pless
and Michael Goder",
title = "A versatile, programmable optical pulse power meter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "1",
pages = "18--27",
month = jan,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 8151A optical pulse power meter is a
general-purpose fully programmable optical response
measuring instrument suitable for the wavelength range
of 550 to 950 nm or 950 to 1750 nm depending on the
optical head used. It can measure the peak (high and
low levels) or the average power of optical signals.
The upper and lower levels of optical signals are
measured and displayed directly without the need to
derive such values from average power and a known duty
cycle. The ability to determine peak levels and
associated parameters such as amplitude or extinction
ratio is useful for testing digital fiber optic systems
or characterizing fiber optic components. Direct
parametric measurements of level-related data, such as
extinction ratio, threshold, or flatness, are
possible.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Boeblingen Instruments Div,
Boeblingen, West Ger",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Boeblingen Instruments Div,
Boeblingen, West Ger",
classcodes = "A0670H (Display, recording, and indicating
instruments); A4285F (Optical testing techniques);
B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7320P
(Optical variables measurement); C3120M (Optical
variables control); C3380B (Control of electronic
instruments)",
classification = "723; 741; 941",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Applications; computerised instrumentation;
electrical transducer; fiber optics --- Measurements;
fibre optics; HP 81511A; HP 8151A; instrument;
level-related data; light output; light power; optical
cable testing; optical connector testing; Optical Head;
optical instruments; optical pulse power meter; optical
signal peak levels; optical testing; optical
transmitters; optical variables measurement;
optical-to-; parametric measurements; programmable
optical pulse power meter; programmable optical
response measuring",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Fleischer-Reumann:1985:ORN,
author = "Michael Fleischer-Reumann and Emmerich Mueller and
Gerd Koffmane",
title = "An optical receiver for 550 to 950 nm",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "1",
pages = "27--29",
month = jan,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "This versatile front end expands the measurement
capabilities of electronic test equipment into the
fiber optic domain. It provides a 400-MHz bandwidth for
optical-to-electrical conversion and a 1.1-ns intrinsic
pulse transition time, and it is also suitable for
analog measurements in which a flat frequency response
is required or where the pulse shape contains the
signal information and not only its digital high and
low levels. The splitband design approach of the
optical-to-electric transducer and the high-frequency
feedback amplifier are illustrated.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, West Ger",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, West Ger",
classcodes = "A0670M (Transducers); A4278F (Performance and testing
of optical systems); A4281 (Fibre optics and fibre
waveguides); A4285F (Optical testing techniques); B4125
(Fibre optics); B7230C (Photodetectors); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3240
(Transducers and sensing devices)",
classification = "717; 741",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "calibrated conversion factor; fiber optic domain;
fiber optics --- Testing; fibre optics; HP 81519A;
measurement equipment; optical instruments --- Design;
optical receiver; Optical Receiver; optical testing;
optical-to-electrical transducer; photodetectors;
signal receivers; splitband design; stand-alone
transducer; transducers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Berkel:1985:OS,
author = "Werner Berkel and Joachim Vobis",
title = "Optical Standards",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "1",
pages = "29--30",
month = jan,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Optical standards developed by Hewlett Packard for its
optical pulse power meter and optical power source are
considered in order to measure the dc accuracy, rise
time, and bandwidth of these instruments. The standards
are used to calibrate and test the instruments for
accuracy, quality and safety and are based on
recommendations of the National Bureau of Standards in
the USA and other national standard laboratories.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Boeblingen Instruments Div,
Boeblingen, West Ger",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Boeblingen Instruments Div,
Boeblingen, West Ger",
classcodes = "A0620H (Measurement standards and calibration); A4272
(Optical sources and standards); A4278F (Performance
and testing of optical systems); A4285F (Optical
testing techniques); B7130 (Measurement standards and
calibration); B7320P (Optical variables measurement)",
classification = "741; 902; 941",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "bandwidth; dc accuracy; DC optical power meter; fibre
optics; instruments --- Calibration; measurement
standards; optical instruments; optical testing;
optical variables measurement; rise time; rise time
measurement; Standards",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Regelson:1985:HTI,
author = "Elaine C. Regelson and Roy E. Anderson",
title = "{HP} Techwriter: Illustrated Documents for Engineers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "2",
pages = "4--10 (or 4--9??)",
month = feb,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "This document editing software package for HP 9000
Series 200 Computers electronically merges text with
pictures from many HP graphics software packages. Text
and graphics appear on the screen as they will in the
printed document. It allows users to produce most
internal publication-quality documents, such as
engineering notes, product change descriptions, and
design specifications. It also allows users to take
advantage of any capabilities offered by their
printers, such as math, bold, or italic fonts. The new
features required major enhancements to the Pascal
workstation editor.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Fort Collins, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Fort Collins, CO, USA",
classcodes = "C6130 (Data handling techniques); C7106 (Word
processing); C7400 (Engineering computing)",
classification = "722; 723; 901",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "commands; Computer Applications; computer graphics;
computer peripheral equipment --- Printers; computer
programming languages --- Pascal; computer software;
computers; document editing; document support;
draft-quality pictures; engineering writing; files;
hard-copy options; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 9000
series 200; HP TechWriter; illustrated documents;
Pascal 3.0 operating system; picture files; plot;
presentation; technical; text and pictures merging;
text editing; word processing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ishak:1985:MDM,
author = "Waguih S. Ishak and Kok-Wai Chang",
title = "Magnetostatic-Wave Devices for Microwave Signal
Processing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "2",
pages = "10--20",
month = feb,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Magnetostatic waves propagating in a thin film of
ferrimagnetic material provide an attractive means for
processing signals in the 0.5-to-26.5-GHz frequency
range. In addition to their application as tunable
delay lines, couplers, and signal-to-noise enhancers,
the simple fabrication steps and the excellent
performance of magnetostatic-wave (MSW) devices make
them very competitive with other microwave device
technologies such as yttrium-iron-garnet (YIG) spheres
in such applications as filters and oscillators. This
report reviews some of the basic principles of MSW
device technology and describes the current state of
the art and some of its applications.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Sources \& Signal Processing
Group, Cupertino, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Sources \& Signal
Processing Group, Cupertino, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B3120G (Microwave magnetic devices); B3120J (Magneto-
acoustic, magnetoresistive, magnetostrictive and
magnetostatic wave devices); B3120N (Magnetic thin film
devices)",
classification = "701; 711; 714",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "delay lines; magnetic dipoles; magnetic thin film
devices; magnetostatic wave devices; magnetostatic
waves (MSW) propagation; magnetostatic-wave devices;
magnetostatics; microwave device technologies;
microwave devices; microwave signal; MSW device;
processing; signal processing --- Microwaves;
technology; thin ferrimagnetic films; tunable delay
lines; Wave Effects; YIG films",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Busch:1985:DCS,
author = "John R. Busch and Alan J. Kondoff",
title = "Disc Caching in the System Processing Units of the
{HP} 3000 Family of Computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "2",
pages = "21--39",
month = feb,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "We analyze the alternatives for exploiting processor
and memory technology trends with respect to cost,
performance, and reliability. We discuss disc caching
design alternatives including fetch, replacement, and
write handling policies. We present an overview of the
tools developed for the performance analysis of the
alternatives, and we present measurements of the system
and subsystem behavior and performance of our
implementation for the HP 3000 family.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Information Technology Group,
USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Information Technology
Group, USA",
classcodes = "C5380 (Other aspects of storage devices and
techniques); C6120 (File organisation)",
classification = "722; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "access delays; buffer storage; data processing ---
Storage; data storage units --- Performance; data
storage, magnetic; disc; disc caching; Disk; excess
main memory; fetch handling; Hewlett Packard computers;
HP 3000 family; management; performance analysis;
storage; write handling",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Malin:1985:HMM,
author = "Joseph L. Malin and Irving Bunton",
title = "{HP} Maintenance Management: a New Approach to
Software Customer Solutions",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "3",
pages = "4--10",
month = mar,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "HP Maintenance Management, an applications software
package for HP 3000 Computers, is designed to alleviate
nonmaintenance activities problems by helping
maintenance managers increase machine uptime, reduce
spare parts inventories, and increase personnel
productivity. The package represents a coming together
of creative techniques on many levels of the computer
software development process. In designing a product
for which there were no existing standards, the HP
Maintenance Management team went directly to customers
for information on how the product should work so that
the package can be customized to meet the needs of
individual customers.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
classcodes = "C7160 (Manufacturing and industrial administration)",
classification = "723; 912; 913; 914",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "administrative data processing; computer software;
computer software development process; equipment
maintenance; HP 3000; HP maintenance management;
machine uptime increase; maintenance; maintenance
engineering; Management; personnel --- Control;
personnel productivity; software; software package;
software packages; spare part inventories reduction",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Curtis:1985:DHH,
author = "Hoyle L. Curtis and Richard T. Turley",
title = "Development of a High-Performance, Half-Inch Tape
Drive",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "3",
pages = "11--12, 14--16",
month = mar,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The design of a low-cost, high-density tape drive for
backup of large amounts of on-line computer system
memory requires a sophisticated combination of
technologies and careful project planning. This new
drive's greatly improved reliability reduces
maintenance costs and downtime.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
classification = "705; 722; 913",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "1600 PE ANSI formats; 6250 GCR; data storage, magnetic
--- Tape; downtime; downtime reduction; drive; electric
drive; half-inch tape; half-inch tape drive; Hewlett;
HP7978A tape drive; magnetic tape storage; maintenance
--- Costs; maintenance costs; online computer system
memory; online computer systems; Packard; Performance;
reliability",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Gregory:1985:WRR,
author = "Wayne T. Gregory",
title = "Write and Read Recovery Systems for a Half-Inch Tape
Drive",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "3",
pages = "16--18",
month = mar,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The analog electronics systems connected to the head
assembly in the HP 7978A Magnetic Tape Subsystem are
responsible for writing and reading data on the tape in
an error-free manner. These basic functions are
separated into the write electronics, data protection,
and read electronics.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Civil Engineering Div, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Civil Engineering Div,
USA",
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
classification = "722; 723; 901",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "7978A Magnetic Tape Subsystem; data; data processing
--- Security of Data; data protection; data storage,
analog; data storage, magnetic --- Tape; half-inch tape
drive; HP; information retrieval systems; magnetic tape
storage; protection; read electronics; write and read
recovery systems; write electronics",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Shafer:1985:DFC,
author = "Jimmy L. Shafer",
title = "Digital Formatting and Control Electronics for
Half-Inch Tape Data Storage",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "3",
pages = "19--24",
month = mar,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Read recovery and read\slash write formatting of the
nine-track data in the HP 7978A Magnetic Tape Subsystem
are fairly complex tasks. Made up of four major
assemblies, the digital formatting and control
electronics handles read formatting, write formatting,
data deskewing, clock recovery, and on-board
diagnostics. The system is designed to support both GCR
(group coded recording) and PE (phase encoding) formats
in a transparent manner. To minimize board space and
reduce cost, the functions are heavily integrated.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
classification = "722; 731",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "clock recovery; control electronics; control systems,
digital; data deskewing; data storage, magnetic ---
Tape; digital formatting; Electronic Equipment; group
coded recording; half-inch tape data; HP 7978A Magnetic
Tape; magnetic tape storage; phase encoding; read
recovery; read/write formatting; storage; Subsystem",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Dong:1985:STD,
author = "John W. Dong and David J. {Van Maren} and Robert D.
Emmerich",
title = "Streaming Tape Drive Hardware Design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "3",
pages = "25--29",
month = mar,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The mechanical and electrical hardware is introduced
for the HP 7978A Magnetic Tape Subsystem, the streaming
drive. The tape path, servo and its design, start and
stopping, tape handling and various diagnostics and
confidence tests are described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
classification = "705; 722; 732",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "68000 microprocessor; 8051; data path; data storage,
magnetic; electric drive --- Design; electrical
hardware; electronics; front-panel display; HP 7978A
Magnetic Tape Subsystem; HP-IB interface; keyboard;
magnetic tape storage; magnetic tape subsystem; master
controller; mechanical hardware; microprocessor; servo
electronics; servomechanisms --- Design; streaming tape
drive; streaming tape drive hardware design; Tape; tape
path hardware",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ruska:1985:FST,
author = "David W. Ruska and Virgil K. Russon and Bradfred Culp
and Alan J. Richards and John A. Ruf",
title = "Firmware for a Streaming Tape Drive",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "3",
pages = "29--31",
month = mar,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The control firmware for the HP 7978A Magnetic Tape
Subsystem is described that handles all interactions
with the host system and the operator and oversees the
execution of both the operational and the diagnostic
functions of this half-inch tape drive. The master
controller firmware receives the requests from the
front-panel buttons, executes them, and updates the
front-panel displays. An important responsibility of
the firmware is validating the fitness of the tape
drive's hardware. If a failure is detected, the
firmware will aid service personnel in the diagnosis of
the problem.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
classification = "705; 722; 731",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Bus; computer peripheral equipment; Control Systems;
data storage, magnetic --- Tape; diagnostic;
diagnostics; electric drive; error condition; firmware;
functions; half-inch tape drive; Hewlett--Packard
Interface; HP 7978A Magnetic Tape Subsystem; HP-IB;
IEEE 488; magnetic tape storage; master controller
firmware; operational functions; streaming; streaming
tape drive; tape drive; validation",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Becker:1985:LHR,
author = "John C. Becker and Donald A. DiTommaso and Sterling J.
Mortensen",
title = "Low-Cost, Highly Reliable Tape Backup for {Winchester}
Disc Drives",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "3",
pages = "34--35",
month = mar,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A backup peripheral for Winchester disk drives is
described. Designed for use on small to midrange
computer systems, this new quarter-inch cartridge tape
drive packs up to 67 megabytes onto a single cartridge.
To protect the user's data and minimize drive failures,
an electromechanical servo control feature is built
into the tape drive. This increases both tape and drive
motor life by providing gentle acceleration and
deceleration as the drive stops and starts.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
classification = "705; 722; 723; 732",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer peripheral equipment --- Control; correction
capability; data processing --- Security of Data; data
storage, magnetic; drives; electromechanical servo
control; error; hard discs; HP 7908; HP 7911; HP 7912;
HP 7914; magnetic; quarter-inch cartridge tape drive;
read after write capability; recording tape;
servomechanisms --- Electric Drive; Tape; tape backup;
Winchester disc; Winchester disk drive backup",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Miller:1985:TDC,
author = "Craig L. Miller and Mark L. Gembarowski",
title = "Tape\slash Disc Controller Serves Integrated
Peripherals",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "3",
pages = "37--39",
month = mar,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sat Apr 12 15:07:15 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The design goal for the controller of the HP 9144A
Tape Drive was to provide a structure permitting one or
two mass storage peripherals to operate cohesively for
on-line and backup functions. The controller functions
are segmented into two areas. The functions common to
basic mass storage controllers are lumped together onto
one controller called the host dependent controller
(HDC). Functions that are specific to the tape or disk
drive are contained on a device dependent controller
(DDC). One HDC can support one or two DDCs.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
classification = "722; 732",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "/sup 1///sub 4/-inch tape; computer peripheral
equipment --- Performance; Control; controller;
controllers; data storage units; dependent controller;
device; device dependent controller (DDC); fixed disc;
host dependent controller; host dependent controller
(HDC); HP 7946A; HP 9144A; integrated peripherals;
magnetic disc storage; magnetic tape storage; mass
storage controllers; tape drive; tape/disc controller;
tape/disk controller",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Gennetten:1985:CTD,
author = "K. Douglas Gennetten",
title = "Cartridge Tape Data Integrity Ensured at Five Levels",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "3",
pages = "39--43",
month = mar,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The new HP 9144A 1/4-inch cartridge tape drive
provides a convenient, low-cost, high-reliability
alternative to flexible disks and 1/2-inch tapes for
backing up valuable data. The remarkable data
reliability of the HP 9144A is ensured by the melding
of several important data protection techniques.
Extensive testing has proved that the typical HP
9144A's data error rate is more than ten times better
than the specified rate of less than 1 error in
10**1**0 bits. This performance is achieved through
careful attention to design margin in many areas of the
product.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "cartridge tape data integrity; cartridge tape drive;
data backup; data error rate; data processing ---
Security of Data; data protection; data reliability;
data storage, magnetic; HP 9144 /sup 1///sub 4/-inch;
magnetic tape storage; security of data; Tape;
techniques",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Auyer:1985:CHT,
author = "Walter L. Auyer and Charles H. McConica and David J.
Schmeling and Mark E. Wanger",
title = "Controlling the head\slash tape interface",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "3",
pages = "44--47",
month = mar,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "For the optimum performance of HP 9144A magnetic
storage device the head-to-media (tape) interface is
one of the most critical areas. Four major areas of the
head\slash tape interface are described: head mounting,
the head actuation system, head design, and cartridge
referencing.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Civil Engineering Div, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Civil Engineering Div,
USA",
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
classification = "722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "azimuth angle; cartridge referencing; data; data
integrity; data storage units --- Design; data storage,
magnetic; devices; head activation system; head
geometry; head mounting; head penetration; head/tape
interface controlling; HP 9144A; magnetic disc storage;
magnetic heads; magnetic storage; magnetic tapes; off-;
phase distortion; positioning system; read/write head;
recording head/tape interface; recovery; signal
amplitude; step motor; Tape; tape flying height; track
error; unit-to-unit interchangeability",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Gembarowski:1985:SMP,
author = "Mark L. Gembarowski",
title = "Software Methodology Preserves Consistency and
Creativity",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "3",
pages = "47--48",
month = mar,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The software methodology is considered to provide
designers with a consistent, common approach to
software design without limiting their creativity and
coding style. It embodies a number of design ideas like
structure charts (hierarchy charts), structured
programming, top-down design, structured walkthroughs,
and structured analysis and generates design
documentation. Four specific phases of design
methodology are considered: definition, hierarchy,
input-process-output (IPO), and coding.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
classcodes = "C6110 (Systems analysis and programming)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "codes, symbolic --- Encoding; coding style; computer
software; consistency; creativity; data storage,
magnetic --- Tape; definition; Design; design
methodology; documentation; drive; hierarchy; HP 9144A
tape; input-process-output (IPO); software design;
software engineering; software methodology",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Chapuis:1985:LCB,
author = "Jean-Louis Chapuis and Michele Prieur",
title = "A low-cost, compact, block-mode computer terminal",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "4",
pages = "4--7",
month = apr,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A design is presented that emphasizes ergonomics and
very high reliability as well as low cost and
compactness. The solution is based on hinging the CRT
tube and tilting the tube itself with respect to the
terminal housing. The external dimension constraints
imposed by HP's corporate design standardization
program (width of 325 mm) and the internal space
required by the tilting tube left little room for
electronics. Various attempts at the layout and
arrangement of the power supply and sweep printed
circuit boards were made to facilitate heat dissipation
and avoid a cooling fan, which is highly undesirable in
the office environment.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Grenoble Networks Div, Grenoble,
Fr",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Grenoble Networks Div,
Grenoble, Fr",
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
classification = "714; 722",
corpsource = "Grenoble Network Div., Hewlett--Packard, France",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "block-mode computer terminal; compact; compactness;
computer peripheral equipment; Design; electron tubes,
cathode ray --- Applications; ergonomic; ergonomic
design; ergonomics; external port; firmware design; HP
2392A terminal; hp2622a terminal; interactive
terminals; keyboard; keyboards; low cost design;
parser; programs; test",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Cauzid:1985:MDL,
author = "Michel Cauzid",
title = "Mechanical Design of a Low-Cost Terminal",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "4",
pages = "8--9",
month = apr,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The mechanical design of a new Hewlett Packard
terminal is considered that is based on an industrial
design program for computer products. This program has
the objective of giving different computer products
consistent shapes, dimensions, and colors. Consistent
dimensions allow products to be used side by side or on
top of one another. A new range of colors, paler than
those used previously, has been introduced, in tune
with a trend towards lighter colors for office
equipment and furniture. The program also emphasizes
consistent implementation of good human factors
features for display products. This includes such
things as integral display tilt and swivel mechanisms,
detached low-profile keyboard, and terminal controls on
the front panel.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Fr",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Fr",
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
classification = "722; 741",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard, Grenoble, France",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "color; computer peripheral equipment; display devices
--- Optimization; display products; display tilt;
ergonomics; HP 2392A terminal; hp2392a terminal; human
factors; integral; integral display tilt and swivel
mechanism; interactive terminals; low-profile keyboard;
office equipment; Remote Consoles; swivel mechanisms",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Simon:1985:VDH,
author = "Jean-Jacques Simon and F. Barbut and R. Brabant",
title = "{VLSI} Design in the {HP 2392A} Terminal",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "4",
pages = "9--16",
month = apr,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A CRT controller (CRTC) is introduced that is used in
a Hewlett Packard display terminal to provide all the
functions required using special VLSI circuitry. The
CRTC chip design is described and its layout is given.
Its internal random access memory (RAM), sequencer
programmable logic array (PLA), and character read only
memory (ROM) allow it to fetch ASCII codes from the
processor's RAM, store them locally for the duration of
a character row on the screen, and convert them to the
dot pattern representing the character shape. All these
functions are performed with minimum help from the
processor, since the CRTC works in a DMA (direct memory
access) mode. The CRTC also provides the
synchronization signals required to operate the CRT.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Fr",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Fr",
classcodes = "B1265Z (Other digital circuits); B2570H (Other field
effect integrated circuits); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems); C5540
(Terminals and graphic displays)",
classification = "713; 714; 722; 732",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard, Grenoble, France",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "array; cathode-ray tubes; computer peripheral
equipment --- Remote Consoles; Control; CRT controller;
CRT display controller; data storage units; direct
memory access (DMA); display terminal; electron tubes,
cathode ray; field effect integrated circuits;
function; gate; HP 2392A terminal; integrated circuits,
VLSI --- Design; interactive systems; low cost design
strategy; programmable logic array (PLA); random access
memory (RAM); read only memory (ROM); scrolling; VLSI;
VLSI design",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Dulphy:1985:FAP,
author = "Christian-Marcel Dulphy",
title = "Fully Automated Production of Display Terminal Printed
Circuit Assemblies",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "4",
pages = "16--17",
month = apr,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The fully automated production of the three printed
circuit assemblies used in the design of the HP display
terminal is described that is based on automatic
insertion of DIP (dual-in-line package), axial, and
oddly shaped components. The design effort concentrates
on standardization of components (including board
size), minimization of component count, standardization
of component hole sizes and distances between
components, and orientation and insertability
considerations.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Fr",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Fr",
classcodes = "C3355F (Control applications in assembling); C5540
(Terminals and graphic displays)",
classification = "703; 713; 722; 741; 902",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard, Grenoble, France",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "assemblies; assembling; automated production;
automatic component insertion; automatic insertion;
axial inserter; axis robot; Components; computer
peripheral equipment --- Remote Consoles; display
devices --- Components; display terminal; display
terminal printed circuit; factory automation; fully
automated production; Grenoble Personal Computer
Division; HP 2392A terminal; interactive terminals;
multimode DIP inserter; printed circuit board
designers; printed circuits; SCEMI; six-;
standardization; Universal; variable-center-distance",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Martinelli:1985:LRA,
author = "Rene Martinelli and Jean Yves Chatron",
title = "A low-cost, reliable analog video display terminal
design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "4",
pages = "18--22",
month = apr,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The electronic circuits used for the power supply and
video in the HP analog video display terminal are
introduced. The power supply is based on the principle
of the self-oscillating, nonsynchronous blocking
converter, derived from the traditional flyback
converter. Power conversion is done in two successive
steps. First, energy is stored in the power transformer
primary windings, and then the same energy is
discharged in the secondary windings. The primary
switching transistor and the secondary rectifiers are
never turned on at the same time. The block and
schematic diagrams are given, the regulation is
described, and the CRT display circuitry is
illustrated. Conducted and radiated interference
suppression schemes are also given.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Fr",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Fr",
classcodes = "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
circuits); B7260 (Display technology and systems);
B8360 (Power convertors and power supplies to
apparatus); C3210 (Control systems and
instrumentation); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
displays)",
classification = "713; 722; 741",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard, Grenoble, France",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "analog electronic circuits; analog video display
terminal; cathode-ray tube displays; computer
peripheral equipment --- Remote Consoles; conducted
interference suppression; CRT display circuitry;
Design; design goals; display devices --- Computer
Interfaces; electronic circuits, power supply; HP 2392A
terminal; HP 2392A Terminal; interactive terminals;
power; power supply; principle; radiated interference
suppression; regulation; supplies to apparatus; video
circuit; video display terminal design",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Stone:1985:IPH,
author = "Martin L. Stone and Peter L. Ma and Jeffery W. Groenke
and Todd L. Russell",
title = "An Intelligent Plotter for High-Throughput, Unattended
Operation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "4",
pages = "25--29",
month = apr,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "An eight-pen plotter is introduced that quickly
produces multiple copies of high-quality graphics
output for use in presentations and reports, automated
output of single charts for process monitoring, or use
as a central graphics server. Thanks to the automatic
cut-sheet feeder, the user no longer has to load plain
paper or transparencies by hand, and the great
inconvenience of tearing off sprocket holes or
separating plots along perforations is eliminated. The
design of the pen-lift mechanism contributes to
lengthening the life of the pen by carefully
controlling the velocity of the pen as it hits the
paper. The mechanical and electronic designs and the
unattended media handling are described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, San Diego Div, San Diego, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, San Diego Div, San Diego, CA,
USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "722; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard, Grenoble, France",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "A/B-media-size machine; automatic cut sheet feeder;
central graphics server; computer graphic equipment;
computer graphics; computer peripheral equipment;
drafting; eight-pen plotter; Graphics Plotter;
hard-copy color graphics; HP 7550A; intelligent
plotter; operation; pen plotters; plotter capabilities;
Plotters; plotters; unattended; unattended media
handling",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Herr:1985:LLP,
author = "Tammy V. Herr and Hatem E. Mostafa",
title = "Low-Mass, Low-Cost Pen-Lift Mechanism for High-Speed
Plotting",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "4",
pages = "29--30",
month = apr,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A pen-lift mechanism used in the eight-pen HP plotter
is described that was designed to minimize
manufacturing cost and the overall mass of the pen
carriage assembly while meeting performance criteria or
reducing cycle time (pen down and pen up) and providing
variable writing forces for various pen types. Its
mechanics, control and various design features are
described and the block-diagram of the pen-lift control
system is illustrated.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, San Diego Div, San Diego, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, San Diego Div, San Diego, CA,
USA",
classcodes = "C3120C (Spatial variables control); C3395 (Other
applications of control); C5550 (Printers, plotters and
other hard-copy output devices)",
classification = "601; 722; 732",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard, Grenoble, France",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer peripheral equipment --- Plotters; Control;
cycle time reduction; high-speed; HP 7550A Plotter;
mechanisms; pen carriage assembly; pen-lift control
system; pen-lift mechanism; plotters; plotting;
position control; variable writing forces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Tribolet:1985:HXS,
author = "David C. Tribolet and Kenneth A. Regas and Thomas J.
Halpenny",
title = "The {HP 7550A X-Y} servo: state-of-the-art performance
on a budget",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "4",
pages = "31--34",
month = apr,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The plotting mechanism in the HP graphic plotter uses
two rare-earth magnet dc motors, each equipped with an
optical encoder. Each motor drives one of two axes: the
paper axis (X) or the pen axis (Y). Both servo loops
are closed in the microprocessor using position and
velocity feedback that is provided by using an estimate
of the velocity derived from the encoder position
information. The servo algorithm used to draw
continuous curves is presented and several strategies
are described that are used to extract the best
possible performance from the X and Y servos at minimum
cost.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C3120C (Spatial variables control); C3395 (Other
applications of control); C5550 (Printers, plotters and
other hard-copy output devices)",
classification = "705; 722; 732",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Grenoble, France",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "closed loop systems; codes, symbolic --- Encoding;
Computer Applications; computer peripheral equipment
--- Plotters; computers, microprocessor ---
Applications; encoder position information; feedback;
HP 7550A graphics; HP 7550A plotting mechanism; HP
7550A X-Y servo; paper axis; pen axis; plotter;
plotters; position control; position feedback; servo
loops; servomechanisms; servomotors --- Control;
velocity feedback",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Halpenny:1985:FPS,
author = "Thomas J. Halpenny",
title = "Firmware Provides Simple and Powerful Plotter
Operation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "4",
pages = "34--36",
month = apr,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A 68000 microprocessor is selected to shift the
complexity of the HP 7550A Graphics Plotter from
electronic hardware to the microprocessor firmware. Its
instruction set allows compatibility with the HP-GL
firmware of the HP 7580 family of drafting plotters,
and provides a growth path for future plotters. The
processor is fast enough to perform the X-axis and
Y-axis servo computations every 300 microseconds, and
the pen-axis servo computation every 600 microseconds.
It has multiple interrupt capability with no additional
electronics. The system has a 300-microsecond time base
interrupt, a serial input\slash output (I/O) interrupt,
and an HP-IB I/O interrupt capability. The 68000 has a
large linear address space to simplify electronics and
firmware.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5140 (Firmware); C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
hard-copy output devices)",
classification = "722; 731",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard, Grenoble, France",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "68000; computer peripheral equipment; computer
software --- Applications; control systems --- Computer
Applications; firmware; HP 7550A Graphics Plotter; HP
7580-family of drafting plotter; HP-GL firmware; HP-IB
input/output (I/O) interrupt; microprocessor;
microprocessor firmware; Plotters; plotters",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Nielsen:1985:HTP,
author = "Niels J. Nielsen",
title = "History of {ThinkJet} printhead development",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "5",
pages = "4--10",
month = may,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A printer-plotter is introduced that uses thermal
excitation to eject droplets of ink through tiny
orifices to print text. The advantages of ink-jet
printing over the conventional thermal printing are
considered. A prototype printhead using a stainless
steel plate with seven laser-drilled orifices is
described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "722; 745",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer peripheral equipment; ink jet printers;
ink-jet printhead; Plotters; printing --- Equipment;
thermal excitation; ThinkJet printhead development",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Katen:1985:IPI,
author = "Cheryl V. Katen and Thomas R. Braun",
title = "An inexpensive, portable ink-jet printer family",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "5",
pages = "11--17, 19--20",
month = may,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Using a disposable ink cartridge and printhead, this
lowcost family of printers offers personal computer
users high-quality printing in a portable package. The
printers are characterized by the speed, reliability,
and low cost of a conventional dot-matrix printer, and
the technological advantages of quietness, better print
quality, small size, and portability. The design of a
printing mechanism is described that takes full
advantage of the ThinkJet thermal ink-jet technology
and can be manufactured inexpensively.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer peripheral equipment; computers,
microprocessor --- Components; disposable ink
cartridge; HP 2225 family; HP-IB; HP-IL; ink jet
printers; ink-jet printer; interface; personal computer
users; personal equipment; portable ink-jet printer
family; Printer Command Language; Printers; printhead;
RS-232-C/V.24; standard parallel 8-bit printer;
ThinkJet family",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Allen:1985:THT,
author = "Ross R. Allen and John D. Meyer and William R.
Knight",
title = "Thermodynamics and Hydrodynamics of Thermal Ink Jets",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "5",
pages = "21--27",
month = may,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The Hewlett--Packard's ink-jet technology is presented
that is based on the formation, growth, and collapse of
a microscopic bubble of vaporized ink. This compact
energy source can be placed in the ideal location for a
drop-on-demand ink jet-right at the nozzle. This allows
the design of a compact, disposable, multinozzle
printhead that is very energy-efficient and can be used
in portable and battery-powered printers.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "641; 745; 804",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "bladder; capillary; compact energy source; computer
peripheral equipment --- Printers; drop-on-demand
ink-jet; Hewlett-; hydrodynamics; ink; ink filter; ink
jet printers; microscopic bubble; molded plastic case;
multi nozzle printhead; Packard's ThinkJet technology;
printing --- Computer Applications; thermal ink jets;
Thermodynamic Properties; thermodynamics; vaporized",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bhaskar:1985:DTS,
author = "Eldurkar V. Bhaskar and J. Stephen Aden",
title = "Development of the thin-film structure for the
{ThinkJet} printhead",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "5",
pages = "27--31, 33",
month = may,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The printhead resistor structure for thermally
exciting the ink ejection is fabricated on a glass
substrate using standard IC processing techniques. A
dielectric material such as sputtered silicon dioxide
is deposited first on the glass substrate as a barrier
film to prevent leaching of impurities from the glass
into the resistor and conductor films. The resistor
film is tantalum-aluminum and is magnetron sputter
deposited. Aluminum doped with a small percentage of
copper is deposited next by magnetron sputtering to
form the conductor film. The resistor-conductor films
are photolithographically patterned to form a single
column of 12 resistors connected by a common conductor
on one end and terminated by 12 individual pads
(terminals) on their other ends. The resistors are
covered with ink-resistant passivation films. A
polyimide coating further protects the passivation and
the underlying thin films from degradation by the ink.
To improve contact reliability, the aluminum pads are
coated with nickel and gold films. The selection of
material, the process characterization and the
thin-film passivation enhancement are described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "408; 745",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer peripheral equipment --- Printers; deposition
process; glass substrate; Hewlett--Packard ThinkJet
printhead; ink jet printers; microscopic nozzles;
plastic body; printing --- Components; structural
design; thin film devices; Thin Films; thin-film
passivation; thin-film structure; think-jet printhead;
ThinkJet printer; ThinkJet printhead; vapor bubble",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Siewell:1985:TOP,
author = "Gary L. Siewell and William R. Boucher and Paul H.
McClelland",
title = "The {ThinkJet} orifice plate: a part with many
functions",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "5",
pages = "33--37",
month = may,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The orifice plate of the ThinkJet printhead is
described and the electroforming process used in its
fabrication is outlined. Various steps of this process
are indicated, and the process control is described.
The advantages of electroforming are also discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "539; 745",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Components; computer peripheral equipment ---
Printers; drop size; drop velocity; electroforming;
Hewlett Packard ThinkJet printer; ink jet printers;
nickel electroforming step; orifice plate; printing;
thin-film resistor; ThinkJet orifice plate; ThinkJet
printhead; trajectory",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Jeppsen:1985:NFD,
author = "Bryce E. Jeppsen",
title = "A new family of dot matrix line printers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "6",
pages = "4--6",
month = jun,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Hewlett--Packard's new family of dot matrix impact
line printers not only offers several significant
advantages over similar products currently available,
but also makes substantial contributions to HP's total
system offering. Four key objectives of the development
program are considered to minimize customer costs,
significantly improve operating reliability, extend the
performance of dot matrix line printer technology, and
standardize the system and human interfaces among
members of the family.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Boise Div, Boise, ID, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Boise Div, Boise, ID, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "2563A; computer aided manufacturing --- Equipment;
computer peripheral equipment; data processing ---
Equipment; distributed manufacturing applications; dot
matrix line printers; electronic data processing;
Hewlett Packard's printers; Hewlett--Packards' printers
family; HP; HP 2565A; HP 2566A; impact printers; matrix
printers; Printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Craven:1985:DMP,
author = "John S. Craven",
title = "Dot Matrix Printbar Design and Manufacturing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "6",
pages = "6--9",
month = jun,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The ideal dot matrix printbar prints dots in precise
locations, at high speed, with high energy. It consumes
very little power. It is reliable under all operating
conditions, prints on a wide range of paper stock, and
is inexpensive. In practice, the design of a printbar
is a compromise among many of these requirements. For
example, low input energy per dot and high print energy
at the paper conflict. This article tells how these
compromises were made in the design of the printbar for
the HP 256X family of line printers to provide
excellent characteristics for print speeds from 300 to
900 lines per minute.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Avondale Div, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Avondale Div, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "722; 732",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "actuators --- Design; captured-hammer printbar system;
computer peripheral equipment; dot matrix printbar
design; HP 256X family; HP 256X family of line
printers; line printers; matrix printers; Printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Lantz:1985:SSP,
author = "Jeffrey M. Lantz and Ben B. Tyson",
title = "Shuttle system and packaging of a low-cost, high-
reliability, 300-lpm line printer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "6",
pages = "9--12",
month = jun,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "In dot matrix line printers, the printing device (the
printbar) oscillates horizontally with a frequency and
displacement determined by the throughput requirements,
the number of hammers used, and the number of dot rows
in the character cell. The printbar shuttle mechanism
is introduced that consists of two masses (the printbar
and counterweight), their mounting flexures (E-flexures
for the printbar and standard flexures for the
counterweight), and the electromechanical drive (dc
motor, crankshaft, and flexible connecting rods). The
shuttle mechanism operates at resonance with the
printbar and counterweight inertial forces cancelling
each other. While the printbar resonant system could
work without the counterweight, forces caused by the
accelerating printbar would be transmitted to the stand
or tabletop and would be unmanageable. The addition of
the counterweight, also driven at resonance but 180
degrees out of phase with the printbar, balances the
inertial forces of the printbar. A small inertial
moment is generated, however, because the centers of
mass of the printbar and counterweight are not
precisely in line.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Boise Div, Boise, ID, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Boise Div, Boise, ID, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "601; 715; 722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "2563A printer; 300-lpm line printer; character cell;
computer peripheral equipment --- Printers; Design; dot
matrix line; dot matrix line printers; dot rows;
electronics packaging; high reliability printer; HP;
low cost printer; matrix printers; mechanisms;
oscillatory shuttle mechanism; packaging; printbar;
printbar shuttle mechanism; printers; printing device;
resonant system; spring mass system",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{McIlvaine:1985:MDF,
author = "George V. McIlvaine and Stephen L. Testardi and Daniel
D. Wheeler and Peter Gysling",
title = "Mechanical Design of a Family of High-Speed Impact
Line Printers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "6",
pages = "13--14, 17--18",
month = jun,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Impact printers generally have more moving parts than
other peripheral devices, and the HP 2565A (600 lpm),
and HP 2566A (900 lpm) are no exceptions. They are also
some of the physically largest products that
Hewlett--Packard offers. The HP 2565\slash 6A Printers
move paper at high speed past a bank of 132 interleaved
hammers which are mounted on a resonant reciprocating
printbar. A towel ribbon carrying ink passes between
the paper and the styli, which are attached to the
hammers.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Boise, ID, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Boise, ID, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "602; 722; 745",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer peripheral equipment; high-speed impact line;
HP 2565A; HP 2566A; impact printers; interleaved
hammers; matrix printers; mechanical design; mechanical
drive --- Computer Applications; printers; Printers;
printing machinery --- Design; reciprocating printbar;
resonant; resonant reciprocating printbar",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Gordon:1985:CVL,
author = "Philip Gordon and Phillip R. Luque and Donald K.
Wadley",
title = "Cost-Effective, Versatile Line Printer Electronics and
Firmware",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "6",
pages = "18--23",
month = jun,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Electrical design of the HP 256X family of line
printers emphasized close coupling between the
electronics and the firmware to meet the cost,
flexibility, and performance objectives. The digital
control electronics consists of the I/O, control
processor, and dot generation logic (DLG) sections.
Data pass through the I/O system, are formatted by the
control processor and finally converted to properly
sequenced dots for the print mechanism by the DGL.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Boise Div, Boise, ID, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Boise Div, Boise, ID, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "715; 722; 731",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "8088; bus interfacing support; computer peripheral
equipment; control electronics; control processor;
control systems, digital; digital; dot generation; dot
generation logic (DGL); electronic equipment ---
Design; electronics; firmware; firmware ROM;
flexibility; HP 256X family line printers; I/O system;
interrupt control; line printer; logic; matrix
printers; microprocessor; performance objectives;
Printers; RAM; timing; Z80A",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Covelli:1985:PCL,
author = "Ernest F. Covelli and Von L. Hansen and David L.
Price",
title = "Printer Command Language Provides Feature Set Standard
for {HP} Printers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "6",
pages = "23--25",
month = jun,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Printer command language (PCL) was developed to bring
all HP printers under a common feature and control
structure. The major objectives of PCL are to
standardize printer features and to standardize how
features are accessed and implemented. PCL is the
protocol that addresses the control of printer features
by user or system application programs. This is the
highest level of communication between the system and
printer. PCL does not address the lower level of the
system structure, such as driver control, network
communications, or I/O interfaces.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Boise Div, Boise, ID, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Boise Div, Boise, ID, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)C6140E (Other programming languages)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer networks --- Protocols; computer peripheral
equipment --- Printers; computer programming languages;
control systems; feature set standard; HP printers;
printer command language; printer command language
(PCL); printers; programming languages; protocol;
software development; Standards; system access",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bale:1985:NLS,
author = "Jonathan E. Bale and Harry E. Kellogg",
title = "Native Language Support for Computer Systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "6",
pages = "27--32",
month = jun,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The localization of a program is considered so that
each software application does not have to develop its
own way of flexibly handling language-dependent
features. The concept of native language support (NLS)
has been developed by a number of cooperating
Hewlett--Packard divisions. NLS is an internal set of
facilities, both hardware and software, that let
application programs executing on a computer system
have a natural local look to a user in any country,
including local language text and manipulation of data
according to local usage. NLS is to be distinguished
from localization, which is an external effort to make
an application written in one country perform
appropriately in another. Localization is much easier
if application programs have been written to make use
of native language support facilities.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
classification = "722; 723; 901",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "application programs; computer programming languages;
computer software; computer systems; data manipulation;
HP 3000; information science; language support;
Language Translation and Linguistics;
language-dependent features; local language text;
native; native language support (NLS); natural
languages; software localization; supervisory
programs",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Appleyard:1985:PAE,
author = "Aileen C. Appleyard and Roger W. Ruhnow and William
Grant Grovenburg and Wayne M. Angevine",
title = "A protocol analyzer for {EDP} centers and field
service",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "7",
pages = "4--11",
month = jul,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The development of computer networks has led to the
need for reliable data communications, not only between
elements of the network such as terminals and the CPU,
but also between networks --- for example, between
several computer systems and a mainframe system. Since
these systems may not be at a common site, data needs
to be transmitted from one site to another. This can be
done using either dedicated lines or data networks. For
two systems to exchange data, the data must be in a
common format for both systems, and must contain
overhead information --- for example, the address of
the unit to which the data is to be sent, what type of
data is being sent, and error checking information. It
is usual for the receiving system to transmit an
acknowledge message in response to information received
so that if some data is lost in transmission it can be
retransmitted.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Telecommunications Div,
Manitou Springs, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Telecommunications
Div, Manitou Springs, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
C5630 (Networking equipment)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "acknowledge message; automatic test equipment;
computer aided analysis --- Equipment; computer
networks; computers, microprocessor --- Data
Communication Systems; data communication equipment;
data networks; data processing; dedicated lines; EDP
centers; field; Hewlett Packard; HP 4953A protocol
analyser; network analysers; protocol analyzer;
Protocols; protocols; service",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Witt:1985:SAP,
author = "Stephen H. Witt and Roger W. Ruhnow",
title = "Simple Architecture Provides High Performance for
Protocol Analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "7",
pages = "12--13, 15--18",
month = jul,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 4953A is a general-purpose high-performance
protocol analyzer that is capable of monitoring serial
data streams at 256 kbps and simulating serial data
streams at 72 kbps. The HP 4953A is also capable of
recognizing data patterns in the data stream and
responding to these patterns with a variety of menu
functions. A primary design consideration for the HP
4953A was to perform as a real-time monitor. This means
the analyzer must process, display, and store
measurement data without falling behind the activity
occurring on the network under test. A second concern
was cost. The instrument is intended for
general-purpose use and must be affordable. A third
consideration was size and weight. The analyzer must be
portable. Therefore, a simple system architecture was
chosen, one that would be inexpensive and portable, and
would perform well.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
C5630 (Networking equipment)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "4953A; automatic test equipment; computer
architecture; computer interfaces; computer networks
--- Protocols; computers, microprocessor --- Data
Communication Equipment; data; data circuit-terminating
equipment (DCE); data communication equipment; data
processing --- Monitoring; data simulation; data
stream; data terminal equipment (DTE); Hewlett Packard;
HP; measurement data; monitoring; network analysers;
patterns; Performance; protocol analysis; protocol
analyzer; protocols; real-time monitor; serial data
streams; system architecture",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Keisling:1985:SDA,
author = "Mark D. Keisling and Dorothy J. Yackle and David B.
Karlin and Elizabeth Gates Moore",
title = "Serial Data Acquisition and Simulation for a
High-Speed Protocol Analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "7",
pages = "18--24",
month = jul,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The front end of the HP 4953A Protocol Analyzer is a
dedicated subsystem that provides the serial test
interface for the 68000 system processor. The front end
consists of four assemblies: the pod (there are several
to choose from), the data link interface (DLI), the
data link control (DLC), and the lead status display
(LEDs).",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7210G (Data acquisition systems); C5520 (Data
acquisition equipment and techniques); C5630
(Networking equipment)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "68000 system processor; automatic test equipment;
communication equipment; computer interfaces; computer
networks --- Protocols; computers, microprocessor ---
Data Communication Equipment; data; Data Acquisition;
data acquisition; data link control; data link control
(DLC); data link interface; data link interface (DLI);
data processing; data simulation; DLC; DLI; Hewlett
Packard; high-speed protocol analyzer; interface; lead
status display; lead status display (LED); LED; network
analysers; pod; protocols; serial data acquisition;
serial test",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Black:1985:LPF,
author = "Vonn L. Black and Alan Delwiche and Chris L. Odell and
Stephen B. Tursich",
title = "A low-cost, portable field service protocol analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "7",
pages = "24--29",
month = jul,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Digital data communications pervades the business and
private sectors of or our world so much that a truly
portable protocol analyzer can be an invaluable tool in
maintaining such equipment as computers, terminals,
printers, and modems. The HP 4951A Protocol Analyzer is
designed to meet the requirements for field service in
a single portable test set. With the HP 4951A, a user
can monitor data transmission, simulate network
equipment, perform bit error rate tests, and remotely
transfer data and programs. Customer support and field
service personnel of service providers and computer or
communications equipment manufacturers will find this
compact analyzer useful for datacom network
installation and maintenance.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Telecommunications Div,
Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Telecommunications
Div, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); C5630 (Networking equipment)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; bit error rate tests;
computer aided analysis; computer networks ---
Protocols; computers; computers, microprocessor ---
Data Communication Equipment; data communication
equipment; data transfer; data transmission; datacom
network installation; digital data communication;
Equipment; Hewlett Packard; HP 4951A; HP 4951A protocol
analyzer; maintenance; modems; monitoring; network
analysers; network equipment; portable field; portable
field service protocol analyzer; printers; protocols;
service protocol analyzer; simulation; terminals",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Higaki:1985:RMC,
author = "Wesley H. Higaki",
title = "Remote Monitoring and Control of Semiconductor
Processing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "7",
pages = "30--34",
month = jul,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "PC-10 is a recent addition to HP's Semiconductor
Productivity Network (SPN). This product acts as a host
computer system for processing equipment. PC-10
provides the capability to monitor and control
semiconductor processing equipment remotely. Its
greatest asset is that it provides the capability to
store and download recipes to the appropriate system at
the appropriate time. This feature alone increases
equipment versatility and can reduce processing errors
dramatically. From the PC-10 system, a user can request
equipment status, store measurement data, remotely
control equipment, store and restore calibration data,
and store and restore recipes.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, PC-10 Project, Sunnyvale, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, PC-10 Project, Sunnyvale, CA,
USA",
classcodes = "B2550 (Semiconductor device technology); C3350Z
(Control applications in other industries); C7410D
(Electronic engineering computing); C7420 (Control
engineering computing)",
classification = "714; 723; 731",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "calibration data; computerised monitoring; computers,
microprocessor --- Applications; control; electronic
engineering computing; equipment versatility; Hewlett
Packard; host computer system; host computer systems;
measurement data; Monitoring; PC-10; PC-10 system;
process computer control; process control --- Remote
Control; remote monitoring; semiconductor device
manufacture; semiconductor devices --- Processing;
semiconductor processing; semiconductor productivity
network (SPN); semiconductor technology",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Birnbaum:1985:BRH,
author = "Joel S. Birnbaum and William S. {Worley, Jr.}",
title = "Beyond {RISC}: high-precision architecture",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "8",
pages = "4--10",
month = aug,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A series of precision measurements about computational
behavior under a wide range of execution scenarios are
reported. The results of those studies led, through a
process of iterative optimization, to the specification
of an unconventional computer architecture, which
defines a unified family of scalable computers offering
significant cost\slash performance advantages over more
traditional designs. Refinements by engineers in
Hewlett Packard's product divisions followed, and
ensuing implementations of this architecture have
verified its potential over a broad range of size and
function. This paper discusses the design objectives
and some of the basic principles of the RISC
architecture, emphasizing departures from orthodoxy. It
serves as an introduction to later papers which will
present detailed treatments of the architecture,
engineering level discussions of some implementations,
and the results of performance analyses.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co",
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers); C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "722; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "architecture; computer architecture; computer
software; Design; family of scalable computers; Hewlett
Packard (HP) computer products; Hewlett Packard
computers; Hewlett--Packard Laboratories;
high-precision; microcomputer; microcomputers;
minicomputer architecture; minicomputers; RISC; RISC
architecture; scalable computers",
}
@Article{Aken:1985:DTF,
author = "Michael B. Aken and William M. Spaulding",
title = "Development of a Two-Channel Frequency Synthesizer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "8",
pages = "11--18",
month = aug,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The Hewlett--Packard's HP 3326A Two-Channel
Synthesizer, is introduced. This instrument is based on
the same fractional-N synthesis technique used in the
HP 3325A. Synthesizer\slash Function Generator, which
was introduced in 1978. The addition of a second
synthesizer and output channel, all under the control
of a common microprocessor, has resulted in a
high-performance signal source that has operational
features extending well beyond the direct combination
of two independent signal sources. The generation of
two-phase, two-tone pulse, frequency hopping and swept
signals is described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co",
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250E (Signal generators); C7410D (Electronic
engineering computing); C7410F (Communications
computing)",
classification = "715; 723; 732",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "3326A; channel mode; computerised instrumentation;
computers, microcomputer --- Applications; Control;
fractional-N synthesis; frequency hopping; frequency
synthesizers; HP; microcomputer applications;
microprocessor-controlled instrument; pulse mode; swept
signals; two-; two-channel frequency synthesizer;
two-phase mode; two-phase, two-tone pulse; two-tone
mode",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Aken:1985:ATS,
author = "Michael B. Aken",
title = "Applications of a Two-Channel Synthesizer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "8",
pages = "19--21",
month = aug,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 3326A Two-Channel Synthesizer offers the user
exceptional versatility with its combination of two
frequency synthesizers, phase calibration, synchronized
sweeping, and a frequency agile discrete sweep. The
features of the synthesizers are Multiphase Testing;
Discrete Sweep; Two-Tone Mode; Two-Phase mode. Their
applications consist of: three-phase control circuit
design and testing; sonar testing; two-tone rejection
testing; dual-tone multifrequency generation;
communications scrambling; illegal tone combination
generation; tone decoder testing; mixer testing;
intermodulation distortion; transducer testing;
two-tone jitter generation; phasemeter testing; and
phase locking.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co",
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250E (Signal generators)",
classification = "715",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Applications; communications scrambling; computerised
instrumentation; discrete sweep; dual-tone
multifrequency; frequency synthesizers; generation; HP
3326A two-channel frequency; illegal tone combination
generation; intermodulation distortion;
microprocessor-controlled instrument; mixer testing;
multiphase testing; phase calibration; phase control
circuit design; phase locking; phase-meter; sonar
testing; synchronized sweeping; synthesizer; testing;
three-; tone decoder testing; transducer testing;
two-channel synthesizer; two-phase mode; two-tone
jitter generation; two-tone mode; two-tone rejection
testing",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Bartle:1985:SFU,
author = "David A. Bartle and Katherine F. Potter",
title = "Synthesizer Firmware for User Interface and Instrument
Control",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "8",
pages = "21--24",
month = aug,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Instrument firmware (software in read-only memory)
performs three major functions in the HP 3326A
Two-Channel Synthesizer. First, it implements the user
interface presented by the front panel and the HP-IB
(IEEE 488) remote control bus. Second, it provides all
of the control algorithms and signals for the internal
circuitry. Third, it enhances the instrument's
performance with extensive self-calibration and
self-test capabilities.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co",
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250E (Signal generators); C3380B (Control of
electronic instruments); C5140 (Firmware); C7410D
(Electronic engineering computing); C7410F
(Communications computing)",
classification = "715; 723; 942",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Interfaces; computerised instrumentation;
firmware; frequency; frequency synthesizers; HP 3326A;
HP-IB; IEEE 488; instrument control; instrument
firmware; instruments --- Remote Control; interface;
microcomputer applications; remote control bus;
synthesizers; two-channel frequency synthesizer; user;
user interface; user interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Spaulding:1985:HAM,
author = "William M. Spaulding",
title = "A high-level active mixer (for {HP 3326A} frequency
synthesizer)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "8",
pages = "25--29",
month = aug,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "To provide low-band coverage, most synthesized signal
sources require the use of an output mixer to
heterodyne RF signals down to baseband. The HP 3326A
Two-Channel Synthesizer accomplishes this mixing
function with a high-level, active mixer design based
on a standard Gilbert cell configuration. Three
advantages of such a design are discussed after a
theoretical consideration is given. The mixer
implementation and performance are also considered.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Lake Stevens Instrument Div",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Lake Stevens Instrument
Div",
classcodes = "B1250 (Modulators, demodulators, discriminators and
mixers); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B7250E (Signal generators)",
classification = "713; 715",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "(circuits); computerised instrumentation;
configuration; Design; electronic circuits, mixer;
frequency synthesizers; frequency synthesizers ---
Components; Gilbert cell; gilbert cell configuration;
heterodyne; high-level active mixer; HP 3326A; HP 3326A
two-channel synthesizer; low-band coverage; mixers;
two-channel frequency synthesizer",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{White:1985:ATD,
author = "Reed I. White",
title = "Automated Test Data Collection for {IC}
Manufacturing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "8",
pages = "30--36",
month = aug,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The TC-10, Tester Collection System is described that
couples tester data to Semiconductor Productivity
Network (SPN) EA-10 global engineering data analysis
system and provides hooks for connecting to other
analysis systems. Since most IC testers are currently
based on non-HP equipment, the TC-10 development team
had to develop a spectrum of communications-related
tools to allow portions of the product to be ported to
any Central Processing Unit (CPU). This generic set of
tools is called NEXUS.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Manufacturing Production Div,
Healdsburg, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Manufacturing Production
Div, Healdsburg, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B2570
(Semiconductor integrated circuits); C7410D (Electronic
engineering computing)",
classification = "713; 714; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "10 Tester Collection System; analysis system;
automated test data collection; Automatic Testing;
automatic testing; computer aided analysis; computer
aided manufacturing; computer software --- Modular
Construction; data collection; data processing --- Data
Acquisition; EA-10 global engineering data; electronic
engineering computing; Hewlett--Packard; integrated
circuit manufacture; integrated circuit testing;
integrated circuits; NEXUS; Semiconductor Network;
semiconductor productivity network (SPN); TC-",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Holl:1985:VDL,
author = "James H. Holl and Frank E. {La Fetra, Jr.}",
title = "{VLSI} Delivers Low-Cost, Compact {HP} 3000 Computer
System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "9",
pages = "4--7",
month = sep,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "This entry-level, user-installable computer system
runs the same software as the largest HP 3000, but fits
under a table and is much quieter than a typewriter.
VLSI (very large-scale integration) is the key to the
exceptional price\slash performance of the new
computer.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
classification = "713; 714; 722",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "business; compact HP 3000 computer; computer family;
computer systems, digital --- Costs; computers,
microprocessor; Hewlett Packard; Hewlett Packard
computers; HP 3000 Computer product line; integrated
circuits, VLSI; minicomputers; office automation;
office computer; price/performance relation; Series 37;
series 37 HP 3000 microcomputer; VLSI",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Amerson:1985:SMC,
author = "Frederic C. Amerson",
title = "Simplicity in a Microcoded Computer Architecture",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "9",
pages = "7--12",
month = sep,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A simplified approach to the design of a microcoded
architecture can produce a design that is more
efficient in its use of silicon than one based on
specialized hardware functional units, without
sacrificing performance. The HP 3000 Computer, first
introduced in 1972, has had a number of different
implementations using various degrees of specialized
hardware. The most recent of these, the Series 37, is
the first HP 3000 CPU to be implemented in VLSI
technology. This article describes the design approach
used to implement the CPU chip and the efficiencies
achieved.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Data Systems Div, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Data Systems Div, USA",
classcodes = "C5130 (Microprocessor chips); C5220 (Computer
architecture)",
classification = "722; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "37; central processing unit (cpu); computer
architecture; computers, microprocessor --- Design; CPU
chip; Hewlett Packard; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
3000 Computer; HP 3000 CPU; instruction sets;
integrated circuits, VLSI; microcoded computer
architecture; microprocessor chips; Microprogramming;
microprogramming; Series; series 37 HP 3000
microcomputer; stack architecture; VLSI; VLSI
technology",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Alvarez:1985:SEW,
author = "Patria G. Alvarez and Greg L. Gilliom and John R.
Obermeyer and Paul L. Rogers and Malcolm E. Woodward",
title = "Simulation Ensures Working First-Pass {VLSI} Computer
System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "9",
pages = "13--16",
month = sep,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Two fully functional VLSI chips, each in a single pass
with no errors, are produced for the design of the HP
3000 series 37 computer system. By using a simulator
capable of logic and timing simulation, the project
team was able to detect errors before a chip was masked
or fabricated. This early error detection allowed
faster turnaround on logic design and encouraged more
effective verification.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
classcodes = "C5210B (Computer-aided logic design); C7410D
(Electronic engineering computing)",
classification = "713; 714; 721; 722; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "3000 Series 37; chip verification; Computer
Simulation; computer systems, digital --- Design;
design simulator; digital simulation; error detection;
Faster Than Light; first-pass chips; FTL; Hewlett
Packard; Hewlett Packard computers; HP; integrated
circuits, VLSI; logic CAD; logic design; logic
simulation; simulation; single-pass chips; single-pass
designs; timing; VLSI; VLSI chip designs; VLSI chips",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Parrish:1985:CWO,
author = "William M. Parrish and Eric B. Decker and Edwin G.
Wong",
title = "Creative Ways to Obtain Computer System Debug Tools",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "9",
pages = "17--22",
month = sep,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "In the HP 3000 Computer, a major diagnostic tool is
the maintenance panel or debug panel. In the HP 3000
Series 37, an off-the-shelf microcomputer is used for
the maintenance panel. For software diagnostics, the
standard HP 3000 debugging facilities are supplemented
by a virtual software debugging panel called SoftPanel,
which is implemented in microcode. The maintenance
panel requires extra hardware and is used in the
factory and optionally in the field. SoftPanel is a
built-in tool, available in any system at any time.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C5470
(Performance evaluation and testing); C6150G
(Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
systems)",
classification = "722; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer; computer maintenance; computer software ---
Automatic Testing; computer system debug tools;
computer testing; computers; debug panel; Debugging;
debugging tools; diagnostic tool; Hewlett Packard; HP
3000; HP 3000 computer system; HP 3000 Series 37;
maintenance panel; minicomputers; program debugging;
soft panel; SoftPanel; software diagnostics; virtual
software debugging",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Banta:1985:NCF,
author = "Robert H. {Banta, Jr.} and Peter H. Dorward and Steven
A. Scampini",
title = "New Cardiograph Family with {ECG} Analysis
Capability",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "9",
pages = "23--28",
month = sep,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Three new HP electro cardiographs are introduced that,
in addition to recording traditional ECG waveforms, can
perform differing levels of measurements and analysis
to aid diagnosis of heart behavior. These three are the
HP 4760A, the HP 4760AM, and the HP 4760Al. All three
provide ECG waveforms along with patient ID information
(name, sex, age, weight, etc. ) in a clear manner for
quick review by the physician.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
classcodes = "A8728 (Bioelectricity); A8730C (Electrical activity in
neurophysiological processes); A8770E (Patient
diagnostic methods and instrumentation); B7510D
(Bioelectric signals); C5260 (Digital signal
processing); C7330 (Biology and medical computing)",
classification = "461; 462; 723; 942",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "alphanumeric keyboard; biomedical engineering;
biomedical equipment; Cardiograph; computerised;
computerised monitoring; computers; crystal display;
ECG analysis; ECG waveforms; electrocardiograph (ECG);
Electrocardiography; electrocardiography; heat behavior
diagnosis; Hewlett Packard; HP 4700A PageWriter; HP
4760 cardiograph family; HP 4760A; HP 4760AI; HP
4760AM; liquid-; medical computing; Model 5600C ECG
Management System; patient ID information; signal
processing; waveform analysis --- Computer Interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Doue:1985:CEA,
author = "John C. Doue and Anthony G. Vallance",
title = "Computer-Aided {ECG} Analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "9",
pages = "29, 31--33",
month = sep,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The electrocardiography (ECG) waveforms are considered
that depict the action of the heart cycle. The
principal parts are the P, QRS, and T waveforms, which
together are called a complex. An analysis program is
discussed to locate each of the PQRST complexes
correctly and to measure the height, the width, and a
multitude of other parameters.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
classcodes = "A8728 (Bioelectricity); A8730C (Electrical activity in
neurophysiological processes); A8770E (Patient
diagnostic methods and instrumentation); B7510D
(Bioelectric signals); C7330 (Biology and medical
computing)",
classification = "461; 462; 723; 942",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "biomedical engineering --- Electrocardiography;
computer aided analysis; Computer Interfaces;
computer-aided ECG analysis; computerised pattern
recognition; computerised signal; ECG analysis; ECG
Criteria Language; ECG waveform; ECL;
electrocardiography; Hewlett Packard computers;
Hewlett--Packard; medical computing; medical knowledge
base; pattern recognition; PQRST complexes; processing;
user-definable medical criteria; waveform analysis",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Williams:1985:MPC,
author = "Tim J. Williams and Nelson A. Mills",
title = "A multitasking personal computer system for the
technical professional",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "10",
pages = "4--6",
month = oct,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The Hewlett Packard (HP) Integral Personal Computer
based on HP's version (HP-UX) of an industry standard
multitasking operating system --- the UNIX operating
system is introduced. By also creating a version of
BASIC that runs in this UNIX environment on the
Integral PC, HP provides a growth path for HP Series 80
Computer owners wanting more capability and performance
without having to sacrifice their existing software
routines and data files. The PC provides
high-performance multitasking operation, mass storage,
graphics and text output, and instrument I/O in a
compact, transportable package.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, R\&D Dep, Corvallis, OR, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, R\&D Dep, Corvallis, OR, USA",
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "722; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer evaluation; computer operating systems;
computers, microcomputer; Electronics Packaging;
Hewlett Packard; Hewlett Packard computers; HP; HP-UX;
industry standard multitasking operating system;
Integral Personal Computer; multiprocessing systems;
multitasking personal computer; multitasking personal
computer system; operating systems (computers);
portable computers; Series 80 Computer; transportable
computer; Unix; UNIX operating system",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Kepler:1985:EST,
author = "David L. Kepler and James A. Espeland",
title = "Electronics System for a Transportable Professional
Computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "10",
pages = "6--9",
month = oct,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Hewlett Packard's (HP) integral personal computer (PC)
is described. Its CPU, RAM, ROM, memory management, I/O
buffering, system timing, and keyboard interface reside
on one logic board, and all of the other peripheral
circuitry (and 14 connectors) reside on another board.
Each board is slightly smaller than a sheet of
stationery (78 square inches). The interface between
the boards contains data, address, and control signals.
Each board has its own clock circuitry for reliability
and ease of testing. An I/O board with two connectors
for optional plug-in cards, a keyboard interface board
with two connectors for HP Human Interface Link
(HP-HIL) input devices, and the power supply board are
the other printed circuit boards.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Corvallis Workstation Operation,
Corvallis, OR, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Corvallis Workstation
Operation, Corvallis, OR, USA",
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5430
(Microcomputers)",
classification = "722; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., palo Alto., CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer architecture; computer peripheral equipment;
computers; computers, microcomputer; controllers; data
storage units --- Computer Interfaces; electronics
system; Hewlett Packard; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
Integral; integral personal computer; memory
management; peripherals; Personal Computer; portable;
power supply; professional computer; system
considerations; transportable; transportable
professional computer",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Heath:1985:CGP,
author = "Dean M. Heath",
title = "Custom graphics processor unit for the {Integral PC}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "10",
pages = "10--12",
month = oct,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Hewlett Packard's (HP) Graphics Processor Unit (GPU)
is presented as a special-purpose microprocessor
designed to be used as a powerful dual CRT and
electroluminescent display controller to provide the
Integral PC a versatile, easy-to-use graphics subsystem
with a bit-mapped display. The GPU is compatible with
most commercially available CRT monitors and can
rapidly manipulate lines, rectangles, windows, alpha
characters, an automatic alpha cursor, and a sprite
(pointing device). It also features a user-configurable
screen size, monitor sync timing, multiple character
fonts and fill patterns, and a display RAM interface.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
classcodes = "B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); C5130
(Microprocessor chips)",
classification = "714; 722; 723; 741",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "bit-; CMOS integrated circuit; Computer; computer
graphic equipment; computer graphics; computers,
microcomputer; display controller; display devices;
display RAM interface; electroluminescent flat-panel
display; flat-panel display; graphics processor unit;
graphics processor unit (GPU); graphics subsystem;
Hewlett packard; Hewlett Packard computers; Integral
Personal; mapped display; microprocessor;
microprocessor chips; monitor sync; multiple character
fonts; orange; personal computer (PC); Processing;
special-purpose; timing; user-configurable screen
size",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Higgins:1985:HED,
author = "Marvin L. Higgins",
title = "High-Quality Electroluminescent Display for a Personal
Workstation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "10",
pages = "12--17",
month = oct,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A commercially developed electroluminescent display
based on thin film technology is described that was
developed by several manufacturers in cooperation with
Hewlett--Packard during the development of the Integral
Personal Computer. The display consists of three main
parts or subassemblies: the electroluminescent panel, a
driver assembly, and a control board. The
electroluminescent panel is the light-emitting device.
The driver assembly contains high-voltage switches
connected to each row and column of the panel. This
assembly receives logic control signals and
high-voltage pulses from the control board and applies
voltage to the display panel according to the desired
pattern.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
classcodes = "B7260 (Display technology and systems); C5540
(Terminals and graphic displays)",
classification = "701; 721; 722; 741",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer graphic equipment; computer peripheral
equipment --- Remote Consoles; Design; display devices;
driver assembly; electroluminescence --- Thin Films;
electroluminescent display; electroluminescent
displays; energy recovery drive; Hewlett Packard;
Hewlett Packard computers; HP Integral; logic circuits
--- Control; logic control; Personal Computer; personal
workstation; scheme",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Pearo:1985:MDI,
author = "Thomas A. Pearo",
title = "Mechanical Design of the Integral {PC}: not Just a
Desktop Computer with a Handle",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "10",
pages = "18--22",
month = oct,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The mechanical design of Hewlett--Packard's (HP)
integral Personal Computer (PC) is presented that is
based on the HP 85 Computer updating to an industry
standard processor, a state-of-the-art 80-column
ink-jet printer, a fast flexible-disk mass storage
device, and a state-of-the-art 80-column by 24-line
flat-panel display. It also retains the capability for
removable I/O modules. The concept of an upright
package selected to meet sound mechanical design goals
and make the Integral PC easy to use. Many of the
aspects of the human interface are addressed by the
Integral PC's mechanical design, beginning with a
detachable, low-profile keyboard. The high-contrast
flat-panel display is mounted in a near vertical
position (offset 5 degrees) for ease of viewing. The
printer is mounted at the top of the package for easy
access and paper handling. The whole system folds up
into a compact, rugged, easily carried unit.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "715; 722",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computers, microcomputer; Design; design; desktop
computer; device; electronics packaging; ergonomics;
flat-panel display; flexible-disc mass storage; Hewlett
Packard; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 85 Computer;
industry standard; ink-jet printer; integral PC;
Integral PC; mechanical; mechanical design; package;
portable computer; portable computers; processor;
removable I/O modules; upright",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fajardo:1985:UOS,
author = "Ray M. Fajardo and Andrew L. Rood and James R. Andreas
and Robert C. Cline",
title = "A {UNIX} operating system adapted for a technical
personal computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "10",
pages = "22--28",
month = oct,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP-UX operating system for HP's Integral Personal
Computer provides a number of very significant
challenges by eliminating the need for a hard disk and
allowing the installed flexible disk to be removed
whenever a disk access is not occurring; by eliminating
the need for complex system configuration and user
administration of the operating system; by simplifying
the human interface with the aid of a windowed
environment to make the system easier to use; and
providing a measure of real-time capability for
instrumentation control.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
classification = "722; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "access; capability; computer operating systems;
computers, microcomputer; disc; flexible disc; Hewlett
Packard; Hewlett Packard computers; HP-UX operating;
HP-UX operating system; human interface;
instrumentation control; integral personal computer;
Integral Personal Computer; operating systems
(computers); real-time; system; UNIX operating system;
user interfaces; windowed environment",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Brewster:1985:FUO,
author = "Jon A. Brewster and Karen S. Helt and James N.
Phillips",
title = "A friendly {Unix} operating system user interface",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "10",
pages = "28--29, 31--33",
month = oct,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The term user interface is used to describe all
interactions between a person and a computer. This
includes keyboard layout, display formatting, command
structures, and disk handling. The design of the user
interface for HP's Integral Personal Computer was
driven by the need to make the power of its HP-UX
operating system (HP's version of the UNIX operating
system) available to the novice. Some important
constraints were to avoid alienating sophisticated UNIX
users or previous HP personal computer users, to allow
porting of standard UNIX software, and to allow a
novice user to become more sophisticated in using the
computer as the user's familiarity with the system
grows. The user interface for the Integral PC consists
of three parts: HP Windows (window manager), PAM
(Personal Applications Manager), and the inherent user
interface of each application. The result is a visually
oriented multitasking system that allows each program
to run as if it were the only program running.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C6150J (Operating systems)",
classification = "722; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Interfaces; computer operating systems;
Hewlett Packard; Hewlett Packard computers; HP windows;
HP-UX operating system; Integral Personal Computer;
interfaces; multiprocessing systems; multitasking
system; operating systems (computers); PAM; personal
applications manager; personal applications manager
(PAM); portable computers; systems science and
cybernetics --- Man Machine Systems; UNIX operating
system; Unix operating system; user; user interface;
visually oriented multitasking system; window manager",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Opfer:1985:TMD,
author = "James E. Opfer and Bruce F. Spenner and Bangalore R.
Natarajan and Richard A. Baugh and Edward S. Murdock
and Charles C. Morehouse and David J. Bromley",
title = "Thin-Film Memory Disc Development",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "11",
pages = "4--10",
month = nov,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Developing a new recording medium for disk memories
required careful attention to the development and
characterization of materials, processes, and test
systems. The addition of platinum to the cobalt films
deposited over chromium provided the desired capability
of varying properties independently without sacrificing
the squareness of the magnetization\slash applied-field
(M-H) hysteresis loop. Proceeding in parallel with disk
process and material development was the development of
characterization equipment. It was important from the
beginning to understand the advantages and limitations
of competing methods for making thin-film disks. Plated
thin-film media from several vendors were evaluated
early in the program, and the understanding gained led
to the adoption of vacuum sputtering as the preferred
method of depositing the films. A theoretical
understanding of the recording process played an
important role in the validation of results and the
evolution of an understanding of the limits of the
recording process.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Thin-Film Dep, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Thin-Film Dep, USA",
classcodes = "B3120B (Magnetic recording); C5320C (Storage on moving
magnetic media)",
classification = "708; 722",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "addition of platinum to cobalt films; characterization
equipment; data storage, magnetic; Disk; disk recording
medium; hard discs; Hewlett Packard; magnetic materials
--- Thin Films; magnetic recording; magnetic thin
films; magnetization/applied-field (M-H) hysteresis
loop; media; memory disc development; recording
performance; storage; thin-film discs",
}
@Article{Hodges:1985:DTT,
author = "John Hodges and Keith S. Roskelley and Dennis R.
Edson",
title = "Dynamic Testing of Thin-Film Magnetic Recording
Discs",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "11",
pages = "11--21",
month = nov,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Dynamic testing of parameters is a major function
required for the development and subsequent production
of a disk memory product. The test apparatus required
for magnetic disk testing must be capable of measuring
many electrical and mechanical parameters. The operator
interface is of prime importance. Production personnel
should be provided with simple, easy-to-use equipment.
Design engineers, on the other hand, require test
apparatus that has the utmost in flexibility and
thoroughness. In either case the measurements must be
performed with excellent accuracy and repeatability.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
classcodes = "B3120B (Magnetic recording); B7210B (Automatic test
and measurement systems); C5320C (Storage on moving
magnetic media); C5380 (Other aspects of storage
devices and techniques); C7430 (Computer engineering)",
classification = "708; 714; 722; 942",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; data storage, magnetic ---
Disk; discs; dynamic testing; hard discs;
Hewlett--Packard; HP-IB; IEEE-488 bus; magnetic
devices; magnetic materials --- Thin Films; magnetic
measurements; measurement accuracy; storage media;
Testing; thin-film magnetic recording; thin-film
magnetic recording disks",
}
@Article{Drennan:1985:LSD,
author = "George A. Drennan and Robert J. Lawton and Michael B.
Jacobson",
title = "In-Line Sputtering Deposition System for Thin-Film
Disc Fabrication",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "11",
pages = "21--25",
month = nov,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sat Apr 12 15:07:49 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "In-line system (ILS) for the sputtering thin-film
deposition processing for thin-film disk fabrication is
described. Disks are fabricated in the ILS using a
combination of batch loading and continuous processing.
Several planetary carriers are held on a supporting
rack and placed into the load chamber. After the load
chamber has been evacuated, a loader mechanism places a
planetary carrier onto a robot sled. When the first
layer has been deposited, the plunger places the
planetary carrier onto a second sled for transfer to
the next deposition chamber while the first sled
returns to the load chamber for another carrier. The
maintenance and reliability of ILS are also
considered.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Disc Memory Div, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Disc Memory Div, USA",
classcodes = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B0520F
(Vapour deposition); B3120B (Magnetic recording);
C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
classification = "531; 708; 722",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "commercial manufacture; data storage, magnetic ---
Disk; hard disc manufacture; hard discs; Hewlett-;
in-line sputtering deposition system; in-line system
(ILS); magnetic materials --- Thin films; manufacture;
metals and alloys; Packard; sputter deposition;
sputtered thin-film deposition processing; Sputtering;
storage media; thin-film disc fabrication",
}
@Article{Day:1985:TDR,
author = "Clifford K. Day and C. {Girvin Harkins} and Stephan P.
Howe and Paul Poorman",
title = "Thin-Film Disc Reliability --- the Conservative
Approach",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "11",
pages = "25--31",
month = nov,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "When implementing a new disk memory technology, the
data integrity and reliability are primary performance
criteria. Hence, when Hewlett--Packard undertook the
development of thin-film disks for its new memory
products, a significant part of the program was
concerned with evaluating and improving the reliability
of the new technology. Several accelerated tests were
devised to simulate different customer environmental
stresses. These included: Wear tests that evaluate
effects caused by head takeoff and landing on the disk
surface; friction tests that evaluate start-up and
dynamic head\slash disk friction as a function of wear
and humidity; atmospheric pollutant and galvanic
corrosion tests; oxygen diffusion tests; shock and
vibration tests; and thermal stability tests (including
some that simulated a customer transporting the disk
drive in the cold trunk of a car and then using the
drive in a warm office environment)",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Disc Memory Div, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Disc Memory Div, USA",
classcodes = "B0170N (Reliability); B3120B (Magnetic recording);
C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
classification = "421; 708; 722; 913",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "accelerated test; corrosion; corrosion testing; data
integrity and reliability; data storage, magnetic ---
Disk; hard discs; Hewlett--Packard; HP thin-film disk;
life testing; magnetic materials --- Thin Films;
reliability; Testing; testing program; thin-film disc
reliability; wear; wear testing",
}
@Article{Moore:1985:MTD,
author = "Glenn E. {Moore, Jr.} and Richard S. Seymour and
Darrel R. Bloomquist",
title = "Manufacturing Thin-Film Discs",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "11",
pages = "34--35",
month = nov,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP thin-film disk provides significant performance
advantages in rigid disk drives. To realize the full
potential of the thin-film disk, however, its cost must
be minimized. The disk manufacturing process offers a
perfect vehicle for production optimization and cost
reduction, because in contrast to disk drive production
at the one extreme and IC fabrication at the other, it
combines a minimum part count with a small number of
relatively simple processes (no pattern definition, for
example). The challenges are to optimize the individual
processes within the framework of the overall
production sequence and to integrate the disk into the
disk drive in an optimum manner.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Magnetic Recording Technology Cent,
Boise ID, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Magnetic Recording Technology
Cent, Boise ID, USA",
classcodes = "B0170L (Inspection and quality control); B0170N
(Reliability)B3120B (Magnetic recording); C5320C
(Storage on moving magnetic media)",
classification = "714; 722; 911; 913",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "component cost; cost accounting; cost reduction; data
storage, magnetic --- Disk; hard discs;
Hewlett--Packard; HP thin film disk; magnetic devices,
thin film; Manufacture; manufacture; manufacturing
costs; product cost; production control ---
Optimization; quality control; reliability; storage
media; thin-film disc manufacture",
treatment = "E Economic",
}
@Article{Allyn:1985:TDM,
author = "Michael C. Allyn and Peter R. Goglia and Scott R.
Smay",
title = "Thin-Film Discs: Magnetic, Electrical, and Mechanical
Design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "11",
pages = "36--40",
month = nov,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The main parameters of magnetic and electrical design
are given. They are: peak amplitude, a requirement set
by signal\slash noise ratio; peak shift caused by
intersymbol interference; overwrite, so that a rewrite
erases a previous write; and medium noise, which causes
random transition mislocation during write.
Component-level characterization of the magnetic and
dynamic recording performance of a thin-film disk
provides fast feedback to the designer. Tests that
measure the bulk properties of the disk are typically
fast and can be implemented in a production process
after the design cycle is complete. The mechanical
properties of the disk surface are evaluated by
simulating and measuring the flying characteristics of
the recording head in response to various surface
features. Head flight simulation is done by modeling
the head as a mass-inertia system responding to
pressures generated at the air bearing surface of the
head and restrained by a spring force opposing the
pressure. A detailed map of the pressure acting on the
head air bearing surface is calculated using a
finite-difference solution to the equations of motion
of a fluid applied to thin spacings (Reynolds
equation).",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
classcodes = "B3120B (Magnetic recording); C5320C (Storage on moving
magnetic media)",
classification = "714; 722",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "characterisation; characterization; component level;
data storage, magnetic --- Disk; Design; design;
dynamic recording performance; electrical design;
electronic equipment testing; hard discs; Hewlett-;
magnetic design; magnetic devices, thin film; magnetic
heads; magnetic recording performance; magnetic thin
films; mechanical; mechanical design; Packard;
read/write head; storage media; thin-film disc",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Burns:1985:HSG,
author = "Robert E. Burns",
title = "A high-performance signal generator for {RF}
communications testing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "12",
pages = "4--6",
month = dec,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Manufacturers of communications equipment need
calibrated signals of high quality to verify that their
products are meeting stringent specifications. This
needs to be done quickly, usually under computer
control. High-reliability design, extended calibration
intervals, and fast calibration and repair maximize ATE
system uptime. Spectral purity is exceptional.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, R\&D Section, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, R\&D Section, USA",
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250E (Signal generators); C3210B (Recorders and
indicators for control systems); C3380 (Control
applications in instrumentation systems and laboratory
techniques)",
classification = "715; 716; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; automatic testing ---
Equipment; Computer Applications; computer control;
generator; Hewlett--Packard 8642A/B; high-performance
signal; HP 8642A; HP 8642B; radio equipment ---
Calibration; radio transmission --- Testing; RF
communications testing; RF signal generator; signal
generators; spectral purity",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Lassiter:1985:UII,
author = "Albert Einstein Lassiter and Charles R. Kogler",
title = "User Interface and Internal Controller for an {RF}
Signal Generator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "12",
pages = "6--10",
month = dec,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 8642A/B is introduced with a 25-character
alphanumeric display for function settings and
messages. The instrument prompts the user with what is
expected next in many cases so the operating manual
does not have to be depended upon so heavily. Messages
tell the user what is going on or what the user has
done wrong. For example, two user-defined displayable
messages can be used for any desired purpose. These
messages allow the display to be used as a test
system's large-character display for prompting the
operator, or for recording a company's capital asset
number for the instrument inside the instrument, or for
any other user-defined message.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250E (Signal generators); C3210B (Recorders and
indicators for control systems); C3380 (Control
applications in instrumentation systems and laboratory
techniques)",
classification = "715; 723; 732; 942",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "alphanumeric display; automatic test equipment;
Computer Interfaces; control systems; controller;
display devices --- Design; HP 8642A/B; HP 8642A/B
signal generator; internal; internal controller; RF
signal generator; signal generators; user interface;
user interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Wende:1985:SGS,
author = "Michael T. Wende",
title = "Signal Generator Service Features Maximize Uptime",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "12",
pages = "10--13",
month = dec,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "To maximize uptime, the HP 8642A/B Signal Generator is
designed with an emphasis on reliability and extended
calibration intervals, so that the intervals between
failures or required calibrations are expected to be
much longer than in previous generations of HP RF
signal generators. To reduce downtime when calibration
or repair does become necessary, the instrument has
extensive built-in self-tests and service features for
fault detection, fault diagnosis and isolation, and
calibration.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250E (Signal generators); C3210B (Recorders and
indicators for control systems); C3380 (Control
applications in instrumentation systems and laboratory
techniques)",
classification = "715; 723; 942",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; automatic testing; built-in
self-; calibrations; fault detection; fault diagnosis;
HP 8642A/B; HP 8642A/B signal generator; HP RF signal
generator; instruments --- Calibration; isolation;
Modular Construction; service features; signal
generators; tests",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Jewell:1985:IMS,
author = "Michael B. Jewell and Mark W. Johnson",
title = "Internally Modular Signal Generator Mechanical
Design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "12",
pages = "14--18",
month = dec,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "One of the principal goals for the mechanical design
of the HP 8642A/B Signal Generator was to provide
effective shielding to ensure high performance without
sacrificing serviceability or ease of manufacture. The
design that realizes these goals divides the circuitry
into functional blocks or modules. These modules are
treated as small, complete instruments that have
well-defined input and output specifications, require
minimum external inputs (power, digital control, and RF
signals), and can be completely built and tested before
final assembly, which then requires a minimum of
testing and adjustments for the assembled instruments
to meet specifications.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators)",
classification = "601; 715; 942",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "8642A/B signal generator; HP; HP 8642A/B signal
generator; instruments --- Electric Shielding;
internally modular signal generator; mechanical design;
Modular Construction; modules; product design; RF
connectors; shielding; signal generators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Collison:1985:WFR,
author = "Robert R. Collison and James B. Summers and Marvin W.
Wagner and Bryan D. Ratliff",
title = "Wide-Frequency-Range Signal Generator Output Section
Design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "12",
pages = "18--24",
month = dec,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Two output sections are used in the HP 8642A/B Signal
Generator to cover the 0.1-to-1057.5-MHz frequency
range. In the HP 8642B, a doubler output section is
added to cover the 1057.5-MHz-to-2115-MHz frequency
range. Block diagrams of the two output sections ---
the UHF output section and the heterodyne output
section and of the doubler, attenuator, and reverse
power protection section are presented. Both the UHF
and the doubler output sections contain
power-amplifier\slash peak-detector microcircuits and
ALC loops. While similar in some respects, these
elements are not the same in the two sections and are
discussed separately.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); C3210B (Recorders and
indicators for control systems)",
classification = "713; 715",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "ALC loops; amplifiers, power type; circuits; Design;
design; doubler output section; electronic circuits,
frequency multiplying; heterodyne output section; HP
8642A/B signal generator; output section; peak detector
microcircuits; power amplifier; signal generators; UHF;
UHF output section; wide-frequency-range;
wide-frequency-range signal generator",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Faulkner:1985:SGF,
author = "Thomas R. Faulkner and Earl C. Herleikson and Ronald
J. Mayer and Brian M. Miller and Mark A. Niemann",
title = "Signal Generator Frequency Synthesizer Design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "12",
pages = "24--31",
month = dec,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The frequency synthesizer of the HP 8642A/B Signal
Generator is designed to minimize the phase noise,
spurious response, and switching speed of the
instrument, while optimizing its angle modulation
capabilities. This design challenge was met by dividing
the frequency synthesis process into component
phase-locked loops, which were then individually
optimized for their specific function. The six
component phase-locked loops are the time base, the FM
loop, the SAWR (surface-acoustic-wave-resonator) loop,
the reference loop, the IF loop, and the sum loop. A
general block diagram of the frequency synthesizer,
shows the loops' interrelationships.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Spokane, Div, WA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Spokane, Div, WA, USA",
classcodes = "B6450F (Sound synthesisers); B7250E (Signal
generators)",
classification = "713; 715",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "acoustic surface wave devices; angle modulation
capabilities; component phase-locked; Design; frequency
synthesizers; HP 8642A/B; HP 8642A/B signal generator;
if loop; loops; phase locked loops; phase noise;
reference loop; signal generator; signal generator
frequency synthesizer design; signal generators; speed;
spurious response; sum loop; switching; time base",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Tong:1985:AMS,
author = "Gary L. Tong",
title = "Audio Modulation Section for an {RF} Signal
Generator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "12",
pages = "31--35",
month = dec,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 8642A/B Signal Generator can produce AM, FM,
PM, and pulse modulation. Its modulation capabilities
are intended to satisfy as many standard applications
as possible, but their performance and versatility
allow the user to generate a wide variety of signals to
satisfy nonstandard and laboratory needs. HP 8642A/B
modulation capabilities include an internal,
low-distortion, variable-modulation oscillator that
covers 10 Hz to 100 kHz. The signal from this
oscillator can be used either internally for AM or FM
(may be simultaneous, if desired) or externally as a
low-frequency source. It can also be used internally
and externally simultaneously. Having an internal
modulation source eliminates the need for an additional
modulation source for many applications, thus saving
space and money. As an external source, the modulation
oscillator offers adjustable frequency and amplitude,
providing the user with a flexible low-frequency source
for a wide range of applications.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
classcodes = "B6120 (Modulation methods); B7250E (Signal
generators)",
classification = "715; 716; 751",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "AM; amplitude modulation; audio modulation; audio
modulation section; FM; frequency modulation; HP
8642A/B; HP 8642A/B signal generator; laboratory needs;
modulation; modulation oscillator; oscillators;
performance; phase; PM; pulse modulation; RF signal
generator; signal generator; signal generators; signal
generators --- Components; variable-modulation
oscillator",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Coutant:1986:CNG,
author = "Deborah S. Coutant and Carol L. Hammond and Jon W.
Kelley",
title = "Compilers for the New Generation of {Hewlett--Packard}
Computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "1",
pages = "4--18",
month = jan,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Compilers are particularly important to the
reduced-complexity, high-precision architecture
currently being developed at Hewlett--Packard in the
program that has been code-named Spectrum. The Spectrum
program is implementing an REFS [sic] that is similar
in philosophy to the class of architectures called RISC
(reduced instruction set computers). This paper
describes the compiling system design and shows how it
addresses the specific requirements of the new
architecture. First, the impact of high-level language
issues on the early architectural design decisions is
described. Next, the low-level structure of the
compiling system is explained, with particular emphasis
on areas that have received special attention for this
architecture: program analysis, code generation, and
optimization. The paper closes with a discussion of
RISC-related issues and how they have been addressed in
this compiling system.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Information Networks Div, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Information Networks Div,
USA",
classcodes = "C6150C (Compilers, interpreters and other
processors)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "code generation; compilers; compiling system design;
computer architecture --- Design; computer operating
systems; computer programming languages; Hewlett
Packard computers; Hewlett--Packard computers; high
level; high-level language; high-precision
architecture; instruction sets; language issues;
optimization; program; program analysis; Program
Compilers; reduced instruction set computer (RISC);
RISCs; Spectrum",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Daniels:1986:SMP,
author = "Thomas H. Daniels and John A. Fenoglio",
title = "A stand-alone measurement plotting system ({HP
7090A})",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "1",
pages = "20--24",
month = jan,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "This compact laboratory instrument serves as an X-Y
recorder, a low-frequency waveform recorder, a digital
plotter, or a data acquisition system. The HP 7090A
Measurement Plotting System uses analog-to-digital
converters (ADCs) and digital buffers to extend the
measurement bandwidth well beyond the limits of the
mechanism. Each input channel has a 12-bit ADC capable
of a 30-kHz sample rate. Since it is necessary to have
about 10 samples\slash cycle for a good plot of the
signal this approach allows signals with bandwidths up
to 3 kHz to be recorded.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
classcodes = "B7210 (Instrumentation and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
C3210 (Control systems and instrumentation); C5520
(Data acquisition equipment and techniques); C5550
(Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "722; 723; 942; 944",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "acquisition system; complete data; computer peripheral
equipment --- Plotters; data acquisition; data
conversion, analog to digital; data processing --- Data
Acquisition; digital plotter; frequency waveform
recorder; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 7090A; HP 7090A
measurement plotting system; instruments; laboratory
recorder; low; low-frequency waveform recorder;
measurement; plotters; recorders; Recording;
stand-alone measurement plotting system; systems; X-Y
recorder",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{VanVoorhis:1986:DCM,
author = "Steven T. {Van Voorhis}",
title = "Digital Control of Measurement Graphics",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "1",
pages = "24--26",
month = jan,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A low-cost servo is presented that is capable of
producing quality hard-copy graphics output, both in
real-time directly from the analog inputs and while
plotting vectors either from the instrument's internal
data buffer or received over the HP-IB (IEEE 488)
interface. The mechanical requirements of the design
were met by adopting the mechanics of the earlier HP
7475A Plotter. This approach had the significant
advantage of a lower-cost solution than could have been
achieved with a new design. What remained then was to
design the electronics and firmware for reference
generation and control of the plant (dc servo motor and
mechanical load).",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Design Graphics Section, San Diego,
CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Design Graphics Section, San
Diego, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C3260B (Electric actuators and final control
equipment); C3380B (Control of electronic instruments);
C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "705; 722; 731; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Interfaces; computer peripheral equipment ---
Plotters; control systems, digital; data buffer; DC;
digital control; hard-copy graphics output; hardcopy
graphics output; HP 7090A measurement plotting system;
HP 7090A Measurement Plotting System; HP 7475A Plotter;
HP-IB interface; IEEE 488 interface; instruments,
digital; low-cost servo; measurement graphics;
mechanical load; plotters; servo motor;
servomechanisms; servomotors",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bockman:1986:MGS,
author = "Francis E. Bockman and Emil Maghakian",
title = "Measurement Graphics Software",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "1",
pages = "27--32",
month = jan,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "HP 17090A MGS is a software package written for the HP
7090A Measurement Plotting System that runs on HP's
Series 200 Computers. MGS allows the user to: set up
measurements; take measurements; store and retrieve
measurement data to and from disc files; annotate
measurements with text, axes, and simple graphics;
manipulate measured data; and provide soft and hard
copy of measured and manipulated data. MGS was written
to provide a system solution to some of the general
problems of measurement recording and data acquisition.
It is designed to be used by scientists and engineers
not wanting to write their own software. This software
package extends the capabilities of the stand-alone HP
7090A.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, San Diego Div, San Diego, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, San Diego Div, San Diego, CA,
USA",
classcodes = "C6130B (Graphics techniques)",
classification = "722; 723; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer graphics; computer peripheral equipment ---
Plotters; computer software; data acquisition;
graphical representation; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
17090A MGS; HP 7090A measurement plotting system; HP
7090A Measurement Plotting System; instruments, digital
--- Computer Interfaces; measurement data; measurement
data manipulation; measurement graphics; measurement
recording; packages; software; software package;
stand-alone HP 7090A",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Sanchez:1986:ACL,
author = "Jorge Sanchez",
title = "Analog Channel for a Low-Frequency Waveform Recorder",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "1",
pages = "32--35",
month = jan,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The analog channel of the HP 7090A Measurement
Plotting System conditions and digitizes the signals
connected to the inputs of the instrument. The analog
signals are amplified, filtered, and digitized by a
series of stages. After the signals are digitized, the
equivalent binary words are processed through a series
of calibration procedures performed by the
microprocessor to provide the full dc accuracy of the
machine. The architecture of the channel is designed
with flexibility of operation as a goal. Thus, the
microprocessor is used to set up the multiple stages
for coarse and fine gains and offsets. This allows the
execution of zeroing and calibration routines and
eliminates manual adjustments in the manufacturing
process. The analog channel has floating, guarded
inputs. Through the use of isolation and shielding,
common mode rejections of greater than 140 dB for dc
and greater than 100 dB for 60 Hz are obtained.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); C3210B (Recorders and indicators for
control systems); C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
hard-copy output devices)",
classification = "718; 723; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "analog channel; analog signals; binary words;
calibration procedures; common mode rejection ratio
(CMRR); Communication Channels; data conversion, analog
to digital; full DC accuracy; HP 7090A; HP 7090A
measurement plotting system; information theory;
instruments, digital --- Recording; low-frequency;
low-frequency waveform recorder; Measurement Plotting
System; microprocessor; plotters; recorders; signal
processing; waveform analysis; waveform analysis ---
Instruments",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Harrington:1986:UTV,
author = "Daniel B. Harrington",
title = "Usability Testing: a Valuable Tool for {PC} Design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "1",
pages = "36--40",
month = jan,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A key element in the design of a personal computer is
how easy it is for a new owner to set it up, get it
running, and do basic tasks such as printing output,
loading software, entering data, and handling files. To
evaluate these qualities, HP's Portable Computer
Division has conducted three usability tests, two on
the Integral PC (one before, one after introduction)
and one on The Portable (after introduction). A single
test program uses ten reviewers, one per day, each
performing for pay the same set of tasks on the
selected computer model. The tasks are performed in the
testing room at the division. The reviewers are
selected to meet the profile of the expected buyer of
the computer. Each reviewer's experience is videotaped,
and an observer in the test room constantly monitors
the reviewer's progress.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
classcodes = "C0310H (Equipment and software evaluation methods)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer; computer evaluation; computer software ---
Testing; computer testing; computers, microcomputer;
designer; documentation preparer; PC design; personal
computer (PC) evaluation; product; task reviewers;
Testing; usability testing; user experiences",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Gibson:1986:GAL,
author = "Scott R. Gibson",
title = "Gallium Arsenide Lowers Cost and Improves Performance
of Microwave Counters",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "2",
pages = "4--10",
month = feb,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Integration of several microwave counter components in
a single hybrid gallium arsenide (GaAs) circuit, along
with other advances, has yielded a new family of
microwave frequency counters that offer comprehensive
feature sets, high-speed data transfer, optional
low-aging-rate oscillators, extended mean time between
failures (MTBF).",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210G (Data acquisition systems); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments); B7310G
(Frequency measurement); B7310N (Microwave measurement
techniques)",
classification = "712; 713; 921",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "40 GHz; circuit; Costs; electronic circuits, counting
--- Microwaves; extended mean time between failures
(MTBF); frequency measurement; GaAs sampling
integrated; gallium arsenide; high-speed data transfer;
III-V; III-V semiconductor; integrated circuits ---
Microwaves; microwave counters; microwave detectors;
microwave frequency counters; microwave measurement;
optional low-aging-rate oscillators; performance;
semiconducting gallium arsenide; semiconductors",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Peregrino:1986:OSI,
author = "L. Peregrino",
title = "Optimum solution for {IF} bandwidth and {LO}
frequencies in a microwave counter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "2",
pages = "11--14",
month = feb,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7310G (Frequency measurement); B7310N (Microwave
measurement techniques)",
keywords = "frequency measurement; IF bandwidth; linear
programming; local oscillator frequency; low-frequency
counter; measurement; microwave; microwave counter;
microwave detectors; optimum solution; range; receiver;
receivers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Stever:1986:SSM,
author = "S. D. Stever and J. E. Mueller and T. G. Rodine and D.
W. Olsen and R. K. Tuttle",
title = "Seven-function systems multimeter offers extended
resolution and scanner capabilities",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "2",
pages = "15--23",
month = feb,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
keywords = "access; automatic test system; EC 625; extended
resolution; front-panel; HP 3457A multimeter; HP-IB;
IEEE 488; multimeters; scanner capabilities; seven
function systems multimeter; test program debugging",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Egbert:1986:ASA,
author = "J. H. Egbert and K. F. Anderson and F. W. {Woodhull,
II} and J. {Rowell, Jr.} and D. C. Bender and K. A.
Richter and J. C. Faick",
title = "Advanced scalar analyzer system improves precision and
productivity in {R} and {D} and production testing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "2",
pages = "24--39",
month = feb,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7310F (Power and energy measurement); B7310H
(Phase and gain measurement); B7310Z (Other electric
variables measurement)",
keywords = "8757A scalar network analyser; detector; display
channels; gain measurement; HP; inputs; insertion loss
measurement; loss measurement; measurement; network
analysers; power; precision; production testing;
productivity",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Cagan:1986:IHA,
author = "Martin R. Cagan",
title = "An introduction to {Hewlett--Packard}'s {AI}
workstation technology",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "3",
pages = "4--14",
month = mar,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The Hewlett--Packard AI Workstation Common Lisp
Development Environment represents the aggregate of the
major symbolic programming software development efforts
at Hewlett--Packard to solve problems using symbolic
programming techniques. This article explores the AI
Workstation by describing it from four perspectives:
the market, the technology, the environment, and the
applications.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Software Technology Lab, CA,
USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Software Technology Lab,
CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C6140D (High level
languages)",
classification = "723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "AI workstation; artificial intelligence; common lisp
development environment; Common Lisp development
environment; computer programming languages --- lisp;
computer software; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
artificial intelligence workstation research efforts;
LISP; object-oriented programming; rule-based
programming; symbolic programming software;
workstations",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Blair:1986:DTS,
author = "Steven R. Blair",
title = "A defect tracking system for the {UNIX} environment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "3",
pages = "15--18",
month = mar,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A distributed defect tracking system (DTS) simplifies
the process of reporting, collecting, and summarizing
software defect data. It provides utilities for
submitting, receiving, resolving, and archiving defect
reports, and for generating detailed and summary report
listings. DTS solves these problems in a way that is
easy to learn and use. This paper presents the DTS
solution first from the project management perspective
and then in terms of user interaction. It describes the
system's operational environment and shows the current
status of DTS use at HP. Several graphical examples of
summarized DTS data are given.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corporate Engineering, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corporate Engineering, CA,
USA",
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support)",
classification = "723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer operating systems; computer software;
computers; data; defect tracking system; defect
tracking systems (DTS); development; Digital Equipment
Corporation VAX; DTS; effective defect tracking and
analysis tools; HP 9000; Management; metrics collection
needs; operating systems (computers); operational
environment; prerelease software; project management
perspective; software defect; software defects data;
software reliability; software tools; UNIX environment;
user interaction",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Burroughs:1986:TOO,
author = "Gregory D. Burroughs",
title = "A toolset for object-oriented programming in {C}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "3",
pages = "19--23",
month = mar,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sat Apr 12 15:08:09 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Object-oriented programming seeks to encapsulate
entities in a program into objects, methods, and
messages. It is useful for writing highly dynamic
software that is well-structured and easily
maintainable. This paper presents a set of tools that
support object-with-methods data structuring.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support)",
classification = "723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "C language; C listings; C programming languages;
computer programming --- Algorithms; computer
programming languages; computer software; data; data
processing; Data Structures; dynamic software;
entities; messages; methods; object-oriented
programming; object-with-methods data structuring;
objects; software tools; structuring; tool set",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fuget:1986:TAS,
author = "Craig D. Fuget and Barbara J. Scott",
title = "Tools for Automating Software Test Package Execution",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "3",
pages = "24--28",
month = mar,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Two software testing tools in use at HP's Data Systems
Division are the Virtual Terminal and the Scaffold Test
Package Automation Tool and Test Package Standard.
Developed by one HP Division and now used by others,
these two tools reduce the time it takes to develop
test packages and make it easy to reuse test packages
in regression testing.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support)",
classification = "723; 902",
corpsource = "Hewlett-Packerd Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Automatic Testing; automatic testing; computer
software; host; HP 1000 computers; interactive testing;
keyboard input; Scaffold; scaffold test package
automation tool; software test package execution;
software tools; system; test package; Test Package
Automation Tool and Test Package Standard; test package
standard; virtual terminal; Virtual Terminal",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ward:1986:UQM,
author = "William T. Ward",
title = "Using Quality Metrics for Critical Application
Software",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "3",
pages = "28--31",
month = mar,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Software metrics have been used to evaluate the
quality of a computer-based medical device produced by
a large-scale software development project. This
article discusses the generation of several software
quality metrics from data collected during the system
integration stage of the patient monitor software
development cycle. The evaluation of these metrics has
provided the quantified estimates of software quality
required for product release into a critical
application environment.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Waltham Div, MA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Waltham Div, MA, USA",
classcodes = "C6100 (Software techniques and systems)",
classification = "461; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "based medical device; biomedical engineering ---
Patient Monitoring; computer software; computer-;
critical application environment; critical application
software; development cycle; large-scale software
development; Medical Applications; patient monitor
software; project; quality assurance --- Automatic
Testing; quality metrics; software metrics; software
quality; software reliability; system integration
stage",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Dea:1986:PSG,
author = "Robert W. Dea and Vincent J. D'Angelo",
title = "{P-Pods}: a Software Graphical Design Tool",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "3",
pages = "32--35",
month = mar,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Pictorial Procedure Oriented Design System (P-PODS) is
an interactive graphical software design and
documentation tool. Available for internal
Hewlett--Packard users only, its target users are
software R\&D engineers. As a design tool, P-PODS is
used during the design phase of a project to replace
the pseudocoding or flowcharting of detailed logic
structure that would normally be done. The resulting
diagrams supplement information available in the
finished code. As a documentation tool, P-PODS is used
to document existing code.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support); C6130B (Graphics
techniques)",
classification = "723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer aided design; computer graphics; computer
graphics --- Interactive; computer systems programming
--- Documentation; Design System; diagrams supplement
information; documentation tool; interactive graphical
software design and; Pictorial Procedure Oriented;
pictorial procedure oriented design system (p-pods);
software graphical design tool; software tools",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bugarin:1986:TST,
author = "John R. Bugarin",
title = "Triggers: a Software Testing Tool",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "3",
pages = "35--36",
month = mar,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sat Apr 12 15:08:23 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Triggers is a software testing method to increase the
productivity (efficiency and effectiveness) of testing.
It allows the tester to force the execution of specific
paths in the software by setting specific boundary
conditions. The implementation of Triggers consists of
the data base (with insertion and deletion operations)
of records consisting of the two keys (module name and
trigger number), the reference count, and the escape
value. Interactive and programmatic interfaces for
inserting and deleting triggers in the data base should
be implemented. Triggers is explained through an
example using the language MODCAL.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Colorado Networks Operation, CO,
USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Colorado Networks
Operation, CO, USA",
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support)",
classification = "723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic testing --- Productivity; boundary; boundary
conditions of software; computer programming languages;
computer software; conditions; database systems ---
Computer Interfaces; interactive interfaces; MODCAL
language; program testing; programmatic interfaces;
software conditions; software tester; software testing
tool; software tools; Testing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Thompson:1986:HCL,
author = "Bruce A. Thompson and David J. Ellis",
title = "Hierarchy Chart Language Aids Software Development",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "3",
pages = "37--42",
month = mar,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A graphics program, aimed specifically at generating
hierarchy charts, is presented that requires little
time to learn or operate. The Hierarchy Chart Language
(HCL) program is primarily a software engineering tool
used within several HP Divisions. It was developed to
facilitate the use of structured software design. HCL
grew out of the need to generate hierarchy charts
quickly and easily so the designers could concentrate
on the design rather than the representation of
software. HCL automatically places modules and routes
interconnections. This is the most time-consuming
aspect of chart generation for the engineer to do by
hand. This 100\% placement and routing is not
restrictive, however. The designer is still allowed the
flexibility to alter the appearance of the hierarchy
chart to conform to a personal style.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Greeley Div, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Greeley Div, CO, USA",
classcodes = "C6140D (High level languages)",
classification = "723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic chart generation; automatic modules
placement; computer programming languages; computer
software --- Software Engineering; development;
graphical representation; HCL; hierarchy chart;
hierarchy chart language; hierarchy chart language
(HCL); high level languages; interconnections routing;
software; software engineering; software structure;
structure software design",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Donnelly:1986:MAD,
author = "James A. Donnelly",
title = "Module Adds Data Logging Capabilities to the {HP-71B}
Computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "3",
pages = "43--46",
month = mar,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The combination of the handheld HP-71B Computer and
the HP 3421A Data Acquisition\slash Control Unit
provides a low-cost hardware configuration for many
engineering or production data acquisition
applications. A 64K-byte plug-in ROM module offers new
BASIC language keywords for control of a
battery-powered data acquisition and control unit and
nine application programs for data capture,
presentation, and transmission to host computers.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, OR, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, OR, USA",
classcodes = "B7210G (Data acquisition systems); C3210G (Data
acquisition systems for control); C5320 (Digital
storage)",
classification = "722; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "64Kbyte plug-; acquisition and control unit;
acquisition control unit; application programs; basic
language keywords; BASIC language keywords;
battery-powered data; capture; computer programming
languages --- basic; data; Data Acquisition; data
acquisition; data loggers; data logging capabilities;
data processing; data storage, digital --- Fixed; data
transmission; Hewlett Packard computers; HP-71B
computer; HP3421A data; in ROM; plug-in ROM module;
read-only storage",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Rush:1986:DAS,
author = "Kenneth Rush and Danny J. Oldfield",
title = "A data acquisition system for a {1-GHz} digitizing
oscilloscope",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "4",
pages = "4--11",
month = apr,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Alternate methods can be used to achieve high time
resolution in a digitizing oscilloscope. This article
describes a system used to realize one of these
methods, called random repetitive sampling. The system
achieves an equivalent sampling rate of 100 GHz and a
bandwidth of 1 GHz for a time resolution of 10 ps. The
HP 54100A/D Digitizing Oscilloscope is described that
makes random observations of input signal voltages and
stores these observations in memory.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210G (Data acquisition systems); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments); C3210G (Data
acquisition systems for control); C5180 (A/D and D/A
convertors)",
classification = "715; 723; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "1-GHz digitizing oscilloscope; 54100A/D; acquisition;
analogue-digital conversion; cathode-ray oscilloscopes;
clock; data; Data Acquisition; data acquisition system;
data conversion, analog to digital; data processing;
data storage, digital; HP; input signal voltages;
instruments, digital --- Sampling; oscilloscopes,
cathode ray --- Storage; random observations; random
repetitive sampling; sample; trigger interpolator",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Rush:1986:HPS,
author = "Kenneth Rush and William H. Escovitz and Arnold S.
Berger",
title = "High-performance Probe System for a {1-GHz} Digitizing
Oscilloscope",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "4",
pages = "11--19",
month = apr,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The probing system for the HP 54100A/D Digitizing
Oscilloscope is described. It consists of the following
components: The HP 54100A 1-GHz Miniature Active Probe;
The HP 54002A 50 OMEGA Input Pod; The HP 54003A 1-M
OMEGA Probe; and The HP 54300A Probe Multiplexer. All
components, their associated circuitry and the
instruments operation are illustrated and described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); C3210B (Recorders and indicators for
control systems)",
classification = "715; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "1-GHz digitizing; 1-GHz digitizing oscilloscope;
analogue-digital conversion; cathode-ray oscilloscopes;
high performance probe system; HP 54001A 1-GHz
miniature active; HP 54002A 50 Omega input pod; HP
54003A 1-M Omega; HP 54100A/D; HP 5430A probe
multiplexer; instruments, digital --- Multiplexing;
multiplexing equipment; oscilloscope; oscilloscopes,
cathode ray --- Storage; Performance; probe; probe
multiplexer; probes",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Schlater:1986:WGD,
author = "Rodney T. Schlater",
title = "Waveform Graphics for a {1-GHz} Digitizing
Oscilloscope",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "4",
pages = "20--25",
month = apr,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Special attention was paid to developing a good
graphics interface for the HP 54100A/D Digitizing
Oscilloscope. Several new methods of displaying
waveforms were developed that provide users greater
insight into their circuits. In addition, new
techniques were created for plotting waveforms on the
screen very quickly, making the HP 54100A/D very
responsive and giving it the feel of an analog
oscilloscope. The three display modes of the HP
54100A/D are variable persistence, infinite
persistence, and averaging. Variable persistence and
infinite persistence are new to digitizing
oscilloscopes. The averaging used is a continuous
average. Most digitizing oscilloscopes now use a
terminating type of average that stops when the
selected number of repetitions have been averaged.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); C3210B (Recorders and indicators for
control systems); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
displays)",
classification = "715; 921; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "1-GHz digitizing oscilloscope; averaging display mode;
cathode-ray oscilloscopes; computer graphic equipment;
graphics interface; infinite persistence display mode;
oscilloscopes, cathode ray; rise time; variable
persistence display mode; waveform analysis; waveform
graphics",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Genther:1986:HIH,
author = "Scott A. Genther and Eddie A. Evel",
title = "Hardware Implementation of a High-Performance Trigger
System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "4",
pages = "26--33",
month = apr,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The wide vertical bandwidth and precise timing
accuracy of the HP 54100A/D Digitizing Oscilloscope
require a very high-quality trigger system. Therefore,
much effort was put into the design of the basic
trigger path to achieve high performance, and a radical
departure was taken from the traditional oscilloscope
feature set to provide triggering functions more useful
to designers of digital hardware. The front end of the
system is designed for very fast response to provide
repeatable and accurate timing between input
transitions and the time base reference. At the same
time, it is structured like the front end of a logic
analyzer, where each input has its own comparator. This
allows simultaneous and sequential processing of input
signals so that sophisticated functions resembling
those found in dual-time base oscilloscopes and logic
analyzers can be provided. In addition to the
traditional single-source triggering mode, the new
architecture provides the ability to trigger on
transmissions of a parallel pattern of several inputs,
like a logic timing analyzer. The digital nature of the
instrument makes possible a holdoff function that is
much improved over the corresponding delay feature on
conventional oscilloscopes.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); C3210B (Recorders and indicators for
control systems)",
classification = "713; 715; 722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "bandwidth accuracy; cathode-ray oscilloscopes;
Computer Interfaces; electronic circuits, trigger;
hardware implementation; high-; HP 54100A/D digitizing
oscilloscope; instruments, digital; integrated
circuits, hybrid; oscilloscopes, cathode ray ---
Storage; performance trigger system; time base
accuracy; triggering functions",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Toeppen:1986:DOU,
author = "Derek E. Toeppen",
title = "{1-GHz} Digitizing Oscilloscope uses Thick-film Hybrid
Technology",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "4",
pages = "33--36",
month = apr,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Hybrid Manufacturing Technology is widely used for
high-frequency and microwave circuitry because of its
ability to provide low-parasitic connections to
devices. The HP 54100A/D Digitizing Oscilloscope uses
thick-film hybrid technology for circuitry with
bandwidths into the 3-to-4-GHz range. Seven hybrids
were designed and are in production using the new
processes: a 1-GHz preamplifier, a 3-GHz sampler, a
1-GHz probe receiver, a 300-MHz probe receiver, and
three trigger hybrids making up a 500-MHz trigger
system.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2220G (Thick film circuits); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
(Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
classification = "713; 715",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "1-GHz digitizing; 1-GHz digitizing oscilloscope;
cathode-ray oscilloscopes; connections;
controlled-impedance connections; controlled-impedance
connections between devices; digitizing oscilloscope;
diodes; high-frequency pnp transistors; HP 54100 A/D;
hybrid manufacturing technology; integrated circuits,
hybrid; low-parasitic; low-parasitic connections to
devices; oscilloscope; oscilloscopes, cathode ray ---
Components; step-recovery; thick film circuits; Thick
Films; thick-film hybrid technology",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Felps:1986:MPS,
author = "Jimmie D. Felps",
title = "A modular power supply",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "4",
pages = "37--39",
month = apr,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The power supply for the HP 54100A/D Digitizing
Oscilloscope is divided into three different modules.
The primary assembly converts the input ac voltage to a
dc voltage that is distributed to two dc-to-dc
converters: the digital power supply and the analog
power supply. These are switching mode power supplies
using pulse width modulation (PWM) techniques at a
frequency of about 70 kHz. Each power supply assembly
is a plug-in card that plugs directly into a
motherboard. The primary assembly mounts directly to
the HP 54100A/D chassis. Two three-wire cables between
the primary assembly and the digital and analog power
supplies are the only chassis wiring required.
Instrument cooling is accomplished by a single fan that
varies in speed with the ambient temperature. The fan
drive circuitry is located on the analog power supply.
Each of the three modules can be tested and serviced
individually.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
circuits); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
classification = "714; 715",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "70 kHz; cathode-ray oscilloscopes; cooling; DC-to-DC
converters; digital and analog power supplies; electric
converters; electric power supplies to apparatus; HP
54100A/D digitizing oscilloscope; Modular Construction;
modular power supply; motherboard; oscilloscopes,
cathode ray --- Electric Power Supplies; plug-in cards;
power supply circuits; pulse width modulation;
switching mode power supplies",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Pedersen:1986:PHT,
author = "Christen K. Pedersen",
title = "Program Helps Teach Digital Microwave Radio
Fundamentals",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "4",
pages = "40--46",
month = apr,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "I. Q Tutor is a computer program designed to teach the
fundamentals of digital microwave radio to people from
a wide variety of technical backgrounds. I. Q Tutor (HP
11736A) teaches fundamentals by modeling a digital
radio. Displays are used to make the program more
intuitive, and digital signal processing methods are
used to model the digital radio signals and typical
degradations like noise and multipath fades. The
student is able to observe a model communications
system and see the results of noise, fading, and
nonlinearities.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C7410F (Communications computing); C7810C
(Computer-aided instruction)",
classification = "709; 716; 723; 901; 921",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer; computer aided instruction; Computer
Applications; computing; digital microwave radio
fundamentals; educational computing; engineering
education; HP 11736A; I. Q tutor computer program; I.Q
Tutor; microwave radio fundamentals; modeling;
multipath fades; noise; program; radio systems;
sequential teaching structure; signal processing ---
Digital Techniques; telecommunication links, radio ---
Microwaves; telecommunications",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Rothschild:1986:LAI,
author = "Charles J. {Rothschild, III} and Robert C. Sismilich
and William T. Walker and A. Levine and D. J. Weller
and G. Kononenko and D. Schlesinger",
title = "Low-Cost Automated Instruments for Personal
Computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "5",
pages = "4--11 (or 4--10??)",
month = may,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "HP PC instruments is a new line of low-cost
programmable electronic instruments designed to be used
in conjunction with HP's Vectra Personal Computer and
the IBM PC\slash XT\slash AT computers. Designed for
the automated test and measurement requirements of a
wide range of technical professionals, the components
of this personal computer-based system include eight of
the most widely used electronic instruments in modular,
stackable cases.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); C5520
(Data acquisition equipment and techniques)",
classification = "723; 942; 943",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic testing; Computer Interfaces; computerised
instrumentation; computers; computers, microcomputer
--- Control; Hewlett Packard computers;
Hewlett--Packard; HP Vectra PC; IBM; IBM PC/XT/AT;
instruments; interface resources; low cost automated
instruments; low-cost automated instruments; personal;
personal computers; programmable electronic
instruments",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hughes:1986:PLF,
author = "William L. Hughes and Kent W. Luehman",
title = "{PCIB}: a low-cost, flexible instrument control
interface for personal computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "5",
pages = "11--16",
month = may,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The choice of the interface for HP's PC instruments
product line was very important in the realization of
the system objective of significantly lowering the cost
of automated applications. Selecting such an interface
requires balancing a number of conflicting objectives
such as high speed, low cost, and low power. This
article discusses the goals for the PCIB interface,
compares it with other interfaces, and describes its
theory of operation.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces)",
classification = "722; 723; 731; 942; 943",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Interfaces; computer interfaces; computers,
microcomputer --- Control; flexible instrument control;
flexible instrument control interface; HP PC
Instruments; instruments; interface; PCIB; personal
computer interface bus (PCIB); personal computers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Sismilich:1986:ICG,
author = "Robert C. Sismilich and William T. Walker",
title = "Interactive Computer Graphics for Manual Instrument
Control",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "5",
pages = "17--23, 26",
month = may,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "One of the most innovative aspects of HP's PC
Instruments family is the soft front-panel program
supplied with the HP 61060AA and HP 61061BA system
software, which provides an interactive graphics
mechanism for the user to control instruments manually.
It calls the same instrument driver module to control
the instruments. A soft front-panel application program
PANELS, EXE, provides manual instrument control of each
PC Instruments module on the PCIB (personal computer
interface bus). The soft front-panel displays look and
behave just like their familiar hardware counterparts.
Numeric inputs, control functions, and output displays
are unified and systematized from instrument to
instrument. There is a synergism between manual and
programmed instrument control with identical
user-defined names, control syntax, and error messages
in both environments.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C6130B (Graphics
techniques)",
classification = "723; 731; 741; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "61060AA; application program; computer graphics;
computer interfaces; control syntax; display devices;
error messages; GW-BASIC; HP; HP 61061BA system
software; HP PC Instrument family; instruments ---
Control; Interactive; interactive computer graphics;
interactive systems; manual instrument control; MS-DOS
command lines; PANELS.EXE; PCIB; personal computer
interface bus (PCIB); program development; soft
front-panel displays; soft front-panel program;
user-defined names",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Wolpert:1986:HCL,
author = "David L. Wolpert",
title = "{HP-IB} Command Library for {MS-DOS} Systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "5",
pages = "27--29",
month = may,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP-IB Command Library provides HP-IB (IEEE
488\slash IEC 625) instrument control capabilities for
MS-DOS computer systems. The HP 61062BA version is used
for the HP Vectra PC and the HP 14857A version is used
for the HP 150 and Touchscreen Computers. The Command
Library offers interfaces between the HP-IB and
MicroSoft Pascal and C, interpreted and compiled BASIC,
and Lattice C. Its features include a number builder
and an interface with HP's PC Instruments software.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C6150J (Operating
systems)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "BASIC; C; computer interfaces; computer operating
systems; Hewlett Packard interface bus (HP-IB); HP; HP
14857A version; HP 150; HP 61062BA version; HP-IB
command library; IEC 625; IEEE 488; instrument control
capabilities; Lattice C; MicroSoft Pascal; MS-DOS
systems; operating systems (computers); Touchscreen
Computers; Vectra PC",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Laczynski:1986:CSP,
author = "Edward Laczynski and Robert V. Miller",
title = "Case study: {PC} instruments counter versus
traditional counters",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "5",
pages = "29--32",
month = may,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 5314A was chosen because it offers excellent
price\slash performance at the low end of stand-alone,
manual applications. Similarly, the HP 5316A covers the
low end of Hewlett--Packard's system offerings. The HP
61015A Universal Counter addresses both of these areas
for personal computer users, providing clear and
convenient manual operation using PC Instruments' soft
front-panel application software as well as a
programming mode that is easy to use and learn for
system applications. The HP 61015A Universal Counter is
described in terms of its differences from and its
similarities to its traditional instrument relatives,
the HP 5314A and HP 5316A Counters.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
C3210B (Recorders and indicators for control systems);
C3380 (Control applications in instrumentation systems
and laboratory techniques)",
classification = "713; 722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "application software; Computer Interfaces;
computerised instrumentation; computers, microcomputer
--- Instruments; digital instrumentation; display
instrumentation; electronic circuits, counting; HP
5314A; HP 5316A; HP 61015A; HP 61015A universal
counter; HP PC Instruments family; multimeters; PC
instruments counter; personal computer (PC)
instruments; programming mode; Universal Counter",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Amano:1986:SAM,
author = "Jun Amano",
title = "Salicide: Advanced Metallization for Submicrometer
{VLSI} Circuits",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "5",
pages = "33--39",
month = may,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A self-aligned titanium silicide process is used to
provide lower contact and interconnect resistances in
VLSI circuits if one accounts for the effects of
impurities, dopant redistribution, phase formation, and
grain growth. Some of the important characteristics of
the advanced metallization are: low resistivity; low
contact resistivity; high-temperature stability; low
lithographic requirements; compatibility with silicon
and final metallization; above characteristics are
maintained during subsequent high-temperature
processing.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2550F (Metallisation and interconnection technology);
B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits)",
classification = "542; 701; 713; 714",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "advanced metallization; compounds; dopant
redistribution; Electric Wiring; formation; grain
growth; impurities; integrated circuit technology;
integrated circuits, VLSI; interconnect; lower contact;
lower contact and interconnect resistances;
metallisation; metallization; phase; resistances;
salicide; self aligned TiSi/sub 2/ process;
self-aligned titanium silicide process; silicon
compounds --- Metallizing; submicrometer VLSI circuits;
titanium; titanium and alloys --- Electric
Conductivity; VLSI",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Lewis:1986:ICP,
author = "Jeffrey A. Lewis and Andrew A. Berlin and Allan J.
Kuchinsky and Paul K. Yip",
title = "Integrated Circuit Procedural Language",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "6",
pages = "4--7, 9--10",
month = jun,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "ICPL is a Lisp-embedded procedural layout language for
VLSI design. Circuit design in ICPL involves writing
and working with programs that resemble procedures,
take parameters, and can use the full symbolic
programming power of Lisp. This allows circuit
designers to write high-level software that
procedurally builds ICs.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); C6140D (High
level languages); C7410D (Electronic engineering)",
classification = "713; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "circuit design; circuit layout CAD; computer
programming languages --- lisp; computer simulation
languages; ICPL; integrated circuit procedural
language; integrated circuit procedural language
(ICPL); integrated circuits, VLSI --- Computer Aided
Design; LISP; lisp-embedded procedural layout language;
Lisp-embedded procedural layout language; parameters;
procedures; specification languages; symbolic
programming; VLSI; VLSI design",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bhargava:1986:NMS,
author = "Raj K. Bhargava and Teri L. Lombardi and Alvina Y.
Nishimoto and Robert A. Passell",
title = "New Methods for Software Development: System for
Just-In-Time Manufacturing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "6",
pages = "11--18",
month = jun,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Just-in-time (JIT) manufacturing that reduces
complexity on the factory floor by using fixed
production routings and a pull system for material
handling is considered. A HP JIT software package is
introduced to offer new approaches in prototyping,
next-bench involvement, performance modeling, and
project management.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C7420
(Control engineering)",
classification = "691; 722; 723; 901; 913",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer aided manufacturing; computer software;
computers, microcomputer --- Applications; control;
engineering --- Project Management; factory floor;
fixed production routings; Hewlett Packard computers;
HP JIT; Industrial Applications; just-in-time (JIT)
manufacturing; just-in-time manufacturing;
manufacturing computer control; material handling;
materials handling; planning; production routing; pull
system; software development; software engineering",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{OConnell:1986:RDU,
author = "Raymond G. {O'Connell, Jr.}",
title = "The role of {Doppler} ultrasound in cardiac
diagnosis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "6",
pages = "20--25",
month = jun,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "in Ultrasound imaging, pulse of acoustic energy is
transmitted into the human body and the strengths of
the returning echoes from various organs and tissues
are used to form an image on a display screen. Further
information about blood flow and movement can be gained
by measuring the shifts in the frequency of the
echoes.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4385 (Acoustical measurements and instrumentation);
A8760B (Sonic and ultrasonic radiation); A8770E
(Diagnostic methods and instrumentation); B7510B
(Radiation and radioactivity applications); B7820
(Sonic and ultrasonic applications)",
classification = "461; 631; 753; 931",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "acoustic energy pulse; acoustic imaging; biomedical
engineering --- Cardiology; biomedical ultrasonics;
blood flow; blood flow and movement information; blood
movement; cardiac diagnosis; cardiology; Doppler
effect; Doppler ultrasound; echoes; flow of fluids ---
Medical Applications; frequency shifts; human body;
medicine; organs; patient diagnosis; tissues;
Ultrasonic Effects; ultrasonics --- Imaging Techniques;
ultrasound imaging; valvular stenosis",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Magnin:1986:DEH,
author = "Paul A. Magnin",
title = "{Doppler} Effect: History and Theory",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "6",
pages = "26--31",
month = jun,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The exact Doppler equation for sound is derived by
imaging a stationary source of sound of some frequency
and a listener at some distance from the source. The
use of ultrasonic waves to locate structures in the
human body is reviewed and various Doppler instruments
to measure blood flow are introduced. The evolution of
these Doppler blood flow instruments is considered, the
next step being to create a flow image by
simultaneously processing the Doppler shifts from every
point in the image and coding blood flow velocities in
color, thus providing a visual impression of the flow
at every point in the image in real time.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0165 (History of science); A4110H (Electromagnetic
waves: theory)",
classification = "461; 741; 753; 931; 943",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "blood flow measurement; Doppler effect; Doppler flow
instrument; Doppler shift; flow of fluids --- Imaging
Techniques; history; mechanical variables measurement
--- Flow; Theory; ultrasonic waves --- Medical
Applications",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Chen:1986:PIM,
author = "James Chen",
title = "Power and Intensity Measurements for Ultrasonic
{Doppler} Imaging Systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "6",
pages = "31--34",
month = jun,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "In the ultrasonic Doppler imaging system used to
obtain cardiological data by means of transducers,
there are two types of exposure parameters that must be
measured. They are the total acoustic power and the
intensity values measured at a particular point in the
acoustic field.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4385 (Acoustical measurements and instrumentation);
B6140C (Optical information and image processing);
B7810 (Sonic and ultrasonic equipment); B7820 (Sonic
and ultrasonic applications); C5260B (Computer vision
and picture processing)",
classification = "462; 751; 752",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "acoustic imaging; acoustic output measurement;
acoustic power; acoustic transducers --- Medical
Applications; acoustic variables measurement;
computerised picture processing; Doppler; Doppler
effect --- Ultrasonic Effects; Doppler imaging systems;
effect; exposure parameters; force balance; HP
procedures; hydrophones; Intensity; intensity
measurements; intensity values; power measurement;
power measurements; pressure measurement; procedures;
total; total acoustic energy; transducer; ultrasonic;
ultrasonic Doppler imaging",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Halberg:1986:EBF,
author = "Leslie I. Halberg and Karl E. Thiele",
title = "Extraction of blood flow information using
{Doppler-shifted} ultrasound",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "6",
pages = "35--40",
month = jun,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Ultrasound imaging in conjunction with detection of
Doppler frequency shifts from the transmitted
ultrasound frequency allows clinicians to measure blood
flow velocity from many vessels and hear chambers in
the human body. HP's Doppler instrument, the HP 77410A,
is inserted functionally between the scanning and
display subsystems of the HP 77020A Phased Array
Medical Ultrasound Imaging System. The HP 77410A is
made up of four state-of-the-art printed circuit cards
and a motherboard. These cards are the Doppler detector
card (DDC), the FFT (fast Fourier transform) card, the
data output card, and the processor card.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4385 (Acoustical measurements and instrumentation);
A8745H (Haemodynamics, pneumodynamics); A8760B (Sonic
and ultrasonic radiation); A8770 (Biomedical
engineering); B6140C (Optical information and image
processing); B7510B (Radiation and radioactivity
applications); B7820 (Sonic and ultrasonic
applications); C5260B (Computer vision and picture
processing); C7330 (Biology and medicine); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
classification = "461; 723; 753; 921; 931",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "acoustic imaging; biomedical; biomedical engineering;
biomedical equipment; biomedical ultrasonics; blood
flow in formation extraction; blood flow information
extraction; blood flow velocity; board; card;
clinicians; computerised; computerised picture
processing; data output; data processing --- Medical
Applications; DDC; display subsystems; Doppler; Doppler
detector card; Doppler detector card (DDC); Doppler
effect --- Applications; Doppler frequency shifts;
Doppler-shifted ultrasound; effect; fast Fourier
transform; FFT card; flow of fluids --- Ultrasonic
Applications; haemodynamics; heart chambers;
Hemodynamics; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 77020A
phased array medical; HP 77410A; human body; image
processing; instrumentation; mathematical
transformations --- Fast Fourier Transforms;
measurement; mother-; printed circuit cards; processor
card; scanning; ultrasound frequency; ultrasound
imaging system; vessels",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Karp:1986:MUI,
author = "Sydney M. Karp",
title = "Modifying an Ultrasound Imaging Scanner for {Doppler}
Measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "6",
pages = "41--44",
month = jun,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 77200B scanner is the beam forming electronics
box in the HP 77020A Phased Array Medical Ultrasound
Imaging System. To understand how beam forming is done,
the hypothetical phased array system is considered.
This system consists of n parallel channels, each with
its own transmitter and receiver. Each transmitter
outputs an ultrasound pulse of short duration into the
human body. The pulse is partially reflected by
structures in the body and these reflections are
detected by the receivers. The receivers then send the
resulting signal to a delay mechanism and a summing
junction.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4385 (Acoustical measurements and instrumentation);
B7810 (Sonic and ultrasonic equipment); B7820 (Sonic
and ultrasonic applications); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
classification = "461; 741; 753; 931",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "acoustic imaging; array medical ultrasound imaging
system; beam forming; beam forming electronics box;
biomedical equipment --- Imaging Techniques;
coefficient; computerised instrumentation; Doppler;
Doppler data; Doppler effect --- Measurements; Doppler
instrument; Doppler measurements; effect; generator;
Hewlett Packard computers; HP 77020A phased; HP 77200B;
HP 77410A; information theory --- Communication
Channels; Medical Applications; operating software;
processor; scanner; TGC functions; timer; ultrasonic
equipment; ultrasonic waves --- Reflection;
ultrasonics; ultrasound imaging scanner",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hunt:1986:DPC,
author = "Barry F. Hunt and Steven C. Leavitt and David C.
Hempstead",
title = "Digital Processing Chain for a {Doppler} Ultrasound
Subsystem",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "6",
pages = "45--48",
month = jun,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The digital portion of the Doppler processing chain in
the HP 77410A Doppler System is composed of several
large functional blocks: a fast Fourier transform (FFT)
circuit, moment calculators, digital filtering, and
waveform software. These blocks serve to complete the
transformation of the raw time-domain quadrature
samples supplied by the detector into a gray-scale
spectral frequency presentation (time on the X axis,
frequency on the Y axis, and magnitude on the Z axis),
and spectral mean, maximum, and standard deviation
waveforms. It is shown what a spectral display looks
like with Doppler information waveforms presents (in
this case, the spectral means and maximum are
displayed). The functional block diagram for the
digital signal processing of the complex time-domain
Doppler data is also illustrated",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4360 (Acoustic signal processing); A4385 (Acoustical
measurements and instrumentation); B7820 (Sonic and
ultrasonic applications)",
classification = "751; 753; 921; 931",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "acoustic imaging; acoustic signal processing;
calculators; deviation waveforms; digital filtering;
digital processing chain; Digital Techniques; domain
quadrature samples; Doppler effect; Doppler effect ---
Ultrasonic Effects; Doppler processing chain; Doppler
ultrasound subsystem; fast Fourier transform circuit;
functional blocks; gray-scale spectral frequency;
gray-scale spectral frequency presentation; HP 77410A
Doppler system; mathematical techniques --- Time Domain
Analysis; moment; presentation; raw time-; signal
filtering and prediction; signal processing;
time-domain quadrature samples; waveform analysis ---
Spectrum Analysis; waveform software",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Eaton:1986:DHP,
author = "John T. Eaton and Carl B. Lantz and Clifford B.
{Cordy, Jr.} and James W. Pearson and Michael J.
Barbour and Courtney Loomis and Ella M. Duyck",
title = "Design of {HP}'s Portable Computer Family",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "7",
pages = "4--5, 7--9, 11--13",
month = jul,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The Portable and Portable Plus Computers are compact,
lightweight, battery-powered personal computers with
built-in software and 80-character-line liquid-crystal
displays designed for use by professionals who need
portable computing capability in their work.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer hardware; computers, digital --- Design;
computers, personal; display devices --- Liquid
Crystal; HP portable computer; HP portable plus
computer; Portable",
}
@Article{Davidson:1986:IDC,
author = "Andrew W. Davidson and Harold B. Noyes",
title = "{I/O} and Data Communications in Portable Computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "7",
pages = "14--17",
month = jul,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "One of the major features of the Portable and the
Portable Plus Computers is the extensive input\slash
output capabilities that are built into each machine:
specifically, the RS-232-C/V. 24, HP-IL
(Hewlett--Packard Interface Loop), and modem
interfaces. Low power consumption and small size are
major design constraints for built-in modems and
interfaces.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer interfaces; computers, digital --- Data
Communication Equipment; computers, personal ---
Portable; HP portable computer; HP portable plus
computer; HP-IL interface; modems; RS-232-C/V. 24
interface",
}
@Article{May:1986:PAM,
author = "Robert B. May and Alesia Duncombe",
title = "Personal Applications Manager for {HP} Portable
Computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "7",
pages = "18--21",
month = jul,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The Personal Applications Manager (PAM) on the
Portable and Portable Plus Computers evolved from the
original PAM for the HP 150 Touchscreen Computer. PAM
is designed to provide a novice computer user access to
most of the features of MS-DOS without forcing the user
to learn all of its various commands. PAM provides a
file manager, which can perform several file
maintenance functions, such as formatting discs,
creating directories, and deleting, copying, and
renaming files. Using PAM, variables such as the size
of system RAM, the current font, and the printer and
data communications interfaces can be set and changed
according to the needs of the user, in a manner that is
transparent to an application program.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer interfaces; computer systems programming;
computers, personal --- Portable; file manager; HP
portable computers; personal applications manager",
}
@Article{Rowe:1986:MMP,
author = "Mark S. Rowe",
title = "Memory Management for Portable Computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "7",
pages = "21--25",
month = jul,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The Portable and Portable Plus Computers run under
MS-DOS 2.11. This operating system requires a certain
amount of contiguous read\slash write memory (RAM)
beginning at physical address 0. This memory is called
system memory and is managed by the operating system.
The operations are handled by the memory management
code on the Portable Plus. Memory management on the
Portable is similar to that of the Portable Plus, but
is less complex since it deals with a fixed amount of
RAM and has no provision for handling plug-in
application ROMS. Within the Portable Plus the memory
management code must determine the total amount of RAM
in the system, allocate a portion of the total RAM to
system memory, maintain the RAM disc including read,
write, and formatting functions, identify any plug-in
ROMs and maintain the ROM disc, and provide utility
functions to allow applications to execute out of ROM
and directly access a ROM's contents.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer operating systems; computers, personal ---
Portable; data storage, digital --- Random Access;
memory management; ROM; Storage Allocation; system
memory",
}
@Article{Adler:1986:HSL,
author = "Glenn J. Adler",
title = "Hybrid Solution for a 25-Line {LCD} Controller",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "7",
pages = "25--27",
month = jul,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Upgrading to a 25-line liquid-crystal display for the
Portable Plus required a redesign of the 16-line
controller used in the earlier HP 110 Computer, the
Portable. The designers decided to do a fast
turn-around design which leveraged the architecture of
the earlier 16-line custom controller. The objective of
the LCD controller is to regulate screen refresh while
allowing the CPU to access screen memory for character
placement. To support a full screen of graphics, it is
necessary to have more memory than the single 64K-bit
static RAM used in the Portable. Therefore, two such
RAMs are used in the Portable Plus.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer hardware; computers, personal --- Portable;
display devices; HP portable plus computer; LCD
controller; Liquid Crystal",
}
@Article{Frolik:1986:CPR,
author = "William R. Frolik",
title = "Creating Plug-In Roms for the Portable Plus Computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "7",
pages = "28--30",
month = jul,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 19 07:46:48 2002",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "HP's Portable Plus computer was designed with multiple
plug-in ROM applications in mind. Until now, there has
been no easy way for either the user or software
vendors to produce programs in ROM form. What was
needed was a way that this could be done by the
customer, without requiring any assistance from
Hewlett--Packard. The Portable Plus ROM IMAGE
Development Package was written for just this purpose.
Used together with an additional RAM Module and a
peripheral EPROM programmer, it enables any Portable
Plus to become a plug-in ROM development system. with
the addition of a special ROM simulator card, the user
can test the appearance and behavior of the final
product before creating a ROM.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer software; computers, personal --- Portable;
data storage, digital; electronic disc driver; Fixed;
HP portable plus computer; plug-in ROM; ROM image
package",
}
@Article{Anderson:1986:NHF,
author = "Andrew G. Anderson and David L. Frydendall and Robert
D. Gardner and Robert M. Lenk and Robert J. Schneider
and Bonnie Dykes Stahlin and Ronald G. Tolley",
title = "New {HP-UX} Features for {HP} 9000 Series 300
Workstations",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "7",
pages = "34--41",
month = jul,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The capabilities of the HP-UX operating system have
been extended in the Series 300 implementation to
handle real-time applications, communication with X.25
networks, and operation in native languages. The device
I/O library and HP Windows\slash 9000 are discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer networks; computer operating systems;
computers, personal; HP 9000 series 300 workstations;
HP-UX operating system; X.25 networks",
}
@Article{Jensen:1986:PAL,
author = "Gordon A. Jensen and Stephen P. Reames and Jerry D.
Morris and Jeffrey H. Smith and Jeffrey Tomberlin and
James M. Umphrey",
title = "Protocol Analyzer for Local Area Networks",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "7",
pages = "42--47",
month = jul,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 4971S LAN Protocol Analyzer allows 10 Mbit/s
network monitoring, testing, and performance analysis
independent of hardware and software composition. It
permits a user to view network traffic, simulate
node-to-node or network-wide traffic, and derive
network statistics.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer hardware; computer networks; computer
software; HP 49715 LAN protocol analyzer; local area
networks; protocol analyzer; Protocols",
}
@Article{Sandberg:1986:AME,
author = "Gilbert I. Sandberg and Daryl E. Knoblock and John C.
Keith and Michael K. Bowen and Ronald P. Dean",
title = "Advanced Modular Engineering Workstations",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "9",
pages = "4--9",
month = sep,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 19 07:47:13 2002",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 9000 Series 300 is a modular, high-performance,
technical workstation family (fig. 1) that can be
configured to meet the needs of a wide range of
technical applications. This workstation system allows
the user to choose the processor, display system,
memory, interface cards, peripherals, and operating
system most appropriate for the application. From two
SPUs, six displays, six I/O slots, and a wide range of
input devices to meet exact needs it is shown how the
workstation can be upgraded with any of the options
with only a few minutes of assembly effort. This
article discusses the impact of such a large choice of
options on the Series 300's development.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722; 741",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer interfaces --- Selection; computer operating
systems --- Selection; computer peripheral equipment
--- Selection; computers, microcomputer; displace
systems; interface cards; Modular Construction; modular
engineering workstations; system processing unit (SPU);
workstation upgrading",
}
@Article{Speer:1986:MCL,
author = "Martin L. Speer and Nicholas P. Mati",
title = "Modular Computer Low-End Processor Board Design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "9",
pages = "9--12",
month = sep,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 19 06:51:22 2002",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The Heart of the HP 9000 Model 310 system processing
unit (SPU) is the processor board. With the exception
of the power supply, no other major electrical
subsystems need exist within the Model 310 SPU box. By
adding a medium-resolution monochrome video monitor, an
HP-HIL keyboard, and mass storage, a complete and
useful workstation capable of running Pascal, BASIC, or
the HP-UX operating system can be constructed. The
single-board processor unit is described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "713; 722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer peripheral equipment --- Selection;
computers, microcomputer --- Modular Construction;
Design; engineering workstation; printed circuits;
system processing unit (SPU); workstation",
}
@Article{Rubinstein:1986:HSM,
author = "Jonathan J. Rubinstein",
title = "High-Performance {SPU} for a Modular Workstation
Family",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "9",
pages = "12--16",
month = sep,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 19 06:51:20 2002",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 9000 Model 320 Computer is the high-performance
member of the Series 300 family. It is based on a 16.
67-MHz MC68020 microprocessor and an MC68881
floating-point coprocessor. The processor board is a
full 32-bit implementation that uses a 16K-byte
high-speed cache memory to allow the processor to
operate at full speed. A 32-bit memory management unit
(MMU) provides up to four gigabytes of virtual address
space. The cache and memory management architectures
are presented, Cache emulation is described and the
predicted and actual performance are characterized.
Benchmarks to compare processor performance are
introduced and the testing methods are presented.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "32-bit implementation; computer architecture; computer
peripheral equipment --- Terminals; computers,
microcomputer; data storage, digital --- Virtual; HP
9000 model 320 computer; memory management unit (MMU);
Modular Construction; modular workstation; system
processing unit (SPU)",
}
@Article{Brokish:1986:CVC,
author = "James A. Brokish and David J. Hodge and Richard E.
Warner",
title = "Custom {VLSI} Circuits for Series 300 Graphics",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "9",
pages = "17--22",
month = sep,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The architecture of a color display subsystem for the
HP9000 series 300 graphics is considered and the
display controller chip is a custom VLSI circuit built
with HP's NMOS-IIIB process technology, is discussed.
It provides CRT control, frame buffer management,
cursor, and bit-BLT (bit block transfer) functions for
a bit-mapped display. A single display controller chip
can control a monochrome display and multiple chips can
be used for color displays. Each of the display
controller chips has two ports to the processor data
bus. The first is a typical 16-bit-word data port used
for most register accesses. The second is a 2-bit port
called the pixel port. Each display controller's pixel
port is tied to two different I/O lines on the
processor data bus for sensing and control.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "713; 714; 723; 732; 741",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "color display control clip; computer graphics ---
Color; custom VLSI circuits; electron tubes, cathode
ray --- Control; Imaging Techniques; integrated
circuits, VLSI",
}
@Article{Palombo:1986:SCS,
author = "Rosemarie Palombo",
title = "Software Compatibility for Series 200 and Series 300
Computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "9",
pages = "22--27",
month = sep,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Several software obstacles exist for the Series 200
user who wants to move to HP's new family of modular
workstations, the HP 9000 Series 300. This article
identifies these obstacles and describes the features
of BASIC 4.0 (the latest release of HP's enhanced
version of the BASIC language system) designed to
overcome them.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "basic 4.0 surface; computer programming languages ---
basic; computer software; computers, microcomputer ---
Modular Construction; HP modular workstations;
Portability",
}
@Article{Hurtado-Sanchez:1986:IWE,
author = "Luis Hurtado-Sanchez and Amy Tada Mueller and Robert
A. Adams and Kristy Ward and Rebecca A. Dahlberg",
title = "Implementing a Worldwide Electronic Mail System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "9",
pages = "30--48",
month = sep,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A BRIEF REVIEW of the current literature on electronic
mail (EM) implementation shows a scarcity of material
on this topic. In addition, many of the existing papers
focus on pilot projects, small-scale implementation of
EM systems, or both. This paper will concentrate on
HP's large-scale (worldwide) implementation of its own
EM system product, HP DeskManager (HP Desk), in which
the initial or pilot project is but a small component.
This paper aims to do three things. First, it sketches
a generalized strategic framework for EM implementation
suitable for use by most any type of organization,
manufacturing or service, private or governmental,
commercial or nonprofit. Second, within the limited
framework, it provides direct and specific tactical
advice to address the technical, operational, training,
and support challenges that crop up in implementing an
EM system. Third, it points out potential pitfalls and
how to avoid them to ensure a successful project.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer networks; electronic mail; HP DeskManager;
internal messaging; local messaging coordinator (LMC);
Reviews",
}
@Article{Reusser:1986:HOS,
author = "Gertrude G. Reusser and Donald C. Loughry",
title = "{Hewlett--Packard} and the {Open Systems
Interconnection Reference Model}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "10",
pages = "4--5",
month = oct,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Fri Jan 05 10:11:10 2001",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The OSI Reference Model of the International
Organization for Standardization is seen as the most
significant tool for meeting HP's customers' needs.
Communication takes place between open systems by
transferring data among peer application processes of
distinct end systems. This means that a user who has a
set of equipment will be able to communicate with
another user who has any other set of equipment if both
users adhere to the standard protocols. To reach that
goal, HP is taking an active part in the process of
further developing these standards while implementing
them and developing action plans for the conversion of
applicable current non-OSI products to OSI products.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "718; 723; 902",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer networks --- Protocols; computers,
microcomputer --- Data Communication Systems; data
processing --- Data Transfer; data transmission; open
system interconnection (OSI); OSI reference model;
Standardization",
}
@Article{Carlson:1986:HAG,
author = "Robert J. Carlson and Atul Garg and Arie Scope and
Craig Wassenberg and Lyle A. Weiman",
title = "{HP AdvanceNet}: a Growth-Oriented Computer Networking
Architectural Strategy",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "10",
pages = "6--10",
month = oct,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "HP has undertaken a major effort to develop new
networking software products according to the OSI
model, yet to retain the same end-user network services
that existed before. This new architectural strategy is
called HP AdvanceNet. Based on the seven-layer ISO OSI
model, HP AdvanceNet accommodates old and new protocols
in the same network, ensures migration paths to new
systems, and provides ease of use and transparency.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "718; 722; 723; 902",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer architecture; computer networks; computers,
microcomputer --- Data Communication Systems; data
processing --- File Organization; data transmission ---
Standards; HP advance net; migration paths; open system
interconnection (OSI); Protocols; transparency; X.25
protocol",
}
@Article{Faulkner:1986:NST,
author = "Kevin J. Faulkner and Charles W. Knouse and Brian K.
Lynn",
title = "Network Services and Transport for the {HP} 3000
Computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "10",
pages = "11--18",
month = oct,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "NS\slash 3000 provides network services for HP 3000
Computers attached to local area networks (LAN). It is
compatible with older network products, it is
expandable to new network topologies, and it can
communicate with other HP computers. Network services
corresponds to the application and presentation layers
of the ISO OSI reference model. The LAN\slash 3000
product allows an HP 3000 to attach to a local area
network and to communicate with other computers on that
network. LAN\slash 3000 is composed of the NS\slash
3000 transport and the LAN link. The NS transport
provides an interface equivalent to the OSI session
layer and implements industry standard protocols for
the transport and network layers. The LAN link is the
software and hardware for the data link and physical
layers for the local area network.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer networks; computers, microcomputer --- Data
Communication Systems; data processing --- Data
Transfer; HP 3000 computer; Local Networks; network
services (ns); ns/3000 software and hardware; open
system interconnection (OSI) layers; OSI reference
model",
}
@Article{Graham:1986:LAN,
author = "Tonia G. Graham and Charles J. {de Sostoa}",
title = "Local Area Network for {HP} Computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "10",
pages = "18--22",
month = oct,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The first HP local area network LAN\slash 3000 HP
product is an implementation of the IEEE 802.2 and
802.3 standards for local area networks. The LAN is an
interconnection system intended to permit connection of
up to one hundred `intelligent devices' within a
facility. Data is exchanged via unacknowledged
datagrams. Transmission is bit-serial at 10
megabits\slash second. The transmission medium is
coaxial cable. Communication is half-duplex baseband
using carrier sense multiple access\slash collision
detect (CSMA\slash CD).",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "718; 723; 902",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "carrier sense multiple access (CSMA); collision
detection (CD); computer networks; computers,
microcomputer --- Data Communication Systems; data
transmission; datagrams; IEEE 802 standards; local area
network (LAN); Local Networks; standards",
}
@Article{Fugitt:1986:NSH,
author = "J. Christopher Fugitt and Dean R. Thompson",
title = "Networking Services for {HP} 9000 Computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "10",
pages = "28--32",
month = oct,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Developing a networking service (NS) for the members
of the HP 9000 family presented a number of design
challenges, among them dealing with different
microprocessor architectures, the introduction of new
members to the family, and being able to communicate
with other HP computer products. NS\slash 9000 services
allow a user of an HP 9000 Series 200, Series 300, or
Series 500 HP-UX workstation to exchange files freely
with another HP 9000 workstation, an HP 3000 system, or
an HP 1000 system. In addition, NS\slash 9000 provides
transparent file access between HP-UX systems and
direct access to the Ethernet, IEEE 802.2, and IEEE
802.3 protocols, allowing a sophisticated user to write
high-speed network applications. NS\slash 9000 also
provides a set of diagnostic utilities and other aids
for diagnosing network configuration problems.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer networks; computers, microcomputer --- Data
Communication Systems; data processing --- File
Organization; Ethernet, IEEE 802.2 and IEEE 802.3
protocols; HP 9000 computer family; networking services
9000 (ns/9000); transparent file access",
}
@Article{Mettetal:1986:XWA,
author = "Pierry Mettetal",
title = "{X}. 25 Wide Area Networking for {HP} Computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "10",
pages = "36--40",
month = oct,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "X.25 protocol, an international standard for wide area
networking (WAN), is considered for HP computers. It
defines the communication interface between the user
equipment and the transportation network. In other
words, it defines the access to the packet switched
network (PSN). X.25, adopted today by many
manufacturers, including IBM, Digital Equipment, Data
General, Wang, and others, favors communication among
multivendor equipment, and offers high connectivity. By
using only one data communication link to the PSN, one
user system is able to connect concurrently to many
remote systems and\slash or workstations.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "718; 723; 902",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer networks; computers --- Data Communication
Systems; data transmission --- Packet Switching; packet
switched network (PSN); Protocols; standards; wide area
networking (WAN); X.25 access protocol",
}
@Article{Navarro:1986:DMT,
author = "Nancy L. Navarro and Deepak V. Desai and Timothy C.
Shafer",
title = "Dmi/3000: a Move Toward Integrated Communication",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "10",
pages = "41--48",
month = oct,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Using a standard, nonproprietary interface to provide
computer communication over private digital telephone
networks is a relatively new idea. Hewlett--Packard has
participated in the development of a standard for one
such interface, called the Digital Multiplexed
Interface (DMI). This standard, announced by AT\&T
Information Systems and supported by over 60 companies
along with Hewlett--Packard, promises to lead to more
efficient and cost-effective PBX-based terminal-to-host
communication.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "718; 722; 902",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer interfaces; computers --- Data Communication
Systems; digital communication systems --- Standards;
digital multiplexed interface (DMI); DMI/3000;
Multiplexing; PBX-based terminal-to-host communication;
private branch exchange (PBX); telephone exchanges,
private --- Computer Applications",
}
@Article{Collins:1986:MEC,
author = "Douglas M. Collins",
title = "Molecular-Scale Engineering of Compound Semiconductor
Materials",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "11",
pages = "4--10",
month = nov,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The ever increasing sophistication of semiconductor
electronic devices and integrated circuits continues to
place increasing demands on the precision with which
the underlying semiconductor materials are produced.
The development of molecular beam epitaxy allows the
highly repeatable growth of compound semiconductor
epitaxial films (such as GaAs and Al//xGa//1// minus
//xAs) with atomically abrupt changes in alloy
composition and doping and with excellent uniformity.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "712; 714",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "compound semiconductor epitaxial films; epitaxial
layer; group iii-v compound semiconductors; integrated
circuits --- Materials; molecular beam epitaxy;
molecular-scale engineering; Processing; semiconducting
films --- Doping; semiconducting gallium compounds;
semiconductor devices --- Heterojunctions;
semiconductor materials",
}
@Article{Ehlers:1986:EMD,
author = "Eric R. Ehlers and Sigurd W. Johnsen and Douglas A.
Gray",
title = "Extending Millimeter-wave Diode Operation to 110
{GHz}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "11",
pages = "10--14",
month = nov,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "An effort was launched by Hewlett--Packard to develop
a family of diodes particularly suited to
millimeter-wave applications. A device was sought that
could be readily integrated into a microwave structure,
was rugged and capable of handling high drive levels
for multiplier applications, and had at least the
sensitivity of presently available diodes. The III-V
compound semiconductor gallium arsenide (GaAs) offers
several advantages over silicon. Modified barrier
diodes for millimeter waves are presented that are
formed by growing a multilayer GaAs epitaxial structure
sandwiched between two low-resistance contacts. The
design of the epitaxial structure determines the
barrier height of the diode. Therefore, extremely tight
control of epitaxial layer doping and thickness is
required.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "712; 714",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "110 GHz operation; iii-v compound; integrated circuits
--- Materials; Millimeter Waves; millimeter-wave diode;
planar doped barrier diode; semiconducting gallium
arsenide --- Doping; semiconductor diodes",
}
@Article{Zurakowski:1986:DIC,
author = "Mark P. Zurakowski and Domingo A. Figueredo and Scott
S. Elliott and George A. Patterson and William J.
Anklam and Susan R. Sloan",
title = "Diode Integrated Circuits for Millimeter-Wave
Applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "11",
pages = "14--21",
month = nov,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "GaAs diode integrated circuits based on
metal-semiconductor (Schottky) or modified barrier
diodes have now extended the operating frequency range
of small-scale ICs beyond 100 GHz. These circuits,
which form the basis for many of HP's new
millimeter-wave instruments, are useful for nonlinear
and frequency-translation applications.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "712; 714",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "100 GHz diodes; diode integrated circuits; integrated
circuits; Millimeter Waves; modified barrier diodes;
Schottky barrier diodes; semiconducting gallium
arsenide --- Doping; semiconductor devices, Schottky
barrier; semiconductor diodes --- Materials",
}
@Article{Matreci:1986:USM,
author = "Robert J. Matreci",
title = "Unbiased Subharmonic Mixers for Millimeter-Wave
Spectrum Analyzers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "11",
pages = "22--26",
month = nov,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "External waveguide mixers are used to extend the
frequency range of a microwave spectrum analyzer beyond
its frequency limit for a coaxial connector input.
Since a microwave analyzer's local oscillator (LO) has
a typical range of 2 to 6.2 GHz, the mixers must
operate on higher-order harmonics of the LO. To
maintain the analyzer's amplitude measurement accuracy,
individual calibration and flat frequency response of
the mixer are mandatory. If there are no electrical or
mechanical adjustments to be made as a function of
frequency (e. g., bias current or backshort position),
then wideband and automated spectral measurements are
possible. High burnout level and ruggedness are
required for reliability.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "711; 713; 714; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "electronic circuits, mixer; external waveguide mixers;
frequency range extension; local oscillator (lo);
microwave measurements --- Frequency; Millimeter Waves;
oscillators, microwave; spectrum analyzers ---
Microwaves; unbiased subharmonic mixers; waveguide
components",
}
@Article{Wasmuth:1986:PSA,
author = "David B. Wasmuth and Bruce J. Richards",
title = "Predictive Support: Anticipating Computer Hardware
Failures",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "11",
pages = "30--33",
month = nov,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Predictive Support software is discussed that lives on
the customer system and periodically examines the soft
error rate of the various system components. When these
rates approach uptime threatening levels, the
Predictive Support system automatically notifies the
appropriate person so that corrective action can be
taken. The current implementation of Predictive Support
covers all system disc drives, magnetic tape drives,
and system memory.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer peripheral equipment --- Analysis; computer
software; computer systems, digital --- Failure;
predictive analysis; predictive support; soft error
rate; trend detection",
}
@Article{Slater:1986:AEA,
author = "Lynn R. {Slater, Jr.} and Craig M. Myles and Keith A.
Harrison",
title = "Aida: an Expert Assistant for Dump Readers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "11",
pages = "34--41",
month = nov,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "AIDA (Automated Interactive Dump Assistant) is
presented that is designed to assist the human dump
reader in the analysis of memory dumps taken from the
HP 3000 family of computers. By reducing the amount of
detailed knowledge needed to read a dump AIDA speeds
dump analysis and increases the pool of dump readers.
The time needed to read a dump can be further reduced
by allowing user management of the information
presented. The capabilities of AIDA in automated
detection of simple data structure or subsystem
corruption, automatic analysis, of some type of class
problems and ergonomic presentation of data from the
dump is discussed. While AIDA cannot guarantee an
automatic solution to any problem presented, it is a
superior formatter which makes it easy for dump readers
to pursue independent lines of inquiry without changing
their environment or their thought flow.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "artificial intelligence; automated interactive dump
assistant (AIDA); data storage units --- Computer Aided
Analysis; dump readers; Expert Systems; formatter;
memory dump analysis",
}
@Article{Button:1986:TAA,
author = "Brian T. Button and R. Michael Young and Diane M.
Ahart",
title = "Troubleshooting Aid for Asynchronous Data
Communications Links",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "11",
pages = "42--47",
month = nov,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Problems created by asynchronous data communication
links in connection with personal computers and office
automation are considered and Schooner, an expert
system is introduced. Schooner combines an inference
engine and a knowledge base to provide expert-level
assistance with asynchronous, point-to-point data
communications problems for fault diagnosis and
personnel training. It verbally guides Response Center
engineers, field support personnel, or other uses
through the solution of problems in this area.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "718; 723; 912",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "artificial intelligence --- Expert Systems;
asynchronous data communications links; computers,
microcomputer; Data Communication Systems; fault
diagnosis; inference engine; knowledge base; office
automation --- Personnel Training; point-to-point
links; telecommunication links --- Computer
Interfaces",
}
@Article{Gottschalk:1986:RSD,
author = "George R. Gottschalk and Roy M. Vandoorn",
title = "Rule-Based System to Diagnose Malfunctioning Computer
Peripherals",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "11",
pages = "48--53",
month = nov,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "To diagnose malfunctioning peripherals more
effectively, the Intelligent Peripheral Troubleshooter
(IPT) has been developed. IPT is an expert system that
performs a diagnosis of a malfunctioning peripheral
based on aspects of its current state. Its following
three characteristics are discussed: A peripheral
independent inference engine; A system and component
representation of a peripheral; and A knowledge base
built by an interactive rule-maker. The classic expert
system model of separation of knowledge and the
inference engine is shown that allows the inference
engine to be totally device independent.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "artificial intelligence; computer peripheral equipment
--- Failure; Expert Systems; inference engine;
intelligent peripheral troubleshooter (IPT); knowledge
base; rule-based system",
}
@Article{Clegg:1986:HOS,
author = "Frederick W. Clegg and Gary Shiu-Fan Ho and Steven R.
Kusmer and John R. Sontag",
title = "{HP-UX} Operating System on {HP} Precision
Architecture Computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "12",
pages = "4--12, 15--22",
month = dec,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "HP-UX is the technical operating system of HP
Precision Architecture processors. It's an extension of
AT\&T's UNIX System V. 2. Its implementation on the
Model 840 provides all of the functionality needed for
full support of both computer integrated manufacturing
(CIM) and design automation (CAD\slash CAE). After a
quick summary of HP-UX, this article stresses the
contributions to HP-UX made by the HP Information
Technology Group project teams responsible for
implementing HP-UX or HP Precision Architecture. These
contributions include kernel preemption, job control,
native language support, and real-time enhancements.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer aided design; computer aided engineering;
computer architecture; computer integrated
manufacturing; computer operating systems; computers,
personal; design automation; HP Precision Architecture
computers; HP-UX operating systems; UNIX operating
system",
}
@Article{Brown:1986:DBM,
author = "Alan S. Brown and Thomas M. Hirata and Ann M. Koehler
and Krishnan Vishwanath and Jenny Ng and Michael J.
Pechulis and Mark A. Sikes and David E. Singleton and
Judson E. Veazey",
title = "Data Base Management for {HP} Precision Architecture
Computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "12",
pages = "33--48",
month = dec,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "HP ALLBASE supports both network and relational data
access and runs under both the MPE XL and the HP-UX
operating systems. Migration of existing data bases to
the new architecture has been carefully planned for. In
addition to ALLBASE, the data base management software
for HP Precision Architecture computers includes a
migration package that helps customers move their
existing data bases and applications to ALLBASE, and
query products that allow users to access their HPIMAGE
and HPSQL data bases without writing programs. An
overview of ALLBASE and all its major software
components is given. Described are: transaction
management, concurrency control, logging and recovering
and various query products.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer architecture; data processing, business ---
Control; database systems; Management",
}
@Article{Atkinson:1987:LFA,
author = "Edward S. Atkinson and Gaylord L. {Wahl, Jr.} and
Michael L. Hall and Eric J. Wicklund and Steven K.
Peterson",
title = "Low-Frequency Analyzer Combines Measurement Capability
with Modeling and Analysis Tools",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "1",
pages = "4--16",
month = jan,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The name FFT analyzer has been applied to a category
of signal analysis instruments because their dominant
(in some cases, their only) analysis feature has been
the calculation of the fast Fourier transform of the
input signals for spectrum and network response
measurements. The HP 3562A Dynamic Signal Analyzer
performs fast, accurate network, spectrum, and waveform
measurements from dc to 100 kHz. Measurements include
power spectrum, histogram, frequency response, and
cross-correlation. These can be performed in real time
or on stored data. Built-in analysis and modeling
capabilities can derive poles and zeros from measured
frequency responses or construct phase and magnitude
responses from user-supplied models. Direct control of
external digital plotters and disc drives allows easy
generation of hard copy and storage of measurement
setups and data.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning
equipment and techniques)",
classification = "723; 921; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Analysis; analysis tools; digital signal processing
algorithms; dynamic signal analyzer; electric
measurements; electric network analyzers --- Computer
Interfaces; fast Fourier transforms; HP 3562A; linear
resolution spectrum; low frequency analyser;
mathematical transformations --- Fast Fourier
Transforms; modeling; network analysers; processing
equipment; signal; signal processing; sine network
analysis; spectrum and network response measurements;
swept; two-channel FFT analyzer",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Blackham:1987:MMD,
author = "Raymond C. Blackham and James A. Vasil and Edward S.
Atkinson and Ronald W. Potter",
title = "Measurement modes and digital demodulation for a
low-frequency analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "1",
pages = "17--25",
month = jan,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 3562A dynamic signal analyzer provides three
different measurement modes for low-frequency spectrum
and network analysis from 64$ \mu $Hz to 100 kHz within
one instrument with two input channels and a dynamic
range of 80 dB: Swept sine; Logarithmic resolution; and
FFT-based linear resolution. These measurement modes
use advanced digital signal processing algorithms to
provide more accurate and more repeatable measurements
than previously available with conventional analog
circuit approaches.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning
equipment and techniques)",
classification = "921; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "64 muHz to 100 kHz; analyzer; demodulation ---
Measurements; digital demodulation; digital signal;
electric measurements; electric network analyzers;
FFT-based linear resolution; HP 3562A dynamic signal
analyser; logarithmic resolution; low-frequency;
low-frequency analyzer; measurement modes; modulation;
network analysers; processing algorithms; signal
processing --- Digital Techniques; signal processing
equipment; swept sine measurement",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Adcock:1987:ASF,
author = "James L. Adcock",
title = "Analyzer Synthesizes Frequency Response of Linear
Systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "1",
pages = "25--32",
month = jan,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A complete capability for synthesizing the frequency
response of linear systems based on their pole-zero,
pole-residue, or polynomial model is included in the HP
3562A Signal Analyzer. This synthesis capability
includes table conversion, the ability to convert
automatically between the three models. The frequency
responses can be frequency scaled and system time
delays can be added. The designed system frequency
responses are synthesized with exactly the same
frequency points as those used by the corresponding HP
3562A measurement mode. Hence, the synthesized version
of the desired frequency response can be directly
compared to the measured response of the actual
system.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning
equipment and techniques)",
classification = "703; 713; 921; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "and zeros; electric filters --- Synthesis; electric
measurements; electric network analyzers; frequency
response; linear systems; network analysers;
pole-residue; pole-zero; poles; polynomial model;
signal analyzer; signal processing; signal processing
equipment; Synthesis; system time delays; table
conversion",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Adcock:1987:CFP,
author = "James L. Adcock",
title = "Curve Fitter for Pole-Zero Analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "1",
pages = "33--37 (or 33--36??)",
month = jan,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The curve-fitting algorithm in the HP 3562A Analyzer
finds a pole-zero model of a linear system based on the
system's measured frequency response. The curve fitter
does this by calculating a weighted least-squares fit
of a rational polynomial to the measured frequency
response. Then the polynomials in the denominator and
numerator can be factored to find the poles and zeros
of the measured system (or alternatively the
pole-residue or polynomial form). Actual curve fits by
the HP 3562A for very clean and very noisy
measurements.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0290F (Interpolation and function approximation);
B1130 (General analysis and synthesis methods); B7210X
(Other instrumentation and measurement systems)",
classification = "921; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "analysis; analytical model; curve fitter; curve
fitting; Curve Fitting; curve fitting algorithm;
electric network analyzers; engineering design process;
fast Fourier transforms; FFT; HP 3562A analyzer;
mathematical techniques; measured frequency response;
network analysers; parameter extraction; pole-zero;
pole-zero analysis; poles and zeros",
treatment = "P Practical; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}
@Article{Callister:1987:PAH,
author = "James R. Callister and Craig W. Pampeyan",
title = "Performance Analysis of the {HP} 3000 Series 70
Hardware Cache",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "1",
pages = "38--48",
month = jan,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "This paper gives a description of the methodology with
examples drawn from the major component of the HP 3000
Series 70 --- the cache memory subsystem. An outline of
the generic performance engineering cycle is shown in
Fig. 1. The steps of characterization (modeling, design
analysis and tracking, benchmarking and product
testing) are straightforward. A precise methodology
includes the use of sampling theory, statistical
analysis, and measurement validation.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320G (Semiconductor storage)",
classification = "722; 922",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "3000 Business Computer product line; Analysis; buffer
storage; cache memories; cache memory subsystem; data
storage units; HP; HP 3000 Series 70 hardware cache;
mathematical statistics; measurement validation;
modeling; performance analysis; sampling --- Theory;
sampling theory; statistical analysis; verification",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fleischer-Reumann:1987:NFP,
author = "Michael Fleischer-Reumann",
title = "A new family of precise, reliable, and versatile fiber
optic measurement instruments",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "2",
pages = "4--5",
month = feb,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A new family of Hewlett--Packard fiber optic
measurement instruments takes some new approaches to
achieve the high goals of reliability and honest
accuracy that customers expect and need. The family
includes the HP 8152A Optical Average Power Meter,
which is used with the HP 81520A and 81521B Optical
Heads, the HP 8154B LED Sources, the HP 8158B Optical
Attenuators, and the HP 8159A Optical Switch. The
fiberless technique used in the HP 8158B Option 002.
Optical Attenuator makes it, to our knowledge, the only
variable optical attenuator usable in both single-mode
and multimode systems. The HP 81520A and 81521B Optical
Heads for the HP 8152A Power Meter feature individual
wavelength calibration stored in EEPROM and a specially
designed high-precision optical interface. All of the
instruments have HP-IB (IEEE 488\slash IEC 625)
capability for computer-controlled operation in
production, R\&D, or maintenance.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B4125 (Fibre optics); B4130 (Optical waveguides);
B4260D (Light emitting diodes); B6260 (Optical links
and equipment); B7320P (Optical variables)",
classification = "714; 717; 741; 941",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "81520A and 81521B optical heads; 81521B optical; 8152A
optical average power meter; Applications; diodes;
fiber optics; fibre optics; heads; Hewlett Packard
computers; Hewlett--Packard fiber optic measurement
instruments; HP; HP 81520A; HP 8152A optical average
power meter; HP 8154B LED sources; HP 8158B optical
attenuators; HP 8159A optical switch; instruments;
light emitting; optical; optical communication
equipment; optical instruments; semiconductor diodes,
light emitting; switches; telecommunication links,
optical",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fleischer-Reumann:1987:SLS,
author = "Michael Fleischer-Reumann",
title = "Stable {LED} Sources for a Wide Range of
Applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "2",
pages = "6--8",
month = feb,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Characterization of passive fiber optic components
like connectors, splitters, patchcord cables,
attenuators, and other devices usually requires a
stable light source. The absolute value of its power
output is not critical. Stability is the main feature.
For fewer problems from interference or modal noise, a
light-emitting diode (LED) is preferred over a laser
diode. The new HP 8154B Optical Sources provide stable
optical power for testing fiber optic components. The
HP 8154B Option 001 provides --- 17 dBm (20$ \mu $W) at
850 nm, the HP 8154B Option 002 provides --- 20 dBm (10
$ \mu $W) at 1300 nm, and the HP 8154B Option 003
provides --- 23 dBm (5$ \mu $W) at 1550 nm.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B4125 (Fibre optics); B4130 (Optical waveguides);
B4260D (Light emitting diodes)",
classification = "714; 741",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "fiber optic components; fiber optics --- Components;
fibres; generator; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 8154B
optical sources; HP 8154B option 001; HP 8154B option
002; HP 8154B option 003; HP-IB; IEEE 488/IEC 625;
light emitting diode (led) sources; light emitting
diodes; light sources; optical; optical testing; power;
semiconductor diodes, light emitting --- Stability;
square-wave; stable LED sources; stable optical;
testing",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Schweikardt:1987:ATO,
author = "Horst Schweikardt",
title = "An accurate two-channel optical average power meter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "2",
pages = "8--12 (or 8--11??)",
month = feb,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "In combination with the HP 81520A or 81521B Optical
Head, the HP 8152A Optical Average Power Meter is
useful for both absolute and relative power
measurements over a wavelength range of 450 to 1700 nm.
Two optical inputs are available for power measurements
on two channels or for power ratio measurements. The
two channels are useful for such applications as
checking the insertion loss or attenuation of optical
connectors or cables. For automatic test system use,
the power meter is programmable via the HP-IB (IEEE
488\slash IEC 625). A flexible optical interface
connects quickly and easily to all common optical
connectors.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B4125 (Fibre optics); B4130 (Optical waveguides);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
B7320P (Optical variables)",
classification = "722; 723; 741; 941",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "450 to 1700 nm; 488/IEC 625; 81521B optical head;
absolute power measurement; attenuation; automatic test
system; automatic testing --- Equipment; cables;
channels; Computer Interfaces; connectors; data
conversion, analog to digital; data conversion, digital
to analog; fiber optics; flexible optical interface;
Hewlett Packard computers; HP 81520A; HP 8152A; HP
8152A mainframe; HP 8152A optical average power meter;
HP-IB; HP-interface bus (IB); IEEE; IEEE 488/IEC 625
standards; insertion loss; loss measurement;
measurements; optical; optical average power meter;
optical fibres; optical inputs; optical variables
measurement; power measurement; power meter; power
ratio; programmability; relative power measurements;
two-channel optical average; wavelength",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Flade:1987:OPM,
author = "Bernhard Flade and Michael Goder",
title = "Optical Power Meter Firmware Development",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "2",
pages = "12--15",
month = feb,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Objectives for the development of the HP 8152A Optical
Power Meter firmware are presented. To save time and
effort, software was leveraged from other projects as
much as possible. For example, the operating system and
the HP-IB kernel software were leveraged from the HP
8175A Data Generator project. The software was divided
into independent modules that could be developed
without interfering with one another. Newly written
software was shared among the members of the new
instrument family as much as possible. Time was also
saved by decoupling the hardware and software designs
as long and as much as possible, and by working with
good and easy-to-use software tools.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
B7320P (Optical variables); C3380B (Electronic
instruments); C5140 (Firmware)",
classification = "722; 723; 741; 941",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "active; adjustments; automatic testing --- Equipment;
bugs; channel; channel specific parameters; Computer
Interfaces; computer software --- Modular Construction;
computerised instrumentation; computers; connected
heads; development; fiber optics --- Measurements;
firmware; friendly operating concept; Hewlett Packard;
HP 8152A optical power meter; HP 8152A optical power
meter firmware; HP-IB kernel software; human interface;
individual head calibration; linear; logarithmic units;
mainframe; optical variables measurement; power
measurement; ratio measurements; self-calibration;
self-test; self-test capabilities; software; software
support; troubleshooting",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Becker:1987:DOP,
author = "Josef Becker",
title = "Detectors for Optical Power Measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "2",
pages = "16--21",
month = feb,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Design and characterization of an optical power meter
detector are more easily understood if one considers
that its parents are the photometer for chemical
analysis and the radiation detector in physics labs or
national bureaus of standards. In a fiber optic
communications link, the detector has to respond to
fast and weak digital signals, so its speed and noise
performance are optimized, while linearity and
stability are of secondary interest. A typical detector
for this application is the avalanche photodiode,
mounted straight onto the fiber end. Various detectors
based on light emitting diodes (LED), laser diodes, or
any sort of freely propagating light beams are
considered. Optical radiation detectors (ultraviolet,
visible, infrared), thermal, pyrolitic and quantum
detectors are analyzed. Their homogeneity, angular
response, optical interfaces and other characteristics
are studied. The calibration and measurement standards
are also considered.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6260 (Optical links and equipment); B7230C
(Photodetectors); B7230E (Fibre optic sensors); B7320P
(Optical variables)",
classification = "717; 902; 921; 941; 944",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "avalanche; beam intensity; detector; fiber end; fiber
optic communications; fiber optic measurement; fiber
optics --- Measurements; fibre optic sensors; freely
propagating light beam; infrared detectors; intelligent
optical power; laser diode; LED; link; measurement;
meters; noise performance; optical communication
equipment; optical power measurements; optical power
meters; optical variables measurement; optical
variables measurement --- Standards; Optimization;
photodetectors; photodiode; power; pyroelectric
detector; quantum detectors; semiconductor diodes,
photodiode; speed; telecommunication links, optical;
thermopile",
treatment = "P Practical; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}
@Article{Huning:1987:POH,
author = "Hans Huning and Emmerich Mueller and Siegmar Schmidt
and Michael Fleischer-Reumann",
title = "Precision Optical Heads for 850 to 1700 and 450 to
1020 Nanometers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "2",
pages = "22--27",
month = feb,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Both precision optical heads are described. The HP
81521B Optical Head is characterized by a wide dynamic
range for average power measurements from plus 3 dBm to
minus 80 dBm, wide spectral responsivity individually
measured in 10-nm steps from 850 nm to 1700 nm and the
values stored in each optical head, high stability over
a temperature range from 0 degree C to 40 degree C, a
well-cooled detector chip for operation up to 55 degree
C, a noise floor well below minus 70 dBm, user-friendly
optical interfacing, and availability of a large
variety of optical adapters and other accessories
including a filter holder, a beam splitter, and a bare
fiber adapter. The HP 81520A Optical Head is designed
for optical average power measurements at shorter
wavelengths, including the spectral window from 450 nm
to 1020 nm. A wide dynamic range from plus 10 dBm down
to minus 100 dBm for average power measurements,
spectral responsivity individually measured in 10-nm
steps from 450 nm to 1020 nm and the values stored in
each head, high stability over a temperature range from
0 degree C to plus 55 degree C, and a noise floor well
below minus 90 dBm are features of this head. The
associated optical power splitter, the electrically
erasable programmably read only memory (EEPROM) and the
optical interface are also presented.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7230
(Sensing devices and transducers)",
classification = "714; 741; 941",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Accessories; automatic testing --- Instruments;
computerised instrumentation; fiber optics --- Testing;
Hewlett Packard computers; HP 81520A; HP 81520A optical
head; HP 81521B; HP 81521B optical head; HP 8152A
optical power; HP 8152A optical power meter; meter;
nanometers; nonelectric sensing devices; optical
instruments; power measurement; precision optical
heads; semiconductor devices --- Applications",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Radermacher:1987:HOC,
author = "Wilhelm Radermacher",
title = "A high-precision optical connector for optical test
and instrumentation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "2",
pages = "28--30",
month = feb,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The Diamond HMS-10 H/P Connector is described that is
the new family of Hewlett--Packard fiber optic
instruments. This high-precision optical connector,
developed jointly by Diamond and HP, is used not only
in a direct connector-to-connector scheme like a
utility connector, but also as an interface to
instrumentation containing bulk optical modules. Its
key characteristics are reviewed, and the insertion
loss is discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4281C (Fibre testing and measurement of fibre
parameters); A4281M (Fibre couplers and connectors);
B4125 (Fibre optics); B7230 (Sensing devices and
transducers); B7230E (Fibre optic sensors); C7400
(Engineering)",
classification = "717; 741; 941",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Accessories; fiber optic; fiber optic connectors;
fiber optic test instrumentation; fiber optics ---
Testing; fibre optic sensors; high-precision optical
connector; instruments; interface; optical; optical
connector; optical coupler; optical couplers; optical
instruments; optical testing; telecommunication links,
optical --- Reliability; test; utility connector",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Maisenbacher:1987:DAP,
author = "Bernd Maisenbacher and Siegmar Schmidt and Michael
Schlicker",
title = "Design Approach for a Programmable Optical
Attenuator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "2",
pages = "31--35",
month = feb,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The new HP 8158B Option 002 Optical Attenuator is
believed to be the first variable optical attenuator
suitable for both single-mode and multimode
applications. It handles all fiber core diameters from
9 to 100$ \mu $ m and is calibrated at both 1300 nm and
1550 nm. For other wavelengths between 1200 nm and 1650
nm, it automatically calculates adjustment factors. The
HP 8158B Option 001 Optical Attenuator is designed for
the wavelength range from 600 to 1200 nm and is
calibrated at 850 nm. It handles fiber core diameters
from 50 to 100$ \mu $ m. The maximum attenuation range
of both attenuators is 60 dB. Resolution is 0.01 dB and
typical insertion loss is 1.0 dB for multimode and 2. 0
dB for single-mode. Precise calibration and a digital
display ensure repeatability within 0.04 dB over a
temperature range of 0 to 55 degree C. Optical system,
automated calibration with wavelength correction,
connector considerations, hardware and software are
discussed, and the motor control algorithm is
deduced.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B4125 (Fibre optics); B4130 (Optical waveguides);
B6260 (Optical links and equipment); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems)",
classification = "705; 731; 741; 921; 941",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "600 to 1200 nm; adjustment factors; Attenuation;
attenuator; attenuators; automatic test equipment;
computers; electric motors --- Control; fiber core
diameters; fiber optics; Hewlett Packard; HP 8158B
option 001 optical attenuator; HP 8158B option 002
optical; mathematical techniques --- Algorithms;
multimode applications; optical communication
equipment; optical connectors; optical fibres; optical
variables measurement --- Instruments; programmable
optical attenuator; single-mode; variable optical
attenuator; waveguide attenuators --- Design;
wavelength correction; wavelengths",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Fleischer-Reumann:1987:PFO,
author = "Michael Fleischer-Reumann",
title = "A programmable fiber optic switch",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "2",
pages = "36--??",
month = feb,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 8159A Optical Switch is a fiber optic switch
designed to simplify measurement systems in production
and R\&D environments. The main feature of the switch
is its good repeatability, which means that once its
three optical paths are characterized in terms of
insertion loss, many reliable measurements can be
performed without having to do a recalibration cycle.
The instrument is described by an example of a typical
application.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2180B (Relays and switches); B4125 (Fibre optics);
B4130 (Optical waveguides); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems)",
classification = "741; 941",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "1300 nm; 850 nm; automatic test equipment;
computerised instrumentation; fiber optics; fibre
optics; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 8159A optical
switch; insertion loss; measurement systems; optical
instruments --- Components; optical paths; programmable
fiber optic switch; R and D environments;
repeatability; switches; Switching",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Elmore:1987:QMM,
author = "Glenn E. Elmore and Louis J. Salz",
title = "Quality Microwave Measurement of Packaged Active
Devices",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "2",
pages = "39--48",
month = feb,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A special fixture, the HP 8510 Microwave Network
Analyzer, and the concept of de-embedding provide a
solution to a formerly difficult measurement problem.
This instrument makes accurate and rapid
error-corrected measurements of packaged active
devices, including a variety of packaged transistors.
Accurate calibration of such a fixture is necessary to
provide repeatable and accurate device data.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); B7310N
(Microwave techniques)",
classification = "714; 715; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "active device measurements pac; applications product;
automatic test equipment; computerised instrumentation;
de-embedding; electric network analyzers ---
Calibration; electronic equipment testing;
error-corrected; hardware; Hewlett Packard computers;
HP 85014A; HP 85041A transistor test fixture; HP 8510;
HP 8510 microwave network analyzer; instrumentation;
Instruments; measurements; microwave devices ---
Measurements; microwave measurement; microwave
measurements; microwave network analyzer; packaged
active devices; packaged transistor measurements;
software; transistors --- Electronics Packaging",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Fotland:1987:HDF,
author = "David A. Fotland and John F. Shelton and William R.
Bryg and Ross V. {La Fetra} and Simin I. Boschma and
Allan S. Yeh and Edward M. Jacobs",
title = "Hardware Design of the First {HP} Precision
Architecture Computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "3",
pages = "4--17",
month = mar,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 9000 MODEL 840 and the HP 3000 Series 930 are
the first technical and commercial computer products,
respectively, to use the new Hewlett--Packard Precision
Architecture. HP Precision Architecture combines a
simplified, RISC-like instruction set with a powerful
coprocessor architecture, a 64-bit virtual memory
addressing system, a new high-performance I/O
architecture, and provision for multiprocessors. After
the history of the project is presented, the design of
the central Processing Unit (CPU) is described,
including the instruction unit, register file board,
execution unit, translation lookaside buffer (TLB),
cache and coprocessor. The architectural impact and
processor pipeline are also discussed. The performance
of the computers is emphasized in examples.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers)",
classification = "722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "3000 Series 930; 64-bit; 64-bit virtual memory
addressing system; architecture; computer architecture;
computers; coprocessor architecture; data storage,
digital --- Virtual; Design; FAST TTL; Hewlett Packard
computers; Hewlett--Packard precision architecture;
Hewlett--Packard Precision Architecture;
high-performance I/O; HP; HP 3000 series 930; HP 9000
model 840; HP 9000 Model 840; HP Precision Architecture
computers; I/O system; memory system; minicomputers;
multiprocessors; PALs; printed circuit boards; reduced
instruction set computers (RISC); reduced instruction
set computing; RISC-like instruction set; static RAMs;
TTL logic; virtual memory addressing system",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Wylegala:1987:ATS,
author = "Thomas B. Wylegala and Long C. Chow and Randy J.
Teegarden",
title = "An automated test system for the first {HP Precision
Architecture} computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "3",
pages = "18--20",
month = mar,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 19 07:47:47 2002",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The automated test system for the first computers of
the HP Precision Architecture family can test up to ten
HP 9000 Model 840 or HP 3000 Series 930 Computers
simultaneously. A block diagram of the test system is
provided. A Model 840\slash Series 930 Computer
configured with two special boards can be connected to
the test system via a cable. The test system then has
the ability to load diagnostic programs into the Model
840\slash Series 930 and monitor the results of those
tests. The host for the test system is an HP 9000 Model
220, but any HP 9000 machine that runs the HP-UX 5.1
operating system could serve as well. Besides testing
for proper operation, the system gathers specific
failure information and generates summary statistics to
be used in improving the manufacturing process.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C5470
(Performance evaluation and testing); C7430 (Computer
engineering)",
classification = "421; 722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automated test system; automatic test equipment;
automatic testing; boards; cable; computer peripheral
equipment; computer testing; computers; computers ---
Monitoring; diagnostic programs; Equipment; failure
analysis --- Computer Interfaces; Hewlett Packard;
host; HP 3000 Series 930 computers; HP 9000 Model 220;
HP 9000 Model 840; HP precision architecture computers;
HP Precision Architecture computers; HP-UX 5.1
operating system; minicomputers; special; unit under
test",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Buchanan:1987:DTC,
author = "Gregory F. Buchanan and Francois Gaullier and Olivier
Krumeich and Eric Lecesne and Jean-Pierre Picq and Heng
V. Te",
title = "{Distributed Terminal Controller} for {HP Precision
Architecture} Computers Running the {MPE XL} Operating
System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "3",
pages = "21--28",
month = mar,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 2345A Distributed Terminal Controller (DTC) is
designed for the HP 3000 Series 930 and Series 950
Computers. It enables up to 48 asynchronous devices
(terminals or serial printers) to be connected to these
systems over an IEEE 802.3 local area network (LAN),
thereby greatly simplifying the cabling and lowering
the associated costs. Future releases will allow a
terminal user connected to the DTC to establish a
session with an MPE XL system, and then by a simple
command, to switch to another MPE XL system on the same
LAN. This switching capability, combined with the
possibility of distributing the DTC in a building, is a
major contribution of this new commercial computer
system family.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); C5420 (Mainframes
and minicomputers); C5610N (Network interfaces); C5610P
(Peripheral interfaces); C5620L (Local area networks)",
classification = "722; 723; 731; 902",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "asynchronous; Computer Interfaces; computer
interfaces; computer networks --- Local Networks;
control systems, distributed parameter; devices; DTC;
Hewlett Packard computers; HP 2345A Distributed; HP
2345A distributed terminal controller (DTC); HP 3000
Series 930; HP precision architecture computers; HP
Precision Architecture computers; IEEE 802.3 local area
network; IEEE 802.3 local area network (LAN); LAN;
local area; minicomputers; MPE XL operating; networks;
serial printers; Series 950 computers; SPU cabinet;
standards; system; system processing unit; terminal
connections; Terminal Controller",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Pettis:1987:HPA,
author = "Karl W. Pettis and William B. Buzbee",
title = "{Hewlett--Packard Precision Architecture} compiler
performance",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "3",
pages = "29--35",
month = mar,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "This paper describes the influence performance
criteria had on the implementation of the new compilers
and how various problems were overcome. First, the
influence that the high-level languages had on the
design of the instruction set is described. Specific
examples of instructions are given that enable the
compilers to implement some high level constructs
efficiently, and to avoid problems that some see as
inevitable with a reduced instruction set computer
(RISC). Next, the problem of doing truly complex
operations is described. These operations are sometimes
implemented as instructions on traditional machines.
Instead, it was decided to implement a streamline
procedure calling convention and a group of routines
known as Millicode to solve such problems. Finally, the
results for specific examples are presented.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C6150C
(Compilers, interpreters and other processors)",
classification = "723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Architecture; codes, symbolic; compilers; computer
operating systems; convention; convention procedure;
hardware; Hewlett Packard computers; Hewlett--Packard
Precision; high-level language interfaces; HP Precision
Architecture machines; instruction; instruction sets;
low-level interface; Millicode; millicode routines;
minicomputers; performance criteria; Program Compilers;
program compilers; set; true complex operations",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Neumann:1987:DSG,
author = "Uwe Neumann and Michael Vogt and Friedhelm Brilhaus
and Frank Husfeld",
title = "Digital Signal Generator Combines Digital and Analog
Worlds",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "4",
pages = "4--12",
month = apr,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 8175A digital signal generator is capable of
providing up to three different types of output stimuli
depending on the selected configuration. It can be
configured by simple keystroke as either a 24-channel
parallel data generator, a two-channel serial data
generator, or a two-channel arbitrarily programmable
waveform generator. A combination of two types of
output stimuli is also possible. For instance, a
digital data sequence can be generated while the analog
equivalent or a different analog function is generated
by the analog part of the machine.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); C3210 (Control systems and
instrumentation)",
classification = "715; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "24-channel parallel data generator; Design; digital
instrumentation; digital patterns; generators; Hewlett
Packard computers; HP 8175A digital signal generator;
keystroke; output stimuli; serial data generator;
signal; signal generators; signal processing ---
Digital Techniques; simple; two-channel; two-channel
arbitrarily programmable; two-channel arbitrarily
programmable waveform generator; two-channel serial
data generator; waveform generator",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Hakenjos:1987:UIS,
author = "Ulrich Hakenjos and Wolfgang Srok and Ruediger
Kreiser",
title = "User Interface and Software Architecture for a Data
and Arbitrary Waveform Generator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "4",
pages = "12--20",
month = apr,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A complex, versatile, and powerful instrument like the
HP 8175A Data Generator requires a human interface that
is easy to learn and comfortable to use. The HP 8175A
human interface is based on a cursor-driven menu
concept similar to that of the HP 1630 Logic Analyzer.
A special feature of the HP 8175A is that the user can
preset changes of settings or conditions, such as data
patterns or cycling conditions, while the HP 8175A is
running. The new conditions can then be transferred to
the outputs of some convenient time. A powerful new
capability is the creation of timing diagrams (data
generator) and waveforms (optional arbitrary waveform
generator) by means of a graphic editor that includes
several interpolation capabilities, a pattern editor,
or a calculator mode.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); C3210 (Control systems and
instrumentation); C6100 (Software techniques and
systems)",
classification = "715; 723; 921",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "9-inch CRT; arbitrary waveform generator;
architecture; computer architecture; computer graphics;
Computer Interfaces; computer software; concept;
conditions; cursor-driven menu; data waveform
generator; digital instrumentation; display page;
generator; generators; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
8175A data; HP 8175A data generator; HP 8175A human
interface; mathematical techniques --- Interpolation;
settings; signal; signal generators; software; timing
diagrams; user interface; user interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Wilson:1987:PSS,
author = "Edward L. Wilson and Kelly A. Sznaider and Clemen
Jue",
title = "A planning solution for the semiconductor industry",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "4",
pages = "21--27",
month = apr,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "PL-10 is a master planning tool developed by
Hewlett--Packard for the semiconductor manufacturing
industry. It addresses the task of medium-range
production planning (up to 2 years) for a
geographically distributed semiconductor division or
company. PL-10 helps the planner develop master
production schedules for all major areas of a
semiconductor company: wafer FAB, sort, assembly, and
test. The planner enters basic planning parameters ---
product demand forecasts, time-phased WIP
(work-in-process) availability, product yields, and
lead times --- either manually or through batch files.
PL-10 works backward from product demand to determine
wafer requirements, which the planner can review and
modify. It then projects forward from planned wafer
starts to expected shipments. The planner can review
rough-cut capacity use projections and associate
component requirements with product demand. Repeated
iterations of this process result in a workable
companywide production plan.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); C7410D
(Electronic engineering)",
classification = "714; 723; 913",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "assembly; batch files; component requirements; data
processing, business --- File Organization; expected
shipments; geographically distributed; Hewlett Packard
computers; Hewlett--Packard; integrated circuit
manufacture; lead times; master planning tool; master
production schedules; medium-range; PL-10; pl-10 master
planning tool; planned wafer start; Planning; planning
parameters; planning solution; product demand; product
demand forecasts; product yields; production planning;
projections; rough-cut capacity; scheduling; scheduling
--- Computer Applications; semiconductor company;
semiconductor device manufacture; semiconductor
division; semiconductor manufacturing industry; sort;
test; time-phased; time-phased WIP (work-in-process)
availability; wafer fab; wafer requirements; WIP
availability",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Barrett:1987:SPD,
author = "George E. Barrett and John H. Lau",
title = "A study of panel deflection of partially routed
printed circuit boards",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "4",
pages = "29--34 (or 29--33??)",
month = apr,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "To reduce machine setup time during the manufacture
and assembly of printed circuit boards, small circuit
boards are processed in subpanel form. A subpanel
consists of one or more finished boards still attached
to a supportive frame. To facilitate separation of the
boards after assembly, a partial router path is cut
around the perimeter of each board, so that the boards
are held in place by connecting tabs. Since the
elimination of partial routing would require the
development of a more sophisticated and costly
depanelization process, a finite element analysis was
used to determine the impact of routing paths on panel
rigidity. The primary objective of this analysis was to
characterize the deflection of a printed circuit board
that had been partially routed and to compare the panel
deflection with the specification for panel flatness.
Induced stresses were also characterized, to verify
that material failure did not occur.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0290 (Numerical analysis); B2210D (Printed circuit
manufacture)",
classification = "423; 713; 921; 931",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "board deflection; board length; connecting tabs;
depanelization; finished boards; finite element
analysis; flatness; induced stresses; mathematical
techniques --- Finite Element Method; panel; panel
deflection; panel rigidity; partial; partially routed
printed circuit boards; perimeter; printed circuit
manufacture; printed circuits; router path; routing
paths; Structural Analysis; structural panels ---
Stresses; subpanel form; supportive frame; surface
mount boards",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Drake:1987:RTA,
author = "H. Dean Drake and Duane E. Wolting",
title = "Reliability Theory Applied to Software Testing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "4",
pages = "35--39",
month = apr,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The execution-time theory of software reliability is
extended to the software testing process by
introduction of an accelerating factor. It is shown
that the accelerating factor can be determined from
repair data and used to make prerelease estimates of
software reliability for similar products.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170N (Reliability); C6100 (Software techniques and
systems)",
classification = "723; 922",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "accelerated life cycle testing; accelerating factor;
Applications; computer software --- Testing;
execution-time theory; failure analysis; failure rate;
prerelease estimates; program testing; reliability
theory; repair data; software reliability; software
reliability model; software testing",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Atkinson:1987:LAC,
author = "Edward S. Atkinson and Gaylord L. {Wahl, Jr.} and
Michael L. Hall and Eric J. Wicklund and Steven K.
Peterson",
title = "Low-Frequency Analyzer Combines Measurement Capability
with Modeling and Analysis Tools",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "5",
pages = "4--15",
month = may,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 19 07:47:53 2002",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The name FFT Analyzer has been applied to a category
of signal analysis instruments because their dominant
(in some cases, their only) analysis feature has been
the calculation of the fast Fourier transform of the
input signals for spectrum and network response
measurements.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "601; 608; 722; 723; 731",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer aided design; computer peripheral equipment
--- Terminals; control systems, numerical; database
systems; dynamic signal analyzer; Equipment; machinery
--- Control; mechanical engineering --- Assembly;
spectrum and network response measurements; two-channel
FFT analyzer",
}
@Article{Werner:1987:MCG,
author = "Kalr-Heinz Werner and Stephen Yie and Friedhelm M.
Ottliczky and Harold B. Prince and Heinz Diebel",
title = "{ME CAD} Geometry Construction, Dimensioning,
Hatching, and Part Structuring",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "5",
pages = "16--29",
month = may,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Creating Mechanical Part Drawings is a necessary part
of the design process for mechanical engineers and
drafting and documentation support personnel. Using an
HP ME Series 5/10 Workstation makes this task easier,
simplifies the work required to make revisions later,
and provides a data base that can be used by other
designers and subsequent manufacturing facilities. The
tools provided with the ME Series 5/10 allow a user to
create and manipulate simple geometric entities.
Construction lines, circles, arcs, fillets, polygons
and splines are described by vector algebra, and all
quantities are expressed as multiples of real
numbers.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "608; 722; 723; 921",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer aided design; computer graphics; computer
peripheral equipment --- Terminals; data processing ---
Data Structures; HP me series 5/10 workstation;
mathematical techniques --- Geometry; mechanical
engineering --- Design; mechanical part drawings;
multiples of real numbers; vector algebra",
}
@Article{Harmon:1987:ASE,
author = "Paul Harmon",
title = "Alpha Site Evaluation of Me Series 5/10",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "5",
pages = "30--33",
month = may,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "An alpha\slash test site for ME Series 5/10 CAD
systems is used for the evaluation of the new software
package. Although lacking three-dimensional solids
modeling capability, ME Series 10 is intended to be the
user interface for a new three-dimensional modeling
system. Advantages and missing capabilities are
discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "608; 722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "alpha site evaluation; computer aided design ---
Testing; computer graphics; computer hardware; computer
peripheral equipment; computer software; Evaluation; me
series 5/10 CAD; mechanical engineering --- Computer
Applications",
}
@Article{Piety:1987:IDT,
author = "Robert A. Piety",
title = "Intrabuilding Data Transmission Using Power-Line
Wiring",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "5",
pages = "35--40",
month = may,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "An investigation of the transfer and noise
characteristics of intrabuilding power lines has
indicated the feasibility of their use for local data
communication at data rates greater than 100 kbits/s.
Within certain constraints, data rates of 1 Mbits/s or
greater are possible. This paper discusses typical
powerline characteristics in the 1-to-20-MHz region and
one implementation of a 100-kbits/s spread spectrum
data link operating in the 3.5-to-10.5-MHz range.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "706; 716; 722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "carrier-current communication; computers --- Data
Communication Equipment; data rates greater than 100
kbits/s; data transmission; electric lines --- Carrier
Transmission; electric wiring, buildings; intrabuilding
data transmission; radio transmission --- Spread
Spectrum; telecommunication links, radio",
}
@Article{Malzbender:1987:PTO,
author = "Thomas Malzbender",
title = "Permuted Trace Ordering Allows Low-Cost,
High-Resolution Graphics Input",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "6",
pages = "4--7",
month = jun,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The task of any graphics tablet is to provide the host
computer with information corresponding to the position
of a pen-like stylus relative to the top surface of the
tablet, commonly referred to as the platen. This
capability allows the user to input graphical data in a
more natural manner for applications such as menu
picking, CAD (computer-aided design), sketching, and
drawing. A scheme that substantially reduces the number
of trace drivers required provides an inexpensive, but
high-performance graphics tablet for HP's HP-HIL
family.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
classification = "722; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "45911A Graphics Tablet; computer aided design;
computer graphic equipment; computer graphics; computer
interfaces --- Human Factors; footprint; Hewlett
Packard computers; high-resolution graphics input; HP;
HP 45911A graphics tablet; HP's human interface link
(HP-HIL); Interactive; permuted trace ordering; systems
science and cybernetics --- Man Machine Systems",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Starr:1987:HHI,
author = "Robert R. Starr",
title = "The {Hewlett--Packard Human Interface Link}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "6",
pages = "8--12",
month = jun,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Connecting human-input devices to personal computers
and workstations is simplified by the definition of an
interface link that adapts to the devices on the link
and allows them to be added or disconnected during
operation. The Hewlett--Packard Human Interface Link
(HP-HIL) is an intelligent, low-cost interface for
connecting human-speed input devices (e. g., keyboards,
mice, and digitizing tablets) to personal computers and
workstations. HP-HIL can support up to seven such
devices at one time by daisy-chaining them together
through a single port on the computer. There are no
restrictions on the type and order of the devices
connected. Users can easily expand their system by
simply plugging in additional input devices.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces)",
classification = "722; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer graphics; computer interfaces; computer
peripheral equipment; daisy-chaining; data collection;
Hewlett Packard computers; Hewlett--Packard Human
Interface Link; Hewlett--Packard human interface link
(HP-HIL); HP-HIL; Human Factors; human-operated input
devices; human-speed input devices; input devices;
interface; interfaces; low-cost; personal computers;
port; standard input device; systems science and
cybernetics --- Man Machine Systems; user;
workstations",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Herington:1987:SVU,
author = "Daniel E. Herington and Paul A. Nichols and Roger D.
Lipp",
title = "Software Verification Using Branch Analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "6",
pages = "13--22",
month = jun,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Imposing branch coverage requirements on a software
testing project can be counterproductive unless a
comprehensive branch analysis methodology is followed.
This paper addresses the problems and issues of using
branch analysis during software testing. We begin by
discussing common software testing metrics, including
the branch coverage metric. We then discuss software
testing, both functional and structural, using branch
analysis.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C6150G
(Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
systems)",
classification = "723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic testing --- Analysis; branch analysis;
branch coverage metric; code; computer software;
decision points; execution; functional testing;
meantime between failures (MTBF); metrics; probes;
procedure calls; program testing; program verification;
software engineering; software testing; software
testing metrics; software verification; Testing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Nishi:1987:DVC,
author = "Yoshio Nishi",
title = "Direction of {VLSI CMOS} Technology",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "6",
pages = "24--25",
month = jun,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Since stochastic fluctuation of device and process
parameters becomes more significant with increasing
numbers of transistors on a chip, there is a strong
requirement for increased noise immunity and decreased
power consumption in higher density circuits. Although
low-power CMOS circuits were invented in the 1960s,
they did not increase in importance until integration
density exceeded 100,000 devices\slash chip. Since then
CMOS has penetrated into static memories as well as
microprocessors. This article will briefly review the
current status of CMOS technology and discuss
engineering challenges for future microcircuit
technology.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "714",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "100,000 devices/chip; complementary MOS (CMOS); higher
density circuits; integrated circuits, VLSI ---
Components; microcircuit technology; Noise;
semiconductor devices, MOS; transistors",
}
@Article{Watkins:1987:SAU,
author = "Marvin L. Watkins",
title = "Software Architecture and the {UNIX} Operating System:
an Introduction to Interprocess Communication",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "6",
pages = "26--36",
month = jun,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Signals, pipes, shared memory, and message queues are
some of the facilities provided by the UNIX operating
system for communication among software modules. The
strengths and weaknesses of each facility are
discussed. The discussion is organized into three major
sections. The first section deals with some fundamental
ideas and concepts of software engineering that arise
in multiprocessing systems. Here, the important
concepts of complexity, modularity, concurrency, and
synchronization are presented. The second section deals
with use and performance issues that arise with the
UNIX operating system's interprocess communication
(IPC) facilities. In this section, the UNIX IPC
facilities ranked for various uses and data is
presented to support the ranking. The third section
discusses each IPC facility in detail.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
classification = "723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "complexity; computer architecture; computer operating
systems; computer programs; computer software ---
Modular Construction; computers; concurrency; Data
Communication Systems; engineering; exchange;
information; information sharing; interprocess
communication; interprocess communication (IPC);
message queues; modularity; multiprocessing programs;
multiprocessing systems; operating systems (computers);
performance; shared memory; software; software
architecture; software communications; software
engineering; synchronization; UNIX IPC; UNIX operating
system; use",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Haworth:1987:DDM,
author = "David J. Haworth and John R. Pottinger and Murdo J.
McKissock",
title = "Dedicated Display Monitors Digital Radio Patterns",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "7",
pages = "4--10, 12--13",
month = jul,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "One way of displaying the complex waveforms generated
in digital radio systems is the constellation display,
a method that allows rapid visual evaluation of a
system's performance. The waveforms are random
multilevel wideband signals, and require a
high-performance sampling oscilloscope to display them.
The HP 3709A Constellation Display described is a
specially engineered two-channel sampling
oscilloscope.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6250 (Radio links and equipment); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments)",
classification = "715; 716; 741",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; cathode-ray oscilloscopes;
computerised monitoring; constellation pattern
monitoring; digital communication systems; digital
radio; digital radio patterns; display devices;
electronic equipment testing; eye pattern monitoring;
HP 3709A constellation display; in-phase (I) channel;
Monitoring; oscilloscopes, cathode ray --- Sampling;
quadrature (Q) channel; radio receivers; sampling
oscilloscope; two-channel; two-channel sampling
oscilloscope; waveform analysis",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{McKissock:1987:CMT,
author = "Murdo J. McKissock",
title = "Constellation Measurement: a Tool for Evaluating
Digital Radio",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "7",
pages = "13--17",
month = jul,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The constellation display is an invaluable tool for
alignment and fault diagnosis of digital radios, and an
important indicator of the radio's performance margin.
The HP 3709A Constellation Display is the first
commercial instrument that provides the capability to
make quantitative measurements of a constellation.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6250 (Radio links and equipment); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments)",
classification = "716; 741; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "3709A constellation display; automatic test equipment;
cathode-ray oscilloscopes; computerised monitoring;
constellation measurement; digital communication
systems; digital communication systems --- Evaluation;
digital radio evaluation; digital radios; display
devices; electric measurements; electronic equipment
testing; HP; radio --- Performance; radio receivers",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Waters:1987:DRN,
author = "Geoffrey Waters",
title = "A digital radio noise and interference test set",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "7",
pages = "19--26",
month = jul,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "HP 3708A Noise and Interference Test Set for
evaluating long-haul digital telecommunications systems
is described. This instrument facilitates the
measurement of the bit error ratio (BER) under
simulated path fade conditions. A desired
carrier-to-noise (C/N) or carrier-to interference (C/I)
ratio can be established and maintained in the presence
of received radio signal variations.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B5210C (Radiowave propagation); B5230 (Electromagnetic
compatibility and interference); B6250D (Point-to-point
radio systems); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B7310Z (Other electric variables)",
classification = "716; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; bit error ratio (ber); C/I
ratio; C/N ratio; carrier-to-interference (C/I) ratio;
carrier-to-noise (C/N) ratio; conditions; digital
communication system; digital communication systems;
digital radio; digital radio noise; electric measuring
instruments; electric noise measurement; electronic
equipment testing; HP 3708A; interference;
Measurements; microwave links; microwave radio; noise
and interference; path fade; radio interference ---
Testing; radio receivers; radio receivers --- Noise;
radiofrequency; simulated path fade conditions; test
set",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Lymer:1987:MPA,
author = "Anthony Lymer",
title = "Microprocessor-Enhanced Performance in an Analog Power
Meter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "7",
pages = "26--30",
month = jul,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 3708A Noise and Interference Test Set can be
used to test microwave point-to-point radios. It
simulates flat (frequency independent) fading and
co-channel and adjacent channel interference by
injecting band-limited noise or interference into the
IF stages of the radio. The instrument continuously
monitors the incoming carrier level and adjusts the
impairment level to maintain an accurate
carrier-to-noise (C/N) ratio or carrier-to-interference
(C/I) ratio. This feature is particularly convenient
when live radio traffic is being used as the test
signal to measure fade margin.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B5210C (Radiowave propagation); B5230 (Electromagnetic
compatibility and interference); B6250D (Point-to-point
radio systems); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B7310F (Power and energy)",
classification = "716; 722; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "3708A noise and interference test set; analog power
meter; automatic test equipment; carrier-;
carrier-to-interference (C/I) ratio;
carrier-to-interference ratio; carrier-to-noise (C/N)
ratio; channel interference; Computer Interfaces;
custom; digital communication systems; digital radio;
electric measurements --- Power; electric measuring
instruments; electronic equipment testing; HP; HP 3708A
noise and interference test set; measurement;
microprocessor-based instrument; microwave links;
microwave point-to-; point radios; power; radio
interference --- Testing; radio receivers; radio
receivers --- Noise; radio transmission --- Fading;
radiofrequency interference; telecommunication links,
microwave; thermal converter IC; to-noise ratio",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Rasaratnam:1987:AWN,
author = "Dayananda K. Rasaratnam",
title = "An accurate wideband noise generator and a
high-stability reference source",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "7",
pages = "30--32, 34--36",
month = jul,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 3708A Noise and Interference Test Set simulates
microwave flat fade conditions by injecting noise of
defined spectral density into the IF section of a radio
receiver. It automatically maintains a selected
carrier-to noise (C/N) ratio by adjusting the noise
power level so that reliable measurements can be made
to evaluate the performance of the radio. This requires
an accurate wideband noise generator and a
high-stability reference source in the instrument.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B5210C (Radiowave propagation); B5230 (Electromagnetic
compatibility and interference); B6250D (Point-to-point
radio systems); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B7250E (Signal generators)",
classification = "715; 716",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; carrier-to-noise;
carrier-to-noise (C/N) ratio; digital communication
systems; digital radio; electronic equipment testing;
generators; high-; high-stability reference source; HP
3708A noise and interference; HP 3708A noise and
interference test set; Measurements; microwave flat
fade conditions; microwave links; noise; radio ---
Performance; radio receiver; radio receiver performance
evaluation; radio receivers; radio receivers --- Noise;
radiofrequency interference; ratio; reference circuits;
signal generators; stability reference source; test
set; testing; wideband noise generator",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Duff:1987:ART,
author = "John A. Duff",
title = "Automated Radio Testing Shortens Test Time and
Enhances Accuracy",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "7",
pages = "36--37, 39",
month = jul,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "When testing the flat fade performance of a digital
radio, a series of repetitive measurements have to be
made to produce a complete curve. If a typical
characteristic plot consists of ten measured points
(each averaged over three readings), the overall test
would take about one hour. By using the HP 3708A Noise
and Interference Test Set to vary the IF C/N level
directly, this test time can be reduced to around 20
minutes while increasing the measurement accuracy and
repeatability.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B5210C (Radiowave propagation); B5230 (Electromagnetic
compatibility and interference); B6250D (Point-to-point
radio systems); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B7310Z (Other electric variables); C7410F
(Communications); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
classification = "716; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "applications; automatic test equipment; Automatic
Testing; bit error; digital communication systems;
digital communication systems --- Equipment; digital
microwave radio; digital radio; digital radio receiver
testing; electric measurements --- Performance;
electric noise measurement; electronic equipment
testing; fading; flat fade performance; Hewlett Packard
computers; HP 3708A noise and; HP 3708S noise and
interference measurement; HP 9000; HP-IB; IEC 625; IEEE
488; interference test set; microcomputer; microwave
links; radio; radio interference --- Measurements;
radio receivers; radio receivers --- Noise; radio
transmission --- Fading; radiofrequency interference;
rate test sets; system; telecommunications computing;
testing",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Wechsler:1987:HBC,
author = "Susan L. Wechsler",
title = "A handheld {Business Consultant}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "8",
pages = "4--10",
month = aug,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "HP's Business Consultant is an advanced handheld
calculator that combines many of the most popular
features of the earlier HP-12C with enhancements such
as a menu-driven user interface, customization without
programming, a four-line dot-matrix display, and an
infrared transmitter for sending data to an optional
cordless printer. Because the Business Consultant uses
the same CPU as the HP-71B Handheld Computer, its
financial calculations run at least 15 times faster
than those on the HP-12C.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "722; 723; 741; 921",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "calculator; computer interfaces; computers; data
processing, business; display; display devices;
electronic calculators; four-line dot-matrix; four-line
dot-matrix display; handheld; handheld Business
Consultant; Hewlett Packard; Hewlett Packard computers;
HP-18C handheld business consultant; infrared
transmitter; mathematical instruments --- Pocket
Calculators; menu-driven user interface; portable",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Wickes:1987:ERC,
author = "William C. Wickes",
title = "An evolutionary {RPN} calculator for technical
professionals",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "8",
pages = "11--17",
month = aug,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP-28C provides the most extensive mathematical
capabilities ever available in a handheld calculator.
Its built-in feature set exceeds even the capabilities
of the earlier HP-71B Handheld Computer with its Math
ROM. Furthermore, the HP-28C introduces a new dimension
in calculator math operations --- symbolic algebra and
calculus. A user can perform many real and complex
number calculations with purely symbolic quantities,
delaying numerical evaluation indefinitely. This allows
a user to formulate a problem, work through to a
solution, and study the mathematical properties of the
solution entirely on the calculator.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "723; 921",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "calculations; calculator; calculus; complex number;
computer metatheory; electronic calculators; handheld;
Hewlett Packard computers; HP-28C; HP-28C scientific
handheld calculator; mathematical capabilities;
mathematical instruments; professionals; real and
complex number calculations; real number calculations;
reverse Polish notation (RPN) calculator; RPN
calculator; symbolic algebra; symbolic algebra and
calculus; technical",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Layman:1987:MDH,
author = "Judith A. Layman and Mark A. Smith",
title = "Mechanical Design of the {HP-18C} and {HP-28C}
Handheld Calculators",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "8",
pages = "17--20",
month = aug,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP-18C represents a new mechanical design for HP
handheld calculators. These products use a vertical
clam-shell format with a simplified keyboard in a
coat-pocket-size package. Using the productivity
advantages provided by the use of CAD\slash CAM
(computer-aided design and manufacturing) tools, the
package was designed for manufacturability and then
thoroughly tested for reliability to ensure quality
performance for the customer.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "715; 723; 921",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "CAD/CAM; coat-pocket-size package; computer aided
design; computer aided manufacturing; electronic
calculators; electronics packaging --- Testing;
handheld calculators; Hewlett Packard computers;
HP-18C; HP-18C and HP-28C handheld calculators; HP-28C;
mathematical instruments; mechanical design;
performance; quality; reliability; vertical clam-shell
format",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Patton:1987:SCH,
author = "C. M. Patton",
title = "Symbolic computation for handheld calculators",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "8",
pages = "21--25",
month = aug,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C6150J (Operating systems)",
keywords = "calculator development; electronic calculators;
expert-; handheld calculators; Hewlett Packard; Hewlett
Packard computers; operating; operating system;
prototyping environment; RAM space; research and
development projects; ROM space; symbolic computation;
symbolic mathematics operations; system capabilities;
systems (computers)",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Hauge:1987:MHP,
author = "B. R. Hauge and R. E. Dunlap and C. D. Hoekstra and
Chong Num Kwee and P. R. {Van Loan}",
title = "A multichip hybrid printed circuit board for advanced
handheld calculators",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "8",
pages = "25--30",
month = aug,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2210 (Printed circuits); C5430 (Microcomputers)",
keywords = "calculators; circuits; display; drivers; electronic
calculators; epoxy layer; gold wire bonds; gold-plated
pads; handheld; Hewlett Packard computers; HP-18C;
HP-28C; liquid-crystal display; microprocessor;
multichip hybrid printed circuit board; printed",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{McClellan:1987:ESH,
author = "Paul J. McClellan",
title = "An equation solver for a handheld calculator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "8",
pages = "30--34",
month = aug,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The ideal equation solver reliably finds all solutions
for an arbitrary variable in any equation defined by
the user. Since this is probably impossible in general,
more realistic expectations are to solve for an
arbitrary variable in a wide range of equations, to
provide understandable and reliable diagnostic
information should the solver fail to find a solution,
and to provide the means for using the solver to obtain
multiple solutions of an equation if more than one
solution exists. These were the design objectives for
the equation solver in the HP-18C Business
Consultant.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "921",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "arbitrary variable; combination of direct and
iterative solvers; electronic calculators; equation
solver; handheld calculator; Hewlett Packard; Hewlett
Packard computers; HP-18C business consultant; HP-18C
Business Consultant; mathematical instruments ---
Pocket Calculators; mathematical techniques",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Brown:1987:EDA,
author = "Preston D. Brown and Gregory J. May and Megha Shyam",
title = "Electronic Design of an Advanced Technical Handheld
Calculator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "8",
pages = "34--39",
month = aug,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The design of an advanced handheld calculator such as
the HP-28C requires solutions of some special problems:
how to package the system in a limited space, how to
provide power from three small batteries for six
months, how to keep the cost down, and how to release
the new design in less than 18 months. These challenges
were met by designing three custom CMOS ICs, packaging
the electronics using chip-on-board and surface-mount
technologies, and using powerful design aids. The
HP-28C includes a four-line liquid-crystal display
(LCD), 128K bytes of ROM, 2K bytes of RAM, a clock, and
an infrared transmitter for sending data to an optional
detached printer. The HP-18C Business Consultant
contains the same electronics, but only one ROM.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "713; 715; 722; 741; 921",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "128 Kbytes; 2 Kbytes; advanced technical handheld
calculator; chip-on-board; chip-on-board and
surface-mount technologies; crystal display; custom
CMOS; data storage, digital; display devices --- Liquid
Crystal; electronic calculators; electronic design;
electronic equipment; electronics packaging; Hewlett
Packard computers; HP-18C business consultant; HP-28C;
ICs; liquid-; mathematical instruments --- Pocket
Calculators; printed circuits; ROM; surface-mount
technologies",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Mangelsdorf:1987:VPH,
author = "Steven T. Mangelsdorf and Darrell M. Burns and Paul K.
French and Charles R. Headrick and Darius F.
Tanksalvala",
title = "A {VLSI} processor for {HP Precision Architecture}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "9",
pages = "4--11",
month = sep,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "This paper describes the VLSI chip set used in the
processors of three HP Precision Architecture
computers: the HP 3000 Series 950 and the HP 9000
Models 850S and 825. The Series 950 and Model 850S
processors are identical. All of the chips are designed
in HP's NMOS-III process. NMOS-III is a
high-performance NMOS process with 1.7-$ \mu $ m drawn
channel lengths (0.95-$ \mu $ m effective channel
lengths), 2.5-$ \mu $ m minimum contacted pitch, and
two levels of tungsten metallization. The chips have
been designed for a worst-case operating frequency of
30 MHz, although with the static RAMs available for
caches at present, the Model 850S\slash Series 950
processor operates at 27.5 MHz and the Model 825
processor operates at 25 MHz. A 272-pin ceramic
pin-grid array package was developed to support the
electrical and mechanical requirements for the chip
set.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170J (Product packaging); B1265 (Digital
electronics); B1265F (Microprocessors and
microcomputers); B2570F (Other MOS integrated
circuits); C5100 (Circuits and devices); C5130
(Microprocessor chips)",
classification = "703; 714; 715; 722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "0.95 micron; 1.7; 1.7 micron; 25 to 30 MHz; circuits;
computers, microcomputer; digital integrated circuits;
Electronics Packaging; field effect integrated; Hewlett
Packard computers; HP; HP 3000 Series 950; HP 9000
Model 825; HP 9000 Model 850S; HP precision
architecture computers; micron; microprocessor chips;
NMOS-III process; packaging; pin-grid array package;
Precision Architecture; VLSI; VLSI chip set; VLSI
processor",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Yetter:1987:HPA,
author = "Jeffry D. Yetter and Jonathan P. Lotz and William S.
Jaffe and Mark A. Forsyth and Eric R. DeLano",
title = "{HP} Precision Architecture {NMOS-III} Single-Chip
{CPU}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "9",
pages = "12--18",
month = sep,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Like all of the custom VLSI chips designed for the HP
3000 Series 950 and HP 9000 Models 850S and 825 SPUs,
the CPU is designed using HP's NMOS-III fabrication
process. NMOS-III was a natural choice not only because
it affords the density and speed required for the
design, but also because of its proven
manufacturability. The CPU chip contains 115,000
transistors packed onto a square die measuring 8.4 mm
on a side.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); B2570F
(Other MOS integrated circuits); C5130 (Microprocessor
chips); C5220 (Computer architecture)",
classification = "714; 722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "central processing unit (cpu); Components; computer
architecture; computers, microcomputer; control; CPU;
custom VLSI chips; execution; field effect integrated
circuits; hardwired CPU; hardwired instruction
sequencing; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 3000 Series
950; HP 9000 Model 825; HP 9000 Model 850S; HP
Precision Architecture; microprocessor chips; NMOS-III
fabrication process; NMOS-III single-chip; pipelined
instruction; VLSI",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Kohlhardt:1987:DVT,
author = "Charles Kohlhardt and Tony W. Gaddis and Daniel L.
Halperin and Stephen R. Undy and Robert A. Schuchard",
title = "Design, Verification, and Test Methodology for a
{VLSI} Chip Set",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "9",
pages = "18--26",
month = sep,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Ten custom VLSI chips are used in the processors of
the HP 3000 Series 950 and HP 9000 Models 850S and 825
Computers. The complexity of the design, integration,
and testing required to deliver ten VLSI chips that
meet the functional and electrical requirements for
these products demanded close attention to detail
throughout the development program. With the lab
prototype characterization complete, the chips are
released for production prototyping with the
expectation that the chips would be production quality.
Tactics to accomplish this strategy were then defined.
The first aspect was how to deliver first silicon that
would meet the lab prototype quality level. This was
the design methodology. The lab prototype evaluation
tactics were to define feedback paths required for
complete functional and electrical characterization of
the chips, boards, and systems. The production
prototyping evaluation tactics were to repeat those
feedback paths where changes had been made.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170C (Project and design engineering); B1265
(Digital electronics); B2570F (Other MOS integrated
circuits); C5100 (Circuits and devices)",
classification = "713; 714",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "850S; custom VLSI chips; Design; design cycle; design
engineering; design methodology; design verification;
digital integrated circuits; effect integrated
circuits; field; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 3000; HP
9000 Model; HP 9000 Model 825; HP Precision
Architecture; integrated circuit testing; integrated
circuits, VLSI; methodology; NMOS; Series 950; test;
verification methodology; VLSI; VLSI chip set",
}
@Article{Robinson:1987:MVH,
author = "Craig S. Robinson and Leith Johnson and Robert J.
Horning and Russell W. Mason and Mark A. Ludwig and
Howell R. Felsenthal and Thomas O. Meyer and Thomas V.
Spencer",
title = "A midrange {VLSI Hewlett--Packard Precision
Architecture} computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "9",
pages = "26--34",
month = sep,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The goal established for HP Precision Architecture
computers was to provide a scalable set of hardware and
software with the flexibility to be configured for many
different applications in a wide variety of market
areas. The HP 9000 Model 825 is a midrange, compact,
high-performance NMOS-III VLSI implementation of HP
Precision Architecture. The wide range of system
components available in this architecture are all
compatible with the Model 825. These include operating
systems, languages, graphics, networking, and a wide
variety of peripherals. Also, because adapting to
established environments and easy porting of existing
applications are of vital import, the Model 825 has
been designed in accordance with international
standards wherever possible. Designed for both
single-user workstation and multiuser applications
running the HP-UX operating system. It can be used for
mechanical and electrical computer-aided design,
computer integrated manufacturing, real-time control,
and general-purpose technical applications.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
classification = "714; 722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "9000 Model 825; computer integrated manufacturing;
computer-aided design; computers, microcomputer;
Design; Hewlett Packard computers; Hewlett--Packard
Precision Architecture computer; HP; HP 9000 model 825;
HP Precision Architecture; minicomputers; NMOS-III
VLSI; NMOS-III VLSI implementation; real-time control;
VLSI",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Gassman:1987:VHH,
author = "Gerald R. Gassman and Michael W. Schrempp and Ayee
Goundan and Richard Chin and Robert D. Odineal and
Marlin Jones",
title = "{VLSI-Based} High-Performance {HP} Precision
Architecture Computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "9",
pages = "38--48",
month = sep,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 9000 Model 850S and the HP 3000 Series 950 are
both based on the same system processing unit (SPU),
which consists of processor, memory, I/O, power, and
packaging subsystems. The Model 850S\slash Series 950
processor uses the NMOS-III VLSI chip set. The
differences between the Model 850S and the Series 950
are primarily in the areas of software and
configuration. The Model 850S is configured primarily
for technical applications. It runs HP-UX, HP's version
of AT\&T's UNIX(REGISTERED) System V operating system
with real-time extensions. The Series 950 is configured
for business applications. It executes MPE XL, a new
version of HP's proprietary MPE operating system. This
provides compatibility as well as a performance upgrade
for the current HP 3000 customer base.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
classification = "714; 722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "850S; computer architecture; Hewlett Packard
computers; HP 3000 Series 950; HP 9000 Model; HP
Precision Architecture computers; HP-UX; HP-UX
operating system; minicomputers; MPE; MPE operating
system; MPE XL operating systems; NMOS-III;
Performance; system processing unit; system processing
unit (SPU); Unix System V operating system; VLSI; VLSI
chip set; XL",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Carder:1987:ITI,
author = "Norman Carder and William I. Dunn and James H. Elliott
and David W. Grieve and W. Gordon Rhind",
title = "In-service transmission impairment testing of voice-
frequency data circuits",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "10",
pages = "4--15",
month = oct,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 4948A In-Service Transmission Impairment
Measuring Set (ITIMS) advances the state of the art in
analog data communications link testing by offering new
possibilities for testing leased voice-frequency data
circuits. Conventional test methods require that
service be suspended while testing takes place.
In-service testing allows the same measurements to be
made directly on the modem signal without disrupting
service. This means that if there is a problem, it can
be investigated immediately without waiting until the
circuit can be removed from service. The HP 4948A does
not need a conventional test signal, but instead uses
the live modem signal as its input.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
C3380B (Electronic instruments)",
classification = "718; 723; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; computers --- Data
Communication Systems; data logging; data transmission;
equipment; event logging; HP4948A in-service;
in-service test; in-service transmission impairment
measuring set; interface; ITIMS; live modem signal;
measurement systems; measurement techniques;
Measurements; modems; period logging; preventative
maintenance; telecommunication links --- Testing;
transmission impairment measuring set; user; voice;
voice-frequency data circuits",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Harper:1987:ILL,
author = "Steven L. Harper and Robert S. Worsley and Bruce A.
Stephens",
title = "An infrared link for low-cost calculators and
printers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "10",
pages = "16--21",
month = oct,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A separate accessory printer, which connects to the
calculator in some way, is considered for the addition
of printing capability. One very critical design area
for such an accessory printer is the means of
interconnection to the calculator. The HP-IL interface
is used in the HP-41C for connection to a number of
peripherals, including an accessory printer. Infrared
transmission is used as the wireless technology that
allows the use of low-cost, low-power, and readily
available components. The transmitter and receiver used
to implement the link are described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6260 (Optical links and equipment); C5430
(Microcomputers)",
classification = "717; 722; 741; 921",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "coding; computer peripheral equipment --- Printers;
correction; critical timing; data transmission;
electronic calculators; error; handheld calculator;
HP-18C calculators with remote printer; HP-41C
calculator; infrared devices --- Computer Interfaces;
infrared link; infrared transmission; interface; IR;
low-cost calculators; mathematical instruments ---
Pocket Calculators; optical links; printers; printing
calculators; telecommunication links; unidirectional
communication",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Smith:1987:LWP,
author = "David L. Smith and Masahiko Muranami",
title = "A low-cost wireless portable printer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "10",
pages = "21--23",
month = oct,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 82240A Infrared Printer is a portable
battery-powered thermal printer capable of printing a
maximum of 24 columns of alphanumeric characters or 166
columns of continuous graphics per line. Designed for
use with an HP-18C or HP-28C handheld calculator, the
information to be printed is transmitted to the printer
by the calculator using an infrared beam.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "717; 722; 741",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "2.5 inches; 3.5 inches; 7.25 inches; AA-sized
batteries; AC adaptor; computer peripheral equipment;
data transmission; electronic calculators; HP-18C
handheld calculator; HP-18C or HP-28C handheld
calculator.; HP-28C handheld calculator; infrared
devices; infrared link; infrared printer; IR; low-cost
wireless portable; printer; Printers; remote printer;
telecommunication links; thermal printer; thermal
printers",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Riper:1987:MSH,
author = "Richard W. Riper",
title = "Manufacturing State-Of-The-Art Handheld Calculators",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "10",
pages = "24--27",
month = oct,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Design and manufacturing cooperation on HP-18C and
HP-28C calculator project is described, where
manufacturing personnel are involved in the design
process. The technology used was CAD\slash CAM. The
HP-18C and HP-28C were the first products to be
designed primarily on a CAD system, which consists of
local work stations connected to HP 9000 Computers.
This resulted in easier sharing of design information,
which also was more accurate.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "713; 715; 723; 913; 921",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "assembling; assembly process; computer aided design;
computer aided manufacturing; conveyer; electronic
assembly; electronic calculators; electronic equipment
--- Assembly; final assembly; flow chart; flowcharting;
handheld calculators; HP-18C handheld calculator;
HP-28C; manufacturing process automation; manufacturing
processes; mathematical instruments; Pocket
Calculators; printed circuits --- Manufacture;
production flow; robots, industrial --- Applications",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Barnett:1987:ITM,
author = "G. Octo Barnett and Judith L. Piggins and Gordon T.
Moore and Ethan A. Foster",
title = "Information Technology and Medical Education",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "10",
pages = "28--35",
month = oct,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "There is considerable reason to believe that
computer-based educational applications can facilitate
acquisition of essential knowledge and mastery of
problem-solving skills. Comprehensive training and
experience with modern methods of information
management during the students' formative years may
greatly enhance their effective functioning as health
care practitioners and as professionals committed to
lifelong learning and teaching. This paper discusses
the use of information technology in an experimental
curriculum at Harvard Medical School and describes
several of the computer-based educational modules that
have been developed for the program.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C7810C (Computer-aided instruction)",
classification = "461; 723; 901",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "access; computer aided instruction; computer-based;
computer-based education; curriculum; data base; data
processing --- Educational Applications; education;
educational modules; experimental; Harvard Medical
School; information technology; Medical Applications;
medical education; new pathway program; patient;
physiology simulations; simulations; software packages;
test bank questions; vocabulary acquisition",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Coleman:1987:FPD,
author = "Derek Coleman and Robin M. Gallimore",
title = "A framework for program development",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "10",
pages = "37--40",
month = oct,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Software design is a complex process involving many
decisions. The developer is faced with the task of
formalizing the problem and reducing its level of
abstraction to that of the programming language to be
used. This paper presents a framework for recording a
software design activity as a directed acyclic design
graph, where each node denotes a fragment of the design
and each arrow represents some kind of design decision
that has been made. The framework presented uses a
graphical notation to help record some aspects of the
design of a program. Using the framework, component and
program specifications are recorded during program
design in a systematic, possibly formal, way.
Significantly, the specifications can be related to
both the definitions on which their intended meaning is
based and the code modules that implement the component
bodies using a simple graphical notation.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques)",
classification = "723; 921; 922",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "acyclic design graph; component and program
specifications; computer programming languages --- List
Processing; computer software; decision theory and
analysis; Design; design decision; design steps;
directed; directed acyclic design graph; mathematical
techniques --- Graph Theory; nodes and arrows; program
development; simple graphical notation; software design
activity; software development; software engineering",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Edwards:1987:VSG,
author = "Allen P. Edwards",
title = "Vector Signal Generation and Analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "11",
pages = "4--5",
month = dec,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 8780A Vector Signal Generator and the HP 8980A
Vector Analyzer are described. To appreciate the nature
of these products some of the concepts of vector
modulation and its applications are explained.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6120 (Modulation methods); B7220 (Signal processing
and conditioning equipment and techniques); B7250E
(Signal generators); B7250G (Display, recording and
indicating instruments)",
classification = "715; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "amplitude modulation; analyzer; digital
communications; digital radio; display instrumentation;
generation; HP 8780A vector signal generator; HP 8980A
vector; HP 8980A vector analyzer; mathematical
techniques --- Vectors; modulation; modulation schemes;
oscilloscopes, cathode ray --- Sampling; phase
modulation --- Phase Shift Keying; phase shift keying;
PSK; QAM; quadrature amplitude modulation; signal
generators; signal processing equipment; spectrum
analysis --- Instruments; test receivers; vector
analysis; vector modulation; vector signal; vector
signal analysis; vector signal generation",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Naegeli:1987:HSD,
author = "Andrew H. Naegeli and Juan Grau",
title = "Hardware System Design for a Vector Analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "11",
pages = "6--17",
month = dec,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 8980A Vector Analyzer is designed to measure
instantaneous amplitude and phase of wideband RF and
microwave signals by analyzing their I and Q components
in the time domain. It is a fully programmable HP-IB
(IEEE 488\slash IEC 625) instrument designed for R\&D
and production applications. The amplitude and phase of
a signal can be analyzed visually by plotting the Q
component versus the I component graphically in
Cartesian coordinates. The amplitude is then
represented by the distance from the center of the plot
and the phase is represented simply by the angle
thereon. The polar displays of vector network analyzers
work on this same principle.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning equipment
and techniques); B7250G (Display, recording and
indicating instruments)",
classification = "715; 716; 921; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "350 MHz; Applications; constellation display; digital
modulation signal; display instrumentation; domain;
electric measurements --- Phase; eye patterns; hardware
system design; HP 8980A vector analyzer; instantaneous
amplitude measurements; measurements; modulation ---
Analysis; oscilloscopes, cathode ray; processing
equipment; pulse timing; sampled data systems; sampling
display system; signal; signal processing --- Digital
Techniques; single time instant; time; triggering;
vector display; video signal processing; wideband RF",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Messenger:1987:FSD,
author = "Brian S. Messenger and Peter H. Fisher and Stanley P.
Woods",
title = "Firmware System Design for a Vector Analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "11",
pages = "17--24",
month = dec,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 8980A Vector Analyzer is an example of this
substantial change in the importance of software in
electronic instrumentation. It uses a 32-bit 68000
microprocessor for overall control, in addition to a
keyboard processor, an HP-IB (IEEE 488\slash IEC 625)
interface processor, and a CRT display processor. A
half megabyte of software used is written in C and,
where optimization for speed was critical, in assembly
language.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
C5140 (Firmware); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
classification = "715; 723; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Applications; assembly language; automatic testing; C
language; computer hardware --- Control; computer
programming languages; computer software; computerised
instrumentation; computers, microcomputer ---
Applications; digital-to-analog converters; display
instrumentation; display software; electronic test
instrumentation; firmware; hardware control software;
HP 1345A display; HP 8980A vector analyser; HP 8980A
vector analyzer; HP-IB; IEEE 488.2 standard;
interactive help function; internal calibration
software; measurement markers; oscilloscopes, cathode
ray; test equipment; trigger and timing calibration",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Gildea:1987:VMS,
author = "David R. Gildea and Donald R. Chambers",
title = "Vector Modulation in a Signal Generator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "11",
pages = "25--29",
month = dec,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 8780A Vector Signal Generator is a
10-MHz-to-3-GHz synthesized signal generator with
special wideband modulation capabilities. It has
calibrated scalar, digital, burst, vector, and
frequency modulation capabilities in both analog and
digital formats. By combining the different modulation
types, diverse signals such as Doppler-shifted QPSK for
satellite communication can be simulated.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators)",
classification = "715; 716; 718; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "10 MHz to 3 GHz; 10-MHz-to-3-GHz synthesized signal;
amplitude level control; burst modulation; digital
modulation; Doppler-shifted QPSK; frequency; frequency
modulation; generator; HP 8780A vector signal
generator; Modulation; modulation; phase modulation ---
Phase Shift Keying; resolution; scalar modulation;
signal generators; signal purity; vector modulation;
wideband modulation",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Jensen:1987:FVS,
author = "James E. Jensen and Eric D. McHenry",
title = "Firmware for a Vector Signal Generator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "11",
pages = "30--33",
month = dec,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The firmware used to control the HP 8780A Vector
Signal Generator is written in both C and assembly code
and uses approximately 180K bytes of ROM. The majority
of the code is written in C, chosen for its speed,
efficiency, and flexibility. When the compiled C code
for a particular function did not meet our speed
requirements, the function was rewritten in assembly
language. Such assembly language routines account for
10\% of the code in the HP 8780A. Metrics show that
25\% of the code is related to calibration, 18\% to
instrument hardware setup, and the remainder to the
HP-IB (IEEE 488\slash IEC 625) and user interfaces.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); C3380B (Electronic
instruments); C5140 (Firmware); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
classification = "715; 722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "analog circuit interface; assembly code; automatic
testing; C code; calibration; calibration firmware;
codes, symbolic --- Errors; computer hardware; computer
programming languages --- Flowcharting; computer
software; computerised instrumentation; error;
firmware; front panel operation; HP 8780A vector signal
generator; HP 8780A Vector Signal Generator; HP-1B
operation; interrupt; interrupt processing; interrupts;
process; processing; selftest program; signal
generators; signal generators --- Computer Interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Carey:1987:LSD,
author = "Thomas J. Carey and John C. Lovell and Thomas L.
Grisell",
title = "Low-Noise Synthesizer Design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "11",
pages = "34--38",
month = dec,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The internal frequency synthesizer of the HP 8780A
Vector Signal Generator is designed to achieve a
combination of state-of-the-art phase noise and
spurious output performance. A synthesis technique
based on three phase-locked loops is used. An IF
reference loop provides frequency resolution in
millihertz steps. This phase-locked loop uses the
fractional-N frequency synthesis technique, which
allows the output of such a loop to be incremented in
frequency steps smaller than the loop's reference
frequency. An RF reference loop provides large-step
resolution in 20-MHz increments. The outputs of these
loops are combined in the output sum loop to provide
coverage of the desired 980-MHz-to-1520-MHz output
range with millihertz resolution.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators)",
classification = "713; 715",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "980 MHz to 1520; Design; fractional-n frequency
synthesis technique; frequency synthesizers; HP 8780A;
HP 8780A vector signal generator; IF; internal
frequency synthesizer; MHz; output sum loop; phase
locked loops; reference loop; RF reference loop; signal
generators; signal generators --- Noise, Spurious
Signal; signal source; signal source spectral purity;
sum loop; synthesizer CPU; time base; Vector Signal
Generator",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Lau:1987:DVB,
author = "Chung Y. Lau",
title = "Digital and Vector Baseband Circuits for a Vector
Signal Generator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "11",
pages = "39--44",
month = dec,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "By using a vector modulator instead of conventional
amplitude and frequency modulators, the HP 8780A has
the ability to generate complex digital and vector
modulations. The baseband system is vastly different
from those found in conventional signal generators.
This system also provides the instrument with some
special features.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1250 (Modulators, demodulators, discriminators and
mixers); B7250E (Signal generators)",
classification = "713; 715",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "amplitude modulation; baseband system; circuitry;
Digital Devices; digital modulation; flexible baseband;
HP 8780A; integrated circuits, digital --- Switching;
modulator; modulators; phase modulation --- Phase Shift
Keying; quadrature amplitude modulation (QAM); signal
generators; vector; vector baseband circuits; vector
modulation; vector modulator; vector signal generator;
wideband linear vector",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{McHenry:1987:WFS,
author = "Eric D. McHenry",
title = "A wideband {FM} subsystem for a low-noise synthesizer
module",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "11",
pages = "45--47",
month = dec,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The FM subsystem of the HP 8780A Vector Signal
Generator is responsible for supplying the 1-GHz fixed
frequency reference for the generator during CW or
vector modulation and a frequency-modulated 1-GHz
signal for FM modes. The FM subsystem can be
functionally divided into two sections: baseband
(dc-to-12-MHz bandwidth) and RF (producing a modulated
1-GHz signal). The modulated 1-GHz signal is multiplied
up to a 8 GHz by the IF multipliers before being mixed
down to the HP 8780A's output frequency band. Although
the multiplication makes the design of a linear FM
oscillator easier (the linear range is eight times
smaller), it creates many other problems, the most
difficult being related to phase noise and
microphonics. Much effort was put into the design to
keep phase noise, microphonics, and spurious signals
low (all of these get multiplied by a factor of 8, or
18 db).",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators)",
classification = "713; 715",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "0 to 12 MHz; 1 GHz; 1-GHz fixed frequency; 8780A
Vector Signal Generator; calibration counter; cw
modulation; DC-to-12-MHz bandwidth; electronic
circuits, frequency multiplying; FM baseband circuitry;
FM RF circuitry; frequency modulation; frequency
synthesizers --- Noise, Spurious Signal;
frequency-modulated 1-GHz signal; HP; loops; low-noise
synthesizer module; microphonics; Microwaves;
modulators; noise; oscillators; phase locked loops;
phase noise; phase-locked; reference; signal
generators; vector modulation; wideband FM subsystem",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Kelly:1987:VMO,
author = "Wayne M. Kelly and Mark J. Woodward and Eric B. Rodal
and Pedro A. Szente and James D. McVey",
title = "Vector Modulator, Output Amplifier, and Multiplier
Chain Assemblies for a Vector Signal Generator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "11",
pages = "48--52",
month = dec,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Obtaining an accurate modulated signal from a
synthesized low-frequency source requires several
carefully designed assemblies to modulate and amplify
the signal and to multiply its frequency to the range
desired. The diverse types of modulation and wideband
performance required of the HP 8780A Vector Signal
Generator made the design of such assemblies for its
particularly challenging.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1220 (Amplifiers); B1250 (Modulators, demodulators,
discriminators and mixers); B7250E (Signal
generators)",
classification = "713; 715",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "10-to-3000-MHz range; 350 MHz; 8-GHz; 8.01 to 11.0
GHz; amplifiers; combiner; driver amplifier; dual
modulator; electronic circuits, frequency multiplying;
frequency; frequency doubler; frequency synthesizers;
high power amplifier; HP 8780A vector signal generator;
HP 8780A vector signal modulator; I-Q; I-Q splitter;
instrumentation amplifiers; integrated circuits;
microcircuits; modulated signal; modulators; multiple
chain filters; multiplier chain assemblies; multiplier
chains; output amplifier; output mixer; quadruplers;
signal generators; splitter; synthesized low-frequency
source; vector modulator",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Gravitz:1987:CBT,
author = "Michael E. Gravitz and G. Booth",
title = "A combinational board test system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "11",
pages = "53--64",
month = dec,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 3065AT is a combinational tester in the sense
that it supports both in-circuit and functional testing
methods. It provides a completely integrated set of
resources for testing analog, hybrid, and digital
circuits incorporating surface mounted devices,
application specific ICs, and VLSI circuits.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B2210
(Printed circuits); B2220 (Integrated circuits); B2570
(Semiconductor integrated circuits); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems); C5210B (Computer-aided
logic design); C7410D (Electronic engineering)",
classification = "713",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "ASIC; automatic test equipment; automatic testing ---
Components; board; circuit testing; combinational board
test; combinational tester; digital subsystem;
electronic equipment testing; error logging; execution;
functional test; functional test integration;
functional test preparation; generation; HP 3065at
combinational board test system; HP 3065AT Tester; IC
testing; in-circuit test; in-circuit test debug;
integrated circuit testing; integrated circuit testing
--- Equipment; integrated circuits, digital; integrated
circuits, hybrid; pattern capture; preparation; printed
circuits; sequencer; surface mounted devices (SMD);
system; Testing; vector address",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Busch:1987:MXO,
author = "John R. Busch and Alan J. Kondoff and Darryl Ouye",
title = "{MPE XL}: The Operating System for {HP}'s Next
Generation of Commercial Computer Systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "11",
pages = "68--86",
month = dec,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "MPE XL is a new commercial operating system developed
for HP Precision Architecture computer systems. It
provides fundamental advances in operating system
technology and helps users migrate to the new systems
by providing maximum compatibility with existing
systems. Described are: the use of HP Precision
Architecture and its compilers, the structure of the
operating system, the design of the kernel, the I/O and
data management portions of the operating system, the
tools and utilities provided, and the support of the
user environment.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "atomic; availability; codes, symbolic; compilers;
computer architecture; computer operating systems;
computer systems, digital; data consistency; data
integrity; data processing --- Security of Data; data
processing, business --- File Organization; Design;
Hewlett Packard computers; HP precision architecture;
HP Precision Architecture; in-line code; main memory;
mapped disc files; mapped files; millicode; MPE XL
commercial operating system; operating systems
(computers); recoverability; recovery properties;
storage management; system availability; transaction
model; workload",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Bergh:1987:HEH,
author = "Arndt B. Bergh and Keith Keilman and Daniel J.
Magenheimer and James A. Miller",
title = "{HP} 3000 Emulation on {HP} Precision Architecture
Computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "11",
pages = "87--89",
month = dec,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Two software subsystems for HP Precision Architecture
machines provide program execution that duplicates that
of HP 3000s running the MPE V operating system. The HP
3000 Emulator and the HP 3000 Object Code Translator
(OCT), provide program execution that duplicates that
of MPE V on the non-HP-Precision-Architecture HP 3000s.
The Emulator enables a user program to be loaded and
run without preparation or modification on an HP
Precision Architecture computer with the normal MPE
commands. In the case of the OCT, specific action by
the user is required to produce a translated program
before it can be run in the improved-performance
translated mode. This involves no code modification but
only a compiler-like invocation of the OCT for
translation, after which the target program will
automatically execute translated.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "3000 Object Code Translator; commercial operating
system; compatibility mode; computer architecture;
computer operating systems --- Program Compilers;
computers; environment; Hewlett Packard computers; HP;
HP 3000 emulator; HP 3000 Emulator; HP 3000 object code
translator (oct); HP 3000 Series 930; HP Precision
Architecture; MPE V; MPE XL operating system; operating
systems (computers); program execution; program
translation; software portability; virtual machines",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Sorden:1988:PDO,
author = "James L. Sorden",
title = "Precision Digital Oscilloscopes and Waveform
Recorders",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "1",
pages = "6--11, 14",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The author discusses a precision instrument family
consisting of five digitizing oscilloscopes based on
three waveform recorders and an analysis, display, and
I/O section. He focuses on the HP 5183A waveform
recorder, the precision digital trigger, the time base
system, and the memory system.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
classification = "715",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "10 bit; 12 bit; 20; 250 MHz; 4 MHz; 8 bit; cathode-ray
oscilloscopes; digital; digital instrumentation;
digitizing oscilloscopes; HP 5180A; HP 5180T; HP 5180U;
HP 5183A; HP 5183A waveform recorder; HP 5183T; HP
5183U; HP 5185A; HP 5185T; memory system; MHz;
oscilloscopes; oscilloscopes, cathode ray; precision;
precision digital oscilloscopes; precision digital
trigger; recorders; recording --- Equipment; time base
system; waveform analysis; waveform recorders",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Gee:1988:SCA,
author = "Albert Gee and Ronald W. Young",
title = "Signal conditioning and analog-to-digital conversion
for a 4-{MHz}, 12-bit waveform recorder",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "1",
pages = "15--22",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The analog-to-digital converter (ADC) in the HP 5183A
Waveform Recorder samples at a rate of four million
samples per second and provides 12 bits of amplitude
resolution. Key features of the analog circuitry
include the design of a modern discrete operational
amplifier, a discrete sample-and-hold circuit,
series-parallel ADC topology with pipelined ADC timing,
a low-noise oscillator, and pseudorandom noise to
improve the ADC's linearity. Digital signal processing
techniques can be used on the raw digital data to
increase the signal-to-noise performance; these
techniques include averaging multiple measurements and
oversampling (with respect to input signal bandwidth)
followed by digital filtering. These issues are
discussed in detail.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning equipment
and techniques); B7250G (Display, recording and
indicating instruments)",
classification = "715; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "12 bit; 4; 74 dB; A/D convertor; amplifier;
amplifiers; amplifiers, operational; analogue-digital
conversion; analysis; data conversion, analog to
digital; discrete operational amplifier; HP 5183A; HP
5183A waveform recorder; input; input amplifier;
Instruments; MHz; recorders; recording;
series-parallel; signal conditioning; SNR performance
improvement techniques; waveform; waveform recorder",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Page:1988:ASR,
author = "Richard W. Page and Nancy W. Nelson",
title = "{Adaptive Sample Rate}: a first-generation automatic
time base",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "1",
pages = "23--25",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "When capturing transient signals, it is desirable to
use a high sample rate to preserve input signal
details. This limits the maximum recording time of the
measurement. In the HP 5183A Waveform Recorder with
Option 301 Adaptive Sample Rate (ASR), the input signal
is sampled at the selected fast rate only when there is
significant detail present, and at a much slower rate
when there is no significant detail. Thus ASR maximizes
the recording time without compromising signal
integrity. The ASR implementation and the underlying
signal processing theory are examined.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning equipment
and techniques); B7250G (Display, recording and
indicating instruments)",
classification = "715",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "adaptive sample rate; adaptive systems; automatic time
base; HP 5183A; HP 5183A waveform recorder; Option 301
adaptive sample rate; processing; recorders; recording;
Sampling; signal; signal processing; signal processing
equipment; time bases; transient signal capture;
waveform analysis; waveform recorder",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Page:1988:WRT,
author = "Richard W. Page and Allen S. Foster",
title = "Waveform Reconstruction Techniques for Precision
Digitizing Oscilloscopes",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "1",
pages = "26--31",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The maximum sample rate, dynamic performance, and
reconstruction strategy of a digitizing oscilloscope
determine its bandwidth. The dynamic performance
specification determines the sampling accuracy near the
Nyquist rate. Waveform reconstruction allows signals
sampled near the Nyquist limit to be displayed with
accuracy approaching the sampler-imposed limits. The
reconstruction algorithm accuracy can be specified as a
design parameter. Speed of operation, reconstruction
filter impulse response length, and reconstruction
accuracy are interrelated. Reconstruction is also
useful when memory constraints dictate sampling slower
than the minimum digitizer rate. A good reconstruction
algorithm allows the user to take maximum advantage of
the digitizing oscilloscope's memory by allowing
sampling near the Nyquist limit.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments)",
classification = "715; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "A/D convertor circuitry; analogue-digital conversion;
computer programming --- Algorithms; digital
instrumentation; digitizing oscilloscopes; digitizing
waveform recorders; HP 5180A; HP 5183A; Nyquist limit;
oscilloscopes, cathode ray; precision digitizing
oscilloscopes; recorders; sampling; signal processing;
signal reconstruction; waveform analysis; waveform
reconstruction; waveform reconstruction algorithms",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Pon:1988:DDH,
author = "Rayman W. Pon and Steven C. Bird and Patrick D.
Deane",
title = "Digital Design of a High-Speed Waveform Recorder",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "1",
pages = "32--38",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "This article examines how the design of the HP 5185A
Waveform Recorder digital hardware provides the ability
to capture and focus upon the portion of the signal
conveying the desired information. A design overview is
followed by a discussion of the digital system, timing
issues, DC-to-250-MHz operation, pipeline partitioning,
data deceleration, the analog-digital trigger, and
two-channel synchronous data storage.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265Z (Other digital circuits); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments)",
classification = "713; 715",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "analog-digital trigger; data deceleration; digital
instrumentation; electronic circuits, timing;
electronic circuits, trigger; high-speed digital
waveform recorder; HP 5185A; HP 5185A waveform
recorder; Instruments; pipeline partitioning;
recorders; recording; timing; timing circuits;
two-channel synchronous data storage; waveform
analysis",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Frohring:1988:WRD,
author = "Brian J. Frohring and Bruce E. Peetz and Mark A.
Unkrich and Steven C. Bird",
title = "Waveform Recorder Design for Dynamic Performance",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "1",
pages = "39--48 (or 39--47??)",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The authors describe the relation between various
types and sources of phase noise and the effects of
this noise on amplitude errors when sampling
high-slew-rate signals. They then discuss
considerations related to the choice of oscillator
topology, circuit design, and component selection to
achieve the required performance in the SAW reference
oscillator, that is, less than 2 ps rms phase jitter.
Finally, they review how dynamic performance is
measured and outline the closed-form sine wave curve
fitting algorithm used in production testing of the HP
5185A.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
classification = "713; 715; 723; 921",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "acoustic surface wave devices --- Applications; analog
components; analog-to-digital conversion; closed-form
sine wave curve fitting algorithm; computer programming
--- Algorithms; delay mismatches; delays; distortion;
dynamic performance; dynamic response; effective bits;
electric distortion; HP 5185A; HP 5185A waveform
recorder; Instruments; low-level sampling-clock phase
noise; low-order input-amplifier; mathematical
techniques --- Curve Fitting; noise; noise, spurious
signal; oscillators --- Performance; phase noise;
quantiser on-chip delays; recorders; recording; saw
reference oscillator; waveform analysis; waveform
recorder",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Deane:1988:PHA,
author = "Patrick D. Deane and Simcoe {Walmsley, Jr.} and Farid
Dibachi",
title = "Packaging a High-Performance 250-Megasample-Per-Second
Analog-To-Digital Converter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "1",
pages = "49--52",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The authors discuss the packaging scheme used in the
HP 5185A waveform recorder, the fundamental objective
of which was to achieve maximum performance from the
custom chip set, taking into account not only
electrical performance but also reliability,
producibility, and serviceability. Previous
high-performance analog-to-digital converter (ADC)
measurement systems have used either thick-film or
thin-film hybrid technology. Several modifications of
standard thin-film hybrid technology were developed to
achieve the performance goals of the HP 5185A.
Substrate technology, interconnections, and thermal
performance are examined.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170J (Product packaging); B1265H (A/D and D/A
convertors); B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning
equipment and techniques); B7250G (Display, recording
and indicating instruments)",
classification = "713; 715; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "250 MHz; analog-to-digital converter; analogue-digital
conversion; analysis; component packaging; custom ICs;
data conversion, analog to digital; electronics
packaging; HP 5185A waveform recorder; hybrid
packaging; integrated circuits, hybrid;
interconnections; packaging; recorders; recording ---
Instruments; solid state devices, thin film; substrates
--- Processing; thermal performance; thin-film hybrid
technology; waveform",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Nichols:1988:PDO,
author = "Douglas C. Nichols",
title = "Precision digitizing oscilloscope waveform analysis,
display, and input\slash output",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "1",
pages = "53--64",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The author describes the HP 5180T/U, HP 5183T/U, and
HP 5185T precision digitizing oscilloscopes, each
consisting of a waveform recorder and an analysis,
display, and I/O module. The waveform recorder is the
HP 5180A, the HP 5183A, or the HP 5185A. The display is
a 9-inch-diagonal 2048 multiplied by 2048-point
addressable vector CRT display that generates
high-resolution text and waveform images. System
control is managed by a real-time multitasking
operating system that simultaneously handles multiple
processes such as keyboard entry, data analysis, and
waveform display. A 6803 microprocessor manages all
front-panel inputs including hardkey and data entry
knob control firmware and scanning control for the
touchscreen display.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning equipment
and techniques); B7250G (Display, recording and
indicating instruments); B7260 (Display technology and
systems); C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
classification = "715",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "based unit; cathode-ray oscilloscopes; cathode-ray
tube displays; computer interfaces; computerised
instrumentation; CRT display; digital; digitizing
oscilloscopes; HP 51089A analysis display and I/O
module; instrumentation; microcomputer-; oscilloscopes,
cathode ray; precision digitizing oscilloscope;
recording --- Instruments; waveform analysis; waveform
recorders",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
xxauthor = "D. C. Nicols",
}
@Article{Regelson:1988:DPC,
author = "Elaine C. Regelson",
title = "Developing a Printed Circuit Board Design System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "1",
pages = "65--67",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "In 1982 Hewlett--Packard addressed the computer-aided
printed circuit board layout problem with HP EGS (HP's
Engineering Graphics System), a product that provides
design capture (via an electrical schematic) and
general physical design capabilities. In 1986 HP
introduced its first fully automated printed circuit
board layout product as a member of the HP DesignCenter
family. This HP Printed Circuit Design System (HP PCDS)
is a fully functional computer-aided design application
that couples printed circuit board layout to electrical
engineering design, manufacturing, and testing. This
article provides an overview of the product and the
environment in which it runs, and includes a discussion
of HP PCDS' Design Module.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
B2210B (Printed circuit layout and design); C7410D
(Electronic engineering)",
classification = "703; 713; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "applications; automated printed circuit board layout;
autorouter module; circuit layout CAD; Computer Aided
Design; computer aided design --- Equipment;
computer-aided design; Design; design module; Hewlett
Packard computers; HP; HP 9000 Series 300 technical
workstations; HP Design Center; HP PCDS; HP printed
circuit design system; library module; microcomputer;
Module; Printed Circuit Design System; printed
circuits; software packages",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Jackoway:1988:APC,
author = "Gary Jackoway",
title = "Automating the Printed Circuit Board Design Process",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "1",
pages = "68--71",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The author describes the placement method used in the
HP Printed Circuit Design System (HP PCDS). He then
discusses placement improvement methods. He finally
describes the autorouter, its parameters and its method
of operation.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
B2210B (Printed circuit layout and design); C7410D
(Electronic engineering)",
classification = "703; 713; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "applications; autorouter; circuit layout CAD; Computer
Aided Design; computer aided design --- Equipment;
Hewlett Packard computers; HP PCDS; HP printed circuit
design system; HP Printed Circuit Design System;
microcomputer; PCB layout CAD; placement; printed
circuit placement; printed circuit routing; printed
circuits; software packages",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Reese:1988:MHP,
author = "Paul S. Reese and Mark E. Mayotte",
title = "Managing {HP PCDS} with the {Design System Manager}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "1",
pages = "71--76",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A description is given of the Design System Management
(DSM) part of the HP Printed Circuit Design System. The
discussion covers: design history and version control;
DSM architecture; DSM networks; file structure;
interface; design access; file security; the spooler
system; and customization and usability.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
B2210B (Printed circuit layout and design); C5620L
(Local area networks); C6120 (File organisation);
C6150J (Operating systems); C7410D (Electronic
engineering)",
classification = "703; 713; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "application; CAE/CAD systems; circuit layout CAD;
Computer Aided Design; computer aided design ---
Equipment; computers; Design System; design system
manager; DSM; file organisation; file security; Hewlett
Packard; HP PCDS; HP printed circuit design system; HP
Printed Circuit Design System; integration; local area
networks; Manager; microcomputer applications; multiple
file-version control; network operating systems;
network support; packages; printed circuits; software",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Lienhart:1988:MST,
author = "Deborah H. Lienhart",
title = "A multidevice spooler for technical applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "1",
pages = "77--80",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP Printed Circuit Design System (HP PCDS)
produces output that goes to a wide variety of physical
devices. The DSM (Design System Manager) spooler system
provides a method for accessing each of the peripherals
and the Autorouter Module through a common user
interface. This lets HP PCDS users concentrate on
designing printed circuit boards instead of interacting
with each device individually. The DSM spooler can be
easily customized. This allows customer sites to
configure the systems to that it works with their
peripherals and manufacturing processes. Because the
spooler is integrated within DSM, the user does not
need to specify information that is already known by
DSM, such as the names and locations of files. In
addition, DSM can be used to transfer job files and
status information across the network.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
B2210B (Printed circuit layout and design); C6150J
(Operating systems); C7410D (Electronic engineering)",
classification = "703; 713; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "batch process spooling; cartridge tape; circuit layout
CAD; Computer Aided Design; computer aided design ---
Equipment; Design System Manager; drive; Hewlett
Packard computers; HP; HP 9000 Series 300 technical
workstation; HP PCDS; HP printed circuit design system;
HP Printed Circuit Design System; input-output;
magnetic tape; microcomputer applications; multidevice
spooler; NC drill tape punch machines; PCDS; plotters;
printed circuits; printers; programs; software
packages; user interface",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Mayotte:1988:IAD,
author = "Mark E. Mayotte",
title = "Integrating Applications in a Design Management
System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "1",
pages = "80--83",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The author describes the Design System Manager, which
was developed in conjunction with the HP Printed
Circuit Design System (HP PCDS) to allow an
organization to control the access to and the
distribution of their CAD data. The basic functions of
a design manager are to provide the file management
tasks of versioning, access control, archival storage,
and reporting. The discussion focuses on the
environment initialization, automatic execution, and
the DSM query facility.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
B2210B (Printed circuit layout and design); C6150J
(Operating systems); C7410D (Electronic engineering)",
classification = "703; 713; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "application; automatic execution; circuit layout CAD;
Computer Aided Design; computer aided design ---
Equipment; design; design management system; Design
System Manager; environment initialization; Hewlett
Packard computers; HP PCDS; HP printed circuit design
system; HP Printed Circuit Design System; integration
functions; local area; management system; microcomputer
applications; network operating; networks; printed
circuits; software packages; systems",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Martin:1988:SQA,
author = "David E. Martin",
title = "Software Quality Assurance on the {HP} Printed Circuit
Design System Project",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "1",
pages = "84--86",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The author describes the efforts made to ensure
software quality during the development of the HP
Printed Circuit Design System (HP PCDS). He covers
defect tracking, environment issues, system
integration, and formal quality assurance activities.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5620L (Local area networks); C6110B (Software
engineering techniques); C6150G (Diagnostic, testing,
debugging and evaluating systems); C7410D (Electronic
engineering)",
classification = "703; 713; 723; 913",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "circuit layout CAD; computer networks --- Local
Networks; computer software; Hewlett Packard computers;
HP Defect Tracking System; HP PCDS; HP Printed Circuit
Design; HP printed circuit design system; integration;
LAN; local area; microcomputer applications; networks;
printed circuits --- Computer Aided Design; program
testing; Quality Assurance; software defect tracking;
software design environments; software engineering;
software packages; software quality assurance; system;
System; testing",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Colinge:1988:SMD,
author = "Jean-Pierre P. Colinge",
title = "Silicon-On-Insulator {MOS} Devices for Integrated
Circuit Applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "1",
pages = "87--93",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Several techniques for fabricating regions of
crystalline silicon on insulating (SOI) substrates are
available. These methods are described briefly and
device design considerations introduced by the use of
SOI are discussed. The advantages of SOI devices are
described; these are absence of latch-up, process
simplicity, radiation resistance, and reduction of
parasitic capacitance. The physics of an SOI MOS
transistor are presented.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2570F (Other MOS integrated circuits)",
classification = "712; 714",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "circuit; CMOSFET devices; device design; Fabrication;
field effect integrated circuits; integrated;
integrated circuit; integrated circuits; semiconducting
silicon --- Applications; semiconductor device
manufacture; semiconductor devices --- Design;
semiconductor devices, MOSFET; Si; Si-on-insulator MOS
devices; silicon-on-insulator devices; SOI technology;
technology",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Sayed:1988:MSI,
author = "Mohamed M. Sayed and John R. Regazzi",
title = "Millimeter-Wave Sources and Instrumentation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "2",
pages = "6--7, 9--11",
month = apr,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The recent growth in developing and applying
millimeter-wave systems has created a corresponding
demand for millimeter-wave test instrumentation.
Millimeter-wave sources with full waveguide coverage
are key instruments for many systems in this frequency
range. Instruments based on a diode frequency
multiplier are described. They include sources, a
scalar analyzer, a vector analyzer, and a
millimeter-wave source-system interface.
Millimeter-wave source specification and V-and W-band
sources are discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1350F (Solid-state circuits and devices); B7310N
(Microwave techniques)",
classification = "711; 713; 715",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "characteristics; diode multiplier; electric measuring
instruments; electronic circuits, frequency
multiplying; frequency resolution; insertion losses;
microwave circuits; microwave measurement; microwave
synthesizer; microwaves; millimeter-wave instruments;
millimeter-wave source-system interface;
millimeter-wave sources; MM wave sources; modulation;
multiplying circuits; scalar analyzers; signal
generators; solid-state; solid-state amplifiers;
spectral purity; stability; technique; vector
analyzers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Dildine:1988:MVN,
author = "Robert G. Dildine and James D. Grace",
title = "Millimeter-Wave Vector Network Analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "2",
pages = "12--18",
month = apr,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A method of making vector network measurements at
frequencies above 26 GHz was developed that retains the
error-correction capability, time-domain analysis, and
accuracy of the HP 8510B Microwave Network Analyzer at
microwave frequencies. The system makes reflection and
transmission measurements and is based on HP 8510B, but
no HP 8510B Series test set is used. Full waveguide
band coverage is obtained from 26.5 to 100 GHz, and the
system features accuracy and speed similar to that of
the HP 8510B in stepped sweep operation. In addition,
the system's waveguide test ports can be moved,
eliminating the need for custom or flexible waveguide
to connect the device under test.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1350F (Solid-state circuits and devices); B7210X
(Other instrumentation and measurement systems); B7310N
(Microwave techniques)",
classification = "706; 711",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "26.5 to 100 GHz; analysis; band coverage; electric
network analyzers; error-correction capability; HP
8510B; HP 8510B microwave network analyzer;
mathematical techniques --- Time Domain Analysis;
measurements; microwave circuits; microwave
measurement; microwave reflection measurements;
microwave transmission measurements; millimeter waves;
millimeter-wave vector network analysis; MM-wave vector
network analysis; network analysers; solid-state;
time-domain; transmission measurements; vector network;
waveguide",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Albin:1988:MSM,
author = "Robert D. Albin",
title = "Millimeter-Wave Source Modules",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "2",
pages = "18--19, 21, 23--25",
month = apr,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A description is given of the modules, and their
performance is examined. Driven by a microwave source,
these modules double or triple the input frequency to
generate output frequencies in the millimeter-wave
range. The source module amplifier is discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1350F (Solid-state circuits and devices); B7310N
(Microwave techniques)",
classification = "711; 713; 715",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "11 to 20 GHz; amplifiers, microwave; circuits;
electronic circuits, frequency multiplying; finlines;
flexible coaxial cable; HP 8349B microwave amplifier;
HP's MM-wave source modules; leveled source match;
microwave; microwave measurement; millimeter waves;
millimeter-wave sources; modules; signal generators;
solid-state microwave; sweep generator family; test
system; waveguide; waveguides, dielectric",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bloom:1988:HMS,
author = "Alan R. Bloom and Roger R. Graeber and Kenneth A.
Richter and Andrew N. Smith and Ronald T. Yamada",
title = "High-Power Microwave Source for Millimeter-Wave
Generation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "2",
pages = "26--30",
month = apr,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 82550A RF PLUG-IN for the HP 8350B Sweep
Oscillator was conceived as a low-cost microwave driver
for the HP 8355x family of millimeter-wave source
modules. The HP 83550A also functions well as a
stand-alone high-power 8-to-20-GHz source. The authors
discuss system, considerations, high-performance pulse
modulation, product design, and self-test.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230B (Oscillators); B1350F (Solid-state circuits and
devices); B7310N (Microwave techniques)",
classification = "711; 715",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "8 to 20 GHz; high-power microwave source; HP 8350B
Sweep; HP83550A RF plug-in; microwave circuits;
microwave driver; microwave measurement; microwave
oscillators; microwave source; microwaves; millimeter
waves; millimeter-wave generation; Oscillator; product
design; pulse modulation; self-test; signal generators;
solid-state; YIG",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Upham:1988:MDE,
author = "Herbert L. Upham",
title = "Millimeter-Wave Detectors Extend Range of Scalar
Network Analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "2",
pages = "31--34",
month = apr,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A description is given of a family of millimeter-wave
detectors designed specifically for use with the HP
8757A Scalar Network Analyzer, extending the
capabilities of this instrument for millimeter-wave
system measurements. These detectors operate in both
modulated (ac) and unmodulated (dc) modes for optimum
performance in various measurement configurations. The
unmodulated mode is particularly beneficial in
millimeter-wave measurements, because the source does
not need to include an accurate modulator. These
detectors provide excellent accuracy in a wide variety
of applications. All three detectors work over their
designated waveguide bands with typical flatness better
than plus or minus 1.5 dB and return loss greater than
12 dB. The specifications, design, and applications of
these detectors are discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1250 (Modulators, demodulators, discriminators and
mixers); B1350F (Solid-state circuits and devices);
B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems)",
classification = "706; 711; 942",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "analysers; electric network analyzers; HP 8757A scalar
network analyzer; HP Q85026A; HP R85026A; HP U85026A;
HP's MM-wave detectors; microwave detectors; microwave
measurement; millimeter waves; millimeter-wave
detectors; modulated modes; network; radiation
detectors; scalar network analyzer; solid-state
microwave circuits; unmodulated modes",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Colby:1988:DPM,
author = "Lee H. Colby",
title = "Design and Performance of Millimeter-Wave Thermocouple
Sensors",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "2",
pages = "35--38",
month = apr,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The author discusses the HP Q8486A and HP R8486A power
sensors, incorporate a special method that inserts a
50-MHz calibrating signal into the waveguide. The
sensors have the same 50-ohm thermocopule used by HP's
lower-frequency coaxial power mounts and share the same
one-microwatt-to-100-milliwatt power range, low drift,
low SWR, 50-MHz calibration, and accuracy that these
coaxial thermocopule power sensors have. The HP Q8486A
operates in the 33-to-50-GHz waveguide band and the HP
R8486A operates in the 26.5-to-40-GHz band. He covers
the thermocouple, the waveguide-to-coaxtransition,
50-MHz and millimeter-wave diplexer, and the
constant-impedance taper.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1250 (Modulators, demodulators, discriminators and
mixers); B1350F (Solid-state circuits and devices);
B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers)",
classification = "711; 942; 944",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "1 muW to 100 mW; 26.5 to 50 GHz; 50-MHz calibrating;
design; electric sensing devices; HP Q8486A; HP R8486A;
microwave detectors; microwave devices; millimeter
waves --- Sensors; millimeter-wave thermocouple
sensors; performance; power sensors; signal;
solid-state; thermocouples; waveguide",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Watkins:1988:AUL,
author = "Marvin L. Watkins",
title = "Adapting {UNIX} Logon Mechanisms to Automation
Applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "2",
pages = "39--47",
month = apr,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The author discusses the utilities provided by the
UNIX operating system which can be adapted in various
ways for use by novice operators in an automated
environment. He describes special UNIX boot and logon
programs that have been created to handle the problems
associated with dial-in lines, modem control, security,
etc. A series of design considerations and issues
concerning controllers are raised. Possible resolutions
using adaptations outlined earlier are presented.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems); C7420 (Control
engineering)",
classification = "723; 731",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "(computers); automation applications; boot; CIM;
Computer Applications; computer operating systems;
control systems; data acquisition; logon mechanisms;
manufacturing computer control; monitoring; novice
operators; operating systems; process control; UNIX;
UNIX logon mechanisms",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Olsson:1988:VUS,
author = "Kjell A. Olsson and Mark Bergman",
title = "A virtual user simulation utility",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "2",
pages = "48--53",
month = apr,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Testing activity is a major part of software
development. The task is particularly acute if the
testing requires interactive communication between the
tester and the product. Vuser is a software utility
created to do interactive testing without a human
tester. The vuser utility makes it possible to simulate
one or several users on a system. It is a useful tool
for all types of testing, particularly interactive
testing. Vuser runs under the HP-UX operating system on
HP 9000 Series 800 and 300 computers.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150E (General utility programs); C6150G (Diagnostic,
testing, debugging and evaluating systems)",
classification = "723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer simulation; computer software; digital
simulation; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 9000
computers; HP 9000 Series 800; HP Series 300 computer;
HP-UX operating system; interactive testing; program;
Testing; testing; utility programs; virtual user
simulation utility; vuser utility",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Olsson:1988:HKL,
author = "Kjell A. Olsson and Grace T. Yee",
title = "An {HP-UX} kernel load and measurement system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "2",
pages = "54--60",
month = apr,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The kernel load and measurement system has been
developed to test the HP-UX operating system on HP
Precision Architecture computers under various levels
of stress, and at the same time, to measure and control
that stress. The system is designed to be used together
with any type of tests or test packages (kernel,
commands, subsystem, or application test package). The
system makes sure that the specified load or
measurement is generated and leaves the testing
responsibilities to the test package. The load
generating portion of the system is a feedback
controlled package that allows a user to specify a
desired load on a scale between 0 and 100\%. For each
load area, a specific program is responsible for
maintaining the specified load. A user can add a load
program to any areas measured. The measurement portion
of the system is used by all of the load programs and
by on-line and off-line display programs.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
systems); C6150J (Operating systems)",
classification = "723",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "application test; Architecture computers; commands;
computer operating systems; computer software ---
Testing; Hewlett Packard computers; HP Precision; HP
Precision Architecture computers; HP-UX kernel load and
measurement system; HP-UX operating system; kernel;
kernel load and measurement system; operating systems
(computers); package; packages; program testing;
subsystem; test",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{LeVitt:1988:PMI,
author = "Richard M. LeVitt",
title = "Process Measures to Improve {R\&D} Scheduling
Accuracy",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "2",
pages = "61--65",
month = apr,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A major effort to improve the accuracy of project
schedules is described. Key to the effort is a view of
scheduling as an ongoing process subject to continuous,
objective measurement. Two new process measurements
that provide sensitive and timely indexes of project
progress are presented.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C1290F (Industry); C7100 (Business and
administration)",
classification = "901",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "engineering --- Project Management; engineering
research; estimation quality factor; Hewlett--Packard;
PEQF; Process EQF; process measures; product
development; project schedules; R and D scheduling
accuracy; real-time index; research and development;
Scheduling; scheduling",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hassun:1988:AWS,
author = "Roland Hassun and Albert W. Kovalick",
title = "An arbitrary waveform synthesizer for {DC} to 50
{MHz}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "2",
pages = "69--71, 73--77",
month = apr,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The development of the HP 8770A Arbitrary Waveform
Synthesizer is described. The HP 8770A has a digital
architecture and an analog output of plus or minus 1
volt into 50 ohms, from dc to 50 MHz. The HP 8770A
architecture is examined, and design tradeoffs are
discussed. The article covers: amplitude, phase and
frequency resolution; harmonic distortion; spurious
sidebands; amplitude flatness and phase linearity;
versatility; and synchronization.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250E (Signal generators)",
classification = "715",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "amplitude resolution; architecture; calibration;
digital; digital instrumentation; frequency resolution;
frequency synthesizers; HP 8770A; HP 8770A Arbitrary
Waveform Synthesizer; magnetic media certifiers; phase
resolution; signal distortion; signal generators;
simulated radar return pulse; source; TV test signals;
waveform synthesizer",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Sagun:1988:DCS,
author = "Wilfredo T. Sagun and Fred H. Ives and Gary L. Baldwin
and Thomas Hornak",
title = "A {125-MHz} 12-bit digital-to-analog converter
system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "2",
pages = "78--85",
month = apr,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The final high-speed conversion of digital data to the
analog output signal in the HP 8770A Arbitrary Waveform
Synthesizer is done in a custom ceramic microcircuit
followed by a filter and amplifiers. The underlying
design goal for these circuits was to achieve precision
and repeatable waveform synthesis within a 50-MHz
bandwidth. The analog system architecture consists of a
125-MHz, 12-bit, NMOS digital-to-analog converter
(DAC), a gallium arsenide sampler, a
differential-to-single-ended converter, a low-pass
filter, and output amplifiers. The authors discuss the
accuracy evaluation of the system, DAC\slash sampler
microcircuit design implementation; the DAC IC initial
development; and the low-pass filter used for
postprocessing.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); B7250E (Signal
generators); C5180 (A/D and D/A convertors)",
classification = "713; 715; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "12 bit; 125; 125-MHz 12-bit digital-to-analog
converter; amplifiers; amplifiers --- Applications;
ceramic; data conversion, digital to analog;
differential-to-single-; digital-analogue conversion;
electric filters, low pass --- Applications; ended
converter; filter; frequency synthesizers; GaAs
sampler; HP 8770A; HP 8770A arbitrary waveform
synthesizer; integrated circuits --- Design; low-pass
filter; MHz; microcircuit; output amplifiers; sampling
circuit; signal generators --- Components; system;
waveform synthesizer",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kovalick:1988:AWS,
author = "Albert W. Kovalick and Roland Hassun",
title = "Arbitrary Waveform Synthesizer Applications in
Magnetic Recording and Radar",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "2",
pages = "86--93",
month = apr,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 8770A arbitrary waveform synthesizer is
well-suited for generating signals to test read
channels and servo channels in disc drives. It can also
be used to calibrate disc media certifiers. This
article will explore these applications and the use of
signal simulation in the field of analog radar system
design.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B3120B (Magnetic recording); B6320 (Radar equipment,
systems and applications); B7250E (Signal generators)",
classification = "715; 716; 722",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "analog radar system design; arbitrary waveform;
certifiers; data storage, magnetic --- Disk; digital
instrumentation; disc drives; disc media; frequency
synthesizers; HP 8770A; magnetic; magnetic recording;
radar systems; radar systems --- Design; recording;
servo channels; signal generators; signal simulation;
synthesizer; waveform synthesizer",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Kikuchi:1988:WGL,
author = "Derrick T. Kikuchi and Rafael F. Miranda and Peter A.
Thysell",
title = "A waveform generation language for arbitrary waveform
synthesis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "2",
pages = "94--96",
month = apr,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The waveform generation language (WGL) was developed
by Hewlett--Packard as a software tool for waveform
design and analysis. Running on HP 9000 Series 200 and
300 computers, it is the primary front-panel interface
used to control the HP 8770A Arbitrary Waveform
Synthesizer. Depending on whether you are a beginning
user, a programmer, or an applications engineer, WGL
can be approached in different ways.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); C6115 (Programming
support)",
classification = "715; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer programming languages; frequency
synthesizers; front-panel interface; Hewlett Packard
computers; Hewlett--Packard; HP 8770A; HP 8770A
arbitrary waveform; HP 9000 Series 200; HP 9000 Series
300 computer; signal generators; software; software
tool; synthesizer; tools; waveform generation language;
waveform synthesis; WGL",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Read:1988:SIS,
author = "Sherry L. Read and Timothy R. C. Read",
title = "Statistical Issues in Setting Product Specifications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "3",
pages = "6--11",
month = jun,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The authors illustrate how statistical methods of data
analysis can help product designers, manufacturing and
marketing engineers provide efficient and accurate
answers to questions about product performance.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C1140Z (Other and miscellaneous); C1290D (Economics
and business); C1290F (Industry)",
classification = "715; 921; 922",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "data analysis; electronic equipment; error
propagation; manufacture; manufacturing; marketing;
marketing engineers; mathematical techniques ---
Estimation; Performance; performance; potential
customer; product designers; product specifications;
robust estimators; statistical analysis; statistical
methods; test line limit",
treatment = "T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}
@Article{Kafadar:1988:CDU,
author = "Karen Kafadar and Lynn M. Plouse",
title = "Circuit Design Using Statistical Data Analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "3",
pages = "12--17",
month = jun,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A methodology for setting limits of uncertainty on
amplifier output power based on measured prototype data
facilitates the design of amplifiers that minimize
output power variations. This paper discusses the
application of statistical methodology to seven printed
circuit boards used in the prototype design phase for
amplifiers. This project illustrates the power of
statistics and the value of a statistical analysis of
data collected early in the design stage. The success
of this approach is verified by the close prediction of
lab pilot units from the prototype, and, more
important, by the labor savings from designing a
printed circuit board requiring no adjustments.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0240Z (Other and miscellaneous); B1130B
(Computer-aided circuit analysis and design); B2210B
(Printed circuit layout and design); C1140Z (Other and
miscellaneous); C7410D (Electronic engineering)",
classification = "703; 713; 922",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "amplifiers; analysis; circuit CAD; circuit design;
circuit layout CAD; Design; design; error transmission;
frequency measurement; frequency synthesizers; HP
86792A agile upconverter; lab pilot units; parameters;
printed circuit boards; printed circuits; printed
circuits --- Design; prototype design; prototype design
phase; statistical; statistical data analysis;
statistical methods; synthesizer; temperature testing;
thermal effects",
treatment = "P Practical; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}
@Article{Kafadar:1988:SCV,
author = "Karen Kafadar",
title = "Statistical Calibration of a Vector Demodulator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "3",
pages = "18--25",
month = jun,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Circuit performance characteristics must be determined
and accounted for in instrument calibration. This paper
describes an algorithm for statistical demodulator
calibration to guarantee high precision in the
demodulated signal. It is applied to the calibration of
the HP 8981A vector modulation analyzer. Examples of
real data illustrate the computations in the
statistical algorithm and formulas for the
uncertainties in the calibration factors. It is shown
that the algorithm can be used to calibrate not only
the demodulator in the HP 8981A but also external
demodulators.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0240Z (Other and miscellaneous); B7130 (Measurement
standards and calibration); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B7210X (Other instrumentation and
measurement systems); C1140Z (Other and miscellaneous);
C7410H (Instrumentation)",
classification = "716; 723; 921; 922",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "algorithm; analysis; Calibration; calibration;
calibration factors; circuit performance; computer
programming --- Algorithms; computerised
instrumentation; demodulator calibration; demodulators;
Hewlett Packard computers; histograms; HP 8981A vector;
HP 8981A vector modulation analyzer; instrument
calibration; mathematical techniques --- Estimation;
modulation analyzer; network analysers; standard
errors; statistical; statistical methods;
uncertainties; vector demodulator; vector signal
generator",
treatment = "P Practical; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}
@Article{Rehder:1988:ARC,
author = "Wulf D. Rehder",
title = "An Availability and Reliability Calculation Tool for
Computer Systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "3",
pages = "26--29",
month = jun,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A new algorithm for modeling the reliability,
availability, and serviceability\slash supportability
(the RAS features) RAS features of large systems has
been implemented in a prototype software tool for
internal use within Hewlett--Packard. This software
program helps R\&D engineers make tradeoffs in
designing for reliability. It also provides marketing
representatives with a tool to evaluate the reliability
and availability of customer-defined systems.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C1210B (Reliability theory); C5470 (Performance
evaluation and testing)",
classification = "722; 723; 913",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "availability; computer; computer programming ---
Algorithms; computer systems, digital;
customer-defined; fault tolerant computing;
maintainability; Markov chain algorithm; R and D
engineers; RAS features; Reliability; reliability
calculation tool; reliability theory; serviceability;
software program; supportability; systems",
treatment = "P Practical; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}
@Article{Kruger:1988:PMU,
author = "Gregory A. Kruger",
title = "Project Management Using Software Reliability Growth
Models",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "3",
pages = "30--35",
month = jun,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The author discusses the use of the Goel-Okumoto
software reliability growth model which has provided a
means for more accurately predicting the duration of
system testing and determining when to release a new
product. The emphasis is on choosing the right software
reliability metric and confidently managing the testing
effort with the aid of software reliability growth
models.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C0310F (Software development management)",
classification = "723; 913; 921",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "compare; computer software; DP management; duration;
engineering; Goel-Okumoto model; improvement; metrics;
project engineering; project management; release;
Reliability; reliability; reliability --- Mathematical
Models; software; software metrics; software
reliability growth; software reliability growth models;
software reliability metric; successive software
products; system testing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Dong:1988:RAS,
author = "John W. Dong and Kraig A. Proehl and Ronald L.
Abramson and Leslie G. {Christie, Jr.} and Douglas R.
Domel",
title = "A reliable, autoloading, streaming half-inch tape
drive",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "3",
pages = "36--42",
month = jun,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 7980A is an autoloading, reel-to-reel,
horizontally mounted, streaming drive that reads and
writes in two standard nine-track formats: 6250 GCR and
1600 PE. This maintains compatibility with previous
drives and tapes, an important feature because
half-inch tape is still a significant standard in the
computer industry for backing up, archiving, and
interchanging computer data. Designed for rack
mounting, this compact tape drive channels air flow to
load different-sized half-inch tape reels
automatically. It also features higher performance and
reliability than its predecessor.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
classification = "722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "1600 PE; 6250 GCR; autoloading; backup drive;
Components; computer peripheral equipment; data storage
units --- Components; Hewlett Packard computers;
horizontally mounted; HP 7980A; HP7980A; magnetic tape
storage; memory; online disc; rack mounting; reel-;
reliable; standard nine-track formats; streaming
half-inch tape drive; tape drives; tape path; to-reel",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
xxnote = "Check authors??",
}
@Article{Culp:1988:STD,
author = "Bradfred W. Culp and Douglas R. Domel and Wayne T.
Gregory and Jeffery J. Kato and Gerod C. Melton and
Kraig A. Proehl and David W. Ruska and Virgil K. Russon
and Peter Way",
title = "Streaming Tape Drive Control Electronics",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "3",
pages = "43--54",
month = jun,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The development of the HP 7980A tape drive is
described. Design goals included a low factory cost, a
small form factor, an auto-loading capability, and a
selection of interfaces. To achieve these goals,
advancements were made in many key areas of tape drive
design. These areas included the drive architecture,
controller software, read\slash write electronics, tape
servo system, and front panel.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B3120B (Magnetic recording); C5320C (Storage on moving
magnetic media)",
classification = "722; 732",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "autoloading capability; Components; computer
peripheral equipment; control electronics; control
equipment; controller software; data storage units ---
Components; drive architecture; drives; factory cost;
form factor; front panel; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
7980A; HP 7980A tape drive; interfaces; magnetic tape
storage; read/write electronics; streaming tape; tape
drives; tape servo system",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Millard:1988:ODO,
author = "Joe K. Millard",
title = "A one-gigasample-per-second digitizing oscilloscope",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "3",
pages = "58--59",
month = jun,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A brief description is given of the HP 54111D
oscilloscope. This instrument's high sampling rate
makes it particularly useful for analyzing high-speed,
one-shot occurrences. A blend of state-of-the-art
designs was required to achieve this performance.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
classification = "715",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "cathode-ray oscilloscopes; digitizing oscilloscope;
Hewlett Packard computers; high-speed oscilloscopes; HP
54111D oscilloscope; HP 5411D;
one-gigasample-per-second digitizing oscilloscope;
oscilloscope; oscilloscopes, cathode ray; performance;
sampling rate",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Corcoran:1988:OAC,
author = "John J. Corcoran and Ken Poulton and Knud L. Knudsen",
title = "A one-gigasample-per-second analog-to-digital
converter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "3",
pages = "59--66",
month = jun,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Each channel of Hewlett--Packard's Model 54111D
Oscilloscope contains a one-gigasample-per-second
analog-to-digital converter (ADC) which digitizes the
signal from the preamplifier and writes the result to
digital memory. The characteristics of this ADC are
discussed. Also discussed are: interleaving digitizers;
sample-and-hold circuits; increasing resolutions;
system performance; and packaging.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); C5180 (A/D and D/A
convertors)",
classification = "715; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "ADC; analogue-digital conversion; data conversion,
analog to digital; digital memory; digitizing
oscilloscope; Hewlett Packard computers;
Hewlett--Packard; high-speed ADC; high-speed
oscilloscopes; horizontal; HP 54111D oscilloscope;
model 54111D; one-gigasample-per-second
analog-to-digital converter; oscilloscope;
oscilloscopes, cathode ray --- Components;
preamplifier; vertical resolution",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Bohley:1988:FSC,
author = "Thomas K. Bohley and Mark E. Mathews and Lewis R. Dove
and Joe K. Millard and David W. Bigelow and Donald D.
Skarke",
title = "Front-End Signal Conditioning for a High-Speed
Digitizing Oscilloscope",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "3",
pages = "67--69",
month = jun,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The design of the front-end signal conditioning stages
of the HP 54111D oscilloscope is discussed. The design
was particularly difficult because of the HP 54111D's
500-MHz required signal bandwidth. Key elements in the
design are the attenuator, the switch assembly, the
hybrid circuit upon which the attenuator is fabricated,
and the preamplifier.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning equipment
and techniques); B7250G (Display, recording and
indicating instruments)",
classification = "714; 715",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "attenuator; cathode-ray oscilloscopes; Design;
digitizing oscilloscope; electric attenuators; electric
switches; front-end signal conditioning; Hewlett
Packard computers; high-speed oscilloscopes; HP 54111D
oscilloscope; hybrid circuit; integrated circuits,
hybrid; oscilloscopes, cathode ray; preamplifier;
processing equipment; signal; signal bandwidth; stages;
switch assembly",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Montijo:1988:DFH,
author = "B. Allen Montijo",
title = "Digital Filtering in a High-Speed Digitizing
Oscilloscope",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "3",
pages = "70--76",
month = jun,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "This article deals with the signal processing aspects
of digitizing and assumes that aliasing is not a
concern. With this assumption, the digitized signal
contains all of the information necessary to
reconstruct the original continuous signal, with some
additional noise. Then the digital samples can be
interpreted as the original analog signal with
quantization noise added.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments)",
classification = "713; 715; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "aliasing; analog process; cathode-ray oscilloscopes;
conversion; digital filtering; digital filters; digital
signal; Digital Techniques; digitizing oscilloscope;
electric filters, digital; filtering and; fir digital
filters; format; high-speed oscilloscopes; HP 54111D
oscilloscope; noise; oscilloscopes, cathode ray ---
Components; prediction theory; processing; s-plane;
sampling; signal filtering and prediction; waveform
acquisition; z-plane",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Baker:1988:DDC,
author = "Jeffrey P. Baker and David A. Johnson and Vyomesh
Joshi and Stephen J. Nigro",
title = "Design and Development of a Color Thermal Inkjet Print
Cartridge",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "4",
pages = "6--15",
month = aug,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP Paintjet Color Graphics Printer uses thermal
inkjet technology to produce vivid color graphics for
overhead transparencies and reports. Intended for
personal computer applications, it produces text and
graphics with 180-dots-per-inch resolution and
near-letter-quality (NLQ) text at a speed of 167
characters per second. This paper discusses drop
generator design, drop volume selection, reliable drop
ejection, effect of bubbles in the ink, hydraulic cross
talk between adjacent nozzles, reservoir design,
initial pen prototypes, capillary reservoir thermal
inkjet pens, ether-type polyurethane foam, preparation
of the foam reservoir and testing program including
print quality testing, reliability testing and system
operational testing. 1 Ref.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "722; 723; 804; C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
hard-copy output devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "cartridge; color hard copy; computer graphics ---
Color; computer peripheral equipment; Disposable print
cartridges; disposable print cartridges; foam
reservoir; Hewlett Packard; hydraulic crosstalk; ink;
ink jet printers; inkjet technology; PaintJet Color
Graphics Printer; polyurethanes --- Fans; print; print
cartridge; Print cartridge; Printers; thermal; thermal
inkjet; Thermal inkjet technology; thermal printers",
thesaurus = "Ink jet printers; Thermal printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Smith:1988:DCG,
author = "James C. Smith and David C. Tribolet and Hatem E.
Mostafa and Emil Maghakian",
title = "Development of a Color Graphics Printer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "4",
pages = "16--21",
month = aug,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Full-color graphics, reliability, and software support
received high priorities in the development of the HP
PaintJet Color Graphics Printer. This paper presents
the features of the printer. The Paintjet printer
offers seven colors at 180-dots-per-inch (dpi)
resolution: cyan, yellow, magenta, red, green, blue,
and black. At 90 pixels per inch the user can select
from a palette of 330 colors.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "722; 723; C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
hard-copy output devices)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "color graphics printer; Color graphics printer; color
graphics printer; computer graphic equipment; computer
graphics --- Color; computer peripheral equipment;
Graphics; graphics; Hewlett--Packard; ink jet printers;
near-letter-; Near-letter-quality; Overhead
transparencies; overhead transparencies; PaintJet;
printer; Printers; printers; quality; raster line
quality; Reliability; reliability; Reports; reports;
Software support; software support; thermal; thermal
inkjet; Thermal inkjet printer",
thesaurus = "Computer graphic equipment; Ink jet printers; Thermal
printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ta:1988:MDC,
author = "Chuong Cam Ta and Lawrence W. Chan and P. Jeffrey
Wield and Ruben Nevarez",
title = "Mechanical Design of a Color Graphics Printer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "4",
pages = "21--27",
month = aug,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "From the mechanical design viewpoint, the Paintjet
Color Graphics Printer offered several challenges.
Among the more interesting ones were the development of
the print cartridge latching mechanism, the electrical
interconnect to the print cartridge, the media drive
design, and the primer design. These are the major
subjects discussed in this paper.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "722; 723; C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
hard-copy output devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "cartridge latching; color graphics printer; Color
graphics printer; color graphics printer; computer
graphics --- Color; computer peripheral equipment;
Hewlett--Packard; ink jet printers; Mechanical design;
mechanical design; PaintJet Color Graphics Printer;
primer design; print cartridge; Printers; thermal
printers",
thesaurus = "Ink jet printers; Thermal printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Askeland:1988:STI,
author = "Ronald A. Askeland and Winthrop D. Childers and
William R. Sperry",
title = "The second-generation thermal inkjet structure",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "4",
pages = "28--31",
month = aug,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The performance specifications of the PaintJet printer
required a second-generation material set rather than
further tuning of what had been developed for the
ThinkJet program. Print resolution is increased from 96
dots per inch to 180 dots per inch. This requirement
increased the resistor count from 12 to 30 resistors
per printhead. Usable ink volume is increased from 3.5
ml to 12 ml. The ink volume for each drop is reduced
from 220 picoliters to 100 pl. These changes require a
3.5-fold increase in resistor life. The most striking
performance improvement offered by the PaintJet printer
is its ability to generate over 330 different colors.
This is achieved by combining patterns of magenta,
yellow, and cyan droplets, all generated from a single
cartridge. This requires significantly different ink
management schemes.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "722; 723; 804; C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
hard-copy output devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer graphics --- Color; computer peripheral
equipment; generation material set; HP Paintjet print
cartridge; ink; ink jet printers; Ink management; ink
management; PaintJet printer; Printers; Printhead;
printhead; second-; Second-generation material set;
thermal inkjet; Thermal inkjet structure; thermal
inkjet structure; thermal printers",
thesaurus = "Ink jet printers; Thermal printers",
}
@Article{Boeller:1988:HMC,
author = "Cheryl A. Boeller and Timothy J. Carlin and Peter M.
Roessler and Steven W. Steinfield",
title = "High-Volume Microassembly of Color Thermal Inkjet
Printheads and Cartridges",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "4",
pages = "32--40",
month = aug,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "When a new technology slated for very high-volume
production is being developed, manufacturing
engineering concerns have to be addressed early. In the
case of the HP PaintJet print cartridges, the R and D
lab had its charter to invent designs and processes
that would satisfy performance and life objectives. In
parallel, manufacturing engineering had to ensure that
the design and processes would meet the objectives of
high volume, high reliability, and cost-effectiveness.
The authors look at the manufacturing aspects of the
PaintJet print cartridges.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "722; 745; 804; C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
hard-copy output devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "adhesives --- Applications; Cartridges; cartridges;
computer peripheral equipment; engineering; high-volume
microassembly; ink jet printers; manufacturing;
Manufacturing engineering; microassembling;
Microassembly; microassembly; Paintjet print
cartridges; PaintJet print cartridges; Printers;
Printheads; printheads; printing --- Color; thermal
inkjet printheads; thermal printers",
thesaurus = "Ink jet printers; Microassembling; Thermal printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Erturk:1988:IRC,
author = "Erol Erturk and Brian D. Gragg and Mary E. Haviland
and W. {Wistar Rhoads} and Jim L. Ruder and Joseph E.
Scheffelin",
title = "Ink Retention in a Color Thermal Inkjet Pen",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "4",
pages = "41--44",
month = aug,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "This paper discusses the development of the Paintjet
pen and its assembly processes which was recognized as
being one of the toughest projects undertaken by HP's
San Diego Division. The objective was to supply
customers with a high-quality pen that could be mass
produced. The primary job of the final assembly
processes is to get ink into the pen and ensure that it
stays there until the pen is used by the customer.
Inserting the foam (ink reservoir), filling it with
ink, and sealing the pen are very complex tasks. Aside
from the inherent problems encountered when using a
low-tech material in a high-tech application, the foam
is required to fit precisely into the pen cavity. The
plug must hermetically seal to the pen and allow it to
vent to the outside atmosphere. The packaging must
provide a physical barrier to ink leakage at the
nozzles, and must limit the pressure drop and water
loss during shipping and storage.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "722; 745; 804; C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
hard-copy output devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "color thermal inkjet pen; Color thermal inkjet pen;
color thermal inkjet pen; computer peripheral
equipment; foam/ink interactions; ink; ink jet
printers; ink retention; Ink retention; ink retention;
PaintJet printer; pen packaging; Pen production; pen
production; Printers; printing --- Color; thermal
printers",
thesaurus = "Ink jet printers; Thermal printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Palmer:1988:IMD,
author = "Donald J. Palmer and John Stoffel and Ronald J.
Selensky and Peter C. Morris and M. Beth Heffernan and
Mark S. Hickman",
title = "Ink and Media Development for the {HP Paintjet}
Printer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "4",
pages = "45--50",
month = aug,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The ink, paper, overhead transparency film, and
printhead for the HP Paintjet Color Graphics Printer
had to be designed as a system because of the complex
interactions between these elements. This article
discusses the subjects of ink design, prevention of
clogging, paper design, converting overhead
transparency film constructed from polyester
substrate.",
abstract-2 = "The design of ink, paper and overhead transparency
film for the PaintJet Color Graphics Printer required
substantial interaction between the ink, media, print
cartridge, and product teams. Throughout the program,
design issues were approached from a system perspective
so that the best overall performance and reliability
could be achieved. The authors look at these design
issues and describe how they were overcome.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "722; 804; 811; C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
hard-copy output devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Color Graphics; Color Graphics Printer; computer
peripheral equipment; computer stationery; fanfolded
paper; Ink; ink; ink --- Design; ink jet printers;
overhead transparency film; Overhead transparency film;
overhead transparency film; PaintJet; Paintjet color
graphics printer; Paintjet printer; Paper; paper; paper
--- Coating; Printer; Printers",
thesaurus = "Computer stationery; Ink jet printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hollis:1988:CTI,
author = "Jennie L. Hollis and Philip C. Schultz and William J.
Walsh",
title = "Color Thermal Inkjet Printer Electronics",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "4",
pages = "51--56",
month = aug,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The PaintJet printer project had to develop a
low-cost, high-volume product on an aggressive
schedule. It was important that the product have a low
part count and be easy to manufacture. For the
electronics, the engineers needed a high level of
integration, and wanted to select the cheapest parts
that could do the job. Flexibility was required,
however, to fix the inevitable development and
production problems. They also needed to respond to
changes in the product as more was learned about
customer needs. Such changes could occur at any point
before product introduction. When weighing design
trade-offs, these were the main constraints. The
authors show how these constraints affected one
particular area of the PaintJet electronics and
firmware design, namely, some circuitry that was added
to the PaintJet printer's custom chip to alleviate
weaknesses in the microprocessor.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)C5140 (Firmware)",
classification = "713; 722; C5140 (Firmware); C5550 (Printers,
plotters and other hard-copy output devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "color thermal inkjet printer; computer peripheral
equipment; design trade-offs; electronic circuits;
firmware; Firmware design; firmware design; Hewlett
Packard; ink jet printers; PaintJet; Paintjet
electronics; printer; Printer electronics; printer
electronics; Printers; thermal inkjet; Thermal inkjet
printer; thermal printers",
thesaurus = "Firmware; Ink jet printers; Thermal printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Rosenberg:1988:HES,
author = "Steven T. Rosenberg",
title = "{HP-RL}: an Expert Systems Language",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "4",
pages = "57--65",
month = aug,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "HP-RL is an integrated set of artificial intelligence
programming tools that has been used at HP for many
types of expert systems experiments. This paper
presents the history of the HP-RL, an extended example
of it and describes its development environment. Also
the information on commercial systems similar to HP-RL
is provided. 16 Refs.",
abstract-2 = "For several years, the expert systems department of HP
Laboratories investigated knowledge representation and
reasoning techniques in artificial intelligence (AI).
One of the ways this was approached was through the
construction of an expert systems language called HP-RL
(Hewlett--Packard Representation Language). The goal
has been to create a powerful and integrated collection
of tools that is usable over a wide range of
application domains. HP-RL is now a mature experiment,
and work on it has come to an end. The author discusses
the project, and describes the finished product.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6140D (High level languages); C6170 (Expert
systems)",
classification = "723; C6140D (High level languages); C6170 (Expert
systems)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "artificial intelligence; computer programming
languages; Expert Systems; Expert systems; expert
systems; Expert systems language; expert systems
language; Hewlett--Packard; Hewlett--Packard
Representation Language; high level languages; HP; HP
Laboratories; HP-RL; HP-RL (Hewlett--Packard
representation language); Knowledge representation;
knowledge representation; Laboratories; programming
tools; Representation Language",
thesaurus = "Expert systems; High level languages",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ambras:1988:MIP,
author = "James P. Ambras and Lucy M. Berlin and Mark L.
Chiarelli and Alan L. Foster and Vicki O'Day and
Raldolph N. Splitter",
title = "{MicroScope}: an Integrated Program Analysis Toolset",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "4",
pages = "71--82",
month = aug,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "MicroScope, an experimental program analysis system
developed at HP Laboratories analyzes and monitors
programs written in Common Lisp. It also provides some
support for CommonObjects, an object-oriented extension
to Common Lisp. The code examples presented in this
article are given in Lisp, but most of the features of
MicroScope are applicable to conventional languages.
This paper describes the graphical interface, at the
same time giving an overview of the capabilities
MicroScope provides. It discusses MicroScope's
cross-reference analysis component in greater detail,
including representation and implementation issues. 21
Refs.",
abstract-2 = "Programmers often need to modify existing programs for
the purpose of fixing bugs, adding features, or
integrating these programs into new hardware or
software environments. Since this task is
time-consuming and error-prone, the maintenance
(evolution) of existing software is one of the most
inefficient activities in the software life cycle.
MicroScope supports evolutionary software development
by helping programmers understand complex programs
written in Common Lisp.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support)",
classification = "722; 723; C6115 (Programming support)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Common Lisp; computer interfaces; computer
programming; computer programming languages --- lisp;
development systems; execution monitoring; graphical
user interface; LISP; Maintenance; maintenance;
MicroScope; Program analysis toolset; program analysis
toolset; programming environments; Software
development; software development; Software
maintenance; software maintenance; software tools;
static program analysis",
thesaurus = "Development systems; LISP; Programming environments;
Software tools",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Steranka:1988:RAL,
author = "Frank M. Steranka and Dennis C. DeFevere and Michael
D. Camras and Chin-Wang Tu and David K. McElfresh and
Serge L. Rudaz and Louis W. Cook and Wayne L. Snyder",
title = "Red {AlGaAs} Light-emitting Diodes",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "4",
pages = "84--88",
month = aug,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "HP has recently released indicator and display
products containing a new type of red light-emitting
diode (LED) based on the aluminum gallium arsenide
(AlGaAs) materials system. These LEDs offer a
significant improvement in efficiency over the red LEDs
that have previously been available but cost only
slightly more. This paper provides an overview of the
different types of AlGaAs devices that are available
and compares their performance to that of the other red
LED technologies.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B4260D (Light emitting diodes)",
classification = "714; 741",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "AlGaAs; aluminium compounds; aluminium gallium;
aluminum gallium arsenide; arsenide; diodes; display
devices; double heterostructure (DH); Efficiency;
gallium arsenide; Hewlett--Packard; HP; III-V
semiconductors; LED; light emitting diodes;
light-emitting; liquid phase epitaxy (LPE); red
light-emitting diode; semiconductor diodes, light
emitting",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Wang:1988:DHW,
author = "Scott W. Wang",
title = "Discless {HP-UX} workstations",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "5",
pages = "6--9",
month = oct,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP-UX release 6.0 system is a major software
contribution to the HP 9000 Series 300 workstation
platform. This release of the HP-UX operating system
provides discless workstation operation in a network
and intervendor file sharing through the network file
system (NFS). The HP-UX 6.0 system enables tightly
networked discless graphics workstations to share a
single file system server transparently in an Ethernet
or IEEE 802.3 local area network. In addition to the
discless and NFS capabilities, the HP-UX 6.0 system
also offers: industry standard small computer system
interface (SCSI) and VME support; enhanced graphics
support for the new HP 98550A high-resolution graphics
board and displays and the HP 98556A 2D integer-based
graphics accelerator; commands and libraries from
Release 1.0 of the HP 9000 series 800 HP-UX system; the
X Window System.",
abstract-2 = "HP-UX 6.0 provides low-cost discless workstation
operation over a local area network. It also provides a
single file system view, intervendor file sharing, and
conformance to UNIX System V Interface Definition
(SVID) semantics.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Div. of Calculator Products, Hewlett--Packard",
affiliationaddress = "Loveland, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); C6150J (Operating
systems); C5620L (Local area networks)",
classification = "723; B6210L (Computer communications); C5620L (Local
area networks); C6150J (Operating systems)",
corpsource = "Div. of Calculator Products, Hewlett--Packard,
Loveland, CO, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Interfaces; Computer Networks; Computer
Software; Data Processing--File Organization; Discless
Workstation; Discless workstation operation; discless
workstation operation; Displays; displays; Ethernet;
Graphics support; graphics support; Hewlett Packard
computers; high-resolution graphics board; HP 9000
Series 300 workstation; HP 9000 series 800 HP-UX; HP
9000 series 800 HP-UX system; HP 98550A; HP 98550A
high-resolution graphics board; HP 98556A 2D; HP 98556A
2D integer-based graphics accelerator; HP-; HP-UX
operating system; HP-UX release 6.0 system; HP-UX
Release 6.0 System; HP-UX release 6.0 system; IEEE
802.3 local area network; integer-based graphics
accelerator; Intervendor file sharing; intervendor file
sharing; local area networks; Local Networks; Network;
network; Network file system; network file system; NFS;
operating systems; SCSI; small computer; Small computer
system interface; Small Computer System Interface
(SCSI); system; system interface; System V Interface
Definition (SVID) Semantics; Unix; UX operating system;
VME; X Window System; X window system",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Local area networks;
Network operating systems; UNIX",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bartlett:1988:DHF,
author = "Debra S. Bartlett and Joel D. Tesler",
title = "A discless {HP-UX} file system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "5",
pages = "10--14",
month = oct,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Several changes were made to the file system portion
of the standard HP-UX kernel to support discless
operations. These changes were made with the
requirement of maintaining stand-alone HP-UX semantics
and file system performance in a discless environment.
Elements of the file system that were modified include:
file system I/O, named FIFOs, file locking, and
pathname lookup. The discless file system operates in
conjunction with the remainder of the kernel and other
file systems. In particular, the discless system is
designed to work together with the Sun Microsystems
Network File System (NFS), which provides transparent
access to files on remote machines in a heterogeneous
environment.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Purdue Univ., Lafayette, IN, USA",
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems); C6120 (File
organisation)",
classification = "723; C6120 (File organisation); C6150J (Operating
systems)",
corpsource = "Purdue Univ., Lafayette, IN, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Networks; Data Processing; Discless HP-UX
File System; Discless HP-UX file system; discless HP-UX
file system; File locking; File Locking; file locking;
file organisation; File Organization; File system I/O;
file system I/O; Hewlett Packard computers; Named
FIFOs; named FIFOs; network; Network File System (NFS);
NFS; operating systems; Pathname lookup; Pathname
Lookup; pathname lookup; Remote machines; remote
machines; Stand-Alone HP-UX Semantics; Sun Microsystems
network file; Sun Microsystems network file system;
system; Transparent access; transparent access; Unix",
thesaurus = "File organisation; Hewlett Packard computers; Network
operating systems; UNIX",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hwang:1988:DPE,
author = "Ching-Fa Hwang and William T. McMahon",
title = "Discless program execution and virtual memory
management",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "5",
pages = "15--20",
month = oct,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Many distributed systems based on the UNIX operating
system offer some form of remote file access
capability. However, only a few of them provide
discless workstation capability, particularly in the
area of paging, swapping, and execution of programs
over a network. Almost all the remote file access
systems assume a well-defined client\slash server
model. The HP-UX 6.0 system provides a fairly complete
implementation for HP-UX discless program execution and
virtual memory management. Among the features provided
to this end are backwards compatibility for executable
files, remote swap services, and HP-UX semantics for
executable files. New mechanisms are included to
minimize performance degradation over a network.",
abstract-2 = "The key technical challenges for implementing paging,
swapping, and execution of programs over a network in
an HP-UX environment include: preservation of the
behavior and semantics of existing program types (such
as preloading versus demand paging), efficient and
flexible global swap device management and performance
that is good enough to justify the cost of discless
workstations. The paper describes some of the design
issues and the solutions in overcoming these technical
challenges.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Nat. Taiwan Univ., Taipei, Taiwan",
classcodes = "C6120 (File organisation); C6150J (Operating
systems)",
classification = "723; C6120 (File organisation); C6150J (Operating
systems)",
corpsource = "Nat. Taiwan Univ., Taipei, Taiwan",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Behavior; behavior; Client/Server Model; Computer
Networks--Management; Data Processing--File
Organization; Data Storage, Digital; Discless program
execution; Discless Program Execution; discless program
execution; Discless Workstation Capability;
environment; Execution of programs; execution of
programs; file organisation; Global swap device
management; Global Swap Device Management; global swap
device management; Hewlett Packard computers; HP-UX;
HP-UX Discless Cluster; HP-UX environment; Network;
network; operating systems; Paging; paging;
Preservation; preservation; program; Program types;
Semantics; semantics; Swapping; swapping; types; Unix;
Virtual; Virtual memory management; virtual memory
management; virtual storage",
thesaurus = "File organisation; Hewlett Packard computers; Network
operating systems; UNIX; Virtual storage",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Gutierrez:1988:DNF,
author = "David O. Gutierrez and Chyuan-Shiun Lin",
title = "The design of network functions for discless
clusters",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "5",
pages = "20--26",
month = oct,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Within an HP-UX discless cluster, the kernel of the
client and server machines uses a simple, fast, and
reliable network protocol to communicate through a
single IEEE 802.3 10-Mbit/s local area network (LAN).
The discless protocol is based on the request\slash
reply model and its interface to the HP-UX operating
system is specially tailored for efficient data
transfer. To become a viable product, a discless system
must provide a level of performance comparable to that
of systems with local discs. Measurements on HP 9000
Model 350s show that remote file I/O throughput
performance of the HP-UX 6.0 discless implementation
using an HP 7958A Disc Drive is 91\% of stand-alone
performance in read operations and 87\% of stand-alone
performance in write operations when transferring large
files. This performance level is achieve by a
low-overhead network protocol, efficient network buffer
management, cluster server processes, and carefully
implemented read\slash write algorithms.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "New Mexico Univ., Albuquerque, NM, USA",
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); C6150J (Operating
systems); C5620L (Local area networks)",
classification = "722; 723; B6210L (Computer communications); C5620L
(Local area networks); C6150J (Operating systems)",
corpsource = "New Mexico Univ., Albuquerque, NM, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "6.0 discless implementation; Client; client; Computer
Networks; Data Processing--Data Transfer; Data Storage,
Magnetic--Disk; Data transfer; data transfer; Discless
Clusters; Discless Network Protocol; Discless protocol;
discless protocol; File Transfer; Hewlett Packard
computers; HP 7958A disc drive; HP 9000; HP 9000 Model
350s; HP-UX; HP-UX 6.0 discless implementation; HP-UX
discless cluster; HP-UX operating system; IEEE 802.3
10-Mbit/s local area; IEEE 802.3 10-Mbit/s local area
network; IEEE 802.3 10-Mbit/s Local Area Network;
Interface; interface; LAN; local area networks;
machines; Model 350s; network; Network functions;
network functions; Network protocol; network protocol;
operating systems; Protocols; protocols; Remote File
I/O Throughput; Remote file I/O throughput performance;
remote file I/O throughput performance; Request/reply
model; request/reply model; server; Server machines;
Unix",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Local area networks;
Network operating systems; Protocols; UNIX",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Randel:1988:CDR,
author = "Annette Randel",
title = "Crash detection and recovery in a discless {HP-UX}
system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "5",
pages = "27--32",
month = oct,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Crash detection and recovery are an important part of
making HP-UX clusters dynamic and resilient. Fast and
reliable detection of failures allows users to add and
remove cnodes dynamically without affecting users on
other cnodes. LAN cable failure detection allows
changes in the LAN configuration to be made without
shutting down the cluster. Different mechanisms work
together to make crash detection and recovery in HP-UX
clusters both reliable and fast.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Graceland Coll., Lamoni, IA, USA",
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); C6150G (Diagnostic,
testing, debugging and evaluating systems); C6150J
(Operating systems); C5620L (Local area networks)",
classification = "722; 723; B6210L (Computer communications); C5620L
(Local area networks); C6150G (Diagnostic, testing,
debugging and evaluating systems); C6150J (Operating
systems)",
corpsource = "Graceland Coll., Lamoni, IA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Cluster Nodes; Cluster nodes; cluster nodes; clusters;
Cnodes; cnodes; Codes, Symbolic--Error Detection;
Computer Networks; Computer Programming--Algorithms;
Computers--Data Communication Systems; crash; Crash
detection; Crash Detection and Recovery; Crash
recovery; crash recovery; Data Processing--File
Organization; detection; Discless HP-UX System;
Discless HP-UX system; discless HP-UX system; Hewlett
Packard computers; HP-UX; HP-UX clusters; LAN cable
failure detection; local area networks; Local Networks;
network; operating systems; Recovery Algorithm; system
recovery; Transparent File System Access; Unix",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Local area networks;
Network operating systems; System recovery; UNIX",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Scott:1988:BMD,
author = "Perry E. Scott and John S. Marvin and Robert D.
Quist",
title = "Boot mechanism for Discless {HP-UX}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "5",
pages = "33--36",
month = oct,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The implementation of a discless work-station requires
three distinct services: a remote file system, a remote
swapping capability, and the ability to load and
initialize the operating system from a remote source.
All of these services are implemented for the HP-UX 6.0
system with the goal of maintaining a single-system
view. For the boot mechanism this means that although
the operating system and its loader are on a remote
system (i.e. the root server), a user can power up any
work-station in a cluster and get the same boot
sequence that is experienced with a stand-alone system.
A stand-alone system is a workstation that uses a local
disc for booting and file system operations. The
article describes how the standard HP-UX boot mechanism
works, and the modifications made for the HP-UX 6.0
discless implementation.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "North Dakota State Univ., Fargo, ND, USA",
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
classification = "722; 723; C6150J (Operating systems)",
corpsource = "North Dakota State Univ., Fargo, ND, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Boot Mechanism; Boot mechanism; boot mechanism; Boot
sequence; boot sequence; Cluster; cluster; computer
bootstrapping; Computer Networks; Computer Operating
Systems; Computer Peripheral Equipment--Terminals; Data
Processing--File Organization; Data Storage,
Digital--Fixed; Discless HP-UX; discless HP-UX; Hewlett
Packard computers; HP-UX 6.0; HP-UX 6.0 Discless
Workstation; HP-UX 6.0 system; Initialize; initialize;
Load; load; Local Networks; network; Operating system;
operating system; operating systems; Remote file
system; remote file system; Remote source; remote
source; Remote swapping; remote swapping; Remote
Swapping Capability; Remote system; remote system; Root
server; root server; station; system; Unix; work-;
Work-station",
thesaurus = "Computer bootstrapping; Hewlett Packard computers;
Network operating systems; UNIX",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Wagner:1988:DSC,
author = "Kimberly S. Wagner",
title = "Discless system configuration tasks",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "5",
pages = "37--39",
month = oct,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Going from a group of stand-alone machines to a
clustered environment is not a particularly difficult
task, but because of the large number of steps required
to configure the system, an automated tool called
reconfig is provided with the HP-UX discless system to
simplify the process. Reconfig enables the system
administrator to set up the cluster server node and add
or delete cluster nodes (cnodes) as necessary. Reconfig
was originally developed for the HP 9000 Series 200 and
300 Computers' HP-UX 5.1 operating system. The tool
contains a collection of monotonous and terse system
administration tasks within a user-friendly menu-driven
environment. Basic tasks such as setting up user access
to the system and reconfiguring kernels can be easily
accomplished. With the advent of discless workstations
in a clustered environment, changes were made to
enhance the original reconfig tool.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "California Univ., Davis, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support); C6150J (Operating
systems)",
classification = "722; 723; C6115 (Programming support); C6150J
(Operating systems)",
corpsource = "California Univ., Davis, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Automated tool; automated tool; Cluster nodes; cluster
nodes; Cluster server node; cluster server node;
Cluster Server Process (CSP); clustered; Clustered
environment; Cnodes; cnodes; Computer Operating
Systems; Configuration tasks; configuration tasks; Data
Processing; discless system; environment; File
Organization; Hewlett Packard computers; HP-UX; HP-UX
Discless System; HP-UX discless system; network
operating systems; Reconfig; reconfig; Reconfiguring
kernels; reconfiguring kernels; software tools; System
administration tasks; system administration tasks;
Unix; User access; user access; user-friendly
menu-drive; User-friendly menu-drive environment",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Network operating systems;
Software tools; UNIX",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Perlmetter:1988:SCS,
author = "Paul Q. Perlmetter",
title = "Small computer system interface",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "5",
pages = "39--45",
month = oct,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "During the past few years manufacturers of small
computer systems and intelligent peripheral devices
realized the need for an industry standard I/O
interface for their systems. This interest resulted in
the small computer system interface standard. The SCSI
standard is the newest interface for the HP 9000 series
300 family of HP-UX workstations. It offers improved
performance, simplicity in design, a wide choice of
controller chips, and, most important, wide acceptance
in the UNIX community. Marketing data predicts that by
mid-1989, approximately one-half of all UNIX
workstations will have an SCSI interface. The article
provides an overview of the SCSI standard and the
implementation of SCSI on the series 300.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Colorado Univ., Boulder, CO, USA",
classcodes = "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces)",
classification = "723; 902; C5610P (Peripheral interfaces)",
corpsource = "Colorado Univ., Boulder, CO, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "ANSI Committee Standard X3.131; computer interfaces;
Computer Interfaces; Computer Operating Systems;
Computer Peripheral Equipment; Data Processing--Data
Transfer; family; General-Purpose I/O Bus; Hewlett
Packard computers; HP 9000 series 300; HP 9000 series
300 family; HP-UX workstations; industry standard I/O
interface; Industry standard I/O interface;
input-output; interface standard; programs; SCSI
standard; small computer system; Small Computer System
Interface (SCSI); Small computer system interface
standard; standards; Standards; UNIX; UNIX Operating
System",
thesaurus = "Computer interfaces; Hewlett Packard computers;
Input-output programs; Standards",
treatment = "P Practical",
xxauthor = "P. Q. Perimutter",
}
@Article{Hall:1988:XWS,
author = "Frank E. Hall and James B. Byers",
title = "{X}: {A} window system standard for distributed
computing environments",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "5",
pages = "46--50",
month = oct,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The X Window System allows applications running in
different environments and on different machines to
communicate high quality, graphical user interfaces
over a network. The increasing power of the distributed
computing environment, makes X a very timely
technology. It has integrating implications for the
areas of user interface, graphics, and networking. It
also presents new challenges for addressing the
emerging distributed computing market. This paper
compares the architecture of X to conventional window
systems, and describes the industry efforts to support
X as a standard.",
abstract-2 = "The X Window System has emerged on the industry
standard for supporting windowed user interfaces across
a computer network. The X Window System is network
transparent, which means that an application running on
one vendor's computer can display a high-quality,
graphical user interface to a user sitting either at
that same system or at another computer across the
network, perhaps made by a different vendor. The
increasing power of the distributed computing
environment makes X a very timely technology. It has
integrating implications for the areas of user
interface, graphics, and networking. It also presents
new challenges for addressing the emerging distributed
computing market. The paper compares the architecture
of X to conventional window systems, and describes the
industry efforts to support X as a standard.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Florida State Univ., Tallahassee, FL, USA",
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems); C6130B (Graphics
techniques); C6180 (User interfaces)",
classification = "722; 723; 902; C6130B (Graphics techniques); C6150J
(Operating systems); C6180 (User interfaces)",
corpsource = "Florida State Univ., Tallahassee, FL, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Architecture; computer graphics; Computer
Graphics--Computer Interfaces; Computer network;
computer network; Computer Networks--Protocols;
Computer Operating Systems--Standards; Computer
Systems, Digital; Distributed; Distributed computing
environments; distributed computing environments;
distributed processing; Graphical user interface;
graphical user interface; multiprogramming; Network
Transparency; Network transparent; network transparent;
standards; User Interface; user interfaces; Window
system standard; window system standard; Windowed user
interfaces; windowed user interfaces; X Window System;
X window system",
thesaurus = "Computer graphics; Distributed processing;
Multiprogramming; Standards; User interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Rhodes:1988:MDH,
author = "John D. Rhodes",
title = "Managing the development of the {HP DeskJet Printer}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "5",
pages = "51--54",
month = oct,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Forays into unexplored regions of technology are
inevitable in the development of breakthrough products,
but they must be limited and carefully managed. The HP
DeskJet printer is a personal-convenience printer that
produces laser-quality output at a price comparable to
other low-cost personal printers. Among its features
are 300-dot-per-inch resolution, merged text and
graphics, multiple fonts, two slots for font or
personality cartridges, 120-character-per-second
letter-quality speed, built-in cut-sheet feeder for
common office paper, desktop design, and quiet
operation.",
abstract-2 = "The HP DeskJet printer is a personal-convenience
printer that produces laser-quality output at a price
comparable to other low-cost personal printers. Among
its features are 300-dot-per-inch resolution, merged
text and graphics, multiple fonts, two slots for font
or personality cartridges, 120-character-per-second
letter-quality speed, built-in-cut-sheet feeder for
common office paper, desktop design, and quiet
operation. The DeskJet printer comes with Centronics
parallel and RS-232-D interfaces.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Stanford Univ., CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "601; 722; 745; C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
hard-copy output devices)",
corpsource = "Stanford Univ., CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "300-Dot-Per-Inch Resolution; built-in-cut-;
Built-in-cut-sheet feeder; Computer Peripheral
Equipment; Desktop design; desktop design; Graphics;
graphics; Hewlett Packard computers; HP DeskJet
Printer; ink jet printers; laser-; Laser-quality
output; Letter-quality speed; letter-quality speed;
Merged text; merged text; Merged Text and Graphics;
Multiple fonts; Multiple Fonts; multiple fonts;
Personal-convenience printer; personal-convenience
printer; Personality cartridges; personality
cartridges; Printers; printers; Printing--Thermal
Effects; Product Design--Reliability; quality output;
Quiet operation; quiet operation; Reliability--Testing;
sheet feeder; thermal",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Ink jet printers; Thermal
printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Buskirk:1988:DHT,
author = "William A. Buskirk and David E. Hackleman and Stanley
T. Hall and Paula H. Kanarek and Robert N. Low and
Kenneth E. Trueba and Richard R. {Van de Poll}",
title = "Development of a high-resolution thermal inkjet
printhead",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "5",
pages = "55--61",
month = oct,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP DeskJet printer's 300-dot-per-inch resolution
is fundamental to its ability to produce laser-quality
output. The resolution was achieved by separating the
nozzles into two columns and removing the resistor
separator barriers from the orifice plate. These
barriers are now provided by a polymer, which is
applied over the thin films and patterned before the
orifice plate is attached.",
abstract-2 = "In the spring of 1984, Hewlett--Packard introduced the
HP ThinkJet printer with its replaceable thermal inkjet
printhead. This was a revolutionary concept that
validated the use of inkjet printing in a low-priced
printer. In the summer of 1987 the next generation of
Hewlett--Packard's thermal inkjet technology was
introduced in the PaintJet color graphics printer. In
addition to providing color output, this printer offers
improved text print quality at a resolution of 180 dots
per inch, almost twice that of the ThinkJet printer. In
parallel with the development of the PaintJet printhead
at HP's San Diego Division, another team was busy at
work at the Inkjet Components Operation in Corvallis,
Oregon, and at the printer division in Vancouver,
Washington. The goal for this HP DeskJet printer design
team was laser-quality output on `plain' paper for
about the same price as the new 24-wire printers.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Colorado Univ., Boulder, CO, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "722; 745; C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
hard-copy output devices)",
corpsource = "Colorado Univ., Boulder, CO, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "300-Dot-Per-Inch Resolution; Computer Peripheral
Equipment; Hewlett Packard computers; Hewlett--Packard;
High-resolution thermal inkjet printhead;
high-resolution thermal inkjet printhead; HP DeskJet
printer; HP DeskJet Printer; HP DeskJet printer; HP
ThinkJet printer; Ink Barrier; ink jet printers;
PaintJet color graphics printer; Printers; printers;
Printing Machinery--Components; Printing--Thermal
Effects; Replaceable thermal inkjet printhead;
replaceable thermal inkjet printhead; thermal; Thermal
Inkjet Printhead",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Ink jet printers; Thermal
printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Harmon:1988:IPH,
author = "J. Paul Harmon and John A. Widder",
title = "Integrating the printhead into the {HP DeskJet}
Printer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "5",
pages = "62--66",
month = oct,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The printhead support systems provide signals to
energize the ink-firing resistors, electrical
connections to the pen, a carriage to hold and move the
pen, and elements to protect and maintain the pen.
Several overall design constraints guided the design of
the printhead support systems. Each element had to meet
the longevity goals set for it, perform its task, be
robotically assemblable, and be low in cost. To meet
the last two goals the carriage mechanism for top-down
assembly and minimum part count.",
abstract-2 = "The HP DeskJet thermal inkjet printhead requires a
higher level of support from the printer than earlier
generations. There are more nozzles to drive, they have
to be driven faster, and more electrical connections
have to be made to the head. Smaller nozzles with
fast-drying, plain-paper ink require protection to
prevent the head from drying out and mechanisms to
recover nozzles that have clogged. And like earlier
disposable thermal inkjet printheads, a carriage is
needed to move the printhead across the paper. Several
overall design constraints guided the design of the
printhead support systems. Each element had to meet the
longevity goals set for it, perform its task, be
robotically assembled, and be low in cost. To meet the
last two goals the project attempted as much as
possible to design the carriage mechanism for top-down
assembly and minimum part count.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Washington Univ., Seattle, WA, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "713; 722; 731; 745; 922; C5550 (Printers, plotters
and other hard-copy output devices)",
corpsource = "Washington Univ., Seattle, WA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Carriage; carriage; Computer Peripheral Equipment;
Hewlett Packard computers; HP DeskJet Printer; HP
DeskJet printer; HP DeskJet thermal inkjet printhead;
ink jet printers; Mathematical Statistics--Monte Carlo
Methods; Nozzles; nozzles; Printed
Circuits--Mathematical Models; Printers; printers;
Printhead; Printhead support systems; printhead support
systems; Printing Machinery--Design;
Printing--Components; Robotic Assembly; thermal;
Top-Down Assembly",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Ink jet printers; Thermal
printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Jackson:1988:DPC,
author = "Larry A. Jackson and Kieran B. Kelly and David W.
Pinkernell and Steve O. Rasmussen and John A. Widder",
title = "{DeskJet} printer chassis and mechanism design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "5",
pages = "67--75",
month = oct,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Two mechanisms of DeskJet printer are described. One
mechanism moves the carriage while another uses a
single motor to pick, feed, and eject paper and prime
the pen. The polycarbonate chassis supports everything.
The chassis is designed as one large part that takes
the place of many parts and functions as the main
structure for the printer mechanism. The chassis also
integrates many of the functions of the printer.",
abstract-2 = "The chassis of the DeskJet printer is an injection
molded plastic part that supports the mechanical and
electrical systems. Besides meeting its own objectives,
the chassis design helps accomplish some of the overall
objectives for the printer. Part count is minimized by
the large amount of functionality built into this
single part, and ease of assembly of the other parts to
the chassis is a feature of the design. Both factors
help reduce the cost of the printer. Two important
criteria for the chassis design were material selection
and tooling. The material needs to be very good
structurally, have good dimensional stability, and help
dissipate electrostatic charge created by the paper
motion. It also needs to be a good bearing material and
a good snap material. Requirements for the tooling are
that it be simple, fast and durable. The chassis is
designed as one large part that takes the place of many
parts and functions as the main structure for the
printer mechanism. The chassis also integrates many of
the functions of the printer.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Utah State Univ., Logan, UT, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "601; 705; 722; 732; 745; C5550 (Printers, plotters
and other hard-copy output devices)",
corpsource = "Utah State Univ., Logan, UT, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Peripheral Equipment--Printers; Design;
DeskJet printer chassis; Ease of assembly; ease of
assembly; Functionality; functionality; Hewlett Packard
computers; injection molded; Injection molded plastic
part; ink jet printers; material; Material selection;
Mechanism design; mechanism design;
Mechanisms--Electric Drive; plastic part; printers;
Printing Machinery; selection;
Servomechanisms--Mathematical Models; thermal; Tooling;
tooling",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Ink jet printers; Thermal
printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{May:1988:DDH,
author = "Donna J. May and Mark D. Lund and Thomas B. Pritchard
and Claude W. Nichols",
title = "Data to dots in the {HP DeskJet} Printer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "5",
pages = "76--80",
month = oct,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A microprocessor-controlled custom IC manipulates dot
data to provide double-width, half-width, compressed,
half-height, draft-quality, bold, underlined, and tall
characters, and graphics. The basic function of the HP
DeskJet printer is to transform input data into tiny
ink dots on a page. The DeskJet printer offers
high-quality characters in a variety of algorithmic
character enhancements. As a result, the data must be
transformed by a number of processes before being sent
to the printhead.",
abstract-2 = "From data to dots, all of this processing provides
DeskJet printer users with a wide variety of
enhancements that yield high-quality print. From the
internal Courier 10-pitch set alone, a user can select
one of 18 character sets (including the 13 ISO sets),
one of four pitches (normal, half-width, double-width,
or compressed), normal or half-height, normal or bold
weight, and one of three vertical placements (normal,
superscript, or subscript). Since all of these
characteristics can be applied in any combination, the
internal font alone can be used to generate 864
different fonts.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Iowa State Univ., Ames, IA, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)C6130 (Data handling techniques)",
classification = "722; 723; 731; 745; C5550 (Printers, plotters and
other hard-copy output devices); C6130 (Data handling
techniques)",
corpsource = "Iowa State Univ., Ames, IA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Algorithmic Character Enhancements; Bold weight; bold
weight; character; Character Sets; Character sets;
character sets; Compressed; compressed; Computer
Peripheral Equipment--Printers; Computer
Programming--Algorithms; Control Systems--Computer
Interfaces; Data to Dots Transformation; Double-width;
double-width; Fonts; fonts; Half-height; half-height;
Half-width; half-width; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
DeskJet printer; HP DeskJet Printer; HP DeskJet
printer; ink jet printers; Internal Courier 10-pitch
set; internal Courier 10-pitch set; ISO sets; Normal;
normal; Pitches; pitches; Printing; Printing
Machinery--Control; sets; Subscript; subscript;
Superscript; superscript; thermal printers; Vertical
placements; vertical placements",
thesaurus = "Character sets; Hewlett Packard computers; Ink jet
printers; Thermal printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{DiVittorio:1988:FLT,
author = "Mark J. DiVittorio and Brian Cripe and Claude W.
Nichols and Michael S. Ard and Kevin R. Hudson and
David J. Neff",
title = "Firmware for a laser-quality thermal inkjet printer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "5",
pages = "81--86",
month = oct,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A high-level language, C, was chosen to implement the
DeskJet feature set, with the target processor being a
Z80 microprocessor. The firmware is basically split
into two categories: code that implements the generic
feature set, called generic printer code, and code that
interacts with the custom electronics and mechanism,
called product specific code. Both segments of the code
set are almost entirely written in C, although there is
small amount of assembly language code that performs
paper motor control and provides feedback for the servo
in the carriage velocity control system. This was
necessary because these functions have to be done
quickly and in real time.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Santa Clara Univ., CA, USA",
classcodes = "C6100 (Software techniques and systems); C5140
(Firmware)",
classification = "722; 723; C5140 (Firmware); C6100 (Software
techniques and systems)",
corpsource = "Santa Clara Univ., CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Assembly Language Code; Codes, Symbolic; Computer
Operating Systems; Computer Peripheral Equipment;
Computer Programming Languages; Computer Software;
Epson; Epson FX-80 emulation; Firmware; firmware; FX-80
emulation; Generic printer code; Generic Printer Code;
generic printer code; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
DeskJet; HP DeskJet printer; ink jet printers;
Laser-quality thermal inkjet printer; laser-quality
thermal inkjet printer; printer; Printer specific code;
Printer Specific Code; printer specific code; Printers;
Thermal Inkjet Printer; thermal printers",
thesaurus = "Firmware; Hewlett Packard computers; Ink jet printers;
Thermal printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Gast:1988:RAH,
author = "P. David Gast",
title = "Robotic assembly of {HP DeskJet} Printed Circuit
Boards in a just-in-time environment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "5",
pages = "87--90",
month = oct,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The printed circuit boards in the HP DeskJet and
Rugged-Writer 480 printers are hybrid boards composed
of a mixture of surface mount and through-hole
components. Assembly of these boards is done on an
automated high-volume assembly line capable of
processing the boards for both printers in a mixed-mode
production environment. This robotic printed circuit
board assembly system is carefully designed to fit into
the HP Vancouver Division's just-in-time manufacturing
system.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Texas A and M Univ., College Station, TX, USA",
classcodes = "B2210D (Printed circuit manufacture); B0170E
(Production facilities and engineering); C3355F
(Assembling); C3350Z (Other industries)",
classification = "713; 731; 741; B0170E (Production facilities and
engineering); B2210D (Printed circuit manufacture);
C3350Z (Other industries); C3355F (Assembling)",
corpsource = "Texas A and M Univ., College Station, TX, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "assembling; automated; Automated high-volume assembly
line; boards; environment; Hewlett Packard computers;
high-volume assembly line; HP DeskJet printed circuit
boards; HP DeskJet Prints; hybrid; Hybrid boards;
industrial robots; JIT; Just-in-time; just-in-time;
Just-In-Time (JIT) Manufacturing System; Just-in-time
environment; just-in-time environment; Manufacturing
system; manufacturing system; mixed-mode production;
Mixed-mode production environment; mount technology;
Plastic Leaded Chip Carriers; printed circuit
manufacture; Printed Circuits; production control;
Robotic Assembly; Robotic printed circuit board
assembly system; robotic printed circuit board assembly
system; Robots, Industrial--Vision Systems;
Rugged-Writer 480 printers; surface; Surface mount;
surface mount; Surface Mount Components; Through-hole
components; through-hole components; Vision-guided
robot; vision-guided robot",
thesaurus = "Assembling; Hewlett Packard computers; Industrial
robots; Printed circuit manufacture; Production
control; Surface mount technology",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Huth:1988:CMV,
author = "Mark C. Huth and Robert A. Conder and Gregg P. Ferry
and Brian L. Helterline and Robert F. Aman and Timothy
S. Hubley",
title = "{CIM} and machine vision in the production of thermal
inkjet printheads",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "5",
pages = "91--98",
month = oct,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The use of vision systems in the assembly of the HP
DeskJet printhead has had many benefits. Verification
of the quality level of the printheads produced is
probably the most understandable. In addition, the
process verification and part inspections have improved
the quality of the printhead. Improvements in the
process are only possible with the data to show where
the problems are or how well a process has been
performed. The TAB prep, TAB placement, encapsulant,
and adhesive inspection systems satisfy the first level
of an open-loop system. Print quality inspection is on
a level that begins to close the feedback loop by
connecting data paths in the CIM format. All levels of
machine vision applications have shown their worth in
helping to produce a high-quality printhead.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Virginia Tech., Blacksburg, VA, USA",
classcodes = "C3355F (Assembling); C7420 (Control engineering);
C5260B (Computer vision and picture processing); C5550
(Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "723; 731; 741; 913; C3355F (Assembling); C5260B
(Computer vision and picture processing); C5550
(Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices); C7420 (Control engineering)",
corpsource = "Virginia Tech., Blacksburg, VA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "adhesive; Adhesive inspection systems; CAD/CAM; CIM;
Computer Integrated Manufacturing; computer vision;
Control Systems; data; Data paths; DeskJet Printhead
Production; Encapsulant; encapsulant; Feedback loop;
feedback loop; Hewlett Packard computers; HP DeskJet
printhead; ink jet; Inspection; inspection systems;
inspections; Machine vision; machine vision;
manufacturing computer control; Open-Loop Go/No-Go
Systems; Open-loop system; open-loop system; part; Part
inspections; paths; printers; Process Control; Process
verification; process verification; Process
Verification Systems; systems; TAB placement; TAB prep;
Thermal inkjet printheads; thermal inkjet printheads;
thermal printers; vision; Vision systems;
Vision--Artificial",
thesaurus = "CAD/CAM; Computer vision; Hewlett Packard computers;
Ink jet printers; Manufacturing computer control;
Thermal printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Epstein:1988:EHO,
author = "Howard C. Epstein and Mark G. Leonard and Robert
Nicol",
title = "Economical, high-performance optical encoders",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "5",
pages = "99--106",
month = oct,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A high-resolution, high-speed printer like the HP
DeskJet printer needs an electronic ruler to know where
it is on the page. For this function, the DeskJet
printer uses a separately available HP product, the
HEDS-9000 shaft encoder module. The version of this
two-channel position sensor in the DeskJet printer
provides 2000 marks (500 cycles) per revolution and
gives direction information. The module facilitates a
large reduction in the cost of servo motion control and
is one reason the DeskJet printer is able to provide
high-quality, speedy printing at a low price. The
article describes key elements of the module's design,
manufacturing strategies, and performance.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "California State Univ., Los Angeles, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7320C
(Spatial variables); C5550 (Printers, plotters and
other hard-copy output devices); C3120C (Spatial
variables); C3240F (Nonelectric transducers and sensing
devices)",
classification = "722; 723; 741; B7230 (Sensing devices and
transducers); B7320C (Spatial variables); C3120C
(Spatial variables); C3240F (Nonelectric transducers
and sensing devices); C5550 (Printers, plotters and
other hard-copy output devices)",
corpsource = "California State Univ., Los Angeles, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "9000 shaft encoder module; Codes, Symbolic; Computer
Peripheral Equipment--Printers; detectors; Direction
information; direction information; Electronic ruler;
electronic ruler; Encoding; HEDS-; HEDS-9000 shaft
encoder module; HEDS-9000 Shaft Encoder Module; Hewlett
Packard computers; HP DeskJet Printer; HP DeskJet
printer; ink jet printers; Optical Data Processing;
Optical Encoders; Optical encoders; optical encoders;
position control; position measurement; Servo motion
control; servo motion control; thermal printers;
Two-channel position sensor; two-channel position
sensor",
thesaurus = "Detectors; Hewlett Packard computers; Ink jet
printers; Position control; Position measurement;
Thermal printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fleischer-Reumann:1988:HOT,
author = "Michael Fleischer-Reumann and Franz Sischka",
title = "A high-speed optical time-domain reflectometer with
improved dynamic range",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "6",
pages = "6--13",
month = dec,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Basic information is presented on optical time-domain
reflectometry and the HP 8145A, which uses a data
correlation technique to increase measurement speed and
dynamic range, is introduced. The HP 8145A optical
time-domain reflectometer makes one-port impulse
response measurements of optical fibers and cables. It
operates at 1300 nm, 1540 nm, or both, and has 0.01 dB
power resolution, 1-m display resolution, and 200-km
maximum range.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7320P (Optical variables); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments); B6260 (Optical
links and equipment); B4125 (Fibre optics)",
classification = "723; 741; 941; B4125 (Fibre optics); B6260 (Optical
links and equipment); B7210X (Other instrumentation and
measurement systems); B7250G (Display, recording and
indicating instruments); B7320P (Optical variables)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "1 M; 1 m; 1300 Nm; 1300 nm; 1540 Nm; 1540 nm; 200 Km;
200 km; Data Correlation; Data correlation; data
correlation; dynamic; Dynamic range; Fiber Optics; HP
8145A; Improved Dynamic Range; Measurement Speed;
measurements; one-port impulse response; One-port
impulse response measurements; Optical cables; optical
cables; Optical fibers; optical fibers; optical fibres;
Optical time-domain reflectometer; optical time-domain
reflectometer; Optical Variables Measurement;
Performance; range; Reflectometers; reflectometers;
reflectometry; time-domain; Time-Domain Reflectometer",
numericalindex = "Wavelength 1.3E-06 m; Wavelength 1.54E-06 m;
Distance 2.0E+05 m; Distance 1.0E+00 m",
thesaurus = "Optical cables; Optical fibres; Reflectometers;
Time-domain reflectometry",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Sischka:1988:CCO,
author = "Franz Sischka and Steven A. Newton and Moshe
Nazarathy",
title = "Complementary correlation optical time-domain
reflectometry",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "6",
pages = "14--21",
month = dec,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "An optical time-domain reflectometer (OTDR) is an
instrument that characterizes optical fibers by
launching a probe signal into a fiber under test and
detecting, averaging, and displaying the return signal.
The distance to a given feature is determined by
measuring the time required for the signal to travel to
the feature and back again to the measuring instrument.
The autocorrelation function of a complementary Golay
code pair has zero sidelobes, making these codes ideal
for spread-spectrum optical time-domain
reflectometry.",
abstract-2 = "The autocorrelation function of a complementary Golay
code pair has zero sidelobes, making these codes ideal
for spread-spectrum optical time-domain reflectometry.
The implementation of these principles, in an
instrument is described with particular reference to
the HP 8145A.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7320P (Optical variables); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments); B6260 (Optical
links and equipment); B4125 (Fibre optics)",
classification = "741; 941; B4125 (Fibre optics); B6260 (Optical links
and equipment); B7210X (Other instrumentation and
measurement systems); B7250G (Display, recording and
indicating instruments); B7320P (Optical variables)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Autocorrelation Function; Autocorrelation function;
autocorrelation function; Code Pair; complementary;
Complementary correlation optical time-domain
reflectometry; complementary correlation optical
time-domain reflectometry; Complementary Golay code
pair; Fiber Optics; Golay code pair; HP 8145A; optical
cables; Optical fibres; optical fibres; Optical
Variables Measurement; Performance; Reflectometers;
reflectometers; reflectometry; spread-spectrum optical;
Spread-spectrum optical time-domain reflectometry;
time-domain; Time-domain Reflectometry; time-domain
reflectometry; Zero Sidelobes; Zero sidelobes; zero
sidelobes",
thesaurus = "Optical cables; Optical fibres; Reflectometers;
Time-domain reflectometry",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Beck:1988:OCD,
author = "Juergen Beck and Siegfried Gross and Robin Giffard",
title = "Optical component design for a correlation-based
optical time-domain reflectometer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "6",
pages = "22--28",
month = dec,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Three principal components of an optical time-domain
reflectometer are the laser diode and its driver, the
optical system, and the receiver. The laser diode emits
the probe light pulses. This light is guided and
coupled into the fiber under test by the optical
system. The reflected and backscattered light coming
out of the fiber under test is split out of the forward
ray path and guided to the receiver by the optical
system. The output of the receiver, a sampled digital
signal, is fed to the digital signal processor. This
article discusses the design of the laser driver, the
optical system, and the receiver.",
abstract-2 = "Aspects of the design of the HP 8145A instrument are
described. The major requirements for the laser driver,
optical system and receiver were single-mode,
two-wavelength operation, high linearity, low noise and
low insertion loss.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7320P (Optical variables); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments); B6260 (Optical
links and equipment); B4125 (Fibre optics); B4360
(Laser applications)",
classification = "714; 741; 744; 941; B4125 (Fibre optics); B4360
(Laser applications); B6260 (Optical links and
equipment); B7210X (Other instrumentation and
measurement systems); B7250G (Display, recording and
indicating instruments); B7320P (Optical variables)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "correlation-based; Correlation-based optical
time-domain reflectometer; Design; Fiber Optics;
Insertion loss; insertion loss; Laser Diode; Laser
Driver; Laser driver; laser driver; lasers; Lasers,
Semiconductor; Light Pulses; Linearity; linearity;
measurement by laser beam; Noise; noise; optical;
optical cables; Optical Devices; optical fibres;
Optical system; optical systems; optical time-domain
reflectometer; Receiver; receiver; Reflectometers;
reflectometers; reflectometry; Sampled Digital Signal;
Single-mode two-wavelength operation; single-mode
two-wavelength operation; system; time-domain;
Time-Domain Reflectometer",
thesaurus = "Lasers; Measurement by laser beam; Noise; Optical
cables; Optical fibres; Optical systems;
Reflectometers; Time-domain reflectometry",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Rivoir:1988:DPC,
author = "Jochen Rivoir and Wilfried Pless",
title = "Data processing in the correlating optical time-domain
reflectometer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "6",
pages = "29--34",
month = dec,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The digital signal processing engine is a powerful
32-bit digital signal processor with an architecture
designed especially for the correlating HP 8145A
Optical Time-Domain Reflectometer. With its 200 MSI
ICs, the DSPE outperforms any available microprocessor
or signal processor for its tasks. After being started
by the main microprocessor, the DSPE can work
independently while the main processor performs other
measurement tasks. The firmware for these tasks is
designed for pipelined operation to reduce overhead and
maximize throughput.",
abstract-2 = "In the HP 8145A instrument, a powerful special-purpose
digital signal processor, a general-purpose main
processor and pipelined measurement firmware work with
the optical components to make measurements. These
processing components are described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
B7320P (Optical variables); B7250G (Display, recording
and indicating instruments); B6260 (Optical links and
equipment); B4125 (Fibre optics); C7410H
(Instrumentation); C5260 (Digital signal processing);
C5130 (Microprocessor chips); C5140 (Firmware); C7410F
(Communications)",
classification = "716; 717; 718; 723; 741; 941; B4125 (Fibre optics);
B6260 (Optical links and equipment); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7320P
(Optical variables); C5130 (Microprocessor chips);
C5140 (Firmware); C5260 (Digital signal processing);
C7410F (Communications); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "chips; computerised instrumentation; computing;
Correlating optical time-domain reflectometer;
correlating optical time-domain reflectometer; Data
Processing; digital signal processing; firmware;
general-purpose; General-purpose main processor;
General-Purpose Main Processor; HP 8145A; main
processor; microprocessor chips; optical cables;
optical fibres; Performance; Pipelined measurement
firmware; pipelined measurement firmware; Pipelined
Operation; Reflectometers; reflectometers; Signal
Processing--Digital Techniques; Special-Purpose Digital
Signal Processor; Special-purpose digital signal
processor; special-purpose digital signal processor;
telecommunications; Time-Domain Reflectometer;
time-domain reflectometry",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Digital signal
processing chips; Firmware; Microprocessor chips;
Optical cables; Optical fibres; Reflectometers;
Telecommunications computing; Time-domain
reflectometry",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Vobis:1988:OTR,
author = "Joachim Vobis",
title = "Optical time-domain reflectometer user interface
design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "6",
pages = "35--38",
month = dec,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 8145A Optical Time-Domain Reflectometer
described in this issue is a highly sophisticated
machine. Its hardware and its theory of operation are
difficult to understand. On the other hand, most users
want to see an interface that is self-explanatory and
helps them do everything from simple to complex tasks
easily. The creation of a friendly user interface for
both local and remote control is the task of a large
portion of the firmware built into the HP 8145A. An
attempt is made to describe the firmware.",
abstract-2 = "The creation of a friendly user interface for both
local and remote control is the task of a large portion
of the firmware built into the HP 8145A. The firmware
can be divided into five parts: a central database; the
keyboard/display process; the HP-IB process for remote
control; the measurement process and the check
process.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
B7320P (Optical variables); B7250G (Display, recording
and indicating instruments); B6260 (Optical links and
equipment); B4125 (Fibre optics); C7410H
(Instrumentation); C6180 (User interfaces); C7410F
(Communications)",
classification = "722; 723; 741; 941; B4125 (Fibre optics); B6260
(Optical links and equipment); B7210B (Automatic test
and measurement systems); B7210X (Other instrumentation
and measurement systems); B7250G (Display, recording
and indicating instruments); B7320P (Optical
variables); C6180 (User interfaces); C7410F
(Communications); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Central database; central database; Check process;
check process; Computer Applications; Computer
Interfaces; computerised instrumentation; domain
reflectometry; fibres; Firmware; firmware; Friendly
user interface; friendly user interface; Front-Panel
Interface; HP 8145A; HP-IB process; Invisible
Intelligence; Keyboard/display process;
keyboard/display process; Local and Remote Control;
measurement; Measurement process; optical; optical
cables; Optical time-domain reflectometers; optical
time-domain reflectometers; process; Reflectometers;
reflectometers; Remote control; remote control;
telecommunications computing; time-; Time-Domain
Reflectometer; User Interface; user interfaces",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Optical cables; Optical
fibres; Reflectometers; Telecommunications computing;
Time-domain reflectometry; User interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Bares:1988:PPP,
author = "Steven J. Bares",
title = "Printing on plain paper with a thermal inkjet
printer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "6",
pages = "39--44",
month = dec,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A low-cost inkjet printer to produce true
letter-quality print on plain paper is described.
Intended for office use, the printer was designer
specifically to meet customer demand for products that
use available office papers.",
abstract-2 = "An understanding of `plain papers' and how their
variability affects performance played a key role in
the development of the HP DeskJet printer. A major
challenge during the development phase was to construct
a printhead that would produce reliable print quality
over the wide range of papers used in offices. To meet
this challenge, the design team needed to identify and
obtain samples of the types of papers available to the
user and to understand the chemical and physical
variability of these papers. This included obtaining
information about the paper industry's raw materials,
manufacturing processes and distribution networks. This
paper summarizes the results of these studies. Topics
covered include the types of papers found in the
office, the properties of these papers, and the effect
of these properties on inkjet print quality.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "722; 745; 811; C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
hard-copy output devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Chemical properties; chemical properties; Computer
Peripheral Equipment; Customer Demand; HP DeskJet
printer; Ink; ink jet printers; Letter-Quality Print;
manufacturing; Manufacturing processes; Office Papers;
Office Use; paper; paper industry; Paper--Printing
Properties; Physical properties; physical properties;
Plain paper; Plain Paper; plain paper; Printers;
Printing Machinery; processes; Thermal inkjet printer;
Thermal Inkjet Printer; thermal inkjet printer; thermal
printers",
thesaurus = "Ink jet printers; Paper; Paper industry; Thermal
printers",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical; R Product Review; X
Experimental",
}
@Article{Berger:1988:HIM,
author = "Arnold S. Berger",
title = "Host independent microprocessor development systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "6",
pages = "45--51",
month = dec,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 64700 family are described. A new architecture
makes it possible to use this family of emulators with
various hosts, such as workstations, mainframes or
personal computers. The cabling technology and chassis
design are also discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5250 (Microcomputer techniques); C7430 (Computer
engineering); C5220 (Computer architecture)",
classification = "722; 723; C5220 (Computer architecture); C5250
(Microcomputer techniques); C7430 (Computer
engineering)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "64700 family; Architecture; architecture; Cabling
technology; cabling technology; chassis; Chassis
Design; Chassis design; computer architecture; Computer
Systems, Digital--Multiprocessing; computers;
Computers, Microcomputer; Computers, Personal; design;
development systems; Emulators; Hewlett Packard; Host
Independence; Host-independent microprocessor
development systems; host-independent microprocessor
development systems; HP; HP 64700 family; Mainframes;
Microprocessor; Performance; Workstations",
thesaurus = "Computer architecture; Development systems; Hewlett
Packard computers",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Fischer:1988:HIE,
author = "William A. {Fischer, Jr.}",
title = "Host independent emulator software architecture",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "6",
pages = "52--56",
month = dec,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "For a microprocessor emulator, the system software is
a significant portion of the overall design. HP 64700
Series emulators have an entire microprocessor
development system built into firmware. This firmware
lays the groundwork for future emulator design. When a
silicon manufacturer releases a new microprocessor, it
is important that emulation support be available in a
timely fashion. The present HP 64000-UX Advanced
Integration Environment offers more than 40 different
microprocessor emulators. A flexible software
architecture was developed for the HP 64700 Series that
also supports many different emulators. This article
discusses the HP 64700 software architecture. It is
shown how the software architecture improves the
emulation development environment and how users benefit
with easy-to-use, flexible emulation interfaces.",
abstract-2 = "Built into the firmware of the HP 64700 series host
independent emulators is an entire microprocessor
development system. The general software architecture,
terminal interface, firmware structure, host interface,
programmatic interface and PC interface are among the
aspects discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5250 (Microcomputer techniques); C6115 (Programming
support)C5140 (Firmware); C7430 (Computer
engineering)",
classification = "722; 723; C5140 (Firmware); C5250 (Microcomputer
techniques); C6115 (Programming support); C7430
(Computer engineering)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Architecture; Computer Software; Computers,
Microcomputer; development systems; Emulation
Development; Firmware; firmware; Firmware structure;
firmware structure; Flexible Emulation Interfaces;
Flexible Software Architecture; Hewlett Packard
computers; host; Host independent emulators; Host
interface; host interface; HP 64700 series; independent
emulators; Microprocessor development system;
microprocessor development system; Microprocessor
Emulator; PC interface; Performance; Programmatic
interface; programmatic interface; Software
architecture; software architecture; Terminal
Interface; Terminal interface; terminal interface",
thesaurus = "Development systems; Firmware; Hewlett Packard
computers",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Lum:1988:EMH,
author = "Gary W. Lum and Milton J. Lau and Wesley H. Stelter",
title = "Expanded memory for the {HP} Vectra {ES} personal
computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "6",
pages = "57--63",
month = dec,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "This memory subsystem provides the expanded memory and
extended memory support for the HP Vectra Personal
Computer, while maintaining compatibility with industry
standards. The hardware architecture, map table
operation, hardware implementation, software driver
architecture, data structure and expanded memory access
of the card are discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5320G (Semiconductor storage); C6120 (File
organisation); C5220 (Computer architecture)",
classification = "721; 722; 723; C5220 (Computer architecture); C5320G
(Semiconductor storage); C6120 (File organisation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "add-on boards; Components; computer architecture;
Computer Hardware; computers; Computers, Personal; Data
Storage, Digital; Data structure; data structure;
driver architecture; Expanded Memory; Expanded memory
access; expanded memory access; Extended memory
support; extended memory support; Hardware
architecture; Hardware Architecture; hardware
architecture; Hardware implementation; hardware
implementation; Hewlett Packard; HP Vectra ES personal
computer; IBM compatible machines; Industry Standards;
Map table operation; map table operation; Memory
expansion card; memory expansion card; Memory
Subsystem; Memory Support; semiconductor storage;
software; Software driver architecture; Standards;
standards; storage management",
thesaurus = "Add-on boards; Computer architecture; Hewlett Packard
computers; IBM compatible machines; Semiconductor
storage; Storage management",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Keller:1988:GRT,
author = "Alexander Keller and Ulrich H. Haeberlen",
title = "Generalization of the {Redfield-Kunz} treatment of
quadrature phase time domain",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "6",
pages = "74--76 (or 74--75??)",
month = dec,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A prescription is given to compute the complex Fourier
transform spectrum from quadrature phase time data when
the x and y signals are sampled neither simultaneously
nor alternately. This case applies to the sampling
scheme of the HP 5180A Waveform Recorder.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C1120 (Analysis); C1130 (Integral transforms); C4160
(Numerical integration and differentiation)",
classification = "921; 942; C1120 (Analysis); C1130 (Integral
transforms); C4160 (Numerical integration and
differentiation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Complex Fourier Transform; Complex Fourier transform
spectrum; complex Fourier transform spectrum;
Digitalization; domain; Fourier Transforms; Fourier
transforms; Generalised Redfield-Kunze method;
generalised Redfield-Kunze method; HP 5180A; HP 5180A
waveform recorder; integration; Mathematical
Transformations; quadrature phase time; Quadrature
Phase Time Data; Quadrature phase time domain;
Redfield-Kunz Treatment; Spectrum Analyzers; waveform
analysis; Waveform Recorder; waveform recorder; X And Y
Signals",
thesaurus = "Fourier transforms; Integration; Waveform analysis",
treatment = "P Practical; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}
@Article{Wechsler:1988:CTV,
author = "Mark Wechsler",
title = "Characterization of time varying frequency behavior
using continuous measurement technology",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "1",
pages = "6--12",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 5371A Frequency and Time Interval Analyzer
implements the continuous measurement technique to
provide advanced capabilities for measuring frequency
and time interval variations. The measurement and
analysis capabilities of the HP 5371A can be applied to
microwave and millimeter-wave signals, for example by
down-converting these signals using the HP 5364A
Microwave Mixer\slash Detector. Designed as a companion
instrument to the HP 5371A, the HP 5364A uses a
mix-down technique that retains the phase and timing
information of the original signal.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7310G (Frequency); B7250G (Display, recording and
indicating instruments); B7210X (Other instrumentation
and measurement systems); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
classification = "716; 942; B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310G (Frequency); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computerised instrumentation; Continuous measurement
technique; continuous measurement technique; Continuous
Measurement Technology; Digital Communication
Systems--Synchronization; Frequency and time interval
analyzer; frequency and time interval analyzer;
frequency measurement; Frequency Meters; Frequency/Time
Interval Analyzer hp5371a; HP 5371A; measurement;
Measurement technology; Microwaves; Millimeter Waves;
Radar; Signal Processing--Sampling; Spectral analyser;
spectral analyser; spectral analysers; technology; Time
interval; time interval; Time Varying Frequencies; Time
varying frequency; time varying frequency",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Frequency measurement;
Spectral analysers",
treatment = "P Practical",
xxnote = "Check year: 1988 or 1989??",
}
@Article{Nimori:1988:FSD,
author = "Terrance K. Nimori and Lisa B. Stambaugh",
title = "Firmware system design for a frequency and time
interval analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "1",
pages = "13--21",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Based on continuous measurement technology, the HP
5371A Frequency and Time Interval Analyzer represents a
significant contribution to dynamic signal analysis.
Powerful analysis and graphics firmware provide
enhanced performance capabilities for such applications
as frequency modulation and timing jitter measurements.
This article examines the major firmware components of
the HP 5371A, and focuses on their design and
application to the continuous measurement concept.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Santa Clara",
affiliationaddress = "Santa Clara, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7310G (Frequency); B7250G (Display, recording and
indicating instruments); B7210X (Other instrumentation
and measurement systems); C7410H (Instrumentation);
C5140 (Firmware)",
classification = "723; 942; B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310G (Frequency); C5140 (Firmware);
C7410H (Instrumentation)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "5371A; Computer Operating Systems; computerised
instrumentation; Continuous measurement technology;
continuous measurement technology; CRT Interface;
Database Systems; Dynamic Signal Analysis; Firmware;
firmware; Firmware components; firmware components;
frequency; Frequency and Time Interval Analyzer;
Frequency Meters; Frequency/Time Interval Analyzer HP
5371A; graphics; Graphics firmware; HP; HP 5371A;
measurement; Performance capabilities; performance
capabilities; Signal Processing--Digital Techniques;
Spectral analyser; spectral analyser; spectral
analysers; Spectrum Analyzers",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Firmware; Frequency
measurement; Spectral analysers",
treatment = "P Practical",
xxnote = "Check year: 1988 or 1989??",
}
@Article{Stambaugh:1988:TDH,
author = "Lisa B. Stambaugh",
title = "Table-driven help screen structure provides on-line
operating manual",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "1",
pages = "21--24",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 5371A help screen feature is designed to give
the novice user enough basic information to traverse
the front panel, locate configuration information in
the menus, become familiar with continuous count
concepts, and get started using the instrument to make
measurements. The help screens are organized around a
simplified instrument block diagram, allowing the user
to choose an area of interest quickly. The main help
screen shows this block diagram, along with softkeys
for each main area. The menu structure is only one
level deep, allowing the user to return to the main
level by pressing one key. Where possible, graphics are
used to illustrate concepts, such as arming examples.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
C7410H (Instrumentation); C6180 (User interfaces)",
classification = "942; B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); C6180 (User interfaces); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Block diagram; block diagram; computerised
instrumentation; Display Systems; Frequency Meters;
Frequency/Time Interval Analyzer HP 5371A; Help screen
structure; help screen structure; HP 5371A; Instrument
Help Screens; Menus; menus; On-line operating manual;
on-line operating manual; Softkeys; softkeys; Spectrum
Analyzers; Table-Driven Help Screen; user interfaces",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; User interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
xxnote = "Check year: 1988 or 1989??",
}
@Article{Heinzl:1988:IAT,
author = "Johann J. Heinzl",
title = "Input amplifier and trigger circuit for a 500-{MHz}
frequency and time interval analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "1",
pages = "24--27",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 5371A frequency and time interval analyzer
operates on a signal by determining both its cycle
count and the times of its zero crossings. The function
of the input amplifier and trigger circuit is to
convert the analog input signal into a binary signal
whose timing transitions are representative of the zero
crossings of the original signal. The high performance
of the input amplifier is mainly a result of optimizing
the important specifications such as step response,
cross talk between channels, noise floor, timing
precision at zero crossings, and others. Circuit models
were constructed for most of the components and the
design was simulated and optimized using the HP Spice
program.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2220G (Thick film circuits); B1220 (Amplifiers);
B1290 (Other analogue circuits); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments)",
classification = "713; 723; 942; B1220 (Amplifiers); B1290 (Other
analogue circuits); B2220G (Thick film circuits);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "500 MHz; Amplifier; amplifier; amplifiers; Amplifiers,
Radio Frequency; autotrigger modes; Circuits; dc Offset
Circuit; display instrumentation; Electronic Circuits,
Comparator; Electronic Circuits, Trigger; Frequency
Meters; Frequency/Time Interval Analyzed HP 5371A;
Impedance Conversion; Input Amplifier; Manual trigger;
manual trigger; repetitive; Repetitive autotrigger
modes; Signal Processing--Digital Techniques; Single
autotrigger; single autotrigger; thick film circuits;
Thick-film hybrid circuits; thick-film hybrid circuits;
Trigger Circuit; Trigger circuit; trigger circuit;
trigger circuits; Triggering; triggering",
numericalindex = "Frequency 5.0E+08 Hz",
thesaurus = "Amplifiers; Display instrumentation; Thick film
circuits; Trigger circuits",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Chu:1988:PDN,
author = "David C. Chu",
title = "Phase digitizing: {A} new method for capturing and
analyzing spread-spectrum signals",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "1",
pages = "28--32, 34--35",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The signal digitizing method used in the HP 5371A
Frequency and Time Analyzer is based on continuous
counting and sampling only a signal zero crossings. The
method bypasses the two extra steps, voltage digitizing
and voltage-to-phase conversion, and directly digitizes
the phase progression of the signal. The procedure may
therefore be appropriately called `phase progression
digitizing', or `phase digitizing' for short. Amplitude
information is discarded. Because the data is already
in the form of phase and time, trigonometric functions
are totally avoided, replaced by simple functions like
straight lines and parabolas, making analysis simple
for even moderately complex modulation.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Santa Clara",
affiliationaddress = "Santa Clara, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); B6250 (Radio
links and equipment); B7210X (Other instrumentation and
measurement systems)",
classification = "716; 723; 942; B6140 (Signal processing and
detection); B6250 (Radio links and equipment); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Amplitude Digitizing; crossings; Frequency Chirp; HP
5371A; phase digitizing; Phase digitizing; Phase
Digitizing; Phase Modulation--Phase Shift Keying; phase
progression digitizing; Phase progression digitizing;
Phase Progression Digitizing; Radio
Transmission--Spread Spectrum; sampling; Sampling;
signal digitizing method; Signal digitizing method;
signal processing; Signal Processing--Signal Encoding;
signal zero; Signal zero crossings; spectral analysers;
spectral analysis; Spectrum Analyzers; spread spectrum
communication; Spread Spectrum Signals Analysis;
waveform analysis",
thesaurus = "Signal processing; Spectral analysers; Spectral
analysis; Spread spectrum communication; Waveform
analysis",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Stephenson:1988:FTI,
author = "Paul S. Stephenson",
title = "Frequency and time interval analyzer measurement
hardware",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "1",
pages = "35--41",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Frequency agile systems pose many new measurement
challenges. For example, how do you characterize
modulation on a pseudorandom or unknown carrier? How do
you capture relatively long time histories of frequency
agile sources without using megabytes of memory? The
design of the measurement hardware in the HP 5371A
Frequency and Time Interval Analyzer had to deal with
these challenges. The author describes the design and
operation of the measurement hardware, using a
frequency-hopping radio measurement example.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Santa Clara",
affiliationaddress = "Santa Clara, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
classification = "716; 723; 942; B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B7210X (Other instrumentation and
measurement systems); B7250G (Display, recording and
indicating instruments)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; Digital Communication
Systems; electronic equipment testing; Frequency Agile
Radio; Frequency agile sources; frequency agile
sources; Frequency and Time Interval Analyzer;
Frequency Meters; Frequency-hopping radio measurement;
frequency-hopping radio measurement; Frequency/Time
Interval Analyzer HP 5371A; hardware; HP 5371A;
measurement; Measurement hardware; Measurements; Radio;
radio applications; Signal Processing--Digital
Techniques; Spectral analyser; spectral analyser;
spectral analysers; Spectrum Analyzers",
thesaurus = "Automatic test equipment; Electronic equipment
testing; Radio applications; Spectral analysers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Coackley:1988:IVD,
author = "Robert Coackley and Howard L. Steadman",
title = "An Integrated Voice and Data Network Based on Virtual
Circuits",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "1",
pages = "42--49",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database; Distributed/QLD.bib;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Developed as an HP Laboratories research project, this
network offers true integration of voice and data, a
single architecture for local and wide area networks,
high throughput, low host overhead, very good
cost\slash performance ratio, and effective interfacing
to existing standards. The network architecture,
virtual circuit switching, data flow and congestion
control, routing strategies are described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
annote = "Developed as an HP Laboratories research project, this
network offers true integration of voice and data, a
single architecture for local and wide area networks,
high throughput, low host overhead, very good
cost\slash performance ratio, and effective interfacing
to existing standards.",
bydate = "DS",
byrev = "Le",
classcodes = "B6210M (ISDN); B6210L (Computer communications);
C5620W (Other networks)",
classification = "716; 718; 723; B6210L (Computer communications);
B6210M (ISDN); C5620W (Other networks)",
country = "USA",
date = "25/10/89",
descriptors = "Voice/data integration; LAN; WAN; MAN; throughput;
virtual channel; integrated network",
enum = "3473",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "10 Mbit/s; communication; Computer Networks;
Congestion Control; data communication systems; Data
Transmission; Digital Communication Systems; HP
Laboratories; HP StarLAN 10; Integration of voice and
data; integration of voice and data; ISDN; Local area
network; local area network; local area networks;
Network Routing; pair wire; twisted-; Twisted-pair
wire; Virtual Circuit Switching; Virtual circuits;
virtual circuits; voice; Voice/Data Integrated
Services",
location = "FHL",
numericalindex = "Bit rate 1.0E+07 bit/s",
references = "3",
revision = "21/04/91",
thesaurus = "Data communication systems; ISDN; Local area networks;
Voice communication",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ives:1988:MSB,
author = "Fred H. Ives",
title = "Multifunction synthesizer for building complex
waveforms",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "1",
pages = "52--54, 56--57",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Modern communications systems employ complex
modulation formats, sometimes using subcarriers or time
varying signals to increase their capacity and
usability. The divergent testing requirements imposed
by these systems have been typically solved with
one-of-a-kind custom solutions. This is a costly and
sometimes unreliable solution. The HP 8904A
Multifunction Synthesizer was developed to provide a
low-cost, high-performance alternative to these
application-specific complex waveform synthesis
solutions. The HP 8904A Multifunction Synthesizer uses
the latest VLSI technology to create complex waveforms
from digitally synthesized sine, square, triangle,
ramp, Gaussian white noise, and dc waveforms. In
addition to the standard internal synthesizer
(channel), three more identical internal synthesizers
can be added.",
abstract-2 = "The HP 8904A uses VLSI technology to create complex
waveforms from six fundamental waveforms: sine, square,
triangle, ramp, Gaussian white noise, and DC. Sine
waves are provided in the range from 0.1 Hz to 600 kHz
with 0.1-Hz resolution. The square, ramp, and triangle
waveforms are available from 0.1 Hz to 50 kHz. All
waveform values in the HP 8904A are digitally
calculated in real time by HP's digital waveform
synthesis IC (DWSIC). The use of this IC results in
signals that have well-defined accuracy and exact
repeatability.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
classification = "713; 716; 723; B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B7250E (Signal generators);
C7410H (Instrumentation)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "0.1 Hz to 50 kHz; accuracy; complex waveforms; Complex
waveforms; Complex Waveforms; computerised
instrumentation; DC; Digital Waveform Synthesis;
digital waveform synthesis IC; Digital waveform
synthesis IC; exact repeatability; Exact repeatability;
function generators; Function Generators; fundamental
waveforms; Fundamental waveforms; Gaussian white noise;
HP 8904A; Modulation; multifunction synthesizer;
Multifunction synthesizer; Multifunction Synthesizer HP
8904A; ramp; Ramp waveforms; Signal Processing--Digital
Techniques; sinewaves; Sinewaves; square waves; Square
waves; triangle; Triangle waveforms; VLSI technology;
waveforms; well-defined; Well-defined accuracy",
numericalindex = "Frequency 1.0E-01 to 5.0E+04 Hz",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Function generators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Talbot:1988:DWS,
author = "Mark D. Talbot",
title = "Digital waveform synthesis {IC} architecture",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "1",
pages = "57--62",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The digital waveform synthesis IC is the heart of the
HP 8904A Multifunction Synthesizer. It provides a
digital approach to the conventional analog functions
of modulation and signal generation. The design
objectives for the DWSIC called for the following
features and functions: Four concurrently operating
channels with independent frequency, waveform,
amplitude, and phase settings; Amplitude modulation,
double-sideband suppressed carrier modulation,
frequency modulation, phase modulation, and pulse
modulation on one of the channels; Channels that can be
selectively summed together; Random access memory to
provide rapid selection of up to 16 different settings
of frequency, amplitude, and phase under internal or
external control, and Modulation of one channel from
another internal channel, from the sum of channels, or
from an external input.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230G (Function generators); B7250E (Signal
generators); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
classification = "713; 723; B1230G (Function generators); B1265H (A/D
and D/A convertors); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B7250E (Signal generators);
C7410H (Instrumentation)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Amplitude Modulation; computerised instrumentation;
digital integrated circuits; Digital Waveform Synthesis
IC; Digital waveform synthesis IC; digital waveform
synthesis IC; digital-analogue conversion; DWSIC;
Function Generators; function generators; HP 8904A;
Integrated Circuits, Digital; Multifunction;
Multifunction Synthesizer; Multifunction Synthesizer HP
8904A; Phase Accumulator; Phase Modulation; Signal
Processing--Digital Techniques; Synthesizer",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Digital integrated
circuits; Digital-analogue conversion; Function
generators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Heikes:1988:DDW,
author = "Craig A. Heikes and James O. Barnes and Dale R.
Beucler",
title = "Development of a digital waveform synthesis integrated
circuit",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "1",
pages = "62--65",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Custom digital very large-scale integrated (VLSI)
circuits are used extensively in many HP computer
products, but are just beginning to show up in HP test
instruments. The HP 8904A Multifunction Synthesizer
represents an excellent example of using custom VLSI to
reduce cost and increase functionality, accuracy, and
reliability in a test instrument. The digital waveform
synthesis IC (DWSIC) is a digital approach to doing
conventional analog functions of modulation and signal
generation. The primary design challenges included
implementing the highly parallel design as a data path
layout, using behavioral modeling and verification to
ensure accuracy, and designing new custom circuits
(e.g. multiplier and ROM).",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230G (Function generators); B1265Z (Other digital
circuits)B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B7250E (Signal generators); B2570F (Other MOS
integrated circuits)",
classification = "713; 723; B1230G (Function generators); B1265Z
(Other digital circuits); B2570F (Other MOS integrated
circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B7250E (Signal generators)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "application specific integrated circuits; automatic
test; circuits; Custom VLSI; custom VLSI; Data path
layout; data path layout; Design; design; digital
instrumentation; digital integrated; Digital waveform
synthesis IC; digital waveform synthesis IC; Digital
Waveform Synthesis IC (DWSIC); equipment; field effect
integrated circuits; function; Function Generators;
generators; HP 8904A; HP test instruments; Integrated
Circuits, Digital; Integrated Circuits, VLSI;
Multifunction Synthesizer; NMOS; Parallel design;
parallel design; Signal Processing--Digital Techniques;
VLSI",
thesaurus = "Application specific integrated circuits; Automatic
test equipment; Digital instrumentation; Digital
integrated circuits; Field effect integrated circuits;
Function generators; VLSI",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Higgins:1988:AOS,
author = "Thomas M. {Higgins, Jr.}",
title = "Analog output system design for a multifunction
synthesizer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "1",
pages = "66--69",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The waveforms generated in the digital waveform
synthesis IC (DWSIC) in the HP 8904A Multifunction
Synthesizer exist only as 12-bit binary numbers at the
output of the IC. The output system converts these
binary numbers into the desired analog signals. The
article describes this analog output system, consisting
of a sampler, anti-aliasing filters and a floating
output amplifier.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems); B7250E (Signal
generators); B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning
equipment and techniques)B1230G (Function generators)",
classification = "713; 723; B1230G (Function generators); B1265H (A/D
and D/A convertors); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B7220 (Signal processing and
conditioning equipment and techniques); B7250E (Signal
generators)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Amplifiers; Amplitude Scaling; Analog output system;
analog output system; Anti-Aliasing Filters; DAC; Data
Conversion, Digital to Analog; digital waveform;
digital waveform synthesis; Digital waveform synthesis
IC; digital-analogue conversion; Floating Output
Amplifier; Frequency response; frequency response;
Function Generators; function generators; HP 8904A; IC;
Low distortion; low distortion; Multifunction
synthesizer; multifunction synthesizer; Multifunction
Synthesizer HP 8904A; Signal Filtering and Prediction;
Signal Processing--Sampling; synthesis IC",
thesaurus = "Digital-analogue conversion; Function generators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Talbot:1988:FDM,
author = "Mark D. Talbot",
title = "Firmware design for a multiple-mode instrument",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "1",
pages = "70--73",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 8904A multifunction synthesizer hardware offers
many different operating modes, depending on the
requirements of the user. The HP 8904A firmware was
designed and implemented with the goal of efficiently
handling the existing operating modes and allowing for
changes within these modes and the addition of new
modes. Three major firmware modules provide this
required flexibility: the numeric data parser, the
command parsing structure, and the interrupt handling
scheme. Each of these modules provides hooks to
customize or add to the HP 8904A firmware with little
or no changes to the existing firmware.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); C7410H (Instrumentation); C5140
(Firmware)",
classification = "713; 723; B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B7250E (Signal generators); C5140 (Firmware);
C7410H (Instrumentation)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Command parsing structure; command parsing structure;
computerised instrumentation; Firmware; firmware;
Firmware modules; firmware modules; Function
Generators; function generators; HP 8904A; Interrupt
handling scheme; interrupt handling scheme;
Mini-Parsers; Mode Command Parsers; multifunction;
Multifunction synthesizer; Multifunction Synthesizer HP
8904A; Multiple-mode instrument; multiple-mode
instrument; numeric data; Numeric Data Parser; Numeric
data parser; parser; Signal Processing--Digital
Techniques; synthesizer; Vectored Interrupts",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Firmware; Function
generators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Thompson:1988:MSA,
author = "Kenneth S. Thompson",
title = "Multifunction synthesizer applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "1",
pages = "73--76",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The flexibility and accuracy afforded by the
architecture of the digital waveform synthesis IC make
the HP 8904A Multifunction Synthesizer suited for a
broad range of applications. These applications areas
include telecommunications, navigation, mobile radio
communications, consumer electronics, sonar, and
electromechanical systems. Typically the conflicting
requirements of these applications have been met by
many specialized sources optimized for specific tasks
or by expensive high-performance sources. The HP 8904A
can compete with these application-specific sources and
in many cases exceed their performance at a lower
cost.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
classification = "713; 716; 752; B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B7250E (Signal generators);
C7410H (Instrumentation)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Applications; applications; Channel Configuration
Mode; computerised instrumentation; Consumer
electronics; consumer electronics; Digital
Communication Systems; Digital Waveform Synthesis;
Digital waveform synthesis IC; digital waveform
synthesis IC; Electromechanical systems;
electromechanical systems; Function Generators;
function generators; hop RAM Mode; HP 8904A; Mobile
radio communications; mobile radio communications;
Multifunction; Multifunction Synthesizer; Multifunction
Synthesizer HP 8904A; Navigation; navigation; Radio
Receivers--Testing; Radio Systems, Mobile; Signal
Sequencing Modes; Sonar; sonar; Synthesizer;
Telecommunications; telecommunications",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Function generators",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Schwartz:1988:TPM,
author = "David J. Schwartz and Alan L. McCormick",
title = "Testing and process monitoring for a multifunction
synthesizer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "1",
pages = "77--80 (or 77--79??)",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Ensuring the quality and reliability of the HP 8904A
Multifunction Synthesizer required a twofold test
strategy. The first step was to understand the
instrument and its performance characteristics. Because
of its state-of-the-art design, there are no reliable,
fast, and automated means of directly measuring some of
its critical parameters. Also, its versatility makes it
impossible to measure even a significant fraction of
the waveforms it is capable of producing. Understanding
the instrument at this level made it possible for us to
find a concise set of parameters that can be measured
accurately and quickly to verify that the unit under
test is working correctly, and allowed us to make small
design changes that enhanced testability. The second
step of the solution was to develop a test strategy for
the HP 8904A that emphasized process control, rather
than intense end-of-the-line testing. By testing
critical parts and modules and then verifying the
assembly process, the performance of the unit under
test is assured quickly and inexpensively. Fault
isolation and repair are also easier because problems
are identified earlier in the production process.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); B0170E (Production
facilities and engineering)",
classification = "713; 723; 913; 942; B0170E (Production facilities
and engineering); B7250E (Signal generators)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Data Conversion, Digital to Analog; electronic
equipment testing; Function Generators; function
generators; HP 8904A; Instruments--Quality Assurance;
Multifunction Synthesizer; Multifunction Synthesizer HP
8904A; Performance characteristics; performance
characteristics; Process control; Process Control;
process control; Process monitoring; process
monitoring; production testing; quality control;
Statistical Quality Control; Test strategy; test
strategy; Testability; testability; Testing; Twofold
test strategy; twofold test strategy",
thesaurus = "Electronic equipment testing; Function generators;
Production testing; Quality control",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Stever:1989:DDM,
author = "Scott D. Stever",
title = "An 8.5-digit digital multimeter capable of 100000
readings per second and two-source calibration",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "2",
pages = "6--7",
month = apr,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The digital multimeter, or DMM, is among the most
common and most versatile instruments available for
low-frequency and dc measurements in automated test,
calibration laboratory, and bench R\&D applications.
The use of general-purpose instrumentation in automated
measurement systems has steadily grown over the past
decade. A highly linear and extremely flexible
analog-to-digital converter and a state-of-the-art
design are reported. These feature offer new
performance and measurement capabilities for automated
test, calibration laboratory, or R\&D applications.",
abstract-2 = "The HP 3458A Digital Multimeter was developed to
address the increasing requirements for flexible,
accurate, and cost-effective solutions in today's
automated test applications. The product concept
centers upon the synergistic application of
state-of-the-art technologies to meet these needs.
While it is tuned for high throughput in computer-aided
testing, the HP 3458A also offers calibration
laboratory accuracy in DC volts, AC volts, and
resistance. Owners can trade speed for resolution, from
100000 measurements per second with 4/sup 1///sub
2/-digit (16-bit) resolution to six measurements per
second with 8/sup 1///sub 2/-digit resolution. At 5/sup
1///sub 2/-digit resolution, the DMM achieves 50000
readings per second. To maximize the measurement speed
for the resolution selected, the integration time is
selectable from 500 nanoseconds to one second in 100-ns
steps. The effect is an almost continuous range of
speed-versus-resolution trade-offs.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems)",
classification = "723; 942; B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "8 1/2 Digit; 8 1/2 digit; automatic test equipment;
calibration; Data Conversion, Analog to Digital; dc
Measurements; Digital multimeter; Digital Multimeter;
digital multimeter; digital multimeters; Digital
Readout; Electric Measuring Instruments; Hewlett
Packard; HP 3458A; HP 3458A Digital Multimeter;
two-source; Two-source calibration; Two-Source
Calibration",
thesaurus = "Automatic test equipment; Digital multimeters",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Goeke:1989:DIA,
author = "Wayne C. Goeke",
title = "An 8.5-digital integration analog-to-digital converter
with 16-bit, 100000-sample-per-second performance",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "2",
pages = "8--15",
month = apr,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "This integrating-type ADC uses multislope runup,
multislope rundown and a two-input structure to achieve
the required speed, resolution, and linearity.
Multislope is a versatile ADC technique, allowing speed
to be traded off for resolution within a single
circuit. It is easier to understand multislope by first
understanding its predecessor, dual-slope which is
explained.",
abstract-2 = "The analog-to-digital converter (ADC) design for the
HP 3458A digital multimeter was driven by the
state-of-the-art requirements for the system design.
For example, autocalibration required an ADC with 8/sup
1///sub 2/-digit (28-bit) resolution and 7/sup 1///sub
2/-digit (25-bit) integral linearity, and the digital
AC technique required an ADC capable of making 50000
readings per second with 18-bit resolution. The HP
3458A's ADC uses an enhanced implementation of the
multislope technique to achieve a range of speeds and
resolutions never before achieved-from 16-bit
resolution at 100000 readings per second to 28-bit
resolution at six readings per second. In addition to
high resolution, the ADC has high integral
linearity-deviations are less than 0.1 p.p.m. (parts
per million) of input. Multislope is a versatile ADC
technique, allowing speed to be traded off for
resolution within a single circuit.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors)",
classification = "723; 942; B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "ADC; ADC technique; Analog-to-digital converter;
analog-to-digital converter; analogue-digital
conversion; Autocalibration; autocalibration; Data
Conversion, Analog to Digital; Dual-Slope Theory;
Electric Measuring Instruments--Digital Readout;
Equipment; HP 3458A; integrating circuits; Multislope
Rundown; Multislope Runup; Multislope technique;
multislope technique",
thesaurus = "Analogue-digital conversion; Integrating circuits",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Swerlein:1989:PAV,
author = "Ronald L. Swerlein",
title = "Precision {AC} voltage measurements using digital
sampling techniques",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "2",
pages = "15--21",
month = apr,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Instead of traditional DMM techniques such as thermal
conversion or analog computation, the HP 3458A DMM
measures rms ac voltages by sampling the input signal
and computing the rms value digitally in real time.
Track-and-hold circuit performance is critical to the
accuracy of the method.",
abstract-2 = "The HP 3458A digital multimeter implements a digital
method for the precise measurement of RMS AC voltages.
A technique similar to that of a modern digitizing
oscilloscope is used to sample the input voltage
waveform. The RMS value of the data is computed in real
time to produce the final measurement result. The HP
3458A objectives for high-precision digital AC
measurements required the development of both new
measurement algorithms and a track-and-hold circuit
capable of fulfilling these needs. The author looks at
these developments.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "B7310B (Voltage); B7250G (Display, recording and
indicating instruments)",
classification = "723; 942; B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310B (Voltage)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Digital Multimeter; Digital multimeter; digital
multimeter; digital multimeters; Digital Sampling;
Digital sampling techniques; digital sampling
techniques; Electric Measurements; Electric Measuring
Instruments--Digital Readout; HP 3458A; measurement;
Precise measurement; precise measurement; Precision ac
Voltage Measurements; rms ac Voltages; RMS AC voltages;
sample and hold circuits; Sampling; Track-and-Hold
Circuit; Track-and-hold circuit; track-and-hold
circuit; Voltage; voltage; Voltage measurements;
voltage measurements",
thesaurus = "Digital multimeters; Sample and hold circuits; Voltage
measurement",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Goeke:1989:CDM,
author = "Wayne C. Goeke and Ronald L. Swerlein and Stephen B.
Venzke and Scott D. Stever",
title = "Calibration of an 8.5-digit multimeter from only two
external standards",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "2",
pages = "22--30",
month = apr,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "One of the earliest product concepts for the HP 3458A
Digital Multimeter was to develop a means for
calibrating its measurement accuracies from only two
external reference standards. The objectives for
two-source calibration are to reduce the floor
uncertainty and to provide an independent method to
increase confidence in the overall calibration process.
The HP 3458A uses a highly linear analog-to-digital
converter (ADC) to measure the ratio between a
traceable reference and its divided output. The ADC
performs the function of the precise ratio transfer
device.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7130 (Measurement standards and
calibration)",
classification = "723; 902; 942; B7130 (Measurement standards and
calibration); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Calibrating; calibrating; calibration; Data
Conversion, Analog to Digital; Digital Multimeter;
digital multimeters; Digital Readout; Electric
Measurements--Standards; Electric Measuring
Instruments; HP 3458A; Multimeter; multimeter; Precise
ratio transfer device; precise ratio transfer device;
Ratio Transfer Device; reference; Reference standards;
Reference Standards; reference standards; traceable;
Traceable reference; Two external standards; Two
External Standards; two external standards; Two-Source
Calibration; Two-source calibration; two-source
calibration",
thesaurus = "Calibration; Digital multimeters",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ceely:1989:DHT,
author = "Gary A. Ceely and David J. Rustici",
title = "Design for high throughput in a system digital
multimeter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "2",
pages = "31--38",
month = apr,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Considering the history of DMM performance, it becomes
obvious that the design of the instrument as a system
in itself is critical to the performance of the
surrounding automatic test system as well. Two key
design goals for the HP 3458A were that it be able to
reconfigure itself and take a reading 200 times per
second, and that it be able to take and transfer
readings (or store them internally) at a burst rate of
100000/s. To achieve these goals, system design for the
HP 3458A focused on expediting the flow of data through
the instrument, both in the hardware and in the
firmware. The author discusses how these goals were
met.",
abstract-2 = "Achieving high throughput in a system DMM is a matter
of designing the instrument as a system for moving data
efficiently. Hardware and firmware must be designed as
integral elements of this system, not as isolated
entities. In the design of the HP 3458A, experience
with DMM performance limitations provided insight into
key areas of concern. As a result, significant
improvements in throughput were achieved through the
development of high-speed custom gate arrays for ADC
control and interprocessor communications. Use of
high-performance microprocessors and supporting
hardware also contributed to meeting design goals, as
did the investment in firmware design and development
that was necessary to translate increased hardware
performance into increased system performance.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
classification = "721; 723; 942; B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B7250G (Display, recording and
indicating instruments); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; Computer Hardware;
computerised instrumentation; Custom Gate Arrays;
Digital Multimeter; digital multimeters; Digital
Readout; DMM; Electric Measuring Instruments; firmware;
Firmware; hardware; Hardware; high throughput; High
throughput; High Throughput; HP 3458A; Logic
Devices--Gates; Microprocessor; system digital
multimeter; System digital multimeter",
thesaurus = "Automatic test equipment; Computerised
instrumentation; Digital multimeters",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Czenkusch:1989:HDT,
author = "David A. Czenkusch",
title = "High-resolution digitizing techniques with an
integrating digital multimeter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "2",
pages = "39--49",
month = apr,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "With its integrating analog-to-digital converter (ADC)
capable of making 100000 conversions per second, the HP
3458A Digital Multimeter (DMM) raises the possibility
that, for the first time, a voltmeter can satisfy many
requirements for high-resolution digitizing. What are
the characteristics of a high-resolution digitizer?
Digitizing requires a combination of fast, accurate
sampling and precise timing. It also needs a flexible
triggering capability. The HP 3458A allows sampling
through two different signal paths, each optimized for
particular applications. Converting a signal using the
DC volts function (which does not use a sample-and-hold
circuit, but depends on the short integration time of
the ADS) provides the highest resolution and noise
rejection. The direct sampling and subsampling
functions, which use a fast-sampling track-and-hold
circuit, provide higher signal bandwidth and more
precise timing.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning
equipment and techniques)",
classification = "723; 942; B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning
equipment and techniques); B7250G (Display, recording
and indicating instruments)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "3458A; analogue-digital conversion; digital
multimeters; Digital Readout; Digitizing techniques;
digitizing techniques; Direct sampling; direct
sampling; Electric Measuring Instruments;
High-resolution; high-resolution; High-Resolution
Digitizing; Higher signal bandwidth; higher signal
bandwidth; hold circuits; HP; HP 3458A; Integrating
digital multimeter; Integrating Digital Multimeter;
integrating digital multimeter; precise; Precise
timing; sample and; Sampling; sampling; Subsampling
functions; subsampling functions; timing;
Track-and-Hold Circuit; Voltmeters--Electronic",
thesaurus = "Analogue-digital conversion; Digital multimeters;
Sample and hold circuits",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Nakajo:1989:SAS,
author = "Takeshi Nakajo and Katsuhiko Sasabuchi and T.
Akiyama",
title = "A structured approach to software defect analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "2",
pages = "50--56",
month = apr,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "An attempt is made to identify the flaws hiding in our
current software design methodology and procedures and
examine possible countermeasures against them. We
analyzed about five hundred actual problems that
occurred during software development for three
instruments and used these defects as a basis for our
investigation. We believe that SA\slash SD methods can
solve some of our design problems. However, there are
still some challenges, which are outlined.",
abstract-2 = "Problems that occur in software development because of
human error negatively affect product quality and
project productivity. To detect these problems as early
as possible and prevent their recurrence, one approach
is to identify flaws in present software development
methodologies and procedures and recommend changes that
will yield long-term defect prevention and process
improvement. The instrument division of Yokogawa
Hewlett--Packard (YHP) joined with Kume Laboratory of
Tokyo University to analyze 523 software defects that
occurred in three products developed by YHP. They tried
to identify the flaws hiding in their current software
design methodologies and procedures, and examine the
impact of using the structured analysis and structured
design (SA/SD) methods. The paper discusses the results
of the joint investigation.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques)",
classification = "723; 942; C6110B (Software engineering techniques)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Analysis; analysis; Computer Software; Electric
Measuring Instruments; Failure Analysis; Human error;
human error; Human Errors; Instrument division;
instrument division; Product quality; product quality;
program diagnostics; Program Faults; Software defect
analysis; Software Defect Analysis; software defect
analysis; Software development methodologies; software
development methodologies; software engineering;
structured; Structured analysis; Structured approach;
structured approach; Structured design; structured
design; Yokogawa Hewlett--Packard",
thesaurus = "Program diagnostics; Software engineering",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Grady:1989:DSF,
author = "Robert B. Grady",
title = "Dissecting software failures",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "2",
pages = "57--63",
month = apr,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "If we can understand why mistakes occur without
accusing individuals, we might eliminate the causes of
those mistakes. Unfortunately, discussions concerning
software defects are confusing because different people
describe them from different perspectives. This paper
discusses some of the terminology of these different
views. It then examines some simple data collection and
analysis techniques that help identify causes of
defects and point to areas where improvements can be
made. It presents some guidelines for justifying change
based upon the results of analyses.",
abstract-2 = "Most people don't like to be told that they've made a
mistake. It's only human not to want to be wrong. On
the other hand, software engineers don't intentionally
make mistakes, so if we can understand why mistakes
occur without accusing individuals, we might eliminate
the causes of those mistakes. Unfortunately,
discussions concerning software defects are confusing
because different people describe them from different
perspectives. The paper discusses some of the
terminology of these different views. It then examines
some simple data collection and analysis techniques
that help identify causes of defects and point to areas
where improvements can be made. Finally, it presents
some guidelines for justifying change based upon the
results of analyses.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques)",
classification = "723; 922; C6110B (Software engineering techniques)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Analysis; analysis; Computer Software; data collection
and; Data collection and analysis; Failure Analysis;
Improvements; improvements; program diagnostics;
Quality Data Collection; Software defects; software
defects; software engineering; Software Failures;
Software failures; software failures",
thesaurus = "Program diagnostics; Software engineering",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ward:1989:SDP,
author = "William T. Ward",
title = "Software defect prevention using {McCabe's} complexity
metric",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "2",
pages = "64--69",
month = apr,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "It is possible to study, measure, and quantify many
aspects of the software development process, and if
sufficient data about good practices used in recently
released projects is available, real-time adjustments
can be made to ongoing projects to minimize past
mistakes and to leverage ideas from past successes.
HP's Waltham Division has maintained an extensive
software quality metrics database for products
developed here over the past three years. They have
been able to use this database during project
postmortem studies to provide insight into the
strengths and weaknesses of Waltham's software
development process. The McCable methodology and
toolset have been integrated into the Waltham software
development process over the past year. This process
has been accomplished with no disruption to current lab
projects and has resulted in several successes: each of
these successes has contributed to the overall success
of the software defect prevention program presently
underway at the Waltham lab. By identifying and
correcting software code defects very early in the
coding phase of product development, the McCabe
methodology and toolset continue to have a major impact
on efforts to improve the productivity of the Waltham
development process and the quality of the resultant
products.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C6115
(Programming support)",
classification = "723; 922; C6110B (Software engineering techniques);
C6115 (Programming support)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Software; Defects; Electronic Equipment
Testing--Automatic Testing; Failure Analysis; HP's
Waltham Division; McCabe; McCabe methodology; McCabe's
Complexity Metric; McCabe's complexity metric;
methodology; quality metrics; software; Software defect
prevention program; software defect prevention program;
software engineering; Software Modules; Software
quality metrics; software tools; Toolset; toolset;
Waltham lab; Waltham software development process",
thesaurus = "Software engineering; Software tools",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fiedler:1989:OUT,
author = "Steven P. Fiedler",
title = "Object-oriented unit testing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "2",
pages = "69--74",
month = apr,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Although object-oriented environments are being used
more frequently in software development, little has
been published that addresses object-oriented testing.
The author describes the processes and experiences of
doing unit testing on modules developed with an
object-oriented language. The language is C++ and the
modules are for a clinical information system. Because
the system must acquire real-time data from other
devices over a bedside local area network and the user
requires instant information access, extensions were
made to the language to include exception handling and
process concurrency. This enhanced version is called
Extended C++. Test routines were developed and executed
in an environment similar to that used in development
of the product. This consists of an HP 9000 Series 300
HP-UK 6.01 system.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
systems); C6110B (Software engineering techniques)",
classification = "714; 715; 723; C6110B (Software engineering
techniques); C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and
evaluating systems)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Automatic Testing; Clinical information system;
clinical information system; Computer Programming
Languages; Computer Software; Electronic Equipment
Testing; Exception Handling; HP 9000 Series 300;
language; Local Area Network; object-oriented;
Object-Oriented Language; Object-oriented language;
object-oriented programming; Object-oriented testing;
object-oriented testing; Object-Oriented Unit Testing;
Process Concurrency; program testing; Unit testing;
Unit Testing; unit testing",
thesaurus = "Object-oriented programming; Program testing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kruger:1989:VFA,
author = "Gregory A. Kruger",
title = "Validation and further application of software
reliability growth models",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "2",
pages = "75--79",
month = apr,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "At HP's Lake Stevens Instrument Division, a software
reliability growth model has demonstrated its
applicability to projects ranging in size from 6 KNCSS
to 150 KNCSS (thousand lines of noncomment source
statements), and in function from instrument firmware
to application software. Reliability modeling curves
have been used to estimate the duration of system
integration testing, to contribute to the
release-to-sales decision, and to estimate field
reliability. Leveraging from the basic model, project
managers are beginning to plan staffing adjustments as
the QA effort moves through the defect-fixing-limited
phase and into the defect-finding-limited phase.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques)",
classification = "723; 913; 922; C6110B (Software engineering
techniques)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Application software; application software; Computer
Software; Failure Analysis; Field reliability; field
reliability; Growth models; growth models; Instrument
firmware; instrument firmware; Modeling curves;
modeling curves; Reliability; Reliability Theory;
Software reliability; software reliability; Software
Reliability Growth Models",
thesaurus = "Software reliability",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fischer:1989:CSU,
author = "William A. {Fischer, Jr.} and James W. Jost",
title = "Comparing structured and unstructured methodologies in
firmware development",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "2",
pages = "80--85",
month = apr,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Structures methodologies have been promoted as a
solution to software productivity and quality problems.
At HP's Logic System Division one project used both
structures and unstructured techniques, and collected
metrics and documented observations for comparing the
two methodologies. The authors present some objective
and subjective data on the relative merits of
structures and unstructured (traditional)
methodologies.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "C6110 (Systems analysis and programming); C5140
(Firmware)",
classification = "723; 913; C5140 (Firmware); C6110 (Systems analysis
and programming)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Software; firmware; Firmware development;
Firmware Development; firmware development; HP's Logic;
HP's Logic System Division; microprogramming;
Productivity; Quality Control; Software productivity;
software productivity; Structured Methodologies;
structured programming; Structures; structures; System
Division; Unstructured; unstructured; Unstructured
Methodologies",
thesaurus = "Firmware; Microprogramming; Structured programming",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kurtz:1989:OMS,
author = "Barry D. Kurtz and Donna Ho and Teresa A. Wall",
title = "An object-oriented methodology for systems analysis
and specification",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "2",
pages = "86--90",
month = apr,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "As software systems become larger and more complex,
the task of systems analysis continues to increase in
effort and difficulty. Traditional methodologies for
systems analysis sometimes fail to meet the analyst's
expectations because of their limitations in properly
capturing and organizing all of the information that
must be considered. Object-oriented systems analysis
(OSA) is an approach to systems analysis and
specification that builds upon the strengths of
existing methodologies and, at the same time, addresses
their weaknesses. The paper describes the basic
concepts of the OSA methodology.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "C6110 (Systems analysis and programming)",
classification = "723; C6110 (Systems analysis and programming)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Analysis; Computer Software; methodology;
object-oriented; Object-Oriented Methodology;
Object-oriented methodology; object-oriented
programming; Object-oriented systems analysis;
object-oriented systems analysis; Object-Oriented
Systems Analysis (OSA); OSA; Specification;
specification; Systems analysis; systems analysis;
Systems Engineering",
thesaurus = "Object-oriented programming; Systems analysis",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Jessen:1989:VNI,
author = "Kenneth Jessen",
title = "{VXIbus}: {A} new interconnection standard for modular
instruments",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "2",
pages = "91--95",
month = apr,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The goal of the VXIbus is to provide a technically
sound standard for modular instruments that is based on
the VMEbus and is open to all manufacturers. It is a
specification for interconnecting and operating various
modules from a variety of manufacturers within a single
mainframe to satisfy the need for high-performance,
high-density instrumentation. Users are able to select
from four nodule sizes and are free to choose modules
and a mainframe from different suppliers based on price
and performance. The VXIbus standard ensures
compatibility of all the elements within a VXIbus
system. For example, a user may find that a particular
digital multimeter module offers the best combination
of price and measurement capability for a particular
job, but that the best function generator for the
application comes from another manufacturer. The user
may then select a third manufacturer for the mainframe.
This amounts to unprecedented flexibility in the
creation of an instrumentation system.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "C5610S (System buses)",
classification = "722; 723; 902; 942; C5610S (System buses)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Hardware--Standards; computer interfaces;
Computer Software--Standards; computerised
instrumentation; Digital Multimeter; Electric Measuring
Instruments; Flexibility; flexibility; high-density;
High-density instrumentation; High-performance;
high-performance; instrumentation; Instrumentation
system; Interconnection Standard; Interconnection
standard; interconnection standard; Modular
Construction; Modular instruments; modular instruments;
Modules; modules; Specification; specification;
Standard; standard; standards; system; VMEbus; VXIbus",
thesaurus = "Computer interfaces; Computerised instrumentation;
Standards",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Jessen:1989:VPD,
author = "Kenneth Jessen",
title = "{VXIbus} product development tools",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "2",
pages = "96--97",
month = apr,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "To provide manufacturers with tools to develop VXIbus
products, Hewlett--Packard has developed a VXIbus
C-size mainframe, a Slot 0 module, and VXIbus
development software. Other accessories include a
breadboard module and a chassis shield. These tools are
designed to give the VXIbus user the ability to develop
products faster and with reduced resources. The list of
HP VXIbus development tools is presented.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "C5610S (System buses); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers)",
classification = "722; 723; C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers);
C5610S (System buses)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Breadboard Module; Breadboard module; breadboard
module; C Size Module; C-size mainframe; C-Size
Mainframe; C-size mainframe; Chassis Shield; Chassis
shield; chassis shield; Computer Hardware; computer
interfaces; Computer Software; Development software;
development software; development systems;
Hewlett--Packard; mainframes; Performance; Product
development tools; product development tools; VXIbus;
VXIbus Mainframe; VXIbus products",
thesaurus = "Computer interfaces; Development systems; Mainframes",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fatehi:1989:DBR,
author = "Feyzi Fatehi and Cynthia Givens and Le T. Hong and
Michael R. Light and Ching-Chao Liu and Michael J.
Wright",
title = "A data base for real-time applications and
environments",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "3",
pages = "6--17",
month = jun,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "HP Real-Time Data Base is a set of subroutines and a
query facility that enable real-time application
developers to build and access a real-time,
high-performance, memory-resident data management
system. The software runs in an HP-UX environment on an
HP 9000 Series 300 or 800 Computer.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "C6160 (Database management systems (DBMS))",
classification = "722; 723; C6160 (Database management systems
(DBMS))",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "applications; Computer Programming; Computer Systems,
Digital--Real Time Operation; Data base; data base;
database management systems; Database Systems;
facility; High-performance; high-performance; HP 9000
Series 300; HP 9000 series 800 computer; HP Real-Time
Data Base; HP-UX environment; memory-resident data
management; Memory-Resident Data Management System;
Memory-resident data management system; query; Query
facility; real-time; Real-time applications; Real-Time
Data Base; real-time systems; Subroutines; subroutines;
system",
thesaurus = "Database management systems; Real-time systems",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Meyer:1989:NMM,
author = "Thomas O. Meyer and Russell C. Brockmann and Jeffrey
G. Hargis and John Keller and Floyd E. Moore",
title = "New midrange members of the {Hewlett--Packard
Precision Architecture} computer family",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "3",
pages = "18--25",
month = jun,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "New midrange HP Precision Architecture computer
systems have been added to the HP 9000 and HP 3000
Computer families. The HP 9000 Model 835 technical
computer and the HP 3000 Series 935 commercial computer
share the same system processing unit (SPU). Designed
with significantly improved floating-point and integer
performance, the Model 835/Series 935 SPU meets the
computational needs of mechanical and electrical
computer-aided engineering (CAE) and multiuser
technical and commercial applications. The HP 3000
Series 935 is configured for business applications and
runs HP's proprietary commercial operating system, MPE
XL. HP 9000 Model 835 products include the Models 835S
and 835SE general-purpose multiuser computers, the
Models 835CHX and 835SRX engineering workstations with
2D and 3D (respectively) interactive graphics, and the
powerful Model 835 TurboSRX 3D solid-rendering graphics
superworkstation with animation capability. All Model
835 systems run the HP-UX operating system. As a member
of the HP Precision Architecture family, the Model
835/Series 935 SPU supports a wide variety of
peripherals, languages, networks, and applications
programs.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
classification = "713; 714; 722; 723; C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "16M-Byte Memory Board; 835 TurboSRX; 835CHX; 835S;
835SE; 835SRX; Architecture; Computer Architecture;
Computer Systems, Digital; Data Storage, Digital;
Engineering workstations; engineering workstations;
Floating-Point Coprocessor; General-purpose multiuser
computers; general-purpose multiuser computers; HP
3000; HP 3000 Series 935; HP 9000; HP 9000 Model 835;
HP Precision; HP Precision Architecture; Integrated
Circuits; minicomputers; Performance; Precision
Architecture Computer; Surface Mount Manufacturing",
thesaurus = "Minicomputers",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Bianchi:1989:DCH,
author = "Mark J. Bianchi and Jeffery J. Kato and David J. {Van
Maren}",
title = "Data compression in a half-inch reel-to-reel tape
drive",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "3",
pages = "26--31",
month = jun,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "HP 7980 tape drives are industry-standard, half-inch,
reel-to-reel, streaming tape drives that operate at 125
inches per second, have automatic tape loading, and can
be horizontally rack-mounted for better floor space
utilization. They are available in a variety of
configurations and support three industry-standard tape
formats: 800 NRZI, 1600 PE, and 6250 GCR. The HP 7980XC
Tape Drive is a new member of this family. Its special
contribution is its use of a sophisticated real-time
data compression scheme that provides extended
performance to the 6250 GCR format. The implementation
of data compression in the HP 7980XC involves two
different but complementary components. The authors
address the design and implementation of data
compression in the HP 7980XC.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
classification = "713; 714; 721; 722; C5320C (Storage on moving
magnetic media)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "6250 GCR format; CMOS VLSI Chip; compression; Data
compression; data compression; Data Storage, Magnetic;
HP 7980 tape drives; HP 7980XC; HP 7980XC Tape Drive;
Information Theory--Data Compression; Integrated
Circuits, VLSI; magnetic tape; magnetic tape equipment;
real-time data; Real-time data compression;
Reel-to-Reel Tape Drive; storage; Tape",
thesaurus = "Data compression; Magnetic tape equipment; Magnetic
tape storage",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{VanMaren:1989:MTC,
author = "David J. {Van Maren} and Mark J. Bianchi and Jeffery
J. Kato",
title = "Maximizing tape capacity by super-blocking",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "3",
pages = "32--34",
month = jun,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Interrecord gaps on the tape limit the capacity
improvement attainable with data compression in the HP
7980XC Tape Drive. Super-blocking eliminates most of
these gaps.",
abstract-2 = "Super-blocking is a proprietary Hewlett--Packard
method for maximizing half-inch tape data capacity.
This capacity improvement is achieved by the removal of
some of the interrecord gaps ordinarily placed between
host data records. It is performed in real time by the
firmware residing in the cache buffer of the HP 7980XC
tape drive. The authors describe how super-blocking
works.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
classification = "721; 722; C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic
media)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Data Storage, Magnetic; Firmware; firmware; half-inch;
Half-inch tape data capacity; Hewlett--Packard; HP
7980XC; HP 7980XC tape drive; Information Theory--Data
Compression; Interrecord Gaps; Interrecord gaps;
interrecord gaps; Magnetic Tape; magnetic tape storage;
Super-Blocking; Super-blocking; super-blocking; Tape;
Tape capacity; tape capacity; tape data capacity; Tape
Drive; tape drive",
thesaurus = "Magnetic tape storage",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Wong:1989:HLC,
author = "Roger W. Wong and Paul Hernday and Michael G. Hart and
Geraldine A. Conrad",
title = "High-speed lightwave component analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "3",
pages = "35--51",
month = jun,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A new analyzer system is described. It performs
stimulus-response testing of electrical-to-optical,
optical-to-electrical, optical-to-optical, and
electrical-to-electrical components of high-speed fiber
optic communications systems.",
abstract-2 = "Looks at the HP 8702A Lightwave Component Analyzer
Three basic systems are offered: modulation capability
to 6 GHz at 1300 nm; modulation capability to 3 GHz at
1300 nm (high dynamic range); modulation capability to
3 GHz at 1550 nm (high dynamic range). Each HP 8702A
system consists of a lightwave source, a lightwave
receiver, the lightwave component analyzer, and a
lightwave coupler. The system measures the modulation
transfer function of a device under test and provides
the modulation amplitude and phase response of that
device. The input or stimulus signal can either be a
radio frequency (RF) signal or a modulated optical
signal, and the output or response signal can either be
an RF signal or a modulated optical signal. Thus, the
device under test (DUT) can be an
electrical-to-electrical, electrical-to-optical,
optical-to-electrical, or optical-to-optical.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B6260 (Optical links and equipment); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
classification = "717; 741; B6260 (Optical links and equipment);
B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7210X
(Other instrumentation and measurement systems); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "1300 Micron; 1300 micron; 1550 Nm; 1550 nm; 3 GHz; 6
GHz; amplitude; Component Analyzer; computerised
instrumentation; Device under test; device under test;
equipment; Fiber Optic Communications Systems; Fiber
Optics; HP 8702A; Lightwave; Lightwave component;
lightwave component; Lightwave Component Analysis;
Lightwave Component Analyzer; modulated; Modulated
optical signal; modulation; Modulation amplitude;
Modulation transfer function; modulation transfer
function; Optical Communication; optical communication;
optical signal; Phase response; phase response; Radio
frequency; radio frequency; RF signal; Spectral
analyser; spectral analyser; spectral analysers;
Stimulus-Response Testing; Testing",
numericalindex = "Frequency 6.0E+09 Hz; Frequency 3.0E+09 Hz;
Wavelength 1.3E-03 m; Wavelength 1.55E-06 m",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Optical communication
equipment; Spectral analysers",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Albin:1989:DOH,
author = "Robert D. Albin and Kent W. Leyde and Rollin F. Rawson
and Kenneth W. Shaughnessy",
title = "Design and operation of high-frequency lightwave
sources and receivers (for lightwave component
analyser)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "3",
pages = "52--57",
month = jun,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "For high-frequency fiber optic measurements,
calibrated transitions are needed from electrical
signals to optical signals and back again. In HP 8702A
Lightwave Component Analyzer systems, these transitions
are provided by the HP 83400 family of lightwave
sources and receivers, which are designed for easy
integration into HP 8702A measurement systems. Power
supply connections, RF connections, signal levels, and
calibration data are all designed for direct
compatibility with the HP 8702A, which is the signal
processing unit in the system. To date, four lightwave
sources and two lightwave receivers have been released.
They are: HP 83400A lightwave source-1300 nm, 3-GHz
modulation, single-mode 9/125-$ \mu $ m fiber; HP
83401A light source-1300 nm, 3-GHz modulation,
multimode 50/125-$ \mu $ m fiber; HP 83402A lightwave
source-1300 nm, 6-GHz modulation, single-mode 9/125-$
\mu $ m fiber; HP 83403A lightwave source-1550 nm,
3-GHz modulation, single-mode 9/125-$ \mu $ m fiber; HP
83410B lightwave receiver-1300 or 1550 nm, 3-GHz
modulation, multimode 62.5/125-$ \mu $ m fiber; and HP
83411A lightwave receiver-1300 or 1550 nm, 6-GHz
modulation, single-mode 9/125-$ \mu $ m fiber. The
authors look at the design and operation of these
lightwave sources and receivers.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7320P (Optical variables); B4125 (Fibre
optics); B7230C (Photodetectors)",
classification = "717; 741; 744; 941; B4125 (Fibre optics); B7210X
(Other instrumentation and measurement systems); B7230C
(Photodetectors); B7320P (Optical variables)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "1300 Nm; 1300 nm; 1550 Nm; 1550 nm; 3 GHz; 8702A
Lightwave Component Analyzer; 8702A measurement
systems; analysers; computerised instrumentation; Fiber
Optics; Fibre optics; fibre optics; High-Frequency
Fiber Optic Measurements; HP; HP 83400 family; HP
83400A; HP 83401A; HP 83402A; HP 83403A; HP 83410B; HP
83411A; HP 8702A Lightwave Component Analyzer; HP 8702A
measurement systems; Lasers; light sources; Lightwave
receivers; lightwave receivers; Lightwave Sources;
Lightwave sources; lightwave sources; Measurements;
Optical Communication; Optical Signals; Optical
Variables Measurement; optical variables measurement;
Photodetectors; photodetectors; Signal Receivers;
spectral",
numericalindex = "Wavelength 1.3E-06 m; Wavelength 1.55E-06 m;
Frequency 3.0E+09 Hz",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Fibre optics; Light
sources; Optical variables measurement; Photodetectors;
Spectral analysers",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Tuttle:1989:VNT,
author = "Myron R. Tuttle and Danny Low",
title = "Videoscope: a nonintrusive test tool for personal
computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "3",
pages = "58--64",
month = jun,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The Videoscope system uses signature analysis
techniques developed for digital troubleshooting to
provide a tool that allows a tester to create an
automated test suite for doing performance,
compatibility, and regression testing of applications
running on HP Vectra Personal Computers. Videoscope is
a test tool developed and used by HP's Personal
Computer Group (PCG) for automated performance,
compatibility, and regression testing of interactive
applications running on HP Vectra Personal Computers.
It is independent of the operating system and
nonintrusive. Nonintrusive means that it does not
interfere with or affect the performance and behavior
of the application being tested or the operating
system. Videoscope is for internal use and is not
available as a product.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support); C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "722; 723; C5430 (Microcomputers); C6115 (Programming
support)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "analysis; Automated test suite; automated test suite;
Automatic Testing; Compatibility testing; compatibility
testing; Computers, Digital--Shift Registers;
Computers, Personal; Digital Troubleshooting; Hewlett
Packard computers; HP; HP Vectra Personal Computers;
microcomputers; nonintrusive; Nonintrusive test tool;
Nonintrusive Test Tool; Performance testing;
performance testing; Personal computers; personal
computers; program testing; Regression testing;
regression testing; signature; Signature Analysis;
Signature analysis; software tools; test tool; Vectra
Personal Computers; Videoscope system",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Microcomputers; Program
testing; Software tools",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Shackleford:1989:NDS,
author = "J. Barry Shackleford",
title = "Neural data structures: programming with neurons",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "3",
pages = "69--78",
month = jun,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Networks of neurons can quickly find good solutions to
many optimization problems. Looking at such problems in
terms of certain neural data structures makes
programming neural networks natural and intuitive. To
develop an intuition for programming with neurons, a
conceptual model is needed. This model has three
layers. The innermost layer is the Hopfield neuron.
Changing the properties of the neuron has a global
effect on the problem. The second layer is composed of
elemental data structures suited to the properties of
neurons. The third layer is the method by which the gap
between the data structure and the problem statement is
bridged. It can be explained and observed but, like
programming in conventional computer languages, it is
best practiced.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Yokogawa",
affiliationaddress = "Yokogawa, Jpn",
classcodes = "C6120 (File organisation); C1230 (Artificial
intelligence); C5210 (Logic design methods)",
classification = "461; 721; 723; C1230 (Artificial intelligence);
C5210 (Logic design methods); C6120 (File
organisation)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Automata Theory; Computer Programming; data; Data
Processing--Data Structures; Data structures; data
structures; Hopfield neuron; logic design; networks;
neural; Neural data structures; Neural Data Structures;
neural data structures; Neural Nets; neural nets;
Neural networks; Optimization problems; optimization
problems; Programming with neurons; programming with
neurons; structures; Systems Science and Cybernetics",
thesaurus = "Data structures; Logic design; Neural nets",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Marcoux:1989:NSM,
author = "Paul J. Marcoux and Paul P. Merchant and Vladimir
Naroditsky and Wulf D. Rehder",
title = "A new {2D} simulation model of electromigration",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "3",
pages = "79--84",
month = jun,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Electromigration in miniature IC interconnect lines is
simulated in HP's sophisticated two-dimensional model,
giving new quantitative and graphical insights into one
of the most important metallization failure sources for
VLSI chips. The author looks at this 2D simulation
model for electromigration.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "B2560B (Modelling and equivalent circuits); B2570
(Semiconductor integrated circuits); C7410D (Electronic
engineering)",
classification = "539; 713; 714; 723; B2560B (Modelling and equivalent
circuits); B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits);
C7410D (Electronic engineering)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "2D Simulation; Computer Simulation; Electromigration;
electromigration; Integrated Circuit
Manufacture--Metallizing; Integrated Circuits, VLSI;
Interconnect lines; interconnect lines; Miniature IC;
miniature IC; semiconductor device models; Simulation
model; simulation model; Two-dimensional model;
two-dimensional model; VLSI; VLSI Chips",
thesaurus = "Electromigration; Semiconductor device models; VLSI",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fuller:1989:OHN,
author = "Ian J. Fuller",
title = "An overview of the {HP NewWave} environment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "4",
pages = "6--8",
month = aug,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The NewWave environment is a comprehensive system
developed by HP to provide a new level of flexibility
and ease of use in our business systems. This article
presents the history, the motivation, and an overview
of the features and major components of the NewWave
environment. The NewWave environment allows users to
concentrate on the task and not the computer system.
For developers of new applications, it provides the
facilities to integrate applications into the NewWave
environment.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support); C6110 (Systems analysis
and programming); C6180 (User interfaces); C7100
(Business and administration)",
classification = "723; C6110 (Systems analysis and programming); C6115
(Programming support); C6180 (User interfaces); C7100
(Business and administration)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Application Programs; Applications; Computer Networks;
Computer Software; Data Processing, Business;
Flexibility; flexibility; Hewlett Packard computers;
Hewlett--Packard; History; history; HP NewWave
environment; Integrated Software Packages;
object-oriented programming; Office Automation; office
automation; Office Systems Software; Open Architecture;
Personal Computer Software; programming environments;
user interfaces",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Object-oriented
programming; Office automation; Programming
environments; User interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Showman:1989:OUI,
author = "Peter S. Showman",
title = "An object-based user interface for the {HP NewWave}
environment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "4",
pages = "9--17",
month = aug,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The NewWave environment is designed to allow users to
focus on their tasks and not the tools. A key element
of the HP NewWave environment is the combination of a
system conceptual model, which defines the user's
perception of how the system works, and an object
model, which defines the architecture of the system.
This article describes the NewWave conceptual model and
object model by presenting examples based on an office
metaphor.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6180 (User interfaces); C6115 (Programming support);
C6110 (Systems analysis and programming)",
classification = "722; 723; C6110 (Systems analysis and programming);
C6115 (Programming support); C6180 (User interfaces)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Architecture; Computer Interfaces; Computer
Software; Data Integration; environment; Hewlett
Packard computers; Hewlett--Packard; HP NewWave; HP
NewWave environment; Integrated Software; metaphor;
Object Based Architecture; Object Based User Interface;
Object model; object model; Object-based user
interface; object-based user interface; object-oriented
programming; office; Office Automation; Office
Automation Software; Office metaphor; programming
environments; System Conceptual Model; System
conceptual model; system conceptual model; user
interfaces",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Object-oriented
programming; Programming environments; User
interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Dysart:1989:NOM,
author = "John A. Dysart",
title = "The {NewWave} object management facility",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "4",
pages = "17--23",
month = aug,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The NewWave object management facility (OMF) provides
the HP NewWave environment with a sophisticated
object-based file system. The OMF supports a powerful
mechanism for building compound, multimedia objects
with automatic transfer of data when changes are made.
Although it does not have any user interface itself, it
is in some ways the most important part of the NewWave
user interface. This paper describes the concepts and
features of this system.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6120 (File organisation); C6115 (Programming
support)",
classification = "723; C6115 (Programming support); C6120 (File
organisation)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Code Sharing; Compound Multimedia Objects; Computer
Software; Data Processing, Business; Data Sharing;
environments; file organisation; File Organization;
Hewlett Packard computers; Hewlett--Packard; HP; HP
NewWave environment; Integrated Software; NewWave
environment; NewWave object management facility; Object
Based File; Object Management Facility; Object-based
file system; object-based file system; Office
Automation; OMF; programming",
thesaurus = "File organisation; Hewlett Packard computers;
Programming environments",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Lam:1989:NO,
author = "Beatrice Lam and Scott A. Hanson and Anthony J. Day",
title = "The {NewWave Office}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "4",
pages = "23--31",
month = aug,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP NewWave Office is the focal point for the
user's interaction with the NewWave environment, and it
is the first NewWave object the user sees when the
NewWave environment is initialized. It remains active
throughout the entire session until the user terminates
the NewWave environment. It incorporates many special
features to reinforce the office concept in the minds
of users. These features include iconic representation
of tools found in a real office. It is easy to work
with these tools using a mouse to manipulate the icons
that represent the tools. The article describes the
main features of the NewWave Office and shows how these
features interact with other NewWave components.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6180 (User interfaces); C6115 (Programming support);
C7100 (Business and administration)",
classification = "722; 723; C6115 (Programming support); C6180 (User
interfaces); C7100 (Business and administration)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Graphics--Interactive; Computer Interfaces;
Computer Peripheral Equipment--Graphics; environments;
Hewlett Packard computers; Hewlett--Packard; HP; HP
NewWave Office; Iconic Representation; Iconic
representation; iconic representation; Icons; icons;
Mouse; mouse; NewWave environment; NewWave Office;
NewWave Software Environment; Office Automation; office
automation; Office Environment; Office environment;
office environment; programming; Tools; tools; User
interface; User Interface; user interface; user
interfaces",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Office automation;
Programming environments; User interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Stearns:1989:AHN,
author = "Glenn R. Stearns",
title = "Agents and the {HP NewWave} application program
interface",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "4",
pages = "32--37",
month = aug,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "To improve the productivity and ease of use of
workstation applications, products such as macro
processors, script facilities, and integrated
intelligent front-end processors are being incorporated
into application programs. These allow the machine to
do more of the work in performing a task. If these
facilities are integrated into each application
designed for a software environment, they can be
accessed from the integrating environment and operate
across all the applications. One of these facilities,
known as an agent, performs tasks on behalf of the user
within and across applications. The agent is a software
paradigm, like objects. The agent is added to the
system to increase its intelligence. Objects provide
the capabilities the agent has at its disposal. The
agent uses the objects in an intelligent way to perform
work on behalf of the user.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support)",
classification = "723; C6115 (Programming support)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Agent; agent; Application Program Interface;
Artificial Intelligence; Computer Interfaces; Computer
Software--Software Engineering; Data Processing,
Business; environment; Hewlett Packard computers;
Hewlett--Packard; HP NewWave application; HP NewWave
application program interface; Integrated intelligent
front-end processors; integrated intelligent front-end
processors; Integrated Software; Integrating
environment; integrating environment; Macro processors;
macro processors; Object Based Software; Office
Automation; paradigm; program interface; programming
environments; Script facilities; script facilities;
software; Software environment; Software paradigm;
Software Paradigm; Software robot; Software Robot;
software robot; software tools; Workstation
Applications",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Programming environments;
Software tools",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Packard:1989:EAT,
author = "Barbara B. Packard and Charles H. Whelan",
title = "An extensible agent task language",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "4",
pages = "38--42",
month = aug,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The agent task language of the HP NewWave environment
is a set of procedural commands that provide users
access to the task automation functions of the NewWave
environment. With this language, users of the HP
NewWave environment can create scripts to direct their
NewWave agent to perform tasks for them. The language
is designed for both novice and knowledgeable users.
The Task Language is discussed.",
abstract-2 = "The agent task language of the HP NewWave environment
is a set of procedural commands that provide users
access to the task automation functions of the NewWave
environment. Scripts can be written to create, delete,
modify, and otherwise manipulate NewWave objects. The
scripts are processed by an interpretive engine, which
is part of the agent object.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6140D (High level languages); C6115 (Programming
support)",
classification = "723; C6115 (Programming support); C6140D (High level
languages)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Agent object; agent object; Agent task language; Agent
Task Language; agent task language; Computer
Metatheory--Programming Theory; Computer Operating
Systems--Program Compilers; Computer Programming
Languages; Create; create; Delete; delete; environment;
environments; Hewlett Packard computers;
Hewlett--Packard; high level languages; HP NewWave; HP
NewWave environment; Interpretive engine; interpretive
engine; Manipulate; manipulate; Modify; modify; NewWave
objects; Object Based Software; Object Manipulation;
Problem Orientation; Procedural Commands; Procedural
commands; procedural commands; programming; Script
Creation; Scripts; scripts; Task Automation; Task
automation functions; task automation functions",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; High level languages;
Programming environments",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Spilman:1989:HNE,
author = "Vicky Spilman and Eugene J. Wong",
title = "The {HP NewWave} environment help facility",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "4",
pages = "43--47",
month = aug,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "During the investigation and design phases of the help
facility for the HP NewWave environment, the
development team followed objectives passed down from
the system level. Among these were ease of use,
emphasis on the tasks instead of the tools, and
consistent user interfaces. Other objectives were also
added specifically for the help facility, but all of
these objectives can be summarized by four descriptors:
common facility, context sensitive, intuitive user
interface, and unobtrusive. This Help Facility is
outlined.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support)",
classification = "723; C6115 (Programming support)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Common Facility; Computer Programming; Computer
Software; Context Sensitive; Help Facility; Hewlett
Packard computers; Hewlett--Packard; HP NewWave
environment help facility; Intuitive User Interface;
NewWave Applications; Office Automation; Problem
Orientation; programming environments; Windows
Environment",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Programming environments",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Lynch-Freshner:1989:NCT,
author = "Lawrence A. Lynch-Freshner and R. Thomas Watson and
Brian B. Egan and John J. Jencek",
title = "{NewWave} computer-based training development
facility",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "4",
pages = "48--56",
month = aug,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Computer-based training, or CBT, has been extensively
used by the military for teaching. Properly written CBT
can cut costs while raising retention and motivation.
Achieving this requires a partnership between the
courseware and the CBT authoring software.
Computer-based training in the NewWave environment
allows users to learn how to use the system at their
own pace, and provides facilities for users to create
their own computer-based training courseware. The HP
NewWave CBT facility is discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C7810C (Computer-aided instruction); C6115
(Programming support)",
classification = "723; 901; 912; C6115 (Programming support); C7810C
(Computer-aided instruction)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer aided instruction; Computer Based Training;
Computer Software; computer-based training development;
Computer-based training development facility;
Computerized Teaching; Courseware; courseware;
Education--Teaching; facility; Hewlett Packard
computers; Hewlett--Packard; HP NewWave environment;
Intelligent Tutoring; NewWave Environment; Personnel
Training; Personnel Training--Computer Applications;
programming environments; training",
thesaurus = "Computer aided instruction; Hewlett Packard computers;
Programming environments; Training",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Crow:1989:EAN,
author = "William M. Crow",
title = "Encapsulation of applications in the {NewWave}
environment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "4",
pages = "57--66 (or 57--64??)",
month = aug,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "For an existing MS-DOS based application program to
operate correctly in the HP NewWave environment, either
the application must be modified, the HP NewWave
environment must recognize and accommodate the MS-DOS
application, or an additional program must provide an
interface between the MS-DOS application and the HP
NewWave environment. The HP NewWave encapsulation
facility uses a combination of all these techniques to
provide a wide range of support for applications not
specifically written to operate in the HP NewWave
environment. The NewWave encapsulation facilities are
discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support)",
classification = "723; C6115 (Programming support)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Application Program; Application Specific
Encapsulation; Applications; applications; Computer
Operating Systems--Program Translators; Computer
Programming; Computer Software; DOS Programs;
Encapsulation facilities; encapsulation facilities;
Generic Encapsulation; Hewlett Packard computers;
Hewlett--Packard; HP NewWave environment; HP NewWave
Environment; HP NewWave environment; Portability;
Program Conversion; programming environments",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Programming environments",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Topham:1989:MDN,
author = "Andrew D. Topham",
title = "Mechanical design of a new quarter-inch Cartridge Tape
Drive",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "4",
pages = "67--73",
month = aug,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The ever-increasing volumes of data being handled by
computer systems make it mandatory for backup tape
devices to continue to match the growing disc
capacities being projected. Both data transfer rate and
tape cartridge capacity must continually be improved.
The HP 9145A $ 1 / 4 $-inch cartridge tape drive was
developed in response to this need. The HP 9144A has a
cartridge capacity of 67 Mbytes and a data transfer
rate of 2 Mbytes per minute. The autochanger uses the
same mechanism and has the same transfer rate, but
achieves a capacity of 536 Mbytes by changing eight
tape cartridges without operator attention.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
classification = "722; C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "/Sup 1///sub 4/-inch cartridge tape drive; /sup
1///sub 4/-inch cartridge tape drive; 0.033 MByte/s;
0.25 In; 0.25 in; 536 MB; 67 MB; Autochanger;
autochanger; backup; Backup tape devices; Cartridge
Tape Drive; Data Storage Units; Data Storage,
Digital--Storage Devices; Data Storage, Magnetic; Data
transfer rate; data transfer rate; Hewlett Packard
computers; Hewlett--Packard; HP 9145A; magnetic tape
storage; Mechanical Design; Quarter-inch cartridge tape
drive; quarter-inch cartridge tape drive; Tape; Tape
cartridge capacity; tape cartridge capacity; tape
devices; Tape Speed; Track Density",
numericalindex = "Size 6.3E-03 m; Memory size 7.0E+07 Byte; Byte rate
3.3E+04 Byte/s; Memory size 5.62E+08 Byte",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Magnetic tape storage",
treatment = "P Practical",
xxauthor = "Andrew D. Tompham",
}
@Article{Gills:1989:RAQ,
author = "David Gills",
title = "Reliability assessment of a quarter-inch Cartridge
Tape Drive",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "4",
pages = "74--78",
month = aug,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The quality goals for the HP 9145A tape drive included
a failure rate that was half that of the earlier HP
9144A, an error rate performance that was 10 times
better than the HP 9144A's, the same useful life as the
HP 9144A, and full backwards compatibility with all HP
/sup 1///sub 4/-inch data cartridges. The reliability
test plan showed that to be able to halve the failure
rate value within the development time of just over 1.5
years, then approximately 100 prototype units would be
needed, resulting in an accumulation of 97000 test
hours before manufacturing release. Reliability growth
was monitored using the Duane plot technique, and there
were interim goals at each of several checkpoints
within the development program. The reliability of this
product is also being continuously assessed during
manufacturing. For this purpose a detailed
manufacturing reliability audit test schedule was
developed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
classification = "722; C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "1///sub 4/-inch data cartridges; Audit Test Schedule;
Cartridge Tape Drive; Computer Hardware--Reliability;
Data Storage Units--Quality Control; Data Storage,
Magnetic; Duane plot technique; Error rate performance;
error rate performance; Failure rate; failure rate;
Hewlett Packard computers; Hewlett--Packard; HP /sup;
HP /sup 1///sub 4/-inch data cartridges; HP 9145A; HP
9145A tape drive; magnetic tape storage; Manufacturing
Reliability; Manufacturing reliability audit test
schedule; manufacturing reliability audit test
schedule; Quality Standards; Quarter-inch cartridge
tape drive; quarter-inch cartridge tape drive;
reliability; Reliability Assessment; Tape; tape drive",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Magnetic tape storage;
Reliability",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bartlett:1989:USM,
author = "Paul F. Bartlett and Paul F. Robinson and Tracey A.
Hains and Mark J. Simms",
title = "Use of structured methods for real-time peripheral
firmware",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "4",
pages = "79--86",
month = aug,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "In the development of the HP 9145A Cartridge Tape
Drive at HP Computer Peripherals Bristol Division (CPB)
the firmware was always on the critical path during the
entire product development time. Each engineer on the
project was equipped with an HP 9000 Series 300
workstation which was used for program development and
emulation. To enable us to use the structured analysis
and structured design (SA\slash SD) methods
effectively, HP Teamwork\slash SA was installed on each
workstation. Other software tools that we used included
a code-efficient cross compiler from C to 68000
assembly language and a 68000 emulator. This paper
describes our experiences with applying SA\slash SD
techniques and tools to the development of the HP 9145A
firmware.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6110 (Systems analysis and programming)",
classification = "722; 723; C6110 (Systems analysis and programming)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Peripheral Equipment--Computer Aided Design;
Computer Peripherals Bristol Division; Computer
Programming; Data Processing--Critical Path Analysis;
Data Storage, Magnetic--Tape; Development schedule;
development schedule; firmware; Firmware Development;
Firmware development process; firmware development
process; Hewlett--Packard; peripheral firmware;
product; quality; Quality product; Real Time Peripheral
Firmware; real-time; Real-time peripheral firmware;
SA/SD; Software Tools; Structured Analysis; Structured
analysis/structured design; structured
analysis/structured design; Structured Design;
Structured methods; structured methods; structured
programming; Subroutines",
thesaurus = "Firmware; Structured programming",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kraemer:1989:PDU,
author = "Thomas F. Kraemer",
title = "Product development using object-oriented software
technology",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "4",
pages = "87--97, 99--100",
month = aug,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Object-oriented technology is rapidly becoming an
accepted technology for designing and developing
software systems. The essential idea in the
object-oriented approach is that data and procedures
are represented in a structure called an object, and
the data is only accessible through the procedures
contained in the object. Also, objects are the basic
building blocks for any system designed using an
object-oriented approach. This paper provides a brief
history, a tutorial, and a description of HP's Lake
Stevens Instrument Division's experience using the
technology for product development.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6110 (Systems analysis and programming)",
classification = "723; C6110 (Systems analysis and programming)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Code Reuse; Computer Programming Languages--Problem
Orientation; Computer Programming--Analysis; Computer
Software; Data Processing--Data Structures; Data
Representation; Design; Hewlett--Packard; history;
History; HP Lake Stevens Instrument Division; Object
Oriented Language; Object Oriented Software; object-;
object-oriented programming; Object-oriented software
technology; oriented software technology; product
development; Product development; Software Development;
Software Maintainability; software systems; Software
systems",
thesaurus = "Object-oriented programming",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Leath:1989:YCT,
author = "Charles L. Leath",
title = "40 years of chronicling technical achievement",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "5",
pages = "6--13",
month = oct,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Feb 3 18:59:03 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Over the last 40 years the HP Journal has created a
record of HP's technical achievements by communicating
technical information to professional people in all
fields served by HP. With Hewlett--Packard celebrating
its 50th anniversary the author takes a look at the HP
Journal, past and present, and some of the
technological history of Hewlett--Packard it has
chronicled.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Journal",
affiliationaddress = "Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classification = "709; 745; 901; 903",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Electrical Engineering; Engineering; HP Journal;
Information Dissemination; Publishing; Technical
Information",
}
@Article{McNamee:1989:MFH,
author = "Michael D. McNamee and David L. Platt",
title = "A modular family of high-performance signal
generators",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "5",
pages = "14--20",
month = oct,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "HP has developed a new family of internally modular
signal generators called the performance signal
generators (PSG). The three members of this family are
the HP 8644A 1-GHz or 2-GHz synthesized signal
generator, the HP 8645A 1-GHz or 2-GHz agile signal
generator, and the HP 8665A 4.2-GHz synthesized signal
generator. These three signal generators are designed
for three specific application segments. The HP 8644A
is for the traditional out-of-channel transceiver test
applications. The HP 8645A is focused on frequency
agile transceiver testing. The HP 8665A is designed for
high-performance applications up to 4.2 GHz,
particularly radar, telemetry, and spurious testing of
UHF transceivers.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B1230 (Signal generators); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
classification = "714; 715; 716; B1230 (Signal generators); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); B7250E
(Signal generators); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "1 GHz; 2 GHz; 4.2 GHz; 8645A; Agile Signal Generator;
Agile signal generator; agile signal generator;
applications; computerised instrumentation; Electronic
Equipment Testing; Frequency agile transceiver testing;
frequency agile transceiver testing; generator;
generators; Hewlett Packard computers; High Performance
Signal Generators; high-performance; High-performance
applications; HP; HP 8644A; HP 8645A; HP 8665A;
Internally modular signal generators; internally
modular signal generators; Out-of-channel transceiver
test applications; out-of-channel transceiver test
applications; Performance; performance signal;
Performance signal generators; PSG; Radar; radar;
Signal Generators; signal generators; Spurious testing;
spurious testing; synthesized signal; Synthesized
signal generator; synthesized signal generator;
Telemetry; telemetry; Transceiver Test; transceivers;
UHF; UHF transceivers; UHF Transceivers",
numericalindex = "Frequency 1.0E+09 Hz; Frequency 2.0E+09 Hz;
Frequency 4.2E+09 Hz",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Hewlett Packard
computers; Signal generators",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Kanago:1989:FDM,
author = "Kerwin D. Kanago and Mark A. Stambaugh and Brian D.
Watkins",
title = "Firmware development for modular instrumentation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "5",
pages = "20--26",
month = oct,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP performance signal generators (PSG) product
line represents an internally modular platform approach
to the development of signal generators. Since reuse
was a key issue in PSG control firmware development,
the majority of the control firmware was written in a
high-level language. Only time-critical routines, code
that directly interfaces with hardware, and certain
library routines were written in assembly code. The
control firmware for all three PSG instruments consists
of 100 KNCSS (thousands of noncomment source
statements) of Pascal source code and 8 KNCSS of
assembly language source code.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B1230 (Signal generators); C7410H
(Instrumentation); C6100 (Software techniques and
systems)",
classification = "715; 722; 723; 942; B1230 (Signal generators);
B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7250E
(Signal generators); C6100 (Software techniques and
systems); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "assembly language source; Assembly language source
code; code; computerised instrumentation; computers;
Control Firmware; development; Electric Measuring
Instruments--Modular Construction; firmware; Hewlett
Packard; High-level language; high-level language; HP
performance signal generators; Internally modular
platform; internally modular platform; KNCSS; Library
routines; library routines; Modular instrumentation;
modular instrumentation; Pascal source code;
Performance; PSG control firmware; PSG control firmware
development; Reuse; reuse; Signal Generators; signal
generators; statements; thousands of noncomment source;
Thousands of noncomment source statements;
Time-critical routines; time-critical routines",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Firmware; Hewlett
Packard computers; Signal generators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Andersen:1989:RSG,
author = "Brad E. Andersen and Earl C. Herleikson",
title = "{RF} signal generator single-loop frequency synthesis,
phase noise reduction, and frequency modulation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "5",
pages = "27--33",
month = oct,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The three HP performance signal generators (PSG) share
a common synthesis block diagram. In the article,
operation of each frequency-locked loop and its effect
on noise performance is discussed. The frequency
modulation scheme is also explained, including loop
crossovers and the various operating modes.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B1230 (Signal generators); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
classification = "701; 713; 715; 716; 717; 718; B1230 (Signal
generators); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B7250E (Signal generators); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computerised instrumentation; Delay Line
Discriminators; Frequency modulation; Frequency
Modulation; frequency modulation; Frequency
Synthesizers; Frequency-locked loop; frequency-locked
loop; Frequency-Locked Loops; generators; Hewlett
Packard computers; HP performance signal; HP
performance signal generators; Loop crossovers; loop
crossovers; Noise performance; noise performance; noise
reduction; Operating modes; operating modes;
Performance; phase; Phase Locked Loops; Phase noise
reduction; Phase Noise Reduction; phase-locked loops;
RF Signal Generator; RF signal generator single-loop
frequency synthesis; Signal Generators; signal
generators; Single-Loop Frequency Synthesis; Synthesis
block diagram; synthesis block diagram",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Hewlett Packard
computers; Phase-locked loops; Signal generators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{McJunkin:1989:DCF,
author = "Barton L. McJunkin and David M. Hoover",
title = "Design considerations in a fast hopping
voltage-controlled oscillator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "5",
pages = "34--36",
month = oct,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "In its fast hopping mode of operation, the HP 8645A
agile signal generator can switch to a new frequency in
less than 15 microseconds with an accuracy of one part
per million or better. The article describes the fast
hopping VCO block diagram and the five major technical
challenges that had to be met to build the fast hopping
VCO.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B1230B (Oscillators); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
classification = "713; 715; B1230B (Oscillators); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems); B7250E (Signal
generators); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Agile Signal Generator; computerised instrumentation;
Design; Fast Hopping VCO; generator; Hewlett Packard
computers; HP 8645A agile signal; HP 8645A agile signal
generator; Oscillators; Signal Generators; signal
generators; variable-frequency oscillators; VCO block
diagram; Voltage-controlled oscillator;
Voltage-Controlled Oscillator; voltage-controlled
oscillator",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Hewlett Packard
computers; Signal generators; Variable-frequency
oscillators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Summers:1989:HFS,
author = "James B. Summers and Douglas R. Snook",
title = "High-spectral-purity frequency synthesis in a
microwave signal generator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "5",
pages = "37--41",
month = oct,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 8665A is the high-frequency member of the
performance signal generator family. Like the other PSG
instruments, it employs a simplified single-loop
frequency synthesis scheme. The HP 8665A differs,
however, in that its fundamental oscillator operates in
the octave from 3 to 6 GHz. The fundamental oscillator
is a YIG-tuned oscillator that provides low phase noise
and low-distortion FM. A low-noise GaAs divider IC was
developed to allow division of the 3-to-6-GHz octave
into the frequency range of the PSG fractional-N
synthesis hardware and the optional frequency
discriminator noise reduction hardware. This allows the
entire performance signal generator family to share
common synthesis hardware, reducing development time
and production costs.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
chemicalindex = "GaAs/int As/int Ga/int GaAs/bin As/bin Ga/bin",
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B1230 (Signal generators); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
classification = "712; 713; 715; B1230 (Signal generators); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); B7250E
(Signal generators); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "3 To 6 GHz; 3 to 6 GHz; computerised instrumentation;
frequency discriminator noise reduction; Frequency
discriminator noise reduction hardware; Frequency
range; frequency range; Frequency Synthesizers;
frequency synthesizers; GaAs divider; generator;
generators; hardware; Hewlett Packard computers; High
spectral-purity frequency synthesis; high
spectral-purity frequency synthesis;
High-Spectral-Purity Frequency Synthesis; HP 8665A;
loop frequency synthesis; low phase; Low phase noise;
Low-distortion FM; low-distortion FM; microwave
oscillators; microwave signal; Microwave signal
generator; noise; Oscillators--Garnets; Performance;
Performance signal generator; performance signal
generator; PSG fractional-N; PSG fractional-N synthesis
hardware; Semiconducting Gallium Arsenide; signal;
Signal Generators--Microwaves; single-; Single-loop
frequency synthesis; synthesis hardware; Synthesized
Signal Generator; yig-tuned Fundamental Oscillator;
YIG-tuned oscillator",
numericalindex = "Frequency 3.0E+09 to 6.0E+09 Hz",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Frequency synthesizers;
Hewlett Packard computers; Microwave oscillators;
Signal generators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fried:1989:MSG,
author = "Steve R. Fried and Keith L. Fries and John M. Sims",
title = "Microwave signal generator output system design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "5",
pages = "42--50",
month = oct,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The output system of the HP 8665A synthesized signal
generator takes the synthesized and divided signals
from a GaAs divider IC and produces an output signal in
the range of 0.1 MHz to 4.2 GHz. It also provides
automatic level control (ALC), amplitude modulation,
and reverse power protection. The main output section,
which provides output frequencies from 0.1 MHz to 3
GHz, consists of a divided output section for
frequencies from 0.1875 to 3 GHz and a heterodyne
output section for frequencies from 0.1 to 187.5 MHz.
There is a separate microwave extender output section
for frequencies from 3 to 4.2 GHz.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
chemicalindex = "GaAsIC/int As/int Ga/int C/int I/int GaAsIC/ss As/ss
Ga/ss C/ss I/ss",
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); B7310N (Microwave
techniques); B1230 (Signal generators); B1350
(Microwave circuits and devices); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
classification = "713; 715; 716; 717; 718; B1230 (Signal generators);
B1350 (Microwave circuits and devices); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); B7250E
(Signal generators); B7310N (Microwave techniques);
C7410H (Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "0.1 MHz to 3 GHz; 0.1 MHz to 4.2; 0.1 MHz to 4.2 GHz;
0.1 To 187.5 MHz; 0.1 to 187.5 MHz; 0.1875 To 3 GHz;
0.1875 to 3 GHz; 3; 3 To 4.2 GHz; ALC; Amplitude
Modulation; Amplitude modulation; amplitude modulation;
automatic level; Automatic Level Control; Automatic
level control; automatic test equipment; control;
Divided output section; divided output section; GaAs
divider IC; GHz; Heterodyne Output; heterodyne output;
Heterodyne output section; Hewlett Packard computers;
HP 8665A; HP 8665A synthesized signal generator;
Microwave; microwave devices; Microwave Extender;
Microwave extender output section; microwave extender
output section; microwave generation; Microwave signal
generation; microwave signal generation; Output signal;
output signal; Output system design; output system
design; protection; reverse power; Reverse power
protection; section; Signal Generators; signal
generators; Synthesized Signal Generator; synthesized
signal generator; Thick-Film Microcircuits; to 4.2
GHz",
numericalindex = "Frequency 1.0E+05 to 4.2E+09 Hz; Frequency 1.0E+05
to 3.0E+09 Hz; Frequency 1.875E+08 to 3.0E+09 Hz;
Frequency 1.0E+05 to 1.875E+08 Hz; Frequency 3.0E+09 to
4.2E+09 Hz",
thesaurus = "Automatic test equipment; Hewlett Packard computers;
Microwave devices; Microwave generation; Signal
generators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Snook:1989:DHP,
author = "Douglas R. Snook and G. Stephen Curtis",
title = "Design of a high-performance pulse modulation system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "5",
pages = "51--59",
month = oct,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The pulse modulation option for the HP 8665A
synthesized signal generator adds a pulse modulator and
an internal pulse generator. The pulse modulator uses
gallium arsenide field-effect transistor switches on
microwave monolithic integrated circuits. The paper
looks at its design.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
chemicalindex = "GaAs/int As/int Ga/int GaAs/bin As/bin Ga/bin",
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); B1230J (Pulse generators);
B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
classification = "712; 713; 715; 716; 717; 718; B1230J (Pulse
generators); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B7250E (Signal generators); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computerised instrumentation; GaAs; gallium arsenide
field-effect transistor; Gallium arsenide field-effect
transistor switches; Gallium Arsenide Field-Effect
Transistor Switches; Hewlett Packard computers;
High-performance pulse modulation system;
high-performance pulse modulation system; HP 8665A; HP
8665A synthesized signal generator; Integrated
Circuits, Monolithic--Microwaves; internal; Internal
pulse generator; Internal Pulse Generator; Microwave
monolithic integrated circuits; microwave monolithic
integrated circuits; Modulators; Performance; pulse
generator; Pulse Generators; pulse generators; Pulse
Modulation; pulse modulation; Pulse modulator; pulse
modulator; Semiconducting Gallium Arsenide; signal
generators; switches; Synthesized Signal Generator;
synthesized signal generator",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Hewlett Packard
computers; Pulse generators; Pulse modulation; Signal
generators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Wright:1989:RRE,
author = "Larry R. Wright and Donald T. Borowski",
title = "Reducing radiated emissions in the performance signal
generator family",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "5",
pages = "59--68 (or 59--65??)",
month = oct,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Radiated interference is a common problem in signal
generators. The performance signal generator product
line offers the user a choice of two levels of radiated
emissions. The lower level, option 010, is for
extremely sensitive applications, such as testing
pagers and transceivers, for which the standard level
is not acceptable. The paper shows how radiated
emissions were reduced in the HP PSG family.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B1230 (Signal generators); B5230
(Electromagnetic compatibility and interference);
C7410H (Instrumentation)",
classification = "711; 715; 716; B1230 (Signal generators); B5230
(Electromagnetic compatibility and interference);
B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7250E
(Signal generators); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Antennas--Radiation; computerised instrumentation;
Hewlett Packard computers; HP PSG family; Option 010;
option 010; Pagers; pagers; Performance; performance;
Performance signal generator family; Radiated
Emissions; Radiated emissions; radiated emissions;
Radiated interference; Radiated Interference; radiated
interference; radiofrequency interference; signal
generator family; Signal Generators; signal generators;
Signal Interference; Standard level; standard level;
Testing; testing; Transceivers; transceivers",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Hewlett Packard
computers; Radiofrequency interference; Signal
generators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Sloan:1989:PPT,
author = "Susan R. Sloan",
title = "Processing and passivation techniques for fabrication
of high-speed {InP\slash InGaAs\slash InP} mesa
photodetectors",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "5",
pages = "69--75",
month = oct,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Proper surface preparation and a conformal mesa
passivation covering are critical to the production of
low-dark-current photodiodes. The best results have
been obtained with a wet chemical etch followed by
double-layer polyimide passivation.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
chemicalindex = "InP-InGaAs-InP/int InGaAs/int InP/int As/int Ga/int
In/int P/int InGaAs/ss As/ss Ga/ss In/ss InP/bin In/bin
P/bin",
classcodes = "B7230C (Photodetectors); B2550E (Surface treatment);
B4250 (Photoelectric devices)",
classification = "539; 712; 714; 817; B2550E (Surface treatment );
B4250 (Photoelectric devices); B7230C
(Photodetectors)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "chemical etch; compounds; conformal mesa; Conformal
mesa passivation covering; Double-layer polyimide
passivation; double-layer polyimide passivation;
Etching; etching; Fabrication; fabrication; gallium
arsenide; III-V semiconductors; indium; InGaAs-InP;
InP-; InP-InGaAs-InP; Low-dark-current photodiodes;
Low-Dark-Current Photodiodes; low-dark-current
photodiodes; Manufacture; Mesa Passivation; Mesa
Photodetectors; passivation; passivation covering;
Passivation techniques; passivation techniques;
Photodetectors; photodetectors; photodiodes; Polyimide
Passivation; Polyimides; Semiconducting Indium
Compounds; Semiconductor Diodes, Photodiode;
semiconductor technology; Surface preparation; surface
preparation; wet; Wet Chemical Etch; Wet chemical
etch",
thesaurus = "Etching; Gallium arsenide; III-V semiconductors;
Indium compounds; Passivation; Photodetectors;
Photodiodes; Semiconductor technology",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Tanner:1989:PPD,
author = "Eve M. Tanner",
title = "Providing programmers with a driver debug technique",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "5",
pages = "76--80",
month = oct,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Symbolic debugging is difficult for programmers who
are developing drivers to run under the HP-UX operating
system but do not have HP-UX source licenses. A
technique is described to use available compiler
information to provide access to certain HP-UX debug
records.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C6110 (Systems analysis and programming); C6150C
(Compilers, interpreters and other processors)",
classification = "722; 723; 912; C6110 (Systems analysis and
programming); C6150C (Compilers, interpreters and other
processors)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Compiler information; compiler information; Computer
Operating Systems--Program Compilers; Computer
Programming; Driver debug technique; driver debug
technique; Drivers; drivers; HP-UX debug records; HP-UX
Debug Records; HP-UX debug records; HP-UX operating
System; HP-UX operating system; HP-UX source licenses;
program compilers; Program Debugging; program
debugging; Programmers; programmers; Symbolic
debugging; Symbolic Debugging; symbolic debugging",
thesaurus = "Program compilers; Program debugging",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Keely:1989:SJI,
author = "Catherine A. Keely",
title = "Solder joint inspection using laser {Doppler}
vibrometry",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "5",
pages = "81--85",
month = oct,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The computer vision project of HP Laboratories has
investigated alternative methods of inspecting SMT
solder joints. The subject of the paper is one method
that has proven successful at detecting one major joint
error type: the unsoldered joint. The method, which
does not actually involve computer vision although it
is an optical method, is based on the vibration
characteristics of an unsoldered lead. The idea is that
an unsoldered lead, when stimulated, will vibrate at
its resonant frequencies, which depend on its material
and geometry. A soldered lead, under the same
stimulation, will have different vibrational
characteristics because it has different geometrical
constraints. A laser Doppler vibrometer or velocimeter
is used to measure the velocity of a vibrating lead,
and the peaks in the frequency spectrum of the
vibration indicate whether the joint is soldered or
not.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B2210D (Printed circuit manufacture); B0170L
(Inspection and quality control); B0170E (Production
facilities and engineering); B4360 (Laser
applications); B0170G (General fabrication
techniques)",
classification = "538; 713; 714; 744; 913; 943; B0170E (Production
facilities and engineering); B0170G (General
fabrication techniques); B0170L (Inspection and quality
control); B2210D (Printed circuit manufacture); B4360
(Laser applications)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "characteristics; Frequency spectrum; frequency
spectrum; Geometry; geometry; inspection; Integrated
Circuit Testing; Joint error type; joint error type;
laser beam applications; Laser Doppler Vibrometry;
Laser Doppler vibrometry; laser Doppler vibrometry;
manufacture; Material; material; Peaks; peaks; printed
circuit; quality control; Resonant frequencies;
resonant frequencies; SMT; SMT solder joints; Solder
Joint; Solder joint inspection; solder joint
inspection; solder joints; Soldering; soldering;
Soldering--Inspection; surface mount; technology;
Unsoldered joint; unsoldered joint; Unsoldered lead;
unsoldered lead; Velocimeter; velocimeter;
Velocimeters--Laser Doppler; Velocity; velocity;
Vibrating lead; vibrating lead; vibration; Vibration
characteristics; Vibrations--Measurements; Vibrometer;
vibrometer",
thesaurus = "Inspection; Laser beam applications; Printed circuit
manufacture; Quality control; Soldering; Surface mount
technology",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Martelli:1989:MHS,
author = "Anastasia M. Martelli",
title = "A model for {HP-UX} shared libraries using shared
memory on {HP} precision architecture computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "5",
pages = "86--90",
month = oct,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Shared libraries allow multiple processes to share a
single copy of library code. This is accomplished by
loading shared library code into the system separately
from any one program. When a program calls a routine in
the shared library, it branches into and out of the
shared library at run time. Thus an executable file
that uses shared libraries does not hold library
routines and initialized data. This results in smaller
files and lower disk space requirements. To meet the
needs of the PORT\slash HP-UX product, a special model
for shared libraries was developed and implemented on
HP 9000 Series 800 Computers.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C6120 (File organisation); C6150J (Operating
systems)",
classification = "722; 723; C6120 (File organisation); C6150J
(Operating systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "800 computers; architecture computers; Codes,
Symbolic; Computer Architecture; Computer Systems
Programming; Data Processing; Data Storage, Digital; HP
9000 series; HP 9000 series 800 computers; HP
precision; HP precision architecture computers; HP-UX
shared libraries; Library Code; operating systems
(computers); PORT/HP-UX product; Shared Libraries;
Shared memory; Shared Memory; shared memory; storage
management; subroutines; Time Sharing Programs",
thesaurus = "Operating systems [computers]; Storage management;
Subroutines",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Berlin:1989:UAD,
author = "Lucy M. Berlin and C. Fletcher",
title = "User-centered application definition: a methodology
and case study",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "5",
pages = "90--97",
month = oct,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "This paper presents a practical user-centered
methodology for application definition. The methodology
encompasses interviewing strategies, task analysis, and
storyboarding techniques. The need for systematic user
analysis is demonstrated, and the methodology is
illustrated by a case study.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C6110 (Systems analysis and programming)",
classification = "722; 723; 911; 912; C6110 (Systems analysis and
programming)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "analysis; Application definition; Application
Definition; application definition; Computer Software;
Electronic Equipment--Marketing; Human Engineering;
Interviewing Strategies; Interviewing strategies;
interviewing strategies; Marketing; Storyboarding;
storyboarding; systems analysis; Task analysis; Task
Analysis; task analysis; user; User analysis;
User-centered methodology; User-Centered Methodology;
user-centered methodology",
thesaurus = "Systems analysis",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Jones:1989:PRL,
author = "Carolyn F. Jones",
title = "Partially reflective light guides for optoelectronics
applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "5",
pages = "98--104",
month = oct,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Partially reflective optical light guides operate with
the refractive index of the guide lower than the
refractive index of the containing medium. This is the
converse of optical light guides that use the principle
of total internal reflection. This paper presents the
theory and principles governing the design and shows an
example of implementation.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B4260D (Light emitting diodes); B7260 (Display
technology and systems)",
classification = "714; 717; 741; B4260D (Light emitting diodes); B7260
(Display technology and systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Applications; Array; array; bar; Electrophotographic
copiers; electrophotographic copiers; erase; Erase bar;
Fiber Optics; Hewlett Packard computers; HP partially;
HP partially reflective light guides; Light control;
light control; light emitting diodes;
Light--Reflection; Light-emitting diodes;
light-emitting diodes; Optical Light Guides;
Optoelectronic Devices; Optoelectronics applications;
optoelectronics applications; Partially Reflective
Light Guides; reflective light guides; Refractive
Index",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Light emitting diodes",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bronstein:1989:SDC,
author = "Kenneth H. Bronstein and David J. Sweetser and William
R. Yoder",
title = "System design for compatibility of a high-performance
graphics library and the {X Window System}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "6",
pages = "6--12 (or 6--10??)",
month = dec,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "HP's high-performance 2D and 3D graphics library
called Starbase has proven very successful in
engineering workstation applications. Similarly, the X
Window System Version 11, or X11, has become the de
facto industry standard window system for supporting
user interfaces on workstations connected across a
network. Both of these systems run in the HP-UX
environment on the HP 9000 Series 300 and 800 Computer
systems. The Starbase/X11 Merge system provides an
architecture that enables Starbase applications and X
Window System applications to coexist in the same
window environment. There were three major challenges
associated with merging Starbase and X11. The author
describes the design and implementation techniques used
to handle these challenges.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6180 (User interfaces); C6130B (Graphics techniques);
C6110 (Systems analysis and programming)",
classification = "722; 723; C6110 (Systems analysis and programming);
C6130B (Graphics techniques); C6180 (User interfaces)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "analysis; Computer Architecture; Computer Graphics;
Computer Interfaces; engineering graphics; Engineering
Workstation; Graphics library; graphics library;
Graphics Library Starbase; Hewlett Packard computers;
interfaces; Performance; Starbase; Starbase/X11 Merge
system; Starbase/X11 Merge System; Starbase/X11 Merge
system; systems; user; User interfaces; User
Interfaces; user interfaces; X Window System",
thesaurus = "Engineering graphics; Hewlett Packard computers;
Systems analysis; User interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Andreas:1989:MSD,
author = "James R. Andreas and Robert C. Cline and Courtney
Loomis",
title = "Managing and sharing display objects in the
{Starbase\slash X11 Merge} system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "6",
pages = "12--19",
month = dec,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "One of the challenges for the Starbase/X11 Merge
project was designing an architecture that supports
sharing of resources among X and Starbase applications.
These HP-UX processes can realize significant memory
savings by sharing resources such as character sets or
fonts. X and Starbase also compete for private use of
display resources. The architecture developed, called
the graphics resource manager; or GRM, supports the
allocation of shared resources and at the same time
provides use of display resources by individual
processes.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6130B (Graphics techniques)",
classification = "722; 723; C6130B (Graphics techniques)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Architecture; Computer Graphics; computer
graphics; Display Devices; Equipment; Graphics resource
manager; Graphics Resource Manager; graphics resource
manager; GRM; HP-UX; HP-UX processes; object-oriented
programming; processes; Shared Graphics Resources;
Sharing display objects; sharing display objects;
Starbase/X11 Merge system; Starbase/X11 Merge System;
Starbase/X11 Merge system",
thesaurus = "Computer graphics; Object-oriented programming",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Boyton:1989:SAD,
author = "Jeff R. Boyton and Sankar L. Chakrabarti and Steven P.
Hiebert and John J. Lang and Jens R. Owen and Keith A.
Marchington and Peter R. Robinson and Michael H.
Stroyan and John A. Waitz",
title = "Sharing access to display resources in the
{Starbase\slash X11 Merge} system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "6",
pages = "20--32",
month = dec,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "HP's graphics hardware provides many display resources
that must be carefully managed to maintain order on the
display when competing HP-UX processes, such as the X
server and Starbase applications, are attempting to
access the display hardware at the same time. The
hardware resources that must be shared among these
processes include the frame buffer (video RAM),
cursors, fonts, and the color map. The authors discuss
methods used to allow Starbase applications and the X
server to share access to this common pool of hardware
resources, and a method called direct hardware access
(DHA), which enables Starbase applications to achieve
high performance when accessing the display, while
maintaining the integrity of the X Window System.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems); C6130B (Graphics
techniques)",
classification = "722; 723; 741; C6130B (Graphics techniques); C6150J
(Operating systems)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "access; applications; Computer Graphics; computer
graphics; Computer Hardware; direct hardware; Direct
hardware access; Display Devices; Display hardware;
display hardware; Hardware Color Map; Hardware
resources; hardware resources; multi-access systems;
Performance; programs; Starbase; Starbase applications;
Starbase/X11 Merge system; Starbase/X11 Merge System;
Starbase/X11 Merge system; supervisory; X server; X
Server Clients; X Window System",
thesaurus = "Computer graphics; Multi-access systems; Supervisory
programs",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hiebert:1989:SOI,
author = "Steven P. Hiebert and John J. Lang and Keith A.
Marchington",
title = "Sharing overlay and image planes in the
{Starbase\slash X11 Merge} system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "6",
pages = "33--38",
month = dec,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Depending on the display device, the X server allows
users to configure a display in four fundamental
display modes: image mode, overlay mode, stacked mode,
and combined mode. The display mode determines how the
hardware display memory is used. This article describes
the rationale for the different display modes and how
each of them works. The combined mode is discussed in
greater detail than the others because it is the most
sophisticated mode and it is available on the TurboSRX
3D graphics accelerator display system.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6130B (Graphics techniques); C6180 (User
interfaces)",
classification = "722; 723; C6130B (Graphics techniques); C6180 (User
interfaces)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "3D Graphics Accelerator Display; accelerator display;
Combined mode; combined mode; Computer Architecture;
Computer Graphics; computer graphics; Computer
Hardware; Display Devices; Display Memory; Display
modes; display modes; Equipment; Hardware display
memory; hardware display memory; Image mode; image
mode; Image planes; image planes; Overlay; overlay;
Overlay Mode; Overlay mode; overlay mode; Stacked mode;
stacked mode; Starbase/X11 Merge System; Starbase/X11
Merge system; TurboSRX 3D graphics; TurboSRX 3D
graphics accelerator display; user interfaces; X
server; X Server; X server; X Window System",
thesaurus = "Computer graphics; User interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Elliott:1989:SID,
author = "Ian A. Elliott and George M. Sachs",
title = "Sharing input devices in the {Starbase\slash X11
Merge} system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "6",
pages = "38--41",
month = dec,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Standard X servers support two input devices: the
pointer (mouse, tablet, light pen, etc.) and the
keyboard. These devices are known as the core input
devices. The X server sends information from the input
devices to client programs in packets called `events.'
The keyboard generates key events, while the pointer
generates button or motion events. These events contain
information that includes the absolute location in two
dimensions where the event occurred, the location
relative to the X window in which the event occurred,
and a timestamp. For key and button events, there is
also a field that tells which key or button was
pressed. To provide support for the full set of HP
input devices and to provide access to these devices
for Starbase applications running in the X environment,
extensions were added to the X core input devices: the
keyboard and the pointer.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems); C6180 (User interfaces)",
classification = "722; 723; C6150J (Operating systems); C6180 (User
interfaces)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Access; access; Computer Graphics; computer graphics;
Computer Hardware; Computer Peripheral Equipment;
devices; HP input; HP input devices; Input Devices;
Input devices; input devices; input-output programs;
Keyboard; keyboard; Keyboards; Pointer; pointer;
Starbase; Starbase/X11 Merge; Starbase/X11 Merge
System; Support; support; user interfaces; X core
input; X core input devices; X environment",
thesaurus = "Computer graphics; Input-output programs; User
interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Brown:1989:STR,
author = "John M. Brown and Thomas J. Gilg",
title = "Sharing testing responsibilities in the
{Starbase\slash X11 Merge} system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "6",
pages = "42--46",
month = dec,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "With the development of the Starbase/X11 Merge
environment, new forms of testing had to be considered.
Before the Starbase/X11 Merge project, the X test
suites consisted of nearly 450 tests, and the Starbase
test suite contained nearly 400 tests run across an
average of 40 hardware configurations. The challenge
was to make the appropriate modifications to this
extensive set of tests to make them useful in the
Starbase/X11 Merge environment. In areas where the
existing test suites were inadequate, new test tools
and tests were developed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support); C6150G (Diagnostic,
testing, debugging and evaluating systems)",
classification = "722; 723; C6115 (Programming support); C6150G
(Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
systems)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Graphics; computer graphics; Computer
Hardware--Testing; Computer Software; program testing;
Starbase/X11 Merge environment; Starbase/X11 Merge
Software; Starbase/X11 Merge System; Test suites; test
suites; Test tools; test tools; Testing; testing;
Testing responsibilities; testing responsibilities;
user interfaces",
thesaurus = "Computer graphics; Program testing; User interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Cathell:1989:CSA,
author = "B. David Cathell and Michael B. Kalstein and Stephen
J. Pearce",
title = "A compiled source access system using {CD-ROM} and
personal computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "6",
pages = "50--57",
month = dec,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "HP Source Reader is a system for accessing compiled
source code stored on compact disk read-only memory
(CD-ROM) for purposes of system debugging. The source
code is stored in a proprietary format that optimizes
retrieval by the access program running on an HP Vectra
Computer. HP Source Reader facilitates quick and
efficient debugging of HP 3000 computer systems by
allowing the user to display source code at any point
within a specified procedure or segment. The user can
then quickly scroll the display or jump to any other
location with precise control. Relevant information can
be `popped' onto the screen in seconds. This includes
identifier definitions, reference materials, and the
assembly code corresponding to each source line. The
program also provides many useful auxiliary functions
including searching, printing, logging, and a
comprehensive set of customization options. A context
sensitive help facility eliminates the need to consult
written documentation.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
systems); C6180 (User interfaces)",
classification = "722; 723; C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and
evaluating systems); C6180 (User interfaces)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Assembly code; assembly code; CD-ROM; Codes, Symbolic;
Compact disk read-only memory; compact disk read-only
memory; Compact Disk Readonly Memory (CD-ROM); Compiled
Source Code; Computer debugging; computer debugging;
Computer Operating Systems; computer systems;
Computers, Personal; Data Storage, Digital--Fixed; Help
facility; help facility; HP 3000; HP 3000 computer
systems; HP Source Reader; HP Vectra Computer; Program
Compilers; Source code; source code; Source Reader;
Source Retrieval; user interfaces",
thesaurus = "Computer debugging; User interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Plitschka:1989:TLE,
author = "Rainer Plitschka",
title = "Transmission line effects in testing high-speed
devices with a high-performance test system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "6",
pages = "58--68 (or 58--67??)",
month = dec,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Today's state-of-the-art digital ASICs
(application-specific integrated circuits) are
characterized by faster and faster clock rates and
signal transition times. In testing these devices,
delivering the test signals to the device under test
(DUT) and precisely measuring the response of the DUT
can be a problem. To maintain signal fidelity,
transmission line techniques have to be applied to the
tester-to-DUT interconnection. The author illustrates
how this critical signal path is implemented in the HP
82000 IC Evaluation System to obtain high-precision
timing and level measurements even for
difficult-to-test CMOS devices. The HP 82000 offers a
resistive divider arrangement that provides terminated
transmission lines to the inputs and outputs of the
DUT.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265 (Digital electronics); B2570 (Semiconductor
integrated circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B0170E (Production facilities and
engineering); C7410H (Instrumentation); C7410D
(Electronic engineering)",
classification = "713; 714; 723; B0170E (Production facilities and
engineering); B1265 (Digital electronics); B2570
(Semiconductor integrated circuits); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems); C7410D (Electronic
engineering); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "application specific integrated circuits; arrangement;
ASICs; automatic test; Automatic Testing; CMOS; Digital
ASIC; equipment; High Speed Devices; High-performance
test system; high-performance test system;
High-Pin-Count IC; High-precision timing;
high-precision timing; High-speed devices; high-speed
devices; HP 82000 IC Evaluation System; Integrated
Circuit Testing; integrated circuit testing; Integrated
Circuits, Digital--Testing; Level measurements; level
measurements; Resistive Divider; resistive divider;
Resistive divider arrangement; Semiconductor Device
Testing; Semiconductor Devices, MOS; Terminated
transmission lines; terminated transmission lines;
Tester-to-Device Interconnection; Transmission line
techniques; transmission line techniques",
thesaurus = "Application specific integrated circuits; Automatic
test equipment; Integrated circuit testing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Thayer:1989:CVG,
author = "Larry J. Thayer",
title = "Custom {VLSI} in the {3D} Graphics Pipeline",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "6",
pages = "74--77",
month = dec,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database; Graphics/siggraph/89.bib;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Custom VLSI is the technology of choice for producing
interactive 3D graphics for several reasons: VLSI
devices are a capable source of the very high
computation rates needed for fast, interactive
graphics. (The scan converter chip used in both the SRX
and the TurboSRX is capable of performing over 300
million additions per second). Data flow is pipelined,
with each point in the pipeline having a particular
function. VLSI chips can be tailored to each function.
The low-cost potential provided by large-scale
integration makes interactive 3D graphics capability
available in a workstation that an engineer can afford.
The author describes how the 3D graphics pipeline of
the SRX was analyzed, and how custom VLSI was used in
the next-generation product, the TurboSRX, to improve
the overall graphics performance.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
annote = "Describes the use of VLSI in the graphics pipeline of
the HP 9000 TurboSRX.",
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
classification = "713; 714; 722; 723; C5540 (Terminals and graphic
displays)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "3D; 3D graphics; 3D Graphics Pipeline; 3D graphics
pipeline; Applications; Computer Graphics--Equipment;
Custom VLSI; custom VLSI; Engineering Workstations;
engineering workstations; Graphics performance;
graphics performance; graphics pipeline;
Hewlett--Packard; Integrated Circuits, VLSI;
Interactive 3D graphics; interactive 3D graphics;
parallel processing, Custom VLSI; Pixel Processor
Chips; SRX; TurboSRX; TurboSRX graphics subsystem;
VLSI; VLSI Transform Engine; Workstation; workstation;
Z-Cache",
thesaurus = "Engineering workstations; VLSI",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Burgoon:1989:GIM,
author = "David A. Burgoon",
title = "Global illumination modeling using radiosity",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "6",
pages = "78--88",
month = dec,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Radiosity is a complementary method to ray tracing for
global illumination modeling. HP9000 TurboSRX graphics
workstations now offer three illumination models:
radiosity, ray tracing, and a local illumination
model.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6130B (Graphics techniques); C5540 (Terminals and
graphic displays)",
classification = "723; 741; C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays);
C6130B (Graphics techniques)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Graphics; computer graphics; Global
illumination modeling; Global Illumination Modeling;
global illumination modeling; Graphics Workstations;
HP9000 TurboSRX graphics; HP9000 TurboSRX graphics
workstations; Illuminating Engineering; Illumination
models; illumination models; Imaging Techniques;
Light--Mathematical Models; Local illumination model;
local illumination model; Radiosity; radiosity; Ray
Tracing; Ray tracing; ray tracing; workstations",
thesaurus = "Computer graphics; Workstations",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Johnson:1990:OHO,
author = "William R. Johnson",
title = "An overview of the {HP OSI Express} card",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "1",
pages = "6--8",
month = feb,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The OSI Express card provides, on an I/O card, the
networking services defined by the ISO OSI (open
systems interconnection) reference model, resulting in
off-loading much of the network overhead from the host
computer. This and other features set the OSI Express
card apart from other network implementations in
existence today. The Express card is reviewed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); C5630 (Networking
equipment)",
classification = "B6210L (Computer communications); C5630 (Networking
equipment)",
keywords = "card; computer networks; data communication equipment;
Hewlett; HP OSI Express card; I/O; I/O card; ISO OSI
reference model; Networking services; networking
services; open systems; Open systems interconnection;
open systems interconnection; Packard computers;
Protocols; protocols",
thesaurus = "Computer networks; Data communication equipment;
Hewlett Packard computers; Open systems; Protocols",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Talbott:1990:HOE,
author = "Glenn F. Talbott",
title = "The {HP OSI Express} card backplane handler",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "1",
pages = "8--18",
month = feb,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP OSI Express card backplane handler is a set of
firmware routines that provide an interface between the
common Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) networking
environment (CONE) software and the host-resident
driver. CONE provides network-specific operating system
functions and other facilities for the OSI Express
card. The handler accomplishes its tasks by controlling
the hardware that moves messages between the host
computer and the OSI Express card. The backplane
handler design is compatible with the I/O architecture
defined for HP Precision Architecture systems, and it
makes use of the features of this architecture to
provide the communication paths between CONE and the
host-resident driver.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); B2570 (Semiconductor
integrated circuits); B1265B (Logic circuits); C5610N
(Network interfaces); C5140 (Firmware); C5630
(Networking equipment)",
classification = "713; 714; 722; 723; B1265B (Logic circuits); B2570
(Semiconductor integrated circuits); B6210L (Computer
communications); C5140 (Firmware); C5610N (Network
interfaces); C5630 (Networking equipment)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "application specific integrated circuits; Backplane
Handler; common OSI; Common OSI networking environment;
computer; Computer Architecture; Computer Hardware;
Computer Interfaces; CONE; data communication
equipment; Data Handling; Data Processing; Express card
driver; firmware; Firmware routines; Firmware Routines;
Hewlett; Host Computer; HP OSI Express card backplane
handler; Integrated Circuits, VLSI; Interface;
interface; interfaces; networking environment; open
systems; Open Systems Interconnection (OSI); OSI
Express Card; Packard computers; routines; VLSI; VLSI
Chips; VLSI chips",
thesaurus = "Application specific integrated circuits; Computer
interfaces; Data communication equipment; Firmware;
Hewlett Packard computers; Open systems; VLSI",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1990:CVC,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Custom {VLSI} Chips for {DMA}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "1",
pages = "15--??",
day = "1",
month = feb,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 07:40:42 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Dean:1990:CSE,
author = "Steven M. Dean and David A. Kumpf and H. Michael
Wenzel",
title = "{CONE}: {A} Software Environment for Network
Protocols",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "1",
pages = "18--28",
day = "1",
month = feb,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "The common OSI network environment, or CONE, provides
a network-specific operating system for the HP OSI
Express card and an environment for implementing Open
Systems Interconnection (OSI) protocols. CONE provides
a system design for supporting system-wide and
module-internal optimization. Flexibility in the
overall framework supports interchangeability of
individual protocol modules and protocols from multiple
protocol families, as well as portability of CONE-based
code to almost any system. Having a coordinated overall
framework also makes the system much more
instrumentable and supportable. Because of this
system-wide orientation, the overall system performance
and the number of connections supported for a given
amount of RAM are much higher than they would otherwise
be.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); C5630 (Networking
equipment); C6150J (Operating systems); C6115
(Programming support)",
classification = "716; 717; 718; 722; 723; B6210L (Computer
communications); C5630 (Networking equipment); C6115
(Programming support); C6150J (Operating systems)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Common OSI network environment; common OSI network
environment; Computer Networks; Computer Software;
CONE; data communication equipment; Data Processing;
environments; Hewlett Packard computers; HP OSI Express
card; network operating systems; Network-specific
operating system; Network-Specific Operating System;
network-specific operating system; open systems; Open
Systems Interconnection (OSI); OSI; OSI Express Card;
OSI Network; OSI protocols; programming; Protocols;
protocols; Software environment; software environment;
Software Environment Cone",
thesaurus = "Data communication equipment; Hewlett Packard
computers; Network operating systems; Open systems;
Programming environments; Protocols",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Banker:1990:ULH,
author = "Kimball K. Banker and Michael A. Ellis",
title = "The upper layers of the {HP OSI Express} card stack",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "1",
pages = "28--36",
day = "1",
month = feb,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "The top three layers of the OSI Reference Model
consist of the session layer, the presentation layer,
and the application layer. The purpose of the session
layer is to provide organized and synchronized exchange
of data between two cooperating session users --- that
is, two presentation layers in different applications.
The session layer depends on the services of the
transport layer to provide the end-to-end system
communication channels for data transfer. The
presentation layer's job is to negotiate a common
transfer syntax that is used by applications when
transferring various data structures back and forth.
The application layer is the high.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); C5630 (Networking
equipment)",
classification = "722; 723; B6210L (Computer communications); C5630
(Networking equipment)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Codes, Symbolic; Computer Architecture; data
communication equipment; Data Processing; Data
Transfer; Hewlett Packard computers; HP OSI Express
card; open systems; OSI Express Card Stack; OSI
Reference Model; OSI stack; Transfer Syntax; Upper
layers architecture; upper layers architecture",
thesaurus = "Data communication equipment; Hewlett Packard
computers; Open systems",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Pugh:1990:IOC,
author = "Rex A. Pugh",
title = "Implementation of the {OSI Class 4 Transport Layer
Protocol} in the {HP OSI Express} Card",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "1",
pages = "36--45",
day = "1",
month = feb,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "This article describes the Open Systems
Interconnection (OSI) Express card's implementation of
OSI Class 4 Transport Protocol (TP4). The OSI Express
TP4 implementation extends the definition of the OSI
transport layer's basic flow control mechanisms to
provide congestion avoidance and congestion control for
the network and the OSI Express card itself. Because we
have requirements to support a large number of
connections on a fairly inexpensive platform, the
memory management and flow control schemes are designed
to work closely together and to use the card's limited
memory as efficiently as possible. This efficiency also
includes ensuring fair buffer utilization among
connections.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); C5630 (Networking
equipment)",
classification = "716; 717; 718; 722; 723; B6210L (Computer
communications); C5630 (Networking equipment)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Architecture; Computer Networks; Congestion
Avoidance; Congestion avoidance; congestion avoidance;
Congestion control; congestion control; data
communication equipment; Data Processing; Data Storage,
Digital; Flow control; flow control; Hewlett Packard
computers; HP OSI Express card; Memory Management; open
systems; Open Systems Interconnection (OSI); OSI class
4 transport layer protocol; OSI Express Card;
Protocols; protocols; TP4; Transport Layer Protocol",
thesaurus = "Data communication equipment; Hewlett Packard
computers; Open systems; Protocols",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Smith:1990:DLL,
author = "Judith A. Smith and Bill Thomas",
title = "Data Link Layer Design and Testing for the {HP OSI
Express} Card",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "1",
pages = "45--51",
day = "1",
month = feb,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "The data link layer is the second layer in the Open
Systems Interconnection (OSI) Reference Model. Its
function is to provide access to the LAN interface for
the OSI network layer (layer 3), and transmitting and
receiving of data packets to or from the physical layer
(layer 1). This article describes the data link layer,
particularly the OSI Express card's implementation of
this protocol layer. A brief description of the OSI
network layer is included.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); C5630 (Networking
equipment); C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and
evaluating systems)",
classification = "716; 717; 718; 722; 723; B6210L (Computer
communications); C5630 (Networking equipment); C6150G
(Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
systems)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Architecture; Computer Networks; data
communication equipment; Data Link Layer; Data link
layer design; data link layer design; Data Processing;
Data Transmission; Hewlett Packard computers; LAN
Interface; Local Networks; model; open systems; Open
Systems Interconnection (OSI); OSI Express card; OSI
Express Card; OSI Express card; OSI Network Layer; OSI
Reference Model; OSI stack; protocols; reference;
Reference model; Reliability; reliability; Testing;
testing",
thesaurus = "Data communication equipment; Hewlett Packard
computers; Open systems; Protocols",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1990:OCN,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "The {OSI} Connectionless Network Protocol",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "1",
pages = "49--??",
day = "1",
month = feb,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 07:40:42 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Bortolotto:1990:HOE,
author = "Elizabeth P. Bortolotto",
title = "{HP OSI Express} design for performance",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "1",
pages = "51--58",
day = "1",
month = feb,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "Network standards are sometimes associated with slow
networking. This is not the case with the HP OSI
Express card. Because of early analysis of critical
code paths, throughput exceeds 600000 bytes per
second.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); C5630 (Networking
equipment)",
classification = "716; 717; 718; 722; 723; B6210L (Computer
communications); C5630 (Networking equipment)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "analysis; Code Paths; Computer Architecture; Computer
Networks; computer peripheral equipment; critical code
paths; Critical code paths analysis; Data Processing;
Hewlett Packard computers; HP OSI Express card; Network
standards; network standards; open systems; Open
Systems Interconnection (OSI); OSI Express Card;
Performance; Performance analysis; performance
analysis; performance evaluation; standards;
Throughput; throughput",
thesaurus = "Computer peripheral equipment; Hewlett Packard
computers; Open systems; Performance evaluation;
Standards",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Longo:1990:HOE,
author = "Joseph R. {Longo, Jr.}",
title = "The {HP OSI Express Card} Software Diagnostic
Program",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "1",
pages = "59--67",
day = "1",
month = feb,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "Appropriate Diagnostic and Debugging Tools are
essential to any successful software or hardware
development effort. A project as large as the HP Open
Systems Interconnection (OSI) Express card development
effort posed some challenging opportunities. Not only
was most of the technology for the card, both software
and hardware, still being defined, but the target
computer line was still under development as well.
Implementation details are reported.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); C5630 (Networking
equipment); C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and
evaluating systems)",
classification = "722; 723; B6210L (Computer communications); C5630
(Networking equipment); C6150G (Diagnostic, testing,
debugging and evaluating systems)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "compiler differences; Compiler differences; Computer
Architecture; Computer Programming; Computer Software;
data communication equipment; data definition changes;
Data definition changes; Data Processing; definition
utility; diagnostic program; Hewlett Packard computers;
high-level mnemonic debugger; High-level mnemonic
debugger; HO OSI Express card software; HO OSI Express
card software diagnostic program; Mnemonic Debugger;
open systems; Open Systems Interconnection (OSI); OSI
Express Card; program debugging; Program Debugging;
Software Diagnostic Program; structure; Structure
definition utility",
thesaurus = "Data communication equipment; Hewlett Packard
computers; Open systems; Program debugging",
treatment = "P Practical",
xxauthor = "R. J. {Longo, Jr.}",
}
@Article{Shah:1990:SFH,
author = "Jayesh K. Shah and Charles L. Hamer",
title = "Support features of the {HP OSI Express} card",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "1",
pages = "67--72",
month = feb,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP OSI Express card offers event logging and
tracing to facilitate troubleshooting in multivendor
networks. Today's state-of-the-art automated factories
require the seamless interaction of systems and devices
supplies by a diverse set of vendors. To manage this
complex environment effectively and keep it operating
smoothly, users must be able to resolve problems
quickly. The HP OSI Express card incorporates several
powerful new features to aid the troubleshooter. The
article highlights the support features of the HP OSI
Express card and illustrates their use in two
troubleshooting scenarios.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); C5630 (Networking
equipment)",
classification = "716; 717; 718; 722; 723; 913; B6210L (Computer
communications); C5630 (Networking equipment)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Automated Factories; Automated factories; automated
factories; Computer Architecture; Computer Networks;
data communication equipment; Data Processing; Event
Logging; Event logging; event logging; factory
automation; Hewlett; HP OSI Express card; multivendor;
Multivendor networks; Multivendor Networks; networks;
open systems; Open Systems Interconnection; OSI Express
Card; Packard computers; Production
Engineering--Automation; Protocols; Tracing; tracing;
Troubleshooting; troubleshooting",
thesaurus = "Data communication equipment; Factory automation;
Hewlett Packard computers; Open systems",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Alexander:1990:ITH,
author = "Neil M. Alexander and Randy J. Westra",
title = "Integration and Test for the {HP OSI Express Card}'s
Protocol Stack",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "1",
pages = "72--79 (or 72--77??)",
month = feb,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Express Project
consisted of many independent project teams working on
specific portions of the protocol modules or support
code. Each team needed the ability to test and develop
code independent of others. Since each engineer was
involved in testing, test environments were designed to
maximize their efforts. One environment consisted of an
emulation of the OSI Express card on the development
machines and another test environment consisted of a
real OSI Express card connected to a target machine.
Both the target and the development machines were HP
9000 Series 800 computers running the HP-UX operating
system. Because of the number of engineers working on
the project, multiple development and test machines
were configured as a network. These test and
development environments are reported.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); C5630 (Networking
equipment); C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and
evaluating systems)",
classification = "716; 717; 718; 722; 723; B6210L (Computer
communications); C5630 (Networking equipment); C6150G
(Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
systems)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Hardware; Computer Networks; Computer
Operating Systems; data communication equipment; Data
Processing; Debugging; debugging; Firmware development;
firmware development; HP-UX Operating System;
Multidimensional integration process; multidimensional
integration process; open systems; Open Systems
Interconnection (OSI); OSI Express Card; OSI Express
card; program testing; Protocol Stack; Protocols;
protocols; Test tools; test tools; Testing; testing",
thesaurus = "Data communication equipment; Open systems; Program
testing; Protocols",
treatment = "P Practical",
xxauthor = "N. M. Alexander and R. J. Westrea",
xxtitle = "Integration of test for the {OSI Express} card's
protocol stack",
}
@Article{Miller:1990:HLS,
author = "Christopher M. Miller",
title = "High-speed lightwave signal analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "1",
pages = "80--91",
month = feb,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The Low Propagation Loss and extremely broad bandwidth
of single-mode optical fiber have contributed to the
emergence of high-capacity digital transmission systems
and analog-modulated microwave-frequency systems. New
lightwave components have been developed to support
these high-speed systems. Most notable among these
components are single-frequency or distributed feedback
semiconductor lasers and broadband pin photodetectors.
The HP 71400A Lightwave Signal Analyzer has been
designed to measure the important characteristics of
these lightwave components and systems, such as signal
strength and distortion, modulation depth and
bandwidth, intensity noise, and susceptibility to
reflected light. When the lightwave signal analyzer is
used in conjunction with the HP 11980A Fiber Optic
Interferometer, the linewidth, chirp, and frequency
modulation characteristics of single-frequency lasers
can be measured.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B4330 (Laser beam interactions and properties); B7230C
(Photodetectors); B7210X (Other instrumentation and
measurement systems); B7220 (Signal processing and
conditioning equipment and techniques); B4320J
(Semiconductor junction lasers); B6260 (Optical links
and equipment); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems)",
classification = "715; 741; 744; 941; 942; B4320J (Semiconductor
junction lasers); B4330 (Laser beam interactions and
properties); B6260 (Optical links and equipment);
B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7210X
(Other instrumentation and measurement systems); B7220
(Signal processing and conditioning equipment and
techniques); B7230C (Photodetectors)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "analysers; analyzer; Broadband pin photodetectors;
broadband pin photodetectors; Characteristics
measurement; characteristics measurement; computerised
instrumentation; Distributed feedback lasers;
distributed feedback lasers; Distributed Feedback
Semiconductor Lasers; Fiber Optics--Measurements;
frequency modulation; Hewlett; High-Capacity Lightwave
Systems; High-capacity lightwave systems; high-capacity
lightwave systems; HP 71400A lightwave signal; HP
71400A lightwave signal analyzer; Interferometers;
junction lasers; laser variables measurement; lasers;
Lasers, Semiconductor; Lightwave Signal Analyzer;
Measurements; network; optical testing; Packard
computers; Photodetectors; photodetectors; Pin
Photodetectors; semiconductor; Semiconductor lasers;
Signal Generators; signal processing equipment;
Single-frequency lasers; Single-Frequency Lasers;
single-frequency lasers; Single-Mode Optical Fiber",
thesaurus = "Characteristics measurement; Computerised
instrumentation; Distributed feedback lasers; Frequency
modulation; Hewlett Packard computers; Laser variables
measurement; Network analysers; Optical testing;
Photodetectors; Semiconductor junction lasers; Signal
processing equipment",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Baney:1990:LPS,
author = "Douglas M. Baney and Wayne V. Sorin",
title = "Linewidth and power spectral measurements of single-
frequency lasers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "1",
pages = "92--96",
month = feb,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "With the Advent of Semiconductor lasers and low-loss
optical fibers, the possibility of achieving over
1000-Gbit$ \cdot $ km/s bandwidth-distance products has
propelled research towards improving the performance of
the laser and the optical fiber transmission medium.
Advances in laser technology necessary to meet the
stringent requirements of communications system design
have required similar advances in measurement
techniques and technology. The HP 11980A Fiber Optic
Interferometer was developed to work as an accessory to
the HP 71400A Lightwave Signal Analyzer to enable users
to characterize many important spectral modulation
properties of single-frequency telecommunication
lasers.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6260 (Optical links and equipment); B4330 (Laser beam
interactions and properties); B4320J (Semiconductor
junction lasers); B7210X (Other instrumentation and
measurement systems); B7230E (Fibre optic sensors);
B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning equipment and
techniques)",
classification = "741; 744; 941; 942; B4320J (Semiconductor junction
lasers); B4330 (Laser beam interactions and
properties); B6260 (Optical links and equipment);
B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning equipment and
techniques); B7230E (Fibre optic sensors)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "71400A Lightwave Signal Analyzer; data communication
equipment; equipment; Fiber Optic Interferometer; Fiber
Optics; fibre optic sensors; HP; HP 11980A Fiber Optic
Interferometer; HP 71400A Lightwave Signal Analyzer;
Interferometers; laser; Lasers, Semiconductor; light
interferometers; Lightwave Signal Analyzer; Linewidth
spectral measurements; linewidth spectral measurements;
measurement; measurements; Optical Fiber Transmission;
power spectral; Power spectral measurements;
properties; Self-Homodyne Techniques; semiconductor
junction lasers; signal processing; Single-Frequency
Lasers; Single-frequency telecommunication lasers;
single-frequency telecommunication lasers; spectral
line breadth; spectral modulation; Spectral modulation
properties; Spectrum Analysis; Spectrum Analyzers;
systems; Telecommunication Lasers; variables
measurement",
thesaurus = "Data communication equipment; Fibre optic sensors;
Laser variables measurement; Light interferometers;
Measurement systems; Semiconductor junction lasers;
Signal processing equipment; Spectral line breadth",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Wiederoder:1990:NMH,
author = "Herbert Wiederoder",
title = "A new modular high-performance liquid chromatograph",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "2",
pages = "6--10",
day = "1",
month = apr,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "High-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), as a
separation technique for nonvolatile substances in
mixtures, has a wide range of applications in the
industrial world today. Over the last decade,
instrumentation for liquid chromatography has evolved
towards higher flexibility, greater ease of use, and
higher reliability. Designing an HPLC system requires a
high degree of interaction between various disciplines,
including mechanics, materials science, chemical
physics, optics, electronics, firmware, and software.
Problems that must be solved include the handling of
liquids having a wide range of solvent properties at
flow rates from 1$ \mu $ l/min to 10000$ \mu $ l/min
and pressures up to 400 bar, control of mechanical
components, detection of chemical substances, and data
handling. How these problems were solved to provide a
flexible, easy to use, easy to handle, and highly
reliable HPLC system for HP's latest-generation liquid
chromatograph is described in the article. The design
of the new system, called the HP 1050 Series Liquid
Chromatography Modules, takes a new modular approach,
starting from the technology of the HP 1090 LC
family.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co",
classcodes = "C7410H (Instrumentation)",
classification = "801; 944; C7410H (Instrumentation)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Chromatographic Analysis; chromatography;
Chromatography Modules; computerised instrumentation;
Hewlett; High-Performance Liquid Chromatograph; HP 1050
Series; HP 1050 Series Liquid; HP 1050 Series Liquid
Chromatography Modules; HP 1090 LC family; HPLC system;
Instrumentation; instrumentation; Liquid; liquid;
Liquid chromatography; Modular high-performance liquid
chromatograph; modular high-performance liquid
chromatograph; Nonvolatile substances; nonvolatile
substances; Packard computers; separation; Separation
technique; Standard Module Design; technique",
thesaurus = "Chromatography; Computerised instrumentation; Hewlett
Packard computers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Schrenker:1990:QEL,
author = "Helge Schrenker and Wolfgang Wilde",
title = "Quality engineering for a liquid chromatography
system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "2",
pages = "11--16",
day = "1",
month = apr,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "Customer satisfaction is the ultimate benchmark for
product quality. The key quality criteria and measures
that were applied to the HP 1050 Series Liquid
Chromatography System. are reported. Using some of
these criteria and measures as examples, we describe
how specific quality goals for the HP 1050 Series were
set and verified through specially developed test
methods.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co",
classcodes = "B0170L (Inspection and quality control); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
classification = "801; 913; 944; B0170L (Inspection and quality
control); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Chromatographic Analysis; chromatography;
Chromatography System; computerised instrumentation;
Hewlett; HP 1050 Series LC System; HP 1050 Series
Liquid; HP 1050 Series Liquid Chromatography System;
Instruments--Quality Assurance; Liquid; liquid
chromatography; Liquid chromatography system; Packard
computers; quality control; Quality criteria; quality
criteria; Quality engineering; quality engineering;
Quality goals; quality goals; Quality measures; quality
measures; system; Test methods; test methods",
thesaurus = "Chromatography; Computerised instrumentation; Hewlett
Packard computers; Quality control",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kretz:1990:CPS,
author = "Wolfgang Kretz and Gerhard Ple",
title = "A compact, programmable sample injector and
autosampler for liquid chromatography",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "2",
pages = "17--23",
day = "1",
month = apr,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "The HP 1050 Series Autosampler Module is a compact,
stackable, fully programmable,
microprocessor-controlled stand-alone unit designed to
inject liquid samples automatically onto the column in
a liquid chromatographic system. It performs routine
analysis for quality control as well as analysis method
development in research laboratories. It can either
work in an HP 1050 Series LC system environment or
together with HPLC modules from other instrument
suppliers. The autosampler is programmed via its
front-panel keypad. A two-line display prompts the user
in setting parameters and provides the required status
information. The standard sample capacity is 21 sample
vials, which can be randomly accessed for analysis. If
required, the number of available sample locations can
be expanded to 119 by adding a dedicated sample tray
with a robot-like manipulator. This tray also allows
temperature control for its vial positions.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co",
classcodes = "C7410H (Instrumentation); C7420 (Control
engineering)",
classification = "723; 801; 944; C7410H (Instrumentation); C7420
(Control engineering)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "analysis method; Analysis method development;
Autosampler; autosampler; autosampler module;
Chromatographic Analysis; chromatography; Column;
column; computerised; computerised control;
development; display; environment; Front-panel keypad;
front-panel keypad; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 1050
Series; HP 1050 Series autosampler module; HP 1050
Series LC system; HP 1050 Series LC system environment;
HPLC modules; Injection volume settings; injection
volume settings; instrumentation;
Instruments--Sampling; Liquid; Liquid chromatographic
system; liquid chromatographic system; Liquid
chromatography; liquid chromatography; Liquid samples;
Liquid Samples; liquid samples;
microprocessor-controlled stand-alone;
Microprocessor-controlled stand-alone unit; Parameter
setting; parameter setting; Programmable Sample
Injector; Programmable sample injector; programmable
sample injector; Quality control; quality control;
Research laboratories; research laboratories; Routine
analysis; routine analysis; Sample capacity; sample
capacity; Sample vials; sample vials; Status
information; status information; two-line; Two-line
display; unit",
thesaurus = "Chromatography; Computerised control; Computerised
instrumentation; Hewlett Packard computers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Strohmeier:1990:FPS,
author = "Fred Strohmeier and Klaus Witt",
title = "Flexible, precise solvent delivery for liquid
chromatography",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "2",
pages = "24--29, 31--35",
day = "1",
month = apr,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "Like all HP 1050 Series Modules, the pump module is a
microprocessor-controlled stand-alone unit with full
programming capabilities. It is compact in size and
stackable with other HP 1050 Series modules to form a
chromatographic system. The module can be used for
analysis method development in research laboratories
and for routine analysis in quality control. It can
work either in HP's system environment or together with
instruments from other manufacturers. Parameter setting
and programming are done using the functional keyboard
on the front panel. A two-line display prompts the
setting of parameters and provides feedback by
displaying parameter values. The instrument is
available with two different levels of complexity to
meet the needs of customers' applications. At the entry
level is the isocratic version, which can only pump one
liquid from a bottle. The more flexible quaternary
version is able to blend liquid from up to four
different bottles in a selectable and time-programmable
mixture.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co",
classcodes = "C7410H (Instrumentation)",
classification = "618; 713; 714; 801; 944; C7410H (Instrumentation)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "analysis method development; Analysis method
development; chromatographic; Chromatographic Analysis;
Chromatographic system; computerised control;
computerised instrumentation; controlled stand-alone
unit; Custom IC; feedback; Feedback; front panel; Front
panel; functional keyboard; Functional keyboard;
Hewlett; HP 1050 Series LC Pump; HP 1050 Series
Modules; Instruments--Pumps; Integrated Circuits;
isocratic version; Isocratic version; Liquid; liquid
chromatography; Liquid chromatography; microprocessor-;
Microprocessor-controlled stand-alone unit; mixture;
Packard computers; parameter setting; Parameter
setting; parameter values; Parameter values; Precise
Solvent Delivery; programming; Programming; pump
module; Pump module; quality control; Quality control;
quaternary version; Quaternary version; research
laboratories; Research laboratories; routine analysis;
Routine analysis; solvent delivery; Solvent delivery;
system; time-programmable; Time-programmable mixture;
two-line display; Two-line display",
thesaurus = "Computerised control; Computerised instrumentation;
Hewlett Packard computers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Wiese:1990:NGL,
author = "Axel Wiese and Konrad Teitz and Volker Brombacher and
Guenter Hoeschele and Hubert Kuderer",
title = "A new generation of {LC} absorbance detectors",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "2",
pages = "36--43",
day = "1",
month = apr,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "The most important detection principle in liquid
chromatography (LC) is absorbance detection in the
ultraviolet and visible wavelength ranges. There are
two types of LC absorbance detectors, each having its
own special features and characteristics. They are the
forward optics detector and the reverse optics
detector. For the HP 1050 Series Liquid Chromatographs,
the forward optics technique is driven to its highest
sensitivity so far with the HP 79853A Variable
Wavelength Detector (VWD), while the HP 79854A Multiple
Wavelength Detector (MWD), the reverse optics solution,
features a wide range of spectral capabilities.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co",
classcodes = "A0762 (Detection of radiation (bolometers,
photoelectric cells, i.r. and submillimetre waves
detection)); A8280B (Chromatography); B7230C
(Photodetectors); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
classification = "713; 714; 723; 801; 944; A0762 (Detection of
radiation (bolometers, photoelectric cells, i.r. and
submillimetre waves detection)); A8280B
(Chromatography); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B7230C (Photodetectors); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "absorbance; Absorbance detection; Absorbance
Detectors; absorption; Chromatographic Analysis;
chromatography; computerised instrumentation;
detection; Detector; detectors; Diode Array Detector;
Electronic Circuits, Detector; forward; Forward optics
detector; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 1050 Series; HP
1050 Series Liquid Chromatographs; HP 79853A Variable
Wavelength; HP 79853A Variable Wavelength Detector; HP
79854A Multiple Wavelength Detector; LC absorbance
detectors; Liquid; Liquid Chromatographs; Liquid
chromatography; liquid chromatography; MWD; optics
detector; photodetectors; Programmable Scanning
Detector; Reverse optics detector; reverse optics
detector; Semiconductor Diodes; Ultraviolet;
ultraviolet; Visible wavelength ranges; visible
wavelength ranges; VWD",
thesaurus = "Absorption; Chromatography; Computerised
instrumentation; Hewlett Packard computers;
Photodetectors; Ultraviolet detectors",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Buttner:1990:FDM,
author = "Christian B{\"u}ttner and Fromut Fritze and Gerhard
Ple",
title = "Firmware development for a modular liquid
chromatography system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "2",
pages = "44--50",
day = "1",
month = apr,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "Each HP 1050 Series module is a stand-alone unit,
performing one specific task required in a liquid
chromatography system. There are three types of
modules: solvent delivery system, automatic liquid
sampler, and detector. Combined, the modules form a
complete, working analysis system. Therefore, the scope
of the firmware implementation is the combined
functionality of a complete LC system, but the firmware
physically resides in specific modules. Based on our
experience with earlier products and the large number
of new functions, we took the trouble to establish a
robust firmware development process with some
significant new approaches. Some key objectives were to
reuse as much code as possible, to aim for easily
maintainable code, and to insist on identical processor
and user interface hardware for all modules.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co",
classcodes = "C7410H (Instrumentation); C5140 (Firmware)",
classification = "722; 723; 801; 944; C5140 (Firmware); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Automatic Liquid Sampler; Chromatographic Analysis;
chromatography; Code Reuse; Code reuse; code reuse;
Computer Hardware; computerised instrumentation;
development; Firmware; firmware; Firmware development;
Firmware implementation; firmware implementation;
Hewlett Packard computers; HP 1050; HP 1050 Series
module; HP 1050 Series Module; Identical processor;
identical processor; interface hardware; Liquid;
Maintainable code; maintainable code; Modular liquid
chromatography system; modular liquid chromatography
system; Series module; Solvent Delivery System; user;
User interface hardware; User Interface Hardware",
thesaurus = "Chromatography; Computerised instrumentation;
Firmware; Hewlett Packard computers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ridolfo:1990:HON,
author = "Anthony S. Ridolfo",
title = "{HP OpenView} network management",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "2",
pages = "51--53",
day = "1",
month = apr,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "The HP OpenView network management family is designed
to address the needs of managing open, standard-based,
multivendor networks in an open, consistent,
user-friendly manner. The HP OpenView products provide
a consistent user interface and an integrated
environment for monitoring, diagnosing, controlling,
and measuring the performance of network components.
From a single display, a network operator can see a
graphical representation of the network components and
their interrelationship, make configuration changes,
and run diagnostic and performance gathering
applications.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co",
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); C6150J (Operating
systems); C6180 (User interfaces); C5620 (Computer
networks and techniques)",
classification = "722; 723; B6210L (Computer communications); C5620
(Computer networks and techniques); C6150J (Operating
systems); C6180 (User interfaces)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Networks; computer networks; environment;
family; Hewlett Packard computers; HP OpenView Network;
HP OpenView network management; HP OpenView network
management family; integrated; Integrated environment;
Management; monitoring; Multivendor networks;
Multivendor Networks; multivendor networks; network;
Network components; network components; network
management; Open networks; open networks; operating
systems; performance; Performance control; performance
control; Performance diagnosis; performance diagnosis;
Performance measurement; performance measurement;
Performance monitoring; Standards-based networks;
standards-based networks; supervisory programs;
telecommunication; User interface; user interface; user
interfaces",
thesaurus = "Computer networks; Hewlett Packard computers; Network
operating systems; Supervisory programs;
Telecommunication network management; User interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Klemba:1990:HON,
author = "Keith S. Klemba and Mark L. Hoerth and Hui-Lin Lim and
Maureen C. Mellon",
title = "{HP OpenView} Network Management Architecture",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "2",
pages = "54--59",
day = "1",
month = apr,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "This article highlights the principal objectives of
the architecture and the reference models used to
support the HP OpenView product development. HP
OpenView NMA uses the OSI standards to manage
multivendor environments. It refines the standards to
introduce additional points where integration of
products can take place and by doing so reduces
duplication of product functionality. It also allows
for customization to support specific network
management activities by building on an existing base
of managed objects.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co",
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); C6150J (Operating
systems); C5620 (Computer networks and techniques)",
classification = "722; 723; B6210L (Computer communications); C5620
(Computer networks and techniques); C6150J (Operating
systems)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Architecture; Computer Networks; computer
networks; Hewlett Packard computers; HP OpenView
Network; HP OpenView network management architecture;
Information Networks; Management; models; Multivendor
environments; multivendor environments; network;
network management; operating systems; OSI standards;
reference; Reference models; supervisory programs;
telecommunication",
thesaurus = "Computer networks; Hewlett Packard computers; Network
operating systems; Supervisory programs;
Telecommunication network management",
treatment = "P Practical",
xxauthor = "Hui-Lin Lim and Maureen C. Mellon",
}
@Article{Smith:1990:HOW,
author = "Catherine J. Smith and Arthur J. Kulakow and Kathleen
L. Gannon",
title = "{HP OpenView Windows}: a user interface for network
management solutions",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "2",
pages = "60--65",
day = "1",
month = apr,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "HP OpenView Windows is a graphical user interface
based on the Microsoft Windows environment that
provides facilities for handling the user interface for
network management applications. For application
developers, HP OpenView Windows provides programs to
carry out tasks such as drawing a network map or
handling alarms. From the end user's perspective, HP
OpenView Windows combines the functionality of many of
the user's network management applications under one
easy-to-use interface, simplifying the learning curve.
This article describes the features provided by HP
OpenView Windows to developers and users.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co",
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); C6180 (User
interfaces); C6130B (Graphics techniques); C5620
(Computer networks and techniques); C6150J (Operating
systems)",
classification = "722; 723; B6210L (Computer communications); C5620
(Computer networks and techniques); C6130B (Graphics
techniques); C6150J (Operating systems); C6180 (User
interfaces)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Alarm handling; alarm handling; computer graphics;
Computer Graphics--Applications; Computer Interfaces;
Computer Networks; computer networks; computers;
Drawing; drawing; Graphical user interface; graphical
user interface; Hewlett Packard; HP OpenView Windows;
Management; Microsoft Windows environment; Network
management; network management; Network map; network
map; network operating systems; supervisory programs;
telecommunication network management; User Interface;
user interfaces",
thesaurus = "Computer graphics; Computer networks; Hewlett Packard
computers; Network operating systems; Supervisory
programs; Telecommunication network management; User
interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fraley:1990:HOB,
author = "Andrew S. Fraley and Tamra I. Perez",
title = "{HP OpenView Bridge Manager}: Network Management for
{HP LAN} Bridges",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "2",
pages = "66--70",
day = "1",
month = apr,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "The HP OpenView BridgeManager is an HP Vectra
computer-based HP OpenView application that manages
HP's 10-to-10 and 10-to-1 LAN bridges. The
BridgeManager provides the ability to poll bridges,
read parameters, set parameters, upload and download
complete configurations, log on and log off, log
counters, and monitor alarms. The BridgeManager also
supports the HP NewWave help system, which has been
integrated into the HP OpenView product. The
BridgeManager is divided into two parts: the user
interface and the network interface. The user interface
interacts with the HP OpenView system and Microsoft
Windows. The network interface manages the
communication with the LAN bridges.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co",
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); C6150E (General
utility programs); C6150J (Operating systems); C6180
(User interfaces); C5610N (Network interfaces); C5620L
(Local area networks)",
classification = "713; 716; 717; 718; 722; 723; B6210L (Computer
communications); C5610N (Network interfaces); C5620L
(Local area networks); C6150E (General utility
programs); C6150J (Operating systems); C6180 (User
interfaces)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "BridgeManager; Computer Interfaces; computer
interfaces; Computer Networks; counters; Data Packets;
Electronic Circuits, Bridge; Hewlett Packard computers;
HP 10-to-1 LAN bridges; HP 10-to-10 LAN bridges; HP
NewWave help system; HP OpenView; hp OpenView
BridgeManager; HP OpenView BridgeManager; interface;
LAN Bridges; LAN Segment; local area; Local Area
Networks; log; Log counters; Log off; log off; Log on;
log on; Microsoft Windows; Monitor alarms; monitor
alarms; Network interface; network interface; Network
management; network management; network operating
systems; networks; supervisory programs;
telecommunication network management; user; User
interface; user interfaces; utility programs",
thesaurus = "Computer interfaces; Hewlett Packard computers; Local
area networks; Network operating systems; Supervisory
programs; Telecommunication network management; User
interfaces; Utility programs",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hurst:1990:HOD,
author = "Michael S. Hurst",
title = "{HP OpenView Data Line Monitor}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "2",
pages = "71--75",
day = "1",
month = apr,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "The HP OpenView Data Line Monitor (OVDLM) is an analog
leased-line monitoring system for multivendor networks,
based on the HP 4948A in-service transmission
impairment measuring set (ITIMS). The HP 4948A permits
the testing of lines while they are still in use.
Conventional testing of analog lines requires the lines
to be taken out of service while test signals, such as
test tones, are applied. Alternatively, modem-based
line monitoring and management systems are available
from manufacturers of datacom equipment. However, these
systems are usually proprietary and may require
specialized and expensive smart modems. The HP 4948A
works with ordinary modems in the range of 2.4 to 14.4
kbits/s that are compatible with AT\&T or CCITT
standards. HP OpenView Data Line Monitor is compatible
with the other HP OpenView network management
applications and can run concurrently with them.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co",
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B6210L (Computer communications); C7410H
(Instrumentation); C5620 (Computer networks and
techniques); C6150J (Operating systems)",
classification = "716; 717; 718; 722; 723; B6210L (Computer
communications); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); C5620 (Computer networks and techniques);
C6150J (Operating systems); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "analog leased-line; Analog leased-line monitoring
system; channel selector access switches; Computer
Hardware; Computer Networks; computer networks;
Computer Software; computerised monitoring; computers;
Data Communication Lines; datacom circuits; Hewlett
Packard; HP 3777A; HP 3777A channel selector access
switches; HP 4948A in-service; HP 4948A in-service
transmission impairment measuring set; HP OpenView Data
Line Monitor; ITIMS; Monitoring; monitoring system;
Multivendor Networks; Multivendor networks; multivendor
networks; network operating systems; OpenView Data Line
Monitor; OVDLM; supervisory programs; telecommunication
network management; transmission impairment measuring
set; troubleshoot analog; Troubleshoot analog datacom
circuits",
thesaurus = "Computer networks; Computerised monitoring; Hewlett
Packard computers; Network operating systems;
Supervisory programs; Telecommunication network
management",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Amar:1990:NMH,
author = "Serge Y. Amar and Michele A. Prieur",
title = "Network Management for the {HP} 3000 {Datacom} and
Terminal Controller",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "2",
pages = "76--84",
day = "1",
month = apr,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "A new generation of HP 3000 computers needed a new
generation of network management. The HP OpenView DTC
Manager provides easy-to-use graphical interfaces,
allowing the user to have comprehensive knowledge of
the network and its components. The important new
shared services provided by the DTC also needed a
management station that was independent of the host.
The HP OpenView DTC Manager workstation provides this.
However, a host may continue to manage a DTC when it is
not necessary to share its services.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co",
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); C6150J (Operating
systems); C5620 (Computer networks and techniques);
C6180 (User interfaces); C6130B (Graphics techniques)",
classification = "716; 717; 718; 722; 723; 912; B6210L (Computer
communications); C5620 (Computer networks and
techniques); C6130B (Graphics techniques); C6150J
(Operating systems); C6180 (User interfaces)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer graphics; Computer Networks; computer
networks; Computer Software; Computer Workstations;
computers; Data Transmission; Distributed terminal
controller; distributed terminal controller; Graphical
interfaces; graphical interfaces; Hewlett Packard; HP
3000 Computers; HP 3000 computers; HP OpenView DTC
Manager; Local Area Networks; Local Workstation;
management; network; Network management; network
operating systems; Remote Workstation; supervisory
programs; telecommunication network management; user
interfaces; Workstation; workstation",
thesaurus = "Computer graphics; Computer networks; Hewlett Packard
computers; Network operating systems; Supervisory
programs; Telecommunication network management; User
interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Garg:1990:DDN,
author = "Atul R. Garg and Lisa M. Cole",
title = "Developing a distributed network management
application using {HP OpenView Windows}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "2",
pages = "85--91",
day = "1",
month = apr,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "The HP OpenView Network Services Monitor (OV\slash NS
Monitor) provides network management functions for
distributed HP 3000 computers. OV\slash NS Monitor is
divided into two parts: the main application and the
user interface. The main application resides on an HP
3000 computer that is designated as a management node
and the user interface resides on an HP Vectra personal
computer. The main application performs network
management functions via the software residing on the
HP 3000 computers designated as managed nodes. OV\slash
NS Monitor is for internal use only and is not
available as a product. This article describes the
approach used to develop the OV\slash NS Monitor
network management application using some of the
concepts from the HP OpenView architecture and the
facilities provided by the HP OpenView Windows
software.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co",
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); C6150J (Operating
systems); C5620 (Computer networks and techniques);
C6180 (User interfaces)",
classification = "716; 717; 718; 722; 723; B6210L (Computer
communications); C5620 (Computer networks and
techniques); C6150J (Operating systems); C6180 (User
interfaces)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer networks; Computer Networks--Management;
Computer Systems, Digital; Distributed; Distributed HP
3000 computers; Distributed HP 3000 Computers;
distributed HP 3000 computers; Distributed network
management; distributed network management; Hewlett
Packard computers; HP; HP OpenView Network Services; HP
OpenView Network Services Monitor; HP OpenView Windows
software; HP Vectra personal computer; interface;
Management node; management node; Monitor; network;
network management; OpenView Windows software;
operating systems; OV/NS Monitor; supervisory programs;
telecommunication; user; User Feedback; User Interface;
User interface; user interfaces",
thesaurus = "Computer networks; Hewlett Packard computers; Network
operating systems; Supervisory programs;
Telecommunication network management; User interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Deininger:1990:MCB,
author = "Axel O. Deininger and Charles V. Fernandez",
title = "Making Computer Behavior Consistent: The {HP OSF\slash
Motif} Graphical User Interface",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "3",
pages = "6--12",
day = "1",
month = jun,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "Window-oriented user interfaces provide knowledge
workers with powerful tools to control their computer
environments and increase productivity. The HP
OSF/Motif graphical user interface provides standards
and tools to ensure consistency in the appearance and
behavior of applications running in the X Window
System. The article describes some of the concepts and
external features provided by the OSF/Motif graphical
user interface.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co",
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "C6180 (User interfaces); C6130B (Graphics
techniques)",
classification = "722; 723; C6130B (Graphics techniques); C6180 (User
interfaces)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer environments; computer environments; Computer
Graphics; computer graphics; Computer Interfaces;
Graphical User Interface; Hewlett Packard computers;
HP; HP OSF/Motif graphical user interface; interfaces;
OSF/Motif graphical user interface; Standards;
standards; Tools; tools; user; User Interfaces; Window
System; Window-oriented user interfaces;
window-oriented user interfaces; X; X Window System",
thesaurus = "Computer graphics; Hewlett Packard computers; User
interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Krizan:1990:HOM,
author = "Brock C. Krizan and Keith M. Taylor",
title = "The {HP OSF\slash Motif} Window Manager",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "3",
pages = "12--22, 24--26",
day = "1",
month = jun,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "The X Window System version 11 was developed as a
platform on which a variety of user interfaces can be
implemented. The particulars of a user interface are
determined by the X clients that run on the system. X
clients are programs that use X to display information
and receive input. The HP OSF/Motif window manager is
one such client. The OSF/Motif window manager
implements an interface that allows user and client
manipulation of windows. It dictates through its window
management interface a particular user interface
behavior. The principal objects that are manipulated
using the window manager are the client windows placed
directly on the background, or root, window of the
screen. Windows within these top-level client windows
are managed by clients and are not directly manipulated
by the window manager. Users are provided with ways to
move and resize windows, to direct all keyboard input
to a particular window, and to install color maps for a
window.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co",
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "C6180 (User interfaces); C6130B (Graphics
techniques)",
classification = "722; 723; C6130B (Graphics techniques); C6180 (User
interfaces)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "background window; Background window; client
manipulation; Client manipulation; clients; color maps;
Color maps; computer graphics; Computer Graphics;
Computer Interfaces; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
OSF/Motif window manager; information display;
Information display; input reception; Input reception;
interfaces; keyboard input; Keyboard input; Management;
OSF/Motif Window Manager; resizing; root window; Root
window; top-level client windows; Top-level client
windows; user; user interfaces; User interfaces; user
manipulation; User manipulation; window; window
management interface; Window management interface;
Window Management Interface; window moving; Window
moving; Window resizing; X; X clients; X Window System;
X Window System version 11",
thesaurus = "Computer graphics; Hewlett Packard computers; User
interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{McMinds:1990:PHO,
author = "Donald L. McMinds and Benjamin J. Ellsworth",
title = "Programming with {HP OSF\slash Motif} widgets",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "3",
pages = "26, 29--35",
day = "1",
month = jun,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "The HP OSF/Motif widget library makes it easy for a
developer to create applications with a graphical user
interface that has a consistent appearance and
behavior. The article describes some characteristics of
this library and shows how to write a program using it.
Information about the evolution and development of
widgets is also given.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co",
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "C6110 (Systems analysis and programming); C6180 (User
interfaces); C6130B (Graphics techniques)",
classification = "722; 723; C6110 (Systems analysis and programming);
C6130B (Graphics techniques); C6180 (User interfaces)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Graphics; computer graphics; Computer
Interfaces; Computer Operating Systems; Computer
Programming; graphical user; Graphical User Interface;
Graphical user interface; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
OSF/Motif widget library; interface; OSF/Motif Widgets;
Programming; programming; user interfaces; Widget
Library; X Window System",
thesaurus = "Computer graphics; Hewlett Packard computers;
Programming; User interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Cagan:1990:HSE,
author = "Martin R. Cagan",
title = "The {HP SoftBench} environment: an architecture for a
new generation of software tools",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "3",
pages = "36--47",
day = "1",
month = jun,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "The HP SoftBench Product is an integrated software
development environment designed to facilitate rapid,
interactive program construction, test, and maintenance
in a distributed computing environment. The HP
SoftBench environment provides an architecture for
integrating various CASE (computer-aided software
engineering) tools. Many of the tools most often needed
--- program editor, static analyzer, program debugger,
program builder, and mail --- are included in the HP
SoftBench product. Another HP SoftBench component, the
HP Encapsulator, makes it possible to integrate other
existing tools into the HP SoftBench environment and to
tailor the environment to a specific software
development process. This article describes the HP
SoftBench tool integration architecture.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co",
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support)",
classification = "722; 723; C6115 (Programming support)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "architecture; builder; CASE tools; Computer
Architecture; Computer Programming; Computer Software;
Computer-aided software engineering; computer-aided
software engineering; computing environment;
distributed; Distributed computing environment;
Electronic mail; electronic mail; environment; Hewlett
Packard computers; HP SoftBench; HP SoftBench
environment; HP SoftBench tool integration; HP
SoftBench tool integration architecture; HP/SoftBench
product; Integrated Software; integrated software
development; Integrated software development
environment; Interactive Program Construction;
Interactive program construction; interactive program
construction; Interactive program maintenance;
interactive program maintenance; Interactive program
test; interactive program test; Performance; program;
Program builder; Program debugger; program debugger;
Program editor; program editor; programming
environments; Software tools; software tools; Static
analyzer; static analyzer",
pagecount = "9",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Programming environments",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Gerety:1990:NGS,
author = "Colin Gerety",
title = "A new generation of software development tools",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "3",
pages = "48--58",
day = "1",
month = jun,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "The HP Softbench Product, provides an integrated
software development environment designed to facilitate
rapid interactive program construction, test, and
maintenance in a distributed computing environment.
This article presents examples of computer-aided
software engineering (CASE) tools that use the services
of the HP SoftBench tool integration architecture.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co",
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support)",
classification = "722; 723; C6115 (Programming support)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "analyser; Computer Programming; Computer Software;
Computer-Aided Software Engineering; electronic;
Electronic mail; file management; Hewlett Packard
computers; HP SoftBench environment; Integrated
Software; Interactive Program Construction; mail;
Performance; Program builder; Program Builder; program
builder; Program construction; program construction;
Program debugger; program debugger; Program Editor;
Program editor; program editor; Program maintenance;
program maintenance; Program test; program test;
Software development tools; software development tools;
software tools; static; Static analyser; Task-Oriented
Program Construction; Task-oriented software
development environment; task-oriented software
development environment; team; Team communication; team
communication; Team file management",
pagecount = "6",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Software tools",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fromme:1990:HEB,
author = "Brian D. Fromme",
title = "{HP Encapsulator}: bridging the generation gap (tool
integrator)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "3",
pages = "59--68",
day = "1",
month = jun,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "The HP Encapsulator is the tool integration and
process specification facility of the HP SoftBench
environment. It allows an HP SoftBench user to promote
existing tools to be fully consistent, integrated HP
SoftBench tools and to tailor the HP SoftBench
environment to support a specific software development
process. The HP Encapsulator provides customization and
extension capabilities for automating organization,
team, and personal software development processes using
event triggers.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co",
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support)",
classification = "722; 723; C6115 (Programming support)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Automation; automation; Computer Programming
Languages; Computer Software; Customization;
customization; Encapsulator Description Language; Event
triggers; event triggers; Extension; extension; Hewlett
Packard computers; HP Encapsulator; HP SoftBench; HP
SoftBench environment; integrated HP; Integrated HP
SoftBench tools; Organization; organization;
Performance; personal; Personal Software; Personal
software development; process; Process specification;
programming environments; SoftBench tools; software
development; software tools; Specific software
development process; specific software development
process; specification; Team; team; Tool integration;
tool integration",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Programming environments;
Software tools",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Apffel:1990:IPB,
author = "James A. {Apffel, Jr.} and Robert G. Nordman",
title = "Introduction to particle beam {LC\slash MS}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "3",
pages = "69--76",
day = "1",
month = jun,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "Particle beam LC/MS is a new approach to interfacing
high-performance liquid chromatography and mass
spectrometry. It yields classical, library-searchable
electron impact spectra for compounds that are too
thermally labile or nonvolatile to be analyzed by GC/MS
(gas chromatography/mass spectrometry).
Hewlett--Packard's system for particle beam LC/MS uses
existing HP LC, MS, and data systems and a special
particle beam interface mounted between the LC and the
MS. The HP particle beam interface is based on the
initial development of MAGIC LC/MS (monodispersed
aerosol generation interface combining LC and MS).",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co",
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "A8280B (Chromatography); A0777 (Particle beam
production and handling; targets); A8280M (Mass
spectrometry); C7320 (Physics and Chemistry)",
classification = "801; 931; 932; A0777 (Particle beam production and
handling; A8280B (Chromatography); A8280M (Mass
spectrometry); C7320 (Physics and Chemistry);
targets)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "beam handling equipment; chemical analysis;
Chromatographic Analysis; chromatography; Compounds;
compounds; Electron Impact Spectra; HP particle beam;
HP particle beam interface; interface;
Library-searchable electron impact spectra;
library-searchable electron impact spectra; Liquid;
Liquid chromatography; liquid chromatography; MAGIC
LC/MS; mass; Mass Spectrometry; Mass spectrometry; mass
spectroscopic; monodispersed aerosol generation;
Monodispersed aerosol generation interface;
Nonvolatile; nonvolatile; Particle beam LC/MS; particle
beam LC/MS; Particle Beam Liquid Chromatography;
Particle Beams; particle beams; spectrometry; Thermally
labile; thermally labile",
thesaurus = "Beam handling equipment; Chromatography; Mass
spectroscopic chemical analysis; Particle beams",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Matta:1990:AIT,
author = "Farid Matta",
title = "Advances in {IC} testing: the membrane probe card",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "3",
pages = "77--85",
day = "1",
month = jun,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "An advanced wafer probing technology, the membrane
probe card, has been developed in response to an
increasingly acute problem in the IC industry. The
technology allows at-speed testing of high-performance
integrated circuits at the wafer level, and
significantly extends the limits of pin count and
density that can be accessed by the IC test engineer.
The new probe card has been fully evaluated,
parametrically as well as in a number of alpha sites.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co",
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); B0170E
(Production facilities and engineering)",
classification = "713; 714; B0170E (Production facilities and
engineering); B2570 (Semiconductor integrated
circuits)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "At-speed testing; at-speed testing; count; Density;
density; Dielectric Devices--Thin Films; Equipment;
High-performance integrated circuits; high-performance
integrated circuits; High-Speed Devices; IC testing;
Integrated Circuit Testing; integrated circuit testing;
Membrane Probe Card; Membrane probe card; membrane
probe card; pin; Pin count; probes; Wafer probing
technology; wafer probing technology; Wafer Test
Probes",
thesaurus = "Integrated circuit testing; Probes",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Park:1990:HMA,
author = "Collin Y. W. Park and Bruce J. Talley",
title = "{HP Manufacturing Automation Protocol 3.0}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "4",
pages = "6--10",
day = "1",
month = aug,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "The Manufacturing Automation Protocol (MAP) is an
intervendor program that addresses the problems that
have plagued factory automation in the past. HP's MAP
3.0 product provides international standard network
services and protocols and a multivendor MAP
programmatic interface.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C7420 (Control engineering); C5620 (Computer networks
and techniques)",
classification = "722; 723; 902; 913; C5620 (Computer networks and
techniques); C7420 (Control engineering)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "CAD/CAM; Computer Integrated Manufacturing; Computer
Interfaces; Computer Networks--Protocols; Factory
automation; Factory Automation; factory automation;
Hewlett--Packard; International Standard; Intervendor
program; Intervendor Program; intervendor program;
Manufacturing Automation Protocol; Manufacturing
Automation Protocol 3.0; manufacturing computer
control; MAP; MAP 3.0; map Programmatic Interface;
network; Network services; Network Services;
Performance; Production Engineering--Automation;
Protocols; protocols; services",
thesaurus = "CAD/CAM; Factory automation; Manufacturing computer
control; Protocols",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Chikarmane:1990:ULA,
author = "Sanjay B. Chikarmane",
title = "Upper layer architecture for {HP MAP} 3.0 {OSI}
services",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "4",
pages = "11--15",
day = "1",
month = aug,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "To facilitate the development of the OSI (Open Systems
Interconnection) application layer networking services,
ISO (International Organization for Standardization)
architects developed a framework consisting of
terminology, concepts, and a structure for developing
these services. Within this framework, called the
Application Layer Structure (ALS), the architectural
model for all OSI application layer services is
specified. In defining this model, the ISO architects
refrained from using real implementation terms such as
processes and libraries to avoid biasing the model
toward a system offered by a specific vendor. The
author describes the HP MAP 3.0 upper layer
architecture, which is an implementation of the OSI
application layer specification.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5620 (Computer networks and techniques)",
classification = "722; 723; 902; C5620 (Computer networks and
techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Application Layer Structure; CAD/CAM; Computer
Architecture; Computer Networks--Protocols; factory
automation; HP MAP 3.0; ISO (International Organization
for Standardization); layer architecture; Network
Protocols; open systems; OSI (Open Systems
Interconnection); OSI Services; OSI services; OSI
Standard; protocols; Standards; upper; Upper layer
architecture; Upper Layer Architecture",
thesaurus = "CAD/CAM; Factory automation; Open systems; Protocols",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Cooke:1990:DSH,
author = "Beth E. Cooke and Colleen S. Fettig and Paul B. Koski
and Darrell O. Swope and Roy M. Vandoorn",
title = "Directory services in the {HP MAP} 3.0 environment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "4",
pages = "15--23",
day = "1",
month = aug,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "As computer networks become larger and more complex,
applications are being distributed throughout a network
for maximum efficiency in the use of the computer
resources. Determining the location of these
applications is critical to the success of the network
from the user's perspective. A facility called a
directory service can be used to determine the location
of applications and other resources in a network. This
article describes the general characteristics of a
directory service and gives an overview of the
ISO\slash CCITT X.500 model, the directory service in
HP MAP 3.0.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5620 (Computer networks and techniques)",
classification = "716; 717; 718; 722; 723; 902; C5620 (Computer
networks and techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett-packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Networks; Computer networks; computer
networks; Computer Resources; Directory service;
directory service; Directory Services; hp map 3.0; HP
MAP 3.0; ISO/CCITT; ISO/CCITT X.500; ISO/CCITT X.500
Model; Performance; protocols; Standards; X.500",
thesaurus = "Computer networks; Protocols",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Manweiler:1990:HMF,
author = "Steven W. Manweiler",
title = "{HP MAP} 3.0 File Transfer, Access, and
Management\slash 800",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "4",
pages = "24--30",
month = aug,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "File Transfer, Access, and Management, or FTAM, is an
OSI standard that defines the framework upon which
layer seven file transfer services can be built for
accessing and managing files across open systems. This
article describes the basic concepts of FTAM, the
functionality of FTAM in HP MAP 3.0, and some aspects
of HP's design and development of FTAM.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5620 (Computer networks and techniques)",
classification = "716; 717; 718; 723; 902; 912; C5620 (Computer
networks and techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Networks; computer networks; Data Processing;
Distributed File System; File Organization; File
Transfer; File transfer services; file transfer
services; FTAM; HP map 3.0; HP MAP 3.0; Industrial
Management; International Standards Organization (ISO);
Management/800; management/800; open systems; OSI
Standard; Standards",
thesaurus = "Computer networks; Open systems",
treatment = "P Practical",
xxauthor = "Steven W. Manweiller",
}
@Article{Lagoni:1990:HMM,
author = "Peter A. Lagoni and Christopher Crall and Thomas G.
Bartz",
title = "{HP MAP} 3.0 manufacturing message specification\slash
800",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "4",
pages = "31--39",
day = "1",
month = aug,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "The first release of HP's implementation of the
Manufacturing Message Specification (MMS) standard
offers powerful communication tools for monitoring and
controlling robots, PLCs, and other factory-floor
devices in the manufacturing environment. The history
of MMS, its services, and problems which it solves are
discussed. The powerful functionality that MMS delivers
and how we've implemented much of it in HP's first MMS
product offering, HP MMS\slash 800 is described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C7420 (Control engineering); C5620 (Computer networks
and techniques)",
classification = "721; 723; 731; 902; 913; C5620 (Computer networks
and techniques); C7420 (Control engineering)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "CAD/CAM; factory-; Factory-Floor Devices;
Factory-floor devices; floor devices; HP map 3.0; HP
MMS/800; Logic Devices; manufacturing computer control;
Manufacturing environment; manufacturing environment;
Manufacturing Message Specification; Manufacturing
message specification/800; manufacturing message
specification/800; open systems; PLC; Production
Engineering; Robots; robots; Robots,
Industrial--Control; Standards",
thesaurus = "CAD/CAM; Manufacturing computer control; Open
systems",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Scoredos:1990:HKC,
author = "Eric C. Scoredos and Kimberly K. Scott and Richard H.
{Van Gaasbeck}",
title = "{HP-UX} kernel communications modules for a card-based
{OSI} protocol stack",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "4",
pages = "40--49",
day = "1",
month = aug,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "The overall design of the HP MAP 3.0 product is based
on the HP OSI Express card. The HP OSI Express card
provides an implementation of the OSI protocol stack on
an I/O card for HP 9000 Series 800 computers. The card
off-loads much of the network overhead from the host,
leaving CPU bandwidth available for processing user
applications and MAP services. To provide the reliable
transfer of user data between the host computer and the
HP OSI Express card over the HP Precision Bus (HP-PB)
backplane, three host-resident modules that run in the
HP-UX kernel were developed for the HP MAP 3.0 product.
These kernel modules provide an interface that allows
users to make or break connections (communication
paths) between different hosts on the IEEE 802.4
network and to send and receive data on these
connections. Up to 100 separate full-duplex connections
can be established between a given host and any other
hosts on the network. The kernel modules and portions
of the HP OSI Express card are shown.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5630 (Networking equipment)",
classification = "716; 717; 718; 722; 723; 902; C5630 (Networking
equipment)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Hardware; Computer Networks; data
communication equipment; Express Card; Host Computer;
HP; HP map 3.0; HP OSI Express card; HP-UX; I/O card;
I/O Card; I/O card; Kernel communications modules;
kernel communications modules; Kernel Modules; OSI
Express card; OSI Protocol Stack; OSI protocol stack;
Protocols; protocols; Telecommunication--Standards",
thesaurus = "Data communication equipment; Protocols",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Meyer:1990:ITH,
author = "Jeffrey D. Meyer",
title = "Interoperability testing for {HP MAP} 3.0",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "4",
pages = "50--53",
day = "1",
month = aug,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "One of the primary objectives of HP's MAP 3.0 offering
is to allow HP systems to communicate with those of
other system vendors. To be successful in meeting this
objective requires interoperability testing in addition
to standard software testing practices such as module,
system, and reliability testing. Interoperability
testing is the verification of the ability of different
network implementations to communicate. This type of
testing helps to expose implementation errors in both
HP and other vendors' systems, and most important, it
helps to ensure that we provide our customers with a
truly open system.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5690 (Other data communication equipment and
techniques)",
classification = "716; 717; 718; 722; 723; 911; C5690 (Other data
communication equipment and techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Networks; Computers, Digital--Data
Communication Systems; Conformance Testing; data
communication equipment; electronic equipment testing;
HP map 3.0; HP MAP 3.0; Implementation errors;
implementation errors; Interoperability Testing;
Interoperability testing; interoperability testing;
Open system; open system; open systems; OSI Stack;
program testing; Software testing; software testing;
Testing; Vendors",
thesaurus = "Data communication equipment; Electronic equipment
testing; Open systems; Program testing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Gregory:1990:HMS,
author = "Douglas R. Gregory",
title = "The {HP MAP} 3.0 software integration lifecycle",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "4",
pages = "54--60",
day = "1",
month = aug,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "The HP MAP 3.0 program was a large multidivisional
effort with project teams spread over different
geographic locations and working under different
organizations. To manage the integration of the
hardware and software components from these different
project teams, a generic integration lifecycle was
developed for the HP MAP 3.0 product.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C6110 (Systems analysis and programming); C5620
(Computer networks and techniques)",
classification = "722; 723; C5620 (Computer networks and techniques);
C6110 (Systems analysis and programming)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Hardware; Computer Software; Computer Systems
Programming; HP map 3.0; HP MAP 3.0; Integration
Lifecycle; open systems; Performance; protocols;
software engineering; Software Integration; Software
integration; software integration; Software integration
lifecycle; software integration lifecycle; Software
lifecycles; software lifecycles",
thesaurus = "Open systems; Protocols; Software engineering",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Berkel:1990:PPG,
author = "Werner Berkel and Gerd Koffmane and Frederick L.
Eatock and Patrick Schmid and Heino Hopke and
Hans-Jurgen Snackers",
title = "500-{MHz} and 300-{MHz} programmable pulse
generators",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "4",
pages = "64--78",
day = "1",
month = aug,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "In fast bipolar digital technology and the
fast-growing GaAs field we saw a demand for a fast
pulse generator. After the initial investigation, we
defined two. The HP 8131A is a 500-MHz pulse generator
with fixed 200-picosecond rise and fall times. The HP
8130A is a 300-MHz generator with variable transition
times. Most of the building blocks of the HP 8131A are
used in both instruments, the main exceptions being the
HP 8130A slope generator and output amplifier. Both
instruments are fully programmable via the HP-IB (IEEE
488, IEC 625).",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
classification = "712; 713; 714; 715; B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B7250E (Signal generators);
C7410H (Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "300 MHz; 300-MHz; 300-MHz Generator; 500 MHz; 500-MHz;
500-MHz Pulse Generator; computerised instrumentation;
Custom Bipolar IC; Fast Pulse Generator; Fast pulse
generators; fast pulse generators; HP 8130A; HP 8131A;
Integrated Circuit Testing; Performance; Programmable
Pulse Generators; Pulse generator; pulse generator;
Pulse Generators; pulse generators; Semiconducting
Gallium Arsenide; Variable-Slope Pulse Generator",
numericalindex = "Frequency 5.0E+08 Hz; Frequency 3.0E+08 Hz",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Pulse generators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Klein:1990:PGO,
author = "Stefan G. Klein and Hans-Jurgen Wagner",
title = "A 500-{MHz} pulse generator output section",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "4",
pages = "79--84",
day = "1",
month = aug,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "The output section of the HP 8131A 500-MHz pulse
generator consists of the transducer board and the
output amplifier. This section provides short pulse
widths, pulse trains up to 1 GHz derived from external
sine waves, output level control, and overvoltage
protection. A thick-film hybrid circuit containing a
custom gallium arsenide integrated circuit is the main
component of the output amplifier.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
classification = "712; 713; 714; 715; B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B7250E (Signal generators);
C7410H (Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "500 MHz; 500-MHz Pulse Generator; computerised
instrumentation; Gallium Arsenide Integrated Circuit;
HP 8131A; Integrated Circuits, Hybrid; Integrated
Circuits, Thick Film; Output section; output section;
Performance; Pulse Generators; pulse generators; Pulse
Trains; Semiconducting Gallium Arsenide; Thick-film
hybrid circuit; thick-film hybrid circuit",
numericalindex = "Frequency 5.0E+08 Hz",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Pulse generators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Schinzel:1990:VPG,
author = "Peter Schinzel and Volker Eberle and Gunter
Steinbach",
title = "A 300-{MHz}, variable-transition-time pulse generator
output section",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "4",
pages = "85--92 (or 85--91??)",
day = "1",
month = aug,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "The output system of the HP 8130A 300-MHz,
variable-transition-time pulse generator consists of
the slope generator and the output amplifier. The
programmable rise and fall times are produced by the
slope generator, which uses a custom GaAs IC for the
fast slopes. The output amplifier is a custom linear
bipolar IC.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
classification = "712; 713; 714; 715; B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B7250E (Signal generators);
C7410H (Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "300 MHz; computerised instrumentation; GaAs IC; HP
8130A; Integrated Circuits, Linear; Linear Bipolar IC;
Output amplifier; output amplifier; Output section;
output section; Performance; Pulse generator; pulse
generator; Pulse Generators; pulse generators;
Semiconducting Gallium Arsenide; Slope Generator; Slope
generator; slope generator; transition-time; variable-;
Variable-transition-time; Variable-Transition-Time
Pulse Generator",
numericalindex = "Frequency 3.0E+08 Hz",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Pulse generators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Lau:1990:OHI,
author = "Roger K. Lau and Mark E. Thompson",
title = "An overview of the {HP} interactive visual interface",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "5",
pages = "6--10",
day = "1",
month = oct,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "In this age of information, creating effective user
interfaces for industrial automation applications is a
greater challenge than it has ever been. HP Interactive
Visual Interface (HP IVI) is designed to help
developers provide the type of user interface needed
for industrial applications. HP IVI is a user-interface
development tool built on the X Window System Version
11 and runs in the HP-UX operating system environment.
It consists of two main parts: an interactive editor
(HP IVIBuild) and an application program interface
(API). Users construct their symbols and displays with
HP IVIBuild (the builder) and write a C program using
the API calls to call up and activate the windows and
other objects created with the builder. The article
describes some of the market research and the target
customers for HP IVI and provides an overview of the
two main components of HP IVI, HP IVIBuild and the
application program interface.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "HP's Industrial Applications",
affiliationaddress = "Amritsar, India",
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support); C6130B (Graphics
techniques)",
classification = "722; 723; C6115 (Programming support); C6130B
(Graphics techniques)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "API; application; Application program interface;
application program interface; Computer
Graphics--Interactive; Computer Interfaces; Computer
Programming--Object Oriented Programming; Computer
Software; graphical user interfaces; Hewlett--Packard;
HP Interactive Visual Interface; HP IVI; HP IVIBuild;
Interactive Visual Interface; interface development
tool; Market research; market research; Object Oriented
Technology; program interface; Quality Function
Deployment; software tools; user-; User-interface
development tool",
pagecount = "3",
thesaurus = "Graphical user interfaces; Software tools",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Tran:1990:HIO,
author = "Mydung Thi Tran and David G. Wathen",
title = "The {HP IVI} Object-Oriented Toolkit",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "5",
pages = "11--20",
month = oct,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP IVI application program interface (API) is an
object-oriented toolkit of C functions that enable a
software developer to create an interactive and
informative graphical user interface programmatically.
The API functions can be used for any application in
which a highly interactive graphical user interface is
required. The collection of API functions provides the
ability to build different models of user interfaces
that can be saved and used again in other user
interfaces. High-level objects provide the control and
organization necessary to support lower-level composite
and primitive objects. All objects have configurable
attributes or characteristics that make it possible to
customize the look and feel of a particular object.
Color, size, and font are a few examples of these
attributes. The API functions allow a programmer to do
things like create and free objects, query attributes,
save and restore objects, get input, and find objects
by location. The article describes the API functions.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "HP's Industrial Application Center",
affiliationaddress = "Amritsar, India",
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support); C6130B (Graphics
techniques); C6180 (User interfaces)",
classification = "722; 723; C6115 (Programming support); C6130B
(Graphics techniques); C6180 (User interfaces)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "API; API Object Hierarchy; Application program
interface; application program interface; Application
Program Interface (API); C functions; Composite
Objects; Computer Interfaces; Computer Programs;
Graphical user interface; graphical user interface;
graphical user interfaces; Hewlett--Packard; HP IVI;
Low Level Objects; Object Oriented Toolkit;
object-oriented programming; Object-oriented toolkit;
object-oriented toolkit; Primitive Objects; Software
developer; software developer; software tools",
thesaurus = "Graphical user interfaces; Object-oriented
programming; Software tools",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Munsch:1990:HIA,
author = "Pamela W. Munsch and Warren I. Otsuka and Gary D.
Thomsen",
title = "{HP IVI} application program interface design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "5",
pages = "21--28, 30--31",
day = "1",
month = oct,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "One of the main goals of the HP Interactive Visual
Interface (HP IVI) project was to leverage features
from current user interface and software design
technologies and blend the best of each into the
feature set and design of the application program
interface (API) functions. In doing so, the project
team investigated windowing, graphics, the X toolkit
(Xt Intrinsics), widgets, and object-oriented design.
This article discusses the features used from each of
these technologies, and how these features are
incorporated into the internal design and
implementation of the API functions.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "HP's Industrial Applications Center",
affiliationaddress = "Lower Hutt, NZ",
classcodes = "C6180 (User interfaces); C6110 (Systems analysis and
programming); C6115 (Programming support); C6130B
(Graphics techniques)",
classification = "722; 723; C6110 (Systems analysis and programming);
C6115 (Programming support); C6130B (Graphics
techniques); C6180 (User interfaces)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "application program interface; Application program
interface; Application Program Interface (API) Design;
Callback Handling; Computer Architecture; computer
graphics; Computer Graphics; Computer Interfaces;
Computer Programming--Object Oriented Programming;
Computer Software; graphical user interfaces; graphics;
Graphics; Hewlett--Packard; HP; HP Interactive Visual
Interface; HP IVI; Interactive Visual Interface; Object
Oriented Architecture; object-; object-oriented design;
Object-oriented design; oriented programming; software
tools; toolkit; widgets; Widgets; windowing; Windowing;
X; X Toolkit; X toolkit; Xt Intrinsics",
thesaurus = "Computer graphics; Graphical user interfaces;
Object-oriented programming; Software tools",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Witten:1990:HII,
author = "Steven P. Witten and Hai-Wen L. Bienz",
title = "{HP IVIBuild}: interactive user interface builder for
{HP IVI}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "5",
pages = "32--38",
day = "1",
month = oct,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "The editor/builder component of the HP Interactive
Visual Interface product is HP IVIBuild. As its name
implies, HP IVIBuild is a tool that is used to build
user interfaces interactively. The windows and objects
that make up the user interface can be saved in a file
and reused later by other applications using the API
functions. HP IVIBuild is itself an HP IVI application
program because it uses the API functions as a
platform.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "HP's Industrial Applications Center",
affiliationaddress = "Berne, Switz",
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support); C6180 (User interfaces)",
classification = "722; 723; C6115 (Programming support); C6180 (User
interfaces)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Application Program Interface (API); Applications;
Computer Graphics--Interactive; Computer Interfaces;
Computer Networks--Protocols; Computer
Programming--Object Oriented Programming;
Editor/builder component; editor/builder component;
graphical user interfaces; Hewlett--Packard; HP
Interactive; HP Interactive Visual Interface; HP
IVIBuild; Interactive User Interface; Interactively;
interactively; Object Oriented Design; software tools;
State Protocol; State Stack Management; User
interfaces; user interfaces; Visual Interface",
thesaurus = "Graphical user interfaces; Software tools",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anderson:1990:CEU,
author = "Steven R. Anderson and Jennifer Chaffee",
title = "Creating an effective user interface for {HP
IVIBuild}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "5",
pages = "39--48 (or 39--44??)",
day = "1",
month = oct,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "Among the present and potential customers for HP's
computer systems are companies that are increasingly
integrating computers into their manufacturing
processes. However, the computer focus of these
companies is more on solutions than on hardware and
software development. To help provide these solutions
on HP computer systems there are efforts within the
company to encourage or enable independent software
vendors (ISVs) to develop these software solutions. HP
IVI from HP's Industrial Applications Center (IAC) is
one such effort. Its purpose is to help ISVs build
graphical user interfaces for their applications used
in industrial applications.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "HP's Industrial Applications Center",
affiliationaddress = "Toronto, Ont, Can",
classcodes = "C6180 (User interfaces)",
classification = "722; 723; C6180 (User interfaces)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Graphics; Computer Interfaces; Computer
Software; Graphical User Interface; Graphical user
interfaces; graphical user interfaces; HP IVI; HP
IVIBuild; Independent software vendors; independent
software vendors; User interface; user interface;
Widgets",
thesaurus = "Graphical user interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Nicholson:1990:PMB,
author = "Dean B. Nicholson and Robert J. Matreci and Michael J.
Levernier",
title = "{26.5-to-75-GHz} Preselected Mixers Based on
Magnetically Tunable Barium Ferrite Filters (for
spectral analyzers)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "5",
pages = "49--58",
day = "1",
month = oct,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "The spectrum analyzer, a calibrated receiver with
variable resolution, is an important basic tool for
testing and troubleshooting. Microwave spectrum
analyzers use advanced technology to provide accurate,
unambiguous frequency-domain measurements.
Hewlett--Packard has extended these measurements into
the millimeter-wave bands. A new series of preselected
spectrum analyzer RF sections, the HP11974 Series
preselected mixers, makes millimeter-wave spectrum
analyzer measurements faster and easier by removing
image and multiple responses from the spectrum analyzer
display, thereby eliminating the need for complicated
signal identification routines. Each RF section
consists of a mixer to down-convert millimeter-wave
signals into the intermediate frequency range of HP
microwave spectrum analyzers, and a magnetically tuned
preselection filter to remove unwanted signals. The
preselection filter uses barium ferrite resonator
material, doped so that it starts resonating at the
beginning of the waveguide band.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "HP's Industrial Applications Center",
affiliationaddress = "Queensland, Aust",
classcodes = "B1350F (Solid-state circuits and devices); B7210X
(Other instrumentation and measurement systems); B7310N
(Microwave techniques); B7220 (Signal processing and
conditioning equipment and techniques); B1250
(Modulators, demodulators, discriminators and mixers)",
classification = "708; 711; 713; 804; B1250 (Modulators, demodulators,
discriminators and mixers); B1350F (Solid-state
circuits and devices); B7210X (Other instrumentation
and measurement systems); B7220 (Signal processing and
conditioning equipment and techniques); B7310N
(Microwave techniques)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "26.5 To 75 GHz; 26.5 to 75 GHz; analysers; barium;
Barium Compounds--Applications; Barium ferrite; Barium
Ferrite; Electric Filters--Applications; Electronic
Circuits, Mixer; equipment; ferrite; Ferrite
Applications; Frequency Range Extension; Hewlett
Packard; Hexagonal Ferrite Filter; HP microwave
spectrum analyzers; HP11974 Series; Magnetically
Tunable Filters; microwave measurement; Millimeter
Waves; Millimeter-wave bands; millimeter-wave bands;
mixers (circuits); Preselected mixers; preselected
mixers; Preselected spectrum analyzer; preselected
spectrum analyzer; Resonator material; resonator
material; RF sections; signal processing; solid-state
microwave circuits; spectral; Spectrum analyzer;
spectrum analyzer; Spectrum Analyzers--Millimeter
Waves; Temperature/Delay Compensation",
numericalindex = "Frequency 2.65E+10 to 7.5E+10 Hz",
thesaurus = "Microwave measurement; Mixers [circuits]; Signal
processing equipment; Solid-state microwave circuits;
Spectral analysers",
}
@Article{Nicholson:1990:HFM,
author = "Dean B. Nicholson",
title = "Hexagonal ferrites for millimeter-wave applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "5",
pages = "59--61",
day = "1",
month = oct,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "Because of their high magnetic anisotropy fields,
spheres made of suitably doped M-phase hexagonal
ferrites were chosen as resonator elements in
magnetically tunable bandpass filters. These bandpass
filters cover waveguide bands above 26.5 GHz and are
used as preselectors in the HP 11974 Series of
millimeter preselected RF sections. When no outside
supplier of hexagonal ferrite spheres could be found,
crystal growth and sphere processing and test
capabilities were developed in-house.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "HP's Industrial Applications Center",
affiliationaddress = "Tokyo, Jpn",
classcodes = "B3120G (Microwave devices); B1270D (Passive filters
and other passive networks)",
classification = "531; 547; 708; 711; 713; 804; B1270D (Passive
filters and other passive networks); B3120G (Microwave
devices)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "band-pass filters; Barium Compounds--Applications;
Barium Ferrite; Crystal growth; crystal growth;
Crystals--Growing; Doped; doped; EHF; Electric Filters,
Bandpass; Ferrite Applications; ferrites; filters;
Hewlett--Packard; hexagonal; Hexagonal ferrite spheres;
hexagonal ferrite spheres; Hexagonal ferrites;
Hexagonal Ferrites; magnetically tunable bandpass;
Magnetically Tunable Bandpass Filters; Magnetically
tunable bandpass filters; microwave filters; Millimeter
Preselected RF Sections; Millimeter Waves;
Millimeter-wave; millimeter-wave; passive; processing;
Resonator elements; resonator elements;
Resonators--Materials; Scandium and
Alloys--Applications; sphere; Sphere processing",
thesaurus = "Band-pass filters; Ferrites; Microwave filters;
Passive filters",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Garliepp:1990:HDD,
author = "Kent L. Garliepp and Irene Skupniewicz and John U.
Frolich and Kathleen A. Fulton",
title = "{HP DIS}: {A} Development Tool for Factory-Floor
Device Interfaces",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "5",
pages = "62--72",
day = "1",
month = oct,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "In the long run, the use of communications standards,
such as the Manufacturing Automation Protocol (MAP),
will eliminate many of the device connectivity problems
and the response to market needs will improve
significantly. In the meantime, many factory-floor
devices exist and have long useful lives remaining.
Many are simple devices, such as gauges with simple
interfaces, that may never conform to a standard. To
reduce the cost of developing customized interfaces for
devices that need them and to shorten the time required
for such efforts, tools are needed to simplify the
development and testing of the interfaces. This is the
objective of the HP Device Interface System (HP DIS).
HP DIS is a toolset that helps developers create and
test interfaces between computer applications and
RS-232-compatible factory-floor devices in less time
than before. The resulting interfaces run in an HP-UX
environment on HP 9000 Series 300 or 800 computers.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "HP's Industrial Applications Center",
affiliationaddress = "Kyoto, Jpn",
classcodes = "C7420 (Control engineering); C5610P (Peripheral
interfaces); C6115 (Programming support)",
classification = "722; 723; C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C6115
(Programming support); C7420 (Control engineering)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Interfaces; computer interfaces; Computer
Networks--Protocols; Computer Programming
Languages--High Level Languages; Computer Programs;
computers; Device Interface System; factory automation;
Factory-floor; factory-floor; Factory-Floor Device
Interfaces; Finite State Machine; Hewlett Packard; High
Level Protocol Specification Language; HP; HP 9000
Series 300; HP DIS; HP-UX environment; Message
Matching; RS-232-compatible; Run-Time Facility;
software tools; Toolset; toolset",
thesaurus = "Computer interfaces; Factory automation; Hewlett
Packard computers; Software tools",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Quint:1990:MRC,
author = "David W. Quint and Asad Aziz and Ravi Kaw and Frank J.
Perezalonso",
title = "Measurement of {R}, {L}, and {C} parameters in {VLSI}
packages",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "5",
pages = "73--77",
month = oct,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Developed to verify the electrical models of a
408-lead multilayer ceramic package, this measurement
technique can measure the very small inductances,
capacitances, and resistances that are typical of
high-performance packages. It does not require
extraction of RLC parameters from time-domain
reflectometer measurements.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "HP's Industrial Applications Center",
affiliationaddress = "Kyoto, Jpn",
classcodes = "B7310J (Impedance and admittance); B2570
(Semiconductor integrated circuits); B0170J (Product
packaging)",
classification = "713; 714; 812; 942; B0170J (Product packaging);
B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); B7310J
(Impedance and admittance)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "capacitance measurement; Capacitances; capacitances;
Ceramic Materials--Applications; CMOS chip; Electric
Measurements; electric resistance measurement;
Electrical Modeling; High-performance packages;
high-performance packages; inductance measurement;
Inductances; inductances; integrated circuit testing;
Integrated Circuits, VLSI--measurements; Measurement
Errors; Measurement technique; measurement technique;
multilayer ceramic; Multilayer Ceramic Package;
Multilayer ceramic package; package; packaging; Pin
grid array; pin grid array; R/L/C Parameters;
Resistance; Resistances; resistances; VLSI; VLSI
packages",
thesaurus = "Capacitance measurement; Electric resistance
measurement; Inductance measurement; Integrated circuit
testing; Packaging; VLSI",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Chow:1990:SCS,
author = "Chee K. Chow",
title = "Statistical circuit simulation of a wideband
amplifier: a case study in design for
manufacturability",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "5",
pages = "78--81",
month = oct,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Statistical variations of integrated circuit
parameters are often correlated, not independent.
Examples are side-by-side resistor values and matched
transistor gains. Accounting for these correlations
using principal component analysis can make statistical
simulation an accurate predictor of manufacturing
data.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "HP's Industrial Applications Center",
affiliationaddress = "Gent, Belg",
classcodes = "B1220 (Amplifiers); B1130B (Computer-aided circuit
analysis and design); B2570B (Bipolar integrated
circuits); C7410D (Electronic engineering)",
classification = "713; 723; B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis
and design); B1220 (Amplifiers); B2570B (Bipolar
integrated circuits); C7410D (Electronic engineering)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Amplifiers; bipolar amplifier IC; bipolar integrated
circuits; circuit analysis computing; Circuit
performance; circuit performance; Circuit simulation;
circuit simulation; component analysis; Computer Aided
Design; Computer Programming--Algorithms; Computer
Simulation--Applications; Design for Manufacturability;
HP 54503A digitizing oscilloscope; Intra-die device
correlations; intradie device correlations;
Manufacturability; manufacturability; Multivariate
statistics; multivariate statistics; principal;
Principal component analysis; Principal Component
Analysis; Random variations; random variations;
Statistical Circuit Simulation; wideband; Wideband
amplifier; wideband amplifier; Wideband Amplifiers;
wideband amplifiers; Wideband bipolar amplifier IC",
thesaurus = "Bipolar integrated circuits; Circuit analysis
computing; Wideband amplifiers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Mansingh:1990:SLA,
author = "Vivek Mansingh and Kent P. Misegades",
title = "System level air flow analysis for a computer system
processing unit",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "5",
pages = "82--87",
month = oct,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Steady, viscous, three-dimensional air flow within a
computer system processing unit has been analyzed using
finite element modeling. The objective of the study was
to investigate the effectiveness of finite element
modeling in predicting the air flow characteristics
within a computer. A full-scale three-dimensional
finite element model of an HP 9000 Model 850 computer
was created using FIDAP, the finite element code from
Fluid Dynamics International. This model consisted of
over 60000 nodes and over 40000 8-node brick elements.
Extensive computations were carried out using CRAY Y-MP
supercomputers. General flow characteristics, including
velocity profiles and pressure drop across the system,
were computed. Numerically calculated particle traces
were recorded using video equipment. It was found that
numerical simulation of particle traces can show good
qualitative features of the flow through the system and
the modeling results of velocity profiles through the
boards and the system pressure drop have reasonably
good accuracy.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "HP's Industrial Applications Center",
affiliationaddress = "Karlsruhe, West Ger",
classcodes = "C7430 (Computer engineering); C4100 (Numerical
analysis)",
classification = "631; 643; 722; 723; 804; C4100 (Numerical analysis);
C7430 (Computer engineering)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Air; Air Conditioning; air flow; Air flow analysis;
air flow analysis; Air flow characteristics;
characteristics; computer installation; Computer
Simulation--Applications; computer system; Computer
system processing unit; Computer System Processing
Unit; Computer Systems, Digital; control; FIDAP; finite
element analysis; Finite Element Modeling; Finite
element modeling; finite element modeling; Flow of
Fluids--Analysis; HP 9000 Model 850; Mathematical
Techniques--Finite Element Method; Navier Stokes
Equations; Particle Traces Numerical Simulation;
processing unit; Supercomputers; System Level Air Flow
Analysis; temperature; Thermal management; thermal
management; Velocity profiles; velocity profiles",
thesaurus = "Computer installation; Finite element analysis;
Temperature control",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Stavely:1990:ROD,
author = "Donald J. Stavely and Mark E. Wanger and Kraig A.
Proehl",
title = "A rewritable optical disk library system for direct
access secondary storage",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "6",
pages = "6--7, 10, 12--13",
day = "1",
month = dec,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "This autochanger system can store up to 20.8 Gbytes of
data on-line. Applications include archival storage,
automated backup and recovery, and document storage and
retrieval. Hewlett--Packard manufactures a wide range
of computer peripherals. Customers for these
peripherals include not only users of HP systems, but
also OEM customers and others who use HP peripherals
with non-HP host systems.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Greeley Storage Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto,
CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5320K (Optical storage)",
classification = "721; 722; 723; 741; 903; C5320K (Optical storage)",
corpsource = "Greeley Storage Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto,
CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Archival Storage; Autochanger; autochanger;
Autochangers; DASS; Data Storage, Digital--Random
Access; Data Storage, Optical; Direct access secondary
storage; direct access secondary storage; Disk;
Hewlett--Packard; Information Retrieval Systems;
information retrieval systems; Library system; library
system; line access; media; Model 20GB/A; on-; On-line
access; optical disc storage; Optical disk; optical
disk; Secondary Storage; storage",
pagecount = "5",
thesaurus = "Information retrieval systems; Optical disc storage;
Storage media",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Sponheimer:1990:MRT,
author = "E. Sponheimer",
title = "Magnetooptical recording technology",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "6",
pages = "8--9",
month = dec,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Rewritable optical technology today encompasses three
different methods: magnetooptical, dye-Polymer and
phase-Change. The most durable and predominant
technique in the market today is magnetooptical. The
author discusses this technique, which is the method
that Hewlett--Packard has chosen for introducing
rewritable optical technology for direct access
secondary storage. Magnetooptical technology relies on
the storage of information on a thin film of magnetic
material.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Civil Eng. Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA,
USA",
classcodes = "C5320K (Optical storage)",
classification = "C5320K (Optical storage)",
corpsource = "Civil Eng. Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA,
USA",
keywords = "Compensation point; compensation point; Curie
temperature; Direct access secondary storage; direct
access secondary storage; Hewlett--Packard; magnetic;
magnetic film stores; Magnetic material;
Magnetooptical; magnetooptical; material; optical
storage; Optical technology; optical technology;
rewritable optical; Rewritable optical technology;
storage media; technology",
thesaurus = "Magnetic film stores; Optical storage; Storage media",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Stolte:1990:IOL,
author = "D. C. Stolte and B. A. Thompson and D. Ellis",
title = "Integrating the optical library unit into the {HP-UX}
operating system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "6",
pages = "11--12",
month = dec,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP Series 6300 Model 20GB/A rewritable optical
disk library autochanger is unlike any other peripheral
supported on the HP-UX operating system and therefore
required a new approach to integration into the
operating system. On one hand, its random-access
attributes suggest a connection with the operating
system that is disk-like. On the other hand, its need
to share multiple disks with one or two drives hints at
something that may need specific user or application
support. Although the design options were unrestricted,
the authors wanted an integration method that would
satisfy two overriding goals. Firstly, the method
should hide as much as possible the requirement to swap
disks into and out of the drives. Secondly, it should
have minimum impact (complexity, coupling, etc.) on the
HP-UX operating system.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Greeley Storage Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto,
CA, USA",
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems); C5320K (Optical storage)",
classification = "C5320K (Optical storage); C6150J (Operating
systems)",
corpsource = "Greeley Storage Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto,
CA, USA",
keywords = "(computers); 6300 Model 20GB/A; Asynchronous
operations; asynchronous operations; HP Series; HP
Series 6300 Model 20GB/A; HP-UX; HP-UX operating
system; information retrieval systems; Library
autochanger; library autochanger; Multiple disks;
multiple disks; operating system; operating systems;
optical disc storage; Optical disk; optical disk;
Optical library unit; optical library unit;
Random-access; random-access; storage media",
thesaurus = "Information retrieval systems; Operating systems
[computers]; Optical disc storage; Storage media",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Dauner:1990:MDO,
author = "Daniel R. Dauner and Raymond C. Sherman and Michael L.
Christensen and Jennifer L. Methlie and Leslie G.
{Christie, Jr.}",
title = "Mechanical design of an optical disk autochanger",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "6",
pages = "14--23",
day = "1",
month = dec,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "The mechanical design of the autochanger mechanism for
the HP Series 6300 Model 20GB/A rewritable optical disk
library system posed several technical challenges,
including architecture, reliability, physical size, and
schedule. The system holds 32 optical disk cartridges
and has two magnetooptical disk drives. The
magnetooptical disks are rewritable. Each cartridge
holds 650 Mbytes of data; however, only 325 Mbytes is
accessible at a time because the drives are
single-sided. The total capacity of the library system
is 20.8 Gbytes. The system runs on a single-ended SCSI
asynchronous bus, which conforms to the SCSI II
standard established for autochangers. The average
access time to load a disk from a storage position to a
drive is seven seconds.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Greeley Storage Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto,
CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5380 (Other aspects of storage devices and
techniques); C5320K (Optical storage)",
classification = "421; 701; 732; 741; C5320K (Optical storage); C5380
(Other aspects of storage devices and techniques)",
corpsource = "Greeley Storage Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto,
CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "20GB/A; Autochanger mechanism; autochanger mechanism;
Data Storage, Optical; Disk; drives; HP Series 6300
Model; HP Series 6300 Model 20GB/A; information
retrieval systems; Magnetooptical Devices;
magnetooptical disk; Magnetooptical disk drives;
Mailslot; mailslot; media; optical disc storage;
Optical Disk Autochangers; Optical Disk Libraries;
Optical disk library system; optical disk library
system; Optical Sensors; SCSI asynchronous bus;
Sensors--Optical Properties; storage",
thesaurus = "Information retrieval systems; Optical disc storage;
Storage media",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Oliver:1990:ODA,
author = "Thomas C. Oliver and Mark J. Bianchi",
title = "Optical disk autochanger servomechanism design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "6",
pages = "24--28, 30--34",
day = "1",
month = dec,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "A `sense of touch' and error recovery routines
contribute to reliability. Data capture, error
injection, and mechanical regression testing facilities
improved the productivity of the designers. The
servomechanism of the HP Series 6300 Model 20GB/A
rewritable optical disk library system is a collection
of electronics and firmware algorithms that control the
autochanger mechanism. The servo provides the muscles
and brains that bring the mechanical limbs to life.
Muscles are provided using motors, power supplies, and
sensors. The brains are contained in the firmware
program that controls how the muscles are energized.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Greeley Storage Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto,
CA, USA",
classcodes = "C3260 (Actuating and final control devices); C5320K
(Optical storage)",
classification = "705; 722; 723; 732; 741; C3260 (Actuating and final
control devices); C5320K (Optical storage)",
corpsource = "Greeley Storage Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto,
CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Autochanger mechanism; autochanger mechanism; Computer
Programming--Algorithms; Data Storage, Optical; Disk;
HP Series 6300 Model 20GB/A; library system; optical
disc storage; optical disk; Optical Disk Autochangers;
Optical Disk Libraries; Optical disk library system;
Servomechanism; servomechanism; Servomechanisms;
servomechanisms; storage media",
thesaurus = "Optical disc storage; Servomechanisms; Storage media",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bianchi:1990:DCS,
author = "M. Bianchi",
title = "Data capture system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "6",
pages = "29--30",
month = dec,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Early in the development of the autochanger it was
found that much of the servomechanical testing and
evaluation could not be performed by visual
observation. The unaided eye was sufficient to diagnose
gross mechanical problems at slow speeds. However, the
design team needed some way to instrument the
autochanger so that servo and mechanical parameters
could be accurately correlated and analyzed. The author
looks at the data capture system, a combination of
firmware-resident procedures and workstation-based
tools. It provides the designers with the means to
examine the variation of any important firmware
variable with respect to time. The capture system
employs the HP 64000 emulation system in conjunction
with `homegrown' data processing and plotting tools.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Greeley Storage Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto,
CA, USA",
classcodes = "C6130 (Data handling techniques); C5380 (Other aspects
of storage devices and techniques)",
classification = "C5380 (Other aspects of storage devices and
techniques); C6130 (Data handling techniques)",
corpsource = "Greeley Storage Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto,
CA, USA",
keywords = "Autochanger; autochanger; data; Data capture system;
data capture system; data handling; Data processing;
Firmware-resident procedures; firmware-resident
procedures; HP 6400 command script; HP 64000 emulation
system; optical disc storage; Plotting tools; plotting
tools; processing; servomechanical; Servomechanical
testing; servomechanisms; testing; Workstation-based
tools; workstation-based tools",
thesaurus = "Data handling; Optical disc storage; Servomechanisms",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kato:1990:EI,
author = "R. Kato",
title = "Error injection",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "6",
pages = "33--34",
month = dec,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Error recovery is a very complex procedure, as the
number of possible situations from which the
autochanger must recover is very large. Since the error
recovery testing had to be repeated every time the
error recovery firmware was changed, it was deemed
necessary to have error injection built into the
product for the purpose of testing error recovery. The
error injection facility is enabled via the SCSI so
that tests can run automatically. The facility injects
errors at the lowest possible level for maximum
firmware testing. It can also simulate power failure.
The author considers how the built-in error injection
firmware can be divided into two major functions:
setting up the error trigger and injecting the error.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Greeley Storage Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto,
CA, USA",
classcodes = "C6130 (Data handling techniques); C5380 (Other aspects
of storage devices and techniques)",
classification = "C5380 (Other aspects of storage devices and
techniques); C6130 (Data handling techniques)",
corpsource = "Greeley Storage Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto,
CA, USA",
keywords = "apparatus; Autochanger; autochanger; error handling;
Error injection; error injection; Error recovery; error
recovery; Error trigger; error trigger; firmware;
Firmware testing; optical disc storage; Power failure;
power failure; power supplies to; testing",
thesaurus = "Error handling; Optical disc storage; Power supplies
to apparatus",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Saldanha:1990:QOD,
author = "Kevin S. Saldanha and Colette T. Howe",
title = "Qualification of an optical disk drive for autochanger
use",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "6",
pages = "35--37",
day = "1",
month = dec,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "In addition to the usual requirements of data
integrity, performance, and reliability for a mass
storage device, an optical disc drive that is to be
used in an autochanger requires a well-defined
communications and mechanical interface that operates
efficiently and reliably over hundreds of thousands of
load and unload cycles. In designing the HP Series 6300
Model 20GB/A rewritable optical disk library system, we
had control over the autochanger end of this interface,
but we had to work closely with the drive vendor to
establish the other end. The vendor's original design
goals had not included use of the drive in autochanger
environments. Endowing the drive with this additional
functionality and verifying it proved quite a
challenge. Between the release of the stand-alone
product (Model 650/A) and the autochanger product
(Model 20GB/A) there were 93 changes to the drive.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Greeley Storage Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto,
CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5320K (Optical storage)",
classification = "721; 722; 741; C5320K (Optical storage)",
corpsource = "Greeley Storage Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto,
CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Autochanger; autochanger; Communications;
communications; Computer Interfaces; Data Storage,
Digital; Data Storage, Optical; Disk; equipment
evaluation (computers); HP Series 6300 Model 20GB/A;
interface; mechanical; Mechanical interface; Model
650/A; Optical disc drive; optical disc drive; optical
disc storage; Optical Disk Autochangers; Optical Disk
Drives; optical disk library; Optical disk library
system; storage media; system",
thesaurus = "Equipment evaluation [computers]; Optical disc
storage; Storage media",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Sponheimer:1990:CDH,
author = "Edward W. Sponheimer and John C. Santon",
title = "A {CD-ROM} drive for {HP} 3000 and {HP} 9000 computer
systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "6",
pages = "38--41",
day = "1",
month = dec,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "The HP Series 6100 Model 600/A HP-IB CD-ROM drive
provides facilities that allow HP 3000 and HP 9000
computer system users to access data stored on CD-ROM
disks, which can store up to 553 Mbytes of audio and
digital information. The article presents an overview
of CD-ROM technology and the Model 600/A controller
board.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Civil Eng. Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA,
USA",
classcodes = "C5320K (Optical storage)",
classification = "721; 722; 723; C5320K (Optical storage)",
corpsource = "Civil Eng. Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA,
USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "553 Mbytes; audio discs; board; CD-ROM disks; CD-ROM
drive; CD-ROMs; Codes, Symbolic--Error Correction;
Compact Disks (cd); Computer Systems, Digital;
controller; Controller board; controllers; Data
Storage, Digital; Error correction codes; error
correction codes; HP 3000; HP 9000; HP Series 6100;
Model 600/A HP-IB; ROM; video and",
numericalindex = "Memory size 5.80E+08 Byte",
thesaurus = "CD-ROMs; Controllers; Error correction codes; Video
and audio discs",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Meyer:1990:ECI,
author = "John C. Meyer",
title = "Error correction implementation and performance in a
{CD-ROM} drive",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "6",
pages = "42--48",
day = "1",
month = dec,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "The HP Series 6100 Model 600/A implements the error
protection algorithm defined by the CD-ROM yellow book
standard. Unfortunately, because of things like noise,
power-line fluctuations, and imperfections in the
media, error detection coding and error correction
coding (EDC/ECC) techniques are incorporated in the
digital transmission system. The author looks at red
book error protection, CD-ROM error protection, the
Model 600/A implementation, testing and verification.",
abstract-2 = "The HP Series 6100 Model 600/A implements the error
protection algorithm defined by the CD-ROM yellow book
standard. This extra level of protection means that the
error rate is improved from one error in 10${}^{12}$
bits to one in 10${}^{16}$.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5320K (Optical storage); C6130 (Data handling
techniques)",
classification = "721; 722; 723; C5320K (Optical storage); C6130 (Data
handling techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "CD-; CD-ROM; CD-ROM Drive; CD-ROMs; Codes,
Symbolic--Error Correction; Compact Disks (cd); Data
Storage, Digital; digital; Digital transmission system;
error correction; error detection; Error detection
coding; error detection coding; Error protection
algorithm; error protection algorithm; HP Series 6100
Model 600/A; Red book error protection; red book error
protection; ROM; standards; transmission system; Yellow
book standard; yellow book standard",
thesaurus = "CD-ROMs; Error correction; Error detection;
Standards",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1990:EDC,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Error detection and correction primer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "6",
pages = "46--47",
month = dec,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Considers methods of detecting and correcting errors,
including parity and linear block code, with examples.
The author illustrates the Hamming linear block code
and Reed--Solomon codes.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6130 (Data handling techniques)",
classification = "C6130 (Data handling techniques)",
keywords = "code; error; error correction codes; error detection
codes; Errors; errors; Hamming linear block; Hamming
linear block code; handling; Linear block code; linear
block code; Parity; parity; Reed--Solomon codes",
thesaurus = "Error correction codes; Error detection codes; Error
handling",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Nielsen:1990:PSP,
author = "Kenneth R. Nielsen",
title = "Providing software protection capability for a
{CD-ROM} drive",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "6",
pages = "49--53",
day = "1",
month = dec,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "The HP Series 6100 Model 600/A drive supports two
levels of security for software protection: load-time
security, which prevents loading a package without the
proper authority, and scrambling data on the disk to
prevent reading a protected disk with another CD-ROM
reader. An effective use of CD-ROMs is for the
distribution of very large quantities of software and
literature as many large software packages can fit on
one disk. This capability provides a significant cost
savings over the tape distribution method. The problem
with using CD-ROMs for distribution is how to give
customers many software packages on one disk yet
restrict them from using software that they did not
purchase. The article discusses some aspects of the HP
Series 6100 Model 600/A CD-ROM drive security scheme.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto., CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5320K (Optical storage); C0230B (Legal aspects)",
classification = "721; 722; 723; C0230B (Legal aspects); C5320K
(Optical storage)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto., CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "CD-ROM; CD-ROM Drive; CD-ROMs; Compact Disks (CD);
Computer Software--Protection; Data
Processing--Security of Data; Data Storage, Digital; HP
Series 6100; industrial property; Literature;
literature; Model 600/A drive; packages; ROM; Security;
security; security of data; Security toolbox; security
toolbox; software; Software packages; Software
protection; software protection",
thesaurus = "CD-ROMs; Industrial property; Security of data;
Software packages",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kao:1990:SIH,
author = "Ping-Hui Kao and William A. Gates and Bruce A.
Thompson and Dale K. McCluskey",
title = "Support for the {ISO 9660\slash HSG CD-ROM} file
system standard in the {HP-UX} operating system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "6",
pages = "54--59",
day = "1",
month = dec,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "The CD-ROM is a very cost-effective and versatile
electronic distribution medium. It provides large
capacity (600 Mbytes), longevity, low cost, multi-media
(audio\slash video) capability, read-only protection
and random accessibility. This paper describes HP's
design, implementation, and support for the ISO
9660\slash HSG CD-ROM file system in the HP-UX 7.0
operating system kernel. The CD-ROM file system is an
implementation of MS-DOS CD-ROM extensions on HP-UX
operating systems. After mounting a CD-ROM that adheres
to the CD-ROM file system standard, files on the CD-ROM
are accessible through normal HP-UX system calls and
commands, allowing users and application programs to
take advantage of the high capacity and low duplication
cost of this medium without the need for any special
programmatic interface.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5320K (Optical storage); C6150J (Operating systems)",
classification = "721; 722; 723; C5320K (Optical storage); C6150J
(Operating systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "CD-ROM File System; CD-ROMs; Compact Disks (cd);
Computer Operating Systems; Data Processing--File
Organization; Data Storage, Digital; file organisation;
HP-UX 7.0; ISO 9660-HSG CD-ROM file system; kernel;
MS-DOS; operating system; Operating system kernel;
operating systems (computers); ROM; standards",
thesaurus = "CD-ROMs; File organisation; Operating systems
[computers]; Standards",
treatment = "P Practical",
xxtitle = "Support for the {ISO 9660\slash HSG CD-ROM} File
System Format in the {HP-UX} Operating System",
}
@Article{Allegre:1990:XPA,
author = "Jean-Pierre Allegre and Marie-Therese Sarrasin",
title = "{X.25} packet assembler\slash disassembler support in
the {HP} 3000 data communications and terminal
controller",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "6",
pages = "63--73",
day = "1",
month = dec,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "The PAD support software implements the communication
protocols specified in CCITT recommendations X.3 and
X.29. For performance reasons, the software is in the
datacom and terminal controller (DTC) rather than the
host MPE XL system. The HP 2345A distributed terminal
controller (DTC), offered connectivity from personal
computers, terminals, and printers to a single HP 3000
computer system running the MPE XL operating system.
The author looks at the second DTC release, data
communications and terminal controller, PAD support
functionality, applicable standards, DTC PAD support
architecture, system security, testing the PAD, mapping
ADCP requests, editing, PADSUP development methodology
task design and task testing.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Grenoble Networks Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo
Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B6150 (Communication system theory); B6210L (Computer
communications); C6150Z (Other systems operation
programs); C5690 (Other data communication equipment
and techniques); C5620 (Computer networks and
techniques)",
classification = "715; 716; 722; 723; 732; B6150 (Communication system
theory); B6210L (Computer communications); C5620
(Computer networks and techniques); C5690 (Other data
communication equipment and techniques); C6150Z (Other
systems operation programs)",
corpsource = "Grenoble Networks Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo
Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "ADCP requests; CCITT; CCITT recommendations;
Communication protocols; communication protocols;
Computer Networks; Computer Software; Computers,
Digital--Data Communication Systems; Control Equipment,
Electric; controller; data communication systems; data
communications and terminal; Data communications and
terminal controller; Data Transmission--Packet
Switching; Datacom; datacom; Distributed terminal
controller; distributed terminal controller; DTC; HP
3000; Operating system; operating system; operating
systems (computers); packet switching; PAD support
functionality; PAD support software; PADSUP; Protocols;
protocols; recommendations; security; security of data;
Standards; standards; system; System security; Terminal
controller; terminal controller; Terminal Controllers;
X.29; X.3",
thesaurus = "Data communication systems; Operating systems
[computers]; Packet switching; Protocols; Security of
data",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Maioli:1990:OMI,
author = "Frederic Maioli",
title = "An object-oriented message interface for testing the
{HP} 3000 data communications and terminal controller",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "6",
pages = "74--80",
day = "1",
month = dec,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "Creating a general-purpose message compiler\slash
decompiler using symbolic expressions, expert systems
concepts, object classes, and inheritance reduces
software testing overhead and improves test readability
and portability. The object-oriented message machine
has been used in the HP 2345A DTC PAD support project.
Validating a new version of the PAD support software
only requires starting an HP-UX shell; no further human
intervention is needed. After having been successfully
used by the PAD support project, the message machine
proved its ability to adapt to a new project, where it
is now used.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Grenoble Networks Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo
Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
classification = "722; 723; C6150J (Operating systems)",
corpsource = "Grenoble Networks Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo
Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "communications and terminal controller; Computer
Interfaces; Computer Networks; Computer Operating
Systems; Computers, Digital; Control Equipment,
Electric; data; Data Communication Systems; data
communication systems; Data communications and terminal
controller; DTC software; electronic messaging; Expert
systems; Expert Systems; expert systems; expressions;
HP 2345A; HP 3000; Inheritance; inheritance; machine;
message; Message Interfaces; Message machine; Messages;
messages; Multiprocessor; multiprocessor; Multitasking
operating system; multitasking operating system; Object
classes; object classes; object-; Object-oriented
message interface; object-oriented message interface;
operating systems (computers); oriented programming;
program; Software testing; software testing; symbolic;
Symbolic expressions; Symbolic Programming; Tasks;
tasks; Terminal Controllers; testing",
thesaurus = "Data communication systems; Electronic messaging;
Object-oriented programming; Operating systems
[computers]; Program testing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hauser:1990:EFT,
author = "Frank E. Hauser and Nguyen P. Hung",
title = "Effect of fiber texture on the anisotropic dimensional
change of {Cu} 1.8 wt.\% {Be}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "41",
number = "6",
pages = "88--91",
day = "1",
month = dec,
year = "1990",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "The dimensional changes in cold-drawn Cu 1.8 wt \%
(11.4 at. \%) Be rods resulting from aging are
investigated. The dimensional changes are nearly
isotropic for as-quenched specimens but are anisotropic
for cold-drawn specimens. The theoretical dimensional
changes predicted based on the degree of preferred
orientation, the crystallographic data of Cu-Be, and
the geometry of the specimens agree with the
experimental results.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Dept. of Mech. Eng., California Univ., Berkeley, CA,
USA",
classcodes = "A8140E (Cold working, work hardening; post-deformation
annealing, recovery and recrystallisation; textures)",
classification = "482; 531; 542; 544; 549; A8140E (Cold working, work
hardening; post-deformation annealing, recovery and
recrystallisation; textures)",
corpsource = "Dept. of Mech. Eng., California Univ., Berkeley, CA,
USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "ageing; Anisotropic; anisotropic; Anisotropy;
As-quenched specimens; as-quenched specimens; beryllium
alloys; cold working; cold-drawn; Cold-Drawn Specimens;
Cold-drawn specimens; copper alloys; Copper Beryllium
Alloys; crystallographic; Crystallographic data;
Crystallography; data; Fiber Texture; Isotropic;
isotropic; Metals and Alloys--Fiber Reinforcement;
specimens; texture; Theoretical dimensional changes;
theoretical dimensional changes",
thesaurus = "Ageing; Beryllium alloys; Cold working; Copper alloys;
Texture",
treatment = "X Experimental",
}
@Article{Wong:1991:HLC,
author = "Roger W. Wong and Paul R. Hernday and Daniel R.
Harkins",
title = "High-speed lightwave component analysis to 20 {GHz}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "1",
pages = "6--13",
day = "1",
month = feb,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "A new family of instruments-analyzer, test set,
sources, receivers, and modulator-characterizes
electrical, electrooptical, and optical components of
fiber optic communications systems at modulation rates
to 20 GHz. The objectives of the 20-GHz lightwave
program were to provide lightwave component analysis
measurements to customers who may and may not already
own HP microwave network analyzers, and to provide
lightwave technology to customers in the form of
instruments and accessories. The authors discuss the
products that have resulted from the 20-GHz lightwave
program. They are: HP 8703A lightwave component
analyzer; HP 83420A lightwave test set; HP 83421A
lightwave source; HP 83422A lightwave modulation; HP
83423A lightwave receiver; HP 83424A lightwave CW
source; and HP 83425A lightwave CW source.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6260 (Optical links and equipment); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems)",
classification = "714; 717; 741; 941; B6260 (Optical links and
equipment); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "20 GHz; 83422A; Analyzer; analyzer; computerised
instrumentation; Fiber Optic Communications; Fiber
optic communications systems; fiber optic
communications systems; Fiber Optics; high-speed
optical techniques; HP; HP 83420A; HP 83421A; HP
83422A; HP 83423A; HP 83424A; HP 83425A; HP 8703A; HP
microwave network analyzers; light sources; Lightware
Component; lightwave component; Lightwave component
analysis; lightwave component analysis; Lightwave
component analyzer; Lightwave CW source; lightwave CW
source; Lightwave modulation; lightwave modulation;
Lightwave receiver; lightwave receiver; Lightwave test
set; lightwave test set; Microwave Devices; microwave
network analyzers; Microwaves; modulation; Modulator;
modulator; optical; Optical Communication Equipment;
optical communication equipment; Optical Devices;
Optical Instruments; Receivers; receivers; Sources;
sources; Test set; test set",
numericalindex = "Frequency 2.0E+10 Hz",
pagecount = "13",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; High-speed optical
techniques; Light sources; Optical communication
equipment; Optical modulation; Receivers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hernday:1991:DLC,
author = "Paul R. Hernday and Geraldine A. Conrad and Michael G.
Hart and Rollin F. Rawson",
title = "Design of a 20-{GHz Lightwave} component analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "1",
pages = "13--22",
day = "1",
month = feb,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "A lightwave component analyzer measures the ratio of a
signal incident on a device under test-the stimulus-and
a related signal coming from the device under test-the
response. The stimulus is a sinusoidal electrical
signal or an optical signal with sinusoidal intensity
modulation. The response signal may be electrical or
optical. The authors look at the HP8703A, a fully
integrated and calibrated instrument for lightwave
component characterization. It offers a choice of
wavelengths and laser types, both internal and
external.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6260 (Optical links and equipment); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems)",
classification = "717; 741; 744; 941; B6260 (Optical links and
equipment); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "20 GHz; characterization; computerised
instrumentation; high-speed optical techniques; Laser
Beams; lightwave component; Lightwave component
analyzer; Lightwave Component Analyzers; Lightwave
component characterization; Microwave Devices;
Microwaves; Optical Communication Equipment; optical
communication equipment; Optical
Instruments--Calibration; Signal Processing",
numericalindex = "Frequency 2.0E+10 Hz",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; High-speed optical
techniques; Optical communication equipment",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1991:MCH,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Measurement Capabilities of the {HP 8703A} Lightwave
Component Analyzer and the {HP 71400C} Lightwave Signal
Analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "1",
pages = "17--??",
day = "1",
month = feb,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 07:40:42 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Dunsmore:1991:LTS,
author = "Joel P. Dunsmore and John V. Valle-lunga",
title = "20-{GHz} lightwave test set and accessories",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "1",
pages = "23--33",
day = "1",
month = feb,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "The rise of lightwave technology has stimulated a need
for measuring equipment such as the HP 8703A microwave
lightwave component analyzer. The HP 8703A has an
integrated microwave network analyzer with all the
lightwave components and firmware to perform
high-quality lightwave modulation frequency response
measurements and frequency-domain reflectometry. This
product has stimulated interest in this measurement
method, and customers have responded with requests to
upgrade their existing high-performance microwave
network analyzers to add lightwave measuring
capabilities. As a result, a project was started with
the objective of taking the lightwave technology from
the HP 8703A and designing an instrument to bring
lightwave measurements to the HP 8510B, HP 8720B, and
HP 8757C microwave network analyzers. The result is the
HP 83420A lightwave test set.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6260 (Optical links and equipment); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems)",
classification = "714; 717; 722; 723; 741; B6260 (Optical links and
equipment); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computerised instrumentation; Electric Network
Analyzers--Microwaves; high-speed optical techniques;
HP 83420A; HP 8510B; HP 8720B; HP 8757C; Lightwave
measurements; lightwave measurements; Lightwave test
set; lightwave test set; Lightwave Test Sets; Microwave
Devices; Microwave network analyzers; microwave network
analyzers; Microwaves; Optical Communication Equipment;
optical communication equipment; Optical
Instruments--Microwaves",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; High-speed optical
techniques; Optical communication equipment",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Harkins:1991:ACE,
author = "Daniel R. Harkins and Michael A. Heinzelman",
title = "Accuracy considerations and error correction
techniques for 20-{GHz} lightwave component analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "1",
pages = "34--40",
day = "1",
month = feb,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "The accuracy of measurements made with a lightwave
component analyzer is the result of instrument
performance, measurement technique, and consideration
of the particular device being measured. To ensure the
most accurate characterization of wide-bandwidth
components, it is important to understand the
measurement capabilities of the instrumentation, decide
on the optimum configuration and calibration for a
particular measurement, and be aware of potential
impact the test device can have on the resulting
measurement. The accuracy of the result is a
combination of multiple sources of errors that must be
carefully considered.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7130 (Measurement standards and calibration); B6260
(Optical links and equipment); B7210B (Automatic test
and measurement systems)",
classification = "717; 741; 941; B6260 (Optical links and equipment);
B7130 (Measurement standards and calibration); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "20 GHz; Analysis; calibration; component analyzer;
computerised instrumentation; Electrical calibrations;
electrical calibrations; Factory Calibration;
high-speed; lightwave; Lightwave Component Analysis;
Lightwave component analyzer; Optical calibrations;
optical calibrations; Optical Communication Equipment;
optical communication equipment; Optical
Instruments--Calibration; optical techniques",
numericalindex = "Frequency 2.0E+10 Hz",
thesaurus = "Calibration; Computerised instrumentation; High-speed
optical techniques; Optical communication equipment",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Jungerman:1991:DOM,
author = "Roger L. Jungerman and David J. McQuate",
title = "Development of an optical modulator for a high-speed
lightwave component analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "1",
pages = "41--45",
day = "1",
month = feb,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "The design and characterization of the first
integrated optic modulator for commercial instrument
application are described, including the advantages of
titanium in-diffused lithium niobate, device geometries
for both phase modulators and Mach-Zehnder intensity
modulators, stability considerations including bias
drift and acoustic resonances, wavelength sensitivity,
packaging and pigtailing, reliability, and testing.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
chemicalindex = "LiNbO3:Ti/ss LiNbO3/ss NbO3/ss Li/ss Nb/ss O3/ss
Ti/ss O/ss Ti/el Ti/dop",
classcodes = "B6260 (Optical links and equipment); B4140 (Integrated
optics)",
classification = "717; 741; 804; 941; B4140 (Integrated optics); B6260
(Optical links and equipment)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Acoustic resonances; acoustic resonances; Bias drift;
bias drift; compounds; Device geometries; device
geometries; high-speed optical techniques; integrated;
Integrated optic modulator; Integrated Optics;
integrated optics; Light; Lightwave component analyzer;
lightwave component analyzer; Lightwave Component
Analyzers; LiNbO/sub 3/:Ti; lithium; Lithium Compounds;
Lithium Nisbate; Mach-Zehnder intensity; Mach-Zehnder
intensity modulators; Mach-Zehnder Modulators;
modulation; Modulators; modulators; optic modulator;
optical; optical communication equipment; Optical
Devices; Optical modulator; optical modulator; Optical
Modulators; Packaging; packaging; Phase modulators;
phase modulators; Pigtailing; pigtailing; Reliability;
reliability; Stability; stability; Testing; testing;
titanium; Titanium in-diffused lithium niobate;
titanium in-diffused lithium niobate; Wavelength
sensitivity; wavelength sensitivity",
thesaurus = "High-speed optical techniques; Integrated optics;
Lithium compounds; Optical communication equipment;
Optical modulation; Titanium",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Chang:1991:HPO,
author = "Kok-Wai Chang and Siegmar Schmidt and Wayne V. Sorin
and Jimmie L. Yarnell and Harry Chou and Steven A.
Newton",
title = "A High-Performance Optical Isolator for Lightwave
Systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "1",
pages = "45--50",
month = feb,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Optical isolators are playing an increasingly
important role in fiber optic systems. Their purpose is
to protect optical sources from reflections and
backscattering that cause output instabilities or
unwanted changes in the output spectra. Isolators can
do this because they are nonreciprocal devices, that
is, their transmission characteristics depend upon the
direction of light through them. Isolators act as
one-way light valves that allow the efficient injection
of optical signals into a system while preventing
unwanted feedback from returning to the optical source.
This compact, rugged, two-stage design uses
birefringent rutile crystals and Bi-YIG films to
achieve high isolation, low insertion loss, high return
loss, and polarization independence.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
chemicalindex = "TiO2/bin O2/bin Ti/bin O/bin; YFe5O12:Bi/ss
YFe5O12/ss Fe5O12/ss Fe5/ss O12/ss Bi/ss Fe/ss O/ss
Y/ss Bi/el Bi/dop",
classcodes = "B6260 (Optical links and equipment); B4190F (Optical
coatings and filters); B4160 (Magneto-optical
devices)",
classification = "708; 711; 714; 717; 741; 933; B4160 (Magneto-optical
devices); B4190F (Optical coatings and filters); B6260
(Optical links and equipment)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Bi-YIG; Bi-YIG films; birefringence; birefringent
rutile crystals; Birefringent rutile crystals;
Crystals; fiber optic systems; Fiber optic systems;
films; Garnets; high isolation; High isolation; high
return loss; High return loss; light polarisation;
lightwave systems; Lightwave systems; low insertion
loss; Low insertion loss; magneto-optical devices;
optical communication equipment; Optical Devices;
optical isolator; Optical isolator; optical isolators;
Optical Isolators; Optical Properties; polarization;
Polarization; Rutile Crystals; TiO/sub 2/; two-stage
design; Two-stage design; Waveguide
Components--Isolators; YFe5O12:Bi; yig Films; YIG:Bi",
thesaurus = "Birefringence; Light polarisation; Magneto-optical
devices; Optical communication equipment; Optical
isolators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Miller:1991:BGI,
author = "Christopher M. Miller and Roberto A. Collins",
title = "A broadband, general-purpose instrumentation lightwave
converter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "1",
pages = "51--57",
day = "1",
month = feb,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "Applications of high-speed fiber optic transmission
systems continue to grow. Special lightwave test
instrumentation is required to test these high-speed
systems. Often the systems and their components, such
as laser diode transmitters, need to be characterized
in both frequency and time domains. The HP 11982A
amplified lightwave converter combines a high-speed pin
photodetector with a low-noise preamplifier to provide
a general-purpose instrumentation front end for
lightwave frequency-domain and time-domain measurements
on optical signals over the 1200-nm-to-1600-nm
wavelength range. It can be used with spectrum
analyzers, oscilloscopes, bit error rate testers, and
network analyzers.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6260 (Optical links and equipment)",
classification = "715; 717; 741; 941; B6260 (Optical links and
equipment)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Amplified lightwave converter; amplified lightwave
converter; Broadband; broadband; communication
equipment; convertors; Electric Network Analyzers;
Fiber Optic Transmission; high-speed; high-speed
optical techniques; High-speed systems; HP 11982A;
Lightwave Converters; Lightwave Signals; Lightwave test
instrumentation; lightwave test instrumentation;
Low-noise preamplifier; low-noise preamplifier;
optical; Optical Devices; Optical Front Ends; Optical
Instruments; Oscilloscopes, Cathode Ray; Performance;
Photodetector; photodetector; Spectrum Analyzers;
systems",
thesaurus = "Convertors; High-speed optical techniques; Optical
communication equipment",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Maisenbacher:1991:LMB,
author = "Bernd Maisenbacher and Wolfgang Reichert",
title = "A lightwave multimeter for basic fiber optic
measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "1",
pages = "58--62",
day = "1",
month = feb,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "The objectives for the new HP 8153A lightwave
multimeter were to design a successor to the HP 8152A
with more flexibility and better performance for a
lower price. Incorporating a mainframe with two plug-in
slots and a number of different plug-ins for various
applications, the modular architecture of the HP 8153A
lightwave multimeter extends its usability to a wide
range of basic fiber optic measurement tasks. It can
replace a number of stand-alone instruments such as
optical power meters, dedicated loss test sets, and
stable lightwave sources.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B6260 (Optical links and equipment);
B7320P (Optical variables)",
classification = "741; 941; B6260 (Optical links and equipment);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
B7320P (Optical variables)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "fiber optic; Fiber optic measurements; fibres; HP
8152A; HP 8153A; Lightwave multimeter; lightwave
multimeter; Lightwave Multimeters; measurements;
Multimeters; multimeters; optical; optical
communication equipment; Optical Devices; Optical
Instruments; Optical Power Meters; Optical Variables
Measurement; optical variables measurement; power
measurement; Power measurements; power measurements",
thesaurus = "Multimeters; Optical communication equipment; Optical
fibres; Optical variables measurement; Power
measurement",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Rivoir:1991:DSH,
author = "Jochen Rivoir and Horst Schweikardt and Emmerich
M{\"u}ller",
title = "Design of a series of high-performance lightwave power
sensor modules",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "1",
pages = "63--69",
day = "1",
month = feb,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "The power sensor modules for the HP 8153A lightwave
multimeter feature a new optical interface, new
detectors, an analog-to-digital converter based on a
voltage-to-frequency converter, and a custom gate
array. They offer excellent absolute accuracy and fast
autoranging.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230E (Fibre optic sensors); B6260 (Optical links and
equipment)",
classification = "723; 732; 741; 941; 942; B6260 (Optical links and
equipment); B7230E (Fibre optic sensors)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "8153A; A/D Converters; Analog-to-digital converter;
analog-to-digital converter; Autoranging; autoranging;
Custom gate array; custom gate array; Data Conversion,
Analog to Digital; Detectors; detectors; Electric
Measuring Instruments; HP; HP 8153A; Lightwave
multimeter; lightwave multimeter; Lightwave
Multimeters; Lightwave power sensor modules; lightwave
power sensor modules; Multimeters; multimeters; optical
communication equipment; Optical Devices; Optical
interface; optical interface; Optical Interfaces;
optical variables measurement; Performance; Power
Sensor Modules; Power sensor modules; power sensor
modules; Sensors",
thesaurus = "Detectors; Multimeters; Optical communication
equipment; Optical variables measurement",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hentschel:1991:CFO,
author = "Christian Hentschel",
title = "Calibration of fiber optic power meters",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "1",
pages = "70--72",
day = "1",
month = feb,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "In addition to providing high-performance lightwave
measurement hardware, HP is also involved in
contributing to a worldwide solution of the problem of
calibrating fiber optic power meters. Presently,
calibration and accuracy specifications are based on
internal company standards, with the result that
different vendors' specifications are not comparable.
The problem of incompatible procedures in evaluating
accuracy will soon be solved with the help of an
international standard, the IEC document Calibration of
Fiber-Optic Power Meters. The author discusses the IEC
document with the help of an IEC-type calibration
example: the production calibration of the HP 81532A
InGaAs plug-in for the HP 8153A lightwave multimeter.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7130 (Measurement standards and calibration); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); B7320P
(Optical variables)",
classification = "741; 902; 942; B7130 (Measurement standards and
calibration); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B7320P (Optical variables)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Calibrating; calibrating; Calibration; calibration;
Electric Measurements--Power; Fiber optic power meters;
fiber optic power meters; Fiber Optics; HP; HP 81532A;
IEC; IEC Standards; measurement; Optical Power Meters;
optical variables measurement; power; Standards;
standards; Wattmeters",
thesaurus = "Calibration; Optical variables measurement; Power
measurement; Standards",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Maier:1991:SLS,
author = "Frank A. Maier",
title = "Semiconductor laser sources with superior stability
for optical loss measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "1",
pages = "73--76",
day = "1",
month = feb,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "Loss measurements, one of the main applications of the
HP 8153A lightwave multimeter, need two different kinds
of modules: accurate power meters and highly stable CW
laser sources. Corresponding to the important fiber
optic wavelength bands, four different plug-in laser
source modules have been developed: HP 81551MM 850-nm
multimode; HP 81552SM 1310-nm single-mode; HP 81553SM
1550-nm single-mode; HP 81554SM dual-wavelength (1310
and 1550 nm) single-mode. This article discusses the
design and stabilization of these laser sources.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B4320J (Semiconductor junction lasers); B7320P
(Optical variables)",
classification = "714; 741; 744; 941; B4320J (Semiconductor junction
lasers); B7320P (Optical variables)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "1310 Nm; 1310 nm; 1550 Nm; 1550 nm; 81554SM; 850 Nm;
850 nm; CW laser sources; HP; HP 81551MM; HP 81552SM;
HP 81553SM; HP 81554SM; Laser Applications; Laser
Sources; Lasers, Semiconductor; Lightwave Multimeters;
optical loss measurement; Optical loss measurements;
optical loss measurements; Optical Losses; Optical
Variables Measurement; plug-in laser; Plug-in laser
source modules; semiconductor junction lasers; source
modules",
numericalindex = "Wavelength 8.5E-07 m; Wavelength 1.31E-06 m;
Wavelength 1.55E-06 m",
thesaurus = "Optical loss measurement; Semiconductor junction
lasers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Pless:1991:LMF,
author = "Wilfried Pless and Michael Pott and Robert Jahn",
title = "Lightwave multimeter firmware design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "1",
pages = "77--87 (or 77--83??)",
day = "1",
month = feb,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "Modularity allows an instrument to be tailored to the
customer's needs, and is a major feature of the HP
8153A lightwave multimeter. Modularity can be thought
of as design for the future. The HP 8153A mainframe is
built to accept not only the power sensor and source
modules that exist today, but also modules that will be
built to meet tomorrow's needs. The authors outline
some of the measures undertaken to fulfil these needs
for flexible and modular software. It will also
describe an additional feature of the HP 8153A: the
built-in application software. This application
software allows the customer to perform the most
frequently needed measurements without a controller and
without writing any code.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); B6260
(Optical links and equipment); C7410H
(Instrumentation); C5220 (Computer architecture)",
classification = "723; 741; 941; 942; B6260 (Optical links and
equipment); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); C5220 (Computer architecture); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "8153A; Built-in application software; built-in
application software; communication equipment; Computer
Applications; Computer Software; computerised
instrumentation; Electric Measuring Instruments;
Firmware; firmware; Firmware design; firmware design;
HP; HP 8153A; Lightwave multimeter; lightwave
multimeter; Lightwave Multimeters; Modular software;
modular software; Multimeters; multimeters; optical",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Firmware; Multimeters;
Optical communication equipment",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Champine:1991:VUI,
author = "Mark A. Champine",
title = "A visual user interface for the {HP-UX} and {Domain}
operating systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "1",
pages = "88--96, 98--99",
day = "1",
month = feb,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "The UNIX operating system has a powerful but
hard-to-learn interface, which limits its appeal among
casual or less technical users. Both the HP-UX and the
Domain operating systems are distinct implementations
of the UNIX operating system. HP VUE provides an
easy-to-learn and easy-to-use interface to these
operating systems. Adherence to OSF/Motif look and feel
throughout gives a standard interface style to the
various components of HP VUE. There is a
point-and-click interface for direct manipulation of
the file system, and a number of pull-down menus and
dialog boxes that provide a friendly interface to many
UNIX utilities. This article describes the features and
design considerations for HP VUE 1.0.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6180 (User interfaces); C6150J (Operating systems)",
classification = "722; 723; C6150J (Operating systems); C6180 (User
interfaces)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Graphics; Computer Interfaces; Computer
Operating Systems; Domain; File system; file system;
Friendly interface; friendly interface; Graphical User
Interfaces; graphical user interfaces; HP VUE; HP VUE
1.0; HP-UX; interface; menus; operating systems
(computers); Point-and-click interface; point-and-click
interface; pull-down; Pull-down menus; standard;
Standard interface; UNIX; UNIX operating system; User
Interfaces",
thesaurus = "Graphical user interfaces; Operating systems
[computers]",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Oblad:1991:FHS,
author = "Roger P. Oblad and John R. Regazzi and James E.
Bossaller",
title = "A family of high-performance synthesized sweepers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "2",
pages = "6--16",
day = "1",
month = apr,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "Eleven models which offer frequency coverage to 50 GHz
in coax, extendable to 110 GHz in waveguide with
millimeter heads, are surveyed. Swept frequency
accuracy is ten times better than previous designs. A
menu-based user interface simplifies operation.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); B1230B (Oscillators);
B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); B1350
(Microwave circuits and devices); C7410H
(Instrumentation); C6180 (User interfaces)",
classification = "713; 715; 722; 723; 741; B1230B (Oscillators); B1350
(Microwave circuits and devices); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems); B7250E (Signal
generators); C6180 (User interfaces); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "50 to 110; 50 To 110 GHz; Alphanumeric Displays;
Computer Interfaces --- Applications; Computer
Programming Languages --- Applications; computerised
instrumentation; Display Devices --- Applications;
Flexible User Interface; frequency oscillators;
Frequency Synthesizers --- Applications; GHz;
Menu-based user interface; menu-based user interface;
Microcircuits; Microwave generation; microwave
generation; Oscillators; Swept Frequency Accuracy;
Swept frequency oscillator; swept frequency oscillator;
swept-; Synthesized Sweepers; Synthesized sweepers;
synthesized sweepers; user interfaces",
numericalindex = "Frequency 5.0E+10 to 1.1E+11 Hz",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Microwave generation;
Swept-frequency oscillators; User interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Seibel:1991:BSS,
author = "Michael J. Seibel",
title = "Built-in synthesized sweeper self-test and
adjustments",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "2",
pages = "17--23",
day = "1",
month = apr,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
library database",
abstract = "In the design of the HP 8360 synthesized sweep
oscillators, considerable effort was expended on
providing built-in self-test and service features. The
HP 8360 self-test consists of over 900 analog, digital,
and RF measurements taken in approximately 45 seconds.
More than 90\% of failures are detected and diagnosed
to determine the most likely fault and a message is
presented directing the operator to a specific entry in
the service manual for further isolation. Many of the
adjustments can be done without the aid of external
test equipment through the use of internal firmware
routines. Other firmware routines provide a collection
of service tools to manipulate the hardware to
facilitate troubleshooting. All of these self-test and
service features are easily accessible from the front
panel and over the HP-IB (IEEE 488).",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B1350 (Microwave circuits and
devices); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
classification = "713; 715; 722; B1350 (Microwave circuits and
devices); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B7250E (Signal generators); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Analogue measurement; analogue measurement; Automatic
Frequency Span Calibration; Automatic testing;
automatic testing; BIST; built-in self test; Computer
Hardware --- Applications; computerised; digital;
Digital measurement; Failure Isolation; Firmware
Routines; Frequency Synthesizers --- Applications;
Hewlett Packard computers; HP 8360; HP 8360 synthesized
sweep oscillators; instrumentation; measurement;
Oscillators; oscillators; Phase Locked Loops ---
Testing; RF measurements; Self-Test Hardware
Considerations; swept-frequency; synthesized sweep
oscillators; Synthesized Sweeper Self-Test; Synthesized
sweeper self-test; synthesized sweeper self-test;
Testing",
thesaurus = "Automatic testing; Built-in self test; Computerised
instrumentation; Hewlett Packard computers;
Swept-frequency oscillators",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Baker:1991:HSO,
author = "Glen M. Baker and Mark N. Davidson and Lance E. Haag",
title = "A High-Performance Sweeper Output Power Leveling
System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "2",
pages = "24--30",
month = apr,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 8360 family of synthesized sweepers offers
greatly enhanced leveling performance over previous
generations of microwave sources. The improvements are
in flatness, leveling accuracy, AM bandwidth, and AM
dynamic range. In addition, the automatic level control
design provides the ability to incorporate such
features as user flatness correction and
self-calibration.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); B1230B (Oscillators);
B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
classification = "713; 715; B1230B (Oscillators); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems); B7250E (Signal
generators); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "AM; AM bandwidth; AM dynamic range; Amplifiers ---
Applications; Automatic level control; automatic level
control; Automatic Level Control (ALC); computerised
instrumentation; dynamic range; Error analysis; error
analysis; Exponential Amplifier; Feedforward ALC
Design; Flatness; flatness; Frequency Synthesizers ---
Applications; Hewlett Packard computers; high power;
High power measurement; HP 8360; Leveling accuracy;
leveling accuracy; measurement; Oscillators;
Performance; Power calibration; power calibration;
Self-calibration; self-calibration; Sweeper Output
Power Leveling System; swept-frequency oscillators",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Hewlett Packard
computers; Swept-frequency oscillators",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
xxtitle = "A high-performance sweeper output power levelling
system",
}
@Article{Zellers:1991:SFD,
author = "James R. Zellers",
title = "A 0.01-to-40-{GHz} switched frequency doubler",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "2",
pages = "31--33",
month = apr,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "This microcircuit doubler has a passthrough mode for
0.01-to-20-GHz input signals and a doubler mode for 20
to 40 GHz. An integrated RF switch changes modes.
Slotline filters reduce spurious outputs to -40 dBc or
less. This microcircuit extends the frequency range of
existing 0.01-to-20-GHz sources up to 40 GHz. Spurious
output in the 0.01-to-20 GHz band is limited by the
input signal, and is below -40 dBc in the 20-to-40-GHz
band.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1350H (Microwave integrated circuits); B1230B
(Oscillators); B7250E (Signal generators)",
classification = "713; 714; B1230B (Oscillators); B1350H (Microwave
integrated circuits); B7250E (Signal generators)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "0.01 To 40 GHz; 0.01 to 40 GHz; Amplifiers; Electric
Filters --- Applications; Electronic Circuits,
Frequency Multiplying; frequency multipliers;
integrated circuits; Integrated RF switch; integrated
RF switch; MIC; Microcircuit doubler; Microcircuit
Doubler; microcircuit doubler; Microstrip Devices ---
Applications; microwave; microwave generation;
microwave oscillators; oscillators; Slotline filter;
slotline filter; Slotline Filters;
Slotline-To-Microstrip Transition; swept-frequency;
Switched Frequency Doubler; Switched frequency doubler;
switched frequency doubler; switched networks",
numericalindex = "Frequency 1.0E+07 to 4.0E+10 Hz",
thesaurus = "Frequency multipliers; Microwave generation; Microwave
integrated circuits; Microwave oscillators;
Swept-frequency oscillators; Switched networks",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Koenig:1991:HMP,
author = "Mary K. Koenig",
title = "A high-speed microwave pulse modulator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "2",
pages = "34--36 (or 34--35??)",
month = apr,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Fast pulse modulation, Option 006 for the HP 8360
synthesized sweep oscillators, offers improved pulse
modulation performance over the standard instrument
block diagram. In this configuration, the instrument
has an additional pulse modulator at the output of the
RF deck. Pulse modulating after the YIG multiplier
substantially improves performance. A new wideband
modulator is the key to this improved performance.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1350F (Solid-state circuits and devices); B1230B
(Oscillators); B1250 (Modulators, demodulators,
discriminators and mixers); B1260 (Pulse circuits)",
classification = "713; 718; B1230B (Oscillators); B1250 (Modulators,
demodulators, discriminators and mixers); B1260 (Pulse
circuits ); B1350F (Solid-state circuits and devices)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Equipment; High Power Pulse Modulation; HP 8360
synthesized; HP 8360 synthesized sweep oscillator; HP
MMIC travelling wave amplifiers; microwave pulse
modulator; Microwave pulse modulator; MMIC; modulators;
Modulators --- Applications; oscillators; Oscillators;
pulse circuits; Pulse Modulation; sweep oscillator;
swept-frequency; Synthesized Sweep Oscillators;
unequally spaced diode topology; Unequally spaced diode
topology; Wideband Modulators",
thesaurus = "MMIC; Modulators; Pulse circuits; Swept-frequency
oscillators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bischof:1991:NTS,
author = "Richard S. Bischof and Ronald C. Blanc and Patrick B.
Harper",
title = "New technology in synthesized sweeper microcircuits",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "2",
pages = "36--46",
month = apr,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A new packaging technology using thick-film hybrids
and contacts integral to the package simplifies testing
and rework and reduces RFI. New circuit designs include
a triple balanced mixer and quasi-elliptic low-pass
filters. New approaches reduce video feedthrough and
harmonic generation.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1350H (Microwave integrated circuits); B0170J
(Product packaging); B1250 (Modulators, demodulators,
discriminators and mixers); B1230B (Oscillators);
B2220J (Hybrid integrated circuits)",
classification = "713; 714; 715; 716; B0170J (Product packaging);
B1230B (Oscillators); B1250 (Modulators, demodulators,
discriminators and mixers); B1350H (Microwave
integrated circuits); B2220J (Hybrid integrated
circuits)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "10 MHz to; 10 MHz to 2.3 GHz; 2.3 GHz; Electric
Filters, Low Pass; Electronic Circuits, Mixer;
Electronics Packaging; filters; Frequency Synthesizers;
Harmonic generation; harmonic generation; hybrid
integrated circuits; hybrids; integrated circuits;
Integrated Circuits, Hybrid; lo Amplifier; low-pass
filters; microwave; mixers (circuits);
Modulation/Splitter (Modsplitter); modulators;
oscillators; Packaging; packaging; Quasi-Elliptic Low
Pass Filter; quasi-elliptic low-pass; Quasi-elliptic
low-pass filters; Radio Interference; radiofrequency
interference; RFI; swept-frequency; Synthesized sweeper
microcircuits; Synthesized Sweeper Microcircuits;
synthesized sweeper microcircuits; thick film devices;
Thick Films; thick-film; Thick-film hybrids; Triple
Balanced Mixer; Triple balanced mixer; triple balanced
mixer; Video feedthrough; video feedthrough",
numericalindex = "Frequency 1.0E+07 to 2.3E+09 Hz",
thesaurus = "Hybrid integrated circuits; Low-pass filters;
Microwave integrated circuits; Mixers [circuits];
Modulators; Packaging; Radiofrequency interference;
Swept-frequency oscillators; Thick film devices",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Veteran:1991:DPS,
author = "David R. Veteran",
title = "{DC-to-50-GHz} programmable step attenuators",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "2",
pages = "47--49",
month = apr,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Coaxial Attenuators are simple enough in concept but
not so easy to design when the required frequency range
is dc to 50 GHz. This is especially true when
switchability and high repeatability without loss of
accuracy and match are required. A few years ago, type
N and SMA were the connectors of choice for coaxial
devices. Their maximum upper frequency limit was about
18 Ghz. Then came the 3.5-mm connector and the upper
limit moved up to 26.5 GHz. Now we have moved up again
with the advent to the 2.4-mm connector and its 50-GHz
capability. The move to ever higher frequencies for
broadband measurements has created the need for a whole
new generation of coaxial devices. Based on HP's proven
edgeline technology, the described attenuators provide
the HP 8360 sweepers with up to 90 dB of attenuation in
10-dB steps.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1350 (Microwave circuits and devices); B1230B
(Oscillators); B1270D (Passive filters and other
passive networks)",
classification = "714; B1230B (Oscillators); B1270D (Passive filters
and other passive networks); B1350 (Microwave circuits
and devices)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "0; 0 To 50 GHz; 90 DB; 90 dB; attenuators; Coaxial
attenuator; coaxial attenuator; Coaxial Attenuators;
coaxial cables; Edgeline configuration; Edgeline
Configuration; edgeline configuration; Edgeline
technology; edgeline technology; Electric Attenuators;
Electric Attenuators --- Design; HP 8360 sweepers;
microwave devices; Performance; programmable;
Programmable Step Attenuators; Programmable step
attenuators; step attenuators; to 50 GHz",
numericalindex = "Frequency 0.0E+00 to 5.0E+10 Hz; Loss 9.0E+01 dB",
thesaurus = "Attenuators; Coaxial cables; Microwave devices",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Sayed:1991:HMS,
author = "Mohamed M. Sayed and Giovonnae F. Anderson",
title = "50-to-110-{GHz} high-performance millimeter-wave
source modules",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "2",
pages = "50--64",
month = apr,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "State-of-the-art microcircuit technologies and
development tools were employed to produce a W-band
amplifier tripler, a V-band amplifier doubler, an
R-band amplifier doubler, and a coupler detector for
two new frequency multiplier modules",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1350H (Microwave integrated circuits); B7250E (Signal
generators); B1290B (Convertors)",
classification = "711; 713; B1290B (Convertors); B1350H (Microwave
integrated circuits); B7250E (Signal generators)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "50 To 110 GHz; 50 to 110 GHz; Amplifiers --- Design;
band amplifier doubler; Coupler detector; coupler
detector; Design; EHF; Electric Filters, Low Pass ---
Applications; Electronic Circuits, Frequency
Multiplying; Flatness Correction; frequency; Frequency
multiplier modules; frequency multipliers; integrated
circuit technology; microwave generation; Microwave
generators; microwave generators; microwave integrated
circuits; Microwave oscillators; microwave oscillators;
Millimeter Wave Source Modules; Millimeter Waves;
MM-wave source; modules; multiplier modules; R-; R-band
amplifier doubler; R-Band Amplifier Doubler; V-band
amplifier doubler; V-Band Amplifier Doubler; V-band
amplifier doubler; W-Band Amplifier Tripler; W-band
amplifier tripler",
numericalindex = "Frequency 5.0E+10 to 1.1E+11 Hz",
thesaurus = "Frequency multipliers; Integrated circuit technology;
Microwave generation; Microwave integrated circuits;
Microwave oscillators; Modules",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hoover:1991:ITN,
author = "David M. Hoover",
title = "An instrument for testing {North American} digital
cellular radios",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "2",
pages = "65--70, 72",
month = apr,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Rapid growth in the demand for AMPS (Advanced Mobile
Phone Service) cellular radios in North America has
caused saturation in current analog cellular frequency
bands. This has spurred the development of a new
digital cellular standard that will increase the
spectrum efficiency of cellular radios to allow more
users to share the same frequency spectrum. New
dual-mode radios will require testing for both the
analog and digital operating modes. The analog tests
can be made with currently available test equipment.
The HP 11846A $ \pi / 4 $ DQPSK I-Q generator and the
HP 11847A $ \pi / 4 $ DQPSK modulation measurement
software are two products designed to test the radios'
digital mode.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); B6120 (Modulation
methods); B6250F (Mobile radio systems); B0170E
(Production facilities and engineering); B1270F
(Digital filters)",
classification = "713; 716; 723; B0170E (Production facilities and
engineering); B1270F (Digital filters); B6120
(Modulation methods); B6250F (Mobile radio systems);
B7250E (Signal generators)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Advanced Mobile Phone Service; cellular radio;
Computer Software --- Applications; cosine filters;
Digital Cellular Radios; digital filters; digital radio
systems; DQPSK Digital Modulation Format; Electric
Filters --- Applications; electronic equipment testing;
filtered pi /4 DQPSK; Filtered pi /4 DQPSK; generators;
HP 11846A; I baseband signals; North American digital
cellular radios; Phase Modulation --- Phase Shift
Keying; phase shift keying; Q baseband signals; Radio
Receivers; Radio Systems, Mobile --- Cellular
Technology; raised; Raised cosine filters; signal;
Testing; time division multiple access",
thesaurus = "Cellular radio; Digital filters; Digital radio
systems; Electronic equipment testing; Phase shift
keying; Signal generators; Time division multiple
access",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Birgenheier:1991:MMA,
author = "Raymond A. Birgenheier",
title = "Measuring the Modulation Accuracy of $ \pi / 4 $
{DQPSK} Signals for Digital Cellular Transmitters",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "2",
pages = "73--82",
month = apr,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 11847A $ \pi / 4 $ DQPSK modulation measurement
software performs accurate verification of the RF
performance of cellular transmitters conforming to the
standard for the North American Dual-Mode Cellular
System (NADMCS). The standard was prepared by the TR
45.3 subcommittee of the Electronic Industries
Association and Telecommunications Industries
Association (EIA\slash TIA). Included in the standard
are specifications for the maximum carrier frequency
error and the modulation accuracy of the transmitter.
The modulation accuracy is characterized by the rms
error vector magnitude averaged over the detection
decision points of a burst.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6250F (Mobile radio systems); B7310Z (Other electric
variables); B6120 (Modulation methods); B6140 (Signal
processing and detection); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); C7410H (Instrumentation); C7410F
(Communications); C5260 (Digital signal processing)",
classification = "716; 723; 921; B6120 (Modulation methods); B6140
(Signal processing and detection); B6250F (Mobile radio
systems); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B7310Z (Other electric variables); C5260
(Digital signal processing); C7410F (Communications);
C7410H (Instrumentation)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Amplitude characteristics; amplitude characteristics;
Amplitude error; amplitude error; Amplitude graphs;
amplitude graphs; ATE; automatic test equipment;
Carrier frequency error; carrier frequency error;
cellular radio; cellular transmitters; characteristics;
Computer Software --- Applications; computerised signal
processing; digital; Digital cellular transmitters;
Digital Cellular Transmitters; digital radio; digital
signal; Digital signal processing; DQPSK Signals;
electric variables measurement; electronic; equipment
testing; Error vector magnitude; error vector
magnitude; Error vector magnitude graph; error vector
magnitude graph; fast Fourier transforms; FFT
measurements; HP 11847A; HP 11847A measurement system;
HP 11847A software; I-Q diagrams; measurement;
measurement system; Modulation accuracy; modulation
accuracy; Modulation Accuracy Measurements; Modulation
phase; modulation phase; Performance; Phase Modulation
--- Phase Shift Keying; Pi /4 DQPSK signals; pi /4
DQPSK signals; processing; radio; Radio Systems, Mobile
--- Cellular Technology; Radio Transmitters; Signal
Processing --- Digital Techniques; systems; TDMA; time
division multiple access; transmitters",
thesaurus = "Automatic test equipment; Cellular radio;
Characteristics measurement; Computerised signal
processing; Digital radio systems; Electric variables
measurement; Electronic equipment testing; Fast Fourier
transforms; Radio transmitters; Time division multiple
access",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Neuder:1991:TVT,
author = "David L. Neuder",
title = "A test verification tool for {C} and {C}++ programs",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "2",
pages = "83--92",
month = apr,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP Branch Validator provides an automated tool
that enables software developers to test and verify the
branch coverage of their modules as they are created.
The HP Branch Validator makes use of the Encapsulator
to provide a friendly window interface which speeds up
the process of analyzing branch coverage results. This
interface allows the HP Branch Validator to be run as a
stand-alone product or as an integrated member of the
Softbench environment.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
systems); C6140D (High level languages); C6115
(Programming support); C6180G (Graphical user
interfaces)",
classification = "722; 723; C6115 (Programming support); C6140D (High
level languages); C6150G (Diagnostic, testing,
debugging and evaluating systems); C6180G (Graphical
user interfaces)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Automated tool; automated tool; C language; C++; C++
programs; Computer Interfaces; Computer Programming
Languages --- C; Computer Programs; Computer Software;
friendly; Friendly window interface; graphical user
interfaces; HP Branch Validator; object-oriented;
Preprocessor; program testing; program verification;
programming; programs; Softbench environment; software;
Software Product Testing; Software tools; software
tools; Test Verification Tool; Test verification tool;
test verification tool; Testing; tools; window
interface",
thesaurus = "C language; Graphical user interfaces; Object-oriented
programming; Program testing; Program verification;
Software tools",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Wickes:1991:HSE,
author = "William C. Wickes and Charles M. Patton",
title = "The {HP 48SX} scientific expandable calculator:
innovation and evolution",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "3",
pages = "6--12",
month = jun,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Since the introduction of the HP 65 in 1974,
Hewlett--Packard has developed a succession of
customizable scientific calculators of ever expanding
capability. The HP 48SX scientific expandable
calculator maintains this trend with an unprecedented
combination of features and flexibility. The authors
look at its major features which are supported by a
hardware set that includes a vertical-format package
with 49 keys, a 131-by-64-pixel LCD display with
support for fast scrolling of virtual displays that are
larger than the physical screen, two plug-in slots for
memory cards, a four-wire serial communications port,
and an infrared transmitter and receiver.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
keywords = "electronic calculators; Fast scrolling; fast
scrolling; Hardware set; hardware set; Hewlett Packard
computers; Hewlett--Packard; HP 48SX; Memory cards;
memory cards; plug-in; Plug-in slots; Scientific
expandable calculator; scientific expandable
calculator; Serial communications port; serial
communications port; slots; Virtual displays; virtual
displays",
thesaurus = "Electronic calculators; Hewlett Packard computers",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Beers:1991:HIA,
author = "Ted W. Beers and Diana K. Byrne and Gabe L. Eisenstein
and Robert W. Jones and Patrick J. Megowan",
title = "{HP 48SX} interfaces and applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "3",
pages = "13--21",
month = jun,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Like its predecessor the HP 28S, the HP 48SX
scientific expandable calculator is an RPN calculator
designed as an electronic scratchpad for mathematical
calculations. However, the simple user interface used
in the HP 28S would have become overloaded if
translated directly to the more capable HP 48SX.
Consequently, the HP 48SX contains direct support for
developing specialized user interfaces that can replace
or extend the basic calculator interface. The support
is used in the built-in applications such as the
EquationWriter and interactive plotting, and is
available for ordinary user programming and for
externally developed applications. The authors review
the support mechanisms and given several illustrations
of their use.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C6180 (User interfaces)",
classification = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C6180 (User interfaces)",
keywords = "Direct support; direct support; electronic
calculators; Electronic scratchpad; electronic
scratchpad; EquationWriter; Hewlett Packard computers;
HP 48SX; interactive; Interactive plotting; interfaces;
plotting; RPN calculator; Scientific expandable
calculator; scientific expandable calculator;
Specialized user interfaces; specialized user
interfaces; Support mechanisms; support mechanisms;
user; User interface; user interface; User programming;
user programming",
thesaurus = "Electronic calculators; Hewlett Packard computers;
User interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Vogel:1991:HSE,
author = "Eric L. Vogel",
title = "{HP} solve equation library application card",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "3",
pages = "22--25",
month = jun,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Historically, every HP programmable calculator has had
programs available in some form. The HP Solve Equation
Library application card provides this capability for
the HP 48SX scientific expandable calculator, but
without the limitations of previous pacs. The card
contains a library of 315 equations, the periodic table
of the elements, a constants library, a multiple
equation solver, a finance application, and engineering
utilities.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C7300 (Natural sciences); C5140 (Firmware); C5430
(Microcomputers)",
classification = "C5140 (Firmware); C5430 (Microcomputers); C7300
(Natural sciences)",
keywords = "Application card; application card; Constants library;
constants library; Engineering utilities; engineering
utilities; Finance application; finance application;
firmware; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 48SX; HP Solve
Equation Library; Multiple equation solver; multiple
equation solver; Periodic table; periodic table;
software packages",
thesaurus = "Firmware; Hewlett Packard computers; Software
packages",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Smith:1991:HDH,
author = "Mark A. Smith and Lester S. Moore and Preston D. Brown
and James P. Dickie and David L. Smith and Thomas B.
Lindberg and M. Jack Muranami",
title = "Hardware design of the {HP 48SX} scientific expandable
calculator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "3",
pages = "25--34",
month = jun,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Leveraging an earlier design resulted in prototypes
with 90\% production tooled parts only nine months
after the start of the project. The HP 48SX includes an
8-line-by-22-character super-twisted nematic liquid
crystal display, two expansion ports for ROM or
battery-backed RAM cards, and two I/O ports: RS-232 and
infrared.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
keywords = "Battery-backed RAM; battery-backed RAM; display;
electronic calculators; Expansion ports; expansion
ports; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 48SX; I/O; I/O
ports; Infrared; infrared; liquid crystal; Liquid
crystal display; ports; ROM; RS-232; Scientific
expandable calculator; scientific expandable
calculator",
thesaurus = "Electronic calculators; Hewlett Packard computers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Harper:1991:HCI,
author = "Steven L. Harper and Robert S. Worsley",
title = "The {HP 48SX} calculator input\slash output system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "3",
pages = "35--40",
month = jun,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Describes the input/output system for the HP 48SX
calculator. An RS-232 link allows communication with
personal computers. An infrared link provides for
printing and for two-way calculator-to-calculator
communication.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5610N (Network interfaces); C5610P (Peripheral
interfaces)",
classification = "C5610N (Network interfaces); C5610P (Peripheral
interfaces)",
keywords = "computer interfaces; electronic calculators; HP 48SX;
Infrared link; infrared link; Input/output;
input/output; RS-232 link",
thesaurus = "Computer interfaces; Electronic calculators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Riper:1991:MHC,
author = "Richard W. Riper",
title = "Manufacturing the {HP 48SX} calculator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "3",
pages = "40--43",
month = jun,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The Hewlett--Packard 48SX is an advanced scientific
calculator that reaches new levels of capability and
performance. Rather than start with a clean sheet, the
design team looked to simplify HP's calculator line
when developing the HP 48SX, in particular by making
use of common manufacturing processes. This reduced the
time to develop the calculator. Sharing common assembly
techniques with other HP calculators has also led to
improved production efficiency and increased
flexibility.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); C5430
(Microcomputers); C0200 (General computer topics)",
classification = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering);
C0200 (General computer topics); C5430
(Microcomputers)",
keywords = "Common assembly techniques; common assembly
techniques; Design; design; DP industry; electronic
calculators; electronic equipment; Hewlett Packard
computers; HP 48SX; HP calculators; manufacture;
manufacturing; Manufacturing processes; processes;
Production efficiency; production efficiency;
Scientific calculator; scientific calculator",
thesaurus = "DP industry; Electronic calculators; Electronic
equipment manufacture; Hewlett Packard computers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Carlson:1991:SAD,
author = "Kristen C. Carlson and James H. Cauthorn and Timothy
L. Hillstrom and Roy L. Mason and Joseph F. Tarantino
and Jay M. Wardle and Eric J. Wicklund",
title = "A 10-Hz-to-150-{MHz} spectrum analyzer with a digital
{IF} section",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "3",
pages = "44--64",
month = jun,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 3588A spectrum analyzer is a heterodyned,
synthesized instrument with a tracking source. It is
designed for spectrum and scalar network measurements
from 10 Hz to 150 MHz. The key measurement contribution
of the HP 3588A is fast, high-resolution, narrowband
measurements. By combining digital filtering and FFT
(fast Fourier transform) analysis with traditional
swept spectrum analysis techniques, the HP 3588A
typically provides four times faster swept measurements
and up to hundreds of times faster narrowband
measurements than were previously available in a swept
analyzer. The HP 3588A accomplishes this while
achieving superior amplitude accuracy.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
classification = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
keywords = "10 Hz to 150 MHz; computerised instrumentation;
High-resolution; high-resolution; HP 3588A;
measurements; narrowband; Narrowband measurements;
Network measurements; network measurements; spectral
analysers",
numericalindex = "Frequency 1.0E+01 to 1.5E+08 Hz",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Spectral analysers",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Backman:1991:EPT,
author = "Rex A. Backman",
title = "Easy-to-use performance tools with a consistent user
interface across {HP} operating systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "3",
pages = "65--70",
month = jun,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "All HP computer system users should be able to use and
understand their performance tools. This concept was
the guiding principle behind the HP GlancePlus family
of diagnostic performance tools created by the
performance technology center of HP's Application
Support Division. Typically, computer system
performance tools have been directed towards the
technically advanced user. The focus on tools that
required a high degree of operating system knowledge
left out novice users. Feedback from customers
regarding computer system diagnostic performance tools
subtly addressed this issue by requesting performance
tools that were consistent in look and feel across
platforms (MPE V, MPE XL, and HP-UX operating systems),
where easy to use, and were low in cost. To answer
these customer needs, the HP GlancePlus family of
diagnostic performance tools was created.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5470 (Performance evaluation and testing); C7430
(Computer engineering)",
classification = "C5470 (Performance evaluation and testing); C7430
(Computer engineering)",
keywords = "Customer needs; customer needs; Diagnostic performance
tools; diagnostic performance tools; GlancePlus; HP
operating systems; performance evaluation; Performance
tools; performance tools; software packages",
thesaurus = "Performance evaluation; Software packages",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Graves:1991:IPD,
author = "Spencer B. Graves and William P. Carmichael and
Douglas Daetz and Edith Wilson",
title = "Improving the product development process",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "3",
pages = "71--76",
month = jun,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Managers in marketing, manufacturing, and especially
research and development at HP are becoming more aware
that they jointly manage a cross-functional process.
Their people define and design a product and develop
processes to manufacture and market that product. Many
HP divisions are working to improve this process. Their
improvement efforts rely on concepts such as break-even
time (BET), post-introduction product reviews,
in-process project retrospective reviews, and quality
function deployment (QFD). The authors briefly describe
these techniques.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C0310 (EDP management)",
classification = "C0310 (EDP management)",
keywords = "Break-even time; break-even time; DP industry;
electronic equipment manufacture; Hewlett; HP;
In-process project retrospective reviews; in-process
project retrospective reviews; Packard computers;
post-introduction; Post-introduction product reviews;
Product development; product development; product
reviews; Quality function deployment; quality function
deployment",
thesaurus = "DP industry; Electronic equipment manufacture; Hewlett
Packard computers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Lubkin:1991:DSC,
author = "David C. Lubkin",
title = "{DSEE}: {A} Software Configuration Management Tool",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "3",
pages = "77--83",
month = jun,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The Domain Software Engineering Environment (DSEE) is
a configuration management system that is useful for
managing large, complex software development and
maintenance projects. DSEE runs on the Apollo Domain
operating system (Domain/OS) and is in use at over 6000
sites world-wide, including HP Apollo. DSEE is designed
to deal with the particular problems of large-scale
software development. The latest version of DSEE,
version 4, makes the configuration management
capabilities of DSEE available to a variety of
non-Apollo systems.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support)",
classification = "C6115 (Programming support)",
keywords = "Apollo Domain; Apollo Domain operating system;
Configuration management; configuration management;
Domain Software Engineering Environment; DSEE; Hewlett
Packard computers; operating system; software tools;
Version 4; version 4",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Software tools",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Goodnow:1991:MSP,
author = "John W. Goodnow",
title = "A mechanism to support parallel development via
{RCS}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "3",
pages = "84--89",
month = jun,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "HP's Imaging Systems Division uses the HP-UX revision
control system utility, RCS, to implement a
configuration management system that allows stable,
released software to remain unchanged while
modifications are made to some of its components. The
author describes a simple mechanism, based on the HP-UX
platform and the RCS (revision control system) utility,
for effectively achieving parallel development
capabilities and implementing baseline configuration
management. The mechanism described is reliable,
robust, and simple to use and administrate.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support); C6110P (Parallel
programming)",
classification = "C6110P (Parallel programming); C6115 (Programming
support)",
keywords = "baseline; Baseline configuration management;
configuration management; Configuration management
system; configuration management system; HP-UX;
Parallel development; parallel development; parallel
programming; RCS; revision control system; Revision
control system utility; software tools; utility",
thesaurus = "Parallel programming; Software tools",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Richardson:1991:BMI,
author = "Ronald F. Richardson",
title = "Building and managing an integrated project support
environment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "3",
pages = "90--96",
month = jun,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Discusses cost-effective HP-UX computing and ways of
reducing the effort of maintaining and administering
this environment. The main areas discussed include
financial aspects, cooperative computing, network
architecture, and a management model for system
administration.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support)",
classification = "C6115 (Programming support)",
keywords = "Cooperative computing; cooperative computing;
Cost-effective; cost-effective; HP-; HP-UX; Integrated
project support environment; integrated project support
environment; management; Management model; model;
Network architecture; network architecture; project
support environments; UX",
thesaurus = "Project support environments",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Westerteicher:1991:IHC,
author = "Christoph Westerteicher",
title = "Introduction to the {HP} Component Monitoring System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "4",
pages = "6--8, 10",
month = oct,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Patient monitors are used in a variety of departments
within hospitals. These include operating rooms,
intensive care units, cardiac care units, in-hospital
and out-of-hospital transportation, and special
function areas such as lithotripsy and X-ray. A patient
monitoring system must be versatile and applicable to
most of these areas. The HP Component Monitoring System
is designed to meet these requirements. The article
outlines the high-level project goals and the
approaches taken to meet them. It also describes the
overall hardware and software architecture.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C7330 (Biology and medicine); C5430 (Microcomputers);
C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays); C6150 (Systems
software); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
classification = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
displays); C6150 (Systems software); C7330 (Biology and
medicine); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
keywords = "cardiac; Cardiac care units; care units; computer
graphic equipment; computerised monitoring; Hewlett;
Hospitals; hospitals; HP Component; HP Component
Monitoring System; In-hospital; in-hospital; Intensive
care units; intensive care units; interactive
terminals; Lithotripsy; lithotripsy; microcomputers;
Monitoring System; Operating rooms; operating rooms;
Out-of-hospital transportation; out-of-hospital
transportation; Packard computers; patient monitoring;
Patient monitoring system; patient monitoring system;
systems software; X-ray",
thesaurus = "Computer graphic equipment; Computerised monitoring;
Hewlett Packard computers; Interactive terminals;
Microcomputers; Patient monitoring; Systems software",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1991:MET,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Medical Expectations of Today's Patient Monitors",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "4",
pages = "9--9",
month = oct,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Westerteicher:1991:CMS,
author = "Christoph Westerteicher and Werner E. Heim",
title = "Component {Monitoring System} hardware architecture",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "4",
pages = "10--13 (or 10--12??)",
month = oct,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The prime objective in the development of the HP
Component Monitoring System was to build a patient
monitor that would adapt optimally to the majority of
clinical applications, now and in the foreseeable
future. The authors describe the system's hardware
architecture in detail. It comprises the computer
module, message passing bus, central plane and power
supply, and the display.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C7330 (Biology and medicine); C5430 (Microcomputers);
C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays); C5610S (System
buses)C5220 (Computer architecture); C7410H
(Instrumentation)C5150 (Other circuits for digital
computers)",
classification = "C5150 (Other circuits for digital computers); C5220
(Computer architecture); C5430 (Microcomputers); C5540
(Terminals and graphic displays); C5610S (System
buses); C7330 (Biology and medicine); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
keywords = "architecture; central; Central plane; computer;
computer architecture; computer graphic equipment;
Computer module; computer module; computerised
monitoring; computers; Display; display; hardware;
Hardware architecture; Hewlett Packard; HP Component
Monitoring System; interactive terminals; interfaces;
Message passing bus; message passing bus; Patient
monitor; patient monitor; patient monitoring; plane;
power; Power supply; power supply; supplies to
apparatus",
thesaurus = "Computer architecture; Computer graphic equipment;
Computer interfaces; Computerised monitoring; Hewlett
Packard computers; Interactive terminals; Patient
monitoring; Power supplies to apparatus",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Reiche:1991:CMS,
author = "Martin Reiche",
title = "Component {Monitoring System} software architecture",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "4",
pages = "13--18",
month = oct,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Component Monitoring System software modules show
significantly different profiles in resource
requirements, must share a multiprocessor real-time
system in varying configurations without conflicts,
have to act and communicate in a meaningful way with
regard to the current configuration, and are
implemented by different people in different places at
different times. This makes standardization difficult.
The paper shows how these problems were overcome, both
from an architectural point of view and from a
development environment perspective. It covers the
layered software scheme, modules and messages, virtual
processor, execution model, communication model, and
automated configuration.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C7330 (Biology and medicine); C6115 (Programming
support); C6150 (Systems software)",
classification = "C6115 (Programming support); C6150 (Systems
software); C7330 (Biology and medicine)",
keywords = "Automated configuration; automated configuration;
Communication model; communication model; Component
Monitoring System software; Development environment;
development environment; environments; Execution model;
execution model; Hewlett Packard computers; Layered
software; layered software; Messages; messages;
Modules; modules; multiprocessor real-; Multiprocessor
real-time system; patient monitoring; programming;
systems software; time system; Virtual processor;
virtual processor",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Patient monitoring;
Programming environments; Systems software",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1991:CMSa,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Component Monitoring System Software",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "4",
pages = "14--14",
month = oct,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1991:CMSb,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Component Monitoring System Software Development
Environment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "4",
pages = "15--18",
month = oct,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Kaiser:1991:CMS,
author = "Winfried Kaiser",
title = "Component {Monitoring System} parameter module
interface",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "4",
pages = "19--21 (or 19--20??)",
month = oct,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The parameter module interface of the HP Component
Monitoring System is the interconnection between the
computer module and the module rack. The module rack
can house a wide range and a varying number of
parameter modules. By means of transducers attached to
the patient the parameter modules measure the patient's
vital signs. These devices include the ECG temperature,
and recorder modules, and many others. The paper
discusses the link design, communication protocol, scan
table, and parameter module interaction.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C7330 (Biology and medicine); C5610P (Peripheral
interfaces)",
classification = "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C7330 (Biology and
medicine)",
keywords = "Communication protocol; communication protocol;
computer interfaces; Computer module; computer module;
ECG; Hewlett Packard computers; HP Component Monitoring
System; Link design; link design; Module rack; module
rack; monitoring; Parameter module interface; parameter
module interface; Patient; patient; Recorder modules;
recorder modules; Scan table; scan table; signs;
Temperature; temperature; Transducers; transducers;
vital; Vital signs",
thesaurus = "Computer interfaces; Hewlett Packard computers;
Patient monitoring",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Grossbach:1991:MES,
author = "Wolfgang Grossbach",
title = "Measuring the {ECG} Signal with a Mixed Analog-Digital
Application-Specific {IC}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "4",
pages = "21--24",
month = oct,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Putting the ECG data acquisition subsystem, into a HP
Component Monitoring System parameter module mandates
high-density packaging and low power consumption, and
was only possible by implementing major elements of the
circuit in a large mixed analog-digital ASIC. The
author describes the ECG signal characteristics,
electrocardiograph ASIC, and pace pulse detection
circuit.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7510D (Bioelectric signals); B1280 (Mixed
analogue-digital circuits)",
classification = "B1280 (Mixed analogue-digital circuits); B7510D
(Bioelectric signals)",
keywords = "acquisition subsystem; application specific integrated
circuits; ASIC; biomedical; Component Monitoring System
parameter; Component Monitoring System parameter
module; detector circuits; ECG data; ECG data
acquisition subsystem; ECG signal characteristics;
electrocardiograph ASIC; Electrocardiograph ASIC;
electrocardiography; electronics; mixed analog-digital;
mixed analog-digital application-specific IC; Mixed
analog-digital application-specific IC; Mixed
analog-digital ASIC; module; monitoring; pace pulse
detection circuit; Pace pulse detection circuit;
packaging; Packaging; patient; power consumption; Power
consumption",
thesaurus = "Application specific integrated circuits; Biomedical
electronics; Detector circuits; Electrocardiography;
Patient monitoring",
treatment = "P Practical",
xxauthor = "W. Grossback",
}
@Article{Rometsch:1991:VSN,
author = "Rainer Rometsch",
title = "A very small noninvasive blood pressure measurement
device",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "4",
pages = "25--26",
month = oct,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The noninvasive blood pressure module of the HP
Component Monitoring System is a double-width parameter
module used to measure and calculate a patient's
systolic, diastolic, and mean blood pressure. The
method is based on inflating a cuff on the patient's
arm until all blood flow is suppressed in this
extremity. The pressure in the cuff is then slowly
deflated, and by using the oscillometric measurement
technique, both the high and low blood pressures and
the mean value can be determined. Physically the
noninvasive blood pressure module consists of two
parts. One is the electronic board, which contains the
power supply the signal acquisition circuitry, and the
interface to the computer module. The other is the pump
assembly which is responsible for the controlled
inflation and deflation of the cuff. Because of the
required size of the pump assembly and the need to
reduce the number of individual parts, a totally new
approach was taken in the design of this mechanical
part. The solution implemented is a self-contained
function block allowing a stringent separation between
the electronic printed circuit board and the pneumatic
system.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8770 (Biomedical engineering); A0630N (Pressure
measurement)A8745H (Haemodynamics, pneumodynamics);
B7510 (Biomedical measurement and imaging); B7320V
(Pressure and vacuum); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); C7330 (Biology and medicine);
C7410H (Instrumentation)",
classification = "A0630N (Pressure measurement); A8745H
(Haemodynamics, pneumodynamics); A8770 (Biomedical
engineering); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B7320V (Pressure and vacuum); B7510
(Biomedical measurement and imaging); C7330 (Biology
and medicine); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
keywords = "biomedical equipment; Blood flow; blood flow;
computerised monitoring; Double-width parameter module;
double-width parameter module; Electronic printed
circuit board; electronic printed circuit board;
haemodynamics; Hewlett Packard computers; HP Component;
HP Component Monitoring System; Interface; interface;
low blood; Low blood pressures; mean blood; Mean blood
pressure; monitoring; Monitoring System; Noninvasive
blood pressure measurement device; noninvasive blood
pressure measurement device; Oscillometric measurement;
oscillometric measurement; patient; Pneumatic system;
pneumatic system; Power supply; power supply; pressure;
pressure measurement; pressures; Pump assembly; pump
assembly; Self-contained function block; self-contained
function block; Signal acquisition circuitry; signal
acquisition circuitry",
thesaurus = "Biomedical equipment; Computerised monitoring;
Haemodynamics; Hewlett Packard computers; Patient
monitoring; Pressure measurement",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bank:1991:PMT,
author = "Leslie Bank",
title = "A Patient Monitor Two-Channel Stripchart Recorder",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "4",
pages = "26--28",
month = oct,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP Component Monitoring System philosophy of
allowing the monitor configuration to change with the
patient's needs extends to the recording function. The
two-channel recorder can be moved around like any other
parameter module. This approach, along with the
requirements for ease of use, high reliability, high
performance for many types of applications, low
manufacturing cost, and low power led to the following
set of major specifications: size: double-width
parameter module; power consumption: approximately 6
watts maximum; number of waveforms: 3; lines of
character printing: 3; and paper: 50-mm-by-30-m
rolls.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C7330 (Biology and medicine); C5550 (Printers,
plotters and other hard-copy output devices)",
classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices); C7330 (Biology and medicine)",
keywords = "Component Monitoring System; Hewlett Packard
computers; HP; HP Component Monitoring System; Patient
monitor two-channel stripchart recorder; patient
monitoring; printers; thermal",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Patient monitoring; Thermal
printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Tivig:1991:PMH,
author = "Gerhard Tivig and Wilhelm Meier",
title = "Patient Monitor Human Interface Design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "4",
pages = "29--36",
month = oct,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The design of the human interface for the HP Component
Monitoring system is discussed. Topics covered include:
environments where the HP system is used and users;
design objectives; elements of the human interface; the
hifsium simulation tool; usability testing; ease of use
design; the display; and software architecture.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C7330 (Biology and medicine); C6180 (User
interfaces)",
classification = "C6180 (User interfaces); C7330 (Biology and
medicine)",
keywords = "Display; display; Ease of use design; ease of use
design; Environments; environments; Hewlett Packard
computers; Hifsium simulation tool; hifsium simulation
tool; HP Component Monitoring system; Human interface;
human interface; interfaces; patient monitoring;
Software architecture; software architecture; Usability
testing; usability testing; user",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Patient monitoring; User
interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Tivig:1991:GTP,
author = "Gerhard Tivig",
title = "Globalization tools and processes in the {HP Component
Monitoring System}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "4",
pages = "37--40 (or 37--39??)",
month = oct,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP Component Monitoring System is an international
product designed for a worldwide market. To fulfil the
requirements of introducing localized versions, a
number of goals were set forth in the design phase.
These goals were the decentralization of localization
efforts, the automation of the localization process,
and the standardization of interfaces. A native
language support (NLS) database was introduced,
together with a translation tool. Both are described in
detail.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C7330 (Biology and medicine); C6180N (Natural language
processing); C7820 (Humanities)",
classification = "C6180N (Natural language processing); C7330 (Biology
and medicine); C7820 (Humanities)",
keywords = "Database; database; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
Component Monitoring System; language support; language
translation; languages; Localization; localization;
native; Native language support; natural; NLS; patient
monitoring; Translation tool; translation tool",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Language translation;
Natural languages; Patient monitoring",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Weisner:1991:PCA,
author = "Steven J. Weisner and Paul Johnson",
title = "The Physiological Calculation Application in the {HP}
Component Monitoring System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "4",
pages = "40--43",
month = oct,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The Component Monitoring System data management
calculations package provides the clinician with a
means of reducing the large volume of raw vital-signs
data into a manageable set of variables. Measures of
cardiovascular performance, blood oxygen content and
delivery, and respiratory gas exchange can be obtained
through the hemodynamic, oxygenation, and ventilation
calculations. These calculations are vital to the
clinical diagnosis and prognosis of the critically ill
patient.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7510 (Biomedical measurement and imaging); C7330
(Biology and medicine)",
classification = "B7510 (Biomedical measurement and imaging); C7330
(Biology and medicine)",
keywords = "Blood oxygen content; blood oxygen content; Blood
oxygen delivery; blood oxygen delivery; calculation;
calculations package; cardiovascular; Cardiovascular
performance; Clinical diagnosis; clinical diagnosis;
Clinical prognosis; clinical prognosis; Critically ill
patient; critically ill patient; data management; Data
management calculations package; Hemodynamic;
hemodynamic; Hewlett Packard computers; HP Component
Monitoring System; models; Oxygenation; oxygenation;
patient monitoring; performance; physiological;
Physiological calculation; Raw vital-signs data; raw
vital-signs data; Respiratory gas exchange; respiratory
gas exchange; Ventilation; ventilation",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Patient monitoring;
Physiological models",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Daumuller:1991:MIH,
author = "Karl Daumuller and Erwin Flachslander",
title = "Mechanical Implementation of the {HP} Component
Monitoring System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "4",
pages = "44--48",
month = oct,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "From the mechanical perspective, the HP Component
Monitoring System offered several challenges. Among the
most important were the definition of the architecture
of the computer module and the design of the
sheet-metal and plastic parts for this component. Other
mechanical highlights include the implementation of the
display front assembly and the construction of the
parameter modules.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
keywords = "Architecture; architecture; computer; Computer module;
Display front assembly; display front assembly; Hewlett
Packard computers; HP Component Monitoring System;
microcomputers; module; packaging; Parameter modules;
parameter modules; patient monitoring; Plastic parts;
plastic parts; Sheet-metal; sheet-metal",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Microcomputers; Packaging;
Patient monitoring",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Goring:1991:ATE,
author = "Dieter Goring",
title = "The automated test environment for a medical patient
monitoring system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "4",
pages = "49--52 (or 49--51??)",
month = oct,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The AUTOTEST program controls programmable patient
signal simulators which play the role of a critically
ill patient. It also controls a keypusher, which can
capture and execute keystrokes to operate the monitor.
It cannot `watch' the monitor's display, but `takes a
snapshot' of all important information (parameter
numeric values, all alarm and inoperative messages) of
the display's content whenever needed. All this
information is sent over the serial distribution
network every second. These features make the program
ideal for software testing for the HP Component
monitoring system.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C7330 (Biology and medicine); C6150G (Diagnostic,
testing, debugging and evaluating systems); C6115
(Programming support)",
classification = "C6115 (Programming support); C6150G (Diagnostic,
testing, debugging and evaluating systems); C7330
(Biology and medicine)",
keywords = "Automated test environment; automated test
environment; automatic testing; AUTOTEST program;
Critically ill patient; critically ill patient; HP
Component monitoring system; Keypusher; keypusher;
Keystrokes; keystrokes; medical patient monitoring;
Medical patient monitoring system; Parameter numeric
values; parameter numeric values; patient monitoring;
program testing; programmable patient signal;
Programmable patient signal simulators; programming
environments; Serial distribution network; serial
distribution network; simulators; Software testing;
software testing; system",
thesaurus = "Automatic testing; Patient monitoring; Program
testing; Programming environments",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Schuster:1991:PFT,
author = "Otto Schuster and Joachim Weller",
title = "Production and Final Test of the {HP} Component
Monitoring System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "4",
pages = "52--54",
month = oct,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "One of the keys to success in manufacturing a new
product is the concurrent design of the product and its
production processes from the very beginning of a
project. Therefore, a team of experienced manufacturing
engineers was integrated into the HP Component
Monitoring System project and physically located in the
R and D laboratory. In this way, product designs and
production process designs were able to influence each
other before all details had been worked out. The
authors show how a vertically oriented material flow
minimizes handling and simplifies customization. Also
how final test systems minimise human errors and
collect data for process quality monitoring.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C7330 (Biology and medicine)",
classification = "C7330 (Biology and medicine)",
keywords = "automatic testing; Final test systems; final test
systems; flow; Hewlett Packard computers; HP Component
Monitoring System; monitoring; patient; Process quality
monitoring; process quality monitoring; quality
control; vertically oriented material; Vertically
oriented material flow",
thesaurus = "Automatic testing; Hewlett Packard computers; Patient
monitoring; Quality control",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ward:1991:CRC,
author = "William T. Ward",
title = "Calculating the real cost of software defects",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "4",
pages = "55--58 (or 55--57??)",
month = oct,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The paper presents a technique that can be used to
calculate software defect cost values. Historical HP
Waltham software quality and project data is applied to
cost calculations so that realistic results can be
obtained. Although additional investigations, such as a
determination of postrelease software defect cost,
might provide a more detailed analysis of cost, the
data presented is accurate and provides compelling
financial motivation for improved software quality.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques)",
classification = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques)",
keywords = "HP Waltham; HP Waltham software quality; Project data;
project data; quality control; Software defect cost
values; software defect cost values; Software metrics;
software metrics; software quality; software
reliability",
thesaurus = "Quality control; Software metrics; Software
reliability",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Blakely:1991:CSC,
author = "Frank W. Blakely and Mark E. Boles",
title = "A Case Study of Code Inspections",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "4",
pages = "58--63",
month = oct,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The code inspection process is a tool that can be used
early in the software development cycle to help improve
the quality of software products and the productivity
of development engineers. The authors describe their
experiences in bringing the code inspection process to
the HP Application Support Division (ASD). They
describe both the positive and negative findings
related to using code inspections. Although they only
have metrics for one project, the main goal is to
present how they implemented the inspection process and
to illustrate the type of data to collect and what
might be done with the data.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support); C6110B (Software
engineering techniques)",
classification = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C6115
(Programming support)",
keywords = "code; Code inspections; HP Application; HP Application
Support Division; inspections; quality control;
Software development cycle; software development cycle;
Software metrics; software metrics; Software quality;
software quality; software reliability; Software tools;
software tools; Support Division",
thesaurus = "Quality control; Software metrics; Software
reliability; Software tools",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Shintaku:1991:HVP,
author = "Larry Shintaku and M. Jerbic and M. Linsley",
title = "The {HP Vectra} 486 Personal Computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "4",
pages = "69--72",
month = oct,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP Vectra 486 PC was the first of HP's new
generation of personal computers using the Intel486
microprocessor and the EISA (Extended Industry Standard
Architecture) bus architecture. The Intel486 is a
high-performance microprocessor that integrates the
CPU. 8K bytes of cache, and a math coprocessor onto one
chip running at a clock speed of 25 or 33 MHz. The CPU
instruction set is optimized to execute instructions
and move data in fewer clock cycles than its
predecessor, the Intel386 microprocessor. The EISA bus
definition objectives were to migrate the existing
16-bit Industry Standard Architecture (ISA) bus into a
32-bit bus, improve the DMA performance, and provide
support for multiple bus masters. The paper presents a
system overview together with a product development
overview.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
keywords = "25; 25 MHz; 32 Bit; 32 bit; 33 MHz; 8 KB; 8 kB;
Architecture; Bus architecture; bus architecture;
Cache; cache; Clock cycles; clock cycles; CPU; CPU
instruction set; DMA performance; EISA; Extended
Industry Standard; Extended Industry Standard
Architecture; Hewlett Packard computers; HP Vectra 486
PC; HP Vectra 486 personal computer; instruction set;
Intel486; Intel486 microprocessor; Math coprocessor;
math coprocessor; MHz; microcomputers; microprocessor",
numericalindex = "Memory size 8.2E+03 Byte; Frequency 2.5E+07 Hz;
Frequency 3.3E+07 Hz; Word length 3.2E+01 bit",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Microcomputers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1991:HVE,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "The {HP Vectra} 486 {EISA SCSI} Subsystem",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "4",
pages = "70--71",
month = oct,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1991:HV,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "The {HP Vectra} 486\slash {33T}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "4",
pages = "72--72",
month = oct,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Raynham:1991:EC,
author = "Michael B. Raynham and Douglas M. Thom and T. Dowden",
title = "The {EISA} connector",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "4",
pages = "73--77 (or 73--74??)",
month = oct,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Engineers from HP's personal computer group were
involved in defining the physical and electrical design
of the I/O bus, the board connectors, and the logic
controlling bus timing for the EISA bus specification.
Their most obvious contribution was the double-decker
EISA connector. This connector has two levels of pins.
The first level maintains ISA compatibility and the
second level adds the pins for the EISA bus
specification. The article describes the EISA connector
and some aspects of the development partnership that
led to the development of the connector and I/O card
hardware.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5610S (System buses)",
classification = "C5610S (System buses)",
keywords = "Board connectors; board connectors; computer
interfaces; Double-decker EISA connector; double-decker
EISA connector; EISA bus specification; Hewlett Packard
computers; I/O bus; ISA compatibility; Logic
controlling bus timing; logic controlling bus timing;
Pins; pins",
thesaurus = "Computer interfaces; Hewlett Packard computers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1991:ECS,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "{EISA} Configuration Software",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "4",
pages = "75--77",
month = oct,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Lang:1991:HVM,
author = "Marilyn J. Lang and Gary W. Lum",
title = "The {HP Vectra} 486 memory controller",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "4",
pages = "78--83 (or 78--82??)",
month = oct,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "During the investigation phase for the HP Vectra 486
personal computer, in-house performance tools confirmed
that the memory system was a key to overall system
performance. Selecting an optimal memory and controller
architecture for a high-performance memory subsystem
was a major design consideration for the HP Vectra 487
design team. With these objectives, the team began
investigating relevant technologies that would help
determine the optimal feature set. Three main areas
where focused on: the Intel486's burst-mode capability,
the 4M-bit DRAM, and the emerging 36-bit SIMM (single
in-line memory module) standard for PCs.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C5320G (Semiconductor
storage)",
classification = "C5320G (Semiconductor storage); C5610P (Peripheral
interfaces)",
keywords = "buffer storage; Burst-mode; burst-mode; computer
interfaces; DRAM; DRAM chips; Hewlett; HP Vectra 486
memory controller; Intel486; microcomputers; Packard
computers; SIMM; Single in-line memory module; single
in-line memory module; Standard; standard",
thesaurus = "Buffer storage; Computer interfaces; DRAM chips;
Hewlett Packard computers; Microcomputers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Narayanan:1991:HVB,
author = "Viswanathan S. Narayanan and Thomas Tom and Irvin R.
Jones and Philip Garcia and Christophe Grosther",
title = "The {HP Vectra} 486 Basic {I/O} System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "4",
pages = "83--92 (or 83--91??)",
month = oct,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The Basic I/O System (BIOS) is the lowest-level
software interface between the hardware and the
operating system in the HP Vectra 486 personal
computer. The BIOS consists of a power-on self-test and
function support for the DOS operating system. The
power-on self-test performs testing and initialization
of the various components of the system and loads the
operating system. The rest of the BIOS supports
functions to access the various DOS devices. The
article describes the development process and the
features incorporated into the HP Vectra 486 BIOS to
support the Intel486 microprocessor and the Extended
Industry Standard Architecture (EISA).",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
classification = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
keywords = "486 BIOS; Basic I/O System; DOS operating system;
EISA; Extended Industry; Extended Industry Standard
Architecture; Function support; function support;
Hardware; hardware; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
Vectra; HP Vectra 486 BIOS; input-output programs;
Intel486 microprocessor; microcomputers; power-on;
Power-on self-test; self-test; Software interface;
software interface; Standard Architecture",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Input-output programs;
Microcomputers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Blevins:1991:PAP,
author = "David W. Blevins and Christopher A. Bartholomew and
John D. Graf",
title = "Performance analysis of personal computer
workstations",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "4",
pages = "92--96",
month = oct,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Describes the tools and methodologies used by HP
engineers to accomplish performance analysis for
personal computers. The hardware tools include:
processor activity monitor and backplane I/O activity
monitor. The software tools include: cache simulator
and memory subsystem simulator.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5470 (Performance evaluation and testing); C5430
(Microcomputers)",
classification = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5470 (Performance
evaluation and testing)",
keywords = "activity monitor; backplane I/O; Backplane I/O
activity monitor; Cache simulator; cache simulator;
Hardware tools; hardware tools; HP; memory; Memory
subsystem simulator; microcomputers; Performance
analysis; performance analysis; performance evaluation;
Personal computer workstations; personal computer
workstations; Processor activity monitor; processor
activity monitor; Software tools; software tools;
subsystem simulator; workstations",
thesaurus = "Microcomputers; Performance evaluation; Workstations",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Amino:1991:HSI,
author = "M. J. Amino and C. Givens and M. Ikemoto and A. C.
Miranda and S. A. Gulland and K. A. Fulton and I. S.
Smith",
title = "{HP Software Integration Sockets}: a tool for linking
islands of automation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "5",
pages = "6--23",
month = dec,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "HP Software Integration Sockets (HP Sockets) is a
software tool that enables efficient and reliable
integration of new and existing software applications
in a network of different computer systems and diverse
applications. HP Sockets is designed to help system
integrators overcome problems that are common in
software integration and difficult to solve. HP Sockets
provides a comprehensive set of communication features
that are both broad and deep. It is intended to fulfill
the needs of interapplication communications for file
and message transfer. HP Sockets runs on HP 9000 Series
300, 400, 700, and 800 computers running the HP-UX
operating system, and HP 3000 Series 900 computers
running the MPE XL operating system. Sockets can also
communicate with non-HP systems. After a brief
overview, the article describes the operation and
implementation of the major components of HP Sockets.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support)",
classification = "C6115 (Programming support)",
keywords = "communication; Communication features; features; HP
9000; HP Sockets; HP Software Integration Sockets;
HP-UX; Interapplication communications;
interapplication communications; Message transfer;
message transfer; MPE XL; Software integration;
software integration; Software tool; software tool;
software tools; System integrators; system
integrators",
thesaurus = "Software tools",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bear:1991:RSE,
author = "S. P. Bear and T. W. Rush",
title = "Rigorous software engineering: a method for preventing
software defects",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "5",
pages = "24--31",
month = dec,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Formal specification languages enable software
engineers to apply the rigorous concepts of discrete
mathematics to the software development process.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques)",
classification = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques)",
keywords = "Discrete mathematics; discrete mathematics;
engineering; formal specification; Formal specification
languages; formal specification languages; languages;
Rigorous technique; rigorous technique; software;
Software development; software development; Software
engineering; software engineering; specification",
thesaurus = "Formal specification; Software engineering;
Specification languages",
treatment = "P Practical; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}
@Article{Goldsack:1991:SEM,
author = "P. C. Goldsack and T. W. Rush",
title = "Specifying an electronic mail system with {HP-SL}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "5",
pages = "32--39",
month = dec,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Specifications tend to be used for three main
purposes. The first is to help analyze the requirements
of a system by constructing an abstract model. The
process of constructing the model, and the subsequent
reasoning about its behavior, will typically result in
extensive discussion about the fundamental required
behavior of the system. The second purpose is to
provide concrete, unambiguous descriptions of the
system that are open to detailed review. The third
purpose is to act as a guide to the developers of the
system by describing the necessary properties of their
programs. The paper provides an introduction to using
HP-SL notation for the specification of a simple mail
system. Although the mail system and its specification
are simplified, enough of the system is specified to
demonstrate the essential aspects of the HP-SL notation
and the specification process.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C7104
(Office automation)",
classification = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C7104
(Office automation)",
keywords = "abstract; Abstract model; electronic mail; Electronic
mail system; electronic mail system; formal
specification; HP-SL; HP-SL notation; languages; model;
Specification; specification; Specification process;
specification process",
thesaurus = "Electronic mail; Formal specification; Specification
languages",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Harry:1991:SRB,
author = "P. D. Harry and T. W. Rush",
title = "Specifying real-time behavior in {HP-SL}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "5",
pages = "40--45",
month = dec,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Many of the systems that HP builds must be able to
exhibit real-time properties such as concurrency.
Therefore, it is important to be able to specify not
just what happens in a system, but also when events
happen. The paper provides an example of using a
feature of the HP Specification Language (HP-SL) called
history types to specify an alarm monitor for an
electrocardiogram (ECG).",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C7330 (Biology and medicine); C6110B (Software
engineering techniques)",
classification = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C7330
(Biology and medicine)",
keywords = "Alarm monitor; alarm monitor; alarm systems;
Electrocardiogram; electrocardiogram;
electrocardiography; formal specification; History
types; history types; HP Specification Language; HP-SL;
Real-time properties; real-time properties; real-time
systems",
thesaurus = "Alarm systems; Electrocardiography; Formal
specification; Real-time systems",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ladeau:1991:UFS,
author = "B. R. Ladeau and C. W. Freeman",
title = "Using formal specification for product development",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "5",
pages = "46--50",
month = dec,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Early in 1989 a collaboration was set up between a
project team at the cardiac care systems (CCS) business
unit at HP's Waltham Division and the applied methods
group (AMG) at HP Laboratories in Bristol, England. The
collaboration involved project engineers from both
groups, with communication taking place through a few
on-site visits and a lot of electronic-mail
correspondence. The paper reviews the results of this
collaboration involving the introduction and use of
formal specification during the development of a
medical product software enhancement. The authors
discuss the lessons learned during this process of
introducing an advanced software engineering
methodology into an R and D environment. They also
describe the specific achievements and problems that
were experienced in using formal methods to specify
parts of the software functionality.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C7330
(Biology and medicine)",
classification = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C7330
(Biology and medicine)",
keywords = "Collaboration; collaboration; engineering; Formal
methods; formal methods; Formal specification; formal
specification; medical computing; medical product;
Medical product software enhancement; software;
Software engineering methodology; software engineering
methodology; software enhancement",
thesaurus = "Formal specification; Medical computing; Software
engineering",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Cyrus:1991:FSS,
author = "J. L. Cyrus and J. D. Bledsoe and P. D. Harry",
title = "Formal specification and structured design in software
development",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "42",
number = "5",
pages = "51--58",
month = dec,
year = "1991",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The cardiology business unit at HP's McMinnville
Division is responsible for producing medical
instruments, some of which have life-critical
functionality and require a high degree of reliability.
These instruments are used in a high-tension
environment by medical personnel who are not
necessarily computer literate and do not use the
instruments on a daily basis. Our project team (from
the cardiology business unit) is responsible for the
development of one of these life-critical instruments.
The authors describe experiences with using formal
specification techniques to help implement a
safety-critical portion of the embedded software system
for the instrument.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C7330
(Biology and medicine)",
classification = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C7330
(Biology and medicine)",
keywords = "Cardiology; cardiology; development; formal; Formal
specification; formal specification; Medical
instruments; medical instruments; Safety-critical
software; safety-critical software; software; Software
development; specification; Structured design;
structured design; systems analysis",
thesaurus = "Cardiology; Formal specification; Systems analysis",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Witte:1992:LDO,
author = "Robert A. Witte",
title = "Low-cost, 100-{MHz} digitizing oscilloscopes",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "1",
pages = "6--11 (or 6--10??)",
month = feb,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "With the introduction of the HP 54600 Series the cost
of a 100-MHz digitizing oscilloscope is now comparable
to a full-featured 100-MHz analog oscilloscope. The HP
45600A two-channel 100-MHz oscilloscope and the HP
54601A four-channel 100-MHz oscilloscope represent a
major improvement in digitizing oscilloscope technology
and product design. The two oscilloscopes are identical
in capability except for the number of channels. Both
oscilloscopes have two full-range inputs (2 mV/div to 5
V/div). In addition, the HP 54601A has two
limited-attenuation inputs (100 mV/div and 500 mV/div)
optimized for use with logic signals, while the HP
54600A has an external trigger input. The bandwidth of
all channels is 100 MHz. A maximum sample rate of 20
megasamples per second provides a 2-MHz bandwidth for
capturing single-shot events. The 8-bit
analog-to-digital converter has a vertical resolution
of 0.4\%.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
classification = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
C7410H (Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
keywords = "100 MHz; 100-MHz digitizing oscilloscopes; 54601A;
computerised instrumentation; digital storage
oscilloscopes; Digitizing oscilloscope; digitizing
oscilloscope; HP 54600 Series; HP 54600A",
numericalindex = "Frequency 1.0E+08 Hz",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Digital storage
oscilloscopes",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Holcomb:1992:HAA,
author = "Matthew S. Holcomb and Daniel P. Timm",
title = "A High-Throughput Acquisition Architecture for a
{100-MHz} Digitizing Oscilloscope",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "1",
pages = "11--17, 19--20",
month = feb,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The key objective in the development of the HP 54600
Series digitizing oscilloscopes was to design a
low-cost digitizing oscilloscope that has the `look and
feel' of an analog oscilloscope. In other words, the
new oscilloscopes were to have familiar controls and
traces on the screen that look almost as good as analog
oscilloscope traces, while maintaining the advantages
of a digitizing architecture. The authors describe how
two custom integrated circuits offload functions from
the system microprocessor to increase waveform
throughput and give the HP 54600 digitizing
oscilloscopes the `look and feel' of an analog
oscilloscope.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
classification = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
C7410H (Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
keywords = "circuits; computerised instrumentation; custom
integrated; Custom integrated circuits; digital storage
oscilloscopes; Digitizing oscilloscopes; digitizing
oscilloscopes; HP 54600 Series; Waveform throughput;
waveform throughput",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Digital storage
oscilloscopes",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Witte:1992:SRD,
author = "R. A. Witte",
title = "Sample Rate and Display Rate in Digitizing
Oscilloscopes",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "1",
pages = "18--20 (or 18--19??)",
month = feb,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "There is considerable confusion about how sample rate
relates to typical oscilloscope measurements. Most
oscilloscope users understand that for truly single
shot events, there is no substitute for a high sample
rate. When an event is single-shot or repeats so slowly
that it is impractical to wait for subsequent
occurrences, the oscilloscope only gets one chance (one
trigger) to acquire the waveform. The sampling theorem
states that to be able to reconstruct a baseband signal
it must be sampled at greater than twice the signal
bandwidth. Practical limitations require that an
oscilloscope sample at an even higher rate, typically
four times the bandwidth, to maintain good pulse
response. Therefore, single-shot measurements require a
very fast, expensive analog-to-digital converter (ADC).
The author looks at sample rate and display rate with
respect to the HP 54600 Series oscilloscopes.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems)",
classification = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
keywords = "54600 Series; digital storage oscilloscopes;
Digitizing oscilloscopes; digitizing oscilloscopes;
Display rate; display rate; HP; HP 54600 Series; Sample
rate; sample rate; signal processing",
thesaurus = "Digital storage oscilloscopes; Signal processing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hall:1992:FBT,
author = "Stuart O. Hall and Jay A. Alexander",
title = "A fast, built-in test system for oscilloscope
manufacturing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "1",
pages = "21--28",
month = feb,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The test strategy for the HP 54600 family of
oscilloscopes was developed to minimize the test
process cycle time, using the least expensive set of
equipment possible. Developing this strategy required a
complete understanding of the hardware of the product,
a commitment on the part of the design team to design
margins into the product, and a willingness to
recognize the difference between testing to
characterize a design and testing to verify a product.
The authors describe this test strategy, from prototype
characterization to production testing, and discuss the
benefits of the resulting system.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B0170E (Production facilities and
engineering)",
classification = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
keywords = "Built-in test system; built-in test system;
characterization; digital storage oscilloscopes;
electronic equipment testing; HP 54600; Oscilloscope
manufacturing; oscilloscope manufacturing; Production
testing; production testing; prototype; Prototype
characterization; strategy; test; Test process cycle
time; test process cycle time; Test strategy",
thesaurus = "Digital storage oscilloscopes; Electronic equipment
testing; Production testing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1992:SRD,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Stimulus\slash Response Defect Diagnosis in
Production",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "1",
pages = "27--28",
month = feb,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Grove:1992:MFR,
author = "Martin B. Grove",
title = "Measuring frequency response and effective bits using
digital signal processing techniques",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "1",
pages = "29--35 (or 29--33??)",
month = feb,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Two important measures of digital oscilloscope
performance are frequency response and effective bits.
The magnitude of the frequency response shows the
voltage gain of the oscilloscope versus frequency.
Effective bits is a measure of the ratio of signal
power to noise power. Any source of noise or distortion
in the oscilloscope will reduce the number of effective
bits. Thus, effective bits is a wideband measurement
that gives visibility to several performance
limitations. The digitizing architecture of the HP
54600A and 54601A oscilloscopes allows efficient
implementations of these measurements using digital
signal processing techniques. Both algorithms use the
fast Fourier transform (FFT) to convert a digital
time-domain waveform to a discrete frequency-domain
representation.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); C7410H (Instrumentation); C5260 (Digital
signal processing)",
classification = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
C5260 (Digital signal processing); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
keywords = "54601A; computerised instrumentation; Digital
oscilloscope performance; digital oscilloscope
performance; Digital signal processing; digital signal
processing; digital storage oscilloscopes; Effective
bits; effective bits; fast; Fast Fourier transform;
fast Fourier transforms; FFT; Fourier transform;
frequency; Frequency response; HP 54600A; response;
signal processing",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Digital storage
oscilloscopes; Fast Fourier transforms; Signal
processing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1992:CEB,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Calculating Effective Bits from Signal-To-Noise
Ratio",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "1",
pages = "34--35",
month = feb,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Yergenson:1992:MDH,
author = "Robin P. Yergenson and Timothy A. Figge",
title = "Mechanical Design of the {HP} 54600 Series
Oscilloscopes",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "1",
pages = "36--40",
month = feb,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The mechanical design team for the HP 54600 Series
oscilloscopes shared the overall design objective of
achieving the highest quality and reliability of any
oscilloscope available. Quality and reliability must be
designed in from the start. The mechanical design team
felt that the most effective way to ensure that the
instrument attained these goals was to make it simple
to manufacture with as few parts as possible to go
wrong in the field. The authors discuss how this goal
was attained.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B0170G (General fabrication techniques)",
classification = "B0170G (General fabrication techniques); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
keywords = "digital storage oscilloscopes; electronic equipment;
HP 54600; manufacture; Mechanical design; mechanical
design; Oscilloscopes; oscilloscopes; packaging;
Reliability; reliability",
thesaurus = "Digital storage oscilloscopes; Electronic equipment
manufacture; Packaging",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Wyatt:1992:EDH,
author = "Kenneth D. Wyatt",
title = "{EMC} design of the {HP} 54600 series oscilloscopes",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "1",
pages = "41--45 (or 41--44??)",
month = feb,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The EMC design of the HP 54600 Series digitizing
oscilloscopes consisted of a combination of circuit
board suppression and mechanical design techniques.
Since the entire product (including enclosure) was a
completely new design, there was an opportunity to
design in RFI suppression techniques from the very
start of the development. The article describes the
design and test methods employed to ensure that the
products met international and military EMC
standards.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B5230 (Electromagnetic compatibility and
interference); B0170J (Product packaging)",
classification = "B0170J (Product packaging); B5230 (Electromagnetic
compatibility and interference); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
keywords = "compatibility; digital storage oscilloscopes;
electromagnetic; EMC design; HP 54600 Series;
Mechanical design; mechanical design; packaging; RFI;
RFI suppression techniques; suppression techniques",
thesaurus = "Digital storage oscilloscopes; Electromagnetic
compatibility; Packaging",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kahkoska:1992:DOP,
author = "James A. Kahkoska",
title = "Digital Oscilloscope Persistence",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "1",
pages = "45--47",
month = feb,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Hewlett--Packard has introduced a new form of infinite
persistence, called autostore. In autostore mode, half
intensity is used to display all historical signal
excursions while the current signal is shown at full
intensity. Simple one-key operation allows the user to
move into and out of autostore mode quickly.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
classification = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
C7410H (Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
keywords = "Autostore; autostore; computerised instrumentation;
digital storage oscilloscopes; Historical traces;
historical traces; Infinite persistence; infinite
persistence",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Digital storage
oscilloscopes",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Garnett:1992:HMD,
author = "Grosvenor H. Garnett",
title = "A High-Resolution, Multichannel Digital-to-Analog
Converter for Digital Oscilloscopes",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "1",
pages = "48--53, 55--56",
month = feb,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Describes a 16-bit, 16-channel DAC is used for
microprocessor adjustment of fourteen DC signals that
control the analog section of the main oscilloscope
board in the HP 54601A digitizing oscilloscope. It also
provides a high-accuracy DC reference for calibrating
the vertical gain.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); C7410H
(Instrumentation); C5180 (A/D and D/A convertors)",
classification = "B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments); C5180 (A/D and
D/A convertors); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
keywords = "16 Bit; 16 bit; computerised instrumentation; DAC; DC
signals; Digital oscilloscopes; digital oscilloscopes;
digital storage oscilloscopes; digital-analogue
conversion; High-resolution; high-resolution; HP
54601A; Microprocessor adjustment; microprocessor
adjustment; Multichannel; multichannel; Oscilloscope
board; oscilloscope board; Vertical gain; vertical
gain",
numericalindex = "Word length 1.6E+01 bit",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Digital storage
oscilloscopes; Digital-analogue conversion",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1992:UHM,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Using the High-Resolution, Multichannel {DAC} in the
{HP 54601A} Oscilloscope",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "1",
pages = "54--56",
month = feb,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Murphy:1992:CAD,
author = "Jerald B. Murphy",
title = "Comparing Analog and Digital Oscilloscopes for
Troubleshooting",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "1",
pages = "57--61 (or 57--59??)",
month = feb,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The oscilloscope is the troubleshooting tool of choice
for engineers and technicians because it gives a
picture of a circuit's operation. This picture, a
display of instantaneous voltage as a function of time,
reveals details about the circuit's operation that
can't be obtained from other measuring instruments. The
analog oscilloscope has remained the troubleshooter's
instrument of choice, even though the digital
oscilloscope has replaced it in laboratory analysis
applications. Early in the definition phase of the HP
54600 Series oscilloscope project, Hewlett--Packard set
out to find out the real reasons behind the remaining
use of what they believe to be an obsolete technology.
A series of market research tools were applied to this
problem and the results of this research gave us a
clear picture of what was needed to solve these very
real needs.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
classification = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
keywords = "Analogue oscilloscopes; analogue oscilloscopes;
digital; Digital oscilloscopes; digital storage
oscilloscopes; Hewlett--Packard; HP 54600 Series;
oscilloscopes; Troubleshooting; troubleshooting",
thesaurus = "Digital storage oscilloscopes",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{McShane:1992:INN,
author = "John McShane",
title = "An Introduction to Neural Nets",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "1",
pages = "62--65",
month = feb,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Unlike conventional algorithms, neural net algorithms
can learn the mapping between input and output. Neural
nets represent information in a distributed, rather
than local, way, and can have different topologies
depending on the application. The author explains these
features, lists major application areas, and briefly
discusses hardware and software for development.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Bristol, UK",
classcodes = "C1230D (Neural nets); C5290 (Neural computing
techniques)",
classification = "C1230D (Neural nets); C5290 (Neural computing
techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Bristol, UK",
keywords = "Application; Hardware; Learning; Neural nets;
Software; Topologies",
thesaurus = "Neural nets",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical; T Theoretical or
Mathematical",
}
@Article{Crandall:1992:DCD,
author = "William W. Crandall",
title = "Design challenges for distributed {LAN} analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "1",
pages = "66--76 (or 66--74??)",
month = feb,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The design of a distributed local area network
management system is primarily a problem of data
reduction, data transmission, and data presentation. HP
ProbeView software and LanProbe monitors continuously
monitor the health of an Ethernet or IEEE 802.3 network
to allow the diagnosis of complicated problems without
dispatched equipment.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); C5620L (Local area
networks); C5670 (Network performance)",
classification = "B6210L (Computer communications); C5620L (Local area
networks); C5670 (Network performance)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
keywords = "Distributed local area network management; distributed
local area network management; Ethernet; HP; HP
ProbeView; IEEE 802.3 network; LAN analysis; LanProbe;
local area networks; ProbeView; telecommunication
network management",
thesaurus = "Local area networks; Telecommunication network
management",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1992:PNP,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Poor Network Partitioning",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "1",
pages = "75--??",
month = feb,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{DesJardin:1992:VST,
author = "Lawrence A. DesJardin",
title = "{VXIbus}: {A} Standard for Test and Measurement System
Architecture",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "2",
pages = "6--14 (or 6--8??)",
month = apr,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "In July 1987, Hewlett--Packard and four other major
electronic instrument manufacturers jointly announced
their support for a new instrumentation standard called
VXIbus. An abbreviation for VMEbus Extensions for
Instrumentation, VXIbus is an open architecture that
allows instrumentation and processor modules from
various manufacturers to operate together within a
single chassis or mainframe. The author presents an
overview of the VXIbus standard, and describes how the
VXIbus architectural features are used at a system
level to create a VXIbus measurement system.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
classification = "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "architecture; computerised instrumentation;
Hewlett--Packard; open; Open architecture; peripheral
interfaces; VMEbus Extensions for Instrumentation;
VXIbus measurement system; VXIbus standard",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Peripheral interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1992:HVM,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "The {HP VXIbus} Mainframes",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "2",
pages = "9--12",
month = apr,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1992:VT,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "{VXIbus} Terminology",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "2",
pages = "13--14",
month = apr,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Narciso:1992:VID,
author = "Steven J. Narciso and Gregory A. Hill",
title = "The {VXIbus} from an instrument designer's
perspective",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "2",
pages = "15--23 (or 15--19??)",
month = apr,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The VXIbus specification defines a technically sound
modular instrument standard that addresses electrical,
mechanical, EMC/power, and communication requirements
for instrument modules. Although extensive, the VXIbus
standard does not cover certain information that is
critical to an instrument's design. For this reason, it
becomes necessary for a VXIbus instrument manufacturer
to define an internal standard to supplement the VXIbus
specification. The internal standards developed by HP
enable instrument designers to provide customers with a
consistent `look and feel' and functional
interoperability. These standards also provide
designers with common hardware interface and firmware
design guidelines so that they can focus on specific
instrument features and not on system design. HP has
concentrated its internal standardization efforts in
four areas: a common instrument language, hardware
interface, soft front-panel design, and industrial and
mechanical design. The paper covers these areas and
other supplemental HP standards.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
classification = "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "Common instrument language; common instrument
language; computerised instrumentation; Hardware
interface; hardware interface; HP; Internal standards;
internal standards; peripheral interfaces; Soft
front-panel design; soft front-panel design;
standardisation; VXIbus",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Peripheral interfaces;
Standardisation",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1992:EMV,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Examples of Message-Based {VXIbus} Instruments",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "2",
pages = "20--21",
month = apr,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1992:SLM,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Small, Low-Cost Mainframe with a Register-Based
Interface",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "2",
pages = "22--23",
month = apr,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Worrell:1992:DMF,
author = "Paul B. Worrell",
title = "Design of Mainframe Firmware in an Open Architecture
Environment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "2",
pages = "24--28",
month = apr,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The VXIbus common firmware architecture is designed to
meet the needs of HP's instrument mainframe products
that are based on the VXIbus (VMEbus Extensions for
Instrumentation). The design and definition of this
architecture was based on experience with other HP
mainframes such as the HP 3497A, HP 3852A, and HP
3235A, and the needs of two newer products, the HP
E1300 B-size VXIbus mainframe and cards and the HP
E1400 C-size VXIbus mainframe and cards. The design of
the firmware for these mainframes was influenced by
many external factors. Some of these factors included
the IEEE 488.2 standard, the evolving VXIbus instrument
standard, the emerging SCPI standard, and the need to
support the architecture on multiple CPU platforms. The
author discusses some aspects of the design environment
and the resulting impact on the firmware architecture,
as well as product features included in the design.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture)",
classification = "C5220 (Computer architecture)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "computer architecture; computerised instrumentation;
design; Design environment; environment; firmware;
Mainframe firmware; mainframe firmware; mainframes;
Open architecture; open architecture; VXIbus",
thesaurus = "Computer architecture; Computerised instrumentation;
Firmware; Mainframes",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kelly:1992:RMI,
author = "Christopher P. Kelly",
title = "Real-Time Multitasking of Instruments in the {VXIbus}
Command Modules",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "2",
pages = "29--34",
month = apr,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Explores the design of HP's VXIbus multitasking
real-time operating system, or VXI-OS, and the system
configuration firmware called the resource manager. A
significant portion of the VXI-OS provides support for
register-based instruments. To use the high-level SCPI
language, register-based instruments with less on-card
intelligence require more support from the host CPU
than message-based instruments. Because of this fact
most of the discussion in the article is specific to
VXI-OS support for register-based instruments.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C6150N (Distributed systems); C5610P (Peripheral
interfaces); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
classification = "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C6150N (Distributed
systems); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "computerised instrumentation; interfaces;
multiprogramming; Multitasking; multitasking;
peripheral; Real-time operating system; real-time
operating system; real-time systems; Register-based
instruments; register-based instruments; Resource
manager; resource manager; VXI-OS; VXIbus",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Multiprogramming;
Peripheral interfaces; Real-time systems",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Atchison:1992:VPC,
author = "Lee Atchison",
title = "{VXIbus} Programming in {C}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "2",
pages = "35--40",
month = apr,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The VXIbus is a standard instrument control bus that
allows high-speed access to test system
instrumentation. To achieve these high speeds,
controllers connected to the VXIbus mainframes require
sophisticated test software. These controllers must
also be powerful enough to take advantage of VXIbus's
speed and versatility. The paper describes a modular
instrument communications library that is designed to
work with VXIbus interfaces. The library is designed to
be extensible and applicable to several different
computer architectures, operating systems, and
instrument communication interfaces.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces)",
classification = "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "Communications library; communications library;
Instrument control bus; instrument control bus; Modular
instrument; modular instrument; peripheral interfaces;
VXIbus",
thesaurus = "Peripheral interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Tsai:1992:AHT,
author = "Sam S. Tsai and James B. Durr",
title = "Achieving High Throughput with Register-Based Dense
Matrix Relay Modules",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "2",
pages = "41--51",
month = apr,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Matrix switching, through which several instruments
can be connected to multiple devices under test (DUTs)
selectively, is a popular switching technique used in
electronic test. In traditional rack-and-stack systems,
matrix switching requires large amounts of rack space
and is costly because of the amount of hardware
required. The HP E1465A, HP E1466A, and HP E1467A dense
matrix relay modules described in this article provide
a downsized, low-cost solution to matrix switching.
These VXIbus matrix switching modules each occupy one
C-size VXIbus mainframe slot, and with 256 relays per
module are one of the highest-density switch modules
available. These devices are suited for VXIbus
register-based systems and register-based programming.
In addition to their design, the article covers relay
module programming and provides benchmarks of
throughput speeds achieved with ASCII message-based and
register-based programs.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C7410H (Instrumentation); C5610P (Peripheral
interfaces)",
classification = "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "Benchmarks; benchmarks; computerised instrumentation;
Dense matrix relay modules; dense matrix relay modules;
electronic equipment testing; HP E1465A; HP E1466A; HP
E1467A; Matrix relay modules; matrix relay modules;
peripheral interfaces; Register-based; register-based;
Relay module programming; relay module programming;
switching modules; Throughput speeds; throughput
speeds; VXIbus matrix; VXIbus matrix switching
modules",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Electronic equipment
testing; Peripheral interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Erickson:1992:MIV,
author = "Calvin L. Erickson",
title = "Mass Interconnect for {VXIbus} Systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "2",
pages = "52--58",
month = apr,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Discusses the development of mass interconnect
products specifically for VXIbus systems. Based on the
HP ATS 2000 system resource interface, these products
mount directly on the front of the HP VXIbus mainframe.
The paper also discusses the trade-offs involved in
incorporating a mass interconnect into a VXIbus test
system.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
classification = "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; computerised
instrumentation; HP ATS 2000; Mass interconnect
products; mass interconnect products; peripheral
interfaces; System resource interface; system resource
interface; VXIbus systems; VXIbus test system",
thesaurus = "Automatic test equipment; Computerised
instrumentation; Peripheral interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kjosness:1992:MDS,
author = "David P. Kjosness",
title = "A Manufacturing-Oriented Digital Stimulus\slash
Response Test Instrument",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "2",
pages = "59--68",
month = apr,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Test engineers and system integrators have used analog
instrumentation for years in their automated functional
test systems. Until now, however there has been little
in the way of cost-effective, manufacturing-oriented
digital instrumentation with which to round out their
toolkits. The HP 75000 Model D20 was created to fill
this void. This digital functional tester consists of
pattern 1/0, timing, and command modules configured in
a VXIbus mainframe. The maximum pattern rate is 20 MHz
and pin-to-pin skew is less than 6 ns.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
C7410H (Instrumentation)",
classification = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
C7410H (Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; Command modules; command
modules; computerised instrumentation; Digital
functional tester; digital functional tester; HP 75000
Model D20; Pattern 1/0; pattern 1/0; Timing; timing;
VXIbus mainframe",
thesaurus = "Automatic test equipment; Computerised
instrumentation",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ward:1992:DTD,
author = "Kenneth A. Ward",
title = "Digital Test Development Software for a {VXIbus}
Tester",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "2",
pages = "69--74",
month = apr,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP E1496A digital test development software is
designed to make it quick and easy to use the HP 75000
Model D20 VXIbus digital functional tester. In one
sense, the software acts as a front panel for the
instrument; since the Model D20 consists of VXIbus
modules, it has no conventional front panel. The HP
E1496A digital test development software provides the
user with a graphical environment in which digital
tests can be developed and debugged. The challenge for
software like this is to let users think in terms of
the problem they need to solve instead of thinking of
how to program the hardware.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C7410H (Instrumentation); C5610P (Peripheral
interfaces)",
classification = "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; computerised
instrumentation; Digital functional tester; digital
functional tester; Digital test development software;
digital test development software; Graphical
environment; graphical environment; HP 75000; HP
E1496A; peripheral interfaces; VXIbus tester",
thesaurus = "Automatic test equipment; Computerised
instrumentation; Peripheral interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Carlson:1992:VMT,
author = "Larry L. Carlson and Wayne H. Willis",
title = "The {VXIbus} in a manufacturing test environment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "2",
pages = "75--77 (or 75--76??)",
month = apr,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Focuses on the benefits of the VXIbus and SCPI in a
commercial manufacturing application for functional
test. The information is based on the implementation of
a new test strategy and experience gained at HP's
Loveland Instrument Division where precision digital
multimeters and modular instruments are manufactured.
The article also explains how the VXIbus and SCPI are
implemented to reduce test development time and system
support costs. It examines the importance of these new
standards in building a standard test platform that is
designed to be easily upgraded and configured for a
variety of testing applications.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C7410H (Instrumentation); C5610P (Peripheral
interfaces)",
classification = "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; Functional test; functional
test; Manufacturing test; manufacturing test;
peripheral interfaces; SCPI; standards; strategy; test;
Test strategy; VXIbus",
thesaurus = "Automatic test equipment; Peripheral interfaces;
Standards",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Scherer:1992:PPA,
author = "Dieter Scherer and William E. Strasser and James D.
McVey and Wayne M. Kelly",
title = "The peak power analyzer, a new microwave tool",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "2",
pages = "81--89 (or 81--83??)",
month = apr,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 8990A peak power analyzer is a new type of
instrument that represents a comprehensive solution to
the problem. The design team took a fresh look at the
challenges of diode detection. Their goal was to
transform the inaccurate, cumbersome bench setup into a
carefree product that measures accurately and meets the
complex measurement requirements of modern microwave
systems. The use of GaAs IC technology in the sensor
design, a new calibration approach, switched
amplification and processing of the envelope signals,
broad leveraging of modern digital oscilloscope
technology, and extensive use of microprocessor power
in signal calibration and processing accomplished this
task.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
chemicalindex = "GaAs/int As/int Ga/int GaAs/bin As/bin Ga/bin",
classcodes = "B7310N (Microwave techniques); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); B7310F (Power
and energy)",
classification = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
B7310F (Power and energy); B7310N (Microwave
techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "approach; calibration; Calibration approach;
computerised instrumentation; detection; devices;
diode; Diode detection; electric sensing; Envelope
signals; envelope signals; GaAs; GaAs IC technology;
gallium arsenide; HP 8990A peak power analyzer;
measurement; Microprocessor power; microprocessor
power; microwave measurement; Peak power analyzer; peak
power analyzer; power; Sensor design; sensor design;
Signal calibration; signal calibration; Switched
amplification; switched amplification",
thesaurus = "Calibration; Computerised instrumentation; Electric
sensing devices; Gallium arsenide; Microwave
measurement; Power measurement",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1992:MSP,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Multilayer Shielding Protects Microvolt Signals in
High-Interference Environment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "2",
pages = "84--89",
month = apr,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Fischer:1992:GTS,
author = "Michael C. Fischer and Michael J. Schoessow and Peter
Tong",
title = "{GaAs} Technology in Sensor and Baseband Design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "2",
pages = "90--94 (or 90--93??)",
month = apr,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "In the HP8990A peak power analyzer design, the
detector diodes for the sensors are GaAs planar doped
barrier diodes, and the switches in the switchable-gain
baseband amplifier use GaAs FETs. The hardware design
of the signal path of the HP 8990A peak power analyzer
presented the conflicting requirements of wide
bandwidth, high dynamic range, excellent DC
performance, and a controllable gain range of more than
100 dB. The signal path begins at the microwave
detector, which is followed by a preamplifier, both
residing in the sensor. The detected (baseband) signal
then goes to a switchable-gain amplifier located within
the analyzer. The stringent performance and reliability
goals set for these circuits were met with the help of
recent advances in gallium arsenide technology.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
chemicalindex = "GaAs/int As/int Ga/int GaAs/bin As/bin Ga/bin",
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7310F (Power
and energy); B7310N (Microwave techniques); B1350H
(Microwave integrated circuits); B2570H (Other field
effect integrated circuits)",
classification = "B1350H (Microwave integrated circuits); B2570H
(Other field effect integrated circuits); B7230
(Sensing devices and transducers); B7310F (Power and
energy); B7310N (Microwave techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "Baseband amplifier; baseband amplifier; detector;
Detector diodes; detector diodes; electric sensing
devices; GaAs FETs; GaAs planar doped barrier diodes;
gallium arsenide; HP 8990A; III-V; microwave; Microwave
detector; microwave detectors; MMIC; MMIC chip; Peak
power analyzer; peak power analyzer; power measurement;
semiconductors; Sensors; sensors",
thesaurus = "Electric sensing devices; Gallium arsenide; III-V
semiconductors; Microwave detectors; MMIC; Power
measurement",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1992:HEA,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Harmonic Errors and Average versus Peak Detection",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "2",
pages = "94--94",
month = apr,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Barnard:1992:ACE,
author = "David L. Barnard and Henry Black and James A.
Thalmann",
title = "Automatic calibration for easy and accurate power
measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "2",
pages = "95--100 (or 95--98??)",
month = apr,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 8990A peak power analyzer is designed to
measure the power of pulsed signals accurately over a
wide dynamic range. A well-designed calibration
strategy was required to achieve the specified accuracy
over all of the specified operating conditions. HP
8990A calibration includes both calibration of the
power sensor and calibration of the analyzer.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7130 (Measurement standards and calibration); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7310F
(Power and energy)",
classification = "B7130 (Measurement standards and calibration);
B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7310F
(Power and energy)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "Calibration; calibration; computerised
instrumentation; devices; electric sensing; HP 8990A
peak power analyzer; power measurement; Power sensor;
power sensor; Pulsed signals accurately; pulsed signals
accurately",
thesaurus = "Calibration; Computerised instrumentation; Electric
sensing devices; Power measurement",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1992:TPP,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Testing the Peak Power Analyzer Firmware",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "2",
pages = "99--100",
month = apr,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Yanagawa:1992:ANA,
author = "Koichi Yanagawa",
title = "An Advanced {5-Hz-to-500-MHz} Network Analyzer with
High Speed, Accuracy, and Dynamic Range",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "2",
pages = "101--109",
month = apr,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 8751A is designed to improve the testing of
filters and resonators for telecommunications and
commercial products, and to simplify the design and
evaluation of circuits, function blocks, and discrete
complex devices in the development laboratory. It
inherits the look and feel of HP 8752/3 analyzers,
making it easy to become familiar with and introduce
into a production line. Among its new features are:
simulation of impedance matching networks for a device
under test, a list sweep mode for measuring at various
user-defined frequency points, power levels, and IF
bandwidths, an order base display mode useful with list
sweep for making simultaneous high-speed and
high-accuracy measurements in separate frequency
ranges, simultaneous display of gain, return loss,
group delay-the three key parameters for filter
applications.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and
design)",
classification = "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "5 Hz to 500 MHz; Circuits; circuits; Discrete complex
devices; discrete complex devices; Filters; filters;
Function blocks; function blocks; HP 8751A; HP 8752/3;
Impedance matching networks; impedance matching
networks; network analysers; network analysis; Network
analyzer; network analyzer; Resonators; resonators",
numericalindex = "Frequency 5.0E+00 to 5.0E+08 Hz",
thesaurus = "Network analysers; Network analysis",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Moore:1992:HMC,
author = "Mike P. Moore and Eric N. Gullerud",
title = "A high-performance measurement coprocessor for
personal computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "2",
pages = "110--116 (or 110--111??)",
month = apr,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 82324A high-performance measurement coprocessor
is a plug-in card for HP Vectra and compatible
computers that turns an ordinary PC into a
multiprocessing test and measurement workstation. The
coprocessor is programmed within the DOS environment
using HP BASIC, a de facto standard test and
measurement programming language. The HP 82324A
high-performance measurement coprocessor is designed to
meet customer needs for higher calculation speed and
better HP-IB performance than its predecessor, as well
as DMA for better overall system performance. To
minimize duplicated effort and maximize reliability,
the design of the measurement coprocessor is leveraged
from the HP 9000 Model 332 computer. The Model 332 was
chosen because of its low cost, high performance, and
potential for fitting onto a single full-size PC I/O
card.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C7410H (Instrumentation); C5130 (Microprocessor
chips)",
classification = "C5130 (Microprocessor chips); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "add-on boards; card; computerised instrumentation;
computers; High-performance measurement coprocessor;
high-performance measurement coprocessor; HP 82324A; HP
Vectra; plug-in; Plug-in card; satellite; special
purpose computers; Test and measurement workstation;
test and measurement workstation",
thesaurus = "Add-on boards; Computerised instrumentation; Satellite
computers; Special purpose computers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kerschen:1992:HOS,
author = "K. Kerschen and J. R. Glasson",
title = "{HP-UX} operating system kernel support for the {HP}
9000 series 700 workstations",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "3",
pages = "6--10",
month = jun,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Summarizes the architectural enhancements of PA-RISC
1.1 and tells how the kernel of the HP-UX operating
system was modified to take advantage of them. The
software release for the Series 700 operating system
was designed to address key features of the CPU chip.
To tailor the kernel to the CPU's capabilities required
the following changes: emulation of floating-point
instructions, which also supports the floating-point
coprocessor enhancements; cache flush instructions to
the I/O and memory controller for the benefit of
graphics applications; shadow registers for improved
TLB (translation lookaside buffer) miss handling;
4K-byte page size to reduce TLB miss rate; sparse PDIR
(page directory), which reduces overhead for the EISA
I/O address space and is faster; and new block TLB
entries to map the kernel and graphics frame buffers.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers); C5220 (Computer architecture)",
classification = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers); C6150J (Operating systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "4K-byte page size; applications; Block TLB entries;
block TLB entries; buffer; Cache flush instructions;
cache flush instructions; directory; EISA I/O address
space; Floating-point instructions; floating-point
instructions; graphics; Graphics applications; Graphics
frame buffers; graphics frame buffers; Hewlett Packard
computers; HP 9000 series 700; HP 9000 series 700
workstations; HP-UX operating system kernel; Memory
controller; memory controller; operating systems
(computers); PA-RISC 1.1; page; Page directory; reduced
instruction set computing; Shadow registers; shadow
registers; Sparse PDIR; sparse PDIR; storage
management; TLB miss rate; translation lookaside;
Translation lookaside buffer; workstations",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Operating systems
[computers]; Reduced instruction set computing; Storage
management",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bollinger:1992:PHK,
author = "D. E. Bollinger and F. P. Lemmon and D. L. Yamine",
title = "Providing {HP-UX} kernel functionality on a new
{PA-RISC} architecture",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "3",
pages = "11--14",
month = jun,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The aggressive schedule for the development of the HP
9000 Series 700 systems required the development team
in the HP-UX kernel laboratory to consider some
modifications to the normal software development
process, the number of product features, and the
management structure. The goals for the product
features were to change or add the minimum number of
HP-UX kernel functions that would ensure customer
satisfaction, meet performance goals, and adapt to a
new I/O system. This version of the HP-UX kernel code
became known as minimum core functionality, or MCF.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto., CA, USA",
classcodes = "C0310F (Software development management); C6110B
(Software engineering techniques); C6150J (Operating
systems)",
classification = "C0310F (Software development management); C6110B
(Software engineering techniques); C6150J (Operating
systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto., CA, USA",
keywords = "(computers); development process; Development team;
development team; DP management; engineering;
functionality; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 9000
Series 700 systems; HP-UX 8.0; HP-UX kernel
functionality; Management structure; management
structure; minimum core; Minimum core functionality;
operating systems; PA-RISC architecture; reduced
instruction set computing; software; Software
development process",
thesaurus = "DP management; Hewlett Packard computers; Operating
systems [computers]; Reduced instruction set computing;
Software engineering",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hansen:1992:NOP,
author = "R. C. Hansen",
title = "New optimizations for {PA-RISC} compilers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "3",
pages = "15--23",
month = jun,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compiler/Compiler.Lins.bib;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The first release of the PA-RISC 1.1 architecture is
found in the HP 9000 Series 700 workstations running
HP-UX 8.05. This article presents a brief discussion
about the architecture extensions, followed by an
overview of the enhancements made to the compilers to
exploit these extensions. In addition to enhancements
made to the compilers to support architecture
extensions, there were a number of enhancements to
traditional optimizations performed by the compilers
that improve application performance, independent of
the underlying architecture. These generic enhancements
are also covered. Finally, performance data and an
analysis are presented.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C6150C (Compilers, interpreters and other processors);
C6140D (High level languages); C5220 (Computer
architecture)",
classification = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C6140D (High level
languages); C6150C (Compilers, interpreters and other
processors)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "700 workstations; Architecture extensions;
architecture extensions; computing; evaluation; Hewlett
Packard computers; HP 9000 Series; HP 9000 Series 700
workstations; HP-UX 8.05; optimisation; PA-RISC 1.1
architecture; PA-RISC compilers; performance;
Performance data; performance data; program compilers;
reduced instruction set",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Optimisation; Performance
evaluation; Program compilers; Reduced instruction set
computing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Gottlieb:1992:HSF,
author = "R. A. Gottlieb and D. J. Magenheimer and S. A. Meloy
and A. C. Meyer",
title = "{HP} 9000 series 700 {FORTRAN} optimizing
preprocessor",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "3",
pages = "24--32",
month = jun,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A slightly different version of this product serves as
the preprocessor for HP Concurrent FORTRAN, which is
now running on HP Apollo DN10000 computers. An extended
multisite, cross-functional team was formed to
incorporate the preprocessor into the FORTRAN compiler
for the HP 9000 Series 700 computer systems. Because of
this effort, as of the HP-UX 8.05 release, the
preprocessor is bundled with every FORTRAN compiler.
The preprocessor is based on a third-party product.
HP's contribution included: tying the preprocessor into
the HP FORTRAN product (This included user interface
changes and extensive documentation changes.) They also
identified modifications required to allow the
preprocessor to recognize HP's extended FORTRAN
dialect. They assembly coded a vector library that
incorporates knowledge of CPU pipelining details and
implementation dependent instructions to allow the
Series 700 to work at peak performance. They performed
extensive quality assurance processes that uncovered
numerous defects, ensuring that the product meets HP's
high-quality standards. These contributions are
discussed in detail. Examples of specific
transformations and performance improvements on key
industry benchmarks are also described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C6150C (Compilers, interpreters and other processors);
C6140D (High level languages)",
classification = "C6140D (High level languages); C6150C (Compilers,
interpreters and other processors)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8.05; CPU pipelining; FORTRAN; FORTRAN compiler;
Hewlett Packard computers; HP 9000 series 700 FORTRAN;
HP Concurrent FORTRAN; HP-UX; HP-UX 8.05;
Implementation dependent instructions; implementation
dependent instructions; optimizing; Optimizing
preprocessor; Peak performance; peak performance;
preprocessor; program compilers; program processors;
Quality assurance processes; quality assurance
processes; Vector library; vector library",
thesaurus = "FORTRAN; Hewlett Packard computers; Program compilers;
Program processors",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Santhanam:1992:RRP,
author = "V. Santhanam",
title = "Register reassociation in {PA-RISC} compilers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "3",
pages = "33--38",
month = jun,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compiler/Compiler.Lins.bib;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Register reassociation is a code improving
transformation that is applicable to program loops. The
basic idea is to rearrange expressions found within
loops to increase optimization opportunities, while
preserving the results computed. In particular,
register reassociation can expose loop-invariant
partial expressions in which intermediate results can
be computed outside the loop body and reused within the
loop. These optimization techniques added to PA-RISC
compilers result in the use of fewer machine
instructions to handle program loops.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C6150C (Compilers, interpreters and other
processors)",
classification = "C6150C (Compilers, interpreters and other
processors)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "code improving; Code improving transformation;
expressions; Intermediate results; intermediate
results; loop-invariant partial; Loop-invariant partial
expressions; optimisation; PA-RISC compilers; program
compilers; Program loops; program loops; storage
management; Subscript commutation; subscript
commutation; transformation",
thesaurus = "Optimisation; Program compilers; Storage management",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ramakrishnan:1992:SPP,
author = "S. Ramakrishnan",
title = "Software pipelining in {PA-RISC} compilers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "3",
pages = "39--45",
month = jun,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compiler/Compiler.Lins.bib;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The performance of programs with loops can be improved
by having the compiler generate code that overlaps
instructions from multiple iterations to exploit the
available instruction-level parallelism. This software
pipelining is supported on the HP 9000 Series 700 and
800 systems.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C6150C (Compilers, interpreters and other processors);
C6110P (Parallel programming)",
classification = "C6110P (Parallel programming); C6150C (Compilers,
interpreters and other processors)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "compilers; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 9000; HP 9000
Series 700; Instruction-level parallelism;
instruction-level parallelism; PA-RISC compilers;
pipeline processing; program; Series 700",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Pipeline processing;
Program compilers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Coutant:1992:SLH,
author = "C. A. Coutant and M. A. Ruscetta",
title = "Shared libraries for {HP-UX}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "3",
pages = "46--53",
month = jun,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A shared library is a collection of subroutines that
can be shared among many programs. Instead of
containing private copies of the library routines it
uses, a program refers to the shared library. Shared
libraries in the HP-UX operating system were introduced
with the HP-UX 8.0 release which runs on the HP 9000
Series 300, 400, 700, and 800 workstations and systems.
This feature significantly reduces disk space
consumption, and allows the operating system to make
better use of memory. The motivation and the design for
shared libraries on the Series 700 and 800 PA-RISC
workstations and systems are discussed in this article.
Transparency is the main contribution of the PA-RISC
shared library implementation. Most users can begin
using shared libraries without making any significant
changes to their existing applications.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems); C6110B (Software
engineering techniques); C6150C (Compilers,
interpreters and other processors)",
classification = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C6150C
(Compilers, interpreters and other processors); C6150J
(Operating systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "HP 9000 Series 700; HP 9000 Series 800; HP-UX 8.0;
HP-UX operating; HP-UX operating system; PA-RISC shared
library; storage management; subroutines; system",
thesaurus = "Storage management; Subroutines",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Roberts:1992:IED,
author = "D. C. Roberts",
title = "Integrating an electronic dictionary into a natural
language processing system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "3",
pages = "54--65",
month = jun,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "This paper discusses the types of electronic
dictionaries available and the trends in electronic
dictionary technology, and provides detailed discussion
of particular dictionaries. It describes the
incorporation of one of these electronic dictionaries
(the CELEX lexical database) into Hewlett--Packard's
natural language understanding system (HP-NL) and
discusses various computer applications that could use
the technology now available.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C6180N (Natural language processing); C7820
(Humanities)",
classification = "C6180N (Natural language processing); C7820
(Humanities)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "CELEX; CELEX lexical database; dictionary; electronic;
Electronic dictionary; glossaries; Head driven phase
structured grammar; head driven phase structured
grammar; HP-; HP-NL; HPSG; lexical database; Natural
language processing system; natural language processing
system; Natural language understanding system; natural
language understanding system; natural languages; NL",
thesaurus = "Glossaries; Natural languages",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Russell:1992:ASF,
author = "D. D. Russell",
title = "Application of spatial frequency methods to evaluation
of printed images",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "3",
pages = "68--75",
month = jun,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Contrast transfer function (CTF) methods, applied in
pairwise comparisons, differentiated between print
algorithms, dot sizes, stroke widths, resolutions
(dpi), smoothing algorithms, and toners. Machine
judgments based on these methods agreed with the print
quality judgments of a panel of trained human
observers. The paper discusses the development and
application of various test patterns to black-and-white
print quality evaluation with extension to color print
quality evaluation. A trained panel of judges evaluated
merged text and graphics samples, and their responses
are compared with the results of the CTF method. In
addition, some examples of the Fourier transform
evaluation of printed images are given, and are
compared to the information from the CTF method.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5260B (Computer vision and picture processing); C5550
(Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices); C7230 (Publishing and reproduction)",
classification = "C5260B (Computer vision and picture processing);
C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices); C7230 (Publishing and reproduction)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "algorithms; Black-and-white print quality evaluation;
black-and-white print quality evaluation; color print;
Color print quality evaluation; Contrast transfer
function methods; contrast transfer function methods;
Dot sizes; dot sizes; evaluation; Fourier transform;
Fourier transform evaluation; Fourier transforms;
Graphics; graphics; methods; optical transfer function;
Pairwise comparisons; pairwise comparisons; print;
Print algorithms; Print quality judgments; print
quality judgments; Printed images; printed images;
printing; quality control; quality evaluation;
Resolutions; resolutions; smoothing; Smoothing
algorithms; spatial frequency; Spatial frequency
methods; Stroke widths; stroke widths; Test patterns;
test patterns; Text; text; Toners; toners",
thesaurus = "Fourier transforms; Optical transfer function;
Printing; Quality control",
treatment = "P Practical; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Spach:1992:PRI,
author = "S. S. Spach and R. W. Pulleyblank",
title = "Parallel raytraced image generation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "3",
pages = "76--83",
month = jun,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Simulations of an experimental parallel processor
architecture have demonstrated that four processors can
provide a threefold improvement in raytraced image
rendering speed compared to sequential rendering. The
authors' parallel raytracing techniques are being
implemented to run on the Image Compute Engine (ICE)
architecture. ICE, under development in their project
group at HP Laboratories, is a multiprocessor system
intended to accelerate a variety of graphics and image
processing applications. ICE consists of clusters of
floating-point processing elements, each cluster
containing four processors with local and shared
memory. The clusters are networked using message
passing links and the system topology is configured
using a crossbar switch.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C6130B (Graphics techniques); C5220P (Parallel
architecture); C5260B (Computer vision and picture
processing); C4260 (Computational geometry)",
classification = "C4260 (Computational geometry); C5220P (Parallel
architecture); C5260B (Computer vision and picture
processing); C6130B (Graphics techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "applications; Compute Engine; global; Global
illumination models; ICE; illumination models; Image;
Image Compute Engine; image processing; Image
processing applications; Image space subdivision; image
space subdivision; Message passing links; message
passing links; Multiprocessor system; multiprocessor
system; parallel algorithms; parallel architectures;
Parallel processor architecture; parallel processor
architecture; Photorealistic rendering; photorealistic
rendering; ray tracing; Raytraced image rendering
speed; raytraced image rendering speed; rendering
(computer graphics); Sequential rendering; sequential
rendering",
thesaurus = "Parallel algorithms; Parallel architectures; Ray
tracing; Rendering [computer graphics]",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{DeBaets:1992:MPW,
author = "Andrew J. DeBaets and Kathleen M. Wheeler",
title = "Midrange {PA-RISC} workstations with price\slash
performance leadership",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "4",
pages = "6--11",
month = aug,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 9000 Models 720, 730, and 750 workstations
achieve exceptional performance ratings on
industry-standard benchmarks through a combination of a
high CPU clock rate (up to 66 MHz) and tuning of the
subsystem, compiler, and operating system designs. The
article presents an overview of the hardware design.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "66 MHz; Compiler; compiler; computer evaluation; CPU
clock rate; Hardware design; hardware design; Hewlett
Packard computers; HP 9000; industry-;
Industry-standard benchmarks; instruction set
computing; Model 720 workstation; model 720
workstation; Model 730 workstation; model 730
workstation; model 750; Model 750 workstation;
operating; Operating system designs; PA-RISC
workstations; reduced; standard benchmarks; system
designs; workstation; workstations",
numericalindex = "Frequency 6.6E+07 Hz",
thesaurus = "Computer evaluation; Hewlett Packard computers;
Reduced instruction set computing; Workstations",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1992:HSW,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "{HP} 9000 Series 700 Workstation Firmware",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "4",
pages = "9--??",
month = aug,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Gleason:1992:VCL,
author = "Craig A. Gleason and Leith Johnson and Steven T.
Mangelsdorf and Thomas O. Meyer and Mark A. Forsyth",
title = "{VLSI} circuits for low-end and midrange {PA-RISC}
computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "4",
pages = "12--22",
month = aug,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The major VLSI chips for the HP 9000 Series 700
workstations include a central processing unit with
577000 transistors, a floating-point coprocessor with
640000 transistors, and a memory and input/output
controller with 185000 transistors.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto., CA, USA",
classcodes = "B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); B1265D
(Memory circuits); C5130 (Microprocessor chips); C5430
(Microcomputers); C5220 (Computer architecture); C5320G
(Semiconductor storage)",
classification = "B1265D (Memory circuits); B1265F (Microprocessors
and microcomputers); C5130 (Microprocessor chips);
C5220 (Computer architecture); C5320G (Semiconductor
storage); C5430 (Microcomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto., CA, USA",
keywords = "Central processing unit; central processing unit;
computer architecture; coprocessor; floating-point;
Floating-point coprocessor; Hewlett Packard computers;
HP 9000 Series 700; HP 9000 Series 700 workstations;
Input/output controller; input/output controller;
integrated; Memory; memory; memory circuits;
microprocessor chips; PA-RISC computers; VLSI; VLSI
circuits; workstations",
thesaurus = "Computer architecture; Hewlett Packard computers;
Integrated memory circuits; Microprocessor chips; VLSI;
Workstations",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1992:PPM,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "{PA-RISC} Performance Modeling and Simulation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "4",
pages = "21--??",
month = aug,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Lettang:1992:ECH,
author = "Frank J. Lettang",
title = "{ECL} Clocks for High-Performance {RISC}
Workstations",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "4",
pages = "23--25",
month = aug,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Distributed/QLD.bib;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "In the HP 9000 Series 700 workstations, clock signals
are distributed using differential ECL circuits, and
the VLSI chips have CMOS inputs operating at ECL
levels. Critical clock delay signals are routed on
50-ohm striplines on printed circuit board inner
layers.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
annote = "In the HP 9000 Series 700 workstations, clock signals
are distributed using differential ECL circuits, and
the VLSI chips have CMOS inputs operating at ECL
levels. Critical clock delay signals are routed on
50-ohm striplines on printed circuit board inner
layers.",
bydate = "goe",
byrev = "Le",
classcodes = "B1265Z (Other digital circuits); C5150 (Other circuits
for digital computers); C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "B1265Z (Other digital circuits); C5150 (Other
circuits for digital computers); C5430
(Microcomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
country = "USA",
date = "00/00/00",
descriptors = "BUS; RISC; HARDWARE",
enum = "8252",
keywords = "board inner layers; Clock delay signals; clock delay
signals; Clock signals; clock signals; clocks; CMOS;
CMOS inputs; ECL circuits; emitter-coupled logic;
Hewlett Packard computers; High-performance RISC
workstations; high-performance RISC workstations; HP
9000 Series 700; HP 9000 Series 700 workstations;
inputs; printed circuit; Printed circuit board inner
layers; Striplines; striplines; VLSI; VLSI chips;
workstations",
location = "UniS-IND",
references = "0",
revision = "19/10/93",
thesaurus = "Clocks; Emitter-coupled logic; Hewlett Packard
computers; VLSI; Workstations",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Li:1992:HSI,
author = "Daniel Li and Audrey B. Gore",
title = "{HP} 9000 {Series} 700 input\slash output subsystem",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "4",
pages = "26--33",
month = aug,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Integrated on a single 8.5-by-11-inch I/O board is
hardware support for the SCSI, the Centronics parallel
printer interface, two RS-232 ports, the IEEE 802.3
LAN, the HP-HIL, four audio tone generators, and a
real-time clock. An application-specific IC serves as
I/O subsystem controller.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C5610N (Network
interfaces); C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5610N (Network interfaces);
C5610P (Peripheral interfaces)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "232 ports; Application-specific IC;
application-specific IC; Audio tone generators; audio
tone generators; Centronics parallel printer interface;
controller; Hewlett Packard computers; HP-HIL; I/O
board; I/O subsystem; I/O subsystem controller; IEEE
802.3 LAN; interfaces; network interfaces; peripheral;
Real-time clock; real-time clock; RS-; RS-232 ports;
SCSI; workstations",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Network interfaces;
Peripheral interfaces; Workstations",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ahi:1992:DVH,
author = "Ali M. Ahi and Gregory D. Burroughs and Audrey B. Gore
and Steve W. LaMar and Chi-Yen R. Lin and A. L.
Wiemann",
title = "Design verification of the {HP} 9000 {Series} 700
{PA-RISC} workstations",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "4",
pages = "34--42",
month = aug,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "First a high-level system model was simulated and
compared with a reference machine running both HP
standard and pseudorandom test programs. Then the same
tests were run on hardware prototypes. All chips were
able to boot the operating system on first silicon.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5470 (Performance evaluation
and testing)",
classification = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5470 (Performance
evaluation and testing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "computer testing; computers; formal verification;
Hardware prototypes; hardware prototypes; Hewlett
Packard; high-level system; High-level system model; HP
9000 Series 700 PA-RISC workstations; model; Operating
system; operating system; Pseudorandom test programs;
pseudorandom test programs; reduced instruction set
computing; Reference machine; reference machine;
workstations",
thesaurus = "Computer testing; Formal verification; Hewlett Packard
computers; Reduced instruction set computing;
Workstations",
treatment = "P Practical",
xxnote = "Check authors??",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1992:HSP,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "{HP} Standard {PA-RISC} Test Programs",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "4",
pages = "35--??",
month = aug,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1992:ST,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Simulation Toolset",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "4",
pages = "36--??",
month = aug,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1992:DT,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Debugging Tools",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "4",
pages = "39--??",
month = aug,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1992:M,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Metrics",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "4",
pages = "41--??",
month = aug,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Roesner:1992:MDH,
author = "Arlen L. Roesner and John P. Hoppal",
title = "Mechanical design of the {HP} 9000 models 720 and 730
workstations",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "4",
pages = "43--48",
month = aug,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The CPU board, I/O board, graphics board, power
supply, mass storage tray, and EISA board assembly are
designed as easily accessible modules to support the
design goals of low cost, accessibility, serviceability
and manufacturability. The appearance is new,
attractive, and compatible with existing HP computer
products.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5490 (Other aspects)",
classification = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5490 (Other aspects)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "Accessibility; accessibility; board; CPU; CPU board;
EISA board assembly; Graphics board; graphics board;
Hewlett Packard computers; HP 9000; HP computer
products; HP Model 720; HP Model 730; I/O board; Low
cost; low cost; Manufacturability; manufacturability;
mass; Mass storage; packaging; Power supply; power
supply; Serviceability; serviceability; storage;
Workstations; workstations",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Packaging; Workstations",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ure:1992:MMC,
author = "Spencer M. Ure and Kevin W. Allen and Anna M. Hargis
and Samuel K. Hammel and Paul Roeber",
title = "Meeting manufacturing challenges for {PA-RISC}
workstations",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "4",
pages = "49--54",
month = aug,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "To meet the time-to-market goals for the HP 9000
Series 700 workstations, major contributions were made
in design for manufacturability and in expediting
standard processes. One manufacturing operation
installed a new surface mount production facility and
developed a new printed circuit production process
simultaneously.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B0170J
(Product packaging); C5430 (Microcomputers); C5490
(Other aspects)",
classification = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering);
B0170J (Product packaging); C5430 (Microcomputers);
C5490 (Other aspects)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "facility; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 9000 Series
700; HP 9000 Series 700 workstations;
Manufacturability; manufacturability; manufacture;
mount technology; PA-RISC workstations; packaging;
printed circuit; Printed circuit production process;
printed circuit production process; reduced instruction
set computing; surface; surface mount production;
Surface mount production facility; Time-to-market;
time-to-market; workstations",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Packaging; Printed circuit
manufacture; Reduced instruction set computing; Surface
mount technology; Workstations",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Frink:1992:HDL,
author = "Craig R. Frink and Robert J. Hammond and John A.
Dykstal and Don C. {Soltis, Jr.}",
title = "High-performance designs for the low-cost {PA-RISC}
desktop",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "4",
pages = "55--63",
month = aug,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The paper presents the processor, memory, graphics,
multimedia, and built-in core I/O design of the new HP
9000 Models 705 and 710 entry-level, scalable, PA-RISC
workstations. The use of a buffered CPU/memory
interconnect is important for scaling the
high-frequency, high-performance processor design to
the entry-level desktop.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "Buffered CPU/memory interconnect; buffered CPU/memory
interconnect; Built-in core I/O design; built-in core
I/O design; computer evaluation; desktop; entry-level;
Entry-level desktop; Graphics; graphics; Hewlett
Packard computers; HP 9000 Model 710; HP 9000 Models
705; instruction set computing; Memory; memory;
Multimedia; multimedia; PA-RISC; PA-RISC workstations;
Processor; processor; reduced; workstations",
thesaurus = "Computer evaluation; Hewlett Packard computers;
Reduced instruction set computing; Workstations",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Kearl:1992:LPC,
author = "Daniel A. Kearl and Michael S. Ard",
title = "Low-cost plain-paper color inkjet printing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "4",
pages = "64--68",
month = aug,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP DeskWriter C and DeskJet 500C printers are
based on advanced thermal inkjet technology in the form
of a 300-dpi three-color inkjet print cartridge. The
printers and software drivers that use this cartridge
were developed on an aggressive one-year schedule.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "300-Dpi; 300-dpi; colour; DeskJet 500C printers;
equipment evaluation; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
DeskWriter C; ink; jet printers; Software drivers;
software drivers; technology; thermal inkjet; Thermal
inkjet technology; thermal printers; Three-color inkjet
print cartridge; three-color inkjet print cartridge",
thesaurus = "Colour; Equipment evaluation; Hewlett Packard
computers; Ink jet printers; Thermal printers",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1992:TIR,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Thermal Inkjet Review, or How Do Dots Get from the Pen
to the Page?",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "4",
pages = "67--??",
month = aug,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Maze:1992:IPC,
author = "Craig Maze and Loren E. Johnson and Daniel A. Kearl
and James P. Shields",
title = "Ink and print cartridge development for the {HP
DeskJet} 500{C\slash DeskWriter C} printer family",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "4",
pages = "69--76",
month = aug,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A trichamber print cartridge allows the low-cost HP
DeskJet printer platform to print in color. The ink
vehicle, dyes, dye concentrations, and interactions had
to be carefully traded off to optimize performance with
respect to color bleed, color saturation, composite
black production, edge acuity, drying time, and
resistance to crusting.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "500C/DeskWriter C printer family; cartridge; Color;
color; Color bleed; color bleed; Color saturation;
color saturation; Composite black production; composite
black production; Crusting resistance; crusting
resistance; Drying time; drying time; Dye
concentrations; dye concentrations; Dyes; dyes; Edge
acuity; edge acuity; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
DeskJet; HP DeskJet 500C/DeskWriter C printer family;
ink jet printers; Ink vehicle; ink vehicle; Print
cartridge development; print cartridge development;
printers; thermal; trichamber print; Trichamber print
cartridge",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Ink jet printers; Thermal
printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1992:CST,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Color Science in Three-Color Inkjet Print Cartridge
Development",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "4",
pages = "71--??",
month = aug,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1992:MHP,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Making {HP} Print Cartridges Safe for Consumers Around
the World",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "4",
pages = "76--??",
month = aug,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Mason:1992:AAH,
author = "Lee S. Mason and Mark C. Huth",
title = "Automated assembly of the {HP DeskJet} 500{C\slash
DeskWriter C} color print cartridge",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "4",
pages = "77--83",
month = aug,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Roughly 60\% of the assembly technology had to be
developed especially for the color print cartridge.
Plastic welding, adhesive dispensing, TAB circuit
staking, and ink fill were among the challenges.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "Adhesive dispensing; adhesive dispensing; Assembly
technology; assembly technology; cartridge; circuit
staking; colour; Hewlett Packard computers; HP DeskJet
500C/DeskWriter C color print; HP DeskJet
500C/DeskWriter C color print cartridge; Ink fill; ink
fill; ink jet printers; Plastic welding; plastic
welding; printers; TAB; TAB circuit staking; thermal",
thesaurus = "Colour; Hewlett Packard computers; Ink jet printers;
Thermal printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1992:CIP,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Color Inkjet Print Cartridge Ink Manifold Design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "4",
pages = "82--??",
month = aug,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Reed:1992:AME,
author = "Douglas J. Reed and Terry M. Lambright",
title = "Adhesive material and equipment selection for the {HP
DeskJet} 500{C\slash DeskWriter C} color print
cartridge",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "4",
pages = "84--86",
month = aug,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The adhesive joins the printhead to the cartridge body
and maintains color ink separation at the interface.
The encapsulant protects the electrical bonds. Special
equipment was designed to dispense these materials with
high precision in very small volumes.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "Adhesive; adhesive; Cartridge body; cartridge body;
Color ink separation; color ink separation; colour;
Electrical bonds; electrical bonds; Encapsulant;
encapsulant; Hewlett Packard computers; HP DeskJet
500C/DeskWriter C color print cartridge; ink jet
printers; printers; Printhead; printhead; TAB;
thermal",
thesaurus = "Colour; Hewlett Packard computers; Ink jet printers;
Thermal printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Monroe:1992:MVC,
author = "Michael J. Monroe",
title = "Machine vision in color print cartridge production",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "4",
pages = "87--92",
month = aug,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "In production of the tricolor print cartridges for the
HP DeskJet 500C and DeskWriter C printers, machine
vision is used for filter stake inspection, adhesive
and encapsulant dispenser calibration, structural
adhesive inspection, and automatic print quality
evaluation.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)C5260B (Computer vision and picture
processing)",
classification = "C5260B (Computer vision and picture processing);
C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "Adhesive; adhesive; adhesive inspection; automatic
optical inspection; Automatic print quality evaluation;
automatic print quality evaluation; Color print
cartridge production; color print cartridge production;
colour; computer vision; DeskWriter C; Encapsulant
dispenser calibration; encapsulant dispenser
calibration; Filter stake inspection; filter stake
inspection; Hewlett Packard computers; HP DeskJet 500C;
ink jet printers; printers; structural; Structural
adhesive inspection; thermal; Tricolor print
cartridges; tricolor print cartridges",
thesaurus = "Automatic optical inspection; Colour; Computer vision;
Hewlett Packard computers; Ink jet printers; Thermal
printers",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Allen:1992:HDC,
author = "William J. Allen and Toni D. Courville and Steven O.
Miller",
title = "{HP DeskWriter C} printer driver development",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "4",
pages = "93--102",
month = aug,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Running on the host computer, the driver provides all
of the intelligent formatting, rasterizing, color
matching, and dithering for this affordable black and
color printer.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)C6150E (General utility programs)",
classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices); C6150E (General utility programs)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "Color matching; color matching; Color printer; color
printer; colour; formatting; Hewlett Packard computers;
Host computer; host computer; HP DeskWriter C printer
driver; ink jet printers; input-; intelligent;
Intelligent formatting; output programs; Rasterizing;
rasterizing; thermal printers",
thesaurus = "Colour; Hewlett Packard computers; Ink jet printers;
Input-output programs; Thermal printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Nishimoto:1992:IUI,
author = "Alvina Y. Nishimoto and William J. Gray and Barbara J.
Williams",
title = "An interactive user interface for material
requirements planning",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "4",
pages = "103--110",
month = aug,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "For planners and buyers in the manufacturing business
environment, HP MRP Action Manager is an online,
interactive tool that automates many of the traditional
paper-intensive activities of material requirements
planning.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C7160 (Manufacturing and industry)",
classification = "C7160 (Manufacturing and industry)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "computer aided production planning; HP MRP Action
Manager; Interactive tool; interactive tool;
Interactive user interface; interactive user interface;
interfaces; Manufacturing business environment;
manufacturing business environment; manufacturing data;
Material requirements planning; material requirements
planning; Paper-intensive activities; paper-intensive
activities; processing; production control; software
packages; user",
thesaurus = "Computer aided production planning; Manufacturing data
processing; Production control; Software packages; User
interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1992:HMA,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "{HP MRP} Action Manager Project Management",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "4",
pages = "108--??",
month = aug,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Moore:1992:HNA,
author = "Edmund G. Moore",
title = "The {HP} Network Advisor: {A} Portable Test Tool for
Protocol Analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "5",
pages = "6--10",
month = oct,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "This network protocol analysis tool combines expert
system technology with a comprehensive set of network
statistics and protocol decodes to speed problem
resolution for token ring and Ethernet networks. It has
created a new standard in the LAN test marketplace. It
is a tool that not only collects and supplies users
with network traffic data but also extracts pertinent
answers from the volumes of data. As a DOS-based
system, the Network Advisor offers compatibility,
flexibility, and a clear path for evolution. As an
instrument, it offers unprecedented performance in data
capture and analysis and brings HP quality and data
integrity to the LAN marketplace.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B6210L (Computer communications); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); C5630
(Networking equipment); C5640 (Protocols); C5620L
(Local area networks); C6170 (Expert systems)",
classification = "B6210L (Computer communications); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems); C5620L (Local
area networks); C5630 (Networking equipment); C5640
(Protocols); C6170 (Expert systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; computers; Data analysis;
data analysis; Data capture; data capture; Data
integrity; data integrity; DOS-based; DOS-based system;
Ethernet networks; expert; Expert system; expert
systems; Hewlett Packard; HP Network Advisor; LAN;
local area networks; network analysers; Network
protocol analysis tool; network protocol analysis tool;
Network statistics; network statistics; Network traffic
data; network traffic data; Portable test tool;
portable test tool; Protocol analysis; protocol
analysis; Protocol decodes; protocol decodes;
protocols; system; token networks; Token ring; token
ring",
thesaurus = "Automatic test equipment; Expert systems; Hewlett
Packard computers; Local area networks; Network
analysers; Protocols; Token networks",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1992:NAP,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "{Network Advisor} Product Enhancement Philosophy",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "5",
pages = "9--??",
month = oct,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Godlew:1992:EAI,
author = "Scott Godlew and Rod Unverrich and Stephen Witt",
title = "Embedding artificial intelligence in a {LAN} test
instrument",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "5",
pages = "11--21",
month = oct,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The capabilities of artificial intelligence techniques
are provided in the HP 4980 Series Network Advisor
protocol analyzers by a software application called the
Fault Finder. It is a rule-based expert system that is
built around a blackboard architecture. The rules,
written in PROLOG, invoke Network Advisor measurements
(statistics, decodes, and applications) that are
available to the user. The article discusses LAN
trouble-shooting, automated troubleshooting using
expert systems, the Fault Finder, the architecture of
the Fault Finder, and a typical problem solved using
the Fault Finder on a token ring network.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B6210L (Computer communications); B6150M
(Protocols); C5630 (Networking equipment); C5620L
(Local area networks); C6170 (Expert systems); C5640
(Protocols)",
classification = "B6150M (Protocols); B6210L (Computer
communications); B7210X (Other instrumentation and
measurement systems); C5620L (Local area networks);
C5630 (Networking equipment); C5640 (Protocols); C6170
(Expert systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "Artificial intelligence; artificial intelligence;
Automated troubleshooting; automated troubleshooting;
based expert system; Blackboard architecture;
blackboard architecture; expert systems; Fault Finder;
Hewlett Packard computers; HP 4980 Series; HP 4980
Series Network Advisor; LAN; LAN test instrument; LAN
trouble-shooting; local area; network; Network Advisor;
network analysers; networks; PROLOG; Protocol
analyzers; protocol analyzers; protocols; rule-;
Rule-based expert system; token ring; Token ring
network; trouble-shooting",
thesaurus = "Expert systems; Hewlett Packard computers; Local area
networks; Network analysers; Protocols",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Doumas:1992:UIH,
author = "Thomas A. Doumas",
title = "The user interface for the {HP} 4980 {Network Advisor}
protocol analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "5",
pages = "22--28",
month = oct,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 4980 Network Advisor protocol analyzer's user
interface is built on a graphical, window-based system.
The user interacts with a number of system windows to
access and control the features of the instrument. This
interaction is through pull-down menus, pushbuttons,
list boxes, and dialog boxes associated with specific
features. Support for servicing these user interactions
is provided by a layer of software called the
measurement architecture. This software and other
system software are collectively called the
general-purpose environment. The general-purpose
environment software is written in the object-oriented
Smalltalk language and runs on a PC. Working in consort
with the general-purpose environment is the analysis
and real-time environment, which runs on a RISC-based
hardware platform and provides the services for
interfacing to the Network Advisor's front panel, and
the network under test.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B6150M (Protocols); B6210L (Computer
communications); C6180G (Graphical user interfaces);
C6130B (Graphics techniques); C5630 (Networking
equipment); C5640 (Protocols); C5620L (Local area
networks)",
classification = "B6150M (Protocols); B6210L (Computer
communications); B7210X (Other instrumentation and
measurement systems); C5620L (Local area networks);
C5630 (Networking equipment); C5640 (Protocols); C6130B
(Graphics techniques); C6180G (Graphical user
interfaces)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "analysis and real-time; Analysis and real-time
environment; area networks; ART environment; Dialog
boxes; dialog boxes; environment; Front panel; front
panel; general-purpose; General-purpose environment;
Graphical system; graphical system; graphical user
interfaces; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 4980 Network
Advisor; List boxes; list boxes; local; Measurement
architecture; measurement architecture; network
analysers; Object oriented language; object oriented
language; Protocol analyzer; protocol analyzer;
protocols; Pull-down menus; pull-down menus;
Pushbuttons; pushbuttons; RISC-based hardware platform;
Smalltalk language; System software; system software;
System windows; system windows; User interactions; user
interactions; User interface; user interface;
Window-based system; window-based system",
thesaurus = "Graphical user interfaces; Hewlett Packard computers;
Local area networks; Network analysers; Protocols",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1992:ODS,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Object-Oriented Design and Smalltalk",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "5",
pages = "24--??",
month = oct,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1992:FI,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "The {Forth} Interpreter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "5",
pages = "25--??",
month = oct,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Bhat:1992:NAA,
author = "Sunil Bhat",
title = "The {Network Advisor} analysis and real-time
environment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "5",
pages = "29--33",
month = oct,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The analysis and real-time (ART) environment of the HP
4980 Series Network Advisor protocol analyzers is a
software platform that has all the necessary services
to support real-time network protocol analysis
applications. To a lesser extent it also supports
postanalysis of captured data. Typically, any
application on the Network Advisor has an analysis
module that operates in the ART environment. This
module does in real time all application-specific
analysis based on relevant data from the network or
network counts maintained by the hardware. The article
describes the architecture and high-level design issues
of the ART environment.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C7410F (Communications); C6155 (Computer
communications software); C5640 (Protocols)",
classification = "C5640 (Protocols); C6155 (Computer communications
software); C7410F (Communications)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "Advisor; analysers; Analysis and real-time
environment; analysis and real-time environment;
Analysis module; analysis module; application-;
Application-specific analysis; Hewlett Packard
computers; HP 4980 Series Network; HP 4980 Series
Network Advisor; local area networks; network; network
protocol analysis; Protocol analyzers; protocol
analyzers; protocols; real-time; Real-time network
protocol analysis; Software platform; software
platform; specific analysis; telecommunications
computing",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Local area networks;
Network analysers; Protocols; Telecommunications
computing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Prufer:1992:NAP,
author = "Rona J. Prufer",
title = "{Network Advisor} protocol analysis: decodes",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "5",
pages = "34--40",
month = oct,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The decode portion of protocol analysis involves the
recognition and interpretation of the syntax and
semantics of the different types of network protocols.
The HP 4980 Network Advisor is different from
traditional protocol analyzers in that it attempts to
interpret data from the network under test and provide
answers to protocol problems, not just reams of data.
Two of the Network Advisor's key features are a
flexible user interface and the number of decodes it
can handle.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C6155 (Computer communications software); C5640
(Protocols)",
classification = "C5640 (Protocols); C6155 (Computer communications
software)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "4980 Network Advisor; Decodes; decodes; Hewlett
Packard computers; HP; HP 4980 Network Advisor; network
analysers; Network protocols; network protocols;
Protocol analysis; protocol analysis; Protocol
analyzers; protocol analyzers; protocols; Semantics;
semantics; Syntax; syntax; User interface; user
interface",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Network analysers;
Protocols",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Krebs:1992:MDH,
author = "Kenneth R. Krebs",
title = "Mechanical design of the {HP} 4980 {Network Advisor}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "5",
pages = "41--47",
month = oct,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP Network Advisor package consists of 31
injection-molded parts, 15 sheet-metal parts, 19
cables, nine printed circuit boards, two
custom-machined parts, a custom power supply, flexible
and hard disk drives, a color or monochrome LCD
(liquid-crystal display), and numerous other custom and
standard parts. Its hinged, fold-up flat-panel display
and fold-down keyboard are designed to make it easy to
use the Network Advisor either on a desktop or in a
floor-standing position, while providing maximum
portability when closed. It has interchangeable network
interface modules that mount to the underside of the
instrument. The overall package measures 5.9 inches
high by 14.3 inches wide by 16.8 inches deep and weighs
25 pounds fully loaded.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B0170J (Product packaging); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems); C5630 (Networking
equipment)",
classification = "B0170J (Product packaging); B7210B (Automatic test
and measurement systems); B7210X (Other instrumentation
and measurement systems); C5630 (Networking
equipment)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "25 Lb; 25 lb; analysers; automatic test equipment;
boards; Cables; cables; Colour LCD; colour LCD; Custom
power supply; custom power supply; Custom-machined
parts; custom-machined parts; disk drives; flat-;
Flat-panel display; Fold-down keyboard; fold-down
keyboard; hard; Hard disk drives; Hewlett Packard
computers; HP Network Advisor; injection-;
Injection-molded parts; interchangeable network;
Interchangeable network interface modules; interface
modules; Liquid-crystal display; liquid-crystal
display; Mechanical design; mechanical design; molded
parts; Monochrome LCD; monochrome LCD; network;
packaging; panel display; printed circuit; Printed
circuit boards; protocols; Sheet-metal parts;
sheet-metal parts",
numericalindex = "Mass 1.1E+01 kg",
thesaurus = "Automatic test equipment; Hewlett Packard computers;
Network analysers; Packaging; Protocols",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ballo:1992:MTA,
author = "David J. Ballo and John A. Wendler",
title = "The Microwave Transition Analyzer: {A} New Instrument
Architecture for Component and Signal Analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "5",
pages = "48--62",
month = oct,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "In addition to bringing the time domain to microwave
design, the microwave transition analyzer measures
harmonic distortion using the FFT and provides familiar
vector network analyzer capability when configured with
a synthesized signal generator. In this respect, the
microwave transition analyzer is a general-purpose,
multidomain tool that can be used to link new
time-domain measurements with traditional
frequency-domain techniques, particularly in the areas
of pulsed-RF and nonlinear device characterization. In
a single instrument, the microwave transition analyzer
integrates a versatile hardware architecture with very
flexible means of control. The combination results in
an instrument with unprecedented measurement
diversity.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7310N (Microwave techniques); C5630
(Networking equipment)",
classification = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7310N (Microwave techniques); C5630
(Networking equipment)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "analyzer; characterization; FFT; Frequency-domain;
frequency-domain; Harmonic distortion; harmonic
distortion; Instrument architecture; instrument
architecture; measurements; microwave measurement;
Microwave transition analyzer; microwave transition
analyzer; network analysers; nonlinear device;
Nonlinear device characterization; Pulsed-RF;
pulsed-RF; reflectometry; Signal analysis; signal
analysis; Synthesized signal generator; synthesized
signal generator; time-domain; Time-domain
measurements; vector network; Vector network analyzer",
thesaurus = "Microwave measurement; Network analysers; Time-domain
reflectometry",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1992:FTC,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Frequency Translation as Convolution",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "5",
pages = "61--??",
month = oct,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Dethlefsen:1992:DCM,
author = "Michael Dethlefsen and John A. Wendler",
title = "Design considerations in the microwave transition
analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "5",
pages = "63--71",
month = oct,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 71500 A microwave transition analyzer is an MMS
(modular measurement system) instrument. It consists of
the HP 70820 A, microwave transition analyzer module
and the HP 70004 A, MMS mainframe and color display. In
the system two input signals are sampled by microwave
sample-and-hold circuits with an input bandwidth of 40
GHz. The sample rate is generated by a low-frequency
10-to-20-MHz synthesizer under processor control. The
sampled signals are digitized by an analog-to-digital
converter (ADC), the digitized outputs are processed by
a digital signal processor, and the final results are
displayed on the MMS display by the instrument
processor. The article explains some of the design
considerations, in both the hardware and the firmware,
that went into the development of the microwave
transition analyzer.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7310N (Microwave techniques); B7220 (Signal
processing and conditioning equipment and techniques);
C5630 (Networking equipment); C5260 (Digital signal
processing)",
classification = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning
equipment and techniques); B7310N (Microwave
techniques); C5260 (Digital signal processing); C5630
(Networking equipment)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "10 To 20 MHz; 10 to 20 MHz; 40 GHz; analog-to-digital;
Analog-to-digital converter; analogue-digital
conversion; analyzer module; bandwidth; chips; Color
display; color display; converter; digital signal
processing; Digital signal processor; digital signal
processor; Firmware; firmware; Hewlett Packard
computers; HP 70004 A; HP 70820 A; HP 71500 A; input;
Input bandwidth; Input signals; input signals;
instrument; Instrument processor; measurement system;
microwave measurement; Microwave sample-and-hold
circuits; microwave sample-and-hold circuits; microwave
transition; Microwave transition analyzer; microwave
transition analyzer; Microwave transition analyzer
module; MMS display; MMS mainframe; modular; Modular
measurement system; network analysers; processor;
Processor control; processor control; sample and hold
circuits; Synthesizer; synthesizer",
numericalindex = "Bandwidth 4.0E+10 Hz; Frequency 1.0E+07 to 2.0E+07
Hz",
thesaurus = "Analogue-digital conversion; Digital signal processing
chips; Hewlett Packard computers; Microwave
measurement; Network analysers; Sample and hold
circuits",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Beethe:1992:VEE,
author = "Douglas C. Beethe and William L. Hunt",
title = "A visual engineering environment for test software
development",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "5",
pages = "72--77",
month = oct,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "HP VEE was designed to dramatically reduce test
software development costs by allowing the test to be
expressed on the computer using the conceptual model
most common to the technical user: the block diagram.
The article provides a general overview of the
development of HP VEE, its feature set, and how it
applies the concept of the executable block diagram.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support); C6130B (Graphics
techniques)",
classification = "C6115 (Programming support); C6130B (Graphics
techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "Conceptual model; conceptual model; diagram; diagrams;
executable block; Executable block diagram; Feature
set; feature set; Hewlett Packard computers; HP VEE;
program testing; programming environments; software
tools; Test software development; test software
development; Visual engineering environment; visual
engineering environment; visual programming",
thesaurus = "Diagrams; Hewlett Packard computers; Program testing;
Programming environments; Software tools; Visual
programming",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1992:OPL,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Object-oriented Programming in a Large System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "5",
pages = "76--??",
month = oct,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Hunt:1992:DAU,
author = "William L. Hunt",
title = "Developing an advanced user interface for {HP VEE}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "5",
pages = "78--83",
month = oct,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "HP VEE, Hewlett--Packard's visual engineering
environment, was developed as a programming tool for
nonprogrammers. In the past, computer users were
required to move into the computer's domain. The goal
for HP VEE was to bring the computer into the user's
domain. This meant developing a system that operates in
the way that target users expect. Simplicity and
flexibility were the primary attributes that guided
this user interface development. Test programs
generated with HP VEE can have the same advanced user
interface as HP VEE itself.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support); C6180 (User interfaces);
C6130B (Graphics techniques)",
classification = "C6115 (Programming support); C6130B (Graphics
techniques); C6180 (User interfaces)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "Flexibility; flexibility; Hewlett Packard computers;
HP VEE; programming; programming environments;
Programming tool; programming tool; Simplicity;
simplicity; software tools; User interface development;
user interface development; user interface management
systems; visual; Visual engineering environment; visual
engineering environment",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Programming environments;
Software tools; User interface management systems;
Visual programming",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Beethe:1992:HVD,
author = "Douglas C. Beethe",
title = "{HP VEE}: {A} Dataflow Architecture",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "5",
pages = "84--88",
month = oct,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP VEE dataflow programming environment was
developed with the specific objective of providing an
interface that would allow users to express a problem
in block diagram form on the screen and then execute it
directly. Dataflow programming was chosen because of
its direct correlation to the block diagram models that
were to be emulated. The design and construction of HP
VEE used object-oriented technology from the beginning.
The architecture that evolved from this development is
the subject of the article. The design of various
elements of the underlying HP VEE architecture is
discussed as is the manner in which they work together
to produce the executable block diagram as a dataflow
model.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support); C6130B (Graphics
techniques); C6110P (Parallel programming); C6110J
(Object-oriented programming)",
classification = "C6110J (Object-oriented programming); C6110P
(Parallel programming); C6115 (Programming support);
C6130B (Graphics techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "Block diagram models; block diagram models; dataflow;
Dataflow architecture; dataflow architecture; Dataflow
model; Dataflow programming environment; Executable
block diagram; executable block diagram; Hewlett
Packard computers; HP VEE; model; object-;
object-oriented programming; Object-oriented
technology; oriented technology; parallel programming;
programming environment; programming environments;
software; tools; User interface; user interface; visual
programming",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Object-oriented
programming; Parallel programming; Programming
environments; Software tools; Visual programming",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Nieddu:1992:PMS,
author = "Giovanni Nieddu and Fernando M. Secco and Alberto
Vallerini",
title = "A performance monitoring system for digital
telecommunications networks",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "5",
pages = "89--99",
month = oct,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP Model E3560 digital performance monitoring and
remote test system is designed for surveillance of the
quality of a digital telecommunications network and for
collecting alarms from network elements, following the
guidelines of CCITT Recommendation G.821. The HP E3560
provides the customer with well-defined performance
parameters that tell how the network is doing on a
statistical basis, and whether a failure has occurred
in a network element. The actual network monitoring is
performed by devices called peripheral units, which
continuously monitor the telecom links nonintrusively.
The peripheral units scan the PCM streams at the four
main bit rates in the European (CEPT) hierarchy
(2,8,34, and 140 Mbits/s), looking for alarms and
binary errors, and computing the G.821 performance
parameters. Data produced by the peripheral units is
collected by a first-level processor, an HP 9000 Series
400 workstation, which stores the data in a relational
database. The first-level processor also provides for
configuration of the peripheral devices and presents
the retrieved data and alarms to the user.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B0170L (Inspection and quality control); B6210
(Telecommunication applications); C7410H
(Instrumentation); C7410F (Communications); C5620
(Computer networks and techniques); C5670 (Network
performance)",
classification = "B0170L (Inspection and quality control); B6210
(Telecommunication applications); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems); C5620 (Computer networks
and techniques); C5670 (Network performance); C7410F
(Communications); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "140; 140 Mbit/s; 2 Mbit/s; 34 Mbit/s; 8 Mbit/s;
Alarms; alarms; automatic test equipment; binary;
Binary errors; CCITT Recommendation G.821; CEPT
hierarchy; communication systems; computerised
monitoring; digital; Digital performance monitoring;
digital performance monitoring; Digital
telecommunications networks; digital telecommunications
networks; errors; European hierarchy; Hewlett Packard
computers; HP; HP 9000 Series 400 workstation; HP Model
E3560; Mbit/s; Model E3560; Network failure; network
failure; Network monitoring; network monitoring;
networks; PCM streams; performance evaluation;
Peripheral devices; peripheral devices; Peripheral
units; peripheral units; quality control; Quality
surveillance; quality surveillance; Relational
database; relational database; remote test; Remote test
system; system; Telecom links; telecom links;
telecommunication; telecommunications computing",
numericalindex = "Bit rate 2.0E+06 bit/s; Bit rate 8.0E+06 bit/s; Bit
rate 3.4E+07 bit/s; Bit rate 1.4E+08 bit/s",
thesaurus = "Automatic test equipment; Computerised monitoring;
Digital communication systems; Hewlett Packard
computers; Performance evaluation; Quality control;
Telecommunication networks; Telecommunications
computing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Yen:1992:GLC,
author = "Chu-Sun Yen and Richard C. Walker and Patrick T.
Petruno and Cheryl Stout and Benny W. H. Lai and W. J.
McFarland",
title = "{G-link}: a chipset for gigabit-rate data
communication",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "5",
pages = "103--116",
month = oct,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The G-link chipset is a highly integrated, compact,
silicon chipset with features that enable it to serve a
number of application areas. It performs its own
startup and framing. This allows a user to transmit
data continuously, without inserting extra characters,
in a virtual ribbon cable mode. The chipset includes
data available and control word signals which allow the
creation of simple packets. The chipset accepts a wide
range of input word widths, allowing a good match to a
variety of computer buses. The wide range of serial
data rates makes it an ideal transport vehicle for
125-Mbit/s FDDI data to 1.24-Gbit/s SONET data. The
chipset can work in simplex systems, allowing its use
for distributing video. Two widely accepted networking
standards, Serial-HIPPI and SCI-FI, are tailored to the
operation of the G-link chipset. The production volume
made possible by this broad range of applications
should make possible truly low-cost gigabit-rate data
links.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B6210 (Telecommunication applications); B1265Z (Other
digital circuits); B6260 (Optical links and equipment);
C5620 (Computer networks and techniques); C5150 (Other
circuits for digital computers)",
classification = "B1265Z (Other digital circuits); B6210
(Telecommunication applications); B6260 (Optical links
and equipment); C5150 (Other circuits for digital
computers); C5620 (Computer networks and techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "1.24 Gbit/s; 125 Mbit/s; Computer buses; computer
buses; Control word signals; control word signals; Data
communication; data communication; data communication
systems; Data links; data links; digital integrated
circuits; FDDI; FDDI data; G-link chipset; HIPPI; mode;
Networking standards; networking standards; rates;
SCI-FI; serial data; Serial data rates; Serial-;
Serial-HIPPI; SONET; SONET data; virtual ribbon cable;
Virtual ribbon cable mode",
numericalindex = "Bit rate 1.25E+08 bit/s; Bit rate 1.24E+09 bit/s",
thesaurus = "Data communication systems; Digital integrated
circuits; FDDI; SONET",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1992:BLA,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Bang-Bang Loop Analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "5",
pages = "110--??",
month = oct,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Boeller:1992:LTI,
author = "Robert A. Boeller and Samuel A. Stodder and John F.
Meyer and Victor T. Escobedo",
title = "A large-format thermal inkjet drafting plotter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "6",
pages = "6--15",
month = dec,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP DesignJet drafting plotter combines the low
cost of pen plotters with the speed of electrostatic
plotters. Throughput is almost independent of drawing
complexity. The plotter uses the same roll and sheet
media as pen plotters, and in roll mode, automatically
cuts and stacks plots for unattended operation.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "complexity; drawing; Drawing complexity; Electrostatic
plotters; electrostatic plotters; equipment evaluation;
Hewlett Packard computers; HP DesignJet drafting; HP
DesignJet drafting plotter; Pen plotters; pen plotters;
plotter; plotters; Roll mode; roll mode; Thermal inkjet
drafting plotter; thermal inkjet drafting plotter",
thesaurus = "Equipment evaluation; Hewlett Packard computers;
Plotters",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1992:DPU,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "{DesignJet} Plotter User Interface Design: Learning
the Hard Way about Human Interaction",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "6",
pages = "12--??",
month = dec,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Mebane:1992:EFD,
author = "Alfred Holt {Mebane, IV} and James R. Schmedake and
Iue-Shuenn Chen and Anne P. Kadonaga",
title = "Electronic and firmware design of the {HP DesignJet}
drafting plotter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "6",
pages = "16--23",
month = dec,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "High-performance vector-to-raster conversion and print
engine control are provided by a RISC processor, two
single-chip processors, and three custom integrated
circuits. Development of the electronics and firmware
made extensive use of emulation and simulation.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)C7430 (Computer engineering)",
classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices); C7430 (Computer engineering)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "application specific integrated circuits; computing;
Custom integrated circuits; custom integrated circuits;
Emulation; emulation; firmware; Firmware design;
firmware design; Hewlett; HP DesignJet drafting
plotter; Packard computers; plotters; Print engine
control; print engine control; raster conversion;
reduced instruction set; RISC processor; Simulation;
simulation; Single-chip processors; single-chip
processors; vector-to-; Vector-to-raster conversion;
virtual machines",
thesaurus = "Application specific integrated circuits; Firmware;
Hewlett Packard computers; Plotters; Reduced
instruction set computing; Virtual machines",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Haselby:1992:PAT,
author = "Robert D. Haselby",
title = "Pen Alignment in a Two-Pen, Large-Format, Inkjet
Drafting Plotter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "6",
pages = "24--27",
month = dec,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Misalignments are found by using a quad photodiode
sensor to measure test patterns printed on the media.
Scan-direction errors are corrected by timing
adjustments. Media-direction errors are corrected
algorithmically and mechanically.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "adjustments; errors; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
DesignJet drafting plotter; inkjet drafting; Inkjet
drafting plotter; media-direction; Media-direction
errors; Pen alignment; pen alignment; plotter;
plotters; Quad photodiode sensor; quad photodiode
sensor; Scan-direction errors; scan-direction errors;
Test patterns; test patterns; timing; Timing
adjustments",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Plotters",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Longust:1992:DPC,
author = "Timothy A. Longust",
title = "{DesignJet} Plotter Chassis Design: {A} Concurrent
Engineering Challenge",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "6",
pages = "28--31",
month = dec,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Instead of the expensive pre-straightened slider rods
used in previous designs to form the guideway for the
pen carriage, the DesignJet chassis uses rods that are
straightened during assembly and held in place by a
low-cost rigid structure. The chassis components,
assembly process, and assembly tooling had to be
developed concurrently.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "assembling; Assembly process; assembly process;
Assembly tooling; assembly tooling; computers;
Concurrent engineering; concurrent engineering;
DesignJet chassis; DesignJet plotter; Guideway;
guideway; Hewlett Packard; packaging; Pen carriage; pen
carriage; plotters; Pre-straightened slider rods;
prestraightened; Rigid structure; rigid structure;
slider rods",
thesaurus = "Assembling; Concurrent engineering; Hewlett Packard
computers; Packaging; Plotters",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1992:DPE,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "{DesignJet} Plotter End Covers Produced by
Coinjection",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "6",
pages = "31--??",
month = dec,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Petersen:1992:DPM,
author = "David M. Petersen and Chuong Ta",
title = "{DesignJet} Plotter Mechanical Architecture
Development Process",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "6",
pages = "32--34",
month = dec,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "By investing several months in designer communication
before beginning detailed prototype design, an
architecture was developed that was subsequently never
changed, allowing the project to reach manufacturing
release a month early. Costs for most subsystems were
lower than expected.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "communication; designer; Designer communication;
DesignJet plotter; Hewlett Packard computers;
Mechanical architecture; mechanical architecture;
packaging; plotters",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Packaging; Plotters",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Beauchamp:1992:IDR,
author = "Robert W. Beauchamp and Josep Giralt Adroher and Joan
Uroz and Isidre Rosello",
title = "Improved drawing reliability for drafting plotters",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "6",
pages = "35--41",
month = dec,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The SurePlot drawing system, a feature of the HP
DraftMaster Plus drafting plotter, significantly
enhances drawing reliability and unattended plotting
ability. The system is based on a noncontact color
optical line sensor that verifies the writing of the
pens.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "Drafting plotters; drafting plotters; Drawing
reliability; drawing reliability; Hewlett Packard
computers; HP DraftMaster Plus drafting plotter;
Noncontact color optical line sensor; noncontact color
optical line sensor; plotters; plotting ability;
reliability; SurePlot drawing; SurePlot drawing system;
system; unattended; Unattended plotting ability",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Plotters; Reliability",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1992:AUP,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Average User Plot",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "6",
pages = "36--??",
month = dec,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1992:AQL,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Acceptable Quality Level Index",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "6",
pages = "37--??",
month = dec,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Agrafojo:1992:AMC,
author = "Ventura Caamano Agrafojo and David Perez and Josep
Abella",
title = "An automatic media cutter for a drafting plotter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "6",
pages = "42--48",
month = dec,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "This simple, reliable, low-cost cutter is a classical
rotating and linear blade design. It requires no
separate drive motors and does not interfere with
normal plotting performance. To quantify its
performance, cut quality parameters and measurement
methods were defined.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "automatic media; Automatic media cutter; Cut quality
parameters; cut quality parameters; cutter; cutting;
Drafting plotter; drafting plotter; Drive motors; drive
motors; Hewlett Packard computers; HP DraftMaster Plus;
Linear blade design; linear blade design; measurement;
Measurement methods; methods; plotters; Plotting
performance; plotting performance; Rotating blade
design; rotating blade design",
thesaurus = "Cutting; Hewlett Packard computers; Plotters",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1992:DMP,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Definitions and Measurement Procedures for Cut Quality
Parameters",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "6",
pages = "46--??",
month = dec,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Gonzalez:1992:RUI,
author = "Jordi Gonzalez and Jaume Ayats Ardite and Carles
Castellsague Pique",
title = "Reengineering of a user interface for a drafting
plotter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "6",
pages = "49--55",
month = dec,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "An existing user interface has been successfully
reengineered and plotter usability enhanced by
selecting, combining, and adapting software prototype
techniques and standard software development
methodologies.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)C6180 (User interfaces); C6110B (Software
engineering techniques)",
classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices); C6110B (Software engineering techniques);
C6180 (User interfaces)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "drafting; Drafting plotter; Hewlett Packard computers;
HP DraftMaster Plus plotter; plotter; Plotter
usability; plotter usability; plotters; Software
development methodologies; software development
methodologies; Software prototype techniques; software
prototype techniques; software prototyping; User
interface; user interface; user interfaces",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Plotters; Software
prototyping; User interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}
@Article{Larson:1992:MHO,
author = "Douglas V. Larson and Kyle A. Polychronis",
title = "A multiprocessor {HP-UX} operating system for {HP}
9000 computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "6",
pages = "56--61",
month = dec,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The system supports up to four processors in the HP
9000 Model 870 computer, significantly increasing
online transaction processing (OLTP) performance
without degrading uniprocessor performance.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems); C6150N (Distributed
systems)",
classification = "C6150J (Operating systems); C6150N (Distributed
systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "9000 Model 870 computer; Hewlett Packard computers;
HP; HP 9000 computers; HP 9000 Model 870 computer;
multiprocessing programs; Multiprocessor HP-UX
operating system; multiprocessor HP-UX operating
system; Online transaction processing; online
transaction processing; operating systems (computers);
transaction processing; Uniprocessor performance;
uniprocessor performance",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Multiprocessing programs;
Operating systems [computers]; Transaction processing",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1992:NMH,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Next-Generation Multiprocessor {HP-UX}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "6",
pages = "58--??",
month = dec,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Matta:1992:AIC,
author = "Farid Matta",
title = "Advances in integrated circuit packaging: demountable
{TAB}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "6",
pages = "62--77",
month = dec,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "State-of-the-art IC packaging, particularly with RISC
architectures, demands performance at a high lead
count. The paper presents some of the fundamental
topics in IC packaging, formulates the principal
criteria by which single-chip IC packages are judged,
and evaluates existing industry-standard packages. A
new packaging technology is described that addresses
the unsatisfied packaging needs of modern digital
systems.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B0170J (Product packaging); B2570 (Semiconductor
integrated circuits); B1265B (Logic circuits)",
classification = "B0170J (Product packaging); B1265B (Logic circuits);
B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "architectures; Demountable TAB; demountable TAB;
digital integrated circuits; IC packaging;
Industry-standard packages; industry-standard packages;
instruction set computing; integrated circuit
manufacture; Integrated circuit packaging; integrated
circuit packaging; Lead count; lead count; monolithic
integrated circuits; packages; packaging; reduced;
RISC; RISC architectures; single-chip IC; Single-chip
IC packages; tape automated bonding",
thesaurus = "Digital integrated circuits; Integrated circuit
manufacture; Monolithic integrated circuits; Packaging;
Reduced instruction set computing; Tape automated
bonding",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Cavanna:1992:ESH,
author = "Vicente V. Cavanna and Christopher S. Liu",
title = "The {EISA} standard for the {HP} 9000 {Series} 700
workstations",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "6",
pages = "78--82",
month = dec,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The EISA interface on the HP 9000 Series 700
workstations provides a high-performance, expandable
architecture that allows peripherals using different
I/O standards to communicate with the system on the
same I/O bus.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C5430
(Microcomputers)",
classification = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5610P (Peripheral
interfaces)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "EISA interface; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 9000
Series 700 workstations; I/O; I/O bus; I/O standards;
peripheral interfaces; standards; workstations",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Peripheral interfaces;
Standards; Workstations",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Clark:1992:ECH,
author = "David S. Clark and Andrea C. Lantz and Christopher S.
Liu and Thomas E. Parker and Joseph H. Steinmetz",
title = "{EISA} cards for the {HP} 9000 {Series} 700
workstations",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "6",
pages = "83--96",
month = dec,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The EISA specification's high-performance, burst-cycle
protocol for data transfer is provided on the Series
700 EISA cards through the implementation of DMA and
EISA bus master interfaces.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C5430
(Microcomputers)",
classification = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5610P (Peripheral
interfaces)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "burst-cycle; Burst-cycle protocol; Data transfer; data
transfer; DMA; EISA bus master interfaces; EISA cards;
Hewlett Packard computers; HP 9000 Series 700
workstations; peripheral interfaces; protocol;
workstations",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Peripheral interfaces;
Workstations",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1992:BSS,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Board-Level Simulation of the Series 700 {EISA}
Cards",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "6",
pages = "94--??",
month = dec,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Thomas:1992:SHE,
author = "Bill Thomas and Alan C. Berkema and Eric G. Tausheck
and Brian D. Mahaffy",
title = "Software for the {HP EISA SCSI} card",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "6",
pages = "97--108",
month = dec,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Two software architectures, one offline and the other
online, are used to provide EISA SCSI support for the
HP 9000 Series 700 workstations. The articles discusses
the implementation of some of the modules and the test
process for the interface driver.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C5430
(Microcomputers); C6150E (General utility programs)",
classification = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5610P (Peripheral
interfaces); C6150E (General utility programs)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "EISA SCSI support; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 9000
Series 700; HP 9000 Series 700 workstations; HP EISA
SCSI card; input-output programs; Interface driver;
interface driver; interfaces; peripheral; Test process;
test process; workstations",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Input-output programs;
Peripheral interfaces; Workstations",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1992:USS,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Update on the {SCSI} Standard",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "6",
pages = "103--??",
month = dec,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1992:ANM,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Adapting the {NCR 53C710} to Minimize Interrupt Impact
on Performance",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "6",
pages = "105--??",
month = dec,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Thompson:1992:AMO,
author = "Michael E. Thompson and Gregson P. Siu and Jonathan
{van den Berg}",
title = "An architecture for migrating to an open systems
solution",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "43",
number = "6",
pages = "109--114",
month = dec,
year = "1992",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A process and a model have been developed that provide
an easy growth path to a client/server open systems
architecture for information technology applications.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C6150N (Distributed systems); C6110B (Software
engineering techniques)",
classification = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C6150N
(Distributed systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "applications; Client/server; client/server;
information technology; Information technology
applications; open systems; Open systems solution; open
systems solution; software engineering",
thesaurus = "Open systems; Software engineering",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ishak:1993:PTL,
author = "Waguih S. Ishak and Kent W. Carey and Steven A. Newton
and William R. {Trutna, Jr.}",
title = "Photonic technology for lightwave communications test
applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "1",
pages = "6--10",
month = feb,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "State-of-the-art fiber-optic, integrated-optic,
bulk-optic, and optoelectronic devices and subsystems
provide a technology base for high-speed,
high-performance lightwave communications test
instrumentation. At Hewlett--Packard, a major program
to develop lightwave communications measurement
solutions was launched in the mid-1980s. This program
has resulted in a set of high-performance instruments
including fault locators (optical time-domain
reflectometers, or OTDRs), optical sources
(fixed-wavelength and tunable sources), optical signal
characterization instruments (power meters, signal
analyzers, polarization analyzers, and spectrum
analyzers), and optical component analyzers (precision
reflectometers and high-speed analyzers). The authors
give an overview of some of these key technologies.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B6260 (Optical links and equipment); B4125 (Fibre
optics); B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7320P (Optical variables); B4140 (Integrated
optics)",
classification = "B4125 (Fibre optics); B4140 (Integrated optics);
B6260 (Optical links and equipment); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems); B7320P
(Optical variables)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "analysers; component analyzers; Fault locators; fault
locators; Hewlett--Packard; High-speed analyzers;
high-speed analyzers; high-speed optical techniques;
instrumentation; integrated optics; light; Lightwave
communications; lightwave communications; lightwave
communications test; Lightwave communications test
instrumentation; optical; optical communication
equipment; Optical component analyzers; optical fibres;
Optical signal characterization; Optical sources;
optical sources; optical testing; Optical time-domain
reflectometers; optical time-domain reflectometry;
optoelectronic devices; OTDRs; Polarization analyzers;
polarization analyzers; Power meters; power meters;
Reflectometers; reflectometers; Signal analyzers;
signal analyzers; signal characterization; sources;
spectral; Spectrum analyzers; spectrum analyzers;
time-domain reflectometers; variables measurement",
thesaurus = "High-speed optical techniques; Integrated optics;
Light sources; Optical communication equipment; Optical
fibres; Optical testing; Optical time-domain
reflectometry; Optical variables measurement;
Optoelectronic devices; Spectral analysers",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Maisenbacher:1993:TLS,
author = "Bernd Maisenbacher and Edgar Leckel and Robert Jahn
and Michael Pott",
title = "Tunable laser sources for optical amplifier testing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "1",
pages = "11--19",
month = feb,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Two models of microprocessor-based laser sources tune
over wavelength ranges of 50 and 65 nanometers using
grating-tuned external-cavity lasers with precisely
controlled wavelength and power level. They are
designed for testing wideband components such as
erbium-doped fiber amplifiers. The HP 8167A operates
over the wavelength range from 1280 to 1330 nm and the
HP 8168A operates from 1500 to 1565 nm.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
chemicalindex = "Er/bin Er/el Er/dop",
classcodes = "A4260B (Design of specific laser systems); A0670E
(Testing equipment); A4260F (Laser beam modulation,
pulsing and switching; mode locking and tuning); A4281W
(Other fibre optical devices and techniques); A4255N
(Fibre lasers and amplifiers); A4255P (Lasing action in
semiconductors with junctions); B7250E (Signal
generators); B4125 (Fibre optics); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems); B4320G (Solid lasers);
B4320J (Semiconductor junction lasers)",
classification = "A0670E (Testing equipment); A4255N (Fibre lasers and
amplifiers); A4255P (Lasing action in semiconductors
with junctions); A4260B (Design of specific laser
systems); A4260F (Laser beam modulation, pulsing and
switching; A4281W (Other fibre optical devices and
techniques); B4125 (Fibre optics); B4320G (Solid
lasers); B4320J (Semiconductor junction lasers); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); B7250E
(Signal generators); mode locking and tuning)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "1280; 1280 To 1330 nm; 1500 To 1565 nm; 1500 to 1565
nm; ATE; automatic test equipment; cavity lasers;
erbium; fibre lasers; grating-tuned external-;
Grating-tuned external-cavity lasers; Hewlett; Hewlett
Packard; HP 8167A; HP 8168A; laser; light sources;
Optical amplifier testing; optical amplifier testing;
Optical fibre amplifier; optical fibre amplifier;
optical testing; Packard; semiconductor lasers; to 1330
nm; Tunable laser source; tunable laser source; tuning;
Wideband components; wideband components",
numericalindex = "Wavelength 1.28E-06 to 1.33E-06 m; Wavelength
1.5E-06 to 1.565E-06 m",
thesaurus = "Automatic test equipment; Erbium; Fibre lasers; Laser
tuning; Light sources; Optical testing; Semiconductor
lasers",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Muller:1993:ELD,
author = "Emmerich Muller and Wolfgang Reichert and Clemens Ruck
and Rolf Steiner",
title = "External-cavity laser design and wavelength
calibration",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "1",
pages = "20--27",
month = feb,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Sophisticated tuning and calibration methods
coordinate the effects of a diffraction grating
wavelength selector and a Fabry--Perot {\'e}talon
side-mode suppression filter to ensure accurate
wavelength selection and single-mode operation in the
HP 8167A and 8168A tunable laser sources.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "A4260D (Laser resonators and cavities); A4260F (Laser
beam modulation, pulsing and switching; mode locking
and tuning); A4260B (Design of specific laser systems);
A0620H (Measurement standards and calibration); A4280F
(Gratings, echelles); A4255P (Lasing action in
semiconductors with junctions); A4280C (Spectral and
other filters); B4320L (Laser resonators and cavities);
B7130 (Measurement standards and calibration); B4190F
(Optical coatings and filters); B4320J (Semiconductor
junction lasers)",
classification = "A0620H (Measurement standards and calibration);
A4255P (Lasing action in semiconductors with
junctions); A4260B (Design of specific laser systems);
A4260D (Laser resonators and cavities); A4260F (Laser
beam modulation, pulsing and switching; A4280C
(Spectral and other filters); A4280F (Gratings,
{\'e}chelles); B4190F (Optical coatings and filters);
B4320J (Semiconductor junction lasers); B4320L (Laser
resonators and cavities); B7130 (Measurement standards
and calibration); mode locking and tuning)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "calibration; diffraction; Diffraction grating
wavelength selector; diffraction gratings; Fabry--Perot
etalon side-mode; Fabry--Perot {\'e}talon side-mode
suppression filter; grating wavelength selector; HP
8167A; HP 8168A; laser cavity resonators; laser tuning;
optical filters; semiconductor lasers; suppression
filter; Tunable laser sources; tunable laser sources;
Tuning; tuning; Wavelength calibration; wavelength
calibration",
thesaurus = "Calibration; Diffraction gratings; Laser cavity
resonators; Laser tuning; Optical filters;
Semiconductor lasers",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Schweikardt:1993:ELT,
author = "Horst Schweikardt and Edgar Leckel",
title = "External-cavity laser temperature stabilization and
power control",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "1",
pages = "28--31",
month = feb,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The operating temperature of the external-cavity laser
of the HP 8167A and 8168A tunable laser sources is from
+5 degrees C to +35 degrees C. To meet instrument
specifications over this temperature range it is
necessary to stabilize the temperature of the key
internal components. The theory and operation of the
laser temperature control and measurement circuits and
the output power control and calibration of the HP
8167A/68A tunable laser sources are presented.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "A0670T (Servo and control devices); A4260D (Laser
resonators and cavities); A0620H (Measurement standards
and calibration)B4320L (Laser resonators and cavities);
B7130 (Measurement standards and calibration); B4320M
(Laser accessories and instrumentation); C3380D
(Physical instruments); C3120N (Thermal variables);
C3110E (Power and energy)",
classification = "A0620H (Measurement standards and calibration);
A0670T (Servo and control devices); A4260D (Laser
resonators and cavities); B4320L (Laser resonators and
cavities); B4320M (Laser accessories and
instrumentation); B7130 (Measurement standards and
calibration); C3110E (Power and energy); C3120N
(Thermal variables); C3380D (Physical instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "5 To 35 C; 5 to 35 C; Calibration; calibration;
control; HP 8167A; HP 8168A; laser; laser accessories;
laser cavity resonators; Laser temperature control;
Output power control; output power control; physical
instrumentation control; power control; temperature;
temperature control; Temperature stabilization;
temperature stabilization; Tunable laser sources;
tunable laser sources",
numericalindex = "Temperature 2.78E+02 to 3.08E+02 K",
thesaurus = "Calibration; Laser accessories; Laser cavity
resonators; Physical instrumentation control; Power
control; Temperature control",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Jungerman:1993:DLM,
author = "Roger L. Jungerman and David M. Braun and Kari K.
Salomaa",
title = "Dual-output laser module for a tunable laser source",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "1",
pages = "32--34",
month = feb,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "This reliable, hermetically sealed laser module is a
key component in the HP 8167A and HP 8168A tunable
laser sources. The semiconductor laser chip is
precisely and stably aligned to two output lenses. One
facet of the laser chip is antireflection-coated and
has very low residual reflectivity.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "A4260B (Design of specific laser systems); A4255P
(Lasing action in semiconductors with junctions);
B4320J (Semiconductor junction lasers)",
classification = "A4255P (Lasing action in semiconductors with
junctions); A4260B (Design of specific laser systems);
B4320J (Semiconductor junction lasers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8168A; Antireflection coated output; antireflection
coated output; Dual output; dual output; Hermetically
sealed laser module; hermetically sealed laser module;
HP; HP 8167A; HP 8168A; lenses; Output lenses; output
lenses; Semiconductor laser chip; semiconductor laser
chip; semiconductor lasers; source; tunable laser;
Tunable laser source",
thesaurus = "Lenses; Semiconductor lasers",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Trutna:1993:REL,
author = "William R. {Trutna, Jr.} and Paul Zorabedian",
title = "Research on external-cavity lasers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "1",
pages = "35--38",
month = feb,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The external-cavity laser is more complicated than it
seems, showing both bistability and multimoding
behavior. Thorough detective work was needed to
understand this behavior and develop the light source
for the HP 8167A and HP 8168A tunable laser sources.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "A4260D (Laser resonators and cavities); A4265P
(Optical bistability, multistability and switching);
A4260B (Design of specific laser systems); A4255P
(Lasing action in semiconductors with junctions);
B4320L (Laser resonators and cavities); B4340
(Nonlinear optics and devices); B4320J (Semiconductor
junction lasers)",
classification = "A4255P (Lasing action in semiconductors with
junctions); A4260B (Design of specific laser systems);
A4260D (Laser resonators and cavities); A4265P (Optical
bistability, multistability and switching); B4320J
(Semiconductor junction lasers); B4320L (Laser
resonators and cavities); B4340 (Nonlinear optics and
devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "Bistability; bistability; External-cavity lasers;
external-cavity lasers; HP 8167A; HP 8168A tunable
laser; HP 8168A tunable laser sources; laser cavity
resonators; laser modes; Light source; light source;
Multimoding; multimoding; optical bistability;
Semiconductor laser; semiconductor laser; semiconductor
lasers; sources",
thesaurus = "Laser cavity resonators; Laser modes; Optical
bistability; Semiconductor lasers",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Booster:1993:DPO,
author = "D. Howard Booster and Harry Chou and Michael G. Hart
and Steven J. Mifsud and Rollin F. Rawson",
title = "Design of a precision optical low-coherence
reflectometer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "1",
pages = "39--48",
month = feb,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 8504A precision reflectometer uses the classic
Michelson interferometric measurement technique to
allow designers and manufacturers to measure
reflections easily in optical components and
assemblies. Spatial resolution is on the order of tens
of micrometers.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "A0760H (Refractometry and reflectometry); A0760L
(Interferometry); A4285F (Optical testing techniques);
A4278F (Performance and testing of optical systems);
A0670E (Testing equipment); B7250G (Display, recording
and indicating instruments); B7320P (Optical
variables)",
classification = "A0670E (Testing equipment); A0760H (Refractometry
and reflectometry); A0760L (Interferometry); A4278F
(Performance and testing of optical systems); A4285F
(Optical testing techniques); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments); B7320P (Optical
variables)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8504A precision reflectometer; equipment; HP; HP 8504A
precision reflectometer; light interferometry;
measurement; Michelson interferometric; Michelson
interferometric measurement; Optical components;
optical components; Optical low-coherence
reflectometer; optical low-coherence reflectometer;
Optical testing; optical testing; reflectometers;
test",
thesaurus = "Light interferometry; Optical testing; Reflectometers;
Test equipment",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:AMI,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Averaging Measurements to Improve Sensitivity",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "1",
pages = "44--??",
month = feb,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Beck:1993:FDD,
author = "Patricia A. Beck",
title = "Fabrication of diffused diodes for {HP} lightwave
applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "1",
pages = "49--51",
month = feb,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The simple but robust p-i-n dual detector used in the
receiver of the HP 8504A precision reflectometer has
-17 dB return loss (2\% reflection) operating at both
1300 nm and 1550 nm. The author describes the design
and process used to develop the diffused photodiodes
used in the HP 8504A.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
chemicalindex = "InGaAs-InP/int InGaAs/int InP/int As/int Ga/int
In/int P/int InGaAs/ss As/ss Ga/ss In/ss InP/bin In/bin
P/bin",
classcodes = "B4250 (Photoelectric devices); B7230C
(Photodetectors); B2550 (Semiconductor device
technology)",
classification = "B2550 (Semiconductor device technology); B4250
(Photoelectric devices); B7230C (Photodetectors)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "1300 Nm; 1300 nm; 1500 Nm; 1500 nm; Diffused diodes;
diffused diodes; gallium arsenide; Hewlett Packard; HP;
HP 8504A; HP 8504A precision reflectometer; HP
lightwave applications; i-n photodiodes; III-V
semiconductors; indium compounds; InGaAs-InP; lightwave
applications; p-; P-i-n dual detector; p-i-n dual
detector; photodetectors; Photodiodes; photodiodes;
precision reflectometer; reflectometers; semiconductor
technology",
numericalindex = "Wavelength 1.3E-06 m; Wavelength 1.5E-06 m",
thesaurus = "Gallium arsenide; III-V semiconductors; Indium
compounds; P-i-n photodiodes; Photodetectors;
Reflectometers; Semiconductor technology",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Chou:1993:HHO,
author = "Harry Chou and Wayne V. Sorin",
title = "High-resolution and high-sensitivity optical
reflection measurements using white-light
interferometry",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "1",
pages = "52--59",
month = feb,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "In the HP 8504A precision reflectometer white-light
interferometry is used as a nondestructive measurement
technique for probing closely spaced reflections in
optical devices.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "A0760H (Refractometry and reflectometry); A0760L
(Interferometry); A0670E (Testing equipment); A4278F
(Performance and testing of optical systems); A4285F
(Optical testing techniques); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments); B7320P (Optical
variables)",
classification = "A0670E (Testing equipment); A0760H (Refractometry
and reflectometry); A0760L (Interferometry); A4278F
(Performance and testing of optical systems); A4285F
(Optical testing techniques); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments); B7320P (Optical
variables)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "Closely spaced reflections; closely spaced
reflections; HP 8504A precision reflectometer; light
interferometry; Light polarisation; light polarisation;
Nondestructive measurement; nondestructive measurement;
nondestructive testing; optical; Optical devices;
optical devices; Optical reflection measurements;
optical reflection measurements; reflectometry; test
equipment; testing; white-; White-light
interferometry",
thesaurus = "Light interferometry; Nondestructive testing; Optical
testing; Reflectometry; Test equipment",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Beller:1993:MAO,
author = "Josef Beller and Wilfried Pless",
title = "A modular all-haul optical time-domain reflectometer
for characterizing fiber links",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "1",
pages = "60--62",
month = feb,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 8146A optical time-domain reflectometer
provides good dynamic range and dead-zone performance
and user interface features such as comprehensive
documentation capabilities and automatic link
characterization.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "A4281C (Fibre testing and measurement of fibre
parameters); A0760H (Refractometry and reflectometry);
A0670E (Testing equipment); A4285F (Optical testing
techniques); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7320P (Optical variables); B4125 (Fibre
optics); B6260 (Optical links and equipment)",
classification = "A0670E (Testing equipment); A0760H (Refractometry
and reflectometry); A4281C (Fibre testing and
measurement of fibre parameters); A4285F (Optical
testing techniques); B4125 (Fibre optics); B6260
(Optical links and equipment); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments); B7320P (Optical
variables)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "Dead-zone performance; dead-zone performance; Dynamic
range; dynamic range; optical fibre testing; optical
time-domain reflectometry; reflectometers; test
equipment; User interface; user interface",
thesaurus = "Optical fibre testing; Optical time-domain
reflectometry; Reflectometers; Test equipment",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Beller:1993:HSP,
author = "Josef Beller",
title = "A high-performance signal processing system for the
{HP 8146A} optical time-domain reflectometer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "1",
pages = "63--68",
month = feb,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The digital signal processing unit of the HP 8146A
OTDR acquires and processes data coming from the
optical front end after the data has been amplified and
converted from analog signals to digital numbers. This
data represents the response of an optical fibre under
test to a probe from a laser pulse. After further
processing and linear-to-logarithmic conversion, the
fiber response is transferred to the instrument's host
processor and displayed on the OTDR's screen as a
function of distance.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "A4281C (Fibre testing and measurement of fibre
parameters); A0760H (Refractometry and reflectometry);
A0670E (Testing equipment); B7250G (Display, recording
and indicating instruments); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems)B4125 (Fibre optics); B7320P
(Optical variables)",
classification = "A0670E (Testing equipment); A0760H (Refractometry
and reflectometry); A4281C (Fibre testing and
measurement of fibre parameters); B4125 (Fibre optics);
B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7320P
(Optical variables)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; Custom IC; custom IC;
Digital averaging; digital averaging; digital signal
processing chips; HP 8146A optical time-domain
reflectometer; Linear-to-logarithmic conversion;
linear-to-logarithmic conversion; Optical fibre
testing; optical fibre testing; optical time-domain
reflectometry; processing; signal; Signal processing",
thesaurus = "Automatic test equipment; Digital signal processing
chips; Optical fibre testing; Optical time-domain
reflectometry",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:ISA,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Improving {SNR} by Averaging",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "1",
pages = "65--??",
month = feb,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Maier:1993:DCH,
author = "Frank Maier",
title = "Design considerations for the {HP} {8146A OTDR}
receiver",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "1",
pages = "69--71",
month = feb,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Low noise, high bandwidth, and good linearity are
characteristics that guided the OTDR receiver circuit
design. The receiver has the following modes: return
loss mode to measure reflections; short-haul mode for
good dead-zone performance; and low-noise, long-haul
mode for high dynamic range. The instrument covers a
range of approximately 90 dB optical from the highest
reflection being measured down to the noise level.
Because of the direct conversion from optical power to
voltage at the front-end amplifier, this equals 180 dB
in the electrical domain.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "A0760H (Refractometry and reflectometry); A0670E
(Testing equipment); A4281C (Fibre testing and
measurement of fibre parameters); A4285F (Optical
testing techniques); B7250G (Display, recording and
indicating instruments); B7320P (Optical variables)",
classification = "A0670E (Testing equipment); A0760H (Refractometry
and reflectometry); A4281C (Fibre testing and
measurement of fibre parameters); A4285F (Optical
testing techniques); B7250G (Display, recording and
indicating instruments); B7320P (Optical variables)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "Dead-zone performance; dead-zone performance; Direct
conversion; direct conversion; dynamic; Dynamic range;
equipment; HP 8146A OTDR receiver; Linearity;
linearity; Optical fibre testing; optical fibre
testing; optical receivers; optical time-domain
reflectometry; range; Reflections measurement;
reflections measurement; test",
thesaurus = "Optical receivers; Optical time-domain reflectometry;
Test equipment",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Jahn:1993:UID,
author = "Robert Jahn and Harald Seeger",
title = "User interface design for the {HP} {8146A OTDR}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "1",
pages = "72--78",
month = feb,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Based on a multiprocessing operating system, the HP
8146A OTDR software can handle simultaneous execution
of instrument operations, hide the complexity of
instrument operations from the user, and provide a
range of user-friendly features. The following are some
of the user-accessible features and capabilities
provided by the HP 8146A OTDR: comprehensive
documentation and storage of measured traces; automatic
trace analysis and fault detection; help screens and
native language support; automatic ghost detection and
removal; and remote operation.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "A0760H (Refractometry and reflectometry); A0650M
(Computing devices and techniques); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems); B7320P (Optical
variables); C7410H (Instrumentation); C7320 (Physics
and Chemistry); C6180 (User interfaces); C6150N
(Distributed systems)",
classification = "A0650M (Computing devices and techniques); A0760H
(Refractometry and reflectometry); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems); B7320P (Optical
variables); C6150N (Distributed systems); C6180 (User
interfaces); C7320 (Physics and Chemistry); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "automatic; Automatic ghost detection; Automatic trace
analysis; automatic trace analysis; computerised
instrumentation; detection; Documentation;
documentation; fault; Fault detection; features; ghost
detection; Help screens; help screens; HP 8146A OTDR;
Multiprocessing operating system; multiprocessing
operating system; multiprocessing programs; Native
language support; native language support; Optical time
domain reflectometry; optical time domain
reflectometry; optical time-domain reflectometry;
Remote operation; remote operation; Software; software;
user interfaces; user-friendly; User-friendly
features",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Multiprocessing
programs; Optical time-domain reflectometry; User
interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:AOT,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Analyzing {OTDR} Traces on a {PC} with a {Windows}
User Interface",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "1",
pages = "77--??",
month = feb,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Schmidt:1993:HOR,
author = "Siegmar Schmidt",
title = "High-performance optical return loss measurement",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "1",
pages = "79--82",
month = feb,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Although high-performance optical return loss
measurements pose some tough technical challenges for
fiber optics engineers, careful selection of
appropriate test equipment and correct setup make
precise measurements readily achievable. A new return
loss module for the HP 8153A lightwave multimeter
simplifies these measurements.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "A4281C (Fibre testing and measurement of fibre
parameters); A0760H (Refractometry and reflectometry);
A0670E (Testing equipment); B7250G (Display, recording
and indicating instruments); B7320P (Optical
variables); B4125 (Fibre optics)",
classification = "A0670E (Testing equipment); A0760H (Refractometry
and reflectometry); A4281C (Fibre testing and
measurement of fibre parameters); B4125 (Fibre optics);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
B7320P (Optical variables)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8153A lightwave multimeter; HP; HP 8153A lightwave
multimeter; measurement; multimeters; Optical fibre
testing; optical fibre testing; optical loss; Optical
return loss measurement; optical return loss
measurement; test equipment",
thesaurus = "Multimeters; Optical fibre testing; Optical loss
measurement; Test equipment",
treatment = "P Practical; X Experimental",
}
@Article{King:1993:HTL,
author = "Randall King and David M. Braun and Stephen W. Hinch
and Karl Shubert",
title = "High-speed time-domain lightwave detectors (for
optical fibre systems)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "1",
pages = "83--86",
month = feb,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 83440 Series unamplified p-i-n lightwave
detectors are designed for the best possible pulse
performance. They are DC coupled and have bandwidths of
6, 20, and 32 GHz. They mate directly with high-speed
sampling oscilloscopes.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "A0670E (Testing equipment); A4285F (Optical testing
techniques); A0762 (Detection of radiation (bolometers,
photoelectric cells, i.r. and submillimetre waves
detection))A4281C (Fibre testing and measurement of
fibre parameters); B7250G (Display, recording and
indicating instruments); B7230C (Photodetectors); B4250
(Photoelectric devices); B7320P (Optical variables);
B4125 (Fibre optics)",
classification = "A0670E (Testing equipment); A0762 (Detection of
radiation (bolometers, photoelectric cells, i.r. and
submillimetre waves detection)); A4281C (Fibre testing
and measurement of fibre parameters); A4285F (Optical
testing techniques); B4125 (Fibre optics); B4250
(Photoelectric devices); B7230C (Photodetectors);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
B7320P (Optical variables)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "20 GHz; 32 GHz; 6 GHz; detectors; HP 83440; Optical
fibre testing; optical fibre testing; p-i-n
photodiodes; photodetectors; Pulse performance; pulse
performance; Test equipment; test equipment; time
domain; Time domain detectors; Unamplified p-i-n
lightwave detectors; unamplified p-i-n lightwave
detectors",
numericalindex = "Bandwidth 6.0E+09 Hz; Bandwidth 2.0E+10 Hz;
Bandwidth 3.2E+10 Hz",
thesaurus = "Optical fibre testing; P-i-n photodiodes;
Photodetectors; Test equipment",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:III,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "{InP\slash InGaAs\slash InP P-I-N} Photodetectors for
High-Speed Lightwave Detectors",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "1",
pages = "85--??",
month = feb,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{McQuate:1993:CLD,
author = "David J. McQuate and Kok Wai Chang and Christopher J.
Madden",
title = "Calibration of lightwave detectors to 50 {GHz}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "1",
pages = "87--92",
month = feb,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Because they operate at much higher frequencies than
previous products, new methods had to be found to test
and calibrate the HP 83440 Series lightwave detectors.
Three systems were developed. The first is a
time-domain system that measures a photoreceiver's
response to a short optical pulse. In the second
system, two lasers are heterodyned to generate a test
signal for a photoreceiver. The third system
establishes an optical modulator as a calibrated
source, which then is used to measure a photoreceiver's
bandwidth. the authors present results that show good
agreement among the systems on measurements of a
photoreceiver's frequency response.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "A0620H (Measurement standards and calibration); A0762
(Detection of radiation (bolometers, photoelectric
cells, i.r. and submillimetre waves detection)); B7230C
(Photodetectors); B7130 (Measurement standards and
calibration); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems)",
classification = "A0620H (Measurement standards and calibration);
A0762 (Detection of radiation (bolometers,
photoelectric cells, i.r. and submillimetre waves
detection)); B7130 (Measurement standards and
calibration); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B7230C (Photodetectors)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "50 GHz; ATE; automatic test equipment; Bandwidth;
bandwidth; calibration; characteristics; detectors;
electron device testing; Frequency response; frequency
response; HP 83440; Impulse response; impulse response;
lightwave; Lightwave detectors; measurement; Optical
heterodyne system; optical heterodyne system; Optical
modulator; optical modulator; photodetectors;
Photoreceiver; photoreceiver; Time-domain system;
time-domain system",
numericalindex = "Frequency 5.0E+10 Hz",
thesaurus = "Automatic test equipment; Calibration; Characteristics
measurement; Electron device testing; Photodetectors",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Heinz:1993:NFM,
author = "William W. Heinz and Ronald E. Pratt and Peter H.
Fisher",
title = "A new family of microwave signal generators for the
1990s",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "2",
pages = "6--11",
month = apr,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 8370 and 70340 series signal generators offer
cost-effective solutions for requirements that can be
anticipated for the 1990s. The HP 8370 series includes
not only signal generators for receiver test
applications but also sweepers for component test and
general-purpose applications. The authors discuss the
design and manufacturing of the HP 8370 series and HP
70340 series signal generators. This family of
generators includes both stand-alone and modular
versions. A new architecture and state-of-the-art
technologies result in advanced performance.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); B1230 (Signal generators);
B1350 (Microwave circuits and devices)",
classification = "713.5; 715; B1230 (Signal generators); B1350
(Microwave circuits and devices); B7250E (Signal
generators)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "70340; Component test; component test; HP; HP 70340;
HP 8370; microwave circuits; Microwave devices;
Microwave signal generators; microwave signal
generators; Modular construction; Modular versions;
modular versions; Receiver test applications; receiver
test applications; Signal generators; signal
generators; Stand-alone version; stand-alone version;
Sweepers; sweepers; test equipment",
thesaurus = "Microwave circuits; Signal generators; Test
equipment",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Short:1993:BFF,
author = "Brian R. Short and Thomas L. Grisell and Edward G.
Cristal",
title = "Broadband fundamental frequency synthesis from 2 to 20
{GHz}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "2",
pages = "12--16",
month = apr,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The frequency synthesis subsystem of the HP 8370
Series and HP 70340 Series synthesized signal
generators produces a stable, accurate microwave
carrier signal in the frequency range from 2 to 20 GHz
and delivers it to the microwave subsystem. The
frequency synthesis is achieved by a broadband
fundamental YIG-tuned oscillator locked to a stable
reference and controlled by four phase-locked loops to
produce a low-phase-noise output signal for the signal
generators.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1350 (Microwave circuits and devices); B1230 (Signal
generators); B7250E (Signal generators)",
classification = "708.4; 713.2; 713.5; 715; B1230 (Signal generators);
B1350 (Microwave circuits and devices); B7250E (Signal
generators)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "2 to 20; 2 To 20 GHz; Broadband; broadband; Broadband
frequency synthesis; frequency; Frequency synthesis
subsystem; Frequency synthesizers; frequency
synthesizers; Fundamental frequency synthesis;
fundamental frequency synthesis; Garnets; GHz; HP 70340
Series; HP 8370 Series; loops; Low-phase-noise output
signal; low-phase-noise output signal; Microwave
carrier signal; microwave carrier signal; microwave
circuits; Microwave oscillators; Phase locked loops;
phase-locked; Phase-locked loops; phase-locked loops;
PLL; SHF; Signal generators; signal generators;
synthesis subsystem; Tuning; YIG-tuned oscillator;
yig-tuned oscillators",
numericalindex = "Frequency 2.0E+09 to 2.0E+10 Hz",
thesaurus = "Frequency synthesizers; Microwave circuits;
Phase-locked loops; Signal generators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Baumgartner:1993:NHS,
author = "William D. Baumgartner and John S. Brenneman and John
L. Imperato and Douglas A. Larson and Ricardo {de Mello
Peregrino} and Gregory A. Taylor",
title = "A new high-performance 0.01-to-20-{GHz} synthesized
signal generator microwave chain",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "2",
pages = "17--29",
month = apr,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The microwave chain of the HP 8370 and HP 70340
synthesized signal generator families receives the
output of the frequency synthesis section (2 to 20 GHz)
and creates the leveled signal generator output signal
(0.01 to 20 GHz). Driven by a broadband YIG oscillator,
the microwave chain only divides the oscillator output
instead of multiplying and heterodyning as in previous
designs. The benefits include no subharmonics and
higher-performance pulse and amplitude modulation. The
major functions of the microwave chain are integrated
on two microcircuits.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1350H (Microwave integrated circuits); B1230 (Signal
generators); B7250E (Signal generators)",
classification = "708.4; 713.2; 714.2; 715; B1230 (Signal generators);
B1350H (Microwave integrated circuits); B7250E (Signal
generators)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "0.01 To 20 GHz; 0.01 to 20 GHz; Amplitude modulation;
broadband YIG; Broadband YIG oscillator; Frequency
division; frequency division; Frequency synthesizers;
frequency synthesizers; Garnets; Harmonic generation;
Heterodyning; HP 70340; HP 8370; Integrated circuits;
MIC; Microcircuits; microcircuits; microwave chain;
Microwave chains; Microwave devices; microwave
integrated circuits; Microwave oscillators; Microwave
signal generators; oscillator; Signal generators;
signal generators; synthesized signal generator;
Synthesized signal generator microwave chain; yig
oscillators",
numericalindex = "Frequency 1.0E+07 to 2.0E+10 Hz",
thesaurus = "Frequency synthesizers; Microwave integrated circuits;
Signal generators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:IPG,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Internal Pulse Generator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "2",
pages = "27--??",
month = apr,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Bostak:1993:CSG,
author = "Christopher J. Bostak and Camala S. Kolseth and Kevin
G. Smith",
title = "Concurrent signal generator engineering and
manufacturing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "2",
pages = "30--37",
month = apr,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The project team for the HP 8370 and 70340 Series
synthesized signal generators attempted to develop the
requisite manufacturing processes in parallel with the
product design. By developing many of the production
processes early, the authors were able to leverage the
production tests to perform additional design
characterization. Several new processes were developed
to accomplish the overall objectives of quality,
efficiency, and flexibility for a mixed-model,
multiple-option production line. In this article, the
authors describe the design-for-assembly philosophy,
the integrated assembly and pretest strategy, the
implementation of online video-image production
procedures, and the networked computing test
environment.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B0170C
(Project and design engineering); B0170L (Inspection
and quality control); B1230 (Signal generators); B7250E
(Signal generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B6210L (Computer communications);
C3355F (Assembling); C5620L (Local area networks);
C7410D (Electronic engineering); C7480 (Production
engineering); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
classification = "713.5; 714.2; 715; 716.4; 741; B0170C (Project and
design engineering); B0170E (Production facilities and
engineering); B0170L (Inspection and quality control);
B1230 (Signal generators); B6210L (Computer
communications); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B7250E (Signal generators); C3355F
(Assembling); C5620L (Local area networks); C7410D
(Electronic engineering); C7410H (Instrumentation);
C7480 (Production engineering)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "area networks; assembling; automatic optical
inspection; automatic testing; concurrent engineering;
Design characterization; design characterization;
design engineering; Design-for-assembly;
design-for-assembly; electronic; electronic equipment
testing; equipment manufacture; Frequency synthesizers;
HP 70340; HP 8370; Image processing; Integrated
circuits; local; manufacturing computer control;
Manufacturing processes; manufacturing processes;
Multiple-option production line; multiple-option
production line; Networked computing test environment;
networked computing test environment; online
video-image; Online video-image production procedures;
Pretest strategy; pretest strategy; Product design;
product design; production; production procedures;
Production tests; production tests; Signal generators;
signal generators; Synthesized signal generators;
synthesized signal generators; testing; Video
recording; Video-image production",
thesaurus = "Assembling; Automatic optical inspection; Automatic
testing; Concurrent engineering; Design engineering;
Electronic equipment manufacture; Electronic equipment
testing; Local area networks; Manufacturing computer
control; Production testing; Signal generators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:DMD,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "A Design for Manufacturability, Design for Testability
Checklist",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "2",
pages = "33--??",
month = apr,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Bloom:1993:NGM,
author = "Alan R. Bloom and Jason A. Chodora and James R.
Zellers",
title = "A new generation of microwave sweepers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "2",
pages = "38--45",
month = apr,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 83750 family of microwave sweepers achieves a
new level of swept frequency accuracy by being fully
synthesized in all sweep modes, including fast analog
sweeps. It also uses fundamental oscillators for
improved signal purity. The HP 83750 Series of
synthesized sweepers is part of the HP 8370 family of
microwave sources.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); B1230 (Signal generators);
B1350 (Microwave circuits and devices)",
classification = "713.2; 713.5; 714; B1230 (Signal generators); B1350
(Microwave circuits and devices); B7250E (Signal
generators)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "analog sweeps; fast; Fast analog sweeps; Frequency
synthesizers; Fundamental oscillators; fundamental
oscillators; HP 8370 family; HP 83750 family; microwave
circuits; Microwave devices; Microwave oscillators;
Microwave sweepers; microwave sweepers; oscillators;
signal generators; Sweep circuits; Sweep modes;
sweepers; Swept frequency; swept frequency;
swept-frequency; synthesized; Synthesized sweepers;
test equipment",
thesaurus = "Microwave circuits; Signal generators; Swept-frequency
oscillators; Test equipment",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:TCA,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Third-Order Curve-Fit Algorithm",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "2",
pages = "41--??",
month = apr,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:DCF,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "A Digitally Corrected Fractional-{N} Synthesizer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "2",
pages = "44--??",
month = apr,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Heyman:1993:MHS,
author = "Eric V. V. Heyman and Rick R. James and Roger R.
Graeber",
title = "Microcircuits for the {HP} 83750 series sweepers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "2",
pages = "46--51",
month = apr,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "This article discusses the design of the four custom
microcircuits designed for the HP 83750 series sweep
oscillators. The microcircuits are: a dual YIG
oscillator (DYO); a switched amplifier filter detector
(SAFD); 0.01-to-2-GHz heterodyne band microcircuit
(HetBand); and combiner modulator amplifier (ModAmp).
They provide the basic output signal, the RF band,
signal switching and distribution, amplification, ALC
and pulse modulation, power amplification, and two
stages of YIG filtering.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1350H (Microwave integrated circuits); B1230 (Signal
generators); B7250E (Signal generators); B1220
(Amplifiers); B1250 (Modulators, demodulators,
discriminators and mixers)",
classification = "703.2; 708.4; 713.1; 713.5; 714.2; 716; B1220
(Amplifiers); B1230 (Signal generators); B1250
(Modulators, demodulators, discriminators and mixers);
B1350H (Microwave integrated circuits); B7250E (Signal
generators)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "0.01 To 20 GHz; 0.01 to 20 GHz; ALC; amplification;
Combiner modulator amplifier; combiner modulator
amplifier; Custom microcircuits; custom microcircuits;
Dual YIG oscillator; dual YIG oscillator; Electric
filters; frequency oscillators; Garnets; Heterodyne
band microcircuit; heterodyne band microcircuit; HP
83750 series sweepers; Integrated circuits;
Microcircuits; Microelectronics; microwave amplifiers;
microwave integrated circuits; microwave oscillators;
modulators; power; Power amplification; Power
amplifiers; Pulse modulation; pulse modulation; SHF;
signal generators; Signal switching; signal switching;
Sweep circuits; swept-; Switched amplifier filter
detector; switched amplifier filter detector; UHF; YIG
filtering; yig filters",
numericalindex = "Frequency 1.0E+07 to 2.0E+10 Hz",
thesaurus = "Microwave amplifiers; Microwave integrated circuits;
Microwave oscillators; Modulators; Signal generators;
Swept-frequency oscillators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Wagner:1993:PPG,
author = "Hans-J{\"u}rgen Wagner",
title = "A programmable 3-{GHz} pulse generator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "2",
pages = "52--55",
month = apr,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 8133A pulse generator, is designed for
customers who have to characterize and debug these
signal integrity problems on the bench or in a test
system with a sampling oscilloscope as a response unit.
Fast CMOS, ECL, and GaAs devices can be stimulated by
the HP 8133A, which runs at clock rates up to 3 GHz in
single-channel or two-channel configurations (up to six
channels with an accessory kit). Margin testing,
worst-case testing, device characterization and
debugging, and analysis of signal integrity problems
are typical applications.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); B1230J (Pulse
generators)",
classification = "712.1.2; 713.4; 714.2; 715; 721.3; B1230J (Pulse
generators); B7250E (Signal generators)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "3 GHz; CMOS integrated circuits; Digital circuit
testing; digital circuit testing; Emitter coupled logic
circuits; GaAs devices; HP 8133A; Interfaces
(computer); Microwave devices; Microwave pulse
generators; Programmable type; programmable type; Pulse
generator; pulse generator; Pulse generators; pulse
generators; Semiconducting gallium compounds;
Single-channel; single-channel; test equipment;
Two-channel configurations; two-channel configurations;
User interfaces",
numericalindex = "Frequency 3.0E+09 Hz",
thesaurus = "Pulse generators; Test equipment",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Kalkuhl:1993:PDC,
author = "Christoph Kalkuhl",
title = "Pulse\slash Data Channel Extends Programmable Pulse
Generator Applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "2",
pages = "56--59",
month = apr,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 8133A 3-GHz pulse generator is available in
single-channel and two-channel configurations. Two
options are available for channel 2: a second pulse
channel like channel 1 or a pulse/data channel. The
pulse/data channel is designed to offer some additional
features: a square wave that can be divided by 1, 2, 4,
8, 16, or 32; a 32-bit data pattern that can be edited;
and a pseudorandom binary sequence (PRBS) with a length
of 2/sup 23/-1 bits, according to CCITT recommendation
0.151. This optional second channel's major components
are a data gate array, a multiplexer, a phase-locked
loop, and an output section. Most circuits are ECL.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); B1230J (Pulse
generators)",
classification = "713.4; 713.5; 721.3; 723.5; B1230J (Pulse
generators); B7250E (Signal generators)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "3; 3 GHz; 32-Bit data pattern; 32-bit data pattern;
Binary sequences; Computer programming; Data gate
array; data gate array; Emitter coupled logic circuits;
GHz; HP 8133A; Multiplexer; multiplexer; Multiplexing
equipment; Phase locked loops; Phase-locked loop;
phase-locked loop; Programmable pulse generator;
programmable pulse generator; Programmable pulse
generators; pseudorandom binary; Pseudorandom binary
sequence; Pseudorandom binary sequences; Pulse
generators; pulse generators; Pulse/data channel;
pulse/data channel; Pulse/data channels; sequence;
Square wave; square wave; test equipment",
numericalindex = "Frequency 3.0E+09 Hz",
thesaurus = "Pulse generators; Test equipment",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Schinzel:1993:DPG,
author = "Peter Schinzel and Andreas Pfaff and Thomas Dippon and
Thomas Fischer and Allan R. Armstrong",
title = "Design of a 3-{GHz} pulse generator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "2",
pages = "60--72",
month = apr,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "This article discusses the internal design of the HP
8133A 3-GHz pulse generator, including the timing
board, the width board and output amplifier, and the
EMC design. The period, delay, and width generation for
the programmable pulse generator depend on several
thick-film and thin-film hybrid circuits and custom
GaAs and bipolar ICs. The high frequencies and fast
transitions made radiated interference suppression
challenging in the context of the EMC design.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); B1230J (Pulse generators);
B5230 (Electromagnetic compatibility and interference);
B2220J (Hybrid integrated circuits)",
classification = "711; 712.1.2; 713.4; 714.2; B1230J (Pulse
generators); B2220J (Hybrid integrated circuits); B5230
(Electromagnetic compatibility and interference);
B7250E (Signal generators)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "3 GHz; Bipolar integrated circuits; custom bipolar;
Custom bipolar ICs; Custom GaAs ICs; custom GaAs ICs;
electromagnetic compatibility; EMC design; Gallium
arsenide; HP 8133A; Hybrid integrated circuits; hybrid
integrated circuits; ICs; Interference suppression;
interference suppression; Internal design; internal
design; Microwave devices; Microwave pulse generators;
Output amplifier; output amplifier; Programmable pulse
generator; programmable pulse generator; Pulse
generators; pulse generators; radiated interference;
Radiated interference suppression; Semiconducting
gallium compounds; suppression; test equipment; Thick
film circuits; thick film circuits; Thick film hybrid
circuits; thick film hybrid circuits; Thin film
circuits; thin film circuits; Thin-film hybrid
circuits; thin-film hybrid circuits; Timing board;
timing board; Width board; width board",
numericalindex = "Frequency 3.0E+09 Hz",
thesaurus = "Electromagnetic compatibility; Hybrid integrated
circuits; Interference suppression; Pulse generators;
Test equipment; Thick film circuits; Thin film
circuits",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:CFD,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Cooling of the Frequency Divider {IC}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "2",
pages = "61--??",
month = apr,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Waite:1993:MBD,
author = "James W. Waite",
title = "A Multirate Bank of Digital Bandpass Filters for
Acoustic Applications (frequency analyzer)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "2",
pages = "73--81",
month = apr,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "An acoustics test laboratory will typically have a
variety of test equipment for the characterization of
product noise. Fundamental to the measurement of noise
emissions is a 1/3-octave-band frequency analyzer, but
sound level meters and FFT (fast Fourier transform)
analyzers may also be present and useful. Digital
signal processing (DSP) has for some time allowed
custom digital hardware to be used in the design of
both octave-based recursive-filter analyzers and
instruments relying on the FFT. It has only been
recently, however, that DSP chip technology has
advanced to the point where it is possible to implement
a variety of acoustic measurement algorithms on a
single hardware platform and run at the required
real-time rates. This paper discusses the development
of these DSP algorithms and their implementation in a
small (3.2-kg) battery-operated instrument, the HP
3569A portable real-time frequency analyzer.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B1270F (Digital filters); B7320Z (Other
nonelectric variables)",
classification = "703.2; 751.4; 941.2; B1270F (Digital filters);
B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7320Z
(Other nonelectric variables)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "3569A; acoustic; Acoustic applications; acoustic
measurement; Acoustic measurement algorithms; Acoustic
noise; Acoustic variables measurement; acoustic
variables measurement; algorithms; applications;
automatic test equipment; band-pass filters; Bandpass
filters; Battery-operated instrument; battery-operated
instrument; Digital bandpass filters; digital bandpass
filters; Digital filters; digital filters; digital
instrumentation; Digital signal processing; display
instrumentation; DSP algorithms; frequency measurement;
HP; HP 3569A; instruments; Multirate filter banks;
portable; Portable analyser; portable analyser;
Real-time frequency analyzer; real-time frequency
analyzer; real-time systems; Test equipment; test
equipment",
thesaurus = "Acoustic variables measurement; Automatic test
equipment; Band-pass filters; Digital filters; Digital
instrumentation; Display instrumentation; Frequency
measurement; Portable instruments; Real-time systems",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Burdick:1993:CMR,
author = "Matthew J. Burdick",
title = "Continuous monitoring of remote networks: the {RMON}
{MIB}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "2",
pages = "82--89",
month = apr,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Over the past several years, standards and open
systems have become important in the computer industry.
Interchangeable elements in customers' computing
systems offer a number of benefits: no dependence on a
single vendor, the ability to compare similar products
from multiple vendors, and the safety of an assured
future upgrade path. In network management, no standard
has more successfully ridden the crest of the standards
wave than the Simple Network Management Protocol
(SNMP). Nowhere have the limits of the SNMP protocol
been explored more fully than in the Remote Monitoring
Management Information Base (RMON MIB). The author
presents an introduction to the capabilities of the
Remote Monitoring Management Information Base of the
Simple Network Management Protocol and its
implementation in the HP LanProbe II network monitor.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150N (Distributed systems); C5670 (Network
performance)",
classification = "721.3; 722; 723.5; 732; C5670 (Network performance);
C6150N (Distributed systems)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Base; Computer networks; Continuous monitoring;
Monitoring; monitoring; Network management; network
management; network operating systems; Network
protocols; Remote control; Remote Monitoring Management
Information; Remote Monitoring Management Information
Base; Remote networks; remote networks; Remote sensing;
RMON MIB; Simple Network Management Protocol; SNMP;
Standard; standard; telecommunication",
thesaurus = "Monitoring; Network operating systems;
Telecommunication network management",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Gronlund:1993:HED,
author = "Robert D. Gronlund and Richard A. {Nygaard, Jr.} and
John T. Rasper",
title = "The {HP} 64700 Embedded Debug Environment: {A} New
Paradigm for Embedded System Integration and
Debugging",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "2",
pages = "90--106",
month = apr,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Hardware and software development for microprocessor
systems embedded in other systems and products requires
sophisticated emulation, code development, and analysis
tools. The HP 64700 embedded debug environment is an
emulation interface system designed to create a new
debugging tool paradigm for embedded systems developers
and integrators who use emulators for today's powerful
16-bit and 32-bit CISC and RISC microprocessors. The
major contribution of this system is its ability to
provide not only the expected static, C and C++
language debugging capabilities for large embedded
systems, but also easy access to an extensive set of
modular real-time control and analysis capabilities,
all with a common, easy-to-use X11 OSF/Motif user
interface.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support); C6150G (Diagnostic,
testing, debugging and evaluating systems)",
classification = "721.3; 722; 723.1; 723.1.1; C6115 (Programming
support); C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and
evaluating systems)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "C (programming language); C plus plus language;
Computer architecture; Computer debugging; Computer
workstations; Debugging tool; debugging tool; Embedded
debug environment; embedded debug environment; Embedded
system integration; Embedded systems; embedded systems;
emulation interface; Emulation interface system;
environments; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 64700;
Microprocessor chips; Program debugging; program
debugging; programming; Real-time control; real-time
control; system",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Program debugging;
Programming environments",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:VU,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "The Value of Usability",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "2",
pages = "91--??",
month = apr,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:DEC,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "The Debug Environment Connection to {HP SoftBench}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "2",
pages = "93--??",
month = apr,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:ROS,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "A Real-Time Operating System Measurement Tool",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "2",
pages = "97--??",
month = apr,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:NPE,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "A New Perspective on Emulation Hardware Modularity",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "2",
pages = "102--??",
month = apr,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Blasciak:1993:SPA,
author = "Andrew J. Blasciak and David L. Neuder and Arnold S.
Berger",
title = "Software performance analysis of real-time embedded
systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "2",
pages = "107--115",
month = apr,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "How can code written by 15 or more individual
programmers, with the number of lines of source code
extending into the hundreds of thousands, be analyzed
and optimized? Problems that arise through the subtle
interactions of many different modules of code are in
the realm of the HP B1487 software performance
analyzer. The HP B1487 consists of an option card for
the HP 64700A emulation cardcage and analysis software
for HP 9000 Series 300 and 700 workstations and the Sun
Microsystems SPARCstation.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support)",
classification = "721.3; 722; 723.1; C6115 (Programming support)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer hardware; Computer software; Embedded
microprocessors; Emulators; Hewlett Packard computers;
HP 64700A; HP 9000; HP 9000 Series 300; HP B1487;
Interfaces (computer); Microprocessor chips; Plug-in
cards; Real time systems; Real-time embedded systems;
Series 300; Software performance analyzer; software
performance analyzer; Software performance analyzers;
software tools; SPARCstation",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Software tools",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Gordon:1993:OOR,
author = "Gary B. Gordon and Joseph C. Roark and Arthur
Schleifer",
title = "{ORCA}: optimized robot for chemical analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "3",
pages = "6--8, 10--19",
month = jun,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Presents an analytical PC peripheral which is a
congenial assistant, a sophisticated robotic teaching
environment, and an interesting study of robotic
architecture. Although optimized for the analytical
laboratory, it also has applications in electronic
test, quality assurance, and the clinical laboratory,
where heavy commercial assembly robots are
unsuitable.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C3390 (Robotics); C3380L (Laboratory techniques);
C7320 (Physics and Chemistry); C7420 (Control
engineering); C7810C (Computer-aided instruction)",
classification = "C3380L (Laboratory techniques); C3390 (Robotics);
C7320 (Physics and Chemistry); C7420 (Control
engineering); C7810C (Computer-aided instruction)",
keywords = "Analytical laboratory; analytical laboratory;
apparatus and techniques; Chemical analysis; chemical
analysis; chemistry computing; computer aided
instruction; environment; laboratory; Optimized robot;
optimized robot; ORCA; robotic teaching; Robotic
teaching environment; robots",
thesaurus = "Chemistry computing; Computer aided instruction;
Laboratory apparatus and techniques; Robots",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:HOS,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "The {HP ORCA} System Outside the Analytical
Laboratory",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "3",
pages = "9--??",
month = jun,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:GJS,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Gravity-Sensing Joy Stick",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "3",
pages = "12--??",
month = jun,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:ADE,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Absolute Digital Encoder",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "3",
pages = "14--??",
month = jun,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Ahad:1993:HOO,
author = "Rafiul Ahad and Tu-Ting Cheng",
title = "{HP Open ODB}: an object-oriented database management
system for commercial applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "3",
pages = "20--30",
month = jun,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "HP OpenODB is an advanced object-oriented database
management system (ODBMS) that is designed to support
complex commercial applications. Commercial
applications require support for large numbers of
concurrent users, many short transactions, security and
authorization procedures, high availability of
information access to other databases, and high
integrity. HP OpenODB is a hybrid ODBMS that combines
several years of research and development on a database
object manager with a decade of investment in
relational database technology. This powerful
combination brings the two pieces that make up an
object together in an ODBMS. It also enables a smooth
evolution from, and coexistence with, a relational
database management system (RDBMS). In the current
release, all of HP OpenODB's stored data is managed by
ALLBASE/SQL which is HP's ANSI standard relational
database and is tuned to be the fasted RDBMS on HP
platforms. The HP OpenODB object model is implemented
by an object manager which provides unlimited
user-defined types of information. HP OpenODB is
designed to port easily to other RDBMS.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6160J (Object-oriented databases); C6160D (Relational
DBMS)",
classification = "C6160D (Relational DBMS); C6160J (Object-oriented
databases)",
keywords = "ALLBASE/SQL; Commercial applications; commercial
applications; Concurrent users; concurrent users;
Database object manager; database object manager;
Hewlett Packard computers; HP OpenODB; Object-oriented
database management system; object-oriented database
management system; object-oriented databases; ODBMS;
Relational database; relational database; relational
databases; short; Short transactions; transactions",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Object-oriented databases;
Relational databases",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Tuttle:1993:HUV,
author = "Myron R. Tuttle and Kenneth M. Wilson and Samuel H.
Chau and Yong Deng",
title = "The {HP Ultra VGA} graphics board",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "3",
pages = "31--41",
month = jun,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP D2325A Ultra VGA board which represents the
latest in the evolution of HP personal computer video
systems, is a video accessory card for the HP Vectra
line of personal computers. This board offers
exceptional video performance for graphics-intensive
applications such as Microsoft Windows and AutoCAD. It
enhances overall system performance by using hardware
accelerators to relieve the CPU of common video
processing functions. For high-resolution and
flicker-free operation, the Ultra VGA board offers
display resolutions up to 1024 by 768 noninterlaced and
refresh rates up to 72 Hz. Finally, the board is
upgradable to 1 M bytes of video memory to give 256
colors in 800 by 600 and 1024 by 768 resolutions. The
authors present a brief history of the evolution of PC
video systems. They then discuss the benefits of adding
acceleration to video hardware and the hardware and
software partitioning trade-offs that must be made.
Finally, the implementation of the HP Ultra VGA board
is described, both as a plug-in accessory and as an
embedded feature as it is in the HP Vectra 486/U family
of personal computers.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
classification = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
keywords = "256 Colors; 256 colors; add-on boards; computer
graphic equipment; computers; Embedded feature;
embedded feature; Graphics-intensive applications;
graphics-intensive applications; Hewlett Packard; HP
D2325A; HP Vectra; PC video; PC video systems; Plug-in
accessory; plug-in accessory; systems; Ultra VGA board;
Video accessory card; video accessory card",
thesaurus = "Add-on boards; Computer graphic equipment; Hewlett
Packard computers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Lalwani:1993:PIM,
author = "Rajesh Lalwani",
title = "{POSIX} interface for {MPE\slash iX}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "3",
pages = "41--46",
month = jun,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The IEEE standard for a Portable Operating System
Interface, or POSIX, defines a standard operating
system interface and environment to support source
level application portability. POSIX specifies the
functions and services an operating system must support
and the application programming interface to these
services and functions. POSIX 1003.1, which defines a
standard set of programmatic interfaces for basic
operating system facilities, and POSIX 1003.2, which
specifies an interactive interface that provides a
shell and utilities similar to those provided by the
UNIX operating system are integrated in the MPE XL
operating system to form the MPE/iX operating system,
which runs on the HP 3000 Series 900 system.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
classification = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
keywords = "Application portability; application portability; HP
3000 Series 900; interface; MPE/iX operating system;
operating system; Operating system interface; operating
systems (computers); Portable Operating System
Interface; POSIX; software portability",
thesaurus = "Operating systems [computers]; Software portability",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Connolly:1993:PPS,
author = "Brian Connolly",
title = "A process for preventing software hazards",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "3",
pages = "47--52",
month = jun,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Many methods of analysis, prevention, and verification
have been proposed to handle software hazards. HP's
Medical Systems (MSY) Unit has researched and
experimented with some of these methods and processes.
The paper describes how HP combined the most
appropriate elements of these methods to develop a
software hazard avoidance process for their
organization. The author also shows how the process was
applied to one product.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C7330 (Biology and medicine); C6110 (Systems analysis
and programming); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
classification = "C6110 (Systems analysis and programming); C7330
(Biology and medicine); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
keywords = "computerised instrumentation; Hewlett Packard
computers; medical computing; Medical Systems; Software
hazard avoidance; software hazard avoidance; Software
hazards; software hazards; software reliability",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Hewlett Packard
computers; Medical computing; Software reliability",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Schroath:1993:CMS,
author = "Leonard T. Schroath",
title = "Configuration management for software tests",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "3",
pages = "53--59",
month = jun,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Many software development organizations have begun to
formalize software reuse as a way to improve
productivity and increase quality. However, most of the
effort is put into reusable components that are used
for creating software products. Methodologies and
processes can exist for the test development effort as
well. If software components can be reused effectively,
test components can be reused also. For any reuse
program to be successful, a formal process and support
tools are essential. To support software test reuse and
to make it easier to ensure that the correct software
versions are used to test printer products, a software
test management system has been put in place, at
Hewlett--Packard.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support); C6160 (Database
management systems (DBMS))",
classification = "C6115 (Programming support); C6160 (Database
management systems (DBMS))",
keywords = "database management systems; Hewlett Packard
computers; Productivity; productivity; program testing;
Software development organizations; software
development organizations; Software reuse; software
reuse; software test management; Software test
management system; Software test reuse; software test
reuse; system",
thesaurus = "Database management systems; Hewlett Packard
computers; Program testing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{MacLeod:1993:ISS,
author = "Jean M. MacLeod",
title = "Implementing and sustaining a software inspection
program in an {R} and {D} environment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "3",
pages = "60--63",
month = jun,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "There is not much disagreement in the industry about
the value and benefits of software inspections.
However, there's more to implementing a software
inspection program than training moderators and
creating forms. The paper discusses how the software
inspection program was implemented at HP's Patient Care
Monitoring Systems Division, with emphasis on how the
program is sustained and how its success is measured.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C0310F
(Software development management)",
classification = "C0310F (Software development management); C6110B
(Software engineering techniques)",
keywords = "HP's; inspection; Moderators; moderators; Patient Care
Monitoring; program; program testing; R and D
environment; software inspection; Software inspection
program; Software inspections; software inspections;
software maintenance",
thesaurus = "Inspection; Program testing; Software maintenance",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Goodnow:1993:UTQ,
author = "John W. Goodnow and Cindie A. Hammond and William A.
Koppes and John J. Krieger and D. Kris Rovell-Rixx and
S. J. Warner",
title = "The use of total quality control techniques to improve
the software localization process",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "3",
pages = "64--70",
month = jun,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Describes how Total Quality Control (TQC) was applied
to the software localization at Hewlett--Packard to
reduce the time required to localize embedded software
text used in their medical diagnostic ultrasound
systems. At first they thought that much of the delay
in the localization process occurred in the translation
step. By using TQC they discovered that we could reduce
delays in areas originally thought to be beyond the
control of the R and D lab.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C0310F
(Software development management); C7330 (Biology and
medicine)",
classification = "C0310F (Software development management); C6110B
(Software engineering techniques); C7330 (Biology and
medicine)",
keywords = "embedded; Embedded software text; Localization;
localization; medical computing; Medical diagnostic
ultrasound systems; medical diagnostic ultrasound
systems; quality control; Software localization;
software localization; software quality; software text;
Total Quality Control",
thesaurus = "Medical computing; Quality control; Software quality",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:TLT,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Tools for the Language Translation Process",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "3",
pages = "68--??",
month = jun,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Rafnel:1993:TAE,
author = "Bruce A. Rafnel",
title = "A transaction approach to error handling",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "3",
pages = "71--77",
month = jun,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Commercial programs contain two major paths: a forward
path that does the work and a reverse path that rolls
back the work when errors are detected. Typically,
these paths are so tightly bound together that both
paths are difficult to read. Code that is difficult to
read results in code that is difficult to write, debug,
enhance, and reuse. For example, in the object-oriented
programming methodology, one reason why objects are not
as reusable as they should be is that they are tightly
bound together at the error-handling level. Many times
error codes even give clues about how an object is
implemented. The solution is to handle errors in
programs as they are handled in a database transaction
recovery mechanism. In a database transaction, the
transaction either executes in its entirety or, if an
error is detected in any of its operations, it is
totally canceled as if it had never executed. If an
error is found, all work is automatically rolled back
to the beginning of the transaction.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques)",
classification = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques)",
keywords = "Database transaction recovery; database transaction
recovery; Error handling; error handling; program
debugging; Program maintenance; program maintenance;
Reusability; reusability; software maintenance;
software reusability; Transaction approach; transaction
approach; transaction processing",
thesaurus = "Error handling; Program debugging; Software
maintenance; Software reusability; Transaction
processing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:ED,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Error Definition",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "3",
pages = "72--??",
month = jun,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Notess:1993:UIM,
author = "Mark H. Notess",
title = "A User Interface Management System for {HP-UX} System
Administration Applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "3",
pages = "80--84",
month = jun,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP-UX system administration manager (SAM) provides
basic system administration functionality for
standalone HP-UX systems and diskless clusters. The SAM
tool simplifies HP-UX system administration so that the
administrator does not have to be a technical expert to
manage an HP-UX system. Typical HP-UX system
administration functions such as adding a peripheral,
setting up the spooler, and adding or deleting users
are provided in SAM.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems); C6180 (User interfaces)",
classification = "C6150J (Operating systems); C6180 (User
interfaces)",
keywords = "administration manager; Diskless clusters; diskless
clusters; Hewlett Packard computers; HP-UX; operating
systems (computers); SAM; Standalone HP-UX; standalone
HP-UX; system; System administration; system
administration; System administration manager; User
interface management system; user interface management
system; user interfaces",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Operating systems
[computers]; User interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:SVM,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "{SAM} versus Manual Administration",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "3",
pages = "81--??",
month = jun,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Fletcher:1993:HAI,
author = "Robert M. Fletcher and Chihping Kuo and Timothy D.
Osentowski and Jiann Gwo Yu and Virginia M. Robbins",
title = "High-Efficiency Aluminium Indium Gallium Phosphide
Light-Emitting Diodes",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "4",
pages = "6--14",
month = aug,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The latest technology advance, and the subject of this
paper, is the development of AlInGaP
double-heterostructure LEDs. These devices span the
color range from red-orange to green at light output
performance levels comparable to or exceeding those of
AS and TS AlGaAs. The authors provide a general
description and understanding of HP's new family of
LEDs made from AlInGaP. They have compared the
performance and production of AlInGaP devices with
other LED technologies. They aim to give a general
understanding of LEDs and the m-V processes necessary
for their manufacture. HP's AlInGaP devices represent
the brightest visible LEDs that have ever been made.
Interest in them is quickly growing as manufacturers
come up with new applications for them. Although
comparably bright red AlGaAs LEDs have been available
for several years, the appearance of bright orange and
yellow lamps' has made possible total LED replacements;
in applications where low-wattage filament lamps have
been used exclusively. The benefits of LEDs include
long lifetime, performance reliability under a broad
range of operating conditions, and overall cost savings
over traditional incandescent lamps. luminous
performance of any visible LED to date. As the
technology matures through the 1890s, performance
levels are expected to increase further and reach into
the tens-of-lumens-per-watt range.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
chemicalindex = "AlInGaP/ss Al/ss Ga/ss In/ss P/ss",
classcodes = "B4260D (Light emitting diodes); B0170G (General
fabrication techniques)",
classification = "B0170G (General fabrication techniques); B4260D
(Light emitting diodes)",
keywords = "AlInGaP; aluminum; Aluminum indium gallium phosphide;
Double-heterostructure LEDs; double-heterostructure
LEDs; electronic equipment manufacture;
Hewlett--Packard; indium gallium phosphide; light
emitting diodes; Light-emitting diodes; light-emitting
diodes; M-V processes; m-V processes; Manufacture;
manufacture; Performance levels; performance levels",
thesaurus = "Electronic equipment manufacture; Light emitting
diodes",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
xxtitle = "High-efficiency aluminum indium gallium phosphide
light-emitting diodes",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:SLH,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "The Structure of {LEDs}: Homojunctions and
Heterojunctions",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "4",
pages = "8--??",
month = aug,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Graf:1993:HTB,
author = "Terrence P. Graf and Renato G. Assini and John M.
Lewis and Edward J. Sharpe and James J. Turner and M.
C. Ward",
title = "{HP Task Broker}: {A} Tool for Distributing
Computational Tasks",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "4",
pages = "15--22",
month = aug,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "HP Task Broker is a software tool that enables
efficient distribution of computational tasks among
heterogeneous computer systems running
UNIX-system-based operating systems. Task Broker
performs its computational distribution without
requiring any changes to the application. Task Broker
relocates a job and its data according to rules set up
at Task Broker initialization. Task Broker can provide
many benefits to an organization with a network of
computers. Because of its flexibility, Task Broker can
easily be tailored to provide a simple distributed
solution to many additional types of situations. As a
tool for distributing computation tasks, Task Broker
can provide a way to make existing hardware more
efficient by increasing its level of use, and software
developers more productive by providing a way to access
an expanded set of computing resources.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150N (Distributed systems); C5620 (Computer networks
and techniques)",
classification = "C5620 (Computer networks and techniques); C6150N
(Distributed systems)",
keywords = "Collective computing; collective computing;
Computational distribution; computational distribution;
Hewlett Packard computers; HP 9000 Series; HP Apollo;
HP Apollo workstations; Intelligent targeting;
intelligent targeting; Load balancing; load balancing;
multiprocessing programs; network; Network OS; network
OS; operating systems; Software tool; software tool;
Task Broker; UNIX based; workstations",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Multiprocessing programs;
Network operating systems",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:HTBa,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "{HP Task Broker} and Computational Clusters",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "4",
pages = "16--??",
month = aug,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:TBD,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "{Task Broker} and {DCE} Interoperability",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "4",
pages = "19--??",
month = aug,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:HTBb,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "{HP Task Broker} Version 1.1",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "4",
pages = "21--??",
month = aug,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Morgan:1993:HRO,
author = "Kevin D. Morgan",
title = "The {HP-RT} real-time operating system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "4",
pages = "23--30",
month = aug,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Reviews some of these characteristics of HP-RT and
discusses the specific designs used to provide these
features. HP-RT is Hewlett--Packard's real-time
operating system for PA-RISC computers. It is a
run-time-oriented product (as opposed to a
program-development-oriented product) based on industry
standard software and hardware interfaces. HP-RT is
intended to be used as a real-time data acquisition and
system control operating system. It is designed around
the real-time system principles of determinism
(predictable behavior), responsiveness, user control,
reliability, and fail-soft operation. These
characteristics distinguish a real-time operating
system from a nonreal-time operating system.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
classification = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
keywords = "computers; Determinism; determinism; fail-; Fail-soft
operation; Hewlett--Packard; HP-RT; operating systems
(computers); PA-RISC; PA-RISC computers; Real-time data
acquisition; real-time data acquisition; Real-time
operating system; real-time operating system; real-time
systems; Reliability; reliability; Responsiveness;
responsiveness; Run-time-oriented; run-time-oriented;
soft operation; System control; system control; User
control; user control",
thesaurus = "Operating systems [computers]; Real-time systems",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:OT,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "An Overview of Threads",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "4",
pages = "27--??",
month = aug,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anzinger:1993:MPM,
author = "George A. Anzinger",
title = "Managing {PA-RISC} machines for real-time systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "4",
pages = "31--37",
month = aug,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "In the HP-RT operating system, the interrupt-handling
architecture is especially constructed to manage the
high-performance timing requirements of real-time
systems. The task of an operating system is to manage
the computer system's resources. This management should
be done so as to give the best possible performance to
user tasks or jobs presented to the system. How this
performance is measured and valued differs depending on
the task or mission of the system. The three major
classes of tasks or missions presented to an operating
system are timeshare, batch, and real time. The
important aspects of performance of these three
classifications differ, and, because they differ,
require the operating system to use different
algorithms to manage system resources.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
classification = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
keywords = "High-performance timing; high-performance timing; HP-;
HP-RT operating system; Interrupt-handling;
interrupt-handling; interrupts; operating; Operating
system; operating systems (computers); PA-RISC
machines; real-time; Real-time systems; real-time
systems; resource allocation; Resource management;
resource management; RT operating system; system;
System resources; system resources; systems",
thesaurus = "Interrupts; Operating systems [computers]; Real-time
systems; Resource allocation",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:CSH,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Context Switching in {HP-RT}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "4",
pages = "32--??",
month = aug,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:PSD,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Protecting Shared Data Structures",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "4",
pages = "33--??",
month = aug,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:SRE,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "The Shadow Register Environment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "4",
pages = "34--??",
month = aug,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:CE,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "{C} Environment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "4",
pages = "35--??",
month = aug,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Culbertson:1993:HTL,
author = "W. Bruce Culbertson and Toshiki Osame and Yoshisuke
Otsuru and J. Barry Shackleford and Motoo Tanaka",
title = "The {HP Tsutsuji} logic synthesis system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "4",
pages = "38--51",
month = aug,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Logic synthesis assists and automates the process of
refining digital designs from high-level, abstract
conceptions to low-level, concrete specifications for
physical implementation. The HP Tsutsyji logic
synthesis system is a software package that runs on HP
9000 Series 700 workstations. Tsutsuji is a product
from YHP in Japan that provides a set of fast and
efficient tools for logic synthesis, simulation, and
design visualization. The graphical nature of the human
interface allows designs to be expressed quickly by the
designer. Rapid synthesis and mapping encourage the
designer to explore the design space interactively in
search of an optimum system configuration. Applying
creativity where it will have the greatest impact, the
designer remains focused in the application domain,
knowing that optimization and mapping into the chosen
technology will be automatic. Designs produced by
Tsutsuji are inherently reusable.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C7410D (Electronic engineering); C5210B
(Computer-aided logic design)",
classification = "C5210B (Computer-aided logic design); C7410D
(Electronic engineering)",
keywords = "design; Design visualization; Digital designs; digital
designs; Graphical human interface; graphical human
interface; graphical user interfaces; Hewlett Packard;
HP 9000 Series 700; HP 9000 Series 700 workstations;
logic CAD; Logic synthesis; logic synthesis; Logic
synthesis system; logic synthesis system; Optimization;
optimization; Simulation; simulation; Tsutsuji;
visualization; workstations",
thesaurus = "Graphical user interfaces; Logic CAD",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Gennetten:1993:DSC,
author = "K. Douglas Gennetten and Michael J. Steinle",
title = "Designing a scanner with color vision",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "4",
pages = "52--58",
month = aug,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP ScanJet IIc scanner is a 400-dot-per-inch (dpi)
flatbed scanner with black and white, color, and
optical character recognition (OCR) capabilities. It is
compatible with PCs and Apple Macintosh computers and
with desktop publishing, presentation, and text
recognition applications. It offers fast single-pass
scanning, easy-to-use software, print path calibration,
a legal-sized platen, HP AccuPage technology for text
scanning, and low cost. The ScanJet IIc provides 8-bit
grayscale and 24-bit color scanning capabilities. It
uses an SCSI (Small Computer System Interface) for
Macintosh computers and a dedicated SCSI adapter for
PC-compatibles and MicroChannel PCs. HP DeskScan II,
the image scanning software included with the HP
ScanJet IIc scanner, has a layered user interface for
both beginners and expert users.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5530 (Pattern recognition and computer vision
equipment)",
classification = "C5530 (Pattern recognition and computer vision
equipment)",
keywords = "24 Bit; 24 bit; 400-Dot-per-inch; 400-dot-per-inch; 8
Bit; 8 bit; AccuPage; Apple Macintosh; Apple Macintosh
computers; Color scanning; color scanning; computers;
Desktop publishing; desktop publishing; Flatbed
scanner; flatbed scanner; HP DeskScan II; HP ScanJet
IIc; image scanners; optical character; Optical
character recognition; PCs; Print path calibration;
print path calibration; recognition; scanning; SCSI;
single-pass; Single-pass scanning; Text recognition;
text recognition; Text scanning; text scanning",
numericalindex = "Word length 2.4E+01 bit; Word length 8.0E+00 bit",
thesaurus = "Desktop publishing; Image scanners; Optical character
recognition",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Clements:1993:MCI,
author = "Brad Clements",
title = "Mechanical Considerations for an Industrial
Workstation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "4",
pages = "62--67",
month = aug,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 9000 Models 745i and 747i are entry-level
industrial workstations. These systems are designed for
test and measurement, industrial process control, and
electronic testings applications. Both machines are
based on HP's PA-RISC. The author addresses the
mechanical design aspects of the differences between
standard and industrial workstations and the design
strategy used to meet the needs of customers in the
industrial marketplace who use or could use engineering
workstations.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
displays)",
classification = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
displays)",
keywords = "745i; engineering; Engineering workstations;
engineering workstations; HP 9000 Model; HP 9000 Model
745i; HP 9000 Model 747i; industrial; Industrial
marketplace; industrial marketplace; Industrial process
control; Industrial workstation; industrial
workstation; Mechanical design; mechanical design;
process control; Test and measurement; test and
measurement; workstations",
thesaurus = "Engineering workstations",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Canestri:1993:OCL,
author = "Franco A. Canestri",
title = "Online {CO}$_2$ Laser Beam Real-Time Control Algorithm
for Orthopedic Surgical Applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "4",
pages = "68--72",
month = aug,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "New data obtained from treating polymethylmethacrylate
(PMMA) with a nonmoving, CW, 10-watt, CO/sub 2/ laser
beam is presented. Guidelines based on this data can be
used during precision laser surgery in orthopedics to
avoid unnecessary mechanical and thermal trauma to
healthy bone tissue. A computerized algorithm
incorporating these guidelines can be implemented on an
HP 9000 workstation connected to a central database for
multiple-operating-room data collection, online
consultation, and analysis.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
chemicalindex = "CO2/bin O2/bin C/bin O/bin",
classcodes = "A8760G (Laser beams, microwaves, and other
electromagnetic waves); B7520C (Radiation therapy);
C3385 (Biological and medical systems); A8770G (Patient
care and treatment); B4360 (Laser applications); C7330
(Biology and medicine)",
classification = "A8760G (Laser beams, microwaves, and other
electromagnetic waves); A8770G (Patient care and
treatment); B4360 (Laser applications); B7520C
(Radiation therapy); C3385 (Biological and medical
systems); C7330 (Biology and medicine)",
keywords = "10 W; algorithm; bone; CO/sub 2/; collection;
computerised control; computerized; Computerized
algorithm; Healthy bone tissue; healthy bone tissue; HP
9000 workstation; laser applications in medicine;
Mechanical trauma; mechanical trauma; medical
computing; multiple-operating-room data;
Multiple-operating-room data collection; Online
consultation; online consultation; Orthopedic surgery;
orthopedic surgery; Polymethylmethacrylate;
polymethylmethacrylate; Precision laser surgery;
precision laser surgery; Real-time control algorithm;
real-time control algorithm; surgery; thermal; Thermal
trauma; trauma",
numericalindex = "Power 1.0E+01 W",
thesaurus = "Bone; Computerised control; Laser applications in
medicine; Medical computing; Surgery",
treatment = "T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}
@Article{Hoffmann:1993:ODM,
author = "Brian E. Hoffmann and David A. Keefer and Douglas K.
Howell",
title = "Online Defect Management via a Client\slash Server
Relational Database Management System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "4",
pages = "73--84",
month = aug,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The defect management system, or DMS, described in
this article is an online transaction processing system
for managing defects found during software and firmware
development and test. It was developed to enable HP's
Boise Printer and Network Printer Divisions to manage
shared defects in leveraged and concurrent products and
to increase data integrity and reduce overall defect
processing time. The DRS application is based on an
off-the-shelf relational database management system,
which employs a client-server architecture running on
an HP 9000 workstation. The development team employed
an evolutionary delivery process to ensure that the
system met user needs and used proprietary 4GL
(fourth-generation language) programming tools to
maximize productivity. The authors summarize the
rationale for building DMS, details its implementation
and design, and evaluate the system and its development
process.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C6160D
(Relational DBMS); C5140 (Firmware)",
classification = "C5140 (Firmware); C6110B (Software engineering
techniques); C6160D (Relational DBMS)",
keywords = "client/server; Client/server; data; Data integrity;
defect management system; Defect management system;
development; DMS; firmware; Firmware development; HP
9000; HP 9000 workstation; integrity; online; online
defect management; Online defect management; Online
transaction processing; online transaction processing
system; Online transaction processing system;
relational database management system; Relational
database management system; relational databases;
software development; Software development; software
engineering; transaction processing; workstation",
thesaurus = "Firmware; Relational databases; Software engineering;
Transaction processing",
treatment = "P Practical",
xxauthor = "Brian E. Hoffman and David A. Keefer and Douglas K.
Howell",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:CSD,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Client\slash Server Database Architecture",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "4",
pages = "78--??",
month = aug,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{OKonski:1993:RPG,
author = "Timothy C. O'Konski",
title = "Realizing productivity gains with {C}++",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "4",
pages = "85--89",
month = aug,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Describes the author's experiences with developing new
software and modifying existing C++ libraries. It also
looks at possible uses of templates and exception
handling led in the new emerging ANSI C++ standard
X3J16. C++ is an effective language for promoting both
incremental development and code reuse. The additional
capabilities of templates and exceptions need to have
more idioms formalized for their proper use. Because of
C++'s increasing complexity, stronger environmental
support is critical for the continuation of the
language's success.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6140D (High level languages); C6110B (Software
engineering techniques)",
classification = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C6140D
(High level languages)",
keywords = "C language; C++ libraries; Exception handling;
exception handling; Object-oriented paradigm;
object-oriented paradigm; Productivity; productivity;
software engineering; Templates; templates",
thesaurus = "C language; Software engineering",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:G,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Glossary",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "4",
pages = "86--??",
month = aug,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Luszcz:1993:BGB,
author = "Joseph M. Luszcz and Daniel G. Maier",
title = "Bridging the gap between structured analysis and
structured design for real-time systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "4",
pages = "90--99",
month = aug,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "ADARTS (Ada-based design approach to real-time
systems) is a high-level design methodology that
provides a systematic means (called process steps) for
partitioning an SA specification model into a set of
tasks, packages (objects), and communication links,
which can then be designed using SD. ADARTS is an
effective technique for bridging the gap between a
structured analysis specification and the structured
design of the software modules that make up a software
system. By providing a path between the two techniques,
it makes both far more valuable than they would be
otherwise. For structured analysis, the contribution to
the definition of concurrent tasks and communication
mechanisms is indispensable, but even if there is no
concurrency required, ADARTS helps in identifying an
object structure before applying the next detailed
design step. Even if ADARTS is used on an SA
specification that requires neither concurrency nor
objects, it produces the trivial-case high-level design
consisting of a single task in a single package which
can then be constructed using SD. Thus, there is no
harm in applying the technique to all designs.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques)",
classification = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques)",
keywords = "Ada; Ada-based design; ADARTS; communication;
Communication mechanisms; Concurrent tasks; concurrent
tasks; High-level design methodology; high-level design
methodology; mechanisms; programming; Real-time
systems; real-time systems; software engineering;
Specification; specification; structured; Structured
analysis; structured analysis; Structured design;
structured design; systems analysis",
thesaurus = "Ada; Real-time systems; Software engineering;
Structured programming; Systems analysis",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Scharrer:1993:MDO,
author = "John A. Scharrer",
title = "An {8-Gigasample-per-Second} Modular Digitizing
Oscilloscope System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "5",
pages = "6--10",
month = oct,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "For the first time, a digitizing sampling oscilloscope
achieves single-shot bandwidths exceeding even the
fastest laboratory analog oscilloscopes. This paper
describes the HP 54720/10 oscilloscope which combines a
2-GSa/s digitizer, plug-in modularity, and software
flexibility to provide the application-specific and
general-purpose capabilities needed by designers of
high-speed digital devices and systems.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
classification = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
keywords = "2-GSa/s digitizer; digital storage oscilloscopes;
High-speed digital devices; high-speed digital devices;
HP 54720/10; HP 54720/10 oscilloscope; Modular
digitizing oscilloscope system; modular digitizing
oscilloscope system; oscilloscope; Plug-in modularity;
plug-in modularity; Software flexibility; software
flexibility",
thesaurus = "Digital storage oscilloscopes",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{McTigue:1993:DAS,
author = "Michael T. McTigue and Patrick J. Byrne",
title = "An {8-Gigasample-per-Second}, {8-Bit} Data Acquisition
System for a Sampling Digital Oscilloscope",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "5",
pages = "11--23",
month = oct,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Shows that within the HP 54720/10 acquisition system
are sixteen separate sampling and digitizing paths that
can be allocated by the user to capture 16 K samples at
8 GSa/s or 256 K samples at 500 MSa/s or any of various
other combinations of sample rate and memory depth. The
sample-and-filter sampling technique is an alternative
to the conventional sample-and-hold and track-and-hold
techniques.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210G (Data acquisition systems); C5520 (Data
acquisition equipment and techniques)",
classification = "B7210G (Data acquisition systems); C5520 (Data
acquisition equipment and techniques)",
keywords = "256 K samples; 500 MSa/s; 8 Bit; 8 bit; 8 GSa/s;
and-hold techniques; data acquisition; digital storage
oscilloscopes; HP 54720/10 data acquisition; HP
54720/10 data acquisition system; Memory depth; memory
depth; Sample rate; sample rate; Sample-and-filter
sampling technique; sample-and-filter sampling
technique; Sample-and-hold; sample-and-hold; Sampling
digital oscilloscope; sampling digital oscilloscope;
system; track-; Track-and-hold techniques",
numericalindex = "Word length 8.0E+00 bit",
thesaurus = "Data acquisition; Digital storage oscilloscopes",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Eskeldson:1993:DOT,
author = "David D. Eskeldson and Reginald Kellum and Donald A.
Whiteman",
title = "A digitizing oscilloscope time base and trigger system
optimized for throughput and low jitter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "5",
pages = "24--30",
month = oct,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The time base and trigger system of the HP 54720/10
digitizing oscilloscope has three major tasks. It
controls the start and stop of the acquisition cycle,
it recognizes a trigger event during an acquisition,
and it measures the time from the trigger event to the
next sample clock. Careful attention to low-noise
coupling results in robust performance far exceeding
what is normally considered possible with off-the-shelf
ECL. It is shown that a new interpolator design
increases resolution by a factor of ten, reduces
conversion time by a factor of five, and reduces jitter
by a factor of more than three compared with previous
designs.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
classification = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
keywords = "conversion; Conversion time; digital storage
oscilloscopes; Digitizing oscilloscope time base;
digitizing oscilloscope time base; ECL; HP 54720/10;
Interpolator design; interpolator design; Low jitter;
low jitter; Low-noise coupling; low-noise coupling;
noise; Robust performance; robust performance;
Throughput; throughput; time; Trigger system; trigger
system",
thesaurus = "Digital storage oscilloscopes; Noise",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Uhling:1993:RAO,
author = "Thomas F. Uhling and John R. Sterner",
title = "A rugged 2.5-{GHz} active oscilloscope probe",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "5",
pages = "31--37",
month = oct,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Higher bandwidths along with more accurate responses
have been the trend for new digital oscilloscopes. A
necessity with this higher level of performance is a
probing system that can accurately deliver signals from
the device under test (DUT) to the oscilloscope. The
probe must also maintain high input impedance into the
gigahertz range for low loading of the DUT. These
requirements set the stage for the design of the HP
54701A active probe. Superior electrical performance is
maintained by suspending a fragile electrical structure
inside a rugged package and isolating the fragile parts
from external abuse. The design required numerous
trade-offs between performance, durability, aesthetics,
and cost, with performance and ruggedness the primary
goals.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers)",
classification = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments)",
keywords = "2.5 GHz; Active probe; active probe; Digital
oscilloscopes; digital oscilloscopes; digital storage
oscilloscopes; Durability; durability; HP 54701A;
Oscilloscope probe; oscilloscope probe; Performance;
performance; probes; Probing system; probing system;
Rugged package; rugged package",
numericalindex = "Frequency 2.5E+09 Hz",
thesaurus = "Digital storage oscilloscopes; Probes",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Montijo:1993:AIA,
author = "Allen Montijo and Kenneth Rush",
title = "Accuracy in interleaved {ADC} systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "5",
pages = "38--46",
month = oct,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Why would someone choose to implement a
time-interleaved ADC system instead of simply using the
latest technology to implement a single ADC with the
desired performance? Simply put, a time-interleaved ADC
system can achieve superior performance, given the same
implementation technology. For a given technology,
there is theoretically no limit to the sample rate that
can be reached using interleaving methods, although
there is a limit to the bandwidth and thus the
usefulness of interleaving. Real-world limitations such
as power and space place practical limits on the level
of interleaving that can be achieved. For the HP 54720
oscilloscope, these limits allowed us to put four
500-MSa/s ADCs onto a single hybrid to achieve a
maximum sample rate of 2 GSa/s. With the HP 54722A
plug-in, all four hybrids are interleaved to achieve
sample rates up to 8 GSa/s in one instrument. Sixteen
ADCs on four hybrids work together to sample at
consistent intervals of 125 ps with a signal bandwidth
of nearly 2 GHz.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments); C5180 (A/D and
D/A convertors)",
classification = "B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments); C5180 (A/D and
D/A convertors)",
keywords = "125 Ps; 125 ps; 2 GHz; Analog-to-digital convertors;
analog-to-digital convertors; analogue-digital
conversion; digital storage oscilloscopes; HP 54720
oscilloscope; Interleaved ADC systems; interleaved ADC
systems; Sample rate; sample rate",
numericalindex = "Frequency 2.0E+09 Hz; Time 1.25E-10 s",
thesaurus = "Analogue-digital conversion; Digital storage
oscilloscopes",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:DB,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Dither and Bits",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "5",
pages = "42--??",
month = oct,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:FDI,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Filter Design for Interpolation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "5",
pages = "45--??",
month = oct,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Rush:1993:SPP,
author = "Kenneth Rush",
title = "A study of pulse parameter accuracy in real-time
digitizing oscilloscope measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "5",
pages = "47--50",
month = oct,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "With the availability of the HP 54124T 50-GHz
bandwidth oscilloscope and fundamental knowledge of its
impulse response comes a new era in time-domain
metrology. Finally it is possible to know what a pulse
signal looks like with enough precision to let that
pulse signal become a transfer standard. In fact, many
pulse signals can be characterized, making it possible
to evaluate new real-time oscilloscopes based on the
quality of their measurements. This paper describes a
study that illustrates the power of knowing the `truth'
about a time-domain instrument's response. Using the
well-characterized 50-GHz HP 54124T oscilloscope as a
standard, HP 54720A oscilloscope errors were measured
for single-shot step rise time, pulse width, and pulse
height measurements. The results suggest that the
errors have systematic or bias components that may be
characterizable and correctable.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems)",
classification = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
keywords = "50 GHz; computerised instrumentation; digital storage
oscilloscopes; HP 54124T; HP 54720A; impulse; Impulse
response; Oscilloscope; oscilloscope; Oscilloscope
errors; oscilloscope errors; Pulse height measurements;
pulse height measurements; Pulse parameter accuracy;
pulse parameter accuracy; Pulse width; pulse width;
Real-time digitizing oscilloscope; real-time digitizing
oscilloscope; response; rise time; single-shot step;
Single-shot step rise time; Time-domain metrology;
time-domain metrology",
numericalindex = "Bandwidth 5.0E+10 Hz",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Digital storage
oscilloscopes",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Johnson:1993:ADM,
author = "Dana L. Johnson and Christopher J. Magnuson",
title = "Architectural design for a modular oscilloscope
system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "5",
pages = "51--58",
month = oct,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Shows that optimum allocation of tasks to various
software and hardware subsystems, a separate display
processor, multiple lookthrough tables, flicker
reduction techniques, and other design features support
the performance of the HP 54720/10 oscilloscope and
establish it as a platform for the future.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
classification = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
C7410H (Instrumentation)",
keywords = "allocation of tasks; Architectural design;
architectural design; computerised instrumentation;
Design features; design features; digital storage
oscilloscopes; display; Display processor; flicker
reduction; Flicker reduction techniques; Hardware
subsystems; hardware subsystems; HP 54720/10; HP
54720/10 oscilloscope; Modular oscilloscope system;
modular oscilloscope system; Multiple lookthrough
tables; multiple lookthrough tables; optimum; Optimum
allocation of tasks; oscilloscope; Performance;
performance; processor; Software; software;
techniques",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Digital storage
oscilloscopes",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Long:1993:SPU,
author = "David W. Long and Christopher P. Duff",
title = "A survey of processes used in the development of
firmware for a multiprocessor embedded system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "5",
pages = "59--65",
month = oct,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "In using structured design methods to develop a large
multiprocessor embedded system, the HP 54720/10
oscilloscope design team learned that these
methodologies can be very helpful if applied
appropriately and supplemented with a few other
processes and tools.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
C5140 (Firmware); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
classification = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
C5140 (Firmware); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
keywords = "computerised instrumentation; digital storage
oscilloscopes; Firmware; firmware; HP 54720/10
oscilloscope design team; methods; Multiprocessor
embedded system; multiprocessor embedded system;
structured design; Structured design methods;
structured programming",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Digital storage
oscilloscopes; Firmware; Structured programming",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:DEF,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Developing Extensible Firmware",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "5",
pages = "64--??",
month = oct,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Campbell:1993:MDN,
author = "John W. Campbell and Kenneth W. Johnson and Wayne F.
Helgoth and William H. Escovitz",
title = "Mechanical design of a new oscilloscope mainframe for
optimum performance",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "5",
pages = "66--72",
month = oct,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Describes a completely new mainframe design for the HP
54720/10 oscilloscopes which includes a unibody chassis
and four plug-in slots that provide superior EMI
performance and anticipate future enhancements.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B5230 (Electromagnetic compatibility and
interference)",
classification = "B5230 (Electromagnetic compatibility and
interference); B7250G (Display, recording and
indicating instruments)",
keywords = "54720/10 oscilloscopes; digital storage oscilloscopes;
electromagnetic interference; EMI performance; HP; HP
54720/10 oscilloscopes; Mainframe design; mainframe
design; mchanical design; Mechanical design; Optimum
performance; optimum performance; Unibody chassis;
unibody chassis",
thesaurus = "Digital storage oscilloscopes; Electromagnetic
interference",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hamling:1993:PFW,
author = "Daniel T. Hamling",
title = "A probe fixture for wafer testing high-performance
data acquisition integrated circuits",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "5",
pages = "73--75",
month = oct,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "This new probe fixture offers both a wide bandwidth
and a high probe count, along with flexible interfacing
and low maintenance. The fixture is used to perform
at-speed wafer testing of the data acquisition circuits
for the HP 54720/10 oscilloscope.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7210G (Data acquisition systems); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments); B2570
(Semiconductor integrated circuits); C7410H
(Instrumentation); C5520 (Data acquisition equipment
and techniques)",
classification = "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); B7210G (Data
acquisition systems); B7250G (Display, recording and
indicating instruments); C5520 (Data acquisition
equipment and techniques); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
keywords = "acquisition integrated circuits; automatic test
equipment; Bandwidth; bandwidth; count; data
acquisition; digital storage; Flexible interfacing;
flexible interfacing; high probe; High probe count; HP
54720/10; HP 54720/10 oscilloscope; integrated circuit
testing; Low maintenance; low maintenance;
oscilloscope; oscilloscopes; Probe fixture; probe
fixture; wafer testing high-performance data; Wafer
testing high-performance data acquisition integrated
circuits",
thesaurus = "Automatic test equipment; Data acquisition; Digital
storage oscilloscopes; Integrated circuit testing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kawabata:1993:HVN,
author = "Shigeru Kawabata and Akira Nukiyama",
title = "A high-performance 1.8-{GHz} vector network and
spectrum analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "5",
pages = "76--84",
month = oct,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Network and spectrum analyzers are frequently used
together for RF component and circuit evaluation. We
describe the HP 4396A vector network and spectrum
analyzer which exploits this natural union by combining
the two measurement modes into one instrument.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems)",
classification = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems)",
keywords = "1.8 GHz; 1.8-GHz vector network and spectrum analyzer;
Circuit evaluation; circuit evaluation; HP 4396A;
Measurement modes; measurement modes; network
analysers; RF component; spectral analysers",
numericalindex = "Frequency 1.8E+09 Hz",
thesaurus = "Network analysers; Spectral analysers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Yanagimoto:1993:RDC,
author = "Yoshiyuki Yanagimoto and A. Nukiyama",
title = "Receiver design for a combined {RF} network and
spectrum analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "5",
pages = "85--94",
month = oct,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "To keep receiver cost low, the HP 4396A 1.8-GHz vector
network and spectrum analyzer uses only one receiver
for both network and spectrum measurement modes. This
article describes the design and implementation of some
of the main components of the HP 439GA receiver.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); C5630 (Networking equipment)",
classification = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); C5630 (Networking equipment)",
keywords = "1.8 GHz; Combined RF network and spectrum analyzer;
combined RF network and spectrum analyzer; Design;
design; HP 4396A; Implementation; implementation;
network analysers; Receiver; receiver; receivers;
spectral analysers",
numericalindex = "Frequency 1.8E+09 Hz",
thesaurus = "Network analysers; Receivers; Spectral analysers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:DTD,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "{DSP} Techniques for Digital {IF}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "5",
pages = "90--??",
month = oct,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Yanagimoto:1993:FHM,
author = "Yoshiyuki Yanagimoto",
title = "A fast-switching, high-isolation multiplexer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "5",
pages = "95--99",
month = oct,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A three-channel multiplexer with 140-dB isolation
between channels, fast switching transient settling
time, steady low return loss, and low noise and
distortion is described which provides the front end to
the single receiver of the HP 4396A network and
spectrum analyzer.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6230 (Switching centres and equipment); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems); C5630
(Networking equipment)",
classification = "B6230 (Switching centres and equipment); B7210X
(Other instrumentation and measurement systems); C5630
(Networking equipment)",
keywords = "140-; 140-DB isolation; analysers; dB isolation;
Distortion; distortion; Fast switching transient
settling time; fast switching transient settling time;
Front end; front end; High-isolation multiplexer;
high-isolation multiplexer; HP 4396A; HP 4396A network
and spectrum analyzer; Low noise; low noise; low return
loss; multiplexing equipment; network analysers;
network and spectrum analyzer; spectral; steady; Steady
low return loss; Three-channel multiplexer;
three-channel multiplexer",
thesaurus = "Multiplexing equipment; Network analysers; Spectral
analysers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hilton:1993:ACF,
author = "Howard E. Hilton",
title = "A {10-Megasample-per-Second} Analog-to-Digital
converter with Filter and Memory",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "5",
pages = "100--104",
month = oct,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The Hewlett--Packard E1430A is a VXIbus-based
analog-to-digital converter (ADC) module containing a
high-dynamic range, 23-bit-resolution, lO-MSa/s
(megasample-per-second) ADC, a family of octave-spaced
anti-aliasing filters, a complex frequency shifter, and
a 4-MSa FIFO buffer memory. It is designed to provide
maximum performance and flexibility for capturing a
band-limited continuous analog signal in a format
compatible with digital computers. In addition to
analog-to-digital conversion, the HP E1430A addresses
the problems of gain ranging, anti-aliasing protection,
frequency band selection, triggering, data buffering,
and multichannel synchronization.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); C5180 (A/D and D/A
convertors)",
classification = "B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); C5180 (A/D and D/A
convertors)",
keywords = "23-Bit-resolution; 23-bit-resolution; 4-; 4-MSa FIFO
buffer memory; aliasing protection; analogue-digital
conversion; anti-; Anti-aliasing protection; Complex
frequency shifter; complex frequency shifter;
converter; Data buffering; data buffering; Frequency
band selection; frequency band selection; Gain ranging;
gain ranging; Hewlett--Packard E1430A; High-dynamic
range; high-dynamic range; MSa FIFO buffer memory;
Multichannel synchronization; multichannel
synchronization; octave-; Octave-spaced anti-aliasing
filters; Performance; performance; spaced anti-aliasing
filters; Triggering; triggering; VXIbus-based
analog-to-digital; VXIbus-based analog-to-digital
converter",
thesaurus = "Analogue-digital conversion",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hilton:1993:ACL,
author = "Howard E. Hilton",
title = "A 10-{MHz} analog-to-digital converter with 110-{dB}
linearity",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "5",
pages = "105--112",
month = oct,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A classification outline is presented for the errors
found in an analog-to-digital converter (ADC). A
comparative analysis is done of errors caused by random
noise, nonlinearities, and finite amplitude resolution
(quantizing errors). An ADC implementation is presented
that substantially reduces the nonlinearity errors and
virtually eliminates the quantizing errors.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); C5180 (A/D and D/A
convertors)",
classification = "B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); C5180 (A/D and D/A
convertors)",
keywords = "10 MHz; 10 mHz; 10-MHz analog-to-digital converter;
110 DB; 110 dB; 110-DB linearity; 110-dB linearity;
analogue-digital conversion; Classification outline;
classification outline; Comparative analysis;
comparative analysis; Errors; errors; Finite amplitude
resolution; finite amplitude resolution; noise;
Nonlinearities; nonlinearities; Quantizing errors;
quantizing errors; random; Random noise; random noise",
numericalindex = "Gain 1.1E+02 dB; Frequency 1.0E-02 Hz",
thesaurus = "Analogue-digital conversion; Random noise",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Blue:1993:VSA,
author = "Kenneth J. Blue and Robert T. Cutler and Dennis P.
O'Brien and Douglas R. Wagner and Benjamin R.
Zarlingo",
title = "Vector signal analyzers for difficult measurements on
time-varying and complex modulated signals",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "6",
pages = "6--16",
month = dec,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Called vector analyzers for their ability to
quadrature detect an input signal and measure its
magnitude and phase, these new analyzers offer
conventional spectrum analysis capabilities along with
a full set of measurements based on digital signal
processing. The three-processor architecture includes a
frequency selective front end and a digital IF section.
Making the complex and powerful measurements associated
with today's signals and systems is inevitably more
difficult. A primary goal for the vector signal
analyzer project teams was to create analyzers that can
handle the complex interactions between the frequency,
time, and modulation domains by themselves, freeing the
user to concentrate on the desired measurement results.
This approach avoids alienating the users of
traditional analyzers while providing the tools
required for the demanding measurement needs of today
and tomorrow.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B6140 (Signal processing and detection);
B7320P (Optical variables)",
classification = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7210X
(Other instrumentation and measurement systems); B7320P
(Optical variables)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "analysers; Complex modulated signals; complex
modulated signals; Digital IF; digital IF; frequency
selective; Frequency selective front end; front end;
optical variables measurement; signal processing;
spectral; Spectrum analysis; spectrum analysis; time-;
Time-varying signals; varying signals; Vector signal
analyzers; vector signal analyzers",
thesaurus = "Optical variables measurement; Signal processing;
Spectral analysers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:RP,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "The Resampling Process",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "6",
pages = "10--??",
month = dec,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:AD,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Applications for Demodulation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "6",
pages = "12--??",
month = dec,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{OBrien:1993:FAM,
author = "Dennis P. O'Brien",
title = "A firmware architecture for multiple high-performance
measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "6",
pages = "17--30",
month = dec,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 894xxA vector signal analyzers perform fast,
sophisticated measurements on complex waveforms. The
firmware architecture provides access to multiple
processors to meet the high-performance requirements
while allowing individual measurements to share common
features and protocol. Measurement design is a
complicated process during which many decisions trading
off performance for ease of development must be made.
Many of the complications faced by the designer are
compounded by the evolutionary nature of a
measurement's feature definition. With careful design,
a measurement architecture can be put in place that
provides a foundation upon which multiple measurements
can be implemented. Using a common measSequencer, the
kCode compiler allows designers to customize the
measurement loop quickly and easily with minimum
attention to common features and protocol. Likewise, by
using the object-oriented features of the C++ compiler,
designers can develop classes that support the
measurement loop by concentrating only on incremental
changes to a foundational feature set. Although
performance does suffer slightly, this approach yields
rich dividends in development time by allowing multiple
measurement designers to inherit a complete set of
foundational features.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); C7410H (Instrumentation); C5260 (Digital
signal processing)",
classification = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
C5260 (Digital signal processing); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "C++ compiler; complex; Complex waveforms; computerised
instrumentation; firmware; Firmware architecture;
firmware architecture; HP 894xxA vector signal
analyzers; KCode compiler; kCode compiler;
MeasSequencer; measSequencer; Measurement loop;
measurement loop; measurements; multiple
high-performance; Multiple high-performance
measurements; object-oriented; Object-oriented
features; object-oriented features; program compilers;
programming; signal processing equipment; spectral
analysers; waveforms",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Firmware;
Object-oriented programming; Program compilers; Signal
processing equipment; Spectral analysers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:RHD,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Run-Time-Configurable Hardware Drivers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "6",
pages = "20--??",
month = dec,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:RD,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Remote Debugging",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "6",
pages = "29--??",
month = dec,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Bartz:1993:BVS,
author = "Manfred Bartz and Keith A. Bayern and Joseph R.
Diederichs and David F. Kelley",
title = "Baseband vector signal analyzer hardware design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "6",
pages = "31--46",
month = dec,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The HP 89410A combines superior front-end linearity
and high-speed data conversion with powerful digital
signal processing to provide advanced measurement
capabilities. Extensive calibration, flexible
triggering, and arbitrary source types provide the
accuracy and versatility needed to make the
sophisticated measurements required for complex signal
analysis at RF information bandwidths.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B6140 (Signal processing and detection);
B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning equipment and
techniques); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); C7410H (Instrumentation); C5260 (Digital
signal processing)",
classification = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems); B7220 (Signal
processing and conditioning equipment and techniques);
C5260 (Digital signal processing); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "bandwidths; Baseband vector signal analyzer hardware
design; baseband vector signal analyzer hardware
design; Complex signal analysis; complex signal
analysis; computerised instrumentation; digital;
Digital signal processing; Front-end linearity;
front-end linearity; High-speed data conversion;
high-speed data conversion; HP 89410A; RF information;
RF information bandwidths; signal processing; signal
processing equipment; spectral analysers",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Signal processing
equipment; Spectral analysers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:ABD,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "{ADC} Bits, Distortion, and Dynamic Range",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "6",
pages = "38--??",
month = dec,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:WD,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "What Is Dithering?",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "6",
pages = "44--??",
month = dec,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Cutler:1993:RVS,
author = "Robert T. Cutler and William J. Ginder and Timothy L.
Hillstrom and Kevin L. Johnson and Roy L. Mason and J.
Pietsch",
title = "{RF} vector signal analyzer hardware design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "6",
pages = "47--59",
month = dec,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Based on the HP 89410A baseband vector signal
analyzer, the HP 89440A RF vector signal analyzer
extends the frequency range of both receiver and source
to 1.8 GHz with a 7-MHz information bandwidth. All of
the vector capabilities of the 10-MHz baseband
instrument (up to a 7-MHz information bandwidth) can be
translated to any frequency from O to 1.8 GHz.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning
equipment and techniques)B6140 (Signal processing and
detection); C7410H (Instrumentation); C5260 (Digital
signal processing)",
classification = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems); B7220 (Signal
processing and conditioning equipment and techniques);
C5260 (Digital signal processing); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "1.8 GHz; 10 MHz; 7 MHz; 7 mHz; analyzer; baseband
vector signal analyzer; computerised instrumentation;
HP 89410A; HP 89410A baseband vector signal analyzer;
HP 89440A RF vector signal; HP 89440A RF vector signal
analyzer; RF vector signal analyzer hardware design;
signal processing equipment; spectral analysers",
numericalindex = "Bandwidth 7.0E-03 Hz; Frequency 1.8E+09 Hz;
Frequency 1.0E+07 Hz",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Signal processing
equipment; Spectral analysers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:MPA,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Microwave Plate Assembly",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "6",
pages = "50--??",
month = dec,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:VTA,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "A Versatile Tracking and Arbitrary Source",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "6",
pages = "54--??",
month = dec,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:VMB,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Vector Measurements beyond 1.8 {GHz}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "6",
pages = "58--??",
month = dec,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Bailey:1993:OSA,
author = "David A. Bailey and James R. Stimple",
title = "Optical spectrum analyzers with high dynamic range and
excellent input sensitivity",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "6",
pages = "60--67",
month = dec,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The diffraction-grating-based HP 71450A and 71451A
optical spectrum analyzers provide the basic spectral
measurement of optical power versus wavelength and
advanced functions for measuring and characterizing
LEDs, DFB lasers, and Fabry--Perot lasers. The article
describes the user interface and the advanced
measurement programs provided with the HP 71450A and
71451A optical spectrum analyzers.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning
equipment and techniques)B6140 (Signal processing and
detection); B7320P (Optical variables); C7410H
(Instrumentation); C5260 (Digital signal processing)",
classification = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems); B7220 (Signal
processing and conditioning equipment and techniques);
B7320P (Optical variables); C5260 (Digital signal
processing); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "71450A; computerised instrumentation; DFB lasers;
diffraction-grating-based HP; Diffraction-grating-based
HP 71450A; Fabry--Perot lasers; interface; LEDs;
Measurement programs; measurement programs; Optical
spectrum analyzers; optical spectrum analyzers; optical
variables measurement; signal processing equipment;
spectral analysers; user; User interface",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Optical variables
measurement; Signal processing equipment; Spectral
analysers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:OSA,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Optical Spectrum Analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "6",
pages = "62--??",
month = dec,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Wildnauer:1993:DMW,
author = "Kenneth R. Wildnauer and Zoltan Azary",
title = "A double-pass monochromator for wavelength selection
in an optical spectrum analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "6",
pages = "68--74",
month = dec,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The wavelength-selection scheme used in the HP 71450A
and HP 71451A optical spectrum analyzers propagates the
light from the device under test twice through the
refraction and diffraction elements in the
monochromator. They use a specially developed
wavelength-selection scheme, the double-pass
monochromator. This article describes the operation and
performance of the double-pass monochromator and the
operation and characteristics of the components in the
data acquisition and processing system.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "A4280D (Monochromators); B7210X (Other instrumentation
and measurement systems); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B7220 (Signal processing and
conditioning equipment and techniques); C7410H
(Instrumentation); C5260 (Digital signal processing)",
classification = "A4280D (Monochromators); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B7210X (Other instrumentation and
measurement systems); B7220 (Signal processing and
conditioning equipment and techniques); C5260 (Digital
signal processing); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "computerised instrumentation; Data acquisition; data
acquisition; Double-pass monochromator; double-pass
monochromator; HP 71450A; HP 71451A; monochromators;
optical; Optical spectrum analyzer; processing
equipment; signal; spectral analysers; spectrum
analyzer; Wavelength selection; wavelength selection",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Monochromators; Signal
processing equipment; Spectral analysers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:DG,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Diffraction Grating",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "6",
pages = "70--??",
month = dec,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:PS,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Polarization Sensitivity",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "6",
pages = "71--??",
month = dec,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{West:1993:HDD,
author = "Joseph N. West and J. Douglas Knight",
title = "A high-resolution direct-drive diffraction grating
rotation system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "6",
pages = "75--79",
month = dec,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Creating a high-resolution, high-speed positioning
system that can provide over two million data points
per revolution of the diffraction grating required a
design that is much different from the gear-reduction
positioning systems typically used in optical spectrum
analyzers. Direct-drive technology has been applied
with great success in a number of industrial
applications ranging from phonograph turntables to
industrial robots and military gun turrets. Applying
these techniques to an optical spectrum analyzer
produces a system that provides fast, accurate, and
reliable rotation of the diffraction grating, and with
regard to motion control, brings the latest technology
to optical spectrum analysis.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "A4280D (Monochromators); B7210X (Other instrumentation
and measurement systems); B7320P (Optical variables);
C3380D (Physical instruments); C3120C (Spatial
variables)",
classification = "A4280D (Monochromators); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems); B7320P
(Optical variables); C3120C (Spatial variables); C3380D
(Physical instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "control; Data points; data points; diffraction;
gear-reduction; Gear-reduction positioning systems;
high-resolution direct-drive diffraction grating
rotation; High-resolution direct-drive diffraction
grating rotation system; monochromators; motion; Motion
control; Optical spectrum analyzers; optical spectrum
analyzers; optical variables measurement; position
control; Positioning system; positioning system;
positioning systems; spectral analysers; system",
thesaurus = "Diffraction; Monochromators; Optical variables
measurement; Position control; Spectral analysers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Knight:1993:TMO,
author = "J. Douglas Knight and Joseph N. West",
title = "A two-axis micropositioner for optical fiber
alignment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "6",
pages = "80--84",
month = dec,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "A positioning system with submicron resolution is used
to keep the output fiber accurately aligned with the
light coming out of the monochromator during movement
of the diffraction grating. The micropositioner was one
of a number of key components needed to be able to
build a double-pass scanning monochromator. As
described, it provides a means for translating the
output optical fiber in a plane perpendicular to the
output light beam to hack the output light beam during
rotation of the diffraction grating. It is able to move
quickly and accurately over the necessary range of
motion and has proven to be a valuable asset in
achieving performance goals.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "A4280D (Monochromators); B7210X (Other instrumentation
and measurement systems); C3380D (Physical
instruments); C3120C (Spatial variables)",
classification = "A4280D (Monochromators); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems); C3120C
(Spatial variables); C3380D (Physical instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "71450A; analysers; diffraction; Diffraction grating;
diffraction grating; HP; HP 71450A; HP 71451A;
Micropositioner; micropositioner; Monochromator;
monochromator; monochromators; Optical fiber alignment;
optical fiber alignment; Optical spectrum analyzers;
optical spectrum analyzers; position control; spectral;
Two-axis micropositioner; two-axis micropositioner",
thesaurus = "Diffraction; Monochromators; Position control;
Spectral analysers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hall:1993:SDF,
author = "Michael L. Hall",
title = "A standard data format for instrument data
interchange",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "6",
pages = "85--89",
month = dec,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "The Standard Data Format (SDF) is a record-based
binary data file format that is used to store data from
a variety of analyzers manufactured by the
Hewlett--Packard Lake Stevens Instrument Division.
These analyzers range from portable acoustic analyzers
and low-frequency FFT analyzers to RF vector signal
analyzers. The SDF file format is flexible enough to
contain multiple channels of data, multiple data
results in a single file, multiple scans of a data
result (waterfall), and deep capture of contiguous time
data. This standard format allows many HP analyzers to
exchange data with each other and with applications
software. Utilities provide data conversion, editing,
viewing, and plotting and a function library provides
access to SDF data from programs.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C7410H (Instrumentation); C6130E (Data interchange)",
classification = "C6130E (Data interchange); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "based binary data file format; computerised
instrumentation; Contiguous time data; contiguous time
data; electronic data interchange; Hewlett--Packard;
Instrument data interchange; instrument data
interchange; Low-frequency FFT analyzers; low-frequency
FFT analyzers; Portable acoustic analyzers; portable
acoustic analyzers; record-; Record-based binary data
file format; RF; RF vector signal analyzers; SDF;
Standard data format; standard data format; standards;
vector signal analyzers",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Electronic data
interchange; Standards",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Whipple:1993:NAC,
author = "David P. Whipple",
title = "North {American} cellular {CDMA}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "6",
pages = "90--97",
month = dec,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Code division multiple access (CDMA) is a class of
modulation that uses specialized codes to provide
multiple communication channels in a designated segment
of the electromagnetic spectrum. The article describes
the implementation of CDMA that has been standardized
by the Telecommunications Industry Association for the
North American cellular telephone system.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B6150E (Multiple access communication); B6250F (Mobile
radio systems); B6150M (Protocols)",
classification = "B6150E (Multiple access communication); B6150M
(Protocols); B6250F (Mobile radio systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "American; CDMA; cellular radio; cellular telephone;
Cellular telephone system; code division multiple
access; Multiple communication channels; multiple
communication channels; North; North American;
standardisation; system; Telecommunications Industry
Association",
thesaurus = "Cellular radio; Code division multiple access;
Standardisation",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:CT,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Cellular Technologies",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "6",
pages = "92--??",
month = dec,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Elo:1993:DMM,
author = "Mark A. Elo",
title = "{DECT} measurements with a microwave spectrum
analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "44",
number = "6",
pages = "98--106",
month = dec,
year = "1993",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "An HP 8590 E-Series spectrum analyzer with DECT
source, demodulator, and measurement personality can be
used to provide a cost-effective solution to
development, manufacturing, and pre-type-approval
testing for compliance with the Digital European
Cordless Telecommunications standard. The author
explains the DECT physical layer definition and
explores some of the extensions and enhancements
applied to the HP 8590 E-Series spectrum analyzer that
transforms it into a DECT test tool. After an
introduction to the physical layer standard and some
basic definitions, the software techniques and hardware
requirements of the spectrum analyzer configured for
DECT physical layer measurements are discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B6250F (Mobile radio systems); B6210D
(Telephony)",
classification = "B6210D (Telephony); B6250F (Mobile radio systems);
B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "analyzer; cordless telephone systems; DECT source;
DECT test; DECT test tool; Digital; Digital European
Cordless Telecommunications standard; European Cordless
Telecommunications standard; Hewlett Packard computers;
HP 8590 E-Series; Measurement personality; measurement
personality; Microwave spectrum analyzer; microwave
spectrum analyzer; Physical layer measurements;
physical layer measurements; spectral analysers;
spectrum; Spectrum analyzer; tool",
thesaurus = "Cordless telephone systems; Hewlett Packard computers;
Spectral analysers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Watson:1994:HCI,
author = "Douglas R. Watson and Hatem E. Mostafa",
title = "High-quality color inkjet office printers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "1",
pages = "6--8",
month = feb,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94feb/6to8.pdf",
abstract = "The HP DeskJet 1200C and 1200C/PS printers are a new
class of HP DeskJet printers for office applications.
They offer black and color printing, fast print speeds,
scalable typefaces, expandable memory, networking
options, PCL 5 and PostScript languages, and HP
LaserJet printer compatibility.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
keywords = "Color printing; color printing; Compatibility;
compatibility; description languages; Expandable
memory; expandable memory; Fast print speeds; fast
print speeds; Hewlett Packard computers; HP; HP DeskJet
1200C; HP DeskJet 1200C/PS; HP DeskJet printers; HP
LaserJet printer; ink jet printers; Inkjet office
printers; inkjet office printers; LaserJet printer;
Networking; networking; page; PCL 5; PostScript
language; Scalable typefaces; scalable typefaces",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Ink jet printers; Page
description languages",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bohorquez:1994:LIT,
author = "Jaime H. Bohorquez and Brian P. Canfield and Kenneth
J. Courian and Frank Drogo and Corrina A. E. Hall and
C. L. Holstun and A. R. Scandalis and M. E. Shepard",
title = "Laser-comparable inkjet text printing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "1",
pages = "9--17",
month = feb,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94feb/9to17.pdf",
abstract = "The HP DeskJet 1200C printer achieves laser quality by
means of pigmented black ink and precise, mode
dependent control of drop volume. Contributing to laser
printing speed are an intelligent print mode
forecaster, a large memory capacity, heated drying,
improved media handling, a larger printhead, and a high
firing rate made possible by careful attention to
refill dynamics.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
keywords = "Firing rate; firing rate; Hewlett Packard computers;
HP DeskJet 1200C; ink jet printers; Inkjet text
printing; inkjet text printing; Intelligent print mode
forecaster; intelligent print mode forecaster; laser
printing; Laser printing speed; Laser quality; laser
quality; Media handling; media handling; Mode dependent
control; mode dependent control; Pigmented black ink;
pigmented black ink; Printhead; printhead; Refill
dynamics; refill dynamics; speed",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Ink jet printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1994:IVD,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "An Inside View of the Drop Generation Process",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "1",
pages = "11--??",
month = feb,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1994:MOP,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Modifying Office Papers to Improve Inkjet Print
Quality",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "1",
pages = "16--??",
month = feb,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Hunt:1994:HQI,
author = "Catherine B. Hunt and Ronald A. Askeland and Leonard
Slevin and Keshava A. Prasad",
title = "High-Quality Inkjet Color Graphics Performance on
Plain Paper",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "1",
pages = "18--27",
month = feb,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94feb/18to27.pdf",
abstract = "The HP DeskJet 1200C printer is a 300-dpi, plain paper
printer that provides vivid, bright, true colors with
consistent print quality on all media (plain and
special papers, transparency and glossy films). The
color print cartridges (cyan, magenta, yellow) for the
DeskJet 1200C represent a significant advance in HP
thermal inkjet printing technology. The major
contributors to the improved performance, print quality
attributes, and throughput are the ink and the
architecture. Realizing the color graphics performance
of the HP DeskJet 1200C printer required simultaneous
optimization of many interacting parameters of the ink
and the architecture to deliver significant
improvements in print quality, color gamut, throughput,
and cost per copy.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
keywords = "Color print cartridges; color print cartridges;
Hewlett Packard computers; HP DeskJet 1200C; HP
thermal; HP thermal inkjet printing; Ink; ink; ink jet
printers; Inkjet color graphics; inkjet color graphics;
inkjet printing; Performance; performance; plain paper;
Plain paper printer; Print quality; print quality;
printer",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Ink jet printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Briley:1994:PMD,
author = "Daniel L. Briley",
title = "Polyester media development for inkjet printers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "1",
pages = "28--34",
month = feb,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94feb/28to34.pdf",
abstract = "Provides a discussion of the mechanisms and
ink/printer/media interactions that must be considered
in the design of special media for a printer system,
and of the methods available for optimizing them.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
keywords = "ink jet printers; Ink/printer/media interactions;
ink/printer/media interactions; Inkjet printers; inkjet
printers; Polyester media development; polyester media
development",
thesaurus = "Ink jet printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hall:1994:IPP,
author = "Corinna A. E. Hall and Aneesa R. Scandalis and Damon
W. Broder and Shelley I. Moore and Reza Movaghar and W.
W. Rhoads and W. H. Schwiebert",
title = "Inkjet printer print quality enhancement techniques",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "1",
pages = "35--40",
month = feb,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94feb/35to40.pdf",
abstract = "When the concept for the HP DeskJet 1200C printer was
formulated, the design direction chosen was a text
printer that also had excellent graphics performance.
The initial decisions were fairly easy to make. For
example, the printer was to be thermal inkjet with a
resolution of 300 dots per inch (dpi). It was to be
media independent (i.e., not just `special' media) and
it was to have four print cartridges (black, cyan,
magenta, and yellow) and most probably fast and
high-quality printing options. To accomplish these
objectives, the chosen printing system was a scanning
carriage to hold the four print cartridges and a heated
paper path to dry the ink quickly. Having chosen a
design path, each part of the writing system was
investigated to determine how its contributions to
print quality could be optimized. A dual approach was
taken. Each print mode was designed to give the
customer the best output in the least amount of time.
Five print modes, each optimized for quality and
throughput, HP resolution enhancement technology,
heaters to dry the ink and the paper, and accurate
print cartridge alignment and paper advance schemes
contribute to the high print quality of the HP DeskJet
1200C printer.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
keywords = "cartridge alignment; equipment evaluation; Graphics
performance; graphics performance; Heaters; heaters; HP
DeskJet 1200C; HP DeskJet 1200C printer; HP resolution
enhancement technology; ink jet printers; Inkjet
printer print quality enhancement; inkjet printer print
quality enhancement; Paper advance schemes; paper
advance schemes; print; Print cartridge alignment;
printer; Text printer; text printer; Thermal inkjet;
thermal inkjet",
thesaurus = "Equipment evaluation; Ink jet printers",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Aden:1994:THT,
author = "J. Stephen Aden and Jaime H. Bohorquez and Douglas M.
Collins and M. Douglas Crook and Andre Garcia and U. E.
Hess",
title = "The Third-Generation {HP} Thermal {InkJet} Printhead",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "1",
pages = "41--45",
month = feb,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94feb/41to45.pdf",
abstract = "For the third generation of HP thermal inkjet
printers, three parameters were selected for
significant improvement: print quality, print speed,
and cost per printed page. This article describes a
printhead designed for the new HP DeskJet 1200C printer
that permits a significant increase in the print swath
with a corresponding increase in print speed.
Increasing print swath means more nozzles on the
printhead from which to fire ink, hence a larger number
of heater resistors. The printhead used in the current
family of DeskJet printers (for example, the DeskJet
550C) has 50 nozzles and 50 corresponding heater
resistors. The new printhead described here has 104
nozzles with 104 corresponding heater resistors. The
monolithic integration of driver transistors with the
thermal inkjet heater resistors leads to vastly
improved performance with reduced cost per page for the
customer.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
keywords = "DeskJet 550C; driver; Driver transistors; Heater
resistors; heater resistors; HP DeskJet 1200C; HP
DeskJet 1200C printer; ink jet printers; Nozzles;
nozzles; Print quality; print quality; Print speed;
print speed; Print swath; print swath; printer;
printers; thermal inkjet; Thermal inkjet printers;
thermal printers; Third-generation HP thermal inkjet
printhead; third-generation HP thermal inkjet
printhead; transistors",
thesaurus = "Ink jet printers; Thermal printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Beamer:1994:DHD,
author = "C. Beamer and T. Carlin and G. Kaplinsky and S. Bauer
and D. Blair and H. Brower and E. Coiner and M. Hamlin
and D. Hunt and R. Little and T. Panah and B. Reid and
J. Scheffelin and J. Thoman and D. Timm and A. {Van
Liew}",
title = "Development of the {HP DeskJet 1200C} print cartridge
platform",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "1",
pages = "46--54",
month = feb,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94feb/46to54.pdf",
abstract = "Discusses the development of HP DeskJet 1200C print
cartridge platform which includes all of the parts of
the print cartridge except the printhead assembly and
the ink. It is designed to accept different printheads
and inks to support different printer applications. It
features a slim form factor, a spring-bag ink
reservoir, and an ink level indicator.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
keywords = "form factor; HP DeskJet 1200C print cartridge
platform; ink jet printers; ink level indicator; Ink
level indicator; printheads; Printheads; slim; Slim
form factor; spring-bag ink reservoir; Spring-bag ink
reservoir",
thesaurus = "Ink jet printers",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1994:PCL,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Print Cartridges for a Large-Format Color Inkjet
Drafting Plotter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "1",
pages = "50--??",
month = feb,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1994:EFP,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Environmentally Friendly Packaging",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "1",
pages = "53--??",
month = feb,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Bockman:1994:HDP,
author = "Kevin M. Bockman and Anton Tabar and Erol Erturk and
Robert R. Giles and William H. Schwiebert",
title = "{HP DeskJet 1200C} printer architecture",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "1",
pages = "55--66",
month = feb,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94feb/55to66.pdf",
abstract = "Discusses the product architecture of the HP DeskJet
1200C printer-mechanical, electrical, and firmware-
which played a key role in addressing the technical
challenges demanded by the office color printer
market.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
keywords = "Electrical; electrical; Firmware; firmware; HP DeskJet
1200C printer architecture; ink jet printers;
Mechanical; mechanical; office color; Office color
printer market; printer market; Technical challenges;
technical challenges",
thesaurus = "Ink jet printers",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1994:CSO,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "{CAD} System Organization",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "1",
pages = "56--??",
month = feb,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1994:PDE,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Product Design Effect on Environmental Responsibility
and Distribution Costs",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "1",
pages = "59--??",
month = feb,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1994:NPD,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "A New Product Development Model",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "1",
pages = "65--??",
month = feb,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Dangelo:1994:PCF,
author = "M. T. Dangelo and R. Movaghar and A. K. Wilson",
title = "Print cartridge fixturing and maintenance in the {HP}
{DeskJet 1200C} printer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "1",
pages = "67--71",
month = feb,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94feb/67to71.pdf",
abstract = "One of the main goals for the HP DeskJet 1200C printer
was a narrow footprint so that the printer could be
placed on a desk or existing desk stand. To achieve
this goal, the carriage assembly and print cartridges
are designed for minimum space between parts and for
minimum overall width. The overall width of the printer
is dependent on the width of the paper plus two times
the width of the carriage assembly. This is necessary
to allow all of the print cartridges to print to the
edge margin of the paper on each side. The compact
design makes it possible to register the four print
cartridges accurately with respect to each other and
with respect to the paper to ensure high print quality
and high definition. Design for manufacturing and
assembly was considered from the beginning of the
project. Areas of importance were low part count,
modular construction, no adjustments, and ease of
assembly. All parts either snap on, are nested inside
other parts, or are held on with a minimum number of
fasteners. The carriage assembly is modular in
construction which allows subassemblies to be built and
tested before being installed on the carriage.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
keywords = "Carriage assembly; carriage assembly; construction;
High print quality; high print quality; HP DeskJet
1200C; HP DeskJet 1200C printer; ink jet printers;
Maintenance; maintenance; modular; Modular
construction; Print cartridge fixturing; print
cartridge fixturing; printer; Subassemblies;
subassemblies",
thesaurus = "Ink jet printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
xxauthor = "Michael T. Dangelo and Shelley I. Moore and Stephen B.
Witte",
xxauthor2 = "M. D. Dangeio and R. Movaghar and A. K. Wilson",
}
@Article{Witte:1994:MPS,
author = "Stephen B. Witte and Shelley I. Moore and Damon W.
Broder and David C. Burney",
title = "Media Path for a Small, Low-Cost, Color Thermal Inkjet
Printer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "1",
pages = "72--78",
month = feb,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94feb/72to78.pdf",
abstract = "Describes the DeskJet 1200C media path which is heated
for media independence, requiring development of a new
grit drive roller and pinch wheel combination. A new
stepper motor is developed to attain the target speed
and accuracy. Media flatteners and precise gearing with
an antibacklash device contribute to accuracy.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
keywords = "antibacklash device; Antibacklash device; color
thermal inkjet printer; Color thermal inkjet printer;
DeskJet 1200C media path; drive roller; grit; Grit
drive roller; ink jet printers; pinch wheel
combination; Pinch wheel combination; precise gearing;
Precise gearing; stepper motor; Stepper motor; thermal
printers",
thesaurus = "Ink jet printers; Thermal printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
xxauthor = "D. W. Broder and D. C. Burney and S. I. Moore and S.
B. Witte",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1994:SMSa,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Stepper Motor Simulation Model",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "1",
pages = "75--??",
month = feb,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Colburn:1994:AAT,
author = "William S. Colburn and Randell A. Agadoni and Michael
M. Johnson and Edward {Wiesmeier, III} and Glen
Oldenburg",
title = "Automated Assembly and Testing of {HP DeskJet 1200C}
Print Cartridges",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "1",
pages = "79--84",
month = feb,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94feb/79to84.pdf",
abstract = "As volume requirements for print cartridges increase
beyond the capability of laboratory tooling, the need
for an automated assembly system becomes apparent. The
automated assembly system for the DeskJet 1200C print
cartridge is designed to meet a set of objectives that
includes autonomy through distributed control,
flexibility of assembly process order, and efficiency
through commonality of designs and components. Each
process station or small group of process stations has
the ability to operate in a stand-alone mode. In this
manner, many tools can be debugged and qualified
simultaneously without reliance on one large
controller. The design of the assembly system allows
processes to be added, subtracted, or relocated without
significant disruption of the line. The assembly system
is designed around a common set of tooling philosophies
and component selections. Designs such as those for
print cartridge fixturing mechanisms follow a common
concept from tool to tool. In this way, discoveries
made on one tool can be easily leveraged to other tools
and processes online. The assembly system is flexible
and modular. A performance monitor collects data for
quality control. A standardized print engine is used in
several applications.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
keywords = "assembling; Automated assembly; automated assembly;
cartridges; Distributed control; distributed control;
HP DeskJet 1200C print; HP DeskJet 1200C print
cartridges; ink jet printers; mechanisms; Performance
monitor; performance monitor; print cartridge
fixturing; Print cartridge fixturing mechanisms;
Quality control; quality control; Standardized print
engine; standardized print engine; Testing; testing",
thesaurus = "Assembling; Ink jet printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
xxauthor = "W. S. Coiburn and R. A. Agadoni and M. M. Johnson and
E. {Wiesmeier, III}",
}
@Article{Parkhurst:1994:CHD,
author = "Anthony D. Parkhurst and Padmanabhan and Steven D.
Mueller and Kirt A. Winter",
title = "Connectivity of the {HP DeskJet 1200C} printer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "1",
pages = "85--97",
month = feb,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94feb/85to97.pdf",
abstract = "`Connectivity' is the term used to refer collectively
to the software and firmware components of the HP
DeskJet 1200C printer that, along with the printer
itself, bring to the user a complete color printer
solution. These components are the language firmware, a
language interface to the mechanical firmware, software
printer drivers and other tools for the Microsoft
Windows and Macintosh environments, and software tools
for MS-DOS driver developers. We discuss the following
topics: the PCL 5C language firmware; raster
operations, a PCL 5C language feature that provides
advanced drawing functionality for the printer driver;
the language interface to the mechanical firmware; and
a screen calibration tool for color management.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)C6115 (Programming support); C5140 (Firmware)",
classification = "C5140 (Firmware); C5550 (Printers, plotters and
other hard-copy output devices); C6115 (Programming
support)",
keywords = "Color management; color management; Color printer
solution; color printer solution; Connectivity;
firmware; Firmware components; firmware components; HP
DeskJet 1200C printer; ink jet printers; interface;
language; Language firmware; language firmware;
Language interface; Macintosh environments; Mechanical
firmware; mechanical firmware; Microsoft Windows;
MS-DOS driver; PCL 5C language firmware; Raster
operations; raster operations; Screen calibration tool;
screen calibration tool; Software printer drivers;
software printer drivers; Software tools; software
tools",
thesaurus = "Firmware; Ink jet printers; Software tools",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1994:Aa,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Authors",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "1",
pages = "??--??",
month = feb,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94feb/authorj.pdf",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Rose:1994:DMP,
author = "Gary P. Rose and Jeffery T. Oesterle and Joseph E.
Kasper and Robert J. Hammond",
title = "Development of a Multimedia Product for {HP}
Workstations",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "2",
pages = "6--9",
month = apr,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94apr/6to9.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-4-94.html",
abstract = "Providing multimedia capability on HP's workstations
was an evolutionary process that was paced according to
customer needs and the availability of quality
multimedia hardware and software technology and
low-cost workstations.",
abstract-2 = "Multimedia technology was a burgeoning market when
HP's Workstation Group first looked at it in 1990. A
lot of promise and exaggerated claims surrounded
multimedia technology at the time. The question was how
HP workstations could create a competitive advantage
with the technology. The answer to this question
resulted in HP MPower, a collection of multimedia tools
and applications which are described. This paper
describes the development history of HP MPower and how
it turned HP workstations from simply computational
tools into media-rich information access and
communication channels for business and industrial
users.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays); C7250
(Information storage and retrieval); C5430
(Microcomputers)",
classification = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
displays); C7250 (Information storage and retrieval)",
keywords = "Communication channels; communication channels;
Hewlett Packard computers; HP MPower; HP workstations;
Multimedia product; multimedia product; multimedia
systems; workstations",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Multimedia systems;
Workstations",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Yoder:1994:HMC,
author = "William R. Yoder",
title = "{HP MPower}: {A} Collaborative Multimedia
Environment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "2",
pages = "10--19",
month = apr,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94apr/10to19.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-4-94.html",
abstract = "Multimedia capability on a workstation enables users
to interact with their applications and communicate
with others in a variety of formats (textual and
nontextual). HP MPower provides an environment in which
users have easy access to the multimedia facilities at
their workstations, and application developers can
easily add new multimedia tools.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6160S (Spatial and pictorial databases); C6150N
(Distributed systems)",
classification = "C6150N (Distributed systems); C6160S (Spatial and
pictorial databases)",
keywords = "Collaborative multimedia environment; collaborative
multimedia environment; groupware; Hewlett Packard
computers; HP MPower; multimedia systems; Multimedia
tools; multimedia tools; Workstation; workstation;
Workstations; workstations",
thesaurus = "Groupware; Hewlett Packard computers; Multimedia
systems",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1994:SXS,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Sidebar: {X} Stations in {HP MPower}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "2",
pages = "16--16",
month = apr,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Sep 17 12:53:01 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Magenis:1994:SHI,
author = "Sue Magenis",
title = "Sidebar: The {HP} Instant Ignition Program",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "2",
pages = "17--17",
month = apr,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Sep 17 12:53:01 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Peterson:1994:SDR,
author = "John V. Peterson",
title = "Sidebar: Diagnosing and Reporting Problems in the
Multimedia Environment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "2",
pages = "18--18",
month = apr,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Sep 17 12:53:01 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Fernandez:1994:GUI,
author = "Charles V. Fernandez",
title = "A Graphical User Interface for a Multimedia
Environment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "2",
pages = "20--22",
month = apr,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94apr/20to22.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-4-94.html",
abstract = "The HP Visual User Environment, or HP VUE, provides
not only a friendly user interface to the HP-UX
operating system but also a framework for the HP MPower
system. HP VUE is the first GUI to provide the
following features and capabilities for workstations
running the HP-UX operating system: PC-compatible
controls; 3D visual appearance; A graphical user
interface to the system's particular functionalities
while hiding the peculiarities of the system from the
end user; Multiple levels of integration for in-house
and ISV (independent software vendor) applications. As
the framework for HP MPower, HP VUE provides the
structure into which multimedia components can be
integrated. HP VUE provides a consistent set of
controls with which to operate a workstation. HP VUE
uses a simple set of graphical controls, consistent
with the Common User Access (CUA) model followed by
Microsoft, IBM Corp., and many other PC
manufacturers.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6180G (Graphical user interfaces); C6150J (Operating
systems)",
classification = "C6150J (Operating systems); C6180G (Graphical user
interfaces)",
keywords = "Common User Access; Graphical user interface;
graphical user interface; graphical user interfaces;
Hewlett Packard computers; HP MPower; HP MPower system;
HP Visual; HP Visual User Environment; HP VUE; HP-UX
operating system; Multimedia environment; multimedia
environment; multimedia systems; operating systems
(computers); system; User Environment",
thesaurus = "Graphical user interfaces; Hewlett Packard computers;
Multimedia systems; Operating systems [computers]",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Garfinkel:1994:HST,
author = "Daniel Garfinkel and Bruce C. Welti and Thomas W.
Yip",
title = "{HP SharedX}: {A} Tool for Real-Time Collaboration",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "2",
pages = "23--36",
month = apr,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94apr/23to36.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-4-94.html",
abstract = "With this real-time communication product, two or more
remote users can share and interact with the same
X-protocol-based applications from their workstation s.
Windows are shared in such way that it almost seems as
if all the participants in the shared session are
sitting at the same workstation, running the same
application.",
abstract-2 = "HP SharedX is a communication tool that extends the
industry-standard X Window System to enable real-time
sharing of X-protocol-based applications between two or
more remote users and displays. With HP SharedX users
can share information with one another via a
workstation without being in the same location. Windows
are shared in such way that it almost seems as if all
the participants in the shared session are sitting at
the same workstation, running the same application.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6180 (User interfaces); C6150N (Distributed systems);
C6155 (Computer communications software)",
classification = "C6150N (Distributed systems); C6155 (Computer
communications software); C6180 (User interfaces)",
keywords = "communication; Communication tool; groupware; HP
SharedX; Real-time collaboration; real-time
collaboration; Real-time sharing; real-time sharing;
real-time systems; Tool; tool; user interfaces; X
Window System",
thesaurus = "Groupware; Real-time systems; User interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1994:XWS,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Sidebar: {X} Window System Client\slash Server
Architecture",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "2",
pages = "25--25",
month = apr,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Sep 17 12:53:01 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1994:GG,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Graphics Glossary",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "2",
pages = "26--26",
month = apr,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Sep 17 12:53:01 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1994:WNC,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Whiteboard: {A} New Component of {HP SharedX}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "2",
pages = "28--29",
month = apr,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Sep 17 12:53:01 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Munro:1994:ISM,
author = "Andrew Munro and Ahmad H. Shekarabi",
title = "Imaging Services in a Multimedia Environment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "2",
pages = "37--43",
month = apr,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94apr/37to43.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-4-94.html",
abstract = "Image manipulation tools, compression and
decompression functions, picture quality adjustment
techniques, and support for industry standards are some
of the features included in the HP Image Library.",
abstract-2 = "On UNIX-system-based computers words are the
traditional means of communication whether the user is
creating a business report or presentation, writing a
functional specification, or sending electronic mail.
While the topic might benefit from some visual content,
the user usually finds it easier to just use
words.\par
Unfortunately, words may not be enough. The user could
be describing CAD graphics that remote colleagues need
to see. Perhaps, the user is an insurance adjuster who
is sending a report to the home office that describes
photographs of damaged property. Another user may be
describing the appearance of a computer screen that a
customer support engineer needs to see.\par
Without imaging capabilities on the computer, the user
may resort to noncomputer means, such as the postal
service, to send images. \par
The article describes the major parts of the HP imaging
solution, how it meets the characteristics required of
an imaging system, and its application to HP MPower.
Image manipulation tools, compression and decompression
functions, picture quality adjustment techniques, and
support for industry standards are some of the features
included in the HP Image Library.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6160S (Spatial and pictorial databases); C6130B
(Graphics techniques)",
classification = "C6130B (Graphics techniques); C6160S (Spatial and
pictorial databases)",
keywords = "adjustment; Compression; compression; databases;
Decompression; decompression; Hewlett Packard
computers; HP Image; HP Image Library; HP imaging
solution; HP MPower; Industry standards; industry
standards; Library; Multimedia environment; multimedia
environment; multimedia systems; picture quality;
Picture quality adjustment; visual",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Multimedia systems; Visual
databases",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1994:SHI,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Sidebar: {HP} Image Library Scaling Functions",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "2",
pages = "41--41",
month = apr,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Sep 17 12:53:01 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Mandler:1994:PSM,
author = "John Mandler",
title = "A Printing Solution for a Multimedia Environment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "2",
pages = "44--52",
month = apr,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94apr/44to52.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-4-94.html",
abstract = "For environments in which users are confronted with a
myriad of printers to choose from, HP SharedPrint
provides a simple graphical interface that enables
users to select a target printer and a set of options
without encountering the typical problems associated
with this process.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6180G (Graphical user interfaces); C5610P (Peripheral
interfaces); C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
hard-copy output devices)",
classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices); C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C6180G
(Graphical user interfaces)",
keywords = "graphical; Graphical interface; graphical user
interfaces; HP SharedPrint; interface; interfaces;
Multimedia environment; multimedia environment;
multimedia systems; peripheral; printers; Printing;
printing; Target printer; target printer",
thesaurus = "Graphical user interfaces; Multimedia systems;
Peripheral interfaces; Printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Sung:1994:FDH,
author = "Francis P. Sung and Mark A. Johnson",
title = "Faxing Documents in {HP MPower}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "2",
pages = "53--61",
month = apr,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94apr/53to61.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-4-94.html",
abstract = "The ability to transmit documents via standard
telephone lines is greatly enhanced with the HP MPower
fax utility which provides automatic dialing,
transmission, and delivery of fax documents from a
workstation.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C7104 (Office automation); C6130D (Document processing
techniques); C6155 (Computer communications software)",
classification = "C6130D (Document processing techniques); C6155
(Computer communications software); C7104 (Office
automation)",
keywords = "Automatic dialing; automatic dialing; document
handling; documents; facsimile; fax; Fax documents; Fax
utility; fax utility; HP MPower; multimedia systems;
Transmission; transmission; Workstation; workstation",
thesaurus = "Document handling; Facsimile; Multimedia systems",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Brandt:1994:ASH,
author = "Ellen N. Brandt and Thomas G. Fincher and Monish S.
Shah",
title = "Audio Support in {HP MPower}: Overview of {A-law} and
m-law Data Formats",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "2",
pages = "62--67",
month = apr,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94apr/62to67.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-4-94.html",
abstract = "Multimedia capability promises to enhance the
communication and presentation of information through
the use of real-world data types such as audio and
video. Compact-disk-quality audio is the first of such
data types to be offered as a standard feature on all
of HP's new workstations.",
abstract-2 = "HP MPower provides the hardware and software to allow
recording and playing of audio files over a network,
incorporating audio in email, adding audio annotations
to system files, and recording and playing to external
devices like tape recorders, CD players, and VCRs. With
these capabilities audio-enabled applications can add
voice annotation to documents ranging from spreadsheet
rows and columns to CAD drawings. Programmers might add
audio comments to their programs. Error messages could
take the form of spoken messages, or even distinctive
sounds that convey more information than a simple beep.
finally, background music could be added to
presentations. This article describes HP MPower's audio
functionality, application development tools, and audio
hardware and software architecture.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C7104 (Office automation); C5590 (Other peripheral
equipment)",
classification = "C5590 (Other peripheral equipment); C7104 (Office
automation)",
keywords = "Application development tools; application development
tools; Audio annotations; audio annotations; audio
equipment; Audio files; audio files; Email; email;
files; HP MPower; multimedia systems; system; System
files; telephony",
thesaurus = "Audio equipment; Multimedia systems; Telephony",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1994:SOA,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Sidebar: Overview of {A-law} and $ \mu $-law Data
Formats",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "2",
pages = "65--65",
month = apr,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Sep 17 12:53:01 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Richard:1994:VSM,
author = "Craig S. Richard",
title = "Video Support in a Multimedia Environment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "2",
pages = "68--70",
month = apr,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94apr/68to70.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-4-94.html",
abstract = "Combining video with the computing power of a
workstation adds an extra level of interpretation,
detail, and perception to information seen and
manipulated on a workstation desktop. The author looks
at video support in the HP MPower multimedia
environment.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6160S (Spatial and pictorial databases); C7104
(Office automation)",
classification = "C6160S (Spatial and pictorial databases); C7104
(Office automation)",
keywords = "HP MPower; Multimedia environment; multimedia
environment; multimedia systems; Video support; video
support; visual communication; Workstation;
workstation",
thesaurus = "Multimedia systems; Visual communication",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Williams:1994:MFM,
author = "Robert B. Williams and Harry K. Phinney and Kenneth L.
Steege",
title = "Mail Facilities in a Multimedia Environment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "2",
pages = "71--78",
month = apr,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94apr/71to78.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-4-94.html",
abstract = "Providing a multimedia email facility required that
the well-established proces ses of creating, sending,
receiving, printing, and replying to email messages be
maintained and applied to messages containing
multimedia objects.",
abstract-2 = "The advent of tools and capabilities that allow users
to manipulate and create multimedia objects on a
workstation mandated the need to make it possible to
send these objects through electronic mail, or email.
The user interface for creating, reading, and sending
text messages through email is well-established. For
multimedia email to be effective the same sort of
process now must be in place. For example, just as a
user can use the more command to view a standard text
email message, an equivalent facility must be available
to view a multimedia email message. What this implies
is that the user should not have to be concerned with
invoking the correct software to deal with a particular
media type because this should be handled by the mail
facility.\par
The HP MPower mail facility, which is represented by
the envelope icon on the HP MPower front panel,
provides support for sending, replying, viewing, and
printing of multimedia mail.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210G (Electronic mail); C7250 (Information storage
and retrieval); C7104 (Office automation); C6180 (User
interfaces)",
classification = "B6210G (Electronic mail); C6180 (User interfaces);
C7104 (Office automation); C7250 (Information storage
and retrieval)",
keywords = "Electronic mail; electronic mail; Email; email; HP
MPower mail facility; Multimedia environment;
multimedia environment; multimedia systems; User
interface; user interface; user interfaces;
Workstation; workstation",
thesaurus = "Electronic mail; Multimedia systems; User interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1994:SMH,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Sidebar: {MIME} Header Fields",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "2",
pages = "76--76",
month = apr,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Sep 17 12:53:01 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Wilson:1994:FIO,
author = "Michael R. Wilson and Lori A. Cook and Steven P.
Hiebert",
title = "A Fast and Intuitive Online Help System: {WYSIWYG}
Printing in an {X} Application",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "2",
pages = "79--89",
month = apr,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94apr/79to89.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-4-94.html",
abstract = "The HP Help System provides application developers
with the tools to create and integrate rich online help
information into their OSF\slash Motif-based
applications.",
abstract-2 = "With the growing complexity of today's UNIX-operating
systems applications, and the desire to improve
usability, media-rich information is becoming more
pervasive in today's computing environments. Users
expect some base level of online help to be provided
from within the applications they are using. They
expect online information to be intuitive and
graphical, with growing expectations of direct audio
and video support and interactive capabilities. This
paper describes the HP Help System which is a good
start towards providing multimedia online information
that is both fast and intuitive. It has become the
standard online help system within HP and is used
extensively by the HP VCTE and HP MPower products and
many other OSF/Motif-based products.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C7250 (Information storage and retrieval)",
classification = "C7250 (Information storage and retrieval)",
keywords = "HP Help System; HP MPower products; HP VCTE;
information retrieval systems; Multimedia online
information; multimedia online information; multimedia
systems; Online help system; online help system; Online
information; online information; OSF/Motif-based
products",
thesaurus = "Information retrieval systems; Multimedia systems",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Deininger:1994:SWP,
author = "Axel Deininger",
title = "Sidebar: {WYSIWYG} Printing in an {X} Application",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "2",
pages = "86--87",
month = apr,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Sep 17 12:53:01 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Smith:1994:DOA,
author = "Dex Smith",
title = "Developing Online Application Help",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "2",
pages = "90--95",
month = apr,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94apr/90to95.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-4-94.html",
abstract = "The primary goal for an application help system is to
provide the capability for the end user to get useful
help information and get back on task as quickly and
successfully as possible.",
abstract-2 = "Nearly 2000 online help topics are shipped with the HP
MPower product. Throughout the HP VUE 3.0 and HP MPower
projects, we've learned a lot about online help and its
role with application software. This paper describes
online help and covers many of the issues encountered
by application developers and authors. First, we
outline the purpose of online help and suggest a user
model. Second, two common information models are
described, including how each relates to the domain of
online help. Next, we discuss what is perhaps the most
challenging and controversial topic in online
information-navigation. Although this paper won't go
into the details of these debates, it does reference
some of the concerns and issues. Finally, we examine
the roles of developers in a typical project, and we
look at how these roles and online help systems may
change in the future. Although much of this material
was developed during the design of the HP Help System
and includes examples from that product, most concepts
and ideas can be applied to any help system.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems); C7250 (Information storage
and retrieval); C6180 (User interfaces)",
classification = "C6150J (Operating systems); C6180 (User interfaces);
C7250 (Information storage and retrieval)",
keywords = "(computers); HP Help System; HP MPower product; HP VUE
3.0; information; Information models; information
retrieval systems; models; Online help; online help;
operating systems; user interfaces",
thesaurus = "Information retrieval systems; Operating systems
[computers]; User interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1994:Ab,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Authors",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "2",
pages = "96--100",
month = apr,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 17:22:41 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94apr/96to100.pdf",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1994:Ac,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Authors",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "3",
pages = "??--??",
month = jun,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 10:19:25 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94jun/jun94_au.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-8-94.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Alexander:1994:CBS,
author = "Thomas B. Alexander and Kenneth G. Robertson and Dean
T. Lindsay and Donald L. Rogers and John R. Obermeyer
and John R. Keller and Keith Y. Oka and Marlin M.
{Jones, II}",
title = "Corporate Business Servers: An Alternative to
Mainframes for Business Computing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "3",
pages = "8--30",
month = jun,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94jun/jun94_8t.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-6-94.html",
abstract = "The overall design objective for the HP 9000 Model
T500 corporate business server was to set new standards
for commercial systems performance and affordability.
With expandable hardware, PA-RISC architecture,
symmetric multiprocessing, a new bus structure, and
robust error handling, these systems provide a wide
range of performance and configurability within a
single cabinet. Standard features include one to twelve
symmetric PA-RISC 7100 multiprocessors optimized for
commercial workloads, main memory configurations from
128M bytes to 2G bytes, and disk storage up to a
maximum of 1.9 terabytes.",
abstract-2 = "Package Design Using 3D Solid Modeling",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5440 (Multiprocessor systems and techniques); C5220P
(Parallel architecture)",
classification = "722.1; 722.4; 723.1; 723.2; C5220P (Parallel
architecture); C5440 (Multiprocessing systems)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "1.9 Tbyte; 128 Mbyte to 2 Gbyte; Administrative data
processing; architecture; Bus structure; bus structure;
Business computing; Commercial workloads; commercial
workloads; computer architecture; Computer hardware;
Computer operating systems; Configurability; Corporate
business server; corporate business server; Corporate
business servers; Digital computers; Error handling;
Expandable hardware; expandable hardware; Hewlett
Packard computers; HP 9000 Model T500; Magnetic disk
storage; Main memory configurations; main memory
configurations; multiprocessing; Multiprocessing
systems; multiprocessing systems; PA-RISC; PA-RISC
architecture; Performance; Processors; Random access
storage; Reduced instruction set computing; Robust
error handling; robust error handling; symmetric;
Symmetric multiprocessing; Utility programs",
numericalindex = "Memory size 2.1E+12 Byte; Memory size 1.34E+08 to
2.1E+09 Byte",
thesaurus = "Computer architecture; Hewlett Packard computers;
Multiprocessing systems",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1994:PDU,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Package Design Using {3D} Solid Modeling",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "3",
pages = "29--29",
month = jun,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-6-94.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Bresniker:1994:PRS,
author = "Kirk M. Bresniker",
title = "{PA-RISC} Symmetric Multiprocessing in Midrange
Servers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "3",
pages = "31--33",
month = jun,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94jun/jun94_31.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-6-94.html",
abstract = "The HP 9000 G-, H-, and I-class and HP 3000 Series 98x
servers were first introduced in the last quarter of
1990. Over the lifetime of these systems almost
continual advances in performance were offered through
increases in cache sizes and processor speed. However,
because of design constraints present in these low-cost
systems, the limits of uniprocessor performance were
being reached. At the same time, the HP PA 7100
processor chip was being developed. Its more advanced
pipeline and superscalar features promised higher
uniprocessor performance. Advances in process
technology and physical design also promised higher
processor frequencies. Part of the definition of the PA
7100 is a functional block that allows two PA 7100
processors to share a memory and I/O infrastructure
originally designed for a single processor. This
functional block provides all the necessary circuitry
for coherent processor communication. No other system
hardware resources are necessary. This feature of the
PA 7100 processor made it technically feasible to
create a very low cost two-way symmetric
multiprocessing processor board for the HP 9000 and HP
3000 midrange servers. However, significant design
trade-offs had to be made to create a product in the
time frame necessary. This article describes the design
of this new processor board, which is used in the HP
9000 Models G70, H70, and I70 servers. The HP 3000
Series 987/200 business computer is based on the same
processor board.",
abstract-2 = "By making a series of simplifying assumptions and
concentrating on basic functi onality, the performance
advantages of PA-RISC symmetric multi-processing using
the HP PA 7100 processor chip were made available to
the midra nge HP 9000 and HP 3000 multiuser system
customers.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5130 (Microprocessor chips); C5440 (Multiprocessor
systems and techniques)",
classification = "722.1; 722.4; 901.4; 911.1; C5130 (Microprocessor
chips); C5440 (Multiprocessing systems)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "7100 processor chip; Cache; Computer hardware; Costs;
Data storage equipment; Design; Digital computers;
Hewlett Packard computers; HP 3000; HP 9000; HP PA; HP
PA 7100 processor chip; microprocessor chips; midrange
servers; Midrange servers; multiprocessing;
Multiprocessing processor board; multiprocessing
systems; Multiprocessing systems; PA-RISC; Performance;
Performance measurement; pipeline; Pipeline; processor
board; Processor board; Reduced instruction set
computing; Service life; superscalar; Superscalar;
symmetric multiprocessing; Symmetric multiprocessing;
Technology",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Microprocessor chips;
Multiprocessing systems",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Courant:1994:SMC,
author = "Joseph J. Courant",
title = "{SoftBench} Message Connector: Customizing Software
Development Tool Interactions",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "3",
pages = "34--39",
month = jun,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94jun/jun94_34.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-6-94.html",
abstract = "Software developers using the SoftBench Framework can
customize their tool interaction environments to meet
their individual needs, in seconds, by pointing and
clicking. Tool interaction branching and chaining are
supported. No user training is required.",
abstract-2 = "SoftBench Message Connector is the user tool
interaction facility of the SoftBench Framework, HP's
open integration software framework. Message Connector
allows users to connect any tool that supports
SoftBench Framework messaging to any other tools that
support SoftBench Framework messaging without having to
understand the underlying messaging scheme. Users of
the framework can easily customize their tool
interaction environments to meet their individual
needs, in literally seconds, by simply pointing and
clicking. People familiar with the term SoftBench may
know it under one or both of its two identities. The
term SoftBench usually refers to a software
construction toolset. The term SoftBench Framework
refers to an open integration software framework often
used to develop custom environments. People familiar
with SoftBench the toolset should know that underlying
the toolset is the SoftBench Framework.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support); C6180 (User interfaces);
C6150N (Distributed systems)",
classification = "723.1; 723.2; 723.5; C6115 (Programming support);
C6150N (Distributed systems software); C6180 (User
interfaces)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Clicking; Computer software; Error correction; File
editors; File organization; framework; HP; integration
software; Integration software framework; integration
software framework; interactions; Interfaces
(computer); Message interface; message passing; open;
Open integration software framework; Pointing;
SoftBench; SoftBench Framework; SoftBench message
connector; Softbench message connector; SoftBench
message connector; software development; Software
development tool; software development tool; Software
development tool interactions; Software engineering;
Software tools; software tools; tool; Tool interaction
environment; Tool interaction environments; tool
interaction environments; user interfaces; User tool
interaction; user tool interaction",
thesaurus = "Message passing; Software tools; User interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Head:1994:SSU,
author = "Grant E. Head",
title = "Six-Sigma Software Using Cleanroom Software
Engineering Techniques",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "3",
pages = "40--50",
month = jun,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94jun/jun94_40.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-6-94.html",
abstract = "Virtually defect-free software can be generated at
high productivity levels by applying to software
development the same process discipline used in
integrated circuit manufacturing.",
abstract-2 = "Legal Primitive Evaluation",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C0310F
(Software development management)",
classification = "723.1; 723.5; 902.2; 913.3; C0310F (Software
development management); C6110B (Software engineering
techniques)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Capability index; Cleanroom software engineering;
cleanroom software engineering; Computer software;
development; DP management; Productivity; Productivity
levels; productivity levels; Quality assurance;
Reliability; reliability; Six sigma software; Six-sigma
software; six-sigma software; software; Software
development; Software engineering; software
engineering; Software engineering techniques; software
metrics; software quality; Standards; techniques",
thesaurus = "DP management; Software metrics; Software quality;
Software reliability",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1994:SLP,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Sidebar: Legal Primitive Evaluation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "3",
pages = "47--47",
month = jun,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Sep 17 12:53:01 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Krucky:1994:FFS,
author = "Jan Krucky",
title = "Fuzzy Family Setup Assignment and Machine Balancing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "3",
pages = "51--64",
month = jun,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94jun/jun94_51.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-6-94.html",
abstract = "In recent years fuzzy logic has been used in many
applications ranging from simple household appliances
to sophisticated applications such as subway systems.
This article describes an experiment in which fuzzy
logic concepts are applied in a printed circuit
assembly manufacturing environment. Some background
material on fuzzy logic is also provided to help
understand the concepts applied here.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2210D (Printed circuit manufacture); B0170E
(Production facilities and engineering); C7480
(Production engineering); C4210 (Formal logic); C3355
(Manufacturing processes)",
classification = "713.5; 715.1; 913.4; 921.4; 921.5; B0170E
(Production facilities and engineering); B2210D
(Printed circuit manufacture); C3355 (Control
applications in manufacturing processes); C4210 (Formal
logic); C7480 (Production engineering computing)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "balancing; Fuzzy family setup assignment; Fuzzy logic;
fuzzy logic; Fuzzy sets; Greedy board heuristic;
Heuristic methods; machine; Machine balancing;
manufacture; manufacturing computer control;
Manufacturing environment; manufacturing environment;
Optimization; Performance; Placement time; printed
circuit; Printed circuit assembly; printed circuit
assembly; Printed circuit assembly manufacturing;
printed circuit assembly manufacturing; Printed circuit
boards; Printed circuit manufacture; production
control; Productivity; Quality assurance; Setup
assignment; setup assignment; Setup time; Split bank;
Surface mount technology",
thesaurus = "Fuzzy logic; Manufacturing computer control; Printed
circuit manufacture; Production control",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Krucky:1994:SGB,
author = "Jan Krucky",
title = "Sidebar: The Greedy Board Family Assignment
Heuristic",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "3",
pages = "54--54",
month = jun,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Sep 17 12:53:01 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Byrne:1994:ASG,
author = "Diana K. Byrne and Charles M. Patton and David Arnett
and Ted W. Beers and Paul J. McClellan",
title = "An Advanced Scientific Graphing Calculator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "4",
pages = "6--22",
month = aug,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94aug/aug94_6t.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-8-94.html",
abstract = "A state-of-the-art graphing calculator combines an
easy-to-learn graphical user interface with advanced
mathematics and engineering functionality. The HP
48G\slash GX includes improvements to address the needs
of both novice and advanced users of scientific and
graphing calculators. For new users, it has a
dialog-box-style, fill-in-the-blanks user interface.
The calculator offers differential equation solvers,
polynomial root finder, Fourier transforms and other
features for the user needing advanced problem solving.
The HP 48G\slash GX also has features for more memory
and extendability.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
displays); C7300 (Natural sciences); C6180G (Graphical
user interfaces)",
classification = "721.1; 722.1; 722.2; 723.1; 723.2; 942.1; C5430
(Microcomputers); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
displays); C6180G (Graphical user interfaces); C7300
(Natural sciences)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Advanced mathematics; advanced mathematics;
calculators; computer evaluation; computer graphic
equipment; Computer hardware; Computer operating
systems; computers; Data storage equipment;
Differential equations; Digital arithmetic; electronic;
Engineering functionality; engineering functionality;
Engineering functions; Expanded memory capability;
expanded memory capability; graphical user; Graphical
user interface; graphical user interfaces; Hewlett
Packard; Hewlett--Packard; HP 48G/GX scientific
graphing calculator; Interactive computer graphics;
interface; Mathematical functions; Mathematical
operators; Memory capability; Natural sciences
computing; natural sciences computing; Plot types; plot
types; Pocket calculators; Random access storage; ROM;
Scientific graphing calculator; Systems analysis; User
interfaces",
thesaurus = "Computer evaluation; Computer graphic equipment;
Electronic calculators; Graphical user interfaces;
Hewlett Packard computers; Natural sciences computing",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Byrne:1994:SUV,
author = "Diana K. Byrne and Charles M. Patton and David Arnett
and Ted W. Beers and Paul J. McClellan",
title = "Sidebar: User Versions of Interface Tools",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "4",
pages = "20--20",
month = aug,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94aug/aug94_20.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-8-94.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Mahn:1994:HPN,
author = "Johannes Mahn and Jurgen Haberle and Siegfried Kopp
and Tim Schwegler",
title = "{HP-PAC}: {A} New Chassis and Housing Concept for
Electronic Equipment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "4",
pages = "23--28",
month = aug,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94aug/aug94_23.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-8-94.html",
abstract = "HP-PAC replaces the familiar metal chassis structure
with expanded polypropylene (EPP) foam. Large
reductions are realized in mechanical parts, screw
joints, assembly time, disassembly time, transport
packaging, and housing development costs.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B0170J (Product packaging); B0170E (Production
facilities and engineering)",
classification = "694.2; 715.2; 815.1.1; 913.4; B0170E (Production
facilities and engineering); B0170J (Product
packaging)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Assembly; Assembly time; assembly time; Chassis;
chassis; Disassembly time; disassembly time; Electronic
equipment; electronic equipment; Electronic equipment
manufacture; electronic equipment manufacture;
Electronics packaging; EPP; expanded; Expanded
polypropylene; Expanded polypropylene foam; Foams;
Housing; housing; Housing development; housing
development; HP-PAC; Mechanical parts; mechanical
parts; Network components; packaging; Packaging
materials; polypropylene foam; Polypropylenes; Raw
materials; Screw joints; screw joints; Transport
packaging; transport packaging",
thesaurus = "Electronic equipment manufacture; Packaging",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Miller:1994:HDT,
author = "Christopher M. Miller",
title = "High-Speed Digital Transmitter Characterization Using
Eye Diagram Analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "4",
pages = "29--37",
month = aug,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94aug/aug94_29.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-8-94.html",
abstract = "High-speed telecommunication standards require that
eye diagram measurements be made on digital
transmitters. The HP 71501A eye diagram analyzer is
designed to meet these measurement needs by performing
industry-standard mask and extinction ratio
measurements. It can construct both conventional eye
diagrams and unique eyeline diagrams, to perform
extinction ratio and mask tests on digital
transmitters. It also makes a number of diagnostic
measurements to determine if such factors as waveform
distortion, intersymbol interference, or noise are
limiting the bit error ratio of a transmission
system.",
abstract-2 = "The eye diagram analyzer constructs both conventional
eye diagrams and special eyeline diagrams to perform
extinction ratio and mask tests on digital
transmitters. It also makes a number of diagnostic
measurements to determine if such factors as waveform
distortion, intersymbol interference, or noise are
limiting the bit error ratio of a transmission
system.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B6420B (Radio and television transmitters); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
classification = "701.1; 715.2; 722.3; 722.5; 723.2; 942.2; B6420B
(Radio and television transmitters); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Bit error ratio; bit error ratio; Diagnostic
measurements; diagrams; Digital devices; digital
instrumentation; Digital transmitter characterization;
digital transmitter characterization; Electric
distortion; Electric network analyzers; Electric
variables measurement; Electric waveforms; Extinction
ratio; Extinction ratio measurements; extinction ratio
measurements; Eye diagram analysis; eye diagram
analysis; Eye diagram analyzer; eye diagram analyzer;
Eyeline diagrams; eyeline diagrams; High speed digital
transmitter; HP 71501A; Intersymbol interference;
intersymbol interference; Mask tests; Measurement
errors; Pattern recognition; Signal to noise ratio;
Telecommunication systems; Time domain analysis;
Transmitters; transmitters; Waveform analysis; Waveform
distortion; waveform distortion",
thesaurus = "Diagrams; Digital instrumentation; Transmitters",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Nathan:1994:TMS,
author = "Connie Nathan and Barbara A. Hackbarth",
title = "Thermal Management in Supercritical Fluid
Chromatography",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "4",
pages = "38--42",
month = aug,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94aug/aug94_38.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-8-94.html",
abstract = "In supercritical fluid chromatography, very high
degrees of accuracy are required for temperature
control. On the fluid supply end of the system, cooling
is critical. On the separation end, heating is
important. This paper discusses temperature control in
the HP G1205A supercritical fluid chromatograph.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "A0720 (Thermal instruments and techniques); A8280B
(Chromatography); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); C7410H (Instrumentation); C3120N
(Thermal variables)",
classification = "618.2; 641.2; 731.3; 801.4; 802.3; 804.2; A0720
(Thermal instruments and techniques); A8280B
(Chromatography); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); C3120N (Thermal variables);
C7410H (Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Algorithms; Carbon dioxide; Chromatography;
chromatography; computerised instrumentation; control;
Control systems; Cooling; cooling; Flow control;
Fluids; Heating; heating; HP G1205A; HP G1205A
supercritical fluid chromatograph; Pumps; Separation;
supercritical fluid chromatograph; Supercritical fluid
chromatography; supercritical fluid chromatography;
Supercritical fluid extraction; temperature;
Temperature control; temperature control; Thermal
management; thermal management",
thesaurus = "Chromatography; Computerised instrumentation;
Temperature control",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1994:WIS,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "What is {SFC}?",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "4",
pages = "39--39",
month = aug,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94aug/aug94_39.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-8-94.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Mooney:1994:LAT,
author = "Matthew G. Mooney and Martha Grewe Wilson",
title = "Linear Array Transducers with Improved Image Quality
for Vascular Ultrasonic Imaging",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "4",
pages = "43--51",
month = aug,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94aug/aug94_43.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-8-94.html",
abstract = "Medical ultrasonic imaging is a real-time technique
that uses high-frequency sound waves to image many
different parts of the body including the heart,
vessels, liver, kidney, developing fetuses, and other
soft tissue. The focus of this article is on
noninvasive imaging of the blood vessels, which is more
commonly referred to as vascular imaging. We begin with
a general overview of ultrasonic imaging and then focus
on the basic design aspects of a transducer used for
imaging. Next, we examine the vascular market and the
customer requirements, and then describe the design
process used to develop two new vascular transducers.
Finally, we present the clinical results. This project
not only achieved its goal of improving the near-field
image quality, of an existing transducer design, but
also added two-frequency operation.",
abstract-2 = "This project not only achieved its goal of improving
the near-field image quality of an existing transducer
design, but also added two-frequency operation.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7510 (Biomedical measurement and imaging); B7820
(Sonic and ultrasonic applications)",
classification = "461.2; 461.6; 708.1; 752.1; 753.1; 753.3; B7510
(Biomedical measurement and imaging); B7820 (Sonic and
ultrasonic applications)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Acoustic impedance; Acoustic wave transmission;
Attenuation; biomedical ultrasonics; Blood; blood;
Blood vessels; Image quality; image quality; Interfaces
(materials); Linear array transducers; linear array
transducers; Medical imaging; Noninvasive imaging;
noninvasive imaging; Piezoelectric materials;
Piezoelectric transducers; Product design; Transducer;
transducer; Transducer design; Two frequency operation;
Ultrasonic imaging; ultrasonic imaging; Ultrasonic
waves; Vascular ultrasonic imaging; vascular ultrasonic
imaging; vessels; Vibrations (mechanical)",
thesaurus = "Biomedical ultrasonics; Blood",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kilcrease:1994:SAD,
author = "Catherine L. Kilcrease",
title = "Structured analysis and design in the redesign of a
terminal and serial printer driver",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "4",
pages = "52--61",
month = aug,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94aug/aug94_52.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-8-94.html",
abstract = "The paper describes the use of structured analysis
with real-time extensions and structured design in the
redesign of the terminal and serial printer driver for
the MPE/iX operating system on the HP 3000 computer
system. The redesign project objectives were to:
maintain the current block mode performance (the main
mode of data transfer for terminal I/O is to transfer
characters in blocks of data); improve HP 3000
transaction processing performance on industry-standard
benchmarks by 5\% to 10\% through a 20\% to 40\%
reduction in the terminal driver path lengths; maintain
the current level of functionality; produce a
high-quality, supportable, and maintainable product.
The project team felt they could not achieve these
goals with the then current development techniques.
Object-oriented methods were ruled out because of the
performance requirements. They elected to use
structured analysis with real-time extensions and
structured design.",
abstract-2 = "The project team felt that the objectives could not be
met with a traditional design approach. Structured
analysis with real-time extensions and structured
design provided an effective alternative.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems); C6110 (Systems analysis
and programming); C0310F (Software development
management)",
classification = "601; 722.2; 722.3; 722.4; 723.1; 723.2; C0310F
(Software development management); C6110 (Systems
analysis and programming); C6150J (Operating systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Block mode performance; block mode performance;
Computer architecture; Computer operating systems;
Computer terminals; Data communication systems; Data
storage equipment; Data transfer; data transfer;
Hewlett Packard computers; HP 3000 computer system; HP
3000 transaction processing performance; i/o;
industry-; Industry-standard benchmarks; input-output
programs; interactive terminals; Interfaces (computer);
Local area networks; Machine design; Maintainable
product; maintainable product; MPE/iX; MPE/iX operating
system; Network protocols; objectives; operating
system; printers; Printers (computer); project; Project
objectives; Real time systems; Real-time extensions;
real-time extensions; real-time systems; Redesign;
redesign; Serial printer driver; serial printer driver;
standard benchmarks; Storage managers; Structured
analysis; structured analysis; Structured design;
structured design; structured programming; systems
analysis; Telecommunication control; terminal; Terminal
driver path lengths; terminal driver path lengths;
Terminal I/O; Terminal redesign",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Input-output programs;
Interactive terminals; Printers; Real-time systems;
Structured programming; Systems analysis",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Landis:1994:DDT,
author = "Adele S. Landis",
title = "Data-Driven Test Systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "4",
pages = "62--66",
month = aug,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94aug/aug94_62.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-8-94.html",
abstract = "In a data-driven test system, all product-specific
information is stored in files. Within a product
classification, the test software contains no
product-specific information and does not have to be
changed to test a new product. This concept lowers new
product introduction costs. Analysis has repeatedly
shown that designing the test software by product
classification rather than by individual products can
result in large cost and time savings during the
development process. A product classification can be
defined as a group of products that have similar block
diagrams and require the same type of testing. Some of
the different product classifications that are
manufactured at SRSD (HP Santa Rosa Systems Division)
are network analyzers, spectrum analyzers, scalar
analyzers, oscillators, amplifiers, and mixers.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
C7410H (Instrumentation); C0310F (Software development
management)",
classification = "715.2; 722.1; 723.5; 911.1; 913.3; 913.4; B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); C0310F
(Software development management); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "amplifiers; Amplifiers; analysis; analyzers; automatic
testing; block diagrams; Block diagrams; Computer aided
analysis; Computer aided software engineering; Computer
simulation; Computer software; costs; Costs; Data
driven software; Data driven test systems; Data storage
equipment; data-driven test systems; Data-driven test
systems; electrical engineering computing; electrical
testing; Electrical testing; Electron device
manufacture; Electron device testing; mixers; Mixers;
network; Network analyzers; oscillators; Oscillators;
product classification; Product classification; Product
design; product introduction; Product introduction
costs; Product testing; product-specific information;
Product-specific information; Quality assurance; scalar
analyzers; Scalar analyzers; spectrum analyzers;
Spectrum analyzers; SRSD; systems; test software; Test
software; time savings; Time savings",
thesaurus = "Automatic testing; Electrical engineering computing;
Systems analysis",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1994:Ad,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Authors",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "4",
pages = "66--68",
month = aug,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 10:19:25 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94aug/aug94_66.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-8-94.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Campbell:1994:CDD,
author = "Von C. Campbell",
title = "Customer-Driven Development of a New High-Performance
Data Acquisition System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "5",
pages = "6--8",
month = oct,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94oct/oct94_6t.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-94.html",
abstract = "The HP HD2000 data acquisition system provides C-size
VXIbus modules that are tailored to provide fast and
accurate acquisition of temperature, pressure, strain,
volts, and resistance data for turbine and piston
engine testing applications. The HP HD2000 system began
with understanding the users' needs from the
perspective of their whole system. This understanding
led us to choose the VXIbus architecture, which
provides the high throughput, tight coupling, and mixed
measurement capabilities our customers need.
Understanding customer needs focused our development
efforts on products like the HP E1413 and HP E1414 and
guided our software implementation to maximize
performance without increasing development time.
Finally, a clear idea of customer needs enabled us to
avoid making enhancements to the products that were
considered irrelevant to our customers. These
enhancements frequently add cost and time to
development and complexity and confusion to the end
user. We let the customer tell us what was needed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210G (Data acquisition systems); C7410H
(Instrumentation); C6130 (Data handling techniques);
C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C5520 (Data acquisition
equipment and techniques); C6180 (User interfaces)",
classification = "617; 715.1; 723.2; 943.2; 944.4; 944.6; B7210G (Data
acquisition systems); C5520 (Data acquisition equipment
and techniques); C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C6130
(Data handling techniques); C6180 (User interfaces);
C7410H (Computerised instrumentation)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "acquisition system; Analog to digital conversion; C
(programming language); C-; C-size VXIbus modules;
capabilities; Computer software; computerised
instrumentation; Customer-driven development;
customer-driven development; Customers needs; Data
acquisition; data acquisition; Data acquisition system;
Data recording; Development efforts; development
efforts; Digital signal processing; Engine pistons;
Equipment testing; Hewlett; high-performance data;
High-performance data acquisition system; HP E1413; HP
E1414; HP HD2000 data acquisition system; human
factors; mixed measurement; Mixed measurement
capabilities; Packard computers; peripheral interfaces;
Piston engine testing; piston engine testing; Pressure
measurement; Recording instruments; size VXIbus
modules; Software implementation; software
implementation; Strain measurement; Temperature
measurement; testing; turbine engine; Turbine engine
testing; Turbines; user interfaces; User needs; user
needs; VXIbus architecture; VXIbus technology",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Data acquisition;
Hewlett Packard computers; Human factors; Peripheral
interfaces; User interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
xxauthor = "C. Von Campbell",
}
@Article{daCunha:1994:CFS,
author = "John M. {da Cunha}",
title = "A Compact and Flexible Signal Conditioning System for
Data Acquisition",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "5",
pages = "9--15",
month = oct,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94oct/oct94_9t.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-94.html",
abstract = "Because turbine test setups can have up to 1000 test
points, special demands are placed on a data
acquisition system that must fit a large number of
measurement channels into a C-size VXIbus module. The
HP Model HD2000 data acquisition system is targeted for
customers in the turbine test market. This market
requires a variety of signal conditioning capabilities
to make accurate measurements during turbine tests.
Special needs include low cost per measurement point,
high density, flexibility, and high performance. To
take advantage of the HP HD2000 system's high
common-mode rejection analog-to-digital converter
(ADC), analog signal conditioning has to be fully
differential. The variety of functions needed and
constraints on cost, density, and the need for high
performance presented quite a design challenge.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning equipment
and techniques); B7210G (Data acquisition systems);
B7640 (Aerospace propulsion); B7620 (Aerospace test
facilities and simulation); C5520 (Data acquisition
equipment and techniques); C5180 (A/D and D/A
convertors); C5260 (Digital signal processing); C5610P
(Peripheral interfaces)",
classification = "617; 703.2; 714.2; 722.4; 723.2; 943.1; B7210G (Data
acquisition systems); B7220 (Signal processing and
conditioning equipment and techniques); B7620
(Aerospace test facilities and simulation); B7640
(Aerospace propulsion); C5180 (A/D and D/A convertors);
C5260 (Digital signal processing); C5520 (Data
acquisition equipment and techniques); C5610P
(Peripheral interfaces)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Accurate measurements; accurate measurements;
acquisition; aerospace engines; aerospace testing;
Analog signal conditioning; analog signal conditioning;
Analog to digital conversion; analogue-digital; C-size
VXIbus module; Compact flexible signal conditioning
system; compact flexible signal conditioning system;
Computer systems; conversion; data; Data acquisition;
data acquisition; digital converter; Digital signal
processing; Electrostatic discharge; Equipment testing;
Flexibility; flexibility; high common-mode rejection
analog-to-; High common-mode rejection
analog-to-digital converter; High density; high
density; High performance; high performance; HP; HP
Model HD2000 data acquisition system; Interfaces
(computer); Low cost per measurement point; low cost
per measurement point; Low pass filters; Model HD2000
data acquisition system; Open transducer detection;
Overvoltage protection; peripheral interfaces;
Programmability; RC filters; Signal conditioning plug
ons; Spectrum analyzers; Strain gages; Transducers;
Turbine test setups; turbine test setups; Turbines;
turbines; Zener diodes",
thesaurus = "Aerospace engines; Aerospace testing; Analogue-digital
conversion; Data acquisition; Peripheral interfaces;
Turbines",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Riedel:1994:HAA,
author = "Ronald J. Riedel",
title = "High-throughput amplifier and analog-to-digital
converter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "5",
pages = "16--20",
month = oct,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94oct/oct94_16.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-94.html",
abstract = "High system throughput in converting analog signals to
digital format in the HP E1413 is achieved by not
relying on downstream digital processing hardware and
software to compensate for analog anomalies and
instabilities.\par
The amplifier and analog-to-digital converter (ADC)
section of the HP E1413 provide the interface between
the multiplexed analog signals from the signal
conditioning pods and the digital world. Some of the
functionality provided by this section
includes:\par
\begin{itemize} \item Accepting input signals ranging
from a few microvolts to +16 volts; \item Correcting
for gain and offset errors on a channel-by-channel
basis; \item Acquiring each multiplexed signal in turn
and settling to full accuracy with no memory of the
previous channel, even if the previous channel was
severely overloaded; \item Converting the analog input
to a 16-bit digital number with commensurate linearity
and accuracy; \item Providing a voltage reference,
current source, and calibration voltage source for use
by the ADC and the rest of the card. \end{itemize}
A key contribution to the overall system throughput and
customer ease of use of the HP E1413 is that the above
functions are provided smoothly and accurately without
the need for further error correction by the downstream
digital hardware and software. We resisted the
temptation to rely on digital processing to compensate
for analog anomalies and instabilities, even though
this approach would have saved money and time on the
analog design.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning equipment
and techniques); B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); B1220
(Amplifiers); C5180 (A/D and D/A convertors); C5260
(Digital signal processing)",
classification = "713.1; 714.2; 715.1; 716.1; 722.1; 723.2; B1220
(Amplifiers); B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); B7220
(Signal processing and conditioning equipment and
techniques); C5180 (A/D and D/A convertors); C5260
(Digital signal processing)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Amplifier overload clamping; amplifiers; Amplifiers
(electronic); Analog signals; Analog to digital
conversion; Analog-to-digital converter;
analog-to-digital converter; analogue-digital
conversion; Buffering; Calibration voltage source;
calibration voltage source; Channel-by-channel basis;
channel-by-channel basis; Communication channels
(information theory); conditioning pods; Current
source; current source; Digital world; digital world;
E1413; Electronic voltmeters; equipment; Error
compensation; Error correction; errors; Field effect
transistors; Gain; gain; Gain control; High-throughput
amplifier; high-throughput amplifier; HP; HP E1413;
Input signals; input signals; Multiplexed analog signal
interface; multiplexed analog signal interface;
Multiplexing equipment; offset; Offset errors;
Performance; Random access storage; Scanning; signal;
Signal conditioning pods; Signal processing; signal
processing; Voltage reference; voltage reference",
thesaurus = "Amplifiers; Analogue-digital conversion; Signal
processing equipment",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1994:BRS,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Sidebar: Binary Ranges Speed Processing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "5",
pages = "18--18",
month = oct,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Sep 17 12:53:01 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Kelly:1994:FEU,
author = "Christopher P. J. Kelly",
title = "On-the-Fly Engineering Units Conversion",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "5",
pages = "21--24",
month = oct,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94oct/oct94_21.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-94.html",
abstract = "The new segmented linear approximation algorithm
allows real-time conversion of analog measurements into
engineering units. The algorithm provides ample
conversion accuracy for the target hardware and
transducers, and executes in less than ten
micro-seconds using the microprocessor in the
instrument. Performing this conversion in the
instrument allows the complete measurement system to
make usable measurements faster and at lower system
cost than was possible with previous instrument.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning equipment
and techniques); B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors);
B7210G (Data acquisition systems); B7320R (Thermal
variables); C5180 (A/D and D/A convertors); C5610P
(Peripheral interfaces); C5260 (Digital signal
processing); C5520 (Data acquisition equipment and
techniques)",
classification = "721.1; 722.4; 723.2; 902.2; 921.6; 944.5; B1265H
(A/D and D/A convertors); B7210G (Data acquisition
systems); B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning
equipment and techniques); B7320R (Thermal variables
measurement); C5180 (A/D and D/A convertors); C5260
(Digital signal processing); C5520 (Data acquisition
equipment and techniques); C5610P (Peripheral
interfaces)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Algorithm; algorithm; Algorithms; Analog to digital
conversion; analog-to-digital converter instrument;
analogue-digital conversion; Approximation theory; bit
floating-point format; Central processing unit; Data
acquisition; data acquisition; Data storage equipment;
Digital arithmetic; Digital signal processing;
Engineering units; Engineering units conversion;
engineering units conversion; HP E1413 scanning; HP
E1413 scanning analog-to-digital converter instrument;
IEEE 754 standard 32-; IEEE 754 standard 32-bit
floating-point format; interfaces; measurement; Online
systems; peripheral; Real time systems; signal
processing equipment; Table lookup; temperature;
Thermocouples; Thermoelectric voltage; Transducers;
Units of measurement",
thesaurus = "Analogue-digital conversion; Data acquisition;
Peripheral interfaces; Signal processing equipment;
Temperature measurement",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Raak:1994:BSC,
author = "Gerald I. Raak and Christopher P. J. Kelly",
title = "Built-In Self-Test and Calibration for a Scanning
Analog-to-Digital Converter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "5",
pages = "25--29",
month = oct,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94oct/oct94_25.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-94.html",
abstract = "Onboard calibration capability enables the HP E1413 to
calibrate all 64 input channels in under 15 minutes,
many times faster than the manual calibration
techniques previously required in similar
systems.\par
The HP E1413 is a 64-channel scanning analog-to-digital
converter (ADC) with configurable signal conditioning
plug-on (SCP) circuits. The HP E1413 combines signal
conditioning, analog multiplexing, analog-to-digital
conversion, and digital data processing in one
integrated subsystem. Similar subsystems are made up of
separate components, often combined by the end user. In
such systems it is difficult for the designer of one
component to provide end-to-end calibration and
self-test since the designer has no control over the
design of some components. Final integration is often
left to a system integrator or to the end user, who
must then add hardware and software engineering to make
the system fully functional. Calibration of
high-channel-count data acquisition systems of this
sort may take many hours or even days, which drives up
the cost of ownership.\par
With design control of all four major components, the
HP E1413 design team was able to add considerable value
by integrating these components and their interaction
during calibration, self-test, and measurement
operations. This is accomplished using additional
calibration hardware and software that enable stimulus
and measurement access to all major components of the
measurement hardware.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); B7220 (Signal
processing and conditioning equipment and techniques);
C5180 (A/D and D/A convertors); C5260 (Digital signal
processing); C5610P (Peripheral interfaces)",
classification = "715.1; 716.1; 722.4; 723.2; 902.2; B1265H (A/D and
D/A convertors); B7220 (Signal processing and
conditioning equipment and techniques); C5180 (A/D and
D/A convertors); C5260 (Digital signal processing);
C5610P (Peripheral interfaces)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Analog multiplexing; analog multiplexing; Analog to
digital conversion; analog-; Analog-to-digital
conversion; analogue-digital conversion; Built-in
calibration; built-in calibration; built-in self test;
Built-in self-test; built-in self-test; Calibration;
calibration; Communication channels (information
theory); Computer systems; conditioning plug-on
circuits; configurable signal; Configurable signal
conditioning plug-on circuits; count data acquisition
systems; digital converter; Digital data processing;
digital data processing; End user; end user; End-to-end
calibration; end-to-end calibration; Equipment testing;
Error compensation; Error correction; high-channel-;
High-channel-count data acquisition systems; HP E1413;
integrated; Integrated subsystem; Measurement hardware;
measurement hardware; Measurement operations;
measurement operations; Measurements; Multimeters;
Multiplexing equipment; peripheral interfaces;
Scanning; scanning analog-to-; Scanning
analog-to-digital converter; Signal conditioning
plug-on; Signal processing; subsystem; to-digital
conversion",
thesaurus = "Analogue-digital conversion; Built-in self test;
Calibration; Peripheral interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Raak:1994:SHC,
author = "Gerald I. Raak and Christopher P. J. Kelly",
title = "Sidebar: {A} Hierarchy of Calibration Commands",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "5",
pages = "28--28",
month = oct,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Sep 17 12:53:01 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Kolts:1994:MTO,
author = "Bertram S. Kolts and Rodney K. Village",
title = "Manufacturing Test Optimization for {VXI-Based}
Scanning Analog-to-Digital Converters",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "5",
pages = "30--34",
month = oct,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94oct/oct94_30.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-94.html",
abstract = "The high density of the hardware for the HP E1413
scanning analog-to-digital converter, the low cost per
channel, and the wide variety of optional signal
conditioning plug-ons (SCPs) require a production test
strategy that is fast, flexible, and efficient. Four
project test goals were established at the start of the
project to provide a low-cost test solution. The first
goal mandated the use of existing test systems to
reduce hardware development costs. The second goal was
to reduce the cost of testing by removing defects as
early in the production process as possible. The third
goal was to reduce unit test times by a factor of three
relative to similar products currently in production.
The fourth goal was directed specifically at the SCPs.
Because the SCPs have high production volumes (eight
SCPs for each HP E1413 motherboard) compared to the HP
E1413 motherboard and because of their low cost and
relatively straightforward hardware design, the goal
was established that the plug-ons would only be tested
at one point in the production process.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); B7220 (Signal
processing and conditioning equipment and techniques);
C5180 (A/D and D/A convertors); C5610P (Peripheral
interfaces); C5260 (Digital signal processing)",
classification = "715.1; 902.2; 913.3; 913.4; 921.5; 922.2; B1265H
(A/D and D/A convertors); B7220 (Signal processing and
conditioning equipment and techniques); C5180 (A/D and
D/A convertors); C5260 (Digital signal processing);
C5610P (Peripheral interfaces)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Analog to digital conversion; analogue-digital
conversion; Calibration; computer equipment testing;
Computer operating procedures; Data reduction;
Electronic equipment testing; Fuzzy sets; Hardware
development costs; hardware development costs; HP
E1413; HP E1413 scanning analog-to-digital converter;
Manufacturing test; manufacturing test; Manufacturing
test optimization; Optimization; optimization;
peripheral interfaces; plug-ons; Production test
strategy; production test strategy; Quality control;
Removing defects; removing defects; Repair; scanning
analog-to-digital converter; Self test measurements;
signal conditioning; Signal conditioning plug ons;
Signal conditioning plug-ons; Signal processing;
Standards; Statistical methods; Statistical quality
control; Surface mount technology; VXI-based scanning
analog-to-digital converters",
thesaurus = "Analogue-digital conversion; Computer equipment
testing; Peripheral interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Warren:1994:DLP,
author = "Richard E. Warren and Conrad R. Proft",
title = "Design Leverage and Partnering in the Design of a
Pressure Scanning Analog-to-Digital Converter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "5",
pages = "35--41",
month = oct,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94oct/oct94_35.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-94.html",
abstract = "The HP E1414 pressure scanning VXIbus
analog-to-digital converter completes HP's VXIbus
offering for jet engine and wind tunnel test
applications by providing the ability to make pressure
measurements. Our systems approach to providing all of
the desired throughput features and all of the required
mixed measurements was based on the C-size VXIbus
platform and the partnership with Pressure Systems
Incorporated (PSI). This approach combines the new HP
E1413 and E1414 VXIbus modules with PSI pressure
scanners and calibrators, other VXIbus modules, and
compiled SCPI (Standard Commands for Programmable
Instruments) programs. This combination provides the
performance and measurement versatility required to
satisfy these demanding applications.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); B7220 (Signal
processing and conditioning equipment and techniques);
B7640 (Aerospace propulsion); B7620 (Aerospace test
facilities and simulation)B7130 (Measurement standards
and calibration); B7230 (Sensing devices and
transducers); B7320V (Pressure and vacuum); C5180 (A/D
and D/A convertors); C5610P (Peripheral interfaces);
C5260 (Digital signal processing)",
classification = "715.1; 722.1; 722.4; 732.1; 902.2; 944.4; B1265H
(A/D and D/A convertors); B7130 (Measurement standards
and calibration); B7220 (Signal processing and
conditioning equipment and techniques); B7230 (Sensing
devices and transducers); B7320V (Pressure and vacuum
measurement); B7620 (Aerospace test facilities and
simulation); B7640 (Aerospace propulsion); C5180 (A/D
and D/A convertors); C5260 (Digital signal processing);
C5610P (Peripheral interfaces)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "aerospace engines; Analog to digital conversion;
analogue-digital conversion; applications; C-size
VXIbus platform; Calibration; calibration; Calibrators;
calibrators; Compiled SCPI programs; compiled SCPI
programs; Computer programming languages; Computer
systems; Design leverage; design leverage; Digital
signal processing; E1413; Electronic equipment testing;
Field programmable gate arrays; HP E1414 pressure
scanning; HP E1414 pressure scanning VXIbus
analog-to-digital converter; Incorporated; jet engine
test; Jet engine test applications; Jet engines;
Leveraging; Logic gates; Measurement versatility;
measurement versatility; measurements; Partnering;
partnering; Performance; performance; peripheral
interfaces; pressure; Pressure measurement; pressure
measurement; Pressure measurements; Pressure scanners;
pressure scanners; Pressure scanning analog to digital
converter; Pressure Systems; Pressure Systems
Incorporated; Printed circuit design; Programmable
array logic; Random access storage; Sensors; Signal
conditioning plug ons; test equipment; transducers;
VXIbus analog-to-digital converter; Wind tunnel test
applications; wind tunnel test applications; Wind
tunnels; wind tunnels",
thesaurus = "Aerospace engines; Analogue-digital conversion;
Calibration; Peripheral interfaces; Pressure
measurement; Pressure transducers; Test equipment; Wind
tunnels",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Grace:1994:IPE,
author = "James W. Grace and David M. DiPietro and Akito Kishida
and Kenji Kinsho",
title = "Integrated Pin Electronics for Automatic Test
Equipment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "5",
pages = "42--50",
month = oct,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94oct/oct94_42.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-94.html",
abstract = "An integrated circuit was successfully designed and
implemented to allow all of the pin electronics of the
HP 9493 LSI test system to be included in one IC
package for a single board to hold eight channels,
resulting in a compact test head size for a 256-pin
system. It contains a high-speed digital driver, an
active load, a window comparator, and a parametric
tester for setting a voltage and measuring current.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B2570
(Semiconductor integrated circuits); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
classification = "703.1; 714.2; 715.1; 716.1; 902.2; 942.2; B0170E
(Production facilities and engineering); B2570
(Semiconductor integrated circuits); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems); C7410H (Computerised
instrumentation)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Active load; active load; Automatic test equipment;
automatic test equipment; Buffer circuits; Calibration;
Comparator circuits; Current measurement; current
measurement; Device under test; Digital signal
processing; Electric current measurement; Electronic
equipment; High-speed digital driver; high-speed
digital driver; HP 9493 mixed signal ISI test system;
integrated circuit; Integrated circuit layout;
Integrated circuit testing; integrated circuit testing;
Integrated pin electronics; integrated pin electronics;
large; Leakage currents; LSI circuits; Mixed signal LSI
test system; Parametric tester; parametric tester; Pin
board on a chip; Pin driver; Pin electronics;
Resistors; scale integration; Schematic diagrams;
Schottky barrier diodes; single; Single integrated
circuit; Voltage force and current measure circuit;
Voltage setting; voltage setting; Window comparator;
window comparator",
thesaurus = "Automatic test equipment; Integrated circuit testing;
Large scale integration",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Goto:1994:CPD,
author = "Masaharu Goto and James O. Barnes and Ronnie E.
Owens",
title = "{CMOS} Programmable Delay {Vernier}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "5",
pages = "51--58",
month = oct,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94oct/oct94_51.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-94.html",
abstract = "In the HP 9493 LSI test system, CMOS delay Verniers
replace the usual bipolar technology and are integrated
with digital circuitry to produce a high-performance
timing generator in a single monolithic CMOS VLSI
formatter chip. This solution achieves
bipolar-equivalent resolution, skew, and jitter
performance with signi ficantly lower power, cost, and
circuit board space.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265Z (Other digital circuits); B2570D (CMOS
integrated circuits)",
classification = "714.2; 721.2; 721.3; 722.1; 902.2; B1265Z (Other
digital circuits); B2570D (CMOS integrated circuits)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Calibration; circuits; CMOS integrated circuits; CMOS
programmable delay vernier; delay circuits; Delay
vernier; Device under test; Digital circuits; digital
integrated; Dynamic power compensation; Electric delay
lines; Electric losses; Flip flop circuits; formatter
chip; High-performance timing generator;
high-performance timing generator; HP 9493 LSI test
system; Integrated circuit testing; Jitter; jitter;
Logic circuits; Logic design; Microprocessor chips;
Mixed signal LSI test system; monolithic CMOS VLSI;
Monolithic CMOS VLSI formatter chip; Power dissipation;
Random access storage; Resolution; resolution; Skew;
skew; Timing circuits; timing circuits; VLSI; VLSI
circuits",
thesaurus = "CMOS integrated circuits; Delay circuits; Digital
integrated circuits; Timing circuits; VLSI",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1994:TAC,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Theoretical Approach to {CMOS} Inverter Jitter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "5",
pages = "54--54",
month = oct,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Sep 17 12:53:01 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Gunji:1994:RDS,
author = "Keita Gunji",
title = "Real-time digital signal processing in a mixed-signal
{LSI} test system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "5",
pages = "59--63",
month = oct,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94oct/oct94_59.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-94.html",
abstract = "The HP 9493 mixed-signal LSI test system is presented
in this paper which contains high performance digital
signal processing modules in each test subsystem. This
allows data processing with synchronous interaction for
at-speed functional testing of mixed-signal devices. A
programming language for test library development is
provided by the system software. This helps develop and
execute functional tests of various mixed-signal
devices.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1280 (Mixed analogue-digital circuits); B2570
(Semiconductor integrated circuits); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems); B7220 (Signal processing
and conditioning equipment and techniques); C7410H
(Instrumentation); C7410D (Electronic engineering);
C5260 (Digital signal processing)",
classification = "714.2; 716.1; 722.1; 722.3; 722.4; 723.2; B1280
(Mixed analogue-digital circuits); B2570 (Semiconductor
integrated circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B7220 (Signal processing and
conditioning equipment and techniques); C5260 (Digital
signal processing); C7410D (Electronic engineering
computing); C7410H (Computerised instrumentation)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Analog signal emulation; analog signal emulation;
Analog to digital conversion; automatic test equipment;
Central processing unit; circuits; Computer
architecture; Computer software; Data acquisition; Data
communication systems; Data flow diagrams; Data storage
equipment; Device; device; Device under test; Digital
signal emulation; digital signal emulation; Digital
signal processing; Emulation; Flowcharting; HP 9493
test system; Integrated circuit testing; integrated
circuit testing; Interfaces (computer); large;
Memory-based test system; memory-based test system;
mixed analogue-digital integrated; Mixed signal LSI
test system; mixed-signal LSI test; Mixed-signal LSI
test system; processing equipment; Real time systems;
Real-time digital signal processing; real-time digital
signal processing; real-time systems; scale
integration; signal; signal processing;
Synchronization; system; Test coverage; test coverage;
Test time; test time; Waveform analysis",
thesaurus = "Automatic test equipment; Integrated circuit testing;
Large scale integration; Mixed analogue-digital
integrated circuits; Real-time systems; Signal
processing; Signal processing equipment",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Karube:1994:VET,
author = "Koji Karube",
title = "Vector Error Testing by Automatic Test Equipment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "5",
pages = "64--66",
month = oct,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Feb 3 18:59:03 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94oct/oct94_64.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-94.html",
abstract = "The paper presents a mixed-signal LSI tester which
serves as automatic test equipment in the production
area. The most important requirement is how quickly
failing devices can be rejected from a large number of
passing devices. Good repeatability, which is a
function of system stability, and usability are also
required for high productivity. The real-time digital
signal processors in the HP 9493 mixed-signal LSI test
system can perform complex tests for next-generation
telecommunication devices.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "703.2; 715.1; 716.1; 722.4; 723.2; 921.6",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Automatic test equipment; Calculations; Differential
quadrature phase shift keying; Digital filters; Digital
signal processing; Electron device testing; Error
analysis; Intersymbol interference; Low pass filters;
Mixed signal LSI tester; Phase shift keying; Real time
systems; Roll of filter; Signal filtering and
prediction; Signal transmission; Symbol timing;
Transmitters; Vector error testing; Vectors",
}
@Article{Yonekura:1994:HFI,
author = "Takanori Yonekura",
title = "High-Frequency Impedance Analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "5",
pages = "67--74",
month = oct,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94oct/oct94_67.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-94.html",
abstract = "A new one-port impedance analyzer measures
high-frequency devices up to 1.8 GHz. Using a
current-voltage method, it makes precise measurements
over a wide impedance range. A special calibration
method using a low-loss capacitor realizes an accurate
high-Q device measurement. Many types of test fixtures
are introduced because they are a key element in any
test system.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7310J (Impedance and admittance); B7310N
(Microwave techniques); B7130 (Measurement standards
and calibration)",
classification = "703.1.1; 715.1; 902.2; 921.3; 942.1; 942.2; B7130
(Measurement standards and calibration); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems); B7310J
(Impedance and admittance measurement); B7310N
(Microwave measurement techniques)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "1.8 GHz; accurate high-Q; Accurate high-Q device
measurement; analyzer; Bilinear transformation; Bridge
circuits; calibration; Calibration; calibration method;
Calibration method; current-voltage method;
Current-voltage method; device measurement; Device
under test; Directional bridge; electric impedance
measurement; Electric impedance measurement; Electric
network analysis; Electric network parameters; Fixture
compensation; high-frequency impedance analyzer;
High-frequency impedance analyzer; Impedance analyzer;
low-loss capacitor; Low-loss capacitor; Mathematical
transformations; measurement; Measurement errors;
microwave; network analysers; one-port impedance;
One-port impedance analyzer; Open short load; Phase
measurement; precise measurements; Precise
measurements; Q factor measurement; Q-factor
measurement; Spectrum analyzers; Standards; test
fixtures; Test fixtures; Transducers; Vector
voltmeters; Voltmeters",
numericalindex = "Frequency 1.8E+09 Hz",
thesaurus = "Calibration; Electric impedance measurement; Microwave
measurement; Network analysers; Q-factor measurement",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Butler:1994:VRC,
author = "Hamish Butler",
title = "Virtual Remote: The Centralized Expert",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "5",
pages = "75--82",
month = oct,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94oct/oct94_75.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-94.html",
abstract = "The success of virtual remote for HP-UX workstations
led to a demand for virtual remote on PCs. HP 15801A PC
virtual remote was developed so that as far as possible
the source code is shared with the HP 15800A HP-UX
product. Remote operation of bit-error rate test sets
using an X Windows based `virtual instrument' allows
network operators to monitor remote sites from central
office. The extensive use of a common firmware
development platform allowed the fast track development
of virtual remote software and rapid integration into
all instruments built using the platform.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210J (Telemetry); B7210F (Telemetering systems);
C3250 (Telecontrol and telemetering components); C6170
(Expert systems); C7410F (Communications)",
classification = "722.2; 722.3; 723.1; 723.1.1; 723.3; 723.5; B6210J
(Telemetry); B7210F (Telemetering systems); C3250
(Telecontrol and telemetering components); C6170
(Expert systems); C7410F (Communications computing)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "bit error rate test; Bit error rate test sets; C
(programming language); Centralized expert; centralized
expert; Communication channels (information theory);
Computer networks; Computer operating systems; Computer
simulation; Computer software; Computer workstations;
computerised instrumentation; Data structures; Database
systems; diagnostic expert systems; Firmware; Firmware
development platform; firmware development platform;
Instrument software system; Network protocols; Printers
(computer); Program compilers; Remote operation; remote
operation; Remote site monitoring; remote site
monitoring; sets; Software engineering; Software
package X windows; telemetering equipment; user
interfaces; Virtual instrument; virtual instrument;
Virtual remote; Virtual remote software; virtual remote
software; X Windows",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Diagnostic expert
systems; Telemetering equipment; User interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Dubuc:1994:FRC,
author = "Martin Dubuc",
title = "Frame Relay Conformance Testing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "5",
pages = "83--87",
month = oct,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94oct/oct94_83.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-94.html",
abstract = "The use of conformance testing in the product
development life cycle speeds overall time-to-market of
communicating devices. It also increases the
probability of interoperability between the products
from different vendors. The paper presents the
development and implementation of an automatic
translator to transform abstract test suites into
executable test suites for HP IDACOM protocol
analyzers.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6150C (Switching theory); B6150M (Protocols)",
classification = "722.3; 722.4; 723.1; 723.1.1; 723.2; 902.2; B6150C
(Communication switching); B6150M (Protocols)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Abstract test suite; Abstract test suites; abstract
test suites; Automatic translator; automatic
translator; Automation; C (programming language);
Computer hardware description languages; Computer
software; Conformance testing; conformance testing;
Constraint description language; Data structures; Data
transfer; executable test; Executable test suites;
Frame relay; frame relay; Frame relay conformance
testing; frame relay conformance testing; HP IDACOM
protocol analyzers; Integrated services digital
network; ISDN; Network protocols; packet switching;
Program compilers; Program translators; Protocol test
center; protocol test center; protocols;
Standardization; Standards; suites; User interfaces;
User to network interface; Voice/data communication
systems",
thesaurus = "Conformance testing; Frame relay; ISDN; Packet
switching; Protocols",
treatment = "T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}
@Article{Bhat:1994:FRM,
author = "Sunil Bhat and Robert H. Kroboth and Anne L.
Driesbach",
title = "The {FDDI Ring Manager} for the {HP Network Advisor}
Protocol Analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "5",
pages = "88--96",
month = oct,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94oct/oct94_88.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-94.html",
abstract = "The FDDI Ring Manager application takes the knowledge
burden from the user and puts it on the network
management tool. It pulls ring status information from
station management frames and presents it in a
logically ordered display. It gathers ring topology
information from neighbor information frames and status
information frames and presents that information in a
graphical map and a textual report.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); B6210C (Network
management)B6150M (Protocols); C5620L (Local area
networks); C7410F (Communications); C5640 (Protocols)",
classification = "716.1; 722.1; 722.3; 722.4; 723.1; 723.5; B6150M
(Protocols); B6210C (Network management); B6210L
(Computer communications); C5620L (Local area
networks); C5640 (Protocols); C7410F (Communications
computing)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer networks; Computer operating systems; Data
flow diagram; Data transfer; Display module; Electric
network topology; FDDI; FDDI Ring Manager; FDDI ring
manager; FDDI Ring Manager; Fiber distributed data
interface; Flowcharting; General purpose computers;
Graphic methods; Graphical map; graphical map; HP
Network Advisor Protocol Analyzer; Information
management; Interactive computer graphics; local area
networks; Logically ordered display; logically ordered
display; management frames; Media access control;
network analysers; Network management; Network
management tool; network management tool; Network
protocols; protocols; Real time systems; Ring maps;
Ring status information; ring status information;
station; Station management frames; telecommunication
network management; Telecommunication traffic; Textual
report; textual report; Token rotation time; Topology
mapping; User interfaces",
thesaurus = "FDDI; Local area networks; Network analysers;
Protocols; Telecommunication network management",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bhat:1994:FTM,
author = "Sunil Bhat",
title = "{FDDI} Topology Mapping",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "5",
pages = "97--105",
month = oct,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94oct/oct94_97.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-94.html",
abstract = "The topology mapping algorithms discussed in this
paper provide valuable topology information to the
network administrator operator. For the FDDI version of
the HP Network Advisor protocol analyzer, ring mapping
algorithms were advised to provide topological views of
FDDI networks. These algorithms are designed to handle
many problem situations that are characteristic of
emerging LAN technologies.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems); B6150M
(Protocols); B6210C (Network management); C5620L (Local
area networks); C7410F (Communications); C5640
(Protocols)",
classification = "716.1; 722.2; 722.3; 723.1; 723.2; B6150M
(Protocols); B6210C (Network management); B6210L
(Computer communications); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems); C5620L (Local
area networks); C5640 (Protocols); C7410F
(Communications computing)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Algorithms; Data structures; Decoding; Electric
network topology; FDDI; FDDI rings; FDDI topology
mapping; Fiber distributed data interface; HP Network
Advisor Protocol Analyzer; Interfaces (computer); LAN;
Local area networks; local area networks; Logical map;
Media access control; network; network analysers;
Network protocols; Physical mapping; protocols; Ring
mapper; Ring mapping algorithms; ring mapping
algorithms; Ring topology; State diagram;
Telecommunication links; telecommunication network
management; topology",
thesaurus = "FDDI; Local area networks; Network analysers; Network
topology; Protocols; Telecommunication network
management",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Diaz:1994:AEO,
author = "Carlos H. Diaz",
title = "Automation of Electrical Overstress Characterization
for Semiconductor Devices ({CMOS} processes)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "5",
pages = "106--111",
month = oct,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94oct/oct94_10.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-94.html",
abstract = "An automatic test system has been developed to
characterize semiconductor devices and interconnect
failures caused by electrical overstresses (EOS).
Electrical stress in the form of current pulses of
increasing amplitude is applied to a device until it
reaches a prespecified failure criterion. The system
was developed for monitoring EOS robustness in advanced
CMOS processes.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2570D (CMOS integrated circuits); B5110
(Electrostatics); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B2560R (Insulated gate field
effect transistors); B2550F (Metallisation)",
classification = "701.1; 703.1; 714.2; 723.1; 732.2; B2550F
(Metallisation and interconnection technology); B2560R
(Insulated gate field effect transistors); B2570D (CMOS
integrated circuits); B5110 (Electrostatics); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "advanced CMOS; Advanced CMOS processes; automatic test
equipment; Automatic test system; Automation; circuit
testing; CMOS integrated circuits; Current pulses;
current pulses; device testing; Device under test;
devices; Electric discharges; Electrical overstress;
Electrical overstress characterization; electrical
overstress characterization; Electrostatic discharge;
electrostatic discharge; Electrostatics; Equivalent
circuits; Failure analysis; failure analysis; failure
criterion; integrated; Interconnect failures;
interconnect failures; Macros; metallisation;
Monitoring; monitoring; MOS devices; NMOS transistor;
prespecified; Prespecified failure criterion;
processes; protection; Pulse generators; Robustness;
robustness; semiconductor; Semiconductor device models;
Semiconductor device testing; Semiconductor devices;
Stresses; Transistors",
thesaurus = "Automatic test equipment; CMOS integrated circuits;
Electrostatic discharge; Failure analysis; Integrated
circuit testing; Metallisation; Protection;
Semiconductor device testing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1994:Ae,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Authors",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "5",
pages = "112--115",
month = oct,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 10:24:28 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94oct/oct94_11.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-94.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1994:CI,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "1994 Chronological Index",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "6",
pages = "??--??",
month = dec,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1994:PAI,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "1994 Product and Author Index",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "6",
pages = "??--??",
month = dec,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1994:SI,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "1994 Subject Index",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "6",
pages = "??--??",
month = dec,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Ujvarosy:1994:FDD,
author = "Damon R. Ujvarosy",
title = "Fast {DDS-2} Digital Audio Tape Drive",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "6",
pages = "6--11",
month = dec,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94_6t.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
abstract = "The same technologies that are propelling disk drive
capacity and performance are also being applied to tape
drives. The HP C1533A that reads and writes tapes based
on DDS-2 tape drive stores 8 Gbytes of data and has a
data transfer rate more than 2.5 times that previously
available on DDS tape drives. It is also compatible
with DDS drives already in existence. The DDS-2 format
standard calls for the data to be written on tracks
that are nominally 9.1 $ \mu $ m wide (previous DDS
format standards used 13.6 $ \mu $ m). It uses tapes
that are 120 m long rather than the previous 90-m and
60-m tapes. These changes along with a data transfer
rate increase to 510 kbytes/s from 183 kbytes/s
required numerous technical developments. The required
improvements in tape material, new read and write
heads, new drum design, and new methods for linearity
measurement and adjustment are discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B3120B (Magnetic recording); C5320C (Storage on moving
magnetic media)",
classification = "722.1; 722.2; 722.3; 722.4; 723.2; 902.2; B3120B
(Magnetic recording ); C5320C (Storage on moving
magnetic media)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "4 GB; 510 KB/s; 510 kB/s; Adjustment; adjustment;
C1533A tape drive; Cartridge; Computer networks;
Computer systems; Data backup; Data compression; Data
recording; Data transfer; Data transfer rate; data
transfer rate; Digital audio tape; digital audio tape;
Digital storage; Drum design; drum design; Fast DDS-2
digital audio tape drive; fast DDS-2 digital audio tape
drive; Format processor; Full 4-Gbyte DDS-2 cartridge
recording; full 4-Gbyte DDS-2 cartridge recording; HP;
HP C1533A tape drive; linearity; Linearity adjustment;
Linearity measurement; linearity measurement; Magnetic
disk storage; Magnetic heads; magnetic tape; magnetic
tape equipment; Performance; Read heads; read heads;
Specifications; Standards; storage; storage units; Tape
drives; Tape length; tape length; Tape material; tape
material; Tape thickness; tape thickness; Write heads;
write heads",
numericalindex = "Memory size 4.3E+09 Byte; Byte rate 5.1E+05 Byte/s",
thesaurus = "Digital audio tape; Magnetic tape equipment; Magnetic
tape storage; Storage units",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Dimond:1994:DTA,
author = "Steven A. Dimond and M. Simms and M. G. Bertagne",
title = "{DDS-2} Tape Autoloader: High-Capacity Data Storage in
a {5 1/4-Inch} Form Factor",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "6",
pages = "12--20",
month = dec,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94_12.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
abstract = "Smaller devices that perform unattended backup are
typically called autoloaders. The HP C1553A autoloader
incorporates the DDS-2 tape drive and holds six 4-Gbyte
cartridges with data compression, it can back up
typically 48 Gbytes of data overnight or 8 Gbytes every
day for six days, unattended. It fits into a standard
5.25-inch peripheral enclosure and use the drive's SCSI
II interface. The physical architecture of the DDS
drive is first described. The autoloader design is
described next, with the physical sub-assemblies
discussed individually: the magazine; mechanism
motions; front panel and user interface; control
electronics and motors; mechanism firmware; drive
firmware, SCSI interface, and link to the mechanism.
The mechanical design methods and design margin
analysis are also discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
classification = "601; 722.1; 722.2; 723.2; 723.5; 732.2; C5320C
(Storage on moving magnetic media)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "48 GB; 5.25 In; 5.25 in; Assembly; Autoloaders;
Automation; Cams; Cartridges; compression; Computer
aided design; Computer peripheral equipment; Computer
software; data; Data compression; data compression;
DDS-2 tape autoloader; Digital storage; equipment
evaluation; Firmware; Fits and tolerances; Front panel;
High-capacity data storage; high-capacity data storage;
HP C1553A autoloader; Interfaces (computer); Magazine;
magnetic tape; Mechanisms; Peripheral enclosure;
peripheral enclosure; SCSI LT interface; Standard HP
DDS drive; standard HP DDS drive; storage; Storage
allocation (computer); storage units; Tape drives",
numericalindex = "Size 1.33E-01 m; Memory size 5.2E+10 Byte",
thesaurus = "Data compression; Equipment evaluation; Magnetic tape
storage; Storage units",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1994:ACE,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Autoloader Control Electronics",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "6",
pages = "13--13",
month = dec,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94_13.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1994:AFD,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Autoloader Firmware Design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "6",
pages = "15--16",
month = dec,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94_15.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1994:NBH,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Network Backup with the {HP C1553A DDS} Autoloader",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "6",
pages = "18--18",
month = dec,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94_18.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Simms:1994:AST,
author = "Mark J. Simms",
title = "Automatic State Table Generation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "6",
pages = "21--26",
month = dec,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94_21.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
abstract = "The HP C1553A DDS tape autoloader requires a complex
sequence of simple operations to carry out mechanical
retries, defined in tables. There can be severe
problems in maintaining table-driven codes that derives
from the lack of readability of software written in C
or assembly language. A lot of documentation needs to
be added to the source code to explain the meaning of
the entries. This situation was improved by defining
state machine languages that can be translated into C
source code automatically. However, with the use of
state machine languages it was difficult to follow the
flow of the program and determine what sequence of
actions had occurred. To aid in documenting these state
machines, the Teamwork structured analysis tool from
Cadre Technologies was adopted. A program retrieves
data structures for a complete diagram, parses them,
and generates the required code table. To execute the
state table an interpreter routine is used. In the
Teamwork\slash RT product, the initial state can be set
merely by setting it to zero. The exception transition
can be made to restart the state machine without the
clutter of unnecessary connections on the diagram.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5140 (Firmware)",
classification = "722.1; 722.2; 722.4; 723.1; 723.1.1; 723.2; C5140
(Firmware)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "autoloader; Automatic state table generation;
automatic state table generation; Cadre's Teamwork;
Code generator; Codes (symbols); Computer software;
Computer systems; Control systems; Data structures;
Database systems; Decision tables; Digital auto tape
autoloader; Digital storage; Firmware; firmware; HP
C1553A DDS tape; HP C1553A DDS tape autoloader;
Information retrieval systems; Logical expression;
Machine oriented languages; Mechanical retries;
mechanical retries; Parsing; Program compilers; Program
interpreters; ROM; State machines; State table; State
transition diagram; Syntax; Tape drives",
thesaurus = "Firmware",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Simms:1994:USM,
author = "Mark J. Simms",
title = "Using State Machines as a Design and Coding Tool",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "6",
pages = "27--32",
month = dec,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94_27.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
abstract = "The wide acceptance of real-time extensions to
structured analysis techniques have led to the use of
state machine descriptions for the specification of
systems in which state or sequence is a vital part.
However, the techniques for implementing these
specifications have remained poorly understood and
haphazard, leading to implementations that are
difficult to verify against the specification. This
paper examines different approaches to the use of state
machines and explores their advantages and
disadvantages.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6110F (Formal methods); C4220 (Automata theory);
C6150C (Compilers, interpreters and other processors)",
classification = "721.1; 722.4; 723.1; 731.1; 902.2; C4220 (Automata
theory); C6110F (Formal methods); C6150C (Compilers,
interpreters and other processors)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "compilers; Computer simulation; Computer software;
Control systems; Design and coding tool; design and
coding tool; finite state machines; Formal
specification; formal specification; Mealy model; Moore
model; program; Real time systems; Sequential machines;
Software engineering; Specifications; State machines;
state machines; Structured analysis; structured
analysis; Structured analysis techniques; structured
programming; Systems analysis; systems analysis;
techniques",
thesaurus = "Finite state machines; Formal specification; Program
compilers; Structured programming; Systems analysis",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Iyengar:1994:EBR,
author = "Arun K. Iyengar and Thaddeus S. Grzeski and Valerie J.
Ho-Gibson and Tracy A. Hoover and John R. Vasta",
title = "An Event-Based, Retargetable Debugger",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "6",
pages = "33--43",
month = dec,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94_33.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
abstract = "The HP Distributed Debugging Environment (HP DDE) is
capable of debugging programs executing on remote
hosts. HP DDE can be ported and retargeted to several
platforms. It's sophisticated GUI has many features
that aid usability including multiple windows,
context-sensitive pop-up menus, and on-line help. HP
DDE has many features that support event-based
debugging and debugging optimized code. The HP DDE's
modular architecture consists of a main debugger and
several managers. The main debugger contains support
for generalized debugger functions, and the managers
contain dependencies on specific languages, object code
formats, target platforms, and user interfaces.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
systems); C6115 (Programming support); C6140D (High
level languages); C6140B (Machine-oriented languages);
C6150J (Operating systems); C6180G (Graphical user
interfaces); C6150N (Distributed systems software)",
classification = "722.1; 722.2; 722.4; 723.1; 723.2; 921.5; C6115
(Programming support); C6140B (Machine-oriented
languages); C6140D (High level languages); C6150G
(Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
systems); C6150J (Operating systems); C6150N
(Distributed systems software); C6180G (Graphical user
interfaces)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "assembly language; assembly languages; Assembly
languages; C; C language; C++; Codes (symbols);
commands; Commands; Computer operating systems;
Computer software portability; Computer workstations;
Data structures; debugging; Distributed debugging
equipment; distributed processing; Domain/OS 68K;
Domain/OS Prism; Embedded systems; Environment; Event
based debugging; event-based retargetable debugger;
Event-based retargetable debugger; FORTRAN; graphical
user; Graphical user interface; graphical user
interfaces; Graphical user interfaces; HP Distributed
Debugging; HP Distributed Debugging Environment; HP-UX
operating system; interface; languages; Monitoring;
object-oriented; operating systems (computers);
Optimization; optimized code; Optimized code; OSF/T
operating system; PA-; PA-RISC implementation; Pascal;
point-and-click access; Point-and-click access; Pop up
menus; program; Program compilers; Program debugging;
Program execution; program state; Program state;
programs; Programs; remote hosts; Remote hosts; RISC
implementation; Solaris; SPARC implementation;
Specifications; Storage allocation (computer); User
interfaces",
thesaurus = "Assembly language; C language; Distributed processing;
FORTRAN; Graphical user interfaces; Object-oriented
languages; Operating systems [computers]; Pascal;
Program debugging",
treatment = "P Practical",
xxauthor = "A. K. Iyengar and T. S. Grzesik and V. J. Ho-Gibson
and T. A. Hoover and J. R. Vasta",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1994:COD,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Compiler Optimizations and Debugging",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "6",
pages = "37--37",
month = dec,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94_37.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1994:SPD,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "A Short Primer on Debugger Internals",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "6",
pages = "39--39",
month = dec,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94_39.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Lee:1994:WAT,
author = "Daniel T. L. Lee and Akio Yamamoto",
title = "Wavelet Analysis: Theory and Applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "6",
pages = "44--54",
month = dec,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94_44.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
abstract = "Wavelet analysis has attracted attention for its
ability to analyze rapidly changing transient signals.
Any application using the Fourier transform can be
formulated using wavelets to provide more accurately
localized temporal and frequency information. This
paper gives an overview of wavelet analysis and
describes a software toolbox created by HP Laboratories
Japan to aid in the development of wavelet
applications.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B0230
(Integral transforms); B0220 (Mathematical analysis);
C5260 (Digital signal processing); C1130 (Integral
transforms); C1120 (Mathematical analysis)",
classification = "716.1; 723.1; 723.2; 921.3; 921.6; B0220
(Mathematical analysis); B0230 (Integral transforms);
B6140 (Signal processing and detection); C1120
(Mathematical analysis); C1130 (Integral transforms);
C5260 (Digital signal processing)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Changing transient signals; changing transient
signals; Computer software; Fast Fourier transforms;
Fourier; Fourier analysis; Fourier transform; Fourier
transforms; Functions; Gabor transform; HP Laboratories
Japan; Signal processing; signal processing; Signal
theory; Software toolbox; software toolbox; transform;
Wavelet analysis; wavelet analysis; Wavelet transforms;
wavelet transforms",
thesaurus = "Fourier analysis; Fourier transforms; Signal
processing; Wavelet transforms",
treatment = "A Application; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}
@Article{Han:1994:AVO,
author = "Joy Xiao Han",
title = "Approaches to Verifying Operational Test Release
Vectors",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "6",
pages = "55--59",
month = dec,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94_55.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
abstract = "Five techniques are employed to minimize the time to
develop the test vectors used to test manufactured
parts on an IC component tester. These techniques have
proven to be a success in the Chelmsford systems lab by
shortening the time it takes to produce final test
vectors. These techniques can also be applied to
non-ATPG OTR vectors, since we can create vectors
manually to meet different needs and put them into ATPG
format. We characterized the entire analog circuitry
embedded in one chip by controlling the proper bits on
the scan chain.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
B1265 (Digital electronics); B2570 (Semiconductor
integrated circuits); B0170E (Production facilities and
engineering); C7410D (Electronic engineering
computing); C7410H (Computerised instrumentation);
C5210B (Computer-aided logic design)",
classification = "721.3; 722.4; 723.1.1; 723.5; 902.2; B0170E
(Production facilities and engineering); B1130B
(Computer-aided circuit analysis and design); B1265
(Digital electronics); B2570 (Semiconductor integrated
circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); C5210B (Computer-aided logic design); C7410D
(Electronic engineering computing); C7410H
(Computerised instrumentation)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "analog circuitry; Analog circuitry; automatic testing;
chip; Chip; circuit analysis computing; circuit
testing; Computer debugging; Computer hardware
description languages; Computer simulation; Computer
testing; Computer workstations; Database systems;
Failure analysis; Flip flop circuits; IC component; IC
component tester; integrated; Logic circuits; logic
testing; manufactured parts testing; Manufactured parts
testing; non-ATPG OTR vectors; Non-ATPG OTR vectors;
operational test release vector verification;
Operational test release vector verification;
Operational test release vectors; production testing;
Raw waveform database; scan chain; Scan chain; Shift
registers; Specifications; Standards; Test patterns;
tester; Vectors; Verification",
thesaurus = "Automatic testing; Circuit analysis computing;
Integrated circuit testing; Logic testing; Production
testing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1994:OTA,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Overview of the {Test Access Port}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "6",
pages = "56--67",
month = dec,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94_56.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Franz:1994:EVI,
author = "Louis A. Franz and Jonathan C. Shih",
title = "Estimating the Value of Inspections and Early Testing
for Software Projects",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "6",
pages = "60--67",
month = dec,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94_60.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
abstract = "Detecting software defects early reduces the cost of
dealing with the defects later in the development
cycle. One HP entity used metrics data from several
software projects and an industry profit and loss model
to show the high cost of finding and fixing defects
late in the development cycle and during post-release.
The methods used by HP to integrate inspections and
prerelease testing into the development of an
information technology software project are described
as well as the metrics collected and the tools used to
collect them. Finally, an approach to using the metrics
data during the inspections and testing to estimate the
value (ROI) of investing time and effort in early
defect detection activities is presented.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C0310F (Software development management); C6150G
(Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
systems); C6110S (Software metrics)",
classification = "723.1; 723.3; 723.5; 902.2; 912.2; C0310F (Software
development management); C6110S (Software metrics);
C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
systems)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer software; cost-benefit analysis; Database
systems; Early defect detection activities; early
defect detection activities; Early testing; early
testing; Error detection; Estimation; Failure analysis;
Information technology; Information technology software
project; information technology software project;
Inspection; inspection; Inspection metrics;
Inspections; inspections; management; Metrics; metrics;
Module testing; module testing; Prerelease testing;
prerelease testing; Program debugging; Program
diagnostics; program testing; project; Project
management; Return on investment; Return-on-investment
model; return-on-investment model; Risk assessment;
Sales and inventory tracking system; software cost
estimation; Software defect reduction; software defect
reduction; Software defects; software development;
Software engineering; Software inspection; software
metrics; Specifications; Testing metrics; Tools; tools;
Unit testing; unit testing",
thesaurus = "Cost-benefit analysis; Inspection; Program testing;
Project management; Software cost estimation; Software
development management; Software metrics",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Williams:1994:CDM,
author = "Michael K. Williams and Andreas M. R. Pfaff",
title = "Clock design and measurement issues in {Pentium}
systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "6",
pages = "68--77",
month = dec,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94_68.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
abstract = "Design difficulties in producing a statistically
stable timing environment for a 66-MHz Pentium system
are reviewed. Many of the difficulties described easily
generalize to most of the other new high-speed
processors as well. A new, more informed approach to
designing well-timed systems in this performance class
is proposed. A variety of measurements that support
this approach is examined, with the discussion centered
on the measurement of jitter-related design
information. The role of stimulus equipment is also
examined; specifically, what impact various facets of
the performance of a high-stability pulse generator
would have on the quality of the measurement data. It
is shown how the HP 8133A pulse generator can be
employed in designs as aggressively timed as Pentium
and others.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5150 (Other circuits for digital computers); C5130
(Microprocessor chips)",
classification = "721.3; 722.1; 722.4; 723.1; 902.2; C5130
(Microprocessor chips); C5150 (Other circuits for
digital computers)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Buffer storage; Clock design; clock design; Clock load
inventory; clocks; Computer software; Computer systems;
Computer workstations; cpu; Device under test; Fits and
tolerances; High speed processors; HP 8133A pulse
generator; Measurement issues; measurement issues;
Measurements; MHz Pentium system; microprocessor chips;
New high-speed processors; new high-speed processors;
Pentium system; Performance; Personal computers; Pulse
generators; Specifications; statistically stable 66-;
Statistically stable 66-MHz Pentium system;
Supercomputers; System jitter; systems; Systems
analysis; timing; Timing circuits; Verification;
well-timed; Well-timed systems",
thesaurus = "Clocks; Microprocessor chips; Timing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Williams:1994:TMC,
author = "Michael K. Williams and Andreas M. R. Pfaff",
title = "Tolerance Mechanisms in Clock Distribution Networks",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "6",
pages = "70--71",
month = dec,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94_70.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Mujtaba:1994:EMS,
author = "M. Shahid Mujtaba and R. Ritter and J. Harmon",
title = "Enterprise Modeling and Simulation: Complex Dynamic
Behavior of a Simple Model of Manufacturing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "6",
pages = "80--113",
month = dec,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94_80.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
abstract = "Simulating a structurally simple model of a
manufacturing enterprise revealed complex dynamic
behavior. Enterprise modeling and simulation provided
estimates of end-of-life inventory and order delivery
performance based on interactions of forecast quality,
quoted product availability, material procurement and
safety stock policies, vendor lead times, product life
cycle, and part commonality. An unexpected result was
that end-of-life inventory can exist even under ideal
environmental conditions. Prospective applications of
these methods include estimating the effects of
incremental improvements, verifying impacts of process
changes, and generating enterprise behavior
information.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C1290F (Systems theory applications in industry);
C1220 (Simulation, modelling and identification); C7120
(Financial computing)",
classification = "723.5; 913.1; 913.4; 921.6; C1220 (Simulation,
modelling and identification); C1290F (Systems theory
applications in industry); C7120 (Financial
computing)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Abstraction; behavior; changes; complex dynamic;
Complex dynamic behavior; Computer simulation;
corporate modelling; End of life inventory; End-of-life
inventory; end-of-life inventory; enterprise;
Enterprise behavior information; enterprise behavior
information; Enterprise modeling; enterprise modeling;
Enterprise modeling and simulation; Enterprise
simulation; enterprise simulation; environmental
conditions; Estimation; Forecast quality; forecast
quality; Forecasting; ideal; Ideal environmental
conditions; Incremental improvements; incremental
improvements; Manufacture; manufacturing; Manufacturing
enterprise; manufacturing industries; Material
procurement; material procurement; Mathematical models;
modelling; Nonlinear systems; order delivery; Order
delivery performance; Part commonality; part
commonality; performance; process; Process changes;
Process engineering; Product life cycle; product life
cycle; Quoted product availability; quoted product
availability; Safety stock policies; safety stock
policies; Simple manufacturing model; simple
manufacturing model; simulation; Systems analysis;
times; vendor lead; Vendor lead times",
thesaurus = "Corporate modelling; Manufacturing industries;
Modelling; Simulation",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Mujtaba:1994:AMP,
author = "M. Shahid Mujtaba and R. Ritter and J. Harmon",
title = "Appendix {I}: Mathematics of Production and Material
Planning for the Simple Model",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "6",
pages = "109--111",
month = dec,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94109.pdf",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Mujtaba:1994:AIW,
author = "M. Shahid Mujtaba and R. Ritter and J. Harmon",
title = "Appendix {II}: Weekly Event Sequence",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "6",
pages = "111--111",
month = dec,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94109.pdf",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Mujtaba:1994:AIDa,
author = "M. Shahid Mujtaba and R. Ritter and J. Harmon",
title = "Appendix {III}: Details of Part Commonality
Experiments",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "6",
pages = "112--112",
month = dec,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94109.pdf",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Mujtaba:1994:AIDb,
author = "M. Shahid Mujtaba and R. Ritter and J. Harmon",
title = "Appendix {IV}: Details of Explanations for Experiments
0 and 1a",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "6",
pages = "113--113",
month = dec,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94109.pdf",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1994:GTA,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Glossary of Terms and Abbreviations",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "6",
pages = "85--85",
month = dec,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94_85.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1994:EMSa,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Enterprise Modeling and Simulation Applications in
Reengineering",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "6",
pages = "86--87",
month = dec,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94_86.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1994:EMSb,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Enterprise Modeling and Simulation Research at {HP}
Laboratories",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "6",
pages = "90--91",
month = dec,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94_90.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1994:SMSb,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "The Simple Model: Sponsor's Perspective",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "45",
number = "6",
pages = "94--105",
month = dec,
year = "1994",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94_10.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Baney:1995:BFC,
author = "Douglas M. Baney and Wayne V. Sorin",
title = "Broadband Frequency Characterization of Optical
Receivers Using Intensity Noise",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "1",
pages = "6--12",
month = feb,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95_6t.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
abstract = "Methods for enhancing the dynamic range of the
intensity noise technique for high-frequency
photoreceiver calibration are proposed and
experimentally demonstrated. These methods combine
recently developed EDFA* technology with spectral
filtering techniques. The intensity noise calibration
technique is portable, easy to use, and field
deployable.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6260 (Optical links and equipment); B7130
(Measurement standards and calibration)",
classification = "716.1; 717.2; 744.1; 902.2; 921.3; 942.2; B6260
(Optical links and equipment); B7130 (Measurement
standards and calibration)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Broadband frequency characterization; broadband
frequency characterization; Calibration; calibration;
EDFA technology; Electric frequency measurement; Fiber
lasers; Fourier transforms; Frequency domain analysis;
Frequency response; frequency response; high-frequency
photoreceiver; High-frequency photoreceiver
calibration; Impulse response; Intensity noise;
Intensity noise calibration; intensity noise
calibration; Intensity noise technique; intensity noise
technique; Light modulation; optical; Optical
communication equipment; Optical intensity; optical
noise; Optical receivers; optical receivers;
Photoreceivers; receivers; Signal filtering and
prediction; Signal receivers; Spectral filtering
techniques; spectral filtering techniques; Spectrum
analysis; Spectrum analyzers; Spurious signal noise",
thesaurus = "Calibration; Frequency response; Optical noise;
Optical receivers",
treatment = "P Practical; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:FA,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Sidebar: 1.55-mm Fiber-Optic Amplifier",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "1",
pages = "9--9",
month = feb,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95_9.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Leckel:1995:EDF,
author = "Edgar Leckel and Jurgen Sang and Rolf Muller and
Clemens Ruck and Christian Hentschel",
title = "Erbium-Doped Fiber Amplifier Test System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "1",
pages = "13--19",
month = feb,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95_13.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
abstract = "The HP 81600 Series 200 EDFA test system combines
various instruments with powerful software to
characterize erbium-doped fiber amplifiers. The system
is a turnkey solution with fully specified uncertainty.
The tunable laser source with built-in attenuator
provides the input power levels over the required
wavelength range. To guarantee the absolute power level
at the input of the EDFA, the power is monitored by
means of a coupler and a calibrated power meter. At the
output of the EDFA the total output power is measured
with a 5\% tap and a power meter. Because of the high
output power of the EDFA it is necessary to insert
attenuators in front of the power meter heads. The
coupler for the power meter acts as an attenuator for
the optical spectrum analyzer. The coupler is followed
by a switch and a polarization controller/filter
arrangement. This makes it possible to measure the
signal directly or via the polarization
controller/filter with the polarization extinction
method. The optical spectrum analyzer acts as a
wavelength-selective power measurement device.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B4320F (Fibre lasers and amplifiers); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); B7320P
(Optical variables measurement); C7410H (Computerised
instrumentation)",
classification = "716.1; 723.5; 744.1; 921.6; 942.1; 942.2; B4320F
(Fibre lasers and amplifiers); B7210B (Automatic test
and measurement systems); B7320P (Optical variables
measurement); C7410H (Computerised instrumentation)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "attenuator; Attenuator; automatic test equipment;
Bandwidth; calibrated power meter; Calibrated power
meter; Calibration; Computer software; coupler;
Coupler; EDFA; EDFA test systems; erbium; Erbium doped
amplifiers; erbium-doped fiber amplifier test system;
Erbium-doped fiber amplifier test system; Fiber lasers;
fibre lasers; Gain; input power levels; Input power
levels; Interpolation; light; measurement; measurement
device; Noise figure; optical; optical fibre testing;
Optical spectrum analyzer; optical variables;
polarisation; polarization controller/filter;
Polarization controller/filter; polarization extinction
method; Polarization extinction method; power meter;
Power meter; Shot noise; Signal noise measurement;
Signal output power; Signal to noise ratio; source;
Source spontaneous emission; spectral analysers;
Spectrum analysis; spectrum analyzer; Spectrum
analyzers; switch; Switch; tunable laser; Tunable laser
source; Wavelength; wavelength range; Wavelength range;
wavelength-selective power; Wavelength-selective power
measurement device",
thesaurus = "Automatic test equipment; Erbium; Fibre lasers; Light
polarisation; Optical fibre testing; Optical variables
measurement; Spectral analysers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ranganath:1995:MQW,
author = "Tirumala R. Ranganath and Michael J. Ludowise and
Patricia A. Beck and Dennis J. Derickson and William H.
Perez and Tim L. Bagwell and David M. Braun",
title = "Multi-Quantum-Well Ridge Waveguide Lasers for Tunable
External-Cavity Sources",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "1",
pages = "20--26",
month = feb,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95_20.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
abstract = "A new multi-quantum-well ridge waveguide laser
enhanced for use in a grating-tuned external-cavity
source has been developed. The device offers higher
output power and wider tunability for improved
performance in a new instrument. A core technology has
been developed for use in a variety of light-emitting
devices.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4260B (Design of specific laser systems); A4260D
(Laser resonators and cavities); A4255P (Lasing action
in semiconductors); A4260F (Laser beam modulation,
pulsing and switching; mode locking and tuning); B4320J
(Semiconductor lasers); B4320L (Laser resonators and
cavities)",
classification = "714.2; 741.3; 744.1; 744.4.1; 933.3; A4255P (Lasing
action in semiconductors); A4260B (Design of specific
laser systems); A4260D (Laser resonators and cavities);
A4260F (Laser beam modulation, pulsing and switching;
B4320J (Semiconductor lasers); B4320L (Laser resonators
and cavities); mode locking and tuning)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Band structure; Cavity resonators; cavity sources;
Diffraction gratings; Electronic structure; External
cavity sources; external-cavity source; grating-tuned;
Grating-tuned external-cavity source; laser cavity
resonators; laser tuning; Laser tuning; Laser windows;
Light emitting diodes; Light propagation;
light-emitting devices; Light-emitting devices;
multi-quantum-well ridge waveguide lasers;
Multi-quantum-well ridge waveguide lasers; Optical
oscillators; Optical waveguides; Organometallic vapor
phase epitaxy; Performance; quantum well lasers;
Quantum well lasers; ridge waveguides; Semiconductor
quantum wells; Tunability; tunable external-; Tunable
external-cavity sources; waveguide lasers; Waveguide
lasers",
thesaurus = "Laser cavity resonators; Laser tuning; Quantum well
lasers; Ridge waveguides; Waveguide lasers",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Heffner:1995:MPD,
author = "Brian L. Heffner and Paul R. Hernday",
title = "Measurement of polarization-mode dispersion",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "1",
pages = "27--33",
month = feb,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95_27.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
abstract = "Polarization-mode dispersion is defined and
characterized, using Poincare sphere and Jones matrix
concepts. Interferometric, wavelength scanning, and
Jones matrix eigenanalysis measurement methods are
described. Instrumentation, especially the HP 8509B
lightwave polarization analyzer, is discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4281C (Optical fibre testing and measurement of fibre
parameters); A0760F (Optical polarimetry and
ellipsometry); B6260 (Optical links and equipment);
B6430D (CATV and wired systems); B4125 (Fibre optics);
B7320P (Optical variables measurement)",
classification = "711.1; 741.1; 741.1.2; 921.1; 941.3; 941.4; A0760F
(Optical polarimetry and ellipsometry); A4281C (Optical
fibre testing and measurement of fibre parameters);
B4125 (Fibre optics); B6260 (Optical links and
equipment); B6430D (CATV and wired systems); B7320P
(Optical variables measurement)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "8509B lightwave polarization analyzer; algebra; cable
television; dispersion; Eigenvalues and eigenfunctions;
eigenvalues and eigenfunctions; Electromagnetic
dispersion; Frequencies; HP; HP 8509B lightwave
polarization analyzer; interferometric; Interferometric
scanning; Interferometry; Jones matrix; Jones matrix
concepts; Jones matrix eigenanalysis measurement
methods; Light measurement; Light polarization;
Lightwave polarization analyzer; matrix; Matrix
algebra; Optical fibers; optical fibre; optical fibre
communication; optical fibre polarisation; Poincare
sphere; polarimetry; Polarization mode dispersion;
Polarization-mode dispersion measurement;
polarization-mode dispersion measurement; Refractive
index; Scanning; scanning; Spectrum analyzers; testing;
Three dimensional; Vectors; Wavelength scanning;
wavelength scanning",
thesaurus = "Cable television; Eigenvalues and eigenfunctions;
Matrix algebra; Optical fibre communication; Optical
fibre dispersion; Optical fibre polarisation; Optical
fibre testing; Polarimetry",
treatment = "P Practical; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:JC,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "{Jones} Calculus",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "1",
pages = "28--28",
month = feb,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95_28.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:PS,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "The {Poincar{\'e}} Sphere",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "1",
pages = "29--29",
month = feb,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95_29.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:HBL,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "The {HP 8509A\slash B} Lightwave Polarization
Analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "1",
pages = "32--32",
month = feb,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95_32.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Schmidt:1995:NDA,
author = "Siegmar Schmidt and Halmo Fischer",
title = "A new design approach for a programmable optical
attenuator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "1",
pages = "34--38",
month = feb,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95_34.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
abstract = "The new HP 8156A optical attenuator offers improved
performance, low polarization dependent loss and
polarization-mode dispersion, and increased
versatility. It uses a birefringence-free glass filter
disk and a high-resolution, fast-settling filter drive
system. It has several new features, including a
separate shutter, built-in software applications, and
options to tailor it to different fiber-optic
applications. The options include standard performance,
high-performance, monitor and high-return-loss options
for single-mode fibers, and a multimode fiber option.
The operating wavelength range covers the two
fiber-optic wavelength regions around 1300 and 1550
nm.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7320P (Optical variables measurement); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); C7410H
(Computerised instrumentation)",
classification = "711.1; 741.1; 741.1.1; 741.3; 941.3; B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); B7320P
(Optical variables measurement); C7410H (Computerised
instrumentation)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "1300 nm; 1300 Nm; 1550 nm; 1550 Nm; applications;
attenuator; attenuators; automatic test equipment;
birefringence-free glass; Birefringence-free glass
filter disk; Calibration; design; Design; Digital
positioning systems; Electric attenuators;
Electromagnetic wave attenuation; fast-settling filter
drive system; Fast-settling filter drive system; fiber;
fiber optic; Fiber optic applications; Fiber optics;
filter disk; HP 8156A optical; HP 8156A optical
attenuator; Light polarization; low; low polarization
dependent loss; Low polarization dependent loss; Low
polarization-mode dispersion; monitor; Monitor;
multimode; Multimode fiber; operating wavelength range;
Operating wavelength range; Optical attenuator; Optical
design; Optical devices; optical fibre; Optical
filters; Optical glass; Optical instrument lenses;
Optical systems; optical variables measurement;
Performance; Polarization mode dispersion;
polarization-mode dispersion; programmable optical
attenuator; Programmable optical attenuator; shutter;
Shutter; software applications; Software applications;
testing",
numericalindex = "Wavelength 1.3E-06 m; Wavelength 1.55E-06 m",
thesaurus = "Attenuators; Automatic test equipment; Optical fibre
testing; Optical variables measurement",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Braun:1995:PRS,
author = "David M. Braun and Dennis J. Derickson and Luis M.
Fernandez and Greg D. LeCheminant",
title = "Precision Reflectometer with Spurious-Free Enhanced
Sensitivity",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "1",
pages = "39--42",
month = feb,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95_39.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
abstract = "The HP 8504B precision reflectometer has an improved
sensitivity of -80 dB at both 1300-nm and 1550-nm
wavelengths. All spurious responses generated within
the instrument itself have been significantly reduced.
The instrument offers fiber-optic component designers
and manufacturers the ability to pinpoint both large
and small optical reflectances.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4281C (Optical fibre testing and measurement of fibre
parameters); A0760L (Optical interferometry); A0760H
(Optical refractometry and reflectometry); B4125 (Fibre
optics); B7320P (Optical variables measurement)",
classification = "711.1; 741.1.1; 741.3; 902.2; 941.3; 941.4; A0760H
(Optical refractometry and reflectometry); A0760L
(Optical interferometry); A4281C (Optical fibre testing
and measurement of fibre parameters); B4125 (Fibre
optics); B7320P (Optical variables measurement)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "1300 Nm; 1300 nm; 1550 Nm; 1550 nm; design; Fiber
optics; fiber-optic component; Fiber-optic component
design; Frequencies; Frequency response; HP 8504B
precision; HP 8504B precision reflectometer;
Interferometers; Light reflection; Low-coherence
reflectometry; low-coherence reflectometry; Michelson
interferometer; Michelson interferometers; Optical
design; optical design techniques; optical fibre
testing; Optical reflectances; optical reflectances;
Optical resolving power; Optical testing; Optical
variables measurement; Precision reflectometer;
reflectometer; Reflectometers; reflectometers;
Sensitivity analysis; Specifications; Spurious
responses; spurious responses; Spurious-free enhanced
sensitivity; spurious-free enhanced sensitivity;
Wavelengths",
numericalindex = "Wavelength 1.3E-06 m; Wavelength 1.55E-06 m",
thesaurus = "Michelson interferometers; Optical design techniques;
Optical fibre testing; Reflectometers",
treatment = "P Practical; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Derickson:1995:HPL,
author = "Dennis J. Derickson and Patricia A. Beck and Tim L.
Bagwell and David M. Braun and Julie E. Fouquet and
Forrest G. Kellert and Michael J. Ludowise and William
H. Perez and Tirumala R. Ranganath and Gary R. Trott
and Susan R. Sloan",
title = "High-Power, Low-Internal-Reflection, Edge Emitting
Light-Emitting Diodes",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "1",
pages = "43--48",
month = feb,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95_43.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
abstract = "A new edge emitting LED has been developed for
applications in optical low-coherence reflectometry. It
offers improved sensitivity without introducing
spurious responses.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B4260D (Light emitting diodes); B7320P (Optical
variables measurement)",
classification = "741.1; 741.3; 941.3; B4260D (Light emitting diodes);
B7320P (Optical variables measurement)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Couplers; Device under test; Edge emitting light
emitting diodes; Edge emitting light-emitting diodes;
edge emitting light-emitting diodes; Frequency
response; Internal reflection; internal reflection;
light coherence; Light emitting diodes; light emitting
diodes; Light interference; Light reflection; Optical
fibers; Optical low-coherence reflectometry; optical
low-coherence reflectometry; Optical resolving power;
Optical testing; Optical variables measurement;
Reflectometers; reflectometry; response; Sensitivity;
sensitivity; Sensitivity analysis; Spectral density;
spurious; Spurious response; Spurious responses",
thesaurus = "Light coherence; Light emitting diodes; Reflectometry;
Sensitivity",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Miller:1995:JAH,
author = "Christopher M. Miller and David J. McQuate",
title = "Jitter Analysis of High-Speed Digital Systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "1",
pages = "49--56",
month = feb,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95_49.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
abstract = "The HP 71501B jitter and eye diagram analyzer performs
industry-standard jitter tolerance, jitter transfer,
and jitter generation measurements on Gbit/s
telecommunication system components. It can display
both the jitter spectrum and the jitter waveform to
help determine whether jitter is limiting the bit error
ratio of an optical transmission system. Designed in
response to customer needs to make these measurements
at the high transmission rates currently employed in
optical systems, the HP7510B can be used for
diagnostics and jitter analysis.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6260 (Optical links and equipment); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems)",
classification = "701.1; 722.3; 723.2; 921.3; 942.1; B6260 (Optical
links and equipment); B7210X (Other instrumentation and
measurement systems)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Bit error rate; Bit error ratio; bit error ratio; Data
communication systems; Diagnostics; diagnostics;
digital communication; Digital communication systems;
Digital signal processing; Electric waveforms;
equipment; Error correction; Eye diagram analyzer; eye
diagram analyzer; Fourier transforms; generation
measurement; High speed digital systems; High-speed
digital systems; high-speed digital systems; HP 71501B;
jitter; Jitter analysis; Jitter analyzer; jitter
analyzer; Jitter generation; Jitter generation
measurement; Jitter spectrum; jitter spectrum; Jitter
tolerance; jitter tolerance; Jitter transfer; jitter
transfer; Jitter waveform; jitter waveform; Jitter
waveforms; optical; optical communication; Optical
transmission system; Performance; spectral analysers;
Spectrum analysis; Spectrum analyzers;
Telecommunication system components; telecommunication
system components; transmission system",
thesaurus = "Digital communication; Jitter; Optical communication
equipment; Spectral analysers",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Maier:1995:AOT,
author = "Frank A. Maier and Harald Seeger",
title = "Automation of Optical Time-Domain Reflectometry
Measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "1",
pages = "57--62",
month = feb,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95_57.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
abstract = "The HP 81700 Series 100 remote fiber test system is a
first-generation system consisting of a personal
computer controlling one or more OTDRs and optical
switches. It is well-suited for automated testing of
small fiber networks such as company networks.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4281C (Optical fibre testing and measurement of fibre
parameters); A0760H (Optical refractometry and
reflectometry)B4125 (Fibre optics); B7320P (Optical
variables measurement); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B6260 (Optical links and
equipment); C7420 (Control engineering computing);
C7410H (Computerised instrumentation)",
classification = "722.4; 731.1; 732.2; 741.3; 921.6; 941.3; A0760H
(Optical refractometry and reflectometry); A4281C
(Optical fibre testing and measurement of fibre
parameters); B4125 (Fibre optics); B6260 (Optical links
and equipment); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B7320P (Optical variables measurement);
C7410H (Computerised instrumentation); C7420 (Control
engineering computing)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Automated testing; automated testing; automatic
testing; Automation; Company networks; company
networks; Computer control; computerised control;
computers; Control equipment; Error analysis; Error
detection; first generation; First generation system;
Hewlett Packard; HP 81700; HP 81700 Series 100;
microcomputer applications; networks; optical; Optical
fibers; optical fibre; optical fibre testing; Optical
switches; optical switches; Optical systems; Optical
testing; Optical time domain reflectometry; Optical
time-domain reflectometry measurements; optical
time-domain reflectometry measurements; OTDRs; Personal
computer; personal computer; Personal computers;
Reflectometers; Remote fiber test system; remote fiber
test system; Series 100; Small fiber networks; small
fiber networks; system; Time domain analysis;
time-domain reflectometry",
thesaurus = "Automatic testing; Computerised control; Hewlett
Packard computers; Microcomputer applications; Optical
fibre networks; Optical fibre testing; Optical
switches; Optical time-domain reflectometry",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Robrish:1995:DPN,
author = "Peter R. Robrish and Christopher J. Madden and Rory L.
VanTuyl and William R. {Trutna, Jr.}",
title = "Design and Performance of a Narrowband {VCO} at 282
{THz}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "1",
pages = "63--66",
month = feb,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95_63.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
abstract = "The development of extensive fiber-optic networks has
increased the spectral range of communication carriers
to frequencies in excess of 200 THz (wavelength=1500
nm). Test instruments designed for use with such
systems and their components often require signal
sources with good frequency control and spectral
purity. A single-mode optical signal source whose
frequency can be voltage-controlled has been developed.
We describe its design and performance.",
abstract-2 = "A single-mode optical signal source whose frequency
can be voltage-controlled has been developed. We
describe its design and performance.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230B (Oscillators); B4320J (Semiconductor lasers)",
classification = "741.1; 741.3; 744.1; 744.4.1; 933.1; B1230B
(Oscillators); B4320J (Semiconductor lasers)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "282 THz; Amplification; Bandwidth; carriers;
communication; Communication carriers; Crystals;
Diffraction gratings; Fiber-optic networks; fiber-optic
networks; Frequencies; Frequency control; frequency
control; Laser crystals; Laser tuning; Narrowband
lasers; Narrowband VCO; narrowband VCO; Noise
characteristics; Optical design; Optical signal source;
Optically pumped lasers; Performance; Semiconductor
lasers; semiconductor lasers; Single mode; Spectral
purity; spectral purity; Spurious signal noise;
Variable frequency oscillators; voltage-controlled
oscillators",
numericalindex = "Frequency 2.82E+14 Hz",
thesaurus = "Semiconductor lasers; Voltage-controlled oscillators",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Tan:1995:SEL,
author = "Michael R. T. Tan and Kenneth H. Hahn and Yu-Min D.
Houng and Shih-Yuan Wang",
title = "Surface Emitting Laser for Multimode Data Link
Applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "1",
pages = "67--71",
month = feb,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95_67.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
abstract = "A surface emitting laser has been developed for use in
a multimode optical fiber data link. The laser can
operate in a high-order spatial mode, resulting in a
spectral width as wide as one nanometer and a relative
intensity noise (RIN) lower than -125 dB\slash Hz in a
multimode fiber system. Electrical and optical
characteristics of the surface emitting laser and the
epitaxial growth methods are discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
chemicalindex = "InGaAs/int As/int Ga/int In/int InGaAs/ss As/ss Ga/ss
In/ss; GaAs/int As/int Ga/int GaAs/bin As/bin Ga/bin;
AlAs/int Al/int As/int AlAs/bin Al/bin As/bin;
AlGaAs/int Al/int As/int Ga/int AlGaAs/ss Al/ss As/ss
Ga/ss",
classcodes = "A4260B (Design of specific laser systems); A8115G
(Vacuum deposition); A4285D (Optical fabrication,
surface grinding); A4255P (Lasing action in
semiconductors); A4260D (Laser resonators and
cavities); A4260H (Laser beam characteristics and
interactions); B4320J (Semiconductor lasers); B6260
(Optical links and equipment); B0510D (Epitaxial
growth); B4320L (Laser resonators and cavities); B4330
(Laser beam interactions and properties)",
classification = "716.1; 717.2; 741.1.2; 744.1; 931.2; 933.1.2; A4255P
(Lasing action in semiconductors); A4260B (Design of
specific laser systems); A4260D (Laser resonators and
cavities); A4260H (Laser beam characteristics and
interactions); A4285D (Optical fabrication, surface
grinding); A8115G (Vacuum deposition); B0510D
(Epitaxial growth); B4320J (Semiconductor lasers);
B4320L (Laser resonators and cavities); B4330 (Laser
beam interactions and properties); B6260 (Optical links
and equipment)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "980 Nm; 980 nm; AlAs; AlGaAs; beam epitaxial growth;
characteristics; communication; Data link; Electric
properties; electrical; Electrical characteristics;
Electronics packaging; Epitaxial growth; Epitaxial
growth method; epitaxial growth method; Fiber optics;
Frequencies; GaAs; High-order spatial mode; high-order
spatial mode; InGaAs; laser beams; laser cavity
resonators; Laser modes; laser noise; Lasers; Light
reflection; Mirrors; molecular; Molecular beam epitaxy;
Multimode data link applications; multimode data link
applications; Multimode fiber system; multimode fiber
system; Numerical aperture; Optical characteristics;
optical characteristics; optical fabrication; Optical
fiber data link; optical fiber data link; optical
fibre; Optical links; Optical properties; optical
transmitters; quantum well lasers; Relative intensity
noise; relative intensity noise; spectral; Spectral
width; Spurious signal noise; Surface emitting laser;
surface emitting laser; surface emitting lasers;
width",
numericalindex = "Wavelength 9.8E-07 m",
thesaurus = "Laser beams; Laser cavity resonators; Laser noise;
Molecular beam epitaxial growth; Optical fabrication;
Optical fibre communication; Optical transmitters;
Quantum well lasers; Surface emitting lasers",
treatment = "P Practical; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Nakagawa:1995:GSW,
author = "Shigeru Nakagawa and Danny E. Mars and Norihide
Yamada",
title = "Generating Short-Wavelength Light Using a
Vertical-Cavity Laser Structure",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "1",
pages = "72--75",
month = feb,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95_72.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
abstract = "Second-harmonic generation from a GaAs\slash AlAs
vertical cavity fabricated on a (311)B GaAs substrate
has been demonstrated. The experimental results and a
theoretical analysis show that a GaAs\slash AlAs
vertical cavity optimized both for efficient
confinement of the fundamental power and for
quasi-phase-matching can offer efficient
second-harmonic generation.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
chemicalindex = "GaAs-AlAs/int AlAs/int GaAs/int Al/int As/int Ga/int
AlAs/bin GaAs/bin Al/bin As/bin Ga/bin",
classcodes = "A4260B (Design of specific laser systems); A4265K
(Optical harmonic generation, frequency conversion,
parametric oscillation and amplification); A4255P
(Lasing action in semiconductors); A4260D (Laser
resonators and cavities); A4272 (Optical sources and
standards); B4320J (Semiconductor lasers); B4340
(Nonlinear optics and devices); B4320L (Laser
resonators and cavities)",
classification = "712.1.2; 714.2; 741.1; 741.3; 744.4.1; 921.6; A4255P
(Lasing action in semiconductors); A4260B (Design of
specific laser systems); A4260D (Laser resonators and
cavities); A4265K (Optical harmonic generation,
frequency conversion, parametric oscillation and
amplification); A4272 (Optical sources and standards);
B4320J (Semiconductor lasers); B4320L (Laser resonators
and cavities); B4340 (Nonlinear optics and devices)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "aluminium compounds; Cavity resonators; Fundamental
power; fundamental power; GaAs substrate; GaAs-AlAs;
GaAs/AlAs laser; gallium arsenide; generation; III-V
semiconductors; laser cavity resonators; Light
interference; Light propagation; Light sources; light
sources; Numerical analysis; optical harmonic;
phase-matching; Quasi phase matching; quasi-;
Quasi-phase-matching; Refractive index; Second harmonic
generation; Second-harmonic generation; second-harmonic
generation; Semiconducting aluminum compounds;
Semiconducting gallium arsenide; Semiconductor device
manufacture; Semiconductor lasers; semiconductor
lasers; Short wavelength; Short-wavelength light
generation; short-wavelength light generation;
Substrates; surface emitting lasers; Vertical cavity
laser; Vertical-cavity laser structure; vertical-cavity
laser structure",
thesaurus = "Aluminium compounds; Gallium arsenide; III-V
semiconductors; Laser cavity resonators; Light sources;
Optical harmonic generation; Semiconductor lasers;
Surface emitting lasers",
treatment = "T Theoretical or Mathematical; X Experimental",
}
@Article{McAuliffe:1995:NFS,
author = "Robert E. McAuliffe and James L. Benson and
Christopher B. Cain",
title = "A New, Flexible Sequencer Architecture for Testing
Complex Serial Bit Streams",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "1",
pages = "76--90",
month = feb,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95_76.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
abstract = "Based on a generic model of serial communication
systems, this architecture dramatically reduces the
time needed to program functional and in-circuit tests
for devices with serial interfaces. It is implemented
in a new Serial Test Card and Serial Test Language for
the HP 3070 family of board test systems.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265B (Logic circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); C5210 (Logic design methods);
C7410H (Computerised instrumentation)",
classification = "714.2; 715.2; 716; 716.1; 722.2; 722.4; B1265B
(Logic circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); C5210 (Logic design methods);
C7410H (Computerised instrumentation)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Assembly; automatic test equipment; Board test
systems; Communication channels (information theory);
complex serial bit streams; Complex serial bit streams
testing; Electronic equipment testing; Flexible
sequencer architecture; flexible sequencer
architecture; Generic model; generic model; HP 3070
series test systems; In circuit test; Interfaces
(computer); logic testing; Models; Printed circuit
boards; Printed circuit manufacture; Product design;
sequential; serial; Serial bit streams; Serial
communication systems; serial communication systems;
Serial interfaces; Serial test card; Serial test
language; serial test language; Supercomputers;
switching; Telecommunication systems; test card;
testing",
thesaurus = "Automatic test equipment; Logic testing; Sequential
switching",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{McDougal:1995:STV,
author = "Jay D. McDougal and William E. Young",
title = "Shortening the Time to Volume Production of
High-Performance Standard Cell {ASICs}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "1",
pages = "91--96",
month = feb,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95_91.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
abstract = "This paper presents methods that help reduce or even
eliminate the need for design iterations by increasing
the chance of `first time perfect' at each design step.
First, we discuss the methods developed for each of the
steps in our ASIC design process to get shortened
throughput time and reduced design iterations while
still producing high-performance components. Next, we
present the results of applying these methods to the
design of a CMOS ASIC that is used in HP's X-terminal
products. Coding guidelines for behavioral modeling and
a process for generating wire load models that satisfy
most timing constraints early in the design cycle are
some of the techniques used in the design process for
standard cell ASICs.",
abstract-2 = "Coding guidelines for behavioral modeling and a
process for generating wire load models that satisfy
most timing constraints early in the design cycle are
some of the techniques used in the design process for
standard cell ASICs.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2570D (CMOS integrated circuits); B2570A (Integrated
circuit modelling and process simulation); B0170C
(Project and design engineering); B1265B (Logic
circuits)",
classification = "713.4; 714.2; 723.1; 723.1.1; 723.5; B0170C (Project
and design engineering); B1265B (Logic circuits);
B2570A (Integrated circuit modelling and process
simulation); B2570D (CMOS integrated circuits)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Application specific integrated circuits; application
specific integrated circuits; Behavioral modeling;
behavioral modeling; circuits; CMOS ASIC; CMOS
integrated; Codes (symbols); coding; Coding guidelines;
Computer hardware description languages; Computer
simulation; Constraint theory; Design aids; Design
flow; Design iterations; design iterations;
Flowcharting; guidelines; High level languages; HP
X-terminal products; integrated circuit; integrated
circuit design; Integrated circuit layout; Integrated
circuit manufacture; integrated circuit technology;
logic design; modelling; Standard cell; Standard cell
ASIC design; standard cell ASIC design; throughput;
Throughput time reduction; time reduction; Timing
circuits; Timing constraints; Wire load models; wire
load models",
thesaurus = "Application specific integrated circuits; CMOS
integrated circuits; Integrated circuit design;
Integrated circuit modelling; Integrated circuit
technology; Logic design",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Raje:1995:FII,
author = "Prasad Raje",
title = "A Framework for Insight into the Impact of
Interconnect on 0.35-$ \mu $ m {VLSI} Performance",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "1",
pages = "97--104",
month = feb,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95_97.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
abstract = "A design and learning tool, called advanced
interconnect modeling (AIM), provides VLSI circuit and
technology designers with the capability to model,
optimize, and scale total delay in the presence of
interconnect. AIM includes circuit and process
technology variables while providing a framework to
manage a large design space. AIM is also
computationally efficient while accounting for
important effects like interline capacitance and
distributed RCs. It also serves as a bridge between
circuit and technology designers to allow for combined
optimization of interconnects in both domains. This
paper describes the delay model used in AIM, its
implementation and verification, and some example
analyses.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2570A (Integrated circuit modelling and process
simulation); B2570K (Mixed technology integrated
circuits); B2570D (CMOS integrated circuits); B2550F
(Metallisation and interconnection technology)",
classification = "701.1; 713.4; 714.2; 723.1.1; 723.5; 921.5; B2550F
(Metallisation and interconnection technology); B2570A
(Integrated circuit modelling and process simulation);
B2570D (CMOS integrated circuits); B2570K (Mixed
technology integrated circuits)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "0.35 Mum; 0.35 mum; Advanced interconnect modeling;
advanced interconnect modeling; BiCMOS analogue
integrated circuits; BiCMOS IC; Building block;
Capacitance; circuit interconnections; circuits; CMOS
IC; CMOS integrated; Computer aided software
engineering; Computer hardware description languages;
Computer simulation; Delay circuits; Delay model; delay
model; delays; design; Design aids; Electric
resistance; Electric wiring; IC; IC design; IC
modelling; integrated; integrated circuit design;
Integrated circuit layout; integrated circuit
modelling; Interconnect; Interconnects; interconnects;
Interline capacitance; interline capacitance;
Microprocessor chips; Optimization; Performance; Total
delay; VLSI; VLSI chips; VLSI circuits",
numericalindex = "Size 3.5E-07 m",
thesaurus = "BiCMOS analogue integrated circuits; CMOS integrated
circuits; Delays; Integrated circuit design; Integrated
circuit interconnections; Integrated circuit modelling;
VLSI",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Lam:1995:SDF,
author = "William K. Lam",
title = "Synthesis of 100\% Delay Fault Testable Combinational
Circuits by Cube Partitioning",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "1",
pages = "105--109",
month = feb,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95105.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
abstract = "High-performance systems require rigorous testing for
path delay faults. A synthesis algorithm is proposed
that produces a 100\% path delay fault testable
function with a minimal set of test pins.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265B (Logic circuits); C5210 (Logic design methods);
C5120 (Logic and switching circuits)",
classification = "703.1.2; 713.4; 721.2; 721.3; 902.2; 921.6; B1265B
(Logic circuits); C5120 (Logic and switching circuits);
C5210 (Logic design methods)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Algorithms; and gate; Boolean functions; circuits;
combinational; Combinational circuits; combinational
circuits; Combinatorial circuits; Computer aided logic
design; Cube partitioning; cube partitioning; Delay
circuits; delays; Electric network synthesis; Electron
device testing; fault diagnosis; Flip flop circuits;
Inverters (gates); logic; Logic gates; logic testing;
partitioning; Path delay fault testing; path delay
fault testing; Path delay faults; Robustly path delay
fault testable; Specifications; Synthesis algorithm;
synthesis algorithm; Test pins; Testable function;
testable function",
thesaurus = "Combinational circuits; Delays; Fault diagnosis; Logic
partitioning; Logic testing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:BSF,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Bridging and Stuck-At Faults",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "1",
pages = "110--110",
month = feb,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95111.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Aitken:1995:BMB,
author = "Robert C. Aitken and Peter C. Maxwell",
title = "Better models or better algorithms? Techniques to
improve fault diagnosis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "1",
pages = "110--116",
month = feb,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95110.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
abstract = "The simple stuck-at fault model paired with a complex
fault diagnosis algorithm is compared against the
bridging fault model paired with a simple fault
diagnosis algorithm to determine which approach
produces the best fault diagnosis in CMOS VLSI
circuits. These models and algorithms are compared both
on known bridging defects from actual chips, and since
the available sample of known bridging faults is small,
on a larger sample of simulated bridging faults. Only
voltage testing is considered in this analysis. In
addition, we employ a single fault model in all cases,
both for simplicity and because in many of the cases of
interest for diagnosis, single-site defects are more
likely. A part that failed its functional package test,
for example, probably contains only a single defect, or
it would not have passed its numerous tests at the
wafer level and its parametric tests at the package
level.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
B2570D (CMOS integrated circuits); C7410D (Electronic
engineering computing)",
classification = "701.1; 714.2; 723.1; 723.5; B1130B (Computer-aided
circuit analysis and design); B2570D (CMOS integrated
circuits); C7410D (Electronic engineering computing)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Algorithms; Bridging; Bridging fault model; bridging
fault model; circuit analysis computing; CMOS
integrated circuits; CMOS VLSI circuits; complex fault;
Complex fault diagnosis algorithm; Computer aided
analysis; Computer simulation; defects; diagnosis;
diagnosis algorithm; Electric fault location;
Electronics packaging; Failing test vectors; Failure
analysis; fault; Fault diagnosis; fault diagnosis;
Functional package test; functional package test;
Heuristic programming; known bridging; Known bridging
defects; Microprocessor chips; simple fault; Simple
fault diagnosis algorithm; Simple stuck-at fault model;
simple stuck-at fault model; Simulated bridging faults;
simulated bridging faults; single-; Single-site
defects; site defects; Stuck at fault model; VLSI; VLSI
circuits; Voltage testing; voltage testing",
thesaurus = "Circuit analysis computing; CMOS integrated circuits;
Fault diagnosis; VLSI",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:PD,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Potential Detection",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "1",
pages = "115--115",
month = feb,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95115.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:Aa,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Authors",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "1",
pages = "117--123",
month = feb,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 10:38:27 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/febauth.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Pearson:1995:LCH,
author = "Roger A. Pearson",
title = "A Low-Cost, High-Performance {PA-RISC} Workstation
with Built-In Graphics, Multimedia, and Networking
Capabilities",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "2",
pages = "6--11",
month = apr,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95apr/apr95_6t.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-04-95.html",
abstract = "Designing as a set the three VLSI components that
provide the core functions of CPU, I/O, and graphics
for the HP 9000 Model 712 workstation balanced
performance and cost and simplified the interfaces
between components, allowing designers to create a
system with high performance at a low cost. The three
new VLSI chips provide most of the functionality of the
Model 712 workstation. The PA 7100LC CPU chip
interfaces directly to the cache and main memory. The
LASI (LAN/ SCSI) chip does most of the core I/O needed
for entry-level workstations. The graphics subsystem
consists of the graphics chip and the frame buffer
VRAMs. All three chips communicate through the GSC
(general system connect) bus. The Models 712/60 and
712/80 are very similar and differ only in their cache
sizes and cache speeds and in the main system clock
speeds.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays); C5430
(Microcomputers); C5220 (Computer architecture); C6130M
(Multimedia)",
classification = "711.1; 714.2; 722.1; 722.3; 722.4; 723.5; C5220
(Computer architecture); C5430 (Microcomputers); C5540
(Terminals and graphic displays); C6130M (Multimedia)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Buffer storage; built-in graphics; Built-in graphics;
cache; Cache; cache storage; chip; Computer graphics;
Computer workstations; computing; CPU; Data
communication equipment; Electromagnetic compatibility;
Electromagnetic wave interference; Electromagnetic wave
interference control; Expansion cards; general system
connect bus; General system connect bus; graphics;
Graphics; graphics subsystem c; Graphics subsystem c;
high-performance PA-RISC workstation; High-performance
PA-RISC workstation; HP 9000 Model 712 workstation;
I/O; Integrated circuit layout; Interfaces (computer);
LAN/SCSI chip; LASI; Local area networks; multimedia;
Multimedia; multimedia systems; networking
capabilities; Networking capabilities; PA 7100LC CPU;
PA 7100LC CPU chip; Printed circuit design; Processor;
Random access storage; reduced instruction set; Single
inline memory modules; Telephony; VLSI; VLSI circuits;
VLSI components; workstations",
thesaurus = "Cache storage; Multimedia systems; Reduced instruction
set computing; VLSI; Workstations",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bass:1995:PMC,
author = "Mick Bass and Patrick Knebel and David W. Quint and
William L. Walker",
title = "The {PA 7100LC} Microprocessor: {A} Case Study of {IC}
Design Decisions in a Competitive Environment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "2",
pages = "12--22",
month = apr,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95apr/apr95_12.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-04-95.html",
abstract = "Engineering design decisions made during the early
stages of a product's development is crucial to a
product's success. In the case of Hewlett--Packard, the
careful design decisions made led to the creation of a
low-cost, single-chip processor core --- the PA 7100LC
--- that includes a built-in memory controller, a
combined variable-size off-chip primary instruction and
data cache, a 1K-byte on-chip instruction buffer, and a
superscalar execution unit with two integer units and
one floating-point unit with reduced size and
performance. {I${}_{DDQ}$}, sample-on-the-fly, and
debug modes were added to enhance testability, reduce
test cost and accelerate the post-silicon schedule.
With the PA 7100LC processor, Hewlett--Packard has
demonstrated an ability to make design decisions in a
manner that leads to products having a strong
competitive position in the areas of cost, performance,
quality and time to market.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); C5130
(Microprocessor chips)",
classification = "714.2; 722; 722.4; 911; 912.2; 912.4; B1265F
(Microprocessors and microcomputers); C5130
(Microprocessor chips)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Buffer storage; Central processing unit; Computer
hardware; Computer systems; Computer workstations;
Costs; Decision making; Design decision; design
decisions; Electronics packaging; engineering;
Engineering design decisions; Engineers; Floating point
unit; I/O controller; IC design decisions; Integrated
circuit layout; Memory controller; Microprocessor
chips; microprocessor chips; PA 7100LC microprocessor;
Performance; performance; Random access storage;
Reliability; reliability; Time to market; time to
market",
thesaurus = "Microprocessor chips",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bass:1995:DMP,
author = "Mick Bass and Terry W. Blanchard and D. Douglas
Josephson and Duncan Weir and Daniel L. Halperin",
title = "Design methodologies for the {PA 7100LC}
microprocessor",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "2",
pages = "23--35",
month = apr,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95apr/apr95_23.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-04-95.html",
abstract = "During the development of the PA 7100LC
microprocessor, engineers created several methodologies
that provided the framework for implementing the design
decisions that were made throughout the project. This
article explores several of these methodologies, which
were crucial to the successful product implementation.
For each methodology, the design decisions that
impacted the methodology are discussed as well as the
alternatives that were considered and the course that
were chosen. The areas in which these methodologies
were developed include control synthesis, place and
route, production test, processor diagnosability,
presilicon verification, and postsilicon
verification.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); C5130
(Microprocessor chips)",
classification = "714.2; 721.2; 722; 722.1; 723.5; 912.2; B1265F
(Microprocessors and microcomputers); C5130
(Microprocessor chips)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Algorithms; Buffer storage; Computer hardware;
Computer simulation; Computer simulation languages;
Control circuitry; Decision making; Design decision;
Design methodologies; design methodologies; features;
In circuit emulation; Integrated circuit layout;
Integrated circuit testing; integrated circuit testing;
Logic devices; Microprocessor chips; microprocessor
chips; PA 7100LC microprocessor; Postsilicon electrical
verification; Processor chip testing; processor chip
testing; product; Product features; Programmable logic
array; Sample on the fly testing; Simulators; Verilog
modeling language",
thesaurus = "Integrated circuit testing; Microprocessor chips",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Spencer:1995:SC,
author = "Thomas V. Spencer and Frank J. Lettang and Curtis R.
McAllister and Anthony L. Riccio and Joseph F. Orth and
Brian K. Arnold",
title = "An {I/O} System on a Chip",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "2",
pages = "36--42",
month = apr,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95apr/apr95_36.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-04-95.html",
abstract = "The heart of the I/O subsystem for the HP 9000 Model
712 workstation is a custom VLSI chip that is optimized
to minimize the manufacturing cost of the system while
maintaining functional compatibility and comparable
performance with existing members of the Series 700
family. Named LASI (for LAN and SCSI), the chip was
designed in a 0.8-$ \mu $ m CMOS process and contains
520,000 FETs. Other I/O functionality implemented on
LASI include: RS-232, Centronics parallel interface, a
battery-backed real-time clock and two PS/2-style
keyboard and mouse ports. In addition, LASI provides a
simple way of connecting the WD37C65C flexible disk
controller chip to the GSC bus. LASI also contains GSC
and reset control that further reduce the amount of
discrete logic required in the system.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C5540 (Terminals and
graphic displays)",
classification = "713.4; 714.2; 722; 722.2; 722.3; 722.4; C5540
(Terminals and graphic displays); C5610P (Peripheral
interfaces)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "comparable; Comparable performance; Computer hardware;
Computer peripheral equipment; Computer software
portability; Computer workstations; Custom VLSI chip;
custom VLSI chip; Errors; Functional compatibility;
functional compatibility; HP 9000 model 712
workstation; I/O system; Integrated circuit layout;
Integrated circuit testing; Interfaces (computer);
Local area networks; Manufacturing cost; manufacturing
cost; performance; peripheral interfaces; Phase locked
loop clock generators; Printed circuit boards; Real
time clock; Series 700 family; systems analysis; Timing
circuits; VLSI; VLSI circuits; workstations",
thesaurus = "Peripheral interfaces; VLSI; Workstations",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Martin:1995:IGA,
author = "Paul Martin",
title = "An Integrated Graphics Accelerator for a Low-Cost
Multimedia Workstation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "2",
pages = "43--50",
month = apr,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95apr/apr95_43.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-04-95.html",
abstract = "The graphics subsystem of the Model 712 workstation is
a high-performance, low-cost solution that sits
directly on the system bus of the Model 712 and
consists of the graphics chip, a video RAM-based frame
buffer, and a few support chips. The project goals
closely reflect those of the overall HP 9000 Model 712
program. Designing with a system focus and extracting
as much performance and functionality as possible from
available technology results in a highly integrated
graphics chip that consumes very little board area and
power and is 50\% faster and five times less expensive
than its predecessor.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays); C5430
(Microcomputers); C6130M (Multimedia)",
classification = "714.2; 722; 722.1; 722.2; 722.4; 723.5; C5430
(Microcomputers); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
displays); C6130M (Multimedia)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "buffer; computer graphic equipment; Computer graphics;
Computer graphics equipment; Computer hardware;
Computer software; Computer workstations; Costs; Data
storage equipment; Data transfer; Field effect
transistors; Graphics accelerator; Graphics chip;
Graphics subsystem; Highly integrated graphics chip;
highly integrated graphics chip; Integrated circuits;
Integrated graphics accelerator; integrated graphics
accelerator; low-cost multimedia; Low-cost multimedia
workstation; Model 712 workstation; Multimedia;
multimedia computing; Performance; System bus; systems
analysis; Technology; video RAM-based frame; Video
RAM-based frame buffer; workstation; workstations",
thesaurus = "Computer graphic equipment; Multimedia computing;
Workstations",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Barkans:1995:HCR,
author = "Anthony C. Barkans",
title = "{HP} Color Recovery Technology",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "2",
pages = "51--59",
month = apr,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95apr/apr95_51.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-04-95.html",
abstract = "Hewlett--Packard has developed a technique called HP
Color Recovery which provides a method for displaying
millions of colors within the cost constraints of an
8-plane system. In essence, an HP Color Recovery system
takes 24-bit true color data generated by an
application and dithers it down to eight bits for
storage in the frame buffer. As the frame buffer data
is scanned from the frame buffer to the display, it
passes through a specialized digital signal processing
(DSP) hardware where the work of producing millions of
color is performed. Applications do not need to be
changed to take advantage of the HP Color Recovery.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
classification = "722.1; 722.2; 723; 723.2; 723.5; 741.1; C5540
(Terminals and graphic displays)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Buffer storage; Color; Color computer graphics; Color
planes; color planes; Color theory; computer graphic
equipment; Computer graphics equipment; Computer
software; Digital signal processing; Digital signal
processing circuit; Dither; entry; Entry level graphics
devices; HP Color Recovery technology; Image coding;
Image enhancement; Image quality; Interactive computer
graphics; Interactive devices; interactive devices;
interactive terminals; level graphics devices;
Technology",
thesaurus = "Computer graphic equipment; Interactive terminals",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:TC,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "True Color",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "2",
pages = "52--52",
month = apr,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95apr/apr95_52.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-04-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Lee:1995:RSM,
author = "Ruby B. Lee and John P. Beck and Joel Lamb and Kenneth
E. Severson",
title = "Real-time software {MPEG} video decoder on
multimedia-enhanced {PA 7100LC} processors",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "2",
pages = "60--68",
month = apr,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95apr/apr95_60.pdf",
abstract = "With a combination of software and hardware
optimizations, including the availability of PA-RISC
multimedia instructions, a software video player
running on a low-end workstation is able to play MPEG
compressed video at 30 frames/s. In this paper, we
discuss the support of MPEG-compressed video as a new
(video) data type. In particular, we discuss the
technology that enables the video player integrated
into the HP MPower 2.0 product to play back
MPEG-compressed video at real-time rates of up to 30
frames per second.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6140C (Optical information, image and video signal
processing); C5260B (Computer vision and image
processing techniques); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
displays); C5220 (Computer architecture)",
classification = "714.2; 722; 723; 723.2; 902.2; 911; B6140C (Optical
information, image and video signal processing); C5220
(Computer architecture); C5260B (Computer vision and
image processing techniques); C5540 (Terminals and
graphic displays)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Algorithms; Computer hardware; Computer software;
Computer workstations; computing; Costs; Decoding;
decoding; Hardware optimizations; hardware
optimizations; Image compression; Image decoding; Image
processing; low-end; Low-end workstation;
Microprocessor chips; MPEG decoding; MPEG-compressed
video; Multimedia; multimedia computing; multimedia
instructions; multimedia-enhanced; Multimedia-enhanced
PA 7100LC processors; PA 7100LC processors; PA-RISC;
PA-RISC multimedia instructions; Real-time software
MPEG video decoder; real-time software MPEG video
decoder; reduced instruction set; Software video
decoder; Software video player; software video player;
Standards; video coding; workstation; workstations",
pagecount = "8",
thesaurus = "Decoding; Multimedia computing; Reduced instruction
set computing; Video coding; Workstations",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Lee:1995:RTS,
author = "Ruby B. Lee and John P. Beck and Joel Lamb and Kenneth
E. Severson",
title = "Real-Time Software {MPEG} Video Decoder on
Multimedia-Enhanced {PA 7100LC} Processors",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "2",
pages = "63--68",
month = apr,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-04-95.html",
abstract = "With a combination of software and hardware
optimizations, including the availability of PA-RISC
multimedia instructions, a software video player
running on a low-end workstation is able to play MPEG
compressed video at 30 frames/s.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:OIP,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Overview of the Implementation of the {PA 7100LC}
Multimedia Enhancements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "2",
pages = "66--66",
month = apr,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95apr/apr95_66.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-04-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Tucker:1995:HTI,
author = "S. Paul Tucker",
title = "{HP TeleShare}: Integrating Telephone Capabilities on
a Computer Workstation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "2",
pages = "69--74",
month = apr,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95apr/apr95_69.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-04-95.html",
abstract = "HP TeleShare efficiently integrates telephone
communications capability with a low-cost computer
workstation. Context switches between the display and
the telephone are minimized by integrating the
telephone into the computer system and providing an
easy-to-use graphical user interface. Voice, fax, and
high-speed data models are supported using flexible
digital signal processing technology.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210H (Facsimile transmission); B2570 (Semiconductor
integrated circuits); C5690 (Other data communication
equipment and techniques); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
displays)",
classification = "714.2; 718.1; 722.2; 722.3; 723.2; 723.5; B2570
(Semiconductor integrated circuits); B6210H (Facsimile
transmission); C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays);
C5690 (Other data communication equipment and
techniques)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Application specific integrated circuits; application
specific integrated circuits; Codec; computer; Computer
applications; Computer workstation; Computer
workstations; Data access arrangement; data
communication; Data compression; Data transfer; data
transfer; Digital signal processor; equipment; Error
correction; Facsimile; Facsimile equipment; facsimile
equipment; Graphical user interfaces; HP 9000 Model 712
workstation; HP TeleShare; I/O card; Integrating
telephone capabilities; integrating telephone
capabilities; Microprocessor chips; Modems; Network
protocols; Special interface ASIC; special interface
ASIC; Telephone lines; Voice fax; voice fax; Voice mode
operation; Voice/data communication systems;
workstation; workstations",
pagecount = "5",
thesaurus = "Application specific integrated circuits; Data
communication equipment; Facsimile equipment;
Workstations",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:CI,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "{Caller-ID}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "2",
pages = "72--72",
month = apr,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95apr/apr95_72.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-04-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:CPD,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Call Progress, {DTMF} Tones, and Tone Detection",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "2",
pages = "73--73",
month = apr,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95apr/apr95_73.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-04-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Roesner:1995:PDM,
author = "Arlen L. Roesner",
title = "Product design of the {Model} 712 workstation and
external peripherals",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "2",
pages = "75--78",
month = apr,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95apr/apr95_75.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-04-95.html",
abstract = "The new HP 9000 Model 712 workstation and the
peripherals that go with a product are a good example
of computer integration and simplicity. The
workstation, while providing a new class of
performance, pushed the envelope of product design by
utilizing relatively few and inexpensive parts. In
addition, the product promotes good product stewardship
by making parts easy to identify and recycle. Customers
find the hardware easy to manage because there are no
fasteners to deal with, and all the components snap or
drop into place.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
classification = "714.2; 722.1; 722.2; 722.4; C5540 (Terminals and
graphic displays)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer peripheral equipment; Computer systems;
Computer workstations; Customer ease of use;
Environmentally friendly materials; environmentally
friendly materials; External peripherals; external
peripherals; Hard disk storage; Integrated functions;
integrated functions; Manufacturability; Model 712
workstation; Printed circuit boards; Product design;
product design; Product stewardship; product
stewardship; User interfaces; workstations",
thesaurus = "Workstations",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bowers:1995:DLC,
author = "Dennis A. Bowers and Gerard M. Enkerlin and Karen L.
Murillo",
title = "Development of a Low-Cost, High-Performance, Multiuser
Business Server System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "2",
pages = "79--84",
month = apr,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95apr/apr95_79.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-04-95.html",
abstract = "The HP 9000 Series 800 Models E25, E35, E45, and E55
(Ex5) and the HP 3000 Series 908, 918, 928, and 938
(9x8) business servers were developed as low-cost,
performance enhanced replacements for the HP 9000 F
Series and low end G Series and the HP 3000 Series 917,
927, 937, and 947. The development of the PA-RISC PA
7100LC processor chip and the LASI (LAN/SCSI) I/O
interface and the evolution of DRAMs for main memory
enabled the development of these low-end servers. The
priorities for the Models Ex5 and Series 9x8 server
project were short time to market, low cost, and
improved performance. The functionality and quality of
the new servers were to be as good as the products they
were replacing, if not better. The challenge was to get
these new servers to market as soon as possible so that
HP could continue to be competitive in the business
server market and their customers could benefit from
better performance at a lower price.",
abstract-2 = "Using leveraged technology, an aggressive system team,
and clearly emphasized priorities, several versions of
low-end multiuser systems were developed in record time
while dramatically improving the product's availability
to customers.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5630 (Networking equipment); C5430 (Microcomputers);
C5690 (Other data communication equipment and
techniques)",
classification = "714.2; 722.1; 722.2; 722.4; 911.4; C5430
(Microcomputers); C5630 (Networking equipment); C5690
(Other data communication equipment and techniques)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "3000 Series; Buffer storage; chip; Computer systems;
Costs; Data storage equipment; DRAMs; Hewlett Packard
computers; HP; HP 3000 Series; HP 9000 F Series; HP
9000 Series 800; I/O interface; LAN/SCSI; LASI;
Marketing; Microprocessor chips; Models Ex5; multiuser
business server system; Multiuser business server
system; network servers; PA-RISC PA 7100LC processor;
PA-RISC PA 7100LC processor chip; Performance; Random
access storage; Series 9x8; Server system;
Specifications; User interfaces; VLSI circuits",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Network servers",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Keremitsis:1995:HDS,
author = "Eileen Keremitsis and Ian J. Fuller",
title = "{HP Distributed Smalltalk}: {A} Tool for Developing
Distributed Applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "2",
pages = "85--92",
month = apr,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95apr/apr95_85.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-04-95.html",
abstract = "HP Distributed Smalltalk is an integrated set of
frameworks that provides an advanced object-oriented
environment for rapid development and deployment of
multi-user, enterprise-wide distributed applications.
It leverages the ParcPlace Small talk language and the
VisualWorks development environment. Customers can
advantage of HP Distributed Smalltalk's easy-to-use
development environment to create distributed solutions
to compete effectively in the global marketplace.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support); C6110J (Object-oriented
programming); C6140D (High level languages)",
classification = "722.2; 722.3; 722.4; 723.1; 723.5; 903.4; C6110J
(Object-oriented programming); C6115 (Programming
support); C6140D (High level languages)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "applications; Computer aided software engineering;
Computer programming languages; Data communication
systems; Data processing; Database systems; Debugger;
development environment; Distributed computer systems;
enterprise-wide distributed; Enterprise-wide
distributed applications; HP distributed Smalltalk;
Information services; Interface definition language;
Network protocols; Object oriented programming; Object
request broker; object-oriented; Object-oriented
development environment; object-oriented programming;
Program compilers; programming environments; Rapid
prototyping; Smalltalk; Software tool; software tool;
software tools; User interfaces",
thesaurus = "Object-oriented programming; Programming environments;
Smalltalk; Software tools",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:OMGa,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "{Object Management Group}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "2",
pages = "86--86",
month = apr,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95apr/apr95_86.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-04-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Yousefi:1995:SSB,
author = "Manny Yousefi and Adel Ghoneimy and Wulf Rehder",
title = "A {Software Solution Broker} for technical
consultants",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "2",
pages = "93--101",
month = apr,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95apr/apr95_93.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-04-95.html",
abstract = "A distributed client-server system gives HP's
worldwide technical consultants easy access to the
latest HP and non-HP software products and tools for
customer demonstrations and prototyping. HP Software
Solution Broker is available now to HP consultants.
Defining and creating a decision support system is, of
course, not play but serious work. However, the ease
and immediacy of the Broker, the ample choices, and
many helpful hints make even urgent business problem
solving an experimental sport. Best of all, the
consultant receives these products and tools, together
with support and on-line documentation, free of
charge.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C0310B (Computer facilities); C7102 (Decision support
systems); C6180G (Graphical user interfaces); C6150N
(Distributed systems software)",
classification = "722.2; 722.3; 722.4; 723.1; 723.3; 723.5; C0310B
(Computer facilities); C6150N (Distributed systems
software); C6180G (Graphical user interfaces); C7102
(Decision support systems)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Business problem solving; business problem solving;
client-server system; client-server systems;
Computational linguistics; Computer aided design;
Computer aided software engineering; computer purchase;
Computer software; consultancies; Customer
demonstrations; customer demonstrations; Database
systems; Decision support system; decision support
system; decision support systems; distributed;
Distributed client-server system; Distributed computer
systems; documentation; DP industry; graphical user;
Graphical user interfaces; Hewlett Packard computers;
interfaces; Local area networks; Object oriented
programming; online; Online documentation; Product
encapsulation; Prototyping; prototyping; Software
solution broker; Software Solution Broker; Software
substrate; Technical consultants; technical
consultants; UNIX; Wide area networks",
pagecount = "8",
thesaurus = "Client-server systems; Computer purchase;
Consultancies; Decision support systems; DP industry;
Graphical user interfaces; Hewlett Packard computers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:Ab,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Authors",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "2",
pages = "96--100",
month = apr,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 10:12:53 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95apr/apr95_11.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-04-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:HSS,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "{HP} Software Solution Broker Accessible Products",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "2",
pages = "98--98",
month = apr,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95apr/apr95_98.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-04-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Benzel:1995:BBW,
author = "Jack D. Benzel",
title = "Bugs in Black and White: Imaging {IC} Logic Levels
with Voltage Contrast",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "2",
pages = "102--106",
month = apr,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95apr/apr95_1b.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-04-95.html",
abstract = "Voltage contrast imaging allows tracking down of
functional bugs and electrical margin issues and other
logical level problems on operating integrated circuits
(IC) design using a scanning electron microscope (SEM).
This paper shows an overview of voltage contrast and
the methods developed to image the failure of dynamic
circuits in the floating-point compressor circuitry of
the HP PA 7100LC processor chip.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); B0170E
(Production facilities and engineering); B2570
(Semiconductor integrated circuits); C5130
(Microprocessor chips); C5230 (Digital arithmetic
methods)",
classification = "714.2; 721.3; 741.3; B0170E (Production facilities
and engineering); B1265F (Microprocessors and
microcomputers); B2570 (Semiconductor integrated
circuits); C5130 (Microprocessor chips); C5230 (Digital
arithmetic methods)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Bugs; bugs; circuitry; Device under test; Dynamic
circuits; dynamic circuits; Electronic circuit
tracking; Failure analysis; floating point arithmetic;
Floating point arithmetic logic unit; floating-point
coprocessor; Floating-point coprocessor circuitry; HP
PA 7100LC processor chip; Imaging IC logic levels;
imaging IC logic levels; Imaging techniques; integrated
circuit testing; Integrated circuits; Logic circuits;
Logic design; Logical level problems; logical level
problems; Microprocessor chips; microprocessor chips;
microscope; scanning electron; Scanning electron
microscope; Scanning electron microscopy;
Synchronization; tracking; visual; Visual tracking;
Voltage contrast; voltage contrast; Voltage contrast
imaging",
thesaurus = "Floating point arithmetic; Integrated circuit testing;
Microprocessor chips",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Dervisoglu:1995:CSL,
author = "Bulent I. Dervisoglu and Michael Ricchetti",
title = "Component and System Level Design-for-Testability
Features Implemented in a Family of Workstation
Products",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "2",
pages = "107--113",
month = apr,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95apr/apr95_1a.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
abstract = "Faced with testing over 20 new ASIC components going
into four different workstation and multiuser computer
models, designers formed a team that developed a common
system-level design-for-testability (DFT) architecture
so that subsystem parts could be shared without
affecting the manufacturing test flow. The developed
DFT techniques were implemented and results obtained
during prototype chip debug have shown a direct
correlation between the level of DFT implementation and
the rapidity of test development, chip
characterization, and root-cause analysis.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); B2570
(Semiconductor integrated circuits); C7410D (Electronic
engineering computing); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
displays)",
classification = "714.2; 722.1; 722.4; B2570 (Semiconductor integrated
circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays);
C7410D (Electronic engineering computing)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Application specific integrated circuits; application
specific integrated circuits; ASIC components; Built in
storage test; Computer systems; Computer workstations;
design for; Design for testability; Integrated circuit
layout; Integrated circuit testing; manufacturing;
Manufacturing test flow; Multiuser computer models;
multiuser computer models; Scan access port; Shift
registers; System level design-for-testability; system
level design-for-testability; systems analysis; Test
access port; test flow; testability; VLSI circuits;
Workstation products; workstation products;
workstations",
thesaurus = "Application specific integrated circuits; Design for
testability; Workstations",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Holloway:1995:CEP,
author = "Robert R. Holloway",
title = "Capillary Electrophoresis: {A} Product of
Technological Fusion",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "3",
pages = "6--9",
month = jun,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95jun/jun95_6t.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
abstract = "An introduction to capillary electrophoresis (CE), its
different forms, and its applications, and the history
of CE research at HP, leading to the new HP CE
instrument described in this issue.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8245 (Electrochemistry and electrophoresis); A8728
(Bioelectricity); A6810 (Fluid surfaces and interfaces
with fluids)",
classification = "A6810 (Fluid surfaces and interfaces with fluids);
A8245 (Electrochemistry and electrophoresis); A8728
(Bioelectricity)",
keywords = "bioelectric phenomena; capillarity; Capillary
electrophoresis; capillary electrophoresis;
electrophoresis; Hewlett--Packard capillary
electrophoresis instrument; history; Research;
research; separation; Technological fusion;
technological fusion",
thesaurus = "Bioelectric phenomena; Capillarity; Electrophoresis;
History; Separation",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Strohmeier:1995:NHC,
author = "Fred Strohmeier and A. Maute and R. Dinter",
title = "A new high-performance capillary electrophoresis
instrument",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "3",
pages = "10--19",
month = jun,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95jun/jun95_10.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
abstract = "The instrument automates the CE separation process
with high reproducibility of analytical results such as
peak areas and migration times. A diode array detector
with an optimized optical path including a new extended
lightpath capillary provides spectral information with
high detection sensitivity. The liquid handling and
sample injection systems are designed for flexibility
and usability.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8245 (Electrochemistry and electrophoresis); A6810
(Fluid surfaces and interfaces with fluids); A8280T
(Chemical sensors); A0650 (Data handling and
computation); C7320 (Physics and chemistry computing);
C7410H (Computerised instrumentation)",
classification = "A0650 (Data handling and computation); A6810 (Fluid
surfaces and interfaces with fluids); A8245
(Electrochemistry and electrophoresis); A8280T
(Chemical sensors); C7320 (Physics and chemistry
computing); C7410H (Computerised instrumentation)",
keywords = "Automated separation process; automated separation
process; capillarity; capillary; chemical sensors;
chemistry computing; computerised instrumentation;
detector; diode array; Diode array detector;
electrophoresis; extended lightpath; Extended lightpath
capillary; Flexibility; flexibility; high analytical
result; High analytical result reproducibility; High
detection sensitivity; high detection sensitivity;
High-performance capillary electrophoresis instrument;
high-performance capillary electrophoresis instrument;
Liquid handling system; liquid handling system;
Migration times; migration times; Optimized optical
path; optimized optical path; Peak areas; peak areas;
reproducibility; Sample injection system; sample
injection system; separation; Spectral information;
spectral information; Usability; usability",
thesaurus = "Capillarity; Chemical sensors; Chemistry computing;
Computerised instrumentation; Electrophoresis;
Separation",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:CEA,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Capillary Electrophoresis Applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "3",
pages = "12--13",
month = jun,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95jun/jun95_12.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:HCT,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "{HP CE} Technology Transfer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "3",
pages = "16--16",
month = jun,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95jun/jun95_16.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:IDH,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Industrial Design of the {HP CE} Instrument",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "3",
pages = "18--19",
month = jun,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95jun/jun95_18.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Kaltenbach:1995:HDA,
author = "P. Kaltenbach",
title = "A high-sensitivity diode array detector for on-column
detection in capillary electrophoresis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "3",
pages = "20--24",
month = jun,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95jun/jun95_20.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
abstract = "The small peak volumes in CE demand special optical
design to maximize sensitivity. High light throughput,
good stray light suppression, and precise alignment are
necessary. The diode array detector design focused on
good matching of the illumination system and the
spectrometer, precise alignment of the capillary and
optical elements, and mechanical and thermal
stability.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8245 (Electrochemistry and electrophoresis); A8280D
(Electromagnetic radiation spectrometry (chemical
analysis)); A0762 (Detection of radiation (bolometers,
photoelectric cells, i.r. and submillimetre waves
detection))",
classification = "A0762 (Detection of radiation (bolometers,
photoelectric cells, i.r. and submillimetre waves
detection)); A8245 (Electrochemistry and
electrophoresis); A8280D (Electromagnetic radiation
spectrometry (chemical analysis))",
keywords = "analysis; capillarity; capillary electrophoresis;
Capillary electrophoresis; capillary elements;
Capillary elements; design; electrophoresis; elements;
good stray light suppression; Good stray light
suppression; high light throughput; High light
throughput; high-sensitivity diode array detector;
High-sensitivity diode array detector; illumination
system; Illumination system; infrared detectors;
mechanical stability; Mechanical stability; on-column
detection; On-column detection; optical; Optical
design; optical elements; Optical elements;
photodetectors; photodiodes; precise alignment; Precise
alignment; small peak volumes; Small peak volumes;
spectrochemical; spectrometer; Spectrometer; thermal
stability; Thermal stability; ultraviolet detectors",
thesaurus = "Capillarity; Electrophoresis; Infrared detectors;
Optical elements; Photodetectors; Photodiodes;
Spectrochemical analysis; Ultraviolet detectors",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Zimmermann:1995:CHH,
author = "Hans-Peter Zimmermann",
title = "Capillary Handling in the {HP} Capillary
Electrophoresis Instrument",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "3",
pages = "25--31",
month = jun,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95jun/jun95_25.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
abstract = "Capillaries are encased in cassettes for easy
replacement and connections are made automatically when
a cassette is installed. Air cooling of the capillary
eliminates leak problems and lowers costs. Vials
containing samples and electrolyte are automatically
lifted from a tray to either end of the capillary.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8245 (Electrochemistry and electrophoresis)",
classification = "A8245 (Electrochemistry and electrophoresis)",
keywords = "Air cooling; air cooling; Automatic vial lifting;
automatic vial lifting; capillarity; Capillary
handling; capillary handling; Cassettes; cassettes;
cooling; Electrolyte; electrolyte; electrophoresis;
Hewlett--Packard capillary electrophoresis instrument;
Samples; samples; separation; Vials; vials",
thesaurus = "Capillarity; Cooling; Electrophoresis; Separation",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:RPH,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Rapid Prototyping for the {HP CE} Project",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "3",
pages = "28--29",
month = jun,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95jun/jun95_28.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Schneider:1995:SIH,
author = "Werner Schneider",
title = "Sample injection in {HP CE} ({Hewlett--Packard}
capillary electrophoresis)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "3",
pages = "32--35",
month = jun,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95jun/jun95_32.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
abstract = "For flushing or conditioning the capillary or
injecting a sample, air pressures or different values
and durations are applied. The injection system
provides precise closed-loop control of the integral of
the air pressure over time for either direction of
fluid flow. The replenishment system automates the
exchange of used electrolytes for fresh ones, using a
special double-needle design.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8245 (Electrochemistry and electrophoresis); A0660
(Laboratory techniques)",
classification = "A0660 (Laboratory techniques); A8245
(Electrochemistry and electrophoresis)",
keywords = "air; Air pressure integral; Air pressures; air
pressures; Automated used electrolyte exchange;
automated used electrolyte exchange; capillarity;
Capillary conditioning; capillary conditioning;
Capillary flushing; capillary flushing; Double-needle
design; double-needle design; electrolytes;
electrophoresis; Fluid flow; fluid flow;
Hewlett--Packard capillary electrophoresis; injection;
Precise closed-loop control; precise closed-loop
control; pressure integral; Replenishment system;
replenishment system; sample; Sample injection;
separation",
thesaurus = "Capillarity; Electrolytes; Electrophoresis;
Separation",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bek:1995:HCS,
author = "Fritz Bek and Franz Bertsch and Klaus Witt",
title = "{HP CE} separation control electronics and firmware",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "3",
pages = "36--43",
month = jun,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95jun/jun95_36.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
abstract = "The HP CE instrument consists of a PC and a base unit
consisting of detection and separation subunits.
Methods are developed on the PC and downloaded to the
base unit for independent execution. The control
electronics and firmware of the separation subunit
takes care of tray and vial movement, capillary
voltage, current, and power control, capillary
temperature control, diagnostics, and related data
capture.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8245 (Electrochemistry and electrophoresis); A0650
(Data handling and computation); C7320 (Physics and
chemistry computing); C3120N (Thermal variables
control); C5520 (Data acquisition equipment and
techniques); C6130 (Data handling techniques); C7410H
(Computerised instrumentation); C5140 (Firmware);
C3110E (Power and energy control)",
classification = "701.1; 715; 723.5; 731.1; 801.3; 801.4.1; A0650
(Data handling and computation); A8245
(Electrochemistry and electrophoresis); C3110E (Power
and energy control); C3120N (Thermal variables
control); C5140 (Firmware); C5520 (Data acquisition
equipment and techniques); C6130 (Data handling
techniques); C7320 (Physics and chemistry computing);
C7410H (Computerised instrumentation)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "base; Base unit; capillarity; Capillary
electrophoresis instrument; Capillary temperature
control; capillary temperature control; Capillary
voltage; capillary voltage; capture; chemistry
computing; Computer software; computerised; control
electronics; Control systems; Current; current; data;
data acquisition; Data capture; Data handling; Data
reduction; Detection subunit; Detection subunits;
detection subunits; Detectors; Diagnostics;
diagnostics; Electronic equipment; Electrophoresis;
electrophoresis; execution; Firmware; firmware;
Hewlett--Packard capillary electrophoresis;
independent; Independent execution; instrumentation;
microcomputer applications; PC; Personal computers;
Power control; power control; Process control;
Separation; separation; Separation control electronics;
Separation control firmware; separation control
firmware; Separation subunit; Separation subunits;
separation subunits; Temperature control; temperature
control; Tray movement; tray movement; unit; User
interfaces; Vial movement; vial movement",
thesaurus = "Capillarity; Chemistry computing; Computerised
instrumentation; Data acquisition; Electrophoresis;
Firmware; Microcomputer applications; Power control;
Separation; Temperature control",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ritzmann:1995:UIC,
author = "Alwin Ritzmann and Klaus Witt and H. Wiederoder",
title = "A User Interface for Capillary Electrophoresis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "3",
pages = "44--49",
month = jun,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95jun/jun95_44.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
abstract = "The graphical user interface of the HP CE instrument
is designed to be easily understood by users familiar
with other separation methods but new to CE. It
provides for method programming and simulation and for
visualization of the status of the instrument and the
running analysis.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C7320 (Physics and chemistry computing); C6180G
(Graphical user interfaces); C6110 (Systems analysis
and programming); C7410H (Computerised
instrumentation)",
classification = "C6110 (Systems analysis and programming); C6180G
(Graphical user interfaces); C7320 (Physics and
chemistry computing); C7410H (Computerised
instrumentation)",
keywords = "capillarity; chemistry computing; computerised;
digital simulation; electrophoresis instrument;
graphical user; Graphical user interface; graphical
user interface; Hewlett--Packard capillary;
Hewlett--Packard capillary electrophoresis instrument;
HP CE instrument; Instrument status; instrument status;
instrumentation; interfaces; Method programming; method
programming; Method simulation; method simulation;
methods; programming; Running analysis; running
analysis; separation; Separation methods;
Visualization; visualization",
thesaurus = "Capillarity; Chemistry computing; Computerised
instrumentation; Digital simulation; Graphical user
interfaces; Programming; Separation",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:DCC,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Development of a Common {ChemStation} Architecture",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "3",
pages = "46--46",
month = jun,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95jun/jun95_46.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Jegle:1995:RTH,
author = "Ulrike Jegle",
title = "Reproducibility Testing of the {HP CE} Instrument",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "3",
pages = "50--56",
month = jun,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95jun/jun95_50.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
abstract = "The final chemical test developed for the HP CE
instrument implicitly checks various instrument
functions by determining the reproducibility of
migration time and peak area measurements for
well-defined chemical samples. The injection type was
selected by testing four different types in a series of
reproducibility tests. The final test can be used in
production, at a customer site, or for teaching CE
basics.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8245 (Electrochemistry and electrophoresis); A0670
(General instrumentation); A0660 (Laboratory
techniques)",
classification = "A0660 (Laboratory techniques); A0670 (General
instrumentation); A8245 (Electrochemistry and
electrophoresis)",
keywords = "capillarity; Capillary electrophoresis basics
teaching; capillary electrophoresis basics teaching;
chemical samples; Customer site; customer site;
electrophoresis; Final chemical test; final chemical
test; Hewlett--Packard capillary electrophoresis
instrument; HP CE instrument; Implicit instrument
function checking; implicit instrument function
checking; Injection type selection; injection type
selection; instruments; laboratory; migration;
Migration time measurements; Peak area measurements;
peak area measurements; Production; production;
reproducibility; Reproducibility testing; techniques;
testing; time measurements; well-defined; Well-defined
chemical samples",
thesaurus = "Capillarity; Electrophoresis; Instruments; Laboratory
techniques; Testing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Swedberg:1995:ICT,
author = "Sally A. Swedberg and Monika Dittmann",
title = "The Impact of Column Technology on Protein Analysis by
Capillary Electrophoresis: Surface Coatings and
Analytical Approaches for Assessment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "3",
pages = "57--61",
month = jun,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95jun/jun95_57.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
abstract = "To avoid unwanted interactions between proteins being
analyzed and the surface of the fused silica CE
capillary, the surface must be deactivated. Four
approaches to surface deactivation for protein analysis
are presented. A method for determining the extent of
protein adsorption is discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8780 (Biophysical instrumentation and techniques);
A8715 (Molecular biophysics); A8245 (Electrochemistry
and electrophoresis); A8728 (Bioelectricity)",
classification = "A8245 (Electrochemistry and electrophoresis); A8715
(Molecular biophysics); A8728 (Bioelectricity); A8780
(Biophysical instrumentation and techniques)",
keywords = "adsorption; analytical approaches; Analytical
approaches; assessment; Assessment; bioelectric
phenomena; biological techniques; capillary; Capillary
electrophoreses; coatings; column technology; Column
technology; deactivation; electrophoreses;
electrophoresis; fused silica capillary electrophoresis
capillary; Fused silica capillary electrophoresis
capillary; molecular biophysics; protein adsorption;
Protein adsorption; protein analysis; Protein analysis;
proteins; surface; surface coatings; Surface coatings;
Surface deactivation",
thesaurus = "Adsorption; Bioelectric phenomena; Biological
techniques; Coatings; Electrophoresis; Molecular
biophysics; Proteins",
treatment = "P Practical; X Experimental",
xxauthor = "S. A. Swerberg and M. Dittmann",
xxtitle = "The impact of column technology on protein analysis by
capillary electrophoreses: surface coatings and
analytical approaches for assessment",
}
@Article{Gordon:1995:NHC,
author = "Gary B. Gordon and Richard P. Tella and Henrique A. S.
Martins",
title = "A new high-sensitivity capillary electrophoresis
detector cell and advanced manufacturing paradigm",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "3",
pages = "62--70",
month = jun,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95jun/jun95_62.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
abstract = "By circumventing laminar flow while expanding the
cross section of the analyte, this detector cell
greatly increases both the sensitivity and the
linearity of capillary electrophoresis. Manufacturing
is made feasible by an advanced computer-controlled
miniature lathe using machine vision.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C7480 (Production engineering computing); C5260B
(Computer vision and image processing techniques);
C7410H (Computerised instrumentation)",
classification = "701.1; 723.5; 801.4.1; 802.1; 913.4.2; C5260B
(Computer vision and image processing techniques);
C7410H (Computerised instrumentation); C7480
(Production engineering computing)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "advanced computer-controlled miniature; Advanced
computer-controlled miniature lathe; Advanced
manufacturing paradigm; advanced manufacturing
paradigm; analyte cross section; Analyte cross section
expansion; Analytic equipment; capillarity; Capillary
electrophoresis detector cell; Computer aided
manufacturing; Computer control; Computer controlled
miniature lathe; computer vision; computerised
instrumentation; Detectors; Electrolytes;
Electrophoresis; electrophoresis; expansion; glass;
High-sensitivity capillary electrophoresis detector
cell; high-sensitivity capillary electrophoresis
detector cell; Laminar flow; lathe; Linearity;
linearity; Machine vision; machine vision;
manufacturing processes; sensitivity; Sensitivity
analysis; Separation; ultraviolet detectors;
Viscosity",
thesaurus = "Capillarity; Computer vision; Computerised
instrumentation; Electrophoresis; Glass; Manufacturing
processes; Sensitivity; Ultraviolet detectors",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Skeie:1995:HDA,
author = "Tom A. Skeie and Michael R. Rusnack",
title = "{HP} Disk Array: Mass Storage Fault Tolerance for {PC}
Servers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "3",
pages = "71--81",
month = jun,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95jun/jun95_71.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
abstract = "In the process of offering a new technology to the
marketplace the expertise of the user is often not
considered. The HP Disk Array offers RAID technology
with special installation and configuration features
tailored for ease of use.",
abstract-2 = "In the process of offering a new technology to the
marketplace the expertise of the user is often not
considered. The article describes the decisions made
during the design phase of the HP Disk Array that
resulted in making the RAID technology significantly
more usable for the typical user without sacrificing
valuable product features.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5310 (Storage system design); C5320C (Storage on
moving magnetic media); C5470 (Performance evaluation
and testing); C5620L (Local area networks); C6150N
(Distributed systems software); C5630 (Networking
equipment)",
classification = "722.1; 722.2; 722.3; 722.4; 723.1; 731.1; C5310
(Storage system design); C5320C (Storage on moving
magnetic media); C5470 (Performance evaluation and
testing); C5620L (Local area networks); C5630
(Networking equipment); C6150N (Distributed systems
software)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Algorithms; arrays; Cellular arrays; Computer
architecture; Computer system recovery; Control
systems; Design phase; design phase; Disk array
controllers; Fault tolerant computer systems; fault
tolerant computing; Hard disk storage; Hewlett Packard
computers; HP Disk Array; Local area networks; local
area networks; magnetic disc storage; Magnetic disk
storage; Mass storage fault tolerance; mass storage
fault tolerance; network servers; PC servers;
Performance; Personal computers; RAID technology;
Redundancy; Redundant array of inexpensive disks;
Reliability; storage units; Usability; usability",
thesaurus = "Arrays; Fault tolerant computing; Hewlett Packard
computers; Local area networks; Magnetic disc storage;
Network servers; Storage units",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:ORT,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "An Overview of {Raid} Technology",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "3",
pages = "74--74",
month = jun,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95jun/jun95_74.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Carmichael:1995:CSO,
author = "Cheryl Carmichael",
title = "{COBOL SoftBench}: An Open Integrated {CASE}
Environment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "3",
pages = "82--87",
month = jun,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95jun/jun95_82.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
abstract = "With the aid of a mouse and a menu-driven interface,
COBOL programmers new to the UNIX operating system can
improve their productivity with a tightly integrated
toolset that includes an editor, compiler, debugger,
profiler, and other software development tools.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support); C6150J (Operating
systems); C6110B (Software engineering techniques);
C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
systems); C6150C (Compilers, interpreters and other
processors); C6180 (User interfaces)",
classification = "722.2; 723.1; 723.1.1; 723.5; C6110B (Software
engineering techniques); C6115 (Programming support);
C6150C (Compilers, interpreters and other processors);
C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
systems); C6150J (Operating systems); C6180 (User
interfaces)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Automation; COBOL; COBOL (programming language); COBOL
programmers; COBOL SoftBench; Compiler; compiler;
Computer aided software engineering; computer aided
software engineering; Debugger; debugger; Editor;
editor; environments; Graphical user interfaces;
Menu-driven interface; menu-driven interface; Mouse;
mouse; Open integrated CASE environment; open
integrated CASE environment; open systems;
Productivity; productivity; Profiler; profiler; Program
compilers; program compilers; Program debugging;
program debugging; Program editor; Program profiler;
programming; Software development tools; software
development tools; software tools; system; Tightly
integrated toolset; tightly integrated toolset; UNIX;
Unix; UNIX operating; UNIX operating system; user
interfaces",
thesaurus = "COBOL; Computer aided software engineering; Open
systems; Program compilers; Program debugging;
Programming environments; Software tools; UNIX; User
interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Burgoon:1995:DUE,
author = "David A. Burgoon",
title = "Development and Use of Electronic Schematic Capture in
the Specification and Simulation of a Structured-Custom
{ASIC}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "3",
pages = "88--91",
month = jun,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95jun/jun95_88.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
abstract = "ASIC designers must sometimes provide the ASIC vendor
with documentation describing the data path of the chip
and its relationship to the control portion. This paper
describes a method and attendant tools that facilitate
the employment of commonly available electronic
schematic capture software to ensure that the
documentation given to the ASIC vendor always matches
the Verilog HDL descriptions used by the ASIC designers
for simulation.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265 (Digital electronics); B1130B (Computer-aided
circuit analysis and design); B2570 (Semiconductor
integrated circuits); C7410D (Electronic engineering
computing); C5210B (Computer-aided logic design)",
classification = "703.1; 714.2; 722.4; 723.1; 723.1.1; 723.5; B1130B
(Computer-aided circuit analysis and design); B1265
(Digital electronics); B2570 (Semiconductor integrated
circuits); C5210B (Computer-aided logic design); C7410D
(Electronic engineering computing)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Application specific integrated circuits; application
specific integrated circuits; ASIC; ASIC designers;
ASIC vendor; Chip; chip; circuit CAD; Computer
graphics; Computer hardware description languages;
Computer simulation; Computer software; Control
portion; control portion; Data path; data path;
designers; digital simulation; Documentation;
documentation; electronic; Electronic schematic
capture; Electronic schematic capture software;
Functional design; hardware description languages;
integrated circuit design; Integrated circuit layout;
logic CAD; schematic capture software; Schematic
diagrams; Simulation; simulation; Specification;
specification; Structured-custom ASIC;
structured-custom ASIC; Tools; tools; Verilog HDL
descriptions",
thesaurus = "Application specific integrated circuits; Circuit CAD;
Digital simulation; Hardware description languages;
Integrated circuit design; Logic CAD",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ryan:1995:DDB,
author = "R. E. Ryan",
title = "Design and Development of a {120-MHz} Bus Interface
Block Using Standard Cells and Automatic Place and
Route Tools",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "3",
pages = "92--95",
month = jun,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95jun/jun95_92.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
abstract = "The RW\_IO block runs at 120 MHz and interfaces the
master memory controller chip's 60-MHz core with the
120-MHz processor bus drivers. A design approach using
standard cells, automatic place and route tools, and a
powerful database management and build tool was used to
construct the RW\_IO block. This approach was chosen
over a full custom or data-path solution because of its
reduced risk and the flexibility of the design tools.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265D (Memory circuits); B1130B (Computer-aided
circuit analysis and design); C5610S (System buses);
C5150 (Other circuits for digital computers)",
classification = "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
B1265D (Memory circuits); C5150 (Other circuits for
digital computers); C5610S (System buses)",
keywords = "120 MHz; 60 MHz; automatic place; Automatic place
tools; automatic route tools; Automatic route tools;
bus; bus interface block design; Bus interface block
design; Bus interface block development; circuit CAD;
controller chip core; database; database build tool;
Database build tool; Database management tool; design
tools; Design tools; interface block development;
management tool; master memory; Master memory
controller chip core; processor bus drivers; Processor
bus drivers; RW IO block; standard cells; Standard
cells; storage management chips; system buses; tools",
numericalindex = "Frequency 1.2E+08 Hz; Frequency 6.0E+07 Hz",
thesaurus = "Circuit CAD; Storage management chips; System buses",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:Ac,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Authors",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "3",
pages = "96--98",
month = jun,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 10:44:33 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95jun/jun95_96.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Albrecht:1995:IAI,
author = "Alan R. Albrecht and Patricia A. Thaler",
title = "Introduction to {100VG-AnyLAN} and the {IEEE} 802.12
Local Area Network Standard",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "4",
pages = "6--12",
month = aug,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_6t.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
abstract = "100VG-AnyLAN provides a 100-Mbit/s data rate with
guaranteed bandwidth and maximum access delay for
time-critical applications such as multimedia, using
existing building wiring. It uses demand priority
protocol. Developed by Hewlett--Packard and now
supported by over 30 companies ranging from integrated
circuit vendors to systems suppliers, demand priority
is well on its way to becoming the IEEE 802.12
standard.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); C5620L (Local area
networks)",
classification = "716.1; 718.1; 722.3; 902.2; B6210L (Computer
communications); C5620L (Local area networks)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "100 Mbit/s; 100VG-AnyLAN; Bandwidth; building wiring;
Building wiring; critical applications; data; Data
communication systems; Data rate; Data transfer;
demand; Demand priority; Demand priority protocol;
Ethernet; guaranteed bandwidth; Guaranteed bandwidth;
Hewlett Packard computers; Hewlett--Packard; IEEE
802.12; IEEE standards; Information technology; local
area; local area network standard; Local area network
standard; Local area networks; maximum access delay;
Maximum access delay; multimedia; Multimedia; Network
protocols; networks; priority protocol; protocols;
rate; Standards; telecommunication standards;
Telecommunication traffic; Telephone lines; Telephone
systems; time-; Time-critical applications; Token ring
networks; Topology; Unshielded twisted-pair telephone
wire",
numericalindex = "Bit rate 1.0E+08 bit/s",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; IEEE standards; Local area
networks; Protocols; Telecommunication standards",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:ONT,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Other Network Technologies",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "4",
pages = "10--10",
month = aug,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_10.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Albrecht:1995:DPP,
author = "Alan R. Albrecht and Michael P. Spratt and Patricia A.
Thaler and Gregory C. A. Watson",
title = "Demand Priority Protocol",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "4",
pages = "13--17",
month = aug,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_13.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
abstract = "Demand priority is the media access control protocol
defined in the IEEE 802.12 draft standard. It is called
100VG-AnyLAN by HP. Various techniques are used to
ensure fairness of access for all nodes and to
guarantee access time for individual nodes. Round-robin
selection procedures are used to give each node an
equal opportunity to transmit data. Two priority levels
are provided so that time-critical traffic can be given
priority service with guaranteed low delay. A bandwidth
allocator can be introduced to control the amount of
bandwidth each application can use.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6150M (Protocols); B6210L (Computer communications);
C5640 (Protocols); C5620L (Local area networks)",
classification = "716.1; 722.3; 902.2; B6150M (Protocols); B6210L
(Computer communications); C5620L (Local area
networks); C5640 (Protocols)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "100VG-AnyLAN; Access delay; Access fairness; access
fairness; access protocols; Access time; access time;
allocator; Audio; audio; Bandwidth; bandwidth;
Bandwidth allocator; Computer simulation; Congestion
control (communication); critical traffic; Data
communication systems; Demand priority; Demand priority
protocol; demand priority protocol; Frequency
allocation; Hewlett Packard; Hewlett Packard computers;
Hubs; IEEE 802.12 draft standard; IEEE standards; Local
area network; local area network; Local area networks;
local area networks; Media access control protocol;
media access control protocol; Multimedia; multimedia;
Multimedia applications; multimedia applications;
multimedia communication; Network control; Network
protocols; Nodes; Normal priority request; Performance;
Round-robin selection; round-robin selection;
Round-robin selection procedure; Standards;
Telecommunication control; telecommunication standards;
Telecommunication traffic; time-; Time-critical
traffic; Video; video",
thesaurus = "Access protocols; Hewlett Packard computers; IEEE
standards; Local area networks; Multimedia
communication; Telecommunication standards",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:NPL,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Network Protocol Layers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "4",
pages = "15--15",
month = aug,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_15.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Coles:1995:PS,
author = "Alistair N. Coles and David G. Cunningham and Joseph
A. {Curcio, Jr.} and Daniel J. Dove and Steven G.
Methley",
title = "Physical signaling in {100VG-AnyLAN}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "4",
pages = "18--26",
month = aug,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_18.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
abstract = "A physical layer has been developed for demand
priority local area networks that accommodates
different cable types by means of different physical
medium dependent (PMD) sublayers. The major goal was to
provide 100-Mbit/s transmission on existing cables,
including Category 3, 4, and 5 UTP, STP, and multimode
optical fiber.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); B6150M (Protocols);
C5620L (Local area networks); C5640 (Protocols)",
classification = "716.1; 717.2; 722.3; 723.2; B6150M (Protocols);
B6210L (Computer communications); C5620L (Local area
networks); C5640 (Protocols)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "100 Mbit/s; 100VG-AnyLAN; access protocols; control;
Control signaling; Crosstalk; Data communication
systems; Data formatting; data formatting; Data
transfer; demand; Demand priority; Demand priority
local area network; Demand priority local area
networks; Electromagnetic compatibility; Hewlett
Packard computers; local area; Local area networks; MAC
frame; Media access control; media access control;
Multimode optical fiber; multimode optical fiber;
Network protocols; networks; Optical cables;
Performance; Physical layer; physical layer; physical
medium dependent; Physical medium dependent sublayers;
Physical signaling; physical signaling; priority local
area network; priority local area networks; Signal
distortion; Signal processing; signaling; STP;
sublayers; Telecommunication lines; Telecommunication
links; telecommunication signalling; Unshielded
twisted-pair wire; UTP",
numericalindex = "Bit rate 1.0E+08 bit/s",
thesaurus = "Access protocols; Hewlett Packard computers; Local
area networks; Telecommunication signalling",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:CTU,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Cross Talk in Unshielded Twisted-Pair Cables",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "4",
pages = "19--19",
month = aug,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_19.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:MS,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Multilevel Signaling",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "4",
pages = "21--21",
month = aug,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_21.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:CTA,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Cross Talk Analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "4",
pages = "22--22",
month = aug,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_22.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:OFL,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Optical-Fiber Links for {100VG-AnyLAN}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "4",
pages = "26--26",
month = aug,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_26.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Crouch:1995:C,
author = "Simon E. C. Crouch and Jonathan Jedwab",
title = "Coding in {100VG-AnyLAN}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "4",
pages = "27--32",
month = aug,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_27.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
abstract = "A 5B\slash 6B coding scheme in which five data bits
are encoded into six-bit codewords is used in
conjunction with offsetting the data on different
channels by three bits in quartet signaling. It
provides the level of error detection necessary,
produces a signal balanced within narrow limits, and
restricts strings of consecutive 0s or 1s to a maximum
length of 6. It is also efficient. This article
describes the design of the 5B\slash 6B block code used
in 100VG-AnyLAN and more generally in the IEEE 802.12
proposed local area network standard and explains the
reasons behind its design.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); B6120B (Codes);
C5620L (Local area networks)",
classification = "716.1; 717.2; 722.3; 902.2; B6120B (Codes); B6210L
(Computer communications); C5620L (Local area
networks)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "100VG-AnyLAN; 5B/6B coding scheme; area networks;
Block code; block code; Block codes; block codes;
Communication channels (information theory); Cyclic
redundancy checks; Data communication systems; Digital
communication systems; Encoding (symbols); Error
detection; error detection; error detection codes; IEEE
802.12; IEEE standards; local; Local area network
standard; local area network standard; Local area
networks; Optical cables; Quartet signaling; quartet
signaling; Shielded twisted pair cable; Six-bit
codewords; six-bit codewords; Standards;
Synchronization; telecommunication signalling;
telecommunication standards; Unshielded twisted pair
cable",
thesaurus = "Block codes; Error detection codes; IEEE standards;
Local area networks; Telecommunication signalling;
Telecommunication standards",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:IFF,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "{IEEE} 802.3 and 802.5 Frame Formats",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "4",
pages = "30--30",
month = aug,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_30.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:PAC,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Polynomial Arithmetic and Cyclic Redundancy Checks",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "4",
pages = "31--31",
month = aug,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_31.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Grinham:1995:MA,
author = "John R. Grinham and Michael P. Spratt",
title = "Multimedia applications and {100VG-AnyLAN}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "4",
pages = "33--38",
month = aug,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_33.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
abstract = "Networks must guarantee bandwidth for multimedia
traffic and must control end-to-end delay and delay
jitter (fluctuation in the arrival time of packets).
The new campus network, 100VG-AnyLAN, can meet these
requirements in many circumstances through the basic
operation of the protocol. More flexibility can be
obtained through the use of bandwidth allocators and
the target transmission time protocol. Until either the
Broadband Integrated Services Digital Network (B-ISDN)
or reliable Internet protocols become available, the
use of dial-up remote bridges with existing WANs can
accommodate multimedia traffic in the near term.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); B6210R (Multimedia
communications); B6150M (Protocols); C5620L (Local area
networks); C5640 (Protocols)",
classification = "716.1; 716.4; 718.1; 722.3; 751.5; 902.2; B6150M
(Protocols); B6210L (Computer communications); B6210R
(Multimedia communications); C5620L (Local area
networks); C5640 (Protocols)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "100VG-AnyLAN; B-; B-ISDN; Bandwidth; bandwidth;
Bandwidth allocators; bandwidth allocators; Broadband
integrated services digital network; broadband
integrated services digital network; Broadband
networks; Campus network; campus network; Congestion
control (communication); Data communication systems;
Data transfer; Delay jitter; delay jitter; Dial-up
remote bridges; dial-up remote bridges; End-to-end
delay; end-to-end delay; Hewlett Packard computers;
Information technology; Internet protocols; ISDN; Local
area networks; local area networks; Multimedia;
multimedia; Multimedia applications; multimedia
applications; multimedia communication; multimedia
computing; Multimedia traffic; network; Network
protocols; Protocol; protocol; protocols; Standards;
target transmission time; Target transmission time
protocol; Telecommunication traffic; Teleconferencing;
traffic; Voice/data communication systems; wide area;
Wide area network; Wide area networks",
thesaurus = "B-ISDN; Hewlett Packard computers; Local area
networks; Multimedia communication; Multimedia
computing; Protocols",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:RBE,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Remote Bridge Example",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "4",
pages = "35--35",
month = aug,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_35.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:HLP,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Higher-Level Protocols",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "4",
pages = "36--36",
month = aug,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_36.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:RP,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Related Projects",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "4",
pages = "38--38",
month = aug,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_38.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Brown:1995:HD,
author = "Lisa S. Brown",
title = "{100VG-AnyLAN} 15-port hub design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "4",
pages = "39--42",
month = aug,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_39.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
abstract = "Much of the intelligence and uniqueness of a 100VG
AnyLAN network is concentrated in the hub. Special
repeater, transceiver, and end node chips implement the
functionality of the HP J2410A AdvanceStack 100VG Hub
15. The article mainly focuses on the design of HP's
15-port hub, the HP J2410A AdvanceStack 100VG Hub 15.
Some 100VG AnyLAN-specific aspects of the other HP
products are also explored.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); B6250 (Radio links
and equipment); C5620L (Local area networks); C5630
(Networking equipment)",
classification = "B6210L (Computer communications); B6250 (Radio links
and equipment); C5620L (Local area networks); C5630
(Networking equipment)",
keywords = "100VG AnyLAN network; 100VG-AnyLAN 15-port hub design;
data communication equipment; end; End node chips;
Hewlett Packard computers; HP J2410A AdvanceStack 100VG
Hub 15; local area networks; node chips; repeaters;
transceivers",
thesaurus = "Data communication equipment; Hewlett Packard
computers; Local area networks; Repeaters;
Transceivers",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:IPM,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Invalid Packet Marker",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "4",
pages = "41--41",
month = aug,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_41.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Webb:1995:HAT,
author = "Steven L. Webb and Steven G. Henry and Kevin S. Burke
and George Prokop",
title = "{HP AccuPage} 2.0: a Toolkit for High-Quality Document
Scanning",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "4",
pages = "43--50",
month = aug,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_43.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
abstract = "Working with commercially available OCR programs, the
image processing transforms used in HP AccuPage 2.0
improve the accuracy of converting scanned images from
a variety of documents to editable text and pictures at
the same time.",
abstract-2 = "Two key contributions come from HP scanner software.
One is to enable the scanner user to scan documents
easily into a personal computer. The other is to do
some sophisticated image processing on the scanned
image. These two contributions help to improve the
quality of the scanned image and enable much more
accurate optical character recognition of text based
pages. Accurate OCR capability is provided by the image
processing transforms contained in HP AccuPage 2.0.
When HP AccuPage 2.0 is used with a third party OCR
utility, the accuracy of converting a scanned image to
editable text is improved. Specifically, documents that
are printed on colored backgrounds, that contain small
point size text (5 to 6 point), and have complex
layouts are converted with improved accuracy as a
result of the HP AccuPage 2.0 image processing
transforms. HP AccuPage 2.0 also allows both text and
pictures to be captured from a document at the same
time. This capability is becoming more important as
both text and pictures increasingly make up the content
of most office documents today.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6130D (Document processing techniques); C5260B
(Computer vision and image processing techniques);
C1250B (Character recognition); C7100 (Business and
administration)",
classification = "C1250B (Character recognition); C5260B (Computer
vision and image processing techniques); C6130D
(Document processing techniques); C7100 (Business and
administration)",
keywords = "Accurate OCR capability; accurate OCR capability;
Colored backgrounds; colored backgrounds; document
image processing; document scanning; Editable text;
editable text; Hewlett Packard computers; High quality
document scanning; high quality document scanning;
high-quality; High-quality document scanning; HP
AccuPage 2; HP scanner software; image; Image
processing transforms; image processing transforms;
Office documents; office documents; optical character;
Optical character recognition; optical character
recognition; Personal computer; personal computer;
point size text; recognition; Scanned image; scanned
image; scanners; small; Small point size text; software
reviews; Sophisticated image processing; sophisticated
image processing; Text based pages; text based pages;
Third party OCR utility; third party OCR utility",
thesaurus = "Document image processing; Hewlett Packard computers;
Image scanners; Optical character recognition; Software
reviews",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:Ga,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Glossary",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "4",
pages = "45--45",
month = aug,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_45.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Hodge:1995:FPD,
author = "David J. Hodge and Bradly J. Foster and Steven J.
Kommrusch and Tom J. Searby",
title = "An 11.8-in Flat Panel Display Monitor",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "4",
pages = "51--60",
month = aug,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_51.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
abstract = "The HP S1010A flat panel display is designed to be a
plug-compatible replacement for CRTs used with HP
workstations. This compatibility is provided by an
interface board that uses the same analog signals that
drive the CRTs to create digital signals to drive a
high-resolution, high-performance LCD color display.",
abstract-2 = "The HP S1010A is a color flat panel liquid crystal
display (LCD) monitor. It is designed to be a plug
compatible replacement for CRTs used with HP
workstations. This compatibility is provided by an
interface board that uses the same analog signals that
drive the CRTs to create digital signals to drive a
high resolution, high performance LCD color display.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7260 (Display technology and systems); B4150D (Liquid
crystal devices); C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "714.1; 722.2; 722.4; 723.2; 723.5; 741.3; B4150D
(Liquid crystal devices); B7260 (Display technology and
systems); C5430 (Microcomputers)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "analog; Analog signals; Cathode ray tubes; Color;
color flat panel; Color flat panel liquid crystal
display; Color flat panel liquid crystal display
monitor; colour; Computer monitors; Computer software;
Computer workstations; Digital signal processing;
Digital signals; digital signals; Flat panel display
monitor; flat panel display monitor; flat panel
displays; Hewlett Packard computers; High performance
LCD color display; high performance LCD color display;
HP S1010A; HP workstations; Interface board; interface
board; Interfaces (computer); LCD monitor; liquid
crystal display monitor; Liquid crystal displays;
liquid crystal displays; plug compatible; Plug
compatible replacement; replacement; signals; Thin film
transistors",
pagecount = "9",
thesaurus = "Colour; Flat panel displays; Hewlett Packard
computers; Liquid crystal displays",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:LCD,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Liquid Crystal Display Technology",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "4",
pages = "53--53",
month = aug,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_53.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:PDH,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Product Design of the {HP S1010A} Flat Panel Display",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "4",
pages = "57--58",
month = aug,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_57.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:NAV,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "A Note About {VRAMs}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "4",
pages = "59--59",
month = aug,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_59.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Higaki:1995:AIE,
author = "Wesley H. Higaki",
title = "Applying an Improved Economic Model to Software
Buy-versus-Build Decisions",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "4",
pages = "61--65",
month = aug,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_61.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
abstract = "The decision to buy or build software is a business
decision that should be made using a sound economic
model. A comprehensive economic model has been
developed and applied to actual and estimated data to
compare the costs of using a third-party software
package to the costs of internal development.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C0310F (Software development management); C0310H
(Equipment and software evaluation methods); C0230
(Economic, social and political aspects of computing)",
classification = "C0230 (Economic, social and political aspects of
computing); C0310F (Software development management);
C0310H (Equipment and software evaluation methods)",
keywords = "Business decision; business decision; costing;
Economic model; economic model; economics; Estimated
data; estimated data; Hewlett Packard; Internal
development; internal development; package; Software
buy-versus-build decisions; software buy-versus-build
decisions; software management; software selection;
third party software; Third party software package",
thesaurus = "Costing; Economics; Software management; Software
selection",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Martinez:1995:BSA,
author = "Antonio A. Martinez and Aloke S. Bhandia and Henry H.
W. Lie",
title = "Benchmark standards for {ASIC} technology evaluation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "4",
pages = "66--70",
month = aug,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_66.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
abstract = "Two benchmark circuits are used for objectively
evaluating ASIC supplier performance claims. The method
applies first order equations relating capacitive
discharge currents and transistor saturation current to
arrive at a technology constant. The method has been
used to survey 14 ASIC suppliers with over 76 different
technologies. Results are shown for 48 CMOS
technologies.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1280 (Mixed analogue-digital circuits); B1285
(Analogue processing circuits); B2570 (Semiconductor
integrated circuits); B0170N (Reliability)",
classification = "701.1; 714.2; 721.2; 721.3; 723.5; 902.2; B0170N
(Reliability); B1280 (Mixed analogue-digital circuits);
B1285 (Analogue processing circuits); B2570
(Semiconductor integrated circuits)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "application specific integrated circuits; Application
specific integrated circuits; ASIC supplier performance
claims; ASIC suppliers; ASIC technology evaluation;
benchmark; Benchmark circuits; benchmark standards;
Benchmark standards; Benchmarks; capacitive discharge
currents; Capacitive discharge currents; circuit;
circuit testing; circuits; CMOS integrated circuits;
CMOS technologies; Computer simulation; Electric
currents; Electric discharges; equations; Evaluation;
first order; First order equations; Gates (transistor);
Logic circuits; Performance; Product design;
reliability; saturation current; standards; Standards;
Suboptimal design; Technology; technology constant;
Technology constant; transistor; Transistor saturation
current; Transistors",
thesaurus = "Application specific integrated circuits; Circuit
reliability; Circuit testing; Standards",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:Ad,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Authors",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "4",
pages = "71--74",
month = aug,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_71.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Fahlbusch:1995:HPS,
author = "Klaus-Peter Fahlbusch and Thomas D. Roser",
title = "{HP PE}\slash {SolidDesigner}: dynamic modeling for
three-dimensional computer-aided design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "5",
pages = "6--13",
month = oct,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95oct/oct95_6t.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-95.html",
abstract = "The HP Precision Engineering SolidDesigner is a 3D
solid modeling design system based on the ACIS Kernel.
It provides the geometric model needed by design
workgroups in product development environments. The
strengths of this dynamic model technique are
presented. Topology changes are possible in most cases.
Model modifications can be defined when they become
required within the design process. Design changes do
not have to be anticipated when starting the model
creation. No constraints within the model exist, and
predictable results avoid the trial-and-error approach
of parametric and history-based systems. Dynamic
modeling's core component besides the relation solver
is the tool body, which is defined by the system
automatically for the Boolean operation during a model
modification. Although some limitations exist, most
design changes are possible in one or several steps.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6130B (Graphics techniques)",
classification = "721.1; 723.1; 723.5; 913.1; 921.1; 921.4; C6130B
(Graphics techniques)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Basic local operations; Boolean algebra; Boundary
representation; CAD; Computational geometry; Computer
aided design; Computer simulation; Computer software;
computer-aided design; Constructive solid geometry;
Data exchange; Dimension-driven methods;
dimension-driven methods; Dynamic modeling; dynamic
modeling; Geometric model; geometry; HP
PE/SolidDesigner; Initial graphics exchange standard;
Kernels; local; Local geometry; Local operations;
Modification; Precision engineering; Product design;
Relation solver; relation solver; Solid modeling; Solid
modeling CAD systems; solid modeling CAD systems; solid
modelling; Three dimensional computer graphics;
three-dimensional; Three-dimensional computer-aided
design; Topology; Topology changes; topology changes",
thesaurus = "CAD; Solid modelling",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Hug:1995:UIH,
author = "Berthold Hug and Gerhard J. Walz and Markus Kuhl",
title = "User interaction in {HP PE}\slash {SolidDesigner}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "5",
pages = "14--23",
month = oct,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95oct/oct95_14.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-95.html",
abstract = "The HP PE\slash SolidDesigner user interface is
modeled after the successful, easy-to-use,
easy-to-learn interface of earlier HP CAD products. All
commands are coded as Common Lisp action routines. A
user interface builder helps command programmers by
hiding details of the X Window System and the OSF\slash
Motif graphical user interface. Prototyping was done
using a specially developed Lisp-based interface to
OSF\slash Motif called HCLX.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6130B (Graphics techniques); C6180G (Graphical user
interfaces)",
classification = "722.2; 723.1; 723.1.1; 723.5; C6130B (Graphics
techniques); C6180G (Graphical user interfaces)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Command language; common Lisp action; Common Lisp
action routines; Common lisp action routines; Computer
aided design; Computer graphics equipment; Computer
simulation; Computer software; Graphical user
interfaces; graphical user interfaces; HCLX; HP
PE/SolidDesigner; Interactive computer graphics;
interface; lisp (programming language); modelling;
OSF/Motif graphical user; OSF/Motif graphical user
interface; Prototyping; prototyping; routines; Software
prototyping; software prototyping; solid; User
interface; user interface; X Window System; x window
system",
thesaurus = "Graphical user interfaces; Software prototyping; Solid
modelling",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Freitag:1995:EBA,
author = "Stefan Freitag and Karsten Opitz",
title = "Enhancements in Blending Algorithms",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "5",
pages = "24--34",
month = oct,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95oct/oct95_24.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-95.html",
abstract = "This article describes a rounding operation for a 3D
CAD boundary representation (B-Rep) solid model.
Complex combinations of convex and concave edges are
handled predictably and reliably. At vertices the
surfaces are smoothly connected by one or more surface
patches. An algorithm for the creation of blending
surfaces and their integration into the model is
outlined. The sequence of topological modifications
applied to the solid model is illustrated by examples
including some special case handling.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6130B (Graphics techniques)",
classification = "C6130B (Graphics techniques)",
keywords = "3D CAD boundary; 3D CAD boundary representation;
Blending algorithms; blending algorithms; CAD;
representation; Rounding operation; rounding operation;
Solid model; solid model; solid modelling; Topological
modifications; topological modifications",
thesaurus = "CAD; Solid modelling",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Schild:1995:ODE,
author = "Peter J. Schild and Wolfgang Klemm and Gerhard J. Walz
and Hermann J. Ruess",
title = "Open data exchange with {HP PE\slash SolidDesigner}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "5",
pages = "35--50",
month = oct,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95oct/oct95_35.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-95.html",
abstract = "HP PE\slash SolidDesigner supports the coexistence of
surface data with solid data and provides the ability
to import and modify surface and solid design data from
a variety of CAD systems. Backward compatibility with
HP PE\slash ME30 preserves the investment of existing
HP customers. Using improved IGES (Initial Graphics
Exchange Standard) import capability, both surface and
wireframe data can be imported. Surface data and solid
data can also be imported and exported using the STEP
(Standard for the Exchange of Product Model Data)
format. Once imported, this data can coexist with HP
PE\slash SolidDesigner solid data. It can be loaded,
saved, positioned, attached to, managed as part and
assembly structures, deleted, and used to create
solids. Attributes such as color can be modified. If
the set of surfaces is closed, HP PE\slash
SolidDesigner will create a solid from those surfaces
automatically.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6130B (Graphics techniques)",
classification = "723.1; 723.2; 723.3; 723.5; 902.2; 921.4; C6130B
(Graphics techniques)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "ACIS formats; Computational geometry; Computer aided
design; Computer simulation; Computer software; Data
exchange; Data processing; Data structures; Database
systems; File organization; HP PE/SolidDesigner; IGES;
Initial graphics exchange standard; Open data exchange;
open data exchange; Program translators; Romulus
Kernel; Schema manager; Solid data; solid data; solid
modelling; Standard for the exchange of product model
data; Standards; STEP; Table lookup; Three dimensional
computer graphics; Topology",
thesaurus = "Solid modelling",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Brod:1995:PCO,
author = "Claus Brod and Max R. Kublin",
title = "Providing {CAD} Object Management Services through a
Base Class Library",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "5",
pages = "51--60",
month = oct,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95oct/oct95_51.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-95.html",
abstract = "HP PE\slash SolidDesigner's data structure manager
makes it possible to save a complex 3D solid model and
load it from file systems and databases. Using the
concepts of transactions and bulletin boards, it keeps
track of changes to a model, implements an undo
operation, and notifies external applications of
changes.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6130B (Graphics techniques); C7104 (Office
automation); C6120 (File organisation)",
classification = "C6120 (File organisation); C6130B (Graphics
techniques); C7104 (Office automation)",
keywords = "Base class library; base class library; Bulletin
boards; bulletin boards; CAD; CAD object management
services; complex 3D solid; Complex 3D solid model;
Data structure manager; data structure manager; data
structures; electronic mail; File systems; file
systems; HP; HP PE/SolidDesigner; model;
PE/SolidDesigner; solid modelling",
thesaurus = "CAD; Data structures; Electronic mail; Solid
modelling",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:EHD,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Exception Handling and Development Support",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "5",
pages = "55--55",
month = oct,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95oct/oct95_55.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Metzger:1995:FSM,
author = "Michael Metzger and Sabine Eismann",
title = "Freeform Surface Modeling",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "5",
pages = "61--68",
month = oct,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95oct/oct95_61.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-95.html",
abstract = "There are two methods for creating freeform surfaces
in HP PE\slash SolidDesigner: blending and lofting.
This article describes the basics of lofting. The
geometry engine, which implements the lofting
functionality, uses a single-data-type implementation
for its geometric interface, but takes a
multiple-data-type, hybrid approach internally.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6130B (Graphics techniques)",
classification = "C6130B (Graphics techniques)",
keywords = "Blending; blending; Freeform surface modeling;
freeform surface modeling; Geometric interface;
geometric interface; Geometry engine; geometry engine;
HP PE/SolidDesigner; Hybrid approach; hybrid approach;
Lofting; lofting; multiple-data-; Multiple-data-type;
solid modelling; type",
thesaurus = "Solid modelling",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kilian:1995:CLE,
author = "Jens Kilian and Heinz-Peter Arndt",
title = "{Common Lisp} as an Embedded Extension Language",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "5",
pages = "69--73",
month = oct,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95oct/oct95_69.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-95.html",
abstract = "HP's PE\slash ME10 and PE\slash ME30 CAD systems
contain an extension based on the macro expansion
paradigm. One disadvantage of this macro language is
that it is nonstandard. No other application uses the
same language, and programs written in it have to be
ported when the user switches to another CAD system.
Conversely, a large part of HP PE\slash SolidDesigner
is written in Common Lisp. To the developers, this
approach offers a very flexible, interactive mode of
programming. The finished programs can be compiled to
eliminate the speed penalty for and users. Common Lisp
is also used as a user-accessible extension language
for HP PE\slash SolidDesigner. It is a standardized,
open programming language, not a proprietary one as in
HP PE\slash ME10 and PE\slash ME30, and the developers
of HP PE\slash SolidDesigner believe that this will
prove to be an immense advantage.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6140D (High level languages); C6180 (User
interfaces)",
classification = "722.2; 723.1; 723.1.1; 723.5; C6140D (High level
languages); C6180 (User interfaces)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Action routines; Application programs; C (programming
language); CAD; Commands; Common Lisp; Common Lisp
(programming language); Computer aided design; Computer
software; Data structures; Embedded extension language;
embedded extension language; Embedded programming
language; Extension language; Fortran (programming
language); Functions; LISP; Lisp (programming
language); Macros; PE/SolidDesigner; Program compilers;
Program translators; Standardization; User interfaces;
user interfaces; User-accessible extension language;
user-accessible extension language",
thesaurus = "CAD; LISP; User interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ernst:1995:BSO,
author = "Peter H. Ernst",
title = "{Boolean} Set Operations with Solid Models",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "5",
pages = "74--79",
month = oct,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95oct/oct95_74.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-95.html",
abstract = "The Boolean engine of HP PE\slash SolidDesigner
applies standard and nonstandard Boolean set operations
to solid models to perform an impressive variety of
machining operations. Parallel calculation boosts
performance, especially with multiprocessor hardware.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C7480 (Production engineering computing); C6130B
(Graphics techniques); C3355C (Control applications in
machining processes and machine tools)",
classification = "C3355C (Control applications in machining processes
and machine tools); C6130B (Graphics techniques); C7480
(Production engineering computing)",
keywords = "Boolean engine; Boolean set operations; calculation;
HP; HP PE/SolidDesigner; machining; Machining
operations; machining operations; Multiprocessor
hardware; multiprocessor hardware; parallel; Parallel
calculation; PE/SolidDesigner; solid modelling; Solid
models; solid models",
thesaurus = "Machining; Solid modelling",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:FIU,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Fighting Inaccuracies: Using Perturbation to Make
{Boolean} Operations Robust",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "5",
pages = "78--78",
month = oct,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95oct/oct95_78.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Armantrout:1995:MRW,
author = "Robert J. Armantrout",
title = "A Microwave Receiver for Wide-Bandwidth Signals",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "5",
pages = "80--88",
month = oct,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95oct/oct95_80.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-95.html",
abstract = "A predominant trend in modern microwave signals is the
move toward wider bandwidth. The trend continues to be
evident in all areas of satellite and terrestrial
microwave communications. Signal bandwidths of 30 MHz
or more are typical. Conventional instruments such as
spectrum analyzers, however, do not operate at
microwave frequencies and are not well-suited for
direct connection to an antenna as required in an
operational environment. A solution is the HP 71910A
wide-bandwidth receiver. The HP 71910A combines the
attributes of a microwave receiver with the strengths
of a microwave spectrum analyzer. The HP 71910A
provides easy interfacing to vector signal analyzers
and modulation-domain analyzers and extends the
measurement capability of these instruments into the
microwave frequency range. Finally, it provides
standard connection to commercial communications
demodulator products.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B6250 (Radio links and equipment); B6320
(Radar equipment, systems and applications)",
classification = "655.2.1; 715; 716.1; 716.2; 942.1; 942.2; B6250
(Radio links and equipment); B6320 (Radar equipment,
systems and applications); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Amplifiers (electronic); Amplitude modulation;
Bandwidth; bandwidth receiver; Demodulation; Electric
variables measurement; Frequency domain analysis;
Frequency modulation; HP 71910A wide-; HP 71910A
wide-bandwidth receiver; Microwave communications;
Microwave devices; Microwave receiver; microwave
receiver; microwave receivers; Microwave spectrum
analyzers; Microwaves; Modular measurement system;
Modular spectrum analyzer; modular spectrum analyzer;
Radar; radar receivers; Radar signals; radar signals;
Satellite communication systems; Signal receivers;
spectral analysers; Spectrum analyzers; Vector signal
analysis; Wide bandwidth signals; wide bandwidth
signals; Wide-bandwidth signals",
thesaurus = "Microwave receivers; Radar receivers; Spectral
analysers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:FDW,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Firmware Design for Wide-Bandwidth {IF} Support and
Improved Measurement Speed",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "5",
pages = "84--85",
month = oct,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95oct/oct95_84.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:HSV,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "The {HP} 89400 Series Vector Signal Analyzers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "5",
pages = "87--87",
month = oct,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95oct/oct95_87.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Armantrout:1995:IMW,
author = "Robert J. Armantrout and Terrence R. Noe and
Christopher E. Stewart and Leonard M. Weber",
title = "An {IF} Module for Wide-Bandwidth Signals",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "5",
pages = "89--103",
month = oct,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95oct/oct95_89.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-95.html",
abstract = "The HP 70911A IF module provides the HP 71910A
receiver with wideband demodulation and variable
bandwidths up to 100 MHz, while maintaining the gain
accuracy of a spectrum analyzer.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6250 (Radio links and equipment); B6120 (Modulation
methods)",
classification = "B6120 (Modulation methods); B6250 (Radio links and
equipment)",
keywords = "71910A receiver; demodulation; Gain accuracy; gain
accuracy; HP; HP 70911A IF module; HP 71910A receiver;
IF module; microwave receivers; Spectrum analyzer;
spectrum analyzer; Variable bandwidths; variable
bandwidths; Wide-bandwidth signals; wide-bandwidth
signals; Wideband demodulation; wideband demodulation",
thesaurus = "Demodulation; Microwave receivers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Cassidy:1995:LWA,
author = "John J. {Cassidy, Jr.}",
title = "The Log Weighted Average for Measuring Printer
Throughput",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "5",
pages = "104--106",
month = oct,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95oct/oct95_10.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-95.html",
abstract = "The log weighted average balances the different time
scales of various plots in a test suite. It prevents an
overemphasis on plots that take a long time to print
and allows adjustments according to the expected user
profile weighting. It is based on percentage changes
rather than absolute plot times.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
keywords = "Log weighted average; log weighted average; Printer
throughput measurement; printer throughput measurement;
printers; profile weighting; user; User profile
weighting",
thesaurus = "Printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:Ae,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Authors",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "5",
pages = "107--110",
month = oct,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95oct/authoc95.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Kong:1995:DES,
author = "Michael M. Kong",
title = "{DCE}: An Environment for Secure Client\slash Server
Computing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "6",
pages = "6--15",
month = dec,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95dec/dec95_6t.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-95.html",
abstract = "The Distributed Computing Environment (DCE) is a suite
of software developed in 1989 under the aegis of the
Open Software Foundation (OSF) through the OSF RFT
(request for technology) process. This software
integrates technologies for threads, remote procedure
calls, security, naming, time synchronization, and
remote file access. DCE not only eases the development
and execution of secure client\slash server
applications but also ensures the portability and
interoperability of these applications across many
kinds of computers and networks.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150N (Distributed systems software); C5620L (Local
area networks); C6130S (Data security)",
classification = "721.1; 722.3; 722.4; 723.1; 723.2; 723.3",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Authentication; Client server computing; client server
computing; client-server systems; Clock
synchronization; Computer networks; Computer operating
systems; Computer software; Computer software
portability; data; Data communication systems; data
security; Data structures; DCE; Distributed computer
systems; Distributed computing environment; Distributed
Computing Environment; Distributed database systems;
Distributed file service; distributed processing;
Distributed time service; Fileset; Foundation;
Information management; Interface definition language;
interoperable software; Network protocols; Open
Software; portability; Remote procedure call; security
of; Security of data; software; software portability;
Synchronization; User interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Lloyd:1995:ADT,
author = "Paul Lloyd and Samuel D. Horowitz",
title = "Adopting {DCE} Technology for Developing Client\slash
Server Applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "6",
pages = "16--22",
month = dec,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95dec/dec95_16.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-95.html",
abstract = "According to Hewlett--Packard (HP), companies can
receive significant benefits by adopting open system
client\slash server approaches for implementing
information technology solutions. In fact, the
information technology group at HP has adopted the Open
Software Foundation's Distributed Computing Environment
(OSF DCF) as a recommended technology for the
implementation of client\slash server applications
within HP. This article discusses the issues that led
HP to shift toward open systems for information
technology client\slash server applications, the
rationale for choosing DCE as a key technology, and the
elements of a new infrastructure built to provide the
necessary services required to realize the benefits of
open systems.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150N (Distributed systems software); C5620L (Local
area networks); C6110B (Software engineering
techniques)",
classification = "722.3; 722.4; 723.1; 723.2; 723.5; 903",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Client server information technology; client-server
systems; client/server systems; Computer architecture;
Computer networks; Computer operating systems; Computer
software; Customer satisfaction; Database systems; DCE;
Distributed computer systems; Distributed Computing
Environment; Distributed computing environment
technology; distributed processing; environment;
Hewlett; Information technology; information
technology; Interface definition language; legacy; Open
systems; open systems; Packard computers; Quality
assurance; Security of data; software portability; User
interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kong:1995:DDS,
author = "Michael M. Kong and David Truong",
title = "{DCE} Directory Services",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "6",
pages = "23--27",
month = dec,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95dec/dec95_23.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-95.html",
abstract = "The DCE directory services provide access for
applications and users to a federation of naming
systems at the global, enterprise, and application
levels.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150N (Distributed systems software); C6120 (File
organisation)",
keywords = "DCE; directory services; distributed applications;
Distributed Computing Environment; distributed
processing; Hewlett Packard; Hewlett Packard computers;
naming; naming systems; Open Software Foundation; open
systems; services; universal unique identifier",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Martin:1995:XOF,
author = "Elizabeth A. Martin",
title = "{X\slash Open} Federated Naming",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "6",
pages = "28--33",
month = dec,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95dec/dec95_28.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-95.html",
abstract = "The X\slash Open Federated Naming (XFN) specification
defines uniform naming interfaces for accessing a
variety of naming systems. XFN specifies a syntax for
composite names, which are names that span multiple
naming systems, and provides operations to join
existing naming systems together into a relatively
seamless naming federation.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6120 (File organisation); C6150N (Distributed systems
software)",
keywords = "composite names; distributed processing; formal
specification; Hewlett; multiple; naming federation;
naming interfaces; naming services; naming systems;
open systems; Packard computers; specification; syntax;
X/Open Federated Naming; XFN",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Marcus:1995:HIL,
author = "Jane B. Marcus and Navaneet Kumar and Lawrence J.
Rose",
title = "{HP} Integrated Login",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "6",
pages = "34--40",
month = dec,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95dec/dec95_34.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-95.html",
abstract = "The HP Integrated Login product addresses the needs of
customers wishing to deploy multiple security
technologies. It improves usability by providing
single-step login. Options to configure fallback login
technologies ensure robustness in the event of network
failure. The product is specifically convenient for
customers deploying DCE, because DCE and HP Integrated
Login together provide the tools needed to maintain
high level of consistency between DCE and the HP-UX
system for user account information.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6130S (Data security); C6150J (Operating systems)",
classification = "722.2; 722.3; 722.4; 723.1; 723.2; 723.3",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer networks; Computer operating systems;
Computer systems; customer needs; Data processing;
Database systems; Hewlett Packard; Hewlett Packard
computers; HP Integrated Login; HP-UX; Information
technology; Integrated login coordinates; Libauth
library interfaces; operating system; operating systems
(computers); Password consistency; Security of data;
security of data; Synchronization; system security;
Usability; usability; User interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Gittler:1995:DSS,
author = "Frederic Gittler and Anne C. Hopkins",
title = "The {DCE} Security Service",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "6",
pages = "41--48",
month = dec,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95dec/dec95_41.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-95.html",
abstract = "The Distributed Computing Environment (DCE) of the
Open Software Foundation is a collection of integrated
services supporting the distribution of applications on
multiple machines across a network. In most cases,
networks are inherently insecure, thus the distribution
of business applications is prohibited. This article
describes a DCE security service that provides a set of
security mechanisms which can be easily used by a
distributed application to remove security
vulnerabilities.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6130S (Data security); C6150N (Distributed systems
software)",
classification = "722.2; 722.3; 723.1; 723.2; 723.5; 903",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "authentication; Authentication credentials;
authorisation; Availability; client server; Client
server applications; client-server systems; Computer
software; Cryptography; cryptography; Data
communication systems; Database systems; DCE security
service; Distributed computer systems; Distributed
Computing Environment; distributed processing;
Distribution computing environment; Encryption keys;
encryption keys; Information technology; message
authentication; Network protocols; Security of data;
Security protocol; security protocol; System security
requirements; systems; tickets; User interfaces; User
passwords; user passwords",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:Gb,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Glossary",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "6",
pages = "42--42",
month = dec,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95dec/dec95_42.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Caswell:1995:EDA,
author = "Deborah L. Caswell",
title = "An Evolution of {DCE} Authorization Services",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "6",
pages = "49--54",
month = dec,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95dec/dec95_49.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-95.html",
abstract = "One of the strengths of the Open Software Foundation's
Distributed Computing Environment is that it allows
developers to consider authentication, authorization,
privacy, and integrity early in the design of a
client\slash server application. The HP implementation
evolves what DCE offers to make it easier for server
developers to use.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6130S (Data security); C6150N (Distributed systems
software)",
keywords = "application; authentication; authorisation;
authorization; authorization services; client server;
client-server systems; data; data integrity; data
privacy; DCE; Distributed Computing Environment;
Hewlett Packard computers; message authentication; Open
Software Foundation; privacy",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Gittler:1995:OOA,
author = "Mihaela C. Gittler and Michael Z. Luo and Luis M.
Maldonado",
title = "An Object-Oriented Application Framework for
{DCE-Based} Systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "6",
pages = "55--60",
month = dec,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95dec/dec95_55.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-95.html",
abstract = "The HP Object-Oriented DCE (HP OODCE) provides a
library of framework and utility classes that hide DCE
programmatic complexity from developers and provide
automatic default behavior to ease the development of
distributed applications and to shorten application
development time. This HP product offers flexibility by
allowing developers to use subclassing and customized
implementation. HP OODCE allows clients to view remote
objects as C++ objects and to access member functions
and receive results without making explicit remote
procedure calls (RPCs). In addition, with the use of
interfaces specified by the Interface Definition
Language (IDL), applications are able to communicate
with each other. Furthermore, HP OODCE creates an
object-oriented programming environment with the use of
the C++ class library and the IDL compiler (IDL++).",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6180 (User interfaces); C6115 (Programming support);
C6110J (Object-oriented programming); C6140D (High
level languages)",
classification = "722.3; 722.4; 723.1; 723.1.1; 723.2; 723.3",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Abstractions; C (programming language); C language;
C++ class library; Client server classes; compiler;
Computer hardware description languages; Computer
networks; Computer operating systems; Computer
software; Data communication systems; Database systems;
DCE-based systems; Distributed computer systems;
Distributed computing environment based systems;
Errors; HP; Interface Definition Language; Interface
definition language compiler; management systems;
Object oriented programming; object-oriented
application framework; object-oriented DCE;
object-oriented programming; OODCE; Program compilers;
Remote procedure calls; Security of data; user
interface",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:Gc,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Glossary",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "6",
pages = "60--60",
month = dec,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95dec/dec95_60.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Gupta:1995:HEM,
author = "Pankaj Gupta",
title = "{HP Encina\slash 9000}: Middleware for Constructing
Transaction Processing Applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "6",
pages = "61--74",
month = dec,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95dec/dec95_61.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-95.html",
abstract = "A transaction processing monitor for distributed
transaction processing applications maintains the ACID
(atomicity, consistency, isolation, and durability)
properties of the transactions and provides recovery
facilities for aborting transactions and recovering
from system or network failures.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150N (Distributed systems software); C6150J
(Operating systems)",
keywords = "ACID properties; application construction; atomicity;
consistency; durability; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
Encina/9000; isolation; middleware; processing;
recovery facilities; system recovery; transaction;
transaction processing; transaction processing
monitor",
treatment = "T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}
@Article{Campbell:1995:OOP,
author = "Mark C. Campbell and David K. Hinds and Ana V.
Kapetanakis and David S. Levin and Stephen J. McFarland
and David J. Miller and J. Scott Southworth",
title = "Object-Oriented Perspective on Software System Testing
in a Distributed Environment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "6",
pages = "75--81",
month = dec,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95dec/dec95_75.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-95.html",
abstract = "A flexible object-oriented test system was developed
to deal with the testing challenges imposed by software
systems that run in distributed client\slash server
environments.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6110J (Object-oriented programming); C6115
(Programming support); C6150G (Diagnostic, testing,
debugging and evaluating systems); C6150N (Distributed
systems software)",
keywords = "client-server systems; distributed client/server
environments; flexible object-oriented test;
object-oriented programming; program; software system
testing; system; testing",
treatment = "T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:OMGb,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "The {Object Management Group}'s Distributed Object
Model",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "6",
pages = "76--76",
month = dec,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95dec/dec95_76.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:OOP,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Object-Oriented Programming",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "6",
pages = "79--79",
month = dec,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95dec/dec95_79.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Boos:1995:NLF,
author = "Andreas Boos and Michelle Houghton Jagger and Gunter
W. Paret and Jurgen W. Hausmann",
title = "A New, Lightweight Fetal Telemetry System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "6",
pages = "82--93",
month = dec,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95dec/dec95_82.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-95.html",
abstract = "The HP Series 50 T fetal telemetry system combines
both external and internal monitoring of the fetus in a
small, lightweight transmitter that is easy and
comfortable for the patient to carry. It is useful for
monitoring in labor, monitoring of high-risk patients,
monitoring in transit, antepartum nonstress testing,
and monitoring in the bath.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8760G (Microwaves and other electromagnetic waves
(medical uses)); A8770 (Biomedical engineering); B7510B
(Radiation and radioactivity applications in
biomedicine); B7210F (Telemetering systems)",
keywords = "antepartum nonstress testing; bath monitoring;
biomedical equipment; biomedical telemetry; external
monitoring; high-risk patients; HP Series 50 T fetal;
internal monitoring; labor; lightweight fetal telemetry
system; medical instrumentation; monitoring; patient;
telemetry system; transit monitoring",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Buted:1995:ZBD,
author = "Rolando R. Buted",
title = "Zero bias detector diodes for the {RF}\slash {ID}
market",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "6",
pages = "94--98",
month = dec,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95dec/dec95_94.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-95.html",
abstract = "Hewlett--Packard's newest silicon detector diodes were
developed to meet the requirements for receiver service
in radio frequency identification tags. These
requirements include portability, small size, long
life, and low cost.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6250Z (Other radio links); B1350F (Solid-state
microwave circuits and devices); B2560H (Junction and
barrier diodes); B7230 (Sensing devices and
transducers); B7310N (Microwave measurement
techniques)",
keywords = "930 MHz to 10 GHz; applications; cost; detector
diodes; diodes; Hewlett--Packard; identification;
identification system; identification tags; long life;
low; microwave detectors; microwave diodes;
portability; product tracking; radio; radio frequency;
radio signals; receiver service; RF/ID market; Schottky
diodes; Si; small size; tracking; UHF; UHF detectors;
zero bias detector diodes",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1995:BRI,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Backscatter {RF\slash ID} Systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "46",
number = "6",
pages = "95--95",
month = dec,
year = "1995",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95dec/dec95_95.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-95.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Fiduccia:1996:SRB,
author = "Nicholas S. Fiduccia",
title = "Sidebar: Runway Bus Electrical Design Considerations",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "1",
pages = "??--??",
month = feb,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Sep 17 14:47:56 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/feb96/feba2sb.html",
abstract = "The Runway bus's high bandwidth is a result of the
strategies adopted for its electrical design. These
included an efficient data transfer scheme, a simple
clock system with low clock skew, a compact bus
topology, and a termination strategy that eliminates
dead cycles when changing bus masters.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Nelson:1996:SKC,
author = "Gerald J. Nelson and James K. Koch",
title = "Sidebar: {K} Class Power System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "1",
pages = "??--??",
month = feb,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Sep 17 14:43:00 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/feb96/feba1sb.html",
abstract = "The power system in the HP 9000 K-class servers uses a
number of new and emerging technologies to achieve
excellent platform performance without compromising
cost, reliability, and quality metrics. Combined in the
power system are the system power monitor, the system
power supply, and an optional uninterruptible power
supply (UPS). Key contributions of the system power
monitor include: system turn-on and initialization
including error reporting via a front-panel LCD
display, temperature monitoring and cooling, fan speed
control based on ambient temperature, fan
synchronization and fault detection, continuous power
supply output voltage monitoring, special manufacturing
modes of operation, overtemperature detection and
warning, overtemperature shutdown, and other features.
The system power supply uses power factor correction to
achieve low power-line distortion while maximizing the
available VA capacity of the input ac circuit. A
standard dc-to-dc forward converter follows the
regulated power factor corrected output. Remote sensing
is used on all output rails to achieve tight regulation
specifications. The power system is optimized for use
with several HP UPSs employing both offline and online
technologies. The UPSs use an autoranging technology
allowing worldwide use. Worldwide regulatory and safety
approvals apply to these UPSs. The hardware provides
power-line filtering and conditioning while the
firmware provides many useful status and control
capabilities, both real-time and programmed for later
execution.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Harline:1996:SMW,
author = "Matt J. Harline and Brendan A. Voge and Loren P.
Staley and Badir M. Mousa",
title = "Symmetric multiprocessing workstations and servers
system --- designed for high performance and low cost",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "1",
pages = "8--17",
month = feb,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-96.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5630 (Networking equipment);
C0310H (Equipment and software evaluation methods);
C5440 (Multiprocessing systems); C5540 (Terminals and
graphic displays)",
keywords = "2-way symmetric multiprocessing; 4-way symmetric
multiprocessing; computer evaluation; computers; cost;
equipment evaluation; file servers; Hewlett Packard; HP
3000 Series 9x9KS business-; HP 9000 Series 700
J-class; HP 9000 Series 800 K-class servers;
multiprocessing systems; network servers; oriented
systems; performance; price classes; servers; system;
system design; technical; workstations",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Bryg:1996:HLM,
author = "William R. Bryg and Kenneth K. Chan and Nicholas S.
Fiduccia",
title = "A High-Performance, Low-Cost Multiprocessor Bus for
Workstations and Midrange Servers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "1",
pages = "18--24",
month = feb,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-96.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5610S (System buses); C5440 (Multiprocessing
systems); C5630 (Networking equipment); C0310H
(Equipment and software evaluation methods)",
keywords = "768 Mbyte/s; address bus; data bus; equipment
evaluation; Hewlett Packard computers; high-performance
multiprocessor bus; mid-range; multiplexing equipment;
multiprocessing systems; network; optimized;
processor-memory-I/O interconnect; Runway bus; servers;
sustained memory bandwidths; symmetric multiprocessing;
synchronous 64-bit split-transaction; system buses;
systems; time-multiplexed bus; workstations",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Chan:1996:DHP,
author = "Kenneth K. Chan and Cyrus C. Hay and John R. Keller
and Gordon P. Kurpanek and Francis X. Schumacher and
Jason Zheng",
title = "Design of the {HP PA} 7200 {CPU}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "1",
pages = "25--33",
month = feb,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Jan 09 12:12:28 2001",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://cpus.hp.com/techreports/pa7200_design.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-96.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); C5130
(Microprocessor chips); C5440 (Multiprocessing
systems); C5230 (Digital arithmetic methods)",
keywords = "4-way multiprocessor system; arithmetic logic units;
cache storage; computers; data cache; digital
arithmetic; enhanced; general; Hewlett Packard;
Hewlett--Packard PA 7200 CPU; integer ALUs; integer
superscalar execution; microprocessor chip;
microprocessor chips; multiprocessing systems;
organization; performance; prefetching mechanism;
reduced instruction set computing",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Alexander:1996:VCD,
author = "Thomas B. Alexander and Kent A. Dickey and David N.
Goldberg and Ross V. {La Fetra} and James R. McGee and
Nazeem Noordeen and Akshya Prakash",
title = "Verification, Characterization, and Debugging of the
{HP PA} 7200 Processor",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "1",
pages = "34--43",
month = feb,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Jan 09 12:23:17 2001",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://cpus.hp.com/techreports/pa7200_verification.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-96.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); B0170E
(Production facilities and engineering); C5130
(Microprocessor chips); C5470 (Performance evaluation
and testing)",
keywords = "chip design; chips; computer debugging; computer
testing; computers; debugging tools; electrical
verification; functional verification; Hewlett Packard;
Hewlett--Packard PA 7200 CPU chip; high-; IC
fabrication process; integrated circuit; integrated
circuit design; integrated circuit testing;
manufacture; microprocessor; processor
characterization; processor debugging; quality product;
testing methods",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hotchkiss:1996:NMS,
author = "Thomas R. Hotchkiss and Norman D. Marschke and Richard
M. McClosky",
title = "A New Memory System Design for Commercial and
Technical Computing Products",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "1",
pages = "44--51",
month = feb,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-96.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5310 (Storage system design); C5320G (Semiconductor
storage)C0310H (Equipment and software evaluation
methods)",
keywords = "availability; bandwidth; capacity; commercial
computing; commercial servers; customer application
performance; DRAM chips; equipment evaluation; Hewlett
Packard computers; Hewlett--Packard; J/K-class memory
system design; latency; memory architecture; memory
interleaving; performance scalability; products;
reliability; system-level parallelism; technical
computing products; technical workstations",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Kjos:1996:HCC,
author = "Todd J. Kjos and Helen Nusbaum and Michael K. Traynor
and Brendan A. Voge",
title = "Hardware Cache Coherent Input\slash Output",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "1",
pages = "52--59",
month = feb,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-96.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C6150J (Operating
systems)",
keywords = "cache; cache storage; coherency; hardware cache
coherent I/O; Hewlett Packard computers; HP PA-RISC
architecture; I/O data transfer; input-output;
programs; reduced instruction set computing; system
performance",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Chang:1996:FCC,
author = "Justin S. Chang and Richard Dugan and Benny W. H. Lai
and Margaret M. Nakamoto",
title = "A {1.0625-Gbit/s Fibre Channel} chipset with laser
driver",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "1",
pages = "60--67",
month = feb,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-96.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); C5630 (Networking
equipment); C5640 (Protocols); C5690 (Other data
communication equipment and techniques)",
keywords = "1.0625 Gbit/s; 1512; arbitrated loop protocol;
chipset; clock; clock recovery; comma character; data
communication equipment; data multiplexing; detection;
FC-0; Fibre Channel; Fibre Channel chipset; HDMP-;
HDMP-1514; Hewlett Packard computers; laser driver;
physical layer specification; protocols; synthesis
phase-locked loop; word alignment",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Gilray:1996:ACI,
author = "J. J. Gilray",
title = "Applying the code inspection process to hardware
descriptions",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "1",
pages = "68--72",
month = feb,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C0310F (Software development management); C6110B
(Software engineering techniques); C6140D (High level
languages)",
keywords = "code inspection process; hardware description
languages; hardware descriptions; HDL; software
quality; Verilog HDL",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Birgenheier:1996:OCP,
author = "Raymond A. Birgenheier",
title = "Overview of Code-Domain Power, Timing, and Phase
Measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "1",
pages = "73--93",
month = feb,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-96.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6250F (Mobile radio systems); B7310 (Electric and
magnetic variables measurement); B6150E (Multiple
access communication)",
keywords = "algorithms; base station transmitter measurements;
CDMA; cellular adapter; cellular radio; cellular
transmitters; code division multiple access;
code-domain power; electric; HP 83203B CDMA;
measurement; phase measurements; timing; variables
measurement",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Cripe:1996:CDE,
author = "Brian E. Cripe and Jon A. Brewster and Dana E.
Laursen",
title = "A Common Desktop Environment for Platforms Based on
the {UNIX} Operating System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "2",
pages = "6--13",
month = apr,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/apr96/apr96.htm;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/apr96/ap96a1.pdf",
abstract = "User interface technologies from four companies have
been combined to create a single UNIX desktop standard
that provides a common look and feel for end users and
a common set of tools for system administrators and
application developers. The HP VUE user will find much
to appreciate in the Common Desktop Environment (CDE).
CDE retains the best end-user features of HP VUE, such
as workspaces and the iconic desktop behavior. CDE adds
many new end-user services, such as an integrated
mailer and a calendar system. The system administrator
gets a rich and new standard set of configuration
options that also shares much of the HP VUE approach. A
software developer has optional access to a new
programming framework to take advantage of deep
environment integration.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support); C6150J (Operating
systems); C6180 (User interfaces)",
classification = "722.2; 722.4; 723.1; 723.2; 723.5",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Calendar; calendar system; Common desktop environment;
common desktop environment; Computer aided software
engineering; Computer architecture; Computer operating
systems; Computer systems; File editors; File
organization; Graphical user interfaces; help facility;
Hewlett-; IBM; iconic desktop behavior; Information
management; integrated; interface toolkit; Mailer;
mailer; Network protocols; Novell; OSF/Motif; Packard;
Personal computers; programming environments; software
developer; Sun Microsystems; Text editor; UNIX; Unix;
UNIX operating system; user; User interfaces; user
interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ellendman:1996:AAA,
author = "Anna Ellendman and William R. Yoder",
title = "Accessing and Administering Applications in {CDE}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "2",
pages = "15--23",
month = apr,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/apr96/apr96.htm",
abstract = "Setting up transparent access to applications and
resources in a highly networked environment is made
simpler by facilities that enable system administrators
to integrate applications into the CDE desktop. This
article describes how users locate and launch
applications from the CDE desktop and how system
administrators integrate applications into the
desktop's graphical environment. The information is
also relevant for application developers, because the
administration model and tools for integrating existing
applications are also used to provide basic integration
for new applications.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems); C6180G (Graphical user
interfaces); C6115 (Programming support)",
classification = "722.2; 722.4; 723.3; 723.5",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "administrators; application developers; Application
groups; Application icons; Application manager;
Application search path; CDE; Common desktop
environment; common desktop environment; Computer aided
software engineering; Computer simulation; Computer
systems; data; Data files; Database systems; File
editors; File manager; File organization; files;
graphical desktop; Graphical user interfaces; graphical
user interfaces; network transparency; operating
systems (computers); Personal computers; programming
environments; software tools; system; UNIX systems;
User model",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1996:ASC,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Application Servers and Clients in {CDE}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "2",
pages = "22--??",
month = apr,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Feb 04 05:42:49 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/apr96/apr96.htm",
abstract = "The Common Desktop Environment (CDE) operates in a
networked, client\slash server environment. This
article describes the services and configuration files
provided in CDE to support client\slash server remote
execution.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722.2; 722.4; 723.2; 723.3; 723.5",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Application clients; Application servers; Application
services; Common desktop environment; Computer
simulation; Computer systems; Computer workstations;
Database systems; Desktop display services; File
organization; File services; Graphical user interfaces;
Personal computers; Security of data; Session
services",
}
@Article{Barstow:1996:CAD,
author = "Arthur F. Barstow",
title = "The {CDE} Action and Data Typing Services",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "2",
pages = "24--28",
month = apr,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/apr96/apr96.htm",
abstract = "Two fundamental requirements of a computerized desktop
system are a unified view of a user's data and a
consistent access method to the data. This article
describes how Hewlett--Packard's Common Desktop
Environment (CDE) meets these requirements through the
use of its data typing and action services. The data
typing service defines attributes of a data type such
as its appearance (icon) and behavior (action). The
action service provides mechanisms for linking a data
type's behavior to its associated application or
execution command.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C7108 (Desktop publishing); C6160 (Database management
systems (DBMS)); C6130B (Graphics techniques); C6180G
(Graphical user interfaces)",
classification = "722.1; 722.2; 722.4; 723.2; 723.3; 903.4",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "action service; APIs; Application programming
interfaces; attributes; Buffer storage; Command
actions; Common desktop environment; computerized
desktop system; consistent access method; data; Data
attributed records; Data criteria records; Data storage
equipment; Data structures; Data typing services; data
typing services; database management systems; Database
systems; databases; Desktop Environment; desktop
publishing; execution command; File manager; File
organization; graphical; Graphical user interfaces;
Hewett-Packard's Common; icon; Information retrieval;
Information services; Map actions; Message actions;
Personal computers; user interfaces; user's",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Joy:1996:MHV,
author = "Molly Joy",
title = "Migrating {HP VUE} Desktop Customizations to {CDE}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "2",
pages = "29--37",
month = apr,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/apr96/apr96.htm",
abstract = "With CDE becoming the UNIX desktop standard, it is
important to allow HP VUE users to preserve their
customizations when moving over to the CDE desktop. A
set of tools has been developed to make this transition
as complete and effortless as possible. Although the
migration tools described do not provide a complete
migration from HP VUE to CDE, the converters do bring
over a large portion of a user's customizations through
an easy-to-use graphical user interface.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6180G (Graphical user interfaces); C6115 (Programming
support); C6150J (Operating systems)",
classification = "722.2; 722.4; 723.2; 723.3; 723.5; 902.2",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Common desktop environment; Common Desktop Environment
customisations; Computer aided software engineering;
Computer operating systems; Computer systems; customer
investments; Database systems; desktop standard; File
organization; File types; Front panel customizations;
graphical user; Graphical user interfaces; graphical
user interfaces; Hewlett--Packard; HP VUE technology;
Icon image files; interface; Migration tools; Open
software foundation; open system standards; Personal
computers; programming environments; seamless
transition; software tools; Standards; standards; UNIX;
Unix; Usability testing; Visual user environment;
Workspace manager customizations",
treatment = "P Practical",
xxtitle = "Customizations to {Common Desktop Environment}",
}
@Article{Cook:1996:MOH,
author = "Lori A. Cook and Steven P. Hiebert and Michael R.
Wilson",
title = "A Media-Rich Online Help System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "2",
pages = "38--49",
month = apr,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/apr96/apr96.htm",
abstract = "The Common Desktop Environment (CDE) help system
provides media-rich, online information that is both
fast and easy to use. It has its basis in the standard
online help system from HP that is used extensively by
HP VUE 3.0 and HP MPower components and by many other
HP OSF\slash Motif-based products.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6180G (Graphical user interfaces); C6115 (Programming
support); C6150J (Operating systems); C7108 (Desktop
publishing)",
classification = "722.2; 722.4; 723.1; 723.3; 723.5; 903.4",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "3.0; Application programming interfaces; Common
desktop environment; Common Desktop Environment;
Computer aided software engineering; Computer
architecture; Computer programming languages; Computer
software; Database systems; desktop publishing; File
organization; graphical user interfaces; help systems;
HP MPower components; HP OSF/Motif-based products; HP
VUE; Information services; Information use; interactive
capabilities; media-rich online help system; Online
help system; online information; Online systems; Open
software foundation; Personal computers; programming
environments; unified desktop strategy; UNIX; Unix;
UNIX operating system platforms; User interfaces",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Miller:1996:MMS,
author = "Robert M. Miller",
title = "Managing a Multicompany Software Development Project",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "2",
pages = "50--53",
month = apr,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/apr96/apr96.htm",
abstract = "The development of the Common Desktop Environment
version 1.0 involved a joint engineering project
between four companies that normally compete in the
marketplace. CDE 1.0 was a joint engineering effort
between HP, IBM, Sun Microsystems, and Novell that was
aimed at producing a de facto and de jure standard in a
critical and highly visible technology, the X Windows
graphical desktop. This article examines some of the
challenges that needed to be surmounted, and the
processes that needed to be created before CDF could be
successful.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C0310F (Software development management)",
classification = "722.4; 723.1; 723.5; 902.2; 912.2",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automated regression tests; Common Desktop; Common
desktop environment; Computer architecture; corporate
cultures; Decision making; documentation; Environment
version 1.0; HP; IBM; Internationalization; Models;
multicompany software development project; Novell;
Performance; Personal computers; processes; Product
description and requirements; Project management;
project management; Resource allocation; Scheduling;
software developer; software development; software
development infrastructure; software development
management; Software engineering; source tree;
Specifications; Standards; standards; Sun Microsystems;
UNIX; User model; X Windows graphical desktop",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Orton:1996:DDC,
author = "Kristann L. Orton and Paul R. Ritter",
title = "Design and Development of the {CDE} 1.0 Test Suite",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "2",
pages = "54--61",
month = apr,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/apr96/apr96.htm",
abstract = "The Common Desktop Environment (CDE) test team was
given the challenge of designing and organizing the
development of an automated regression test suite for
CDE 1.0 components. This project contained all the
usual problems involved in designing and creating a
test suite for a large and complex desktop environment,
plus a number of challenges that came up because the
development was a joint project between four different
companies. Several goals for the tests were developed
early in the project that influenced the design of the
test suite, the choice of software testing tools, and
the implementation of the testing process. The
rationale for some of these objectives are discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
systems); C6115 (Programming support); C0310F (Software
development management)",
classification = "722.2; 722.4; 723.1.1; 723.2; 723.5; 912.2",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Application programming interfaces; automated; C
(programming language); CDE 1.0 test suite; Common
desktop environment; Common Desktop Environment;
complex desktop environment; Computer aided software
engineering; Database systems; File editors; File
organization; Graphical user interfaces; management;
Personal computers; program testing; Project
management; project management; regression test suite;
software; software development; Software engineering;
Systems analysis; Test environment toolkit; testing
tools; Utility programs",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Chakrabarti:1996:SCC,
author = "Sankar L. Chakrabarti",
title = "{Synlib}: The Core of {CDE} Tests",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "2",
pages = "62--65",
month = apr,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/apr96/apr96.htm",
abstract = "Synlib is an application program interface for
creating tests for graphical user interface
applications. A collection of Synlib programs, each
designed to verify a specific property of the target
software, forms a test suite for the application.
Synlib tests can be completely platform independent ---
an advantage for testing the Common Desktop Environment
(CDE), which runs on the platforms of the four
participating companies.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6180G (Graphical user interfaces); C6115 (Programming
support); C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and
evaluating systems); C6150J (Operating systems); C6150E
(General utility programs)",
classification = "722.2; 722.4; 723.1; 723.1.1; 723.5",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Application program interface; application program
interface; application program interfaces; C
(programming language); Common Desktop; Common desktop
environment; Computer program listings; Computer
software; Display devices; Environment; graphical user;
Graphical user interfaces; graphical user interfaces;
interface applications; Personal computers; Program
debugging; program testing; Software Package Synlib;
Synlib; test suite",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Daniels:1996:HPM,
author = "Melanie M. Daniels",
title = "A Hybrid Power Module for a Mobile Communications
Telephone",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "2",
pages = "66--72",
month = apr,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/apr96/apr96.htm",
abstract = "This article describes a 3.5-watt power module
designed for a GSM (Global System for Mobile
Communications) handheld telephone. The design features
proprietary silicon power bipolar devices, lumped
elements for input, interstage, and output matching,
thick-film alumina ceramic technology, and laser
trimmed bias resistors. High-volume manufacturing was a
design requirement.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
circuits); B6220C (Telephone stations); B6250F (Mobile
radio systems); C5150 (Other circuits for digital
computers)",
classification = "703.1; 704.1; 714.2; 715.2; 718.1; 812.1",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "3.5 W; Alumina; Bipolar transistors; Cellular
telephone systems; Electric power supplies to
apparatus; elements; Global system for mobile
communications; handheld telephone; Hybrid power
module; hybrid power module; Laser trimmed bias
resistors; laser trimmed bias resistors; lumped; Lumped
parameter networks; mobile communication; mobile
communications telephone; Mobile telecommunication
systems; Mobile telephone; output matching; power
supply circuits; Resistors; Schematic diagrams;
Semiconducting silicon; Silicon power bipolar devices;
silicon power bipolar devices; technology; Telephone;
telephone sets; thick-film alumina ceramic",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Miller:1996:ACP,
author = "Chad G. Miller and Jerome M. Bailey",
title = "Automated {C}-terminal protein sequence analysis using
the {HP G1009A C}-terminal protein sequencing system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "2",
pages = "73--82",
month = apr,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/apr96/apr96.htm",
abstract = "The HP G1009A is an automated system for the
carboxy-terminal amino acid sequence analysis of
protein samples. It detects and sequences through any
of the twenty common amino acids. This paper describes
a number of applications that demonstrate its
capabilities.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8780 (Biophysical instrumentation and techniques);
A8715B (Biomolecular structure, configuration,
conformation, and active sites); A3620E (Macromolecular
constitution (chains and sequences)); C7330 (Biology
and medical computing); C7320 (Physics and chemistry
computing)",
classification = "461.2; 731.1; 801.2; 801.4; 802.1; 804.1",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Amino acids; Analytic equipment; automated C-terminal
protein sequence analysis; automated system;
Automation; biological techniques; biology computing;
carboxy-terminal amino acid sequence analysis; Chemical
analysis; Chemical reactions; chemistry; computing;
configurations; genetics; HP G1009A C-; molecular;
molecular biophysics; Molecules; Nucleic acid
sequences; Peptide; Proteins; proteins; Sequence
analysis; sequences; Sequencing system; terminal
protein sequencing system",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Dascher:1996:MPC,
author = "David J. Dascher",
title = "Measuring Parasitic Capacitance and Inductance Using
{TDR}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "2",
pages = "83--96",
month = apr,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/apr96/apr96.htm",
abstract = "Time-domain reflectometry (TDR) is commonly used as a
convenient method of determining the characteristic
impedance of a transmission line or quantifying
reflections caused by discontinuities along or at the
termination of a transmission line. TDR can also be
used to measure quantities such as the input
capacitance of a voltage probe, the inductance of a
jumper wire, the end-to-end capacitance of a resistor,
or the effective loading of a PCI card. Element values
can be calculated directly from the integral of the
reflected or transmitted waveform.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7310N (Microwave measurement techniques); B7310J
(Impedance and admittance measurement)",
classification = "701.1; 704.1; 711.1; 942.1; 942.2",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Capacitance measurement; capacitance measurement;
Discontinuities; effective loading; Electric impedance;
Electric lines; Electric measuring instruments;
Electric waveforms; Electric wire; Electromagnetic wave
reflection; end-to-end capacitance; inductance;
Inductance measurement; inductance measurement; input
capacitance; Jumper wire; parasitic capacitance; PCI
card; Probes; reflectometry; Resistors; TDR; Time
domain reflectometry; time-domain; Voltage probe",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Byrne:1996:RTI,
author = "Patrick J. Byrne",
title = "Reducing Time to Insight in Digital System
Integration",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "3",
pages = "6--14",
month = jun,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/jun96/jun96.htm",
abstract = "Digital design teams are facing exponentially growing
complexities and need processes and tools that reduce
the time needed to gain insight into difficult system
integration problems. This article describes modern
digital systems in terms of the problems they create in
the system integration phase. The debug cycle is
described with special emphasis on the `insight loop,'
the most time-consuming phase of system integration. A
case study from an HP workstation design effort is used
to illustrate the principles. A new digital analysis
tool, the HP 16505A prototype analyzer, is introduced
as a means of solving these vexing problems more
quickly by reducing time to insight.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
systems); C5470 (Performance evaluation and testing);
C5400 (Analogue and digital computers and systems)",
classification = "714.2; 715; 721.2; 722.4; 723.1; 723.5",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Application specific integrated circuits; Computer
aided engineering; Computer aided logic design;
Computer architecture; Computer debugging; computer
debugging; Computer hardware; Computer simulation;
Computer software; Computer systems; Computer
workstations; Concurrent design; debug cycle; design
engineering; Digital analysis tool; digital analysis
tool; Digital circuits; Digital system integration;
digital system integration; digital systems; HP; HP
16505A prototype analyzer; Printed circuit boards;
system integration; Systems analysis; workstation
design",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Roeca:1996:PAA,
author = "Jeffrey E. Roeca",
title = "Prototype Analyzer Architecture",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "3",
pages = "15--21",
month = jun,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/jun96/jun96.htm",
abstract = "The HP 16505A architecture allows multiple concurrent
views of acquired logic analysis data. Markers on all
views are correlated. The user only needs to place the
marker on one view and the markers on the other views
automatically relocate. Thus a stack anomaly in one
view can be immediately correlated with the software
routine causing the violation.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
C5210B (Computer-aided logic design)",
classification = "721.2; 722.2; 722.4; 723.1; 723.1.1; 723.5",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "analyzer; C (programming language); Computer aided
logic design; Computer architecture; Computer
debugging; Computer networks; Computer operating
systems; Computer software; Computer workstations; Data
flow; Data transfer; Graphical user interfaces; Hewlett
Packard computers; HP 16505A architecture; HP 16505A
prototype; logic analysers; Logic analysis; logic
analysis; logic testing; Mainframe; Personal computers;
Prototype analyzer",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Peters:1996:DBM,
author = "Gregory J. Peters",
title = "Determining a Best-Fit Measurement Server
Implementation for Digital Design Team Solutions",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "3",
pages = "22--29",
month = jun,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/jun96/jun96.htm",
abstract = "Prototype analyzer customers wanted fast throughput,
quick answers, a turnkey solution, an affordable base
system price, connection to diverse open-systems
networks and platforms, and interfaces to a wide
variety of tools. An encapsulated measurement server
architecture based on a dedicated workstation and a
SCSI II interface best fit the requirements.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
C5210B (Computer-aided logic design)",
classification = "721.2; 722.2; 722.4; 723.1; 723.5",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Automation; best-; Computer aided logic design;
Computer architecture; Computer debugging; Computer
hardware; Computer operating systems; Computer systems;
Computer workstations; debug; design team; Digital
design; digital design; Electronic design automation;
fit measurement server; Graphical user interfaces;
Hewlett Packard computers; HP 16505A prototype
analyzer; logic analysers; Logic analyzers; Measurement
server architecture; Measurements; Open systems;
Personal computers; Prototype analyzer; Real time
systems; turnkey prototyping",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Schnaible:1996:NDL,
author = "Mark P. Schnaible",
title = "A Normalized Data Library for Prototype Analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "3",
pages = "30--37",
month = jun,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/jun96/jun96.htm",
abstract = "The goal was that each analysis and display tool to be
included in the prototype analyzer should be designed
and written only once. Therefore, the data library is
designed to normalize the variety of basic logic
analyzer data types and the variety of postacquisition
data types generated by various analysis tools and to
present this data to other analysis and display tools
in a standard format.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
C5210B (Computer-aided logic design); C6115
(Programming support)",
classification = "721.2; 722.4; 723.2; 723.3; 723.5; 903.3",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer aided analysis; Computer aided logic design;
Computer architecture; Computer simulation; Computer
software; data; Data acquisition; Data library; Data
structures; Database systems; Encoding (symbols); HP
16505A; Information retrieval systems; library; logic
analysers; Logic analyzer data types; logic analyzer
data types; Post acquisition data types;
postacquisition data; prototype analysis; Prototype
analyzer; prototype analyzer; software libraries;
types",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Myers:1996:FPP,
author = "Timothy F. Myers",
title = "A full-featured {Pentium PCI}-based notebook
computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "3",
pages = "38--44",
month = jun,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/jun96/jun96.htm",
abstract = "The HP OmniBook 5000 computer takes advantage of new
technologies such as mobile Pentium, PCI, plug and
play, lithium-ion batteries, and hot docking to give
users the same capabilities as their desktop computers.
The PCI bus allows higher speed and functionality in
video and communications that is possible today. The
Li-Ion batteries continues to provide more energy for a
given weight, thereby making possible lighter products
or longer battery life. The instant-on feature allows
the users to work whenever it is convenient, thus
helping the customer to adapt to a more mobile
lifestyle.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "722.1; 722.2; 722.4; 723.1; 723.5; 903",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Advanced power management; Buffer storage; Central
processing unit; Computer architecture; computer
evaluation; Computer hardware; Computer keyboards;
Computer operating systems; Computer software;
computers; Graphical user interfaces; Heat transfer;
Hewlett Packard computers; hot docking; HP; Information
technology; Integrated circuits; Lithium batteries;
Lithium ion batteries; lithium-ion batteries; mobile
Pentium; notebook; notebook computer; OmniBook 5000;
PCI; Pentium notebooks; Pentium PCI-based; Personal
computers; plug and play; Random access storage",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Beers:1996:GCM,
author = "Ted W. Beers and Diana K. Byrne and James A. Donnelly
and Robert W. Jones and Feng Yuan",
title = "A Graphing Calculator for Mathematics and Science
Classes",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "3",
pages = "45--58",
month = jun,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/jun96/jun96.htm",
abstract = "The HP 38G calculator allows teachers to direct
students and keep them focused while they explore
mathematical and scientific concepts. It features
aplets, which are small applications that focus on a
particular area of the curriculum and can be easily
distributed from the teacher's calculator to the
students'.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C7810C (Computer-aided instruction); C5430
(Microcomputers)",
classification = "722.2; 722.4; 723.1; 723.5; 901.2; 921",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "aplets; Calculations; computer aided instruction;
Computer hardware; Computer software; Computer systems;
Education computing; electronic calculators; Graphical
user interfaces; Graphing calculator; graphing
calculator; HP 38G; Mathematical instruments;
Mathematical techniques; Mathematics class; Natural
sciences computing; Science class; students; teachers",
pagecount = "13",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Donnelly:1996:CHA,
author = "James A. Donnelly",
title = "Creating {HP 38G} Aplets",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "3",
pages = "59--63",
month = jun,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/jun96/jun96.htm",
abstract = "Aplets contain information and have views. The
information in an aplet consists of every major piece
required to produce the views: the equations, setup
information, mode of information, sketch or text
annotation, and attached libraries or programs. This
paper explores a simple aplet and shows how to
construct an aplet called PolySides.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C7810C (Computer-aided instruction); C5430
(Microcomputers)",
classification = "722.2; 722.4; 723.1; 723.5; 901.2; 921",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "aplets; Aplets; Approximation theory; classroom
setting; Computational geometry; computer aided
instruction; Computer software; Computer systems;
Education computing; electronic calculators; Graphical
user interfaces; graphing calculator; Graphing
calculator; HP 38G; HP 38G calculator; information;
Mathematical instruments; Mathematical techniques;
mode; Polygons; PolySides; setup information",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Schmuhl:1996:HPN,
author = "Edward H. Schmuhl and Allan P. Sherman and Jon D.
Waisnor",
title = "{HP PalmVue}: {A} New Healthcare Information Product",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "3",
pages = "64--69",
month = jun,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Feb 04 05:45:23 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/jun96/jun96.htm",
abstract = "The HP PalmVue system (HP M1490A) is a new offering
from HP's Medical Products Group that allows
transmission of clinical patient information to HP
palmtop computers via conventional alphanumeric paging
systems. This system integrates several forms of
current technology, including computer networks,
palmtop computers, paging systems, and devices to
deliver a powerful new capability to hospitals and
physicians who use HP monitoring systems and
cardiographs. This article will provide an overview of
the operation of the PalmVue system and show how the
system integrates several components to deliver this
new service to clinical users.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "461.1; 716.3; 722.3; 722.4; 723.5; 903",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Alphanumeric paging systems; Cardiographs; Cardiology;
Clinical patient information; Computer networks;
Computer technology; Data communication systems; Health
care; Healthcare information product; Hospital data
processing; HP PalmVue system; Information technology;
Medical computing; Paging systems; Palmtop computers;
Personal computers",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1996:DTP,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Data Through Paging Technology",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "3",
pages = "68--??",
month = jun,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Feb 04 05:45:24 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/jun96/jun96.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Swenson:1996:CAS,
author = "Jill E. Swenson",
title = "Constructing An Application Server",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "3",
pages = "70--75",
month = jun,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Feb 04 05:45:26 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/jun96/jun96.htm",
abstract = "In dynamic networked environment in which there are
several hundred workstations and servers, there is a
constant demand for new versions of software. In this
environment, software installation procedures must be
quick, flexible, and tolerant of change. This paper
describes a project to simplify software administration
among a group of workstations at HP's Integration
Circuits Business Division. The aim of the project is
to find way to reduce user's dependencies on cluster
configurations, to untangle the mounts, and to improve
the way software is installed, updated, removed, and
tracked.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722.1; 722.3; 722.4; 723.1; 723.5; 903",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Application installation process; Application server;
Computer hardware; Computer networks; Computer
operating systems; Computer software; Computer systems;
Computer systems programming; Computer technology;
Computer workstations; File organization; Information
technology; Magnetic disk storage; Performance;
Practical extraction report language; Software
installation",
}
@Article{Buffenbarger:1996:ITR,
author = "James R. Buffenbarger",
title = "Interface Translation for Reuse of Assembly-Language
Modules in a Two-Language Environment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "3",
pages = "76--81",
month = jun,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Feb 04 05:45:28 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/jun96/jun96.htm",
abstract = "A mixture of low-level and high-level implementation
languages is likely when old modules are reused. In a
two-language system, some interfaces must be expressed
in both languages. This paper describes the design and
implementation of a production-quality software tool
that solves this problem for the C programming
language.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722.2; 722.4; 723.1; 723.1.1",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Assembly language; C (programming language); Computer
software; Computer systems; High level languages;
Interface translation; Intermodule interfaces; Machine
oriented languages; Module reuse; Software engineering;
Two language system; User interfaces",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1996:Ca,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Cover",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "4",
pages = "??--??",
month = aug,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Sep 17 10:14:48 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/cov0896.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1996:Ia,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "In this Issue",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "4",
pages = "??--??",
month = aug,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Sep 17 10:14:48 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/iti-aug.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1996:SFR,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Sidebar: Fusion in the Real World",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "4",
pages = "??--??",
month = aug,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Sep 17 10:14:48 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/augart3.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1996:SM,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Sidebar: Management",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "4",
pages = "??--??",
month = aug,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Sep 17 10:14:48 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/augart5.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1996:SRR,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Sidebar: Reuse Roles: Producers, Supporters, and
Utilizers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "4",
pages = "??--??",
month = aug,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Sep 17 10:14:48 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/augart5.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1996:SSI,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Sidebar: The Software Initiative Program",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "4",
pages = "??--??",
month = aug,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Sep 17 10:14:48 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/augart4.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1996:SWI,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Sidebar: What Is Fusion?",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "4",
pages = "??--??",
month = aug,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Sep 17 10:14:48 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/augart3.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1996:TCA,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "{Table of Contents August 1996}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "4",
pages = "??--??",
month = aug,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Sep 17 10:14:48 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/tc-08-96.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1996:WAa,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "What's Ahead",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "4",
pages = "??--??",
month = aug,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Sep 17 10:14:48 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/aheadaug.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Mei:1996:LS,
author = "Zequn Mei and Helen A. Holder and Hubert A. {Vander
Plas}",
title = "Low-Temperature Solders",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "4",
pages = "??--??",
month = aug,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Sep 17 10:14:48 MDT 1996",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/augart10.htm",
abstract = "The application of low-temperature solders in surface
mount assembly processes for products that do not
experience harsh temperature environments is
technically feasible. One single alloy may not be
appropriate as a universal solution.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{VanderPlas:1996:ALT,
author = "Hubert A. {Vander Plas} and Russell B. Cinque and
Zequn Mei and Helen A. Holder",
title = "Assessment of Low-Temperature Fluxes",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "4",
pages = "99--103",
month = aug,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/tc-08-96.htm;
http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/augart11.htm",
abstract = "The subject of this paper is the evaluation of the
wetting balance as a technique for studying the flux
activity of newly developed low-temperature solder
paste fluxes. The most effective configuration of the
wetting balance was the standard configuration with
only one change: the PbSn eutectic solder was replaced
with a eutectic solder alloy with a melting point of
58${}^\circ $ C. Since 58${}^\circ $ C is significantly
less than the proposed activation temperatures of the
solder fluxes, wetting curves as a function of
temperature could be studied for each of the fluxes.
The resulting data was used to rank the fluxes in terms
of their activation requirement.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170G (General fabrication techniques)",
classification = "531.2; 538.1.1; 546.1; 802.3; 931.2; 943.2",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "eutectic solder alloy; Eutectics; flux activity;
fluxes; Fluxes; Force measurement; Lead alloys; Low
temperature fluxes; Low temperature operations;
low-temperature solder paste; Mechanical properties;
Melting; PbSn eutectic solder; Sessile spread
measurement; Solder paste fluxes; soldering; Soldering;
Soldering alloys; Surface tension; wetting; Wetting;
wetting balance; Wetting balance; Wetting curves",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Lowe:1996:ICM,
author = "Douglas E. Lowe and Guy M. Cox",
title = "Implementing the {Capability Maturity Model} for
Software Development",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "4",
pages = "6--14",
month = aug,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/tc-08-96.htm;
http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/augart1.htm",
abstract = "Continuous support for a software development
improvement effort requires a clearly defined
improvement model and success at applying the model in
the organization. One such model is the Capability
Maturity Model (CMM) for software, which has been
developed at the Software Engineering Institute (SEI)
at Carnegie-Mellon University. CMM provides excellent
guidance to improve software development processes.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C0310F
(Software development management)",
classification = "723.1; 911.4; 912.2; 913.1; 913.3; 913.4",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "capability maturity model; Capability maturity model;
Capability Maturity Model for software; Computer
software; Decision making; Manufacture; manufacturers;
Marketing; Models; Planning; Process engineering;
process model; Project management; Quality assurance;
Quality control; Quality improvement; Requirements
management; software; software development; software
engineering; Software engineering; Software project
planning; Software quality management",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Grady:1996:SFA,
author = "Robert B. Grady",
title = "Software Failure Analysis for High-Return Process
Improvement Decisions",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "4",
pages = "15--24",
month = aug,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/tc-08-96.htm;
http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/augart2.htm",
abstract = "Process improvement projects are started in many ways,
for many reasons. In the software field especially,
processes are changing and adapting daily, and software
products and business are also rapidly evolving. One of
the most effective ways to both motivate and evaluate
the success of net improvement is to look at defect
trends and patterns. This paper shows how software
defect data can be a powerful management information
source. Using it effectively will help achieve an
optimal balance between reacting to defect information
and proactively, taking steps toward preventing future
defects.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C0310F (Software development management)",
classification = "723.1; 912.2; 913.1; 913.3; 913.5; 921",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Continuous process improvement; Cost effectiveness;
Customer satisfaction; Decision making; decisions;
defect costs; Defects; Failure analysis; high-return
process improvement; Maintenance; Management
information systems; Models; Process engineering;
Quality control; Root cause analysis; root-cause
analysis; Software defects; software development
management; Software engineering; software failure
analysis; User interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Cotton:1996:EFC,
author = "Todd Cotton",
title = "Evolutionary Fusion: {A} Customer-Oriented Incremental
Life Cycle for Fusion",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "4",
pages = "25--38",
month = aug,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/tc-08-96.htm;
http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/augart3.htm",
abstract = "Creating and maintaining a consistent set of
specifications that result in software solutions that
match customer's needs is always a challenge.
Evolutionary Fusion, the combination of Fusion and the
key Evolutionary Development concepts of early,
frequent iteration, strong customer orientation, and
dynamic plans and processes, breaks the software life
cycle into smaller chunks so that customer input is
allowed throughout the process.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6110F (Formal methods); C0310F (Software development
management)",
classification = "723.1; 902.2; 911.4; 912.2; 913.1; 913.3",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Customer needs; Customer orientation;
customer-oriented incremental life; cycle; Evolutionary
development; evolutionary fusion; Evolutionary fusion;
formal specification; Incremental life cycle;
Marketing; Object oriented programming; Planning;
Process engineering; Product design; Project
management; Quality assurance; Risk management;
Software engineering; Software life cycle; software
prototyping; software solutions; specifications;
Specifications; Waterfall life cycle",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{May:1996:EDM,
author = "Elaine L. May and Barbara A. Zimmer",
title = "The Evolutionary Development Model for Software",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "4",
pages = "39--45",
month = aug,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/tc-08-96.htm;
http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/augart4.htm",
abstract = "Hewlett--Packard, like other organizations developing
software products, is always looking for ways to
improve its software development processes. One
software development method that has become quite
popular at HP is called Evolutionary Development (FVO).
This method uses small, incremental product releases,
frequent delivery to users, and dynamic plans and
processes. Although EVO is relatively simple in
concept, its implementation at HP has included both
significant challenges and notable benefits.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques)",
classification = "723.1; 911.4; 912.2; 913.1",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Codes (symbols); Computer software; Customer focused
orientation; cycle; Decision making; Evolutionary
development; evolutionary software development model;
feature sets; Incremental cycles; Marketing; Models;
Planning; Process engineering; Project management;
Risks; software engineering; Software engineering;
software prototyping; Strategic planning; waterfall
life; Waterfall life cycle",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Cornwell:1996:HDA,
author = "Patricia Collins Cornwell",
title = "{HP} Domain Analysis: Producing Useful Models for
Reusable Software",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "4",
pages = "46--49",
month = aug,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/tc-08-96.htm;
http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/augart5.htm",
abstract = "A software domain is a set of systems or applications
that share some common functionality. HP has developed
a domain analysis method that produces a set of models
that guide the design of reusable software. The method
has proven to be an effective and efficient way to get
the information needed for the design of
domain-specific software. This article describes a
reuse process framework and the essential activities,
deliverables, and typical uses of the results from the
HP domain analysis method.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C0310F
(Software development management)",
classification = "723.1; 912.2; 913.1; 913.3",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Domain analysis method; Domain models; Domain specific
software; Firmware; general-purpose; HP domain
analysis; Models; Process engineering; productivity;
Productivity; Project management; quality; Quality
control; reusable software; routines; Software
engineering; software quality; software reusability;
Software reuse; Software reuse oriented engineering;
Systems analysis",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1996:RRP,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Reuse roles: producers, supporters, and utilizers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "4",
pages = "50--55",
month = aug,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Feb 04 05:47:43 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/tc-08-96.htm",
abstract = "The HP domain analysis method provides a simple and
effective way of getting information needed to be
successful in domain-specific, architecture-based
reuse. By providing a method with a clear set of
deliverables that have well-defined uses, the
efficiency and effectiveness of the domain analyses are
improved. Following the HP domain analysis method can
substantially reduce the risks in reuse-oriented
software engineering, risks that arise when the assets
produced and supported do not adequately meet
utilizers' or end-users' needs.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "723.1; 912.2; 913.1; 913.3",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer software; Domain analysis method; Domain
models; Domain of focus statement; Models; Performance;
Planning; Process engineering; Product design; Product
development cycle; Project management; Quality
assurance; Reusable software; Reuse oriented software
engineering; Software engineering",
}
@Article{Jandourek:1996:MPD,
author = "Emil Jandourek",
title = "A Model for Platform Development",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "4",
pages = "56--71",
month = aug,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/tc-08-96.htm;
http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/augart6.htm",
abstract = "For many software and firmware products today,
creating the entire architecture and design and all the
software modules from the ground up is no longer
feasible, especially from the point of view of product
quality, ease of implementation, and short product
development schedules. Therefore, the trend is to
create new product versions by intentionally reusing
the architecture, design, and code from an established
software platform.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C5140
(Firmware)",
classification = "723.1; 901.3; 911.4; 912.2; 913.1; 913.3",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "ease of implementation; Firmware; firmware; firmware
products; Marketing; Models; Performance; Platform
development; platform development model; Product
design; product development schedules; Product life
cycle; product quality; products; Quality assurance;
Reliability; Research and development management;
short; software; Software engineering; Software
platform; software reusability; Systems analysis",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Tanner:1996:DSS,
author = "Craig J. Tanner",
title = "A Decision Support System for Integrated Circuit
Package Selection",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "4",
pages = "72--79",
month = aug,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/tc-08-96.htm;
http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/augart7.htm",
abstract = "The package provides signal and power distribution,
heat dissipation, and environmental protection for an
integrated circuit (IC). The process of selecting a
package is complicated by the large number of packaging
alternatives with overlapping capabilities. To handle
these difficulties, a decision support system was
developed. The Package Selection System (PASS) combines
expert system tools and multiple-attribute decision
making techniques. The expert system provides a list of
technically feasible alternatives. The
multiple-attribute decision making modules are used to
rank the alternatives based on nontechnical criteria.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); B2220
(Integrated circuits); B0170J (Product packaging);
C7410D (Electronic engineering computing); C7102
(Decision support systems); C6170 (Expert systems)",
classification = "714.2; 723.3; 723.4.1; 723.5; 912.2; 913.4",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Database systems; Decision making; decision support
system; Decision support systems; decision support
systems; Decision theory; dissipation; electronic
engineering computing; Electronics packaging;
environmental protection; expert system tools; Expert
systems; expert systems; heat; Integrated circuit
manufacture; integrated circuit package; integrated
circuit packaging; making techniques; Management;
Multiple attribute decision making techniques;
multiple-attribute decision; Nontechnical criteria;
Package Selection; Package selection system; power
distribution; selection; signal distribution; Surface
mount technology; System",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Safai:1996:CTI,
author = "Fereydoon Safai",
title = "Cycle time improvement for {Fuji IP2} pick-and-place
machines",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "4",
pages = "80--83",
month = aug,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/tc-08-96.htm;
http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/augart8.htm",
abstract = "Some of the major enhancements are eliminating head
contention, reducing or eliminating nozzle changes,
supporting user-defined nozzles, supporting large
nozzles for holders 2 and 3, and being able to define
multiple part data for a given part number. The cycle
time improvement exceeds the original goal of 5\%, and
the result at one surface mount center was more than
16\% over hand-created and optimized recipes. The
solution helps both the high-volume and the high-mix
centers.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C3390 (Robotics); C5140 (Firmware); C3355 (Control
applications in manufacturing processes)",
classification = "601.1; 714.2; 731; 913.1; 913.2; 913.4",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Assembly; Assembly machines; Automatic holders;
Automatic nozzles; Automation; Computer software; Cycle
time; cycle time improvement; Firmware; firmware; Fixed
nozzles; Fuji IP2 pick-and-place machines; Head
contention; head contention; high-mix centers;
high-volume centres; industrial robots; Machine
components; multiple part data; nozzle changes;
Nozzles; nozzles; Performance; Pick and place machines;
Placement cycle time; Production control; surface mount
center; Surface mount technology; user-defined nozzles;
Waffle feeders",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Palm:1996:RST,
author = "Richard C. {Palm, Jr.}",
title = "Reducing Setup Time for Printed Circuit Assembly",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "4",
pages = "84--90",
month = aug,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/tc-08-96.htm;
http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/augart9.htm",
abstract = "In 1994, HP's Man-Link recipe-generation system was
enhanced to reduce the time required for setting up
pick-and-place machines. This was done by ordering the
products to exploit the commonality of parts among them
and by creating sequences of setups that differ as
little as possible from one another. This paper
documents the issues and trade-offs and discusses the
potential benefits.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2210D (Printed circuit manufacture); B0170E
(Production facilities and engineering); C3350E
(Control applications in the electronics industry);
C3390 (Robotics); C3355F (Control applications in
assembling)",
classification = "601.1; 714.2; 715; 913.1; 913.2; 913.4",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "assembling; Assembly; Assembly machines; Feeder banks
exchange; generation system; HP's Man-Link recipe-;
industrial robots; Machine setup; Mathematical models;
Optimization; Pick and place machines; pick-and-place
machines; printed circuit assembly; Printed circuit
assembly; printed circuit manufacture; Printed circuit
manufacture; Production control; Recipe generation
system; Scheduling; setup time; Setup time reduction;
Surface mount technology",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Mei:1996:LTS,
author = "Zequn Mei and H. A. Holder and H. A. {Vander Plas}",
title = "Low-temperature solders",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "4",
pages = "91--98",
month = aug,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/tc-08-96.htm",
abstract = "The application of low-temperature solders in surface
mount assembly processes for products that do not
experience harsh temperature assembly appears promising
as an addition to the surface mount landscape as a way
of increasing process flexibility and component
reliability. However, one single alloy won't be a
universal solution. Specific component and assembly
requirements will have to be considered in choosing or
tailoring the best solder alloy for each application.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170G (General fabrication techniques); B0170J
(Product packaging); B2210D (Printed circuit
manufacture)",
classification = "531; 538.1.1; 546.1; 714.2; 802.3; 931.2",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Lead alloys; Low temperature operations; Low
temperature properties; Low temperature solders;
low-temperature solders; Melting; Melting temperature;
Peak reflow temperature; Phase diagrams; Solderability;
soldering; Soldering; Soldering alloys; Spreading
tests; Step soldering; surface mount assembly
processes; surface mount technology; Surface mount
technology; Ternary systems; Thermal cycling; Thermal
effects; Thermal shock; Tin alloys; Wetting; Wetting
balance test",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1996:A,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Authors",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "5",
pages = "??--??",
month = oct,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Feb 04 05:48:51 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/tc-10-96.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1996:APG,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Appendix {A}: {A} Portion of a {GDMO} Definition for a
{UNIX} Password File",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "5",
pages = "??--??",
month = oct,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Feb 04 05:49:02 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/tc-10-96.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1996:Cb,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Cover",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "5",
pages = "??--??",
month = oct,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Feb 04 05:49:07 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/tc-10-96.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1996:D,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Departments",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "5",
pages = "??--??",
month = oct,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Feb 04 05:49:07 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/tc-10-96.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1996:Ib,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "In this Issue",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "5",
pages = "??--??",
month = oct,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Feb 04 05:49:08 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/tc-10-96.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1996:SA,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Sidebar: Annotation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "5",
pages = "??--??",
month = oct,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Feb 04 05:49:08 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/tc-10-96.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1996:SCNa,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Sidebar: Correlation Node Types",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "5",
pages = "??--??",
month = oct,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Feb 04 05:49:08 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/tc-10-96.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1996:SCNb,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Sidebar: Count Node",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "5",
pages = "??--??",
month = oct,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Feb 04 05:49:09 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/tc-10-96.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1996:SFS,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Sidebar: Fact Store and Data Store",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "5",
pages = "??--??",
month = oct,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Feb 04 05:49:09 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/tc-10-96.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1996:STN,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Sidebar: Table Node",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "5",
pages = "??--??",
month = oct,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Feb 04 05:49:09 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/tc-10-96.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1996:SUN,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Sidebar: Unless Node",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "5",
pages = "??--??",
month = oct,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Feb 04 05:49:10 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/tc-10-96.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1996:WAb,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "What's Ahead",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "5",
pages = "??--??",
month = oct,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Feb 04 05:49:10 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/tc-10-96.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Chadayammuri:1996:PBI,
author = "Prabha G. Chadayammuri",
title = "A Platform for Building Integrated Telecommunication
Network Management Applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "5",
pages = "6--16",
month = oct,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/oc96a1.htm",
abstract = "Telecommunications companies today are faced with
rapid technological change, large heterogeneous
environments, and a greater need to provide customers
with products that ensure reliable, cost-effective
network service. This means that these companies need a
platform that has a visionary strategy that enables
them to develop standards-compliant network management
solutions for a continually changing environment.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210C (Network management); C6155 (Computer
communications software); C5620 (Computer networks and
techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "computer communications software; integrated
telecommunications network management; management; Open
Systems Interconnection; standardization;
telecommunication network",
treatment = "P Practical",
xxtitle = "A platform for building integrated telecommunications
network management applications",
}
@Article{Leong:1996:DPE,
author = "Frank Leong and Satya P. Mylavarabhata and Trong
Nguyen and Frank Quemada",
title = "Distributed Processing Environment: {A} Platform for
Distributed Telecommunications Applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "5",
pages = "17--21",
month = oct,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/oc96a2.htm",
abstract = "Vendors developing applications for a heterogeneous,
distributed environment need to be able to build
towards a platform that integrates all the management
and control functions of distributed computing into a
unified software architecture that allows their
applications to be available from any point in the
network regardless of the system or geographic
location.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210R (Multimedia communications); C6150N
(Distributed systems software); C5620 (Computer
networks and techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "distributed processing; Distributed Processing;
distributed telecommunications; DPE; Environment;
Hewlett Packard computers; HP; interoperability;
multimedia communication; multimedia networks; TINA",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hajela:1996:HOA,
author = "Sujai Hajela",
title = "{HP OEMF}: alarm management in telecommunications
networks",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "5",
pages = "22--30",
month = oct,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/oc96a3.htm",
abstract = "This article explains the HP OpenView Element
Management Framework concept, which is based on the HP
OpenView Fault Management Platform (FMP) and
complements the functionality of the FMP to provide an
integrated network management solution. This article
also explains the FMP, which facilitates efficient
management of alarms in a telecommunications network,
and the open APIs provided in the FMP, which allow
seamless integration with other applications.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210C (Network management); C5620 (Computer networks
and techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "alarm management; fault diagnosis; Fault Management
Platform; functionality; HP; HP OEMF; HP OpenView;
integrated network; management solution; OpenView
Element Management Framework concept; telecommunication
network management; telecommunications networks",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Sheers:1996:HOE,
author = "Kenneth R. Sheers",
title = "{HP OpenView} Event Correlation Services",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "5",
pages = "31--42",
month = oct,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/oc96a4.htm",
abstract = "When a fault occurs in a telecommunications system, it
can cause an event storm of several hundred events per
second for tens of seconds. HP OpenView Event
Correlation Services (ECS) helps operators interpret
such storms. It consists of an ECS Designer for the
interactive development of correlation rules and an ECS
engine for execution of these rules.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210 (Telecommunication applications); C5620
(Computer networks and techniques); C6130B (Graphics
techniques); C6180G (Graphical user interfaces); C6115
(Programming support)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "ECS Designer; ECS engine; environments; event storm;
fault diagnosis; graphical user interfaces; HP OpenView
event correlation services; interactive development;
programming; system; telecommunication networks;
telecommunications",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Bray:1996:MTA,
author = "Jacqueline A. Bray",
title = "A Modeling Toolset for the Analysis and Design of
{OSI} Network Management Objects",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "5",
pages = "43--51",
month = oct,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/oc96a5.htm",
abstract = "To deal with the complexity of network management
standards and the increasing demand to deploy network
management applications quickly, analysts and designers
need a set of tools to help them quickly and easily
model, define, and develop new network management
objects.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210C (Network management); C5620 (Computer networks
and techniques); C6150N (Distributed systems software);
C0310D (Computer installation management)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "computer network management; graphical modeling tool;
Guidelines for the Definition of Managed Objects;
Hewlett Packard computers; HP GDMO; integrated;
modeling toolset; open; OSI network management; OSI
network object models; software tools; systems; tools",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Speaker:1996:TDT,
author = "Lisa A. Speaker",
title = "A Toolkit for Developing {TMN} Manager\slash Agent
Applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "5",
pages = "52--61",
month = oct,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/oc96a6.htm",
abstract = "Developing manager and agent applications for
telecommunications network management that conform to
standards can be a time-consuming task because of the
number of APIs and data types involved in dealing with
network data and protocols. The HP OpenView Managed
Object Toolkit aids and accelerates the development of
these TMN applications.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210C (Network management); C5620 (Computer networks
and techniques); C6115 (Programming support); C0310D
(Computer installation management)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "computer network management; environment;
heterogeneous; HP OpenView Managed Object Toolkit;
interoperability standards; Management Network;
software tools; Telecommunications; telecommunications
network management; toolkit",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Cox:1996:STD,
author = "Alasdair D. Cox",
title = "A Software Toolkit for Developing Telecommunications
Application Components",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "5",
pages = "62--69",
month = oct,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/oc96a7.htm",
abstract = "To be effective, application developers must
understand the data available to their applications,
the operations required to access the data, and the
steps required to turn their understanding into an
implementation. A prototype development environment has
been built that helps the developer explore and
understand the data in the Management Information Base
(MIB) and construct and deploy pieces of TMN management
applications.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210C (Network management); C5620 (Computer networks
and techniques); C6115 (Programming support); C7410F
(Communications computing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "Management Information Base; MIB; software toolkit;
software tools; telecommunication network management;
telecommunications application components; TMN
management",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Shan:1996:BPF,
author = "Ming-Chien Shan and James W. Davis and Weimin Du and
Qiming Chen",
title = "Business Process Flow Management and its Application
in the Telecommunications Management Network",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "5",
pages = "70--76",
month = oct,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/oc96a8.htm",
abstract = "HP OpenPM is an open, enterprise-capable,
object-oriented business process flow management system
that manages business activities supporting complex
enterprise processes in a distributed heterogeneous
computing environment. It is a middleware service that
represents a substantial evolution from traditional
workflow technologies.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210C (Network management); C5620 (Computer networks
and techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "business process flow management system; distributed;
heterogeneous computing environment; HP OpenPM;
middleware service; systems re-engineering;
telecommunication network management;
telecommunications management network",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Stoecker:1996:HOA,
author = "Paul A. Stoecker",
title = "{HP OpenView} Agent Tester Toolkit",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "5",
pages = "77--80",
month = oct,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/oc96a9.htm",
abstract = "In developing HP OpenView agents, a major challenge is
to develop and test both the agent and the manager
simultaneously. To fill this need, the HP OpenView
Agent Tester Toolkit generates tests and allows the
developer to execute these tests individually or as a
set.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
systems); C6115 (Programming support)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "agent; agent tester toolkit; HP OpenView; HP OpenView
Agent Tester; Managed Object Toolkit; program testing;
software agents; software tools; Toolkit",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Lomb:1996:SMS,
author = "Reiner Lomb and Kelly A. Emo and Roy M. Vandoorn",
title = "Storage Management Solutions for Distributed Computing
Environments",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "5",
pages = "81--89",
month = oct,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/oc96a10.htm",
abstract = "Strategies for dealing with the vast amounts of data
generated by today's information technology
environments involve more than just larger and larger
disk drives. They include the right combination of
different storage devices to deal with offline,
nearline, and online data storage and scalable
management software.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150N (Distributed systems software); C6120 (File
organisation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "distributed computing environments; distributed
processing; nearline; offline; online data storage;
scalable management software; storage devices; storage
management",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Primmer:1996:IFC,
author = "Meryem Primmer",
title = "An introduction to {Fibre Channel}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "5",
pages = "94--98",
month = oct,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/oc96a11.htm",
abstract = "Fibre Channel is a flexible, scalable, high-speed data
transfer interface that can operate over a variety of
both copper wire and optical fiber at data rates up to
250 times faster than existing communications
interfaces. Networking and I/O protocols, such as SCSI
commands, are mapped to Fibre Channel constructs,
encapsulated, and transported within Fibre Channel
frames.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5610 (Computer interfaces); C6155 (Computer
communications software)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "commands; computer interfaces; copper wire; data
transfer interface; Fibre Channel; flexible; I/O
protocols; optical fiber; optical fibre communication;
scalable; SCSI",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Smith:1996:TGF,
author = "Judith A. Smith and Meryem Primmer",
title = "{Tachyon}: a gigabit {Fibre Channel} protocol chip",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "5",
pages = "99--112",
month = oct,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/oc96a12.htm",
abstract = "The Tachyon chip implements the FC-1 and FC-2 layers
of the five-layer Fibre Channel standard. The chip
enables a seamless interface to the physical FC-0 layer
and low-cost Fibre Channel attachments for hosts,
systems, and peripherals on both industry-standard and
proprietary buses through the Tachyon system interface.
It allows sustained gigabit data throughput at distance
options from ten meters on copper to ten kilometers
over single-mode optical fiber.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5640 (Protocols); C5610 (Computer interfaces); C5130
(Microprocessor chips)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "buses; computer interfaces; Fibre Channel; Fibre
Channel protocol chip; industry-standard;
microprocessor chips; proprietary; protocols; seamless
interface; standard; standards; Tachyon chip; Tachyon
system interface",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1996:EDS,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Eye Diagrams and Sampling Oscilloscopes",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "6",
pages = "??--??",
month = dec,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 16:55:17 MST 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/dec96/tc-12-96.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1996:G,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Glossary",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "6",
pages = "??--??",
month = dec,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Feb 04 05:50:00 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/dec96/tc-12-96.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1996:HEBa,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "{HP E5200A} Broadband Service Analyzer {EMC} Design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "6",
pages = "??--??",
month = dec,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Feb 04 05:50:02 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/dec96/tc-12-96.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1996:HEBb,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "{HP E5200A} Broadband Service Analyzer Surface Mount
Assembly",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "6",
pages = "??--??",
month = dec,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Feb 04 05:50:03 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/dec96/tc-12-96.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1996:HED,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "{HP} Eyeline Display Mode",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "6",
pages = "??--??",
month = dec,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Feb 04 05:50:03 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/dec96/tc-12-96.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1996:M,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Macros",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "6",
pages = "??--??",
month = dec,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Feb 04 05:50:04 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/dec96/tc-12-96.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1996:TAE,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Transimpedance Amplifier {O/E} Converter Design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "6",
pages = "??--??",
month = dec,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Feb 04 05:50:04 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/dec96/tc-12-96.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1996:UTC,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Universal Time Coordinated {(UTC)}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "6",
pages = "??--??",
month = dec,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Feb 04 05:50:04 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/dec96/tc-12-96.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Hart:1996:FMA,
author = "Michael G. Hart and Christopher P. Duff and Stephen W.
Hinch",
title = "Firmware Measurement Algorithms for the {HP} 83480
Digital Communications Analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "6",
pages = "??--??",
month = dec,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Feb 04 05:50:07 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/dec96/tc-12-96.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Hinch:1996:NIW,
author = "Stephen W. Hinch and Michael J. Karin and Christopher
M. Miller",
title = "A New Instrument for Waveform Analysis of Digital
Communications Signals",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "6",
pages = "??--??",
month = dec,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Feb 04 05:50:07 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/dec96/tc-12-96.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Horner:1996:IPC,
author = "Rita N. Horner and Rajendra D. Pendse and Fan Kee
Loh",
title = "Implementation of Pad Circuitry for Radially Staggered
Bond Pad Arrangements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "6",
pages = "??--??",
month = dec,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Feb 04 05:50:07 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/dec96/tc-12-96.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{McTigue:1996:DTD,
author = "Michael M. McTigue and Christopher P. Duff",
title = "Differential Time-Domain Reflectometry Module for a
Digital Oscilloscope and Communications Analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "6",
pages = "??--??",
month = dec,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Feb 04 05:50:08 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/dec96/tc-12-96.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Miller:1996:DOR,
author = "Christopher M. Miller and Randall King and Mark J.
Woodward and Tim L. Bagwell and Donald L. {Faller, Jr.}
and Joseph Straznicky and Naily L. Whang",
title = "Design of Optical Receiver Modules for Digital
Communications Analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "6",
pages = "??--??",
month = dec,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Feb 04 05:50:09 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/dec96/tc-12-96.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Park:1996:FRM,
author = "Rin Park and Paul D. Hale",
title = "Frequency Response Measurement of Digital
Communications Analyzer Plug-in Modules",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "6",
pages = "??--??",
month = dec,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Feb 04 05:50:11 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/dec96/tc-12-96.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Pendse:1996:RSB,
author = "Rajendra D. Pendse and Rita N. Horner and Fan Kee
Loh",
title = "Radially Staggered Bonding Technology",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "6",
pages = "??--??",
month = dec,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Feb 04 05:50:11 1997",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/dec96/tc-12-96.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Kusters:1996:GPS,
author = "John A. Kusters",
title = "The Global Positioning System and {HP SmartClock}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "6",
pages = "60--67",
month = dec,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Apr 9 08:37:42 MDT 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/dec96/tc-12-96.htm",
abstract = "The Global Positioning System (GPS), like power and
telephone utilities, is besieged by technical problems.
These include receiver problems and user problems such
as propagation effects, computational errors, timing
errors, and signal delay. To solve these problems,
Hewlett Packard has developed the HP SmartClock
technology. This technology allows accurate timing
synchronization by continually monitoring the
geographic position of the GPS antenna.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "655.2.1; 703.1; 711; 713.2; 713.4; 716.3",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Algorithms; Antennas; Communication satellites; Error
analysis; Frequency stability; Frequency standards;
Global positioning system; Ionospheric electromagnetic
wave propagation; Oscillators (electronic);
Synchronization; Timing circuits; Timing errors",
}
@Article{Day:1996:TGH,
author = "Stewart W. Day and Geoffrey H. Nelson and Thomas F.
Cappellari",
title = "The {Third-Generation HP ATM} Tester",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "6",
pages = "68--73",
month = dec,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Apr 9 08:37:42 MDT 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/dec96/tc-12-96.htm",
abstract = "Hewlett--Packard's third-generation asynchronous
transfer mode (ATM) test equipment, the HP E5200A
broadband service analyzer, incorporates software,
hardware and usability advances to perform reliable
performance analyses of broadband ATM networks. It is
designed to assist ATM equipment and service
installation, reduce troubleshooting time, test
broadband services interworking and manage the
performance of broadband networks. Its software is
based on object-oriented techniques while its hardware
architecture consists of a 17 Xilinx XC4013 FPGAs
incorporating approximately 221,000 gates.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "703.1; 716; 717; 718; 723; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Asynchronous transfer mode; Broadband networks;
Broadband protocol stack; Broadband service analyzer hp
E5200A; Communication channels (information theory);
Computer hardware; Computer software; Electric
measuring instruments; Electric network analysis;
Electronic equipment testing; Graphical user
interfaces; Network protocols; Telecommunication
services; Telecommunication traffic; Video signal
processing",
xxauthor = "Stewart W. Day and Geoffery H. Nelson and Thomas F.
Cappellari",
}
@Article{Nakulski:1996:MOI,
author = "John P. Nakulski",
title = "Managed Objects for Internal Application Control",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "6",
pages = "74--78",
month = dec,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Apr 9 08:37:42 MDT 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/dec96/tc-12-96.htm",
abstract = "The HP E5200A broadband service analyzer contains
three Intel i960 microprocessors, each running several
threads of execution. A layer of software called object
transport provides an interface for streaming elemental
types between threads of execution on the same
processor, between processors on the same host and
between hosts on the same network. Another software
layer, called remote object communication, makes object
services available to remote clients. Each of the
threads managed object is specified in a
language-independent managed object definition (MOD)
file which specifies and documents the public interface
to a managed object.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "715; 716; 716.1; 717; 718; 723.1",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Bandwidth; Broadband networks; Broadband service
analyzer hp E5200A; Computer architecture; Computer
software; Electronic equipment testing; Graphical user
interfaces; Object oriented programming; Remote object
communication; Software abstraction; Telecommunication
services",
}
@Article{Fuller:1996:DDM,
author = "John G. Fuller",
title = "Developing a Design for Manufacturability Focus",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "6",
pages = "79--84",
month = dec,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Apr 9 08:37:42 MDT 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/dec96/tc-12-96.htm",
abstract = "The HP Australian Telecommunications Operation (ATO)
has rapidly evolved from a custom test instrument
developer to an organization that develops and produces
high performance telecommunication equipment in large
volumes. This shift from the R\&D market toward the
installation market was necessitated by changes in the
new marketplace. However, major technological and
process improvements must first be developed to ensure
the profitability of ATO's new venture.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "714.2; 716; 717; 718; 911.4; 913.1",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Design for manufacturability (dfm); Electromagnetic
compatibility; Field programmable gate arrays (fpga);
Integrated circuit manufacture; Integrated circuit
testing; Marketing; Printed circuit manufacture;
Printed circuit testing; Production engineering;
Standards; Surface mount technology; Telecommunication
equipment",
}
@Article{Wright:1996:PTS,
author = "Cary J. Wright",
title = "Production test strategy for the {HP E5200A} broadband
service analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "6",
pages = "85--87",
month = dec,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Apr 9 08:37:42 MDT 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/dec96/tc-12-96.htm",
abstract = "A comprehensive test strategy is proposed for
evaluating the performance of the network components of
the HP E5200A broadband service analyzer during the
manufacturing stage. The strategy is based on the
boundary scan technology incorporated in the HP
E53200A's in-circuit tester. This approach enables
design engineers to develop design for testability
(DFT) concepts and perform quick diagnosis without
expensive tools and fixtures.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "714.2; 716; 717; 718; 723; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Boundary scan method; Broadband networks; Broadband
service analyzer hp E5200A; Computer software; Digital
instruments; Integrated circuit layout; Printed circuit
manufacture; Printed circuit testing; Telecommunication
equipment; Test access port (tap) controller",
}
@Article{Tighe:1996:UU,
author = "Peter G. Tighe",
title = "Usable usability",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "47",
number = "6",
pages = "88--93",
month = dec,
year = "1996",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Apr 9 08:37:42 MDT 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database;
http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
abstract = "Hewlett--Packard's Australian Telecommunication
Operation (ATO) relied on usability engineering to
develop the HP E5200A broadband service analyzer. The
procedure involved the gathering of information from
prospective users of the HP E5200A using four
techniques, namely: onsite expert access, meet-the-user
electronic mail, user nicknames, and user artifacts.
This approach enabled ATO engineers to develop a
task-based design based on feedback from customers.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "716; 717; 718; 903.3; 913.1; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Broadband networks; Broadband service analyzer hp
E5200A; Digital instruments; Information use; Product
design; Production engineering; Telecommunication
equipment; Usability engineering",
}
@Article{Lienhart:1997:SEI,
author = "D. A. Lienhart",
title = "{SoftBench} 5.0: the evolution of an integrated
software development environment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "1",
pages = "6--11",
month = feb,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97feb/fe97a1.htm",
abstract = "HP SoftBench is an integrated software development
environment designed to facilitate rapid, interactive
program construction, test, and maintenance in a
distributed computing environment. The SoftBench
product contains an integration framework and a set of
software development tools, as well as the ability to
integrate tools from other sources. This article
presents the actions that have made SoftBench a
standard in the integrated software development market,
the original SoftBench objectives that have stood the
test of time, and the new technologies that have been
incorporated into SoftBench.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support); C6110B (Software
engineering techniques); C6150G (Diagnostic, testing,
debugging and evaluating systems)",
classification = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C6115
(Programming support); C6150G (Diagnostic, testing,
debugging and evaluating systems)",
keywords = "development tools; distributed computing environment;
Hewlett Packard; Hewlett Packard computers; integrated
software; integrated software development environment;
interactive program construction; maintenance; program;
program testing; programming environments; SoftBench;
software; software development tools; software
maintenance; software reviews; software tools;
testing",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Wilson:1997:CSC,
author = "J. B. Wilson",
title = "The {C++ SoftBench} class editor",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "1",
pages = "12--15",
month = feb,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97feb/fe97a2.htm",
abstract = "The paper reviews the C++ SoftBench class editor which
adds automatic code generation capabilities to the
class graph of the SoftBench static analyzer. Novice
C++ programmers can concentrate on their software
designs and have the computer handle C++'s esoteric
syntax. Experienced C++ programmers benefit from smart
batch editing functionality and by having the computer
quickly generate the program skeleton.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support); C6110J (Object-oriented
programming); C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging
and evaluating systems); C6140D (High level
languages)",
classification = "C6110J (Object-oriented programming); C6115
(Programming support); C6140D (High level languages);
C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
systems)",
keywords = "automatic code generation; automatic programming; C
language; C++; C++ programming; class graph; computers;
esoteric syntax; Hewlett Packard; Hewlett Packard
computers; object-oriented; object-oriented languages;
object-oriented programming; program diagnostics;
program skeleton generation; programming; smart batch
editing; SoftBench class editor; SoftBench static
analyzer; software; software designs; software reviews;
software tools; tools",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Bethke:1997:SSA,
author = "R. C. Bethke",
title = "The {SoftBench} static analysis database",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "1",
pages = "16--18",
month = feb,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97feb/fe97a3.htm",
abstract = "The static analysis database supports the SoftBench
static analyzer and the C++, C, FORTRAN, Pascal, and
Ada programming languages. The underlying data is
isolated by a compiler interface and a tool
interface.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
systems); C6115 (Programming support)",
classification = "C6115 (Programming support); C6150G (Diagnostic,
testing, debugging and evaluating systems)",
keywords = "compiler interface; program diagnostics; SoftBench;
software tools; static analysis database; tool
interface",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Duesing:1997:CRC,
author = "T. J. Duesing and J. R. Diamant",
title = "{CodeAdvisor}: rule-based {C++} defect detection using
a static database",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "1",
pages = "19--21",
month = feb,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97feb/fe97a4.htm",
abstract = "C++ SoftBench CodeAdvisor is an automated error
detection tool for the C++ language. It uses detailed
semantic information available in the SoftBench static
database to detect high-level problems not typically
found by compilers. This paper describes CodeAdvisor
and identifies the advantages of static over run-time
error checking.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
systems); C6140D (High level languages); C6110J
(Object-oriented programming); C6115 (Programming
support)",
classification = "C6110J (Object-oriented programming); C6115
(Programming support); C6140D (High level languages);
C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
systems)",
keywords = "automated error detection tool; C language; C++
language; C++ SoftBench CodeAdvisor; CodeAdvisor;
high-level problems; information; object-oriented
languages; program testing; rule-based C++ defect
detection; run-time error checking; semantic; semantic
information; SoftBench static database; software
reviews",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Williams:1997:USI,
author = "S. A. Williams",
title = "Using {SoftBench} to integrate heterogeneous software
development environments",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "1",
pages = "22--27",
month = feb,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97feb/fe97a5.htm",
abstract = "Migrating from mainframe-based computing to
client/server-based computing can result in a
heterogeneous collection of machines that do not
interoperate, forcing software developers to deal with
unfamiliar system commands and systems that cannot
share data. A SoftBench control daemon is described
that enables developers to integrate heterogeneous
computing systems into efficient, tightly coupled
software development environments with consistent,
easy-to-use graphical user interfaces across all
machines.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support); C6150N (Distributed
systems software)",
classification = "C6115 (Programming support); C6150N (Distributed
systems software)",
keywords = "client-server systems; client/server-based computing;
development environments; easy-to-use graphical user;
easy-to-use graphical user interfaces; environments;
heterogeneous software development environments;
interfaces; open systems; project support; project
support environments; SoftBench; SoftBench control
daemon; software reviews; tightly coupled software;
tightly coupled software development environments;
unfamiliar system commands",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Kruger:1997:SCA,
author = "G. A. Kruger",
title = "The supply chain approach to planning and procurement
management",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "1",
pages = "28--38",
month = feb,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97feb/fe97a6.htm",
abstract = "The supply chain approach models stochastic events
influencing a manufacturing organization's shipment and
inventory performance in the same way that a mechanical
engineer models tolerance buildup in a new product
design. The objectives are to minimize on-hand
inventory and optimize supplier response times.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170 (Project and production engineering); C1290F
(Systems theory applications in industry); C7480
(Production engineering computing)",
classification = "B0170 (Project and production engineering); C1290F
(Systems theory applications in industry); C7480
(Production engineering computing)",
keywords = "inventory; inventory performance; planning;
procurement management; production control; response
times; scheduling; shipment; stock control; supplier;
supplier response times; supply chain approach",
treatment = "T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}
@Article{Kastle:1997:NFS,
author = "S. Kastle and F. Noller and S. Falk and A. Bukta and
E. Mayer and D. Miller",
title = "A new family of sensors for pulse oximetry",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "1",
pages = "39--53",
month = feb,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97feb/fe97a7.htm",
abstract = "A new family of reusable HP pulse oximetry sensors is
now available. Lower in cost than previous reusable
sensors and easier to use than adhesive disposable
sensors, the new HP SpO/sub 2/ sensor family is
hardware compatible with HP's installed base of pulse
oximetry front ends. An upgrade to the software is
necessary to update the calibration constants in the
instrument algorithms to match the optical
characteristics of the new sensors, such as spectra and
intensity. The new sensor family covers all application
areas and consists of the HP M1191A (adult, new
wavelength), M1192A (pediatric), M1193A (neonatal), and
M1104A (clip).",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7510 (Biomedical measurement and imaging); B7230J
(Biosensors); B7320T (Chemical variables measurement)",
classification = "B7230J (Biosensors); B7320T (Chemical variables
measurement); B7510 (Biomedical measurement and
imaging)",
keywords = "biomedical measurement; biosensors; calibration
constants; chemical variables; chemical variables
measurement; hardware compatible; HP M1191A; M1104A;
M1192A; M1193A; measurement; oximetry sensors; pulse;
pulse oximetry; pulse oximetry sensors; reusable
sensors",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Webb:1997:DCS,
author = "S. L. Webb and K. J. Youngers and M. J. Steinle and J.
A. Eccher",
title = "Design of a 600-pixel-per-inch, 30-bit color scanner",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "1",
pages = "54--61",
month = feb,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97feb/fe97a8.htm",
abstract = "Simply sampling an image at higher resolution will not
give the results a customer expects. Other optical
parameters such as image sharpness, signal-to-noise
ratio, and dark voltage correction must improve to see
the benefits of 600 pixels per inch. The HP ScanJet
3c/4c scanner, is designed to obtain very finely
detailed images for a variety of color and black and
white documents and three-dimensional objects that are
typically scanned. Its optical resolution is 600 pixels
per inch, compared to 400 pixels per inch for the
earlier HP ScanJet IIc. It produces 30-bit color scans
compared to the ScanJet IIc's 24-bit scans, and its
scanning speed is faster. The ScanJet 3c and 4c differ
only in the software supplied with them.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5530 (Pattern recognition and computer vision
equipment)",
classification = "C5530 (Pattern recognition and computer vision
equipment)",
keywords = "30 bit; 600-pixel-per-inch; color scanner; Hewlett
Packard computers; HP ScanJet; image scanners;
scanning; speed",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Moore:1997:BES,
author = "K. E. Moore and E. R. Kirshenbaum",
title = "Building evolvable systems: the {ORBlite} project",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "1",
pages = "62--72",
month = feb,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97feb/fe97a9.htm",
abstract = "Hewlett--Packard has been building distributed and
parallel systems for over two decades. Our experience
in building manufacturing test systems, medical
information systems, patient monitoring systems, and
network management systems has exposed several
requirements of system and component design that have
historically been recognized only after a system has
been deployed. The most critical of these requirements
(especially for systems with any longevity) is the need
for the system and system components to be able to
evolve over time. The ORBlite distributed object
communication infrastructure was designed to meet this
requirement and has been used successfully across HP to
build systems that have evolved along several
dimensions. The ORBlite framework supports the
piecewise evolution of components, interfaces,
communication protocols, and even programming APIs.
This piecewise evolution enables the integration of
legacy components and the introduction of new features,
protocols, and components without requiring other
components to be updated, ported, or rewritten.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150N (Distributed systems software); C6110J (Object-
oriented programming); C6115 (Programming support)",
classification = "C6110J (Object-oriented programming); C6115
(Programming support); C6150N (Distributed systems
software)",
keywords = "communication protocols; distributed object
communication; distributed processing; evolution;
legacy components; object-oriented programming;
ORBlite; piecewise; piecewise evolution; software
tools",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Dicolen:1997:DFO,
author = "A. A. Dicolen and J. J. Liu",
title = "Developing fusion objects for instruments",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "1",
pages = "73--85",
month = feb,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97feb/fe97a10.htm",
abstract = "The successful application of object-oriented
technology to real-world problems is a nontrivial task.
This is particularly true for developers transitioning
from nonobject-oriented methods to object-oriented
methods. Key factors that improve the probability of
success in applying object-oriented methods are
selecting an object-oriented method, developing a
process definition, and continually improving the
process.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6110J (Object-oriented programming); C6110F (Formal
methods)C5140 (Firmware)",
classification = "C6110F (Formal methods)C5140 (Firmware); C6110J
(Object-oriented programming)",
keywords = "firmware; fusion objects; instruments; object-;
object- oriented programming; object-oriented methods;
object-oriented technology; oriented programming;
process definition; real-world problems",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Seliger:1997:AAE,
author = "R. A. Seliger",
title = "An approach to architecting enterprise solutions",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "1",
pages = "86--95",
month = feb,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97feb/fe97a11.htm",
abstract = "A frequently mentioned ailment in healthcare
information management is the lack of compatibility
among information systems. To address this problem,
HP's Medical Products Group has created a high-level
model that defines the major architectural elements
required for a complete healthcare enterprise
information system.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C7140 (Medical administration)",
classification = "C7140 (Medical administration)",
keywords = "business data processing; compatibility; computers;
Concert; enterprise information system; health care;
healthcare; healthcare enterprise information system;
healthcare information management; Hewlett Packard;
Hewlett Packard computers; HP; information systems;
management information systems; medical; medical
information systems",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Rehder:1997:OCE,
author = "W. Rehder",
title = "Object-oriented customer education",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "1",
pages = "96--102",
month = feb,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97feb/fe97a12.htm",
abstract = "As customers require more trusted advice to solve
their business problems, the choice of education
solutions has become a strategic issue that often
precedes and directs the choice of technologies.
Training has changed from being a product accessory to
being a product itself. Customer education has grown
from under the umbrella of product support to becoming
a large and profitable industry by itself. In this
paper, the author focuses on the way HP's customer
education, as part of the HP Professional Services
Organization, is meeting the new challenges of
developing and delivering to customers a cohesive suite
of object-oriented education products.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C0220 (Computing education and training); C0310B
(Computer facilities); C6110J (Object-oriented
programming)",
classification = "C0220 (Computing education and training); C0310B
(Computer facilities); C6110J (Object-oriented
programming)",
keywords = "computer facilities; computer science education;
customer education; education; Hewlett; Hewlett Packard
computers; HP; HP Professional Services;
object-oriented education; object-oriented programming;
Packard computers; product support; Professional
Services",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Witte:1997:FIT,
author = "R. A. Witte and W. Reid",
title = "A Family of Instruments for Testing Mixed-Signal
Circuits and Systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "2",
pages = "6--9",
month = apr,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97apr/ap97a1.htm",
abstract = "This paper presents an entirely new product category
which combines elements of oscilloscopes and logic
analyzers. But unlike previous combination products,
these are ``oscilloscope first'' and logic analysis is
the add-on.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
C5210B (Computer-aided logic design)",
keywords = "instruments; logic analysers; logic analyzers;
mixed-signal circuits testing; oscilloscopes",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1997:MM,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Mixed-Signal Microcontroller",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "2",
pages = "8--??",
month = apr,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:12:19 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97apr/tc-04-97.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Murphy:1997:TMD,
author = "J. B. Murphy",
title = "Testing a Mixed-Signal Design Based on a Single-Chip
Microcontroller",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "2",
pages = "10--12",
month = apr,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97apr/ap97a2.htm",
abstract = "This paper describes HP 54645D mixed-signal
oscilloscope which simplifies the testing and debugging
of microcontroller-based mixed-signal designs with its
integrated analog and digital channels.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); C5130
(Microprocessor chips); C6150G (Diagnostic, testing,
debugging and evaluating systems); C7410H (Computerised
instrumentation)",
keywords = "computerised instrumentation; debugging; HP 54645D
mixed-signal oscilloscope; microcontroller-based
mixed-signal designs; microcontrollers; microprocessor
chips; mixed-signal design testing; program debugging;
single-chip microcontroller",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Holcomb:1997:DMO,
author = "M. S. Holcomb and S. O. Hall and W. S. Tustin and P.
J. Burkart and S. D. Roach",
title = "Design of a Mixed-Signal Oscilloscope",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "2",
pages = "13--22",
month = apr,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97apr/ap97a3.htm",
abstract = "The HP 54645A and 54645D were designed concurrently.
We made every effort to have the oscilloscope-only
product (the HP54645A) be simply the combination
product (the HP54645D), with an external trigger
circuit substituted for the digital channel subsystem.
Even the firmware ROM in the two products is identical.
This combination of a digital oscilloscope and a logic
timing analyzer provides powerful cross-domain
triggering capabilities for capturing signals in mixed-
signal environments. MegaZoom technology, consisting of
advanced acquisition techniques and dedicated signal
processing, maintains display responsiveness while
making optimal use of deep sample memory.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); C5260
(Digital signal processing)",
keywords = "cross-domain triggering; dedicated signal processing;
deep sample memory; digital instrumentation; digital
storage oscilloscopes; display responsiveness; firmware
ROM; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 54645A; HP54645D;
logic timing analyzer; MegaZoom technology;
mixed-signal environments; mixed-signal oscilloscope;
oscilloscopes; signal processing",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1997:CAC,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "A Cost-Effective Architecture for a {500-MHz} Counter
for Glitch Trigger",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "2",
pages = "22--??",
month = apr,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:12:19 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97apr/tc-04-97.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Warntjes:1997:SSR,
author = "S. B. Warntjes",
title = "Sustained Sample Rate in Digital Oscilloscopes",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "2",
pages = "23--25",
month = apr,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97apr/ap97a4.htm",
abstract = "Conventional digital oscilloscopes achieve their
maximum sample rate only on their fastest sweep speeds.
We examine two key features (memory depth and peak
detection) that sustain this sample rate over a wider
range of oscilloscope operation. Increased amounts of
acquisition memory afford the user a much higher sample
rate across sweep speeds that are not at the
oscilloscope's maximum sample rate and sustain the
maximum sample rate of the oscilloscope to a larger
number of time-per-division settings. This produces a
more accurate waveform representation of the input
signal on the digital oscilloscope display across many
sweep speed settings. We also describe the advantages
and disadvantages of traditional digital oscilloscope
peak detection and pointed out some unique sustained
sample rate and deep-memory peak detection
advantages.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); C5260
(Digital signal processing); C7410H (Computerised
instrumentation)",
keywords = "digital oscilloscopes; digital storage oscilloscopes;
maximum sample rate; memory depth; peak detection;
signal sampling; sweep speeds",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Toeppen:1997:ACD,
author = "D. E. Toeppen",
title = "Acquisition Clock Dithering in a Digital
Oscilloscope",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "2",
pages = "26--28",
month = apr,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97apr/ap97a5.htm",
abstract = "When a frequency component of the input signal is
greater than half the sample rate, aliasing can occur.
When the oscilloscope is equivalent time sampling,
signals that are subharmonics of the sample clock will
be poorly displayed. In the HP 54645A/D oscilloscopes,
these effects are greatly reduced by dithering the
sample clock during and between acquisitions.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7320K
(Time measurement)",
keywords = "acquisition clock; clocks; digital oscilloscope;
digital storage oscilloscopes; dithering; sample clock;
signal sampling; time sampling",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Warntjes:1997:OLT,
author = "S. B. Warntjes",
title = "An Oscilloscope-Like Logic Timing Analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "2",
pages = "29--33",
month = apr,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97apr/ap97a6.htm",
abstract = "Market research indicated that some customers doing
embedded development preferred to work with
oscilloscopes instead of standard logic analyzers. The
HP 54620 logic timing analyzer offers many oscilloscope
features, including direct-access controls, a highly
interactive display, computed measurements, delayed
sweep, simplified triggering, and a trace labelmaker.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
C5210B (Computer-aided logic design)",
keywords = "delayed sweep; direct-access controls; embedded
development; HP 54620; interactive display; logic
analysers; logic analyzers; logic timing analyzer;
oscilloscopes; simplified triggering; trace
labelmaker",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1997:OLT,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Oscilloscope\slash Logic Timing Analyzer Synergy",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "2",
pages = "31--??",
month = apr,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:12:19 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97apr/tc-04-97.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Brunton:1997:HSR,
author = "R. Scott Brunton",
title = "High-Sample-Rate Multiprocessor-Based Oscilloscopes",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "2",
pages = "34--36",
month = apr,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97apr/ap97a7.htm",
abstract = "The HP 54615B and 54616B oscilloscopes blend
proprietary high-speed sampling technology with the
power of digital signal processing and a proven user
interface to deliver usable advanced characterization
capability. The design of the HP 54615B and 54616B
oscilloscopes focuses on adding higher sample rate and
extended memory depth to the attributes of the HP 54600
product family. Increasing the sample rate to 1 GSa/s
and 2 GSa/s, respectively, broadens the confidence that
narrow signal transients will be acquired and, combined
with very responsive front-panel controls, presents a
visually dense image of the acquired waveform. To
provide reliable acquisitions over even the slowest
time base settings, special hardware can be engaged to
detect and capture peaks as narrow as 1 ns in width.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); C5260
(Digital signal processing); C7410H (Computerised
instrumentation)",
keywords = "computerised instrumentation; digital storage
oscilloscopes; extended memory depth; Hewlett Packard
computers; HP 546158; HP 54616B; multiprocessor-based
oscilloscopes; sample rate; sampling technology; signal
sampling; user interface",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Wakamatsu:1997:DSL,
author = "H. Wakamatsu",
title = "A Dielectric Spectrometer for Liquid Using the
Electromagnetic Induction Method",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "2",
pages = "37--44",
month = apr,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97apr/ap97a8.htm",
abstract = "Key parameters of colloids are often directly related
to or can be derived from permittivity or conductivity.
Dielectric dispersion analysis (dielectric
spectroscopy) yields insights into colloidal
properties. A dielectric meter using a new sensing
technique has been developed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "A0670D (Sensing and detecting devices); A0750
(Electrical instruments and techniques); A4110F
(Steady-state electromagnetic fields; A8270D
(Colloids); B2140 (Inductors and transformers); B5140
(Electromagnetic induction); B7230 (Sensing devices and
transducers); B7310K (Dielectric variables
measurement); electromagnetic induction)",
keywords = "75 kHz to 30 MHz; calibration; coils; colloidal
properties; colloids; compensation; conductivity;
dielectric dispersion analysis; dielectric meter;
dielectric polarisation; dielectric relaxation;
dielectric spectrometer; dielectric spectroscopy;
electric sensing devices; electromagnetic induction;
electromagnetic induction method; electrostatic
shields; HP E5050A probe; interfacial polarization;
liquid media; permittivity; permittivity measurement;
probes; sensing technique; toroidal coils",
treatment = "P Practical; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Dmitroca:1997:EAN,
author = "R. W. Dmitroca and S. G. Gibson and T. R. Hill and L.
M. Morales and Chong Tean Ong",
title = "Emulating {ATM} Network Impairments in the
Laboratory",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "2",
pages = "45--50",
month = apr,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97apr/ap97a9.htm",
abstract = "This article discusses a new product for the HP
broadband series test system. The HP E4219 ATM network
impairment emulator allows telecommunication network
and equipment manufacturers to emulate an asynchronous
transfer mode network in the laboratory.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "B6150C (Communication switching); B6210L (Computer
communications); C5620L (Local area networks); C5630
(Networking equipment)",
keywords = "asynchronous transfer mode; asynchronous transfer mode
network; ATM network impairment emulator; ATM network
impairments; HP E4219; laboratory; laboratory
techniques; local area networks; telecommunication
networks",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Naganawa:1997:MHS,
author = "S. Naganawa and R. Z. Zuo",
title = "A Message Handling System for {B-ISDN} User-Network
Interface Signaling Test Software",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "2",
pages = "51--58",
month = apr,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97apr/ap97a10.htm",
abstract = "B-ISDN user-network interface signaling has many
different protocol variants and each of them has tens
of different types of messages. The message handling
system provides a powerful tool for the developer to
easily support these variants and messages in the HP
Broadband Series Test System (BSTS).",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "B6210M (ISDN); C5620 (Computer networks and
techniques); C5630 (Networking equipment)",
keywords = "B-ISDN; BSTS; electronic messaging; HP Broadband
Series Test System; interface signaling; message
handling system; telecommunication equipment testing;
test software; user-network",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Mellquist:1997:ONM,
author = "P. E. Mellquist and T. Murray",
title = "Object-Oriented Network Management Development",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "2",
pages = "59--65",
month = apr,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97apr/ap97a11.htm",
abstract = "The advantages of using an object-oriented design
methodology and its associated productivity tools, such
as C++, are well entrenched and accepted in today's
software engineering practices. One of the areas where
the object-oriented paradigm can bring a great deal of
productivity is in the development of network
management applications. This article describes two
management-side tools for network management
development: SNMP++ and SNMPGen. SNMP++ is a set of C++
classes that provide Simple Network Management Protocol
(SNMP) services to a network management application
developer. SNMP++ brings the object-oriented advantage
to network management programming, and in doing so,
makes it much easier to develop powerful, portable, and
robust network management applications. SNMPGen is a
technology that uses SNMP++ to automatically generate
C++ code from the SNMP Management Information Base
(MIB) definitions.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "B6210C (Network management); B6210L (Computer
communications)C6150N (Distributed systems software);
C5620 (Computer networks and techniques); C6110B
(Software engineering techniques); C6110J (Object-
oriented programming); C6115 (Programming support)",
keywords = "computer network management; management-side tools;
network management development; network protocols;
object-oriented; object-oriented design;
object-oriented programming; SNMP++; SNMPGen; software
development tools; software engineering; software
tools",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{David:1997:DEV,
author = "F. K. David and F. W. {Woodhull, II} and R. R. Barg
and J. P. Dunsmore and D. C. Bender and B. A. Brown and
S. E. Jaffe",
title = "Design of an Enhanced Vector Network Analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "2",
pages = "66--77",
month = apr,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97apr/ap97a12.htm",
abstract = "A liquid crystal display (LCD) reduces size and weight
and has a larger viewing area. TRL (Thru-Reflect-Line)
calibration allows measurement of components that do
not have coaxial connectors. New software algorithms
achieve faster acquisition and frequency tuning of the
synthesized source to give faster updates of the
measurement data.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "B7130 (Measurement standards and calibration);
B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7210X
(Other instrumentation and measurement systems); B7310N
(Microwave measurement techniques); C5630 (Networking
equipment); C7410H (Computerised instrumentation)",
keywords = "calibration; computerised instrumentation; embedded
CPU control; error correction; liquid crystal display;
liquid crystal displays; measurement instrument;
microwave component; microwave reflectometry;
multichannel receiver; network analysers; signal
routing; signal separation; software algorithms; three-
receiver analyzer; Thru-Reflect-Line calibration;
transmission characteristics; tunable source
separation; vector network analyzer",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1997:MSM,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Modeling Source Match Effects for Microwave Power
Splitter Design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "2",
pages = "72--??",
month = apr,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:12:19 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97apr/tc-04-97.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Rahmat:1997:OIG,
author = "K. Rahmat and Soo-Young Oh",
title = "Optimization of Interconnect Geometry for
High-Performance Microprocessors",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "2",
pages = "78--83",
month = apr,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97apr/ap97a13.htm",
abstract = "The goals of the work presented in this paper were to
estimate quantitatively the impact of interconnect
technology parameters on the performance of high-end
microprocessors and to use this information to optimize
the interconnect geometry within the constraints
imposed by the process. The 64-bit PA 8000
microprocessor was used as a test case.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "B0260 (Optimisation techniques); B1130B
(Computer-aided circuit analysis and design); B1265F
(Microprocessors and microcomputers); B2210B (Printed
circuit layout and design); B2550F (Metallisation and
interconnection technology); C1180 (Optimisation
techniques); C5130 (Microprocessor chips)",
keywords = "circuit layout CAD; high-performance microprocessors;
integrated circuit interconnections; interconnect
geometry; microprocessor chips; optimisation; PA 8000
microprocessor; performance",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Thatcher:1997:DST,
author = "T. J. Thatcher and M. M. Oshima and C. Botelho",
title = "Designing, Simulating, and Testing an Analog
Phase-Locked Loop in a Digital Environment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "2",
pages = "84--88",
month = apr,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97apr/ap97a14.htm",
abstract = "In designing a phase-locked loop for use on several HP
ASICs, the digital portion of an existing phase-locked
loop was transferred to a behavioral VHDL description
and synthesized. A behavioral model was written for the
analog section to allow the ASIC designers to run
system simulations. A new leakage test was developed
that has been very effective in screening out process
defects in the filter of the original design.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
B1250 (Modulators, demodulators, discriminators and
mixers)",
keywords = "analog phase-locked loop; application specific
integrated circuits; behavioral model; circuit analysis
computing; digital environment; filter; hardware
description languages; high level synthesis; HP ASIC
design; integrated circuit design; integrated circuit
testing; leakage testing; phase locked loops; process
defects; system simulation; VHDL synthesis",
treatment = "T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}
@Article{Sheng:1997:ABM,
author = "B. B. Sheng and H. S. C. Wallace and J. S. Ignowski",
title = "Analog Behavioral Modeling and Mixed-Mode Simulation
with {SABER} and Verilog",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "2",
pages = "89--94",
month = apr,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97apr/ap97a15.htm",
abstract = "A description is given of specific analog behavioral
modeling and mixed-mode simulation techniques using
SABER and Verilog. Full-channel simulations have been
carried out on a class I partial response maximum
likelihood (PRML) read/write channel chip. Complex
analog circuits such as an adaptive feed-forward
equalizer, an automatic gain control block, and a
phase-locked loop are modeled in detail with the SABER
MAST mixed-signal behavioral modeling language. A
simulation speedup of two orders of magnitude has been
achieved compared to SPICE.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
B1280 (Mixed analogue-digital circuits); C7410D
(Electronic engineering computing)",
keywords = "analog behavioral modeling; analogue circuits; circuit
analysis computing; circuit CAD; mixed analogue-digital
integrated circuits; mixed-mode simulation;
mixed-signal behavioral modeling language; partial
response maximum likelihood; SABER; SABER MAST;
simulation speedup; Verilog",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bening:1997:PDG,
author = "L. C. Bening and T. M. Brewer and H. D. Foster and J.
S. Quigley and R. A. Sussman and P. F. Vogel and A. W.
Wells",
title = "Physical Design of 0.35-$ \mu $ m Gate Arrays for
Symmetric Multiprocessing Servers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "2",
pages = "95--103",
month = apr,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97apr/ap97a16.htm",
abstract = "This article provides a broad overview of the gate
design and layout of 0.35-$ \mu $ m gate arrays for the
new S-class and X-class members of the Hewlett--Packard
Exemplar technical server family. The design process
was built around third-party tools, but several
internally developed tools were needed because
commercial offerings were insufficient or unavailable.
Generally, these tools automated the generation of the
design or dramatically improved the logistics of the
flow. Without these internally developed tools, meeting
density and speed objectives (the optimization of the
design) would not have been possible in acceptable
calendar time with the design staff available. To meet
gate density and system performance requirements a
physical design methodology was developed for
1.1-million-raw-basic-cell, 0.35-$ \mu $ m CMOS gate
arrays. Commercial and ASIC vendor-supplied tools were
augmented with internally developed tools to put
together a highly optimized physical chip design
process.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
B1265B (Logic circuits); B2570D (CMOS integrated
circuits)",
keywords = "circuit CAD; circuit layout CAD; CMOS gate arrays;
CMOS integrated circuits; Exemplar technical server
family; gate arrays; gate design; layout; logic arrays;
S-class; symmetric multiprocessing servers; X-class",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fisher:1997:FTS,
author = "R. L. Fisher and S. R. Herbener and J. R. Morgan and
J. R. Pessetto",
title = "Fast Turnaround of a Structured Custom {IC} Design
Using Advanced Design Tools and Methodology",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "2",
pages = "104--107",
month = apr,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97apr/ap97a17.htm",
abstract = "The HP IMACC chip was developed to provide image
processing capabilities. The initial target application
is medical imaging with geological applications as a
potential area of expansion. The graphical capabilities
of IMACC include spatial filtering, edge detection and
enhancement, image pan and zoom, image rotation, and
window and level control. IMACC consists of three major
components: The convolver circuit has a 3*3
programmable kernel and can perform low-pass or
high-pass spatial filtering, edge enhancement, and
other functions. The interpolator is an implementation
of a 4*4 bicubic convolution kernel. The interpolator
can be configured to perform pan, zoom, and rotation. A
RAM-based lookup table is used for windowing and
leveling of image pixel intensities. Through the use of
several new tools and methodologies, a small team of
engineers was able to design and verify a
1.7-million-FET chip in eight months. The tools and
methodologies used included a set of guidelines and
timing constraints that were met by the customer, a
data path compiler, a highly tuned custom multiplier
cell that was used in 87 locations, and an automated
top-level power connection scheme.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); C5135
(Digital signal processing chips); C7410D (Electronic
engineering computing)",
keywords = "advanced design tools; circuit CAD; custom IC design;
digital signal processing chips; HP IMACC chip; image
processing; integrated circuit design; interpolator;
leveling; medical imaging; RAM-based lookup table;
windowing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Shelley:1997:LIP,
author = "D. J. Shelley and J. T. Majewski and M. R. Thackray
and McWilliams and J. L.",
title = "A lower-cost inkjet printer based on a new printing
performance architecture",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "3",
pages = "6--11",
month = jun,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97jun/ju97a1.htm",
abstract = "The HP DeskJet 820C printer is the first HP inkjet
printer in an evolutionary product plan that takes
advantage of computer and operating system trends to
make inkjet printing affordable for more users. The
printer's integrated software, firmware, and digital
electronics architecture uses the computational
resources in the PC instead of duplicating these
resources in the printer.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
keywords = "computational resources; digital electronics
architecture; firmware; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
DeskJet 820C printer; ink jet printers; integrated
software; lower-cost inkjet printer; printing
performance architecture",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Hall:1997:PPS,
author = "D. M. Hall and L. W. Jackson and K. Heiles and K. E.
{van der Veer} and T. J. Halpenny",
title = "{PPA} printer software driver design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "3",
pages = "12--21",
month = jun,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97jun/ju97a2.htm",
abstract = "The software driver for the HP DeskJet 820C printer
performs many functions that were formerly performed in
the printer, including swath cutting, data formatting,
and communications. The driver also includes a PCL
emulation module for DOS application support. This
article provides an overview of the changes necessary
for supporting printing performance architecture (PPA)
and then discusses each of the functions listed above
in more detail.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices); C6155 (Computer communications software)",
keywords = "communications; data formatting; DOS application
support; HP DeskJet 820C printer; ink jet printers; PCL
emulation module; printer software driver design;
printing performance architecture; swath cutting;
terminal emulation",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Kilk:1997:PPF,
author = "E. Kilk",
title = "{PPA} printer firmware design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "3",
pages = "22--30",
month = jun,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97jun/ju97a3.htm",
abstract = "Hewlett--Packard's new Printing Performance
Architecture (PPA) includes a significantly reduced set
of printer firmware. ``Don't touch the dots'' was the
firmware designer's golden rule. This means that the
firmware and processor do only mechanism control, I/O,
command parsing, status reporting, user interface, and
general housekeeping functions.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "C5140 (Firmware); C5550 (Printers, plotters and
other hard-copy output devices)",
keywords = "firmware; PPA printer firmware design; printer
firmware; printers; printing performance architecture",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{McWilliams:1997:PPC,
author = "J. L. McWilliams and L. M. MacMillan and B. Pathak and
H. A. Talley",
title = "{PPA} printer controller {ASIC} development",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "3",
pages = "31--37",
month = jun,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97jun/ju97a4.htm",
abstract = "As the first Printing Performance Architecture
printer, the HP DeskJet 820C needed a completely new
digital controller ASIC design. The chip's architecture
was optimized for the specific requirements of PPA.
Concurrent development of hardware and firmware through
the use of hardware emulators and attention to
regulatory issues during the design helped the product
meet all of its requirements on schedule.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); C5140
(Firmware); C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
hard-copy output devices)",
keywords = "application specific integrated circuits; firmware;
hardware; hardware emulators; Hewlett Packard
computers; HP DeskJet 820C; PPA printer controller ASIC
development; printers",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Rice:1997:NIP,
author = "H. W. Rice",
title = "Next-generation inkjet printhead drive electronics",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "3",
pages = "38--42",
month = jun,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97jun/ju97a5.htm",
abstract = "By integrating the functions of four ICs into one new
custom IC and then moving all the electronics related
to the pens up to the carriage with the pens,
significant savings were realized. A simple,
low-contact-count, inexpensive flexible cable is used
to connect the carriage to the main printed circuit
assembly.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)C5140 (Firmware)",
keywords = "custom IC; firmware; flexible cable; ink jet printers;
inkjet printhead drive electronics; pens; printed
circuit assembly",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Blanchard:1997:PMH,
author = "T. W. Blanchard and P. G. Tobin",
title = "The {PA 7300LC} microprocessor: a highly integrated
system on a chip",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "3",
pages = "43--47",
month = jun,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Jan 09 12:23:54 2001",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://cpus.hp.com/techreports/highly_integrated.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/97jun/ju97a6.htm",
abstract = "In the process of developing a microprocessor, key
decisions or guiding principles must be established to
set the boundaries for all design decisions. These
guiding principles are developed through analysis of
marketing, business, and technical requirements. We
determined that we could best meet the needs of higher
volume and more cost-sensitive products by developing a
different set of CPUs tuned to the special requirements
of these low-end, midrange systems. The PA 7100LC was
the first processor in this line, which continues with
the PA 7300LC. This article reviews the guiding
principles used during the development of the PA 7300LC
microprocessor. A brief overview of the chip is
given.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); C5130
(Microprocessor chips)",
keywords = "business; cost-sensitive products; CPU; design
decisions; highly integrated system; low-end midrange
systems; marketing; microprocessor chips; PA 7100LC; PA
7300LC microprocessor; performance; performance
evaluation; technical requirements",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Johnson:1997:FDH,
author = "L. Johnson and S. R. Undy",
title = "Functional design of the {HP PA 7300LC} processor",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "3",
pages = "48--60",
month = jun,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Jan 09 12:24:30 2001",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://cpus.hp.com/techreports/functional_design.pdf;
http://cpus.hp.com/techreports/timing_flexibility.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/97jun/ju97a7.htm",
abstract = "Microarchitecture design, with attention to optimizing
specific areas of the CPU and memory and I/O
subsystems, is key to meeting the cost and performance
goals of a processor targeted for midrange and low-end
computer systems. The PA 7300LC microprocessor design
focused on optimizing price and performance. This paper
describes the microarchitecture of the two main
components of the PA 7300LC: the CPU core and the
memory and I/O controller.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); C5130
(Microprocessor chips); C5220 (Computer architecture)",
keywords = "cost; costing; CPU; functional design; Hewlett Packard
computers; HP PA 7300LC processor; I/O controller;
input output subsystem; low-end computer systems;
memory; microarchitecture design; microprocessor chips;
microprocessor design; midrange systems; optimization;
performance; performance evaluation; price; reduced
instruction set computing; RISC",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kubicek:1997:HPD,
author = "D. C. Kubicek and T. J. Sullivan and A. Mehra and J.
G. McBride",
title = "High-performance processor design guided by system
costs",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "3",
pages = "61--68",
month = jun,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Jan 09 12:24:48 2001",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://cpus.hp.com/techreports/high_performance.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/97jun/ju97a8.htm",
abstract = "To minimize time to market and keep costs low, the PA
7300LC design was leveraged from a previous CPU, the
chip area was reduced, cache RAM arrays with redundancy
were added, and high-speed, high-coverage scan testing
was added to reduce manufacturing costs. This paper
discusses the strategies used by the PA 7300LC physical
design team to implement the design goals for the PA
7300LC.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); C5130
(Microprocessor chips)",
keywords = "cache RAM arrays; cache storage; chip area reduction;
costing; CPU; Hewlett Packard; Hewlett Packard
computers; high-coverage scan testing; high-performance
processor design; manufacturing costs; microprocessor
chips; microprocessor design; PA 7300LC design;
performance evaluation; random-access storage;
redundancy; system costs; time to market",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Weir:1997:VCP,
author = "D. Weir and P. G. Tobin",
title = "Verifying the correctness of the {PA 7300LC}
processor",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "3",
pages = "69--72",
month = jun,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://cpus.hp.com/techreports/random_code.pdf;
http://cpus.hp.com/techreports/verifying.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/97jun/ju97a9.htm",
abstract = "Ensuring the correctness of the complex PA 7300LC
design required an extensive verification effort. We
wanted to ensure that no customer would ever encounter
a design bug. To reach this goal, we set out to
exercise the design more extensively than is done with
user software. Previous HP processors have maintained a
well-earned reputation for quality, and we wanted the
PA 7300LC to meet or exceed the quality of its
predecessors. This paper discusses the methodology used
to verify the correctness of the PA 7300LC and the
diagnostic hardware incorporated into the design to
support debugging.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); C5130
(Microprocessor chips); C5210B (Computer-aided logic
design)",
keywords = "computer debugging; customer; debugging; design bug;
diagnostic hardware; formal verification; hardware
description language; hardware description languages;
Hewlett Packard computers; HP processors; integrated
circuit testing; methodology; microprocessor chips; PA
7300LC processor design; processor correctness
verification; quality",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Nease:1997:ESM,
author = "L. A. Nease and K. M. Bresniher and C. J. Zacky and M.
J. Greenside and A. Sandoval",
title = "An entry-level server with multiple performance
points",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "3",
pages = "73--81",
month = jun,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97jun/ju97a10.htm",
abstract = "As the computer industry continues to mature, system
suppliers will continue to find more creative ways to
meet growing customer expectations. The HP 9000 Series
800 D- class server a new low-end system platform from
HP, represents a radically different approach to system
design than any of its predecessors. To address the
very intense, high-volume environment of departmental
and branch computing, the system design for the D-class
server was made flexible enough to offer many price and
performance features at its introduction and still
allow new features and upgrades to be added quickly.
The paper discusses the system partitioning and
firmware design, system packaging and ease of use.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "C5140 (Firmware); C5470 (Performance evaluation and
testing); C5630 (Networking equipment)",
keywords = "computer industry; costing; customer expectations;
ease of use; entry-level server; firmware; firmware
design; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 9000 Series 800
D-class server; low-end system platform; multiple
performance points; network servers; performance
evaluation; price; system design; system packaging;
system partitioning; system suppliers; system
upgrades",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Allan:1997:LCW,
author = "S. P. Allan and B. P. Bergmann and R. P. Dean and D.
Jiang and Floyd and D. L.",
title = "A low cost workstation with enhanced performance and
{I/O} capabilities",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "3",
pages = "82--88",
month = jun,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97jun/ju97a11.htm",
abstract = "Various entities involved in product development came
together at different times to solve a design problem,
evaluate costs, and make adjustments to their own
projects to accommodate the cost and performance goals
of the low-cost HP 9000 B-class workstation. The paper
discusses the design objectives for the B-class
workstation, features and capabilities, processor and
system design.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5470 (Performance
evaluation and testing)",
keywords = "costing; design problem; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
9000 B-class workstation; input output capabilities;
low cost workstation; performance; performance
evaluation; processor design; product development;
projects; system design; workstations",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Nikolaropoulos:1997:TSS,
author = "E. Nikolaropoulos",
title = "Testing safety-critical software",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "3",
pages = "89--94",
month = jun,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97jun/ju97a12.htm",
abstract = "Testing safety-critical software differs from
conventional testing in that the test design approach
must consider the defined and implied safety of the
software at a level as high as the functionality to be
tested, and the test software has to be developed and
validated using the same quality assurance processes as
the software itself. Test technology is crucial for
successful product development. Inappropriate or late
tests, underestimated testing effort, or wrong test
technology choices have often led projects to crisis
and frustration. This software crisis results from
neglecting the imbalance between constructive software
engineering and analytic quality assurance. We explain
the testing concepts, the testing techniques, and the
test technology approach applied to the patient
monitors of the HP OmniCare family.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C6150G
(Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
systems); C7330 (Biology and medical computing)",
keywords = "constructive software engineering; functionality;
Hewlett Packard computers; HP OmniCare family; medical
computing; patient monitoring; patient monitors;
product development; program testing; program
verification; projects; quality assurance; safety-
critical software; safety-critical software testing;
software crisis; software quality; software validation;
test design approach; test software",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Pirrung:1997:HPL,
author = "A. Pirrung",
title = "A high-level programming language for testing complex
safety-critical systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "3",
pages = "95--102",
month = jun,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97jun/ju97a13.htm",
abstract = "Dealing with an enormous amount of data is
characteristic of validating complex and
safety-critical software systems. ATP, a high-level
programming language, supports the validation process.
In a patient monitor test environment it has shown its
usefulness and power by enabling a dramatic increase in
productivity. Its universal character allows it to
migrate validation scenarios to different products
based on other architectural paradigms. This article
concentrates on the specific problem of transforming a
test design into concrete automatic test procedures.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C6140D
(High level languages); C6150G (Diagnostic, testing,
debugging and evaluating systems); C7330 (Biology and
medical computing)",
keywords = "ATP; automatic test procedures; complex
safety-critical systems testing; data handling; Hewlett
Packard computers; high level languages; high-level
programming language; medical computing; patient
monitor test environment; patient monitoring;
productivity; program testing; program verification;
safety-critical software; software validation; test
design",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Schwering:1997:ATE,
author = "J{\"o}rg Schwering",
title = "An automated test evaluation tool",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "3",
pages = "103--108",
month = jun,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97jun/ju97a14.htm",
abstract = "The AutoCheck program fully automates the evaluation
of test protocol files for medical patient monitors.
The AutoCheck output documents that the evaluation has
been carried out and presents the results of the
evaluation. The protocol file is first run through a
preprocessor, which removes all lines irrelevant to
AutoCheck, identifies the different AutoTest
interfaces, and performs the local language
translations. Thereafter it is analyzed by a
combination of a scanner and a parser. We implemented
specialized scanner/parsers for the AutoCheck
metalanguage and the data provided by the different
patient monitor interfaces. The AutoCheck statements
and the AutoTest data are written into separate data
structures, a third data structure holds some control
parameters such as the accepted tolerances. After each
data package, which is the answer to one AutoTest data
request command, the compare function is started. The
compare function writes all deviations into the error
file.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7510 (Biomedical measurement and imaging); C5260
(Digital signal processing); C7330 (Biology and medical
computing); C7410H (Computerised instrumentation)",
keywords = "AutoCheck program; automated test evaluation tool;
automatic test equipment; automatic test software; data
structures; medical computing; medical patient
monitors; medical signal processing; parser; patient
monitor interfaces; protocol file; scanner; test
protocol files",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Nikolaropoulos:1997:ETL,
author = "E. Nikolaropoulos and J. Schwering and A. Pirrung",
title = "Effective testing of localized software",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "3",
pages = "109--111",
month = jun,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97jun/ju97a15.htm",
abstract = "For medical devices there are legal requirements to
provide instruments and accompanying documentation in
the language of the healthcare personnel who use them
(as is the case in the European Union). It is often
forgotten that localized software is different software
from the original (most probably in English) that was
used for system integration and final validation.
Localized software undergoes a proper integration cycle
(integration of software and translated strings) and
must be validated separately. The complexity of this
validation is obvious if one considers the efforts
required to check all error conditions and the
corresponding error messages (and to understand them)
for software in every language where the product is
marketed. Testing localized software is a complex and
time-consuming task. With the help of the testing tools
developed for HP patient monitors, local language
validation for these products is fully automated.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "C6110F (Formal methods); C6115 (Programming
support); C6180N (Natural language processing); C7330
(Biology and medical computing)",
keywords = "error conditions; healthcare personnel; HP patient
monitors; integration cycle; local language validation;
localized software; medical computing; medical devices;
natural languages; program verification; software
tools; testing tools; validation",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Scott:1997:FSP,
author = "A. P. Scott and K. P. Burkhart and A. Kumar and R. M.
Blumberg and G. L. Ranson",
title = "Four-Way Superscalar {PA-RISC} Processors",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "4",
pages = "8--15",
month = aug,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Jan 09 12:25:22 2001",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://cpus.hp.com/techreports/four_way_superscalar.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/97aug/au97a1.htm",
abstract = "The HP PA 8000 and PA 8200 PA-RISC CPUs are the first
implementations of a new generation of microprocessors
from Hewlett--Packard. The PA 8000 is among the world's
most powerful and advanced microprocessors, and at the
time of introduction in January 1996, the undisputed
performance leader. The PA 8200, introduced in June
1997, continues this performance leadership with higher
frequency larger caches, and several other
enhancements. Both processors feature an aggressive
four-way superscalar implementation, combining
speculative execution with on-the-fly instruction
reordering. This paper discusses the objectives for the
design of these processors, some of the key
architectural features, implementation details, and
system performance. The operation of the instruction
reorder buffer (IRB), which provides out-of-order
execution capability, is also described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); C5130
(Microprocessor chips); C5220 (Computer architecture)",
keywords = "architectural features; CPUs; Hewlett Packard
computers; Hewlett--Packard; HP PA 8000; instruction
reorder buffer; microprocessor chips; microprocessors;
on-the-fly instruction reordering; out-of-order
execution capability; PA 8200; reduced instruction set
computing; speculative execution; superscalar PA-RISC
processors; system performance",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Dorweiler:1997:DMC,
author = "P. J. Dorweiler and F. E. Moore and D. D. Josephson
and G. T. Colon-Bonet",
title = "Design Methodologies and Circuit Design Trade-Offs for
the {HP PA 8000} Processor",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "4",
pages = "16--21",
month = aug,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Jan 09 12:25:39 2001",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://cpus.hp.com/techreports/design_methodologies.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/97aug/au97a2.htm",
abstract = "The increasing demands for greater processor
performance to remain competitive in today's computer
market necessitate careful attention to the methods
used in designing processors to achieve these
performance goals. Processor designs are increasing in
complexity to meet performance goals, with such
features as out-of-order execution and super-scalar
operation. Design cycles are decreasing in length, so
design quality must increase as well. All of these
factors call for new design techniques to ensure
continued success. This paper presents some of the
design methodologies and choices used in the design of
the HP PA 8000 CPU, the first HP processor to implement
the PA-RISC 2.0 architecture and the first capable of
64-bit operation. The various design methods used in
the PA 8000, specific design techniques for the new
packaging technology used, the clock distribution
scheme, and cross-chip signal integrity issues are
discussed. We also present some of the new tools and
techniques employed by HP to ensure a high level of
quality on first silicon, based in large part on our
experiences with previous PA-RISC microprocessor
designs.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "B0170J (Product packaging); B1130B (Computer-aided
circuit analysis and design); B1265B (Logic circuits);
B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); C5130
(Microprocessor chips); C5210B (Computer-aided logic
design); C7410D (Electronic engineering computing)",
keywords = "circuit design trade-offs; clock distribution scheme;
design methodologies; design quality; HP PA 8000 CPU;
HP PA 8000 processor; logic CAD; microprocessor chips;
out-of-order execution; PA-RISC 2.0 architecture;
packaging; performance goals; processor performance;
signal integrity issues; super-scalar operation",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Mangelsdorf:1997:FVH,
author = "S. T. Mangelsdorf and R. P. Gratias and R. M. Blumberg
and R. Bhatia",
title = "Functional Verification of the {HP PA 8000}
Processor",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "4",
pages = "22--31",
month = aug,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Jan 09 12:25:57 2001",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://cpus.hp.com/techreports/functional_verification.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/97aug/au97a3.htm",
abstract = "The advanced microarchitecture of the HP PA 8000 CPU
has many features that presented significant new
verification challenges. These include out-of-order
instruction execution, register renaming, speculative
execution, four-way superscalar operation, decoupled
instruction fetch, concurrent system bus interface, and
PA-RISC 2.0 architecture enhancements. Enhanced
functional verification tools and processes were
required to address this microarchitectural
complexity.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); C5130
(Microprocessor chips); C5220 (Computer architecture);
C6110F (Formal methods)",
keywords = "concurrent system bus interface; decoupled instruction
fetch; formal verification; four-way superscalar
operation; functional verification; Hewlett Packard
computers; HP PA 8000 processor; microarchitectural
complexity; microarchitecture; microprocessor chips;
out-of-order instruction execution; PA-RISC 2.0
architecture enhancements; reduced instruction set
computing; register renaming; speculative execution;
verification challenges",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Bockhaus:1997:EVH,
author = "J. W. Bockhaus and R. Bhatia and C. M. Ramsey and J.
R. Butler and D. J. Ljung",
title = "Electrical Verification of the {HP PA 8000}
Processor",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "4",
pages = "32--39",
month = aug,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Jan 09 12:26:18 2001",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://cpus.hp.com/techreports/electrical_verification.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/97aug/au97a4.htm",
abstract = "Electrical verification applies techniques from both
functional verification and reliability and
environmental testing to improve the quality of the
CPU. Electrical verification checks that the CPU
functions correctly under stressful environmental
conditions, well outside the normal operating
environment.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering)C5130
(Microprocessor chips); B0170N (Reliability); B1265F
(Microprocessors and microcomputers); C5470
(Performance evaluation and testing)",
keywords = "computer testing; electrical verification;
environmental testing; functional verification; Hewlett
Packard computers; HP PA 8000 processor; microprocessor
chips; normal operating environment; reliability;
stressful environmental conditions",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1997:SPS,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Shmoo Plot Shapes",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "4",
pages = "35--??",
month = aug,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Jan 09 12:26:40 2001",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://cpus.hp.com/techreports/shmoo.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/97aug/tc-08-97.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Fong:1997:SII,
author = "J. C. Fong and Hoi-Kuen Chan and M. D. Kruckenberg",
title = "Solving {IC} Interconnect Routing for an Advanced
{PA-RISC} Processor",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "4",
pages = "40--45",
month = aug,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Jan 09 12:26:51 2001",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://cpus.hp.com/techreports/interconnect_routing.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/97aug/au97a5.htm;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/97aug/tc-08-97.htm",
abstract = "This paper discusses some important new block routing
technologies that were required for the HP PA 8000
processor chip. These technologies are implemented in a
new block routing system called PA Route.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); C5130
(Microprocessor chips); C7410D (Electronic engineering
computing)",
keywords = "advanced PA-RISC processor; block routing
technologies; circuit layout CAD; Hewlett Packard
computers; HP PA 8000 processor chip; IC interconnect
routing; microprocessor chips; PA Route",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1997:GRB,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Global Routing --- {A} Block-Level Problem",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "4",
pages = "42--??",
month = aug,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Jan 09 12:27:28 2001",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://cpus.hp.com/techreports/global_routing.pdf;
http://www.hp.com/hpj/97aug/tc-08-97.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Anonymous:1997:DRM,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Detailed Routing Methods",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "4",
pages = "43--??",
month = aug,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:12:19 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97aug/tc-08-97.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Dehni:1997:INH,
author = "T. Dehni and J. O'Connell and N. Raguideau",
title = "Intelligent Networks and the {HP OpenCall}
Technology",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "4",
pages = "46--57",
month = aug,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97aug/au97a6.htm",
abstract = "The HP OpenCall product family is a portfolio of
computer-based telecommunications platforms designed to
offer a foundation for advanced network services based
on intelligent network concepts. This article
concentrates on the HP OpenCall service execution
platform, service management platform, and service
creation environment.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "B6210C (Network management); B6210D (Telephony);
B6210Q (Intelligent networks); C7410F (Communications
computing)",
keywords = "advanced network services; computer-based
telecommunications platforms; HP OpenCall technology;
intelligent networks; service creation environment;
service management platform; telecommunication network
management; telephony",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1997:SPA,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Standardization --- {A} Phased Approach",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "4",
pages = "49--??",
month = aug,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:12:19 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97aug/tc-08-97.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Pierrot:1997:HOS,
author = "D. Pierrot and J.-P. Allegre",
title = "The {HP OpenCall SS7} Platform",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "4",
pages = "58--64",
month = aug,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97aug/au97a7.htm",
abstract = "This paper describes the HP OpenCall SS7 platform
which allows users to build computer-based signaling
applications connected to the SS7 signaling network.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "B6210 (Telecommunication applications); C7410F
(Communications computing)",
keywords = "computer-based signaling applications; HP OpenCall SS7
platform; SS7 signaling network; telecommunication
computing; telecommunication networks",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Wyld:1997:HAH,
author = "B. C. Wyld and J.-P. Allegre",
title = "High Availability in the {HP OpenCall SS7} Platform",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "4",
pages = "65--71",
month = aug,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97aug/au97a8.htm",
abstract = "Fault tolerance in computer systems is discussed and
high availability is defined. The theory and operation
of the active/standby HP OpenCall solution are
presented. Switchover decision-making power is vested
in a fault tolerance controller process on each
machine.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "C5470 (Performance evaluation and testing); C7410F
(Communications computing)",
keywords = "computer systems; fault tolerance; fault tolerance
controller process; fault tolerant computing; high
availability; HP OpenCall SS7 platform; switchover
decision-making power; telecommunication computing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kishi:1997:BIC,
author = "Y. Kishi",
title = "A Benchtop Inductively Coupled Plasma Mass
Spectrometer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "4",
pages = "72--79",
month = aug,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97aug/au97a9.htm",
abstract = "The HP 4500 is the first benchtop ICP-MS. It has a new
type of optics system that results in a very low random
background and high sensitivity, making analysis down
to the subnanogram-per-liter (parts-per-trillion) level
feasible. It can be equipped with HP's ShieldTorch
system, which reduces interference from polyatomic
ions.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "A0775 (Mass spectrometers and mass spectrometry
techniques); A8280M (Mass spectrometry (chemical
analysis)); B7440 (Particle spectrometers); C3380D
(Control of physical instruments)",
keywords = "benchtop inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometer;
high sensitivity; HP 4500; HP's ShieldTorch system;
ICP-MS; interference; mass spectrometers; plasma
devices; polyatomic ions; very low random background",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Loomis:1997:AHT,
author = "T. P. Loomis",
title = "Audit History and Time-Slice Archiving in an Object
{DBMS} for Laboratory Databases",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "4",
pages = "80--89",
month = aug,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97aug/au97a10.htm",
abstract = "The requirements for laboratory databases include many
of the same features specified for other types of
databases, including enforcement of a rigorous
transaction model, support for concurrent users,
distributed recovery capabilities, performance, and
security. However, the requirements differ from most
databases by the emphasis on saving a complete and
recoverable record of historical data for some types of
data. This requirement comes from the regulatory
overseeing authority of the pharmaceutical industry by
organizations such as the U.S. Government's Food and
Drug Administration or Environmental Protection Agency,
and often, the legal importance of the data (patent
law). Some examples of historical data in a chemical
laboratory include previous values of test results,
designated reviewers and approvers of data, methods of
analysis, and ingredients used to produce a product. It
is necessary to be able to determine when this data
changed, who changed it, and why a change was
necessary. The author discusses the development of an
object database management system which allows rapid,
convenient access to large historical data archives
generated from complex databases, HP ChemStudy.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "C6110J (Object-oriented programming); C6160J
(Object-oriented databases); C7320 (Physics and
chemistry computing)",
keywords = "chemical laboratory; chemistry computing; historical
data; HP ChemStudy; laboratory databases; object
database management system; object DBMS;
object-oriented databases",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Makarechian:1997:TPA,
author = "M. Makarechian and N. J. Malcolm",
title = "Testing Policing in {ATM} Networks",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "4",
pages = "90--95",
month = aug,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97aug/au97a11.htm",
abstract = "Policing is one of the key mechanisms used in ATM
(Asynchronous Transfer Mode) networks to avoid network
congestion. The HP E4223A policing and traffic
characterization test application has been developed to
test policing implementations in ATM switches before
the switches are deployed for commercial service.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "B6150C (Communication switching); C5620 (Computer
networks and techniques); C6130S (Data security)",
keywords = "asynchronous transfer mode; ATM networks; ATM
switches; HP E4223A; network congestion; policing;
security of data; telecommunication congestion control;
test application; traffic characterization",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{VandeVoorde:1997:MSF,
author = "P. {Vande Voorde}",
title = "{MOSFET} Scaling into the Future",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "4",
pages = "96--100",
month = aug,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97aug/au97a12.htm",
abstract = "2D process and device simulators have been used to
predict the performance of scaled MOSFETs spanning the
0.35-$ \mu $ m to 0.07-$ \mu $ m generations.
Requirements for junction depth and channel doping are
discussed. Constant-field scaling is assumed. MOSFET
drive current remains nearly constant from one
generation to the next and most of the performance
improvement comes from the decreasing supply voltage.
Gate delay decreases by 30\% per generation, nearly the
same trend as previous generations. However, this
performance gain comes at the price of much higher
off-state leakage because of the reduction of the
threshold voltage. Various solutions to this high
leakage are discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "B2560B (Semiconductor device modelling and
equivalent circuits); B2560R (Insulated gate field
effect transistors)",
keywords = "2D device simulators; 2D process simulators; channel
doping; gate delay; junction depth; MOSFET; MOSFET
scaling; semiconductor device models; threshold
voltage",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hoekstra:1997:FMS,
author = "C. D. Hoekstra",
title = "Frequency Modulation of System Clocks for {EMI}
Reduction",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "4",
pages = "101--106",
month = aug,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97aug/au97a13.htm",
abstract = "This paper focuses on clock dithering as an on-chip
technique for EMI reduction. It is a survey paper based
on information gathered from inside and outside HP's
Integrated Circuit Business Divison (ICBD). It reviews
the basic concept, the work that has been done at ICBD
and elsewhere, ICBD customer experiences, and lessons
drawn from these experiences about design,
effectiveness, and customer implementation with ICBD.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "B5230 (Electromagnetic compatibility and
interference); B6120 (Modulation methods)",
keywords = "customer implementation; electromagnetic interference;
EMI reduction; frequency modulation; HP's Integrated
Circuit Business Divison; on-chip technique; system
clocks",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Lin:1997:FSM,
author = "J. J. Lin",
title = "Fully Synthesizable Microprocessor Core via {HDL}
Porting",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "4",
pages = "107--113",
month = aug,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97aug/au97a14.htm",
abstract = "Microprocessors integrated in superchips have
traditionally been ported from third-party processor
vendors via artwork. A new methodology uses hardware
description language (HDL) instead of artwork. Having
the HDL source allows the processor design to be
optimized for HP's process in much the same way as
other top-down designs.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); B2570
(Semiconductor integrated circuits); C5130
(Microprocessor chips); C6140D (High level languages);
C7410D (Electronic engineering computing)",
keywords = "application specific integrated circuits; artwork;
fully synthesizable microprocessor core; hardware
description language; hardware description languages;
HDL porting; microprocessor chips; superchips; top-down
designs",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Knee:1997:GCO,
author = "D. L. Knee and C. E. Moore",
title = "General-Purpose {3V CMOS} Operational Amplifier with a
New Constant-Transconductance Input Stage",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "4",
pages = "114--120",
month = aug,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97aug/au97a15.htm",
abstract = "Design trade-offs for a low-voltage two-stage
amplifier in the HP CMOS14 process are presented and
some of the issues of low-voltage analog design are
discussed. The design of a new
constant-transconductance input stage that has a
rail-to-rail common-mode input range is described,
along with the rail-to-rail class-AB output stage. The
performance specifications and area of this amplifier
are compared with a similar design in a previous
process, CMOS34.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "B1220 (Amplifiers); B2570D (CMOS integrated
circuits)",
keywords = "CMOS integrated circuits; CMOS34; constant-
transconductance input stage; general-purpose 3V CMOS
operational amplifier; HP CMOS14 process; low-voltage
two-stage amplifier; operational amplifiers;
performance evaluation; performance specifications;
rail-to-rail class-AB output stage; rail-to-rail
common-mode input range",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bash:1997:IHT,
author = "C. E. Bash and R. L. Blanco",
title = "Improving Heat Transfer from a Flip-Chip Package",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "4",
pages = "121--125",
month = aug,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97aug/au97a16.htm",
abstract = "The lid of an ASIC package can significantly increase
the temperature of the die by impeding heat transfer.
In flip-chip packages the backside of a die can be
exposed by eliminating the lid, thus allowing a heat
sink to be attached directly. Numerical finite
difference methods and experimentation were used to
investigate the differences between ridded and lidless
flip-chip designs. The results demonstrate that a
lidless package is a superior design because of the
increased thermal conductivity between the die and the
heat sink.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "B0170J (Product packaging); B0290P (Differential
equations); B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits)",
keywords = "application specific integrated circuits; ASIC
package; die; finite difference methods; flip-chip
devices; flip-chip package; heat sink; heat sinks; heat
transfer; integrated circuit packaging; numerical
finite difference methods",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Birnbaum:1997:CCD,
author = "Joel S. Birnbaum",
title = "Communications Challenges of the Digital Information
Utility",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "5",
pages = "??--??",
month = dec,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:47:52 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97dec/de97a1.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Pitt:1997:RC,
author = "Daniel A. Pitt",
title = "Residential Communications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "5",
pages = "??--??",
month = dec,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:47:52 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97dec/de97a2.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Bray:1997:ONB,
author = "Robert C. Bray and Douglas M. Baney",
title = "Optical Networks: Backbones for Universal
Connectivity",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "5",
pages = "??--??",
month = dec,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:47:52 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97dec/de97a3.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Methley:1997:DTH,
author = "Steven G. Methley and Alistair N. Coles and Eric
Deliot",
title = "Data Transmission for Higher-Speed {IEEE 802 LANs}
Using Twisted-Pair Copper Cabling",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "5",
pages = "??--??",
month = dec,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:47:52 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97dec/de97a4.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Lemoff:1997:SLC,
author = "Brian E. Lemoff and Lewis B. Aronson and Lisa A.
Buckman",
title = "{SpectraLAN}: {A} Low-Cost Multi-wavelength Local Area
Network",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "5",
pages = "??--??",
month = dec,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:47:52 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97dec/de97a5.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Hahn:1997:GPS,
author = "Kenneth H. Hahn and Kirk S. Giboney and Robert E.
Wilson and Joseph Straznicky",
title = "Gigabyte-per-Second Optical Interconnection Modules
for Data Communications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "5",
pages = "??--??",
month = dec,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:47:52 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97dec/de97a6.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Cunningham:1997:DLE,
author = "David G. Cunningham and Delon C. Hanson and Mark C.
Nowell and C. Steven Joiner",
title = "Developing Leading-Edge Fiber-Optic Network Link
Standards",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "5",
pages = "??--??",
month = dec,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:47:52 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97dec/de97a7.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Ring:1997:NSQ,
author = "William S. Ring and Simon J. Wrathall and Adrian J.
Taylor",
title = "1300-nm Strained Quantum Well Lasers For Fiber-Optic
Communications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "5",
pages = "??--??",
month = dec,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:47:52 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97dec/de97a8.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Gee:1997:MOE,
author = "Stephen M. Gee and Herbert Lage and Chris Park and
Kevin A. Williams and Richard V. Penty and Ian H. White
and Joseph A. Barnard",
title = "Modeled Optimization and Experimental Verification of
a Low-Dispersion Source for Long-Haul 2.488-Gbit/s
Systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "5",
pages = "??--??",
month = dec,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:47:52 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97dec/de97a9.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Tan:1997:FCP,
author = "Tun S. Tan and David M. Braun and Tim L. Bagwell and
Chris Kocot and Joseph Straznicky and Susan R. Sloan",
title = "Flip-Chip Photodetector for High-Speed Communications
Instrumentation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "5",
pages = "??--??",
month = dec,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:47:52 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97dec/de97a10.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Walker:1997:GSB,
author = "Richard Walker and Cheryl Stout and Chu-Sun Yen and
Lewis R. Dove",
title = "A 2.488-Gbit/s Silicon Bipolar Clock and Data Recovery
Circuit for {SONET} Fiber-Optic Communications
Networks",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "5",
pages = "??--??",
month = dec,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:47:52 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97dec/de97a11.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Stimple:1997:TED,
author = "Jim Stimple",
title = "Testing Erbium-Doped Fiber Amplifiers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "48",
number = "5",
pages = "??--??",
month = dec,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:47:52 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97dec/de97a12.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{McFarland:1998:WCS,
author = "William J. McFarland",
title = "Wireless Communications: {A} Spectrum of Opportunity",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "49",
number = "1",
pages = "??--??",
month = feb,
year = "1998",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:47:52 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98feb/fe98a1.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Millar:1998:ISH,
author = "Iain Millar and Martin Beale and Bryan J. Donoghue and
Kirk W. Lindstrom and Stuart Williams",
title = "The {IrDA} Standards for High-Speed Infared
Communications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "49",
number = "1",
pages = "??--??",
month = feb,
year = "1998",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:47:52 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98feb/fe98a2.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Negus:1998:TTO,
author = "Kevin J. Negus and Bryan T. Ingram and John D. Waters
and William J. McFarland",
title = "Technology Trade-offs for Wireless Data Applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "49",
number = "1",
pages = "??--??",
month = feb,
year = "1998",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:47:52 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98feb/fe98a3.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Rohdin:1998:MGL,
author = "Hans Rohdin and Avelina Nagy and Virginia Robbins and
Chung-Yi Su and Arlene S. Wakita and Judith Seeger and
Tony Hwang and Patrick Chye and Paul E. Gregory and
Sandeep R. Bahl and Forrest G. Kellert and Lawrence G.
Studebaker and Donald C. D'Avanso and Sigurd Johnsen",
title = "0.1-Micrometer Gate-Length {AlInAs\slash GaInAs\slash
GaAs MODFET MMIC} Process for Applications in
High-Speed Wireless Communications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "49",
number = "1",
pages = "??--??",
month = feb,
year = "1998",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:47:52 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98feb/fe98a4.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Wu:1998:AFP,
author = "Der-Woei Wu and John S. Wei and Chung-Yi Su and Ray M.
Parkhurst and Shyh-Liang Fu and Shih-Shun Chang and
Richard B. Levitsky",
title = "Appendix {A} --- {FET} Parameters",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "49",
number = "1",
pages = "??--??",
month = feb,
year = "1998",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:47:52 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98feb/fe98a5.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Yajima:1998:DBS,
author = "Shunichiro Yajima and Antoni C. Niedzwiecki",
title = "Direct Broadcast Satellite Applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "49",
number = "1",
pages = "??--??",
month = feb,
year = "1998",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:47:52 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98feb/fe98a6.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Bellis:1998:AP,
author = "Matthew W. Bellis",
title = "Appendix --- Packaging",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "49",
number = "1",
pages = "??--??",
month = feb,
year = "1998",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:47:52 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98feb/fe98a7.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{VanWinkle:1998:HCC,
author = "Daniel D. {Van Winkle}",
title = "{HP CaLan}: A Cable System Tester that Is Accurate
Even in the Presence of Ingress",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "49",
number = "1",
pages = "??--??",
month = feb,
year = "1998",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 15:47:52 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98feb/fe98a8.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Lefebvre:1998:AII,
author = "K. T. Lefebvre and J. M. Brown",
title = "An {API} for Interfacing Interactive {3D} Applications
to High-Speed Graphics Hardware",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "49",
number = "2",
pages = "6--??",
month = may,
year = "1998",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98may/tc-05-98.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Lefebvre:1998:OHO,
author = "K. T. Lefebvre and R. J. Casey and M. J. Phelps and C.
D. Goeltzenleuchter",
title = "An Overview of the {HP OpenGL} Software Architecture",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "49",
number = "2",
pages = "9--??",
month = may,
year = "1998",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98may/tc-05-98.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Cripe:1998:DTM,
author = "B. E. Cripe and T. A. Gaskins",
title = "The {DirectModel} Toolkit: Meeting the {3D} Graphics
Needs of Technical Applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "49",
number = "2",
pages = "19--??",
month = may,
year = "1998",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98may/tc-05-98.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Scott:1998:OVF,
author = "N. D. Scott and D. M. Olsen and E. W. Gannett",
title = "An Overview of the {VISUALIZE fx} Graphics Accelerator
Hardware",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "49",
number = "2",
pages = "28--??",
month = may,
year = "1998",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98may/tc-05-98.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Cunniff:1998:HKP,
author = "R. A. Cunniff",
title = "{HP Kayak}: {A PC} Workstation with Advanced Graphics
Performance",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "49",
number = "2",
pages = "35--??",
month = may,
year = "1998",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98may/tc-05-98.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Casey:1998:CEO,
author = "R. J. Casey and L. L. Lindstone",
title = "Concurrent Engineering in {OpenGL}'s Product
Development",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "49",
number = "2",
pages = "41--??",
month = may,
year = "1998",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98may/tc-05-98.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Spencer:1998:ADT,
author = "T. M. Spencer and P. M. Anderson and D. Sweetser",
title = "Advanced Display Technologies on {HP-UX}
Workstations",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "49",
number = "2",
pages = "46--??",
month = may,
year = "1998",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98may/tc-05-98.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Lewis:1998:DPH,
author = "R. L. Lewis and E. A. Handgen and N. J. Ingegneri and
G. T. Robinson",
title = "Delivering {PCI} in {HP} {B}-Class and {C}-Class
Workstations: {A} Case Study in the Challenges of
Interfacing with Industry Standards",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "49",
number = "2",
pages = "51--??",
month = may,
year = "1998",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98may/tc-05-98.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Jennyc:1998:LEB,
author = "K. S. Jennyc",
title = "Linking Enterprise Business Systems to the Factory
Floor",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "49",
number = "2",
pages = "62--??",
month = may,
year = "1998",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98may/tc-05-98.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Delic:1998:KH,
author = "K. A. Delic and D. Lahaix",
title = "Knowledge Harvesting",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "49",
number = "2",
pages = "74--??",
month = may,
year = "1998",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98may/tc-05-98.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Shan:1998:TDR,
author = "J. Z. Shan",
title = "A Theoretical Derivation of Relationships between
Forecast Errors",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "49",
number = "2",
pages = "82--??",
month = may,
year = "1998",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98may/tc-05-98.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Asada:1998:SSQ,
author = "M. Asada and Pong Mang Yan",
title = "Strengthening Software Quality Assurance",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "49",
number = "2",
pages = "89--??",
month = may,
year = "1998",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98may/tc-05-98.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Greenbaum:1998:CHV,
author = "S. Greenbaum and S. Jefferson",
title = "A Compiler for {HP VEE}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "49",
number = "2",
pages = "98--??",
month = may,
year = "1998",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98may/tc-05-98.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Lum:1998:MBM,
author = "Paul Lum and Michael Greenstein and Edward D. Verdonk
and Charles {Grossman, Jr.} and Thomas L. Szabo",
title = "A {150-MHz}-Bandwidth Membrane Hydrophone for Acoustic
Field Characterization",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "49",
number = "3",
pages = "6--??",
month = aug,
year = "1998",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98aug/tc-08-98.htm",
abstract = "A new hydrophone measures the beam parameters of
intravascular ultrasound imaging transducers which have
center frequencies above 20 MHz and beamwidths below
200 micrometers.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Gerster:1998:UTC,
author = "Andreas Gerster",
title = "Units, Traceability, and Calibration of Optical
Instruments",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "49",
number = "3",
pages = "17--??",
month = aug,
year = "1998",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98aug/tc-08-98.htm",
abstract = "The author presents an overview of the theory of
measurement and the calibration of HP power meters and
other optical instruments.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Foster:1998:THP,
author = "Harry D. Foster",
title = "Techniques for Higher-Performance {Boolean}
Equivalence Verification",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "49",
number = "3",
pages = "30--??",
month = aug,
year = "1998",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98aug/tc-08-98.htm",
abstract = "Through careful memory management, a high-performance
equivalence checker is integrated into an HP division's
ASIC design flow.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Nakagawa:1998:CCT,
author = "Samuel O. Nakagawa and Dennis M. Sylvester and John G.
McBride and Soo-Young Oh",
title = "On-Chip Cross Talk Noise Model for Deep-Submicrometer
{ULSI} Interconnect",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "49",
number = "3",
pages = "39--??",
month = aug,
year = "1998",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98aug/tc-08-98.htm",
abstract = "A simple closed-form model for calculating cross talk
on deep-submicrometer ULSI interconnects has accuracy
comparable to SPICE for an arbitrary ramp input rate.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Esch:1998:TDC,
author = "Gerald L. {Esch, Jr.} and Robert B. Manley",
title = "Theory and Design of {CMOS HSTL I/O} Pads",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "49",
number = "3",
pages = "46--??",
month = aug,
year = "1998",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98aug/tc-08-98.htm",
abstract = "The HP CMOS HSTL (high-speed transceiver logic)
controlled impedance I/O pads can be used to control
reflections on integrated circuit I/O pad drivers.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Dove:1998:LCR,
author = "Lewis R. Dove and Martin L. Guth and Dean B.
Nicholson",
title = "A Low-Cost {RF} Multichip Module Packaging Family",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "49",
number = "3",
pages = "??--??",
month = aug,
year = "1998",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98aug/tc-08-98.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Borg:1998:THM,
author = "Matthew M. Borg and Kalwant Singh",
title = "Testing with the {HP 9490} Mixed-Signal {LSI} Tester",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "49",
number = "3",
pages = "??--??",
month = aug,
year = "1998",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98aug/tc-08-98.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Ban-Kuan:1998:RES,
author = "Koay Ban-Kuan and Leong Ak-Wing and Tan Boon-Chun and
Yoong Tze-Kwan",
title = "Reliability Enhancement of Surface Mount
Light-Emitting Diodes for Automotive Applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "49",
number = "3",
pages = "71--??",
month = aug,
year = "1998",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98aug/tc-08-98.htm",
abstract = "A new casting epoxy formulation stops epoxy cracking,
and optimization of the die-attach epoxy cure schedule
solves lifted die-attach and delamination problems.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Tan:1998:ESC,
author = "Ningxia Tan and Kenneth H. H. Lim and Bernard Chin and
Anthony J. Bourdillon",
title = "Engineering Surfaces in Ceramic Pin Grid Array
Packaging to Inhibit Epoxy Bleeding",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "49",
number = "3",
pages = "81--??",
month = aug,
year = "1998",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98aug/tc-08-98.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Stewart:1998:HSL,
author = "James W. Stewart",
title = "{HP SnapLED}: {LED} Assemblies for Automotive Signal
Lighting",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "50",
number = "1",
pages = "1--??",
month = nov,
year = "1998",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Thu Nov 05 16:11:57 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98nov/tc-11-98.htm",
abstract = "An assembly technique allows LEDs to be custom
configured for automotive taillamps",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Born:1998:OAE,
author = "Torsten Born and Peter Thoma",
title = "{OTDR APIs} Enable Customers to Build Their Own
Systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "50",
number = "1",
pages = "13--??",
month = nov,
year = "1998",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Thu Nov 05 16:11:57 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98nov/tc-11-98.htm",
abstract = "Two software API libraries allow network operators to
process OTDR measurement data and control OTDRs
remotely.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Hutchinson:1998:UUA,
author = "Thomas W. Hutchinson and Ronald R. Derynck",
title = "Updating a {UNIX Application Suite} for the {Windows
NT World}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "50",
number = "1",
pages = "21--??",
month = nov,
year = "1998",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Thu Nov 05 16:11:57 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98nov/tc-11-98.htm",
abstract = "The authors describe some useful lessons they learned
while porting a real-time UNIX-based application to a
Windows NT environment.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Derynck:1998:IRT,
author = "Ronald R. Derynck and Thomas W. Hutchinson",
title = "Integrating Real-Time Systems with Corporate
Information Systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "50",
number = "1",
pages = "26--??",
month = nov,
year = "1998",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Thu Nov 05 16:11:57 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98nov/tc-11-98.htm",
abstract = "Integrating distributed systems involves more than
just connecting different communications technologies.
It also involves connecting different information
environments.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Robinson:1998:NAC,
author = "Harry J. Robinson and Sankar L. Chakrabarti",
title = "New Approaches to Creating and Testing
Internationalized Software",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "50",
number = "1",
pages = "29--??",
month = nov,
year = "1998",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Thu Nov 05 16:11:57 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98nov/tc-11-98.htm",
abstract = "By stressing early defect detection and using the
World Wide Web as a collaboration tool, the quality of
internationalized software has been dramatically
improved at many HP organizations.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Deeney:1998:CFD,
author = "Jeffrey L. Deeney and C. Michael Ramsey",
title = "Comparison of Finite-Difference and {SPICE} Tools for
Thermal Modeling of the Effects of Nonuniform Power
Generation in High-Power {CPUs}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "50",
number = "1",
pages = "37--??",
month = nov,
year = "1998",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Thu Nov 05 16:11:57 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98nov/tc-11-98.htm",
abstract = "Two different analysis tools were used to study the
effect of nonuniform power dissipation on the variation
of junction temperature across the surface of a
high-power CPU.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Article{Moayeri:1998:LCF,
author = "Nader Moayeri",
title = "A Low-Complexity, Fixed-Rate Compression Scheme for
Color Images and Documents",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "50",
number = "1",
pages = "46--??",
month = nov,
year = "1998",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Thu Nov 05 16:11:57 1998",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98nov/tc-11-98.htm",
abstract = "A computationally simple data compression scheme
provides a modest compression ratio of 3 to 4 and is
useful when hardware is limited and coding delays
cannot be tolerated.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
